UndergradUate
C
atalog
2015-16
Effective Fall Semester 2015
Notices
Through the university governance and administrative processes,
after publication of this catalog changes may occur in the
academic calendar, admission and graduation requirements,
academic programs, course offerings, regulations, staff, and
tuition and fee charges. Such changes take precedence over
catalog statements. While reasonable effort will be made to
publicize such changes, a student is encouraged to seek current
information from appropriate offices, because responsibility for
complying with all applicable requirements ultimately rests with
the student.
Although the university attempts to accommodate the course
requests of students, course offerings may be limited by
nancial, space, and staffing considerations or may otherwise be
unavailable. Nothing in this catalog may be construed to promise
or guarantee registration in any course or course of study
(whether required or elective) nor may anything be construed to
promise or guarantee the completion of an academic program
within a specied length of time.
Other statements of a legal nature are printed in the “Legal
Notices” section of this catalog. Academic policies and programs
described in this catalog are in effect as of the beginning of the
fall semester unless an exception is indicated.
Student Responsibility
It is the responsibility of students to know and observe all
regulations and procedures relating to the program they are
pursuing. In no case will a regulation be waived or an exception
granted because students plead ignorance of, or contend that they
were not informed of, the regulations or procedures. Questions
on regulations, and their interpretation should be addressed to
the advising office of the college in which the student’s major
department is located. For students with no college affiliation,
questions on regulations and their interpretations should be
addressed to the Academic Advising Center.
Students are strongly encouraged to schedule an appointment
with an academic adviser at least once each semester, preferably
before registering for succeeding semester course work.
University Academic Publications
The Undergraduate Catalog contains information on admission
policies and procedures, graduation requirements, academic
regulations, expenses, housing, nancial aid, and other student
services, as well as detailed descriptions of academic majors,
minors, and course offerings. Copies are available to current and
prospective students from the university’s bookstore. The catalog
is online at catalog.niu.edu.
The Graduate Catalog contains detailed statements of Graduate
School policies and procedures, curricula, and expenses, and
lists the graduate course offerings of the various departments.
Copies are available from the Graduate School office. It is online
at catalog.niu.edu.
The College of Law Bulletin provides information regarding
application procedures, academic requirements, course offerings,
and tuition and fees. Copies may be obtained from the College of
Law. It is online at law.niu.edu.
Undergraduate Information
General Information: 815-753-1000
World Wide Web site: www.niu.edu
The World Wide Web site provides access to the sites of NIU
academic colleges, departments/schools, and many of the
university’s offices, as well as an online version of this catalog.
The online catalog can be found at http://catalog.niu.edu.
Beginning with the 2006-07 academic year, the online catalog
is the denitive version of program descriptions and of academic
policies and procedures.
Below is information regarding NIU offices that prospective
students might want to contact. E-mail addresses for other NIU
offices are available through the NIU World Wide Web site.
Office of Admissions
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2857
815-753-0446
800-892-3050 (toll-free for Illinois callers only)
E-mail: [email protected]
Educational Services and Programs
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2854
815-753-0201
800-892-3050 (toll-free for Illinois callers only)
Office of Registration and Records
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2871
815-753-0681
E-mail: regr[email protected]
Student Financial Aid Office
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2872
815-753-1395
800-892-3050 (toll-free for Illinois callers only)
E-mail: [email protected]
Housing and Dining
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2877
815-753-1525
E-mail: [email protected]
Disability Resource Center
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2879
815-753-1303 (voice/TTY)
E-mail: [email protected]
Health Services
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2879
815-753-1311
University Honors Program
Northern Illinois University
DeKalb, IL 60115-2854
815-753-0694
E-mail: [email protected]
1
Undergraduate
Catalog
2015-16
Effective Fall Semester 2015
College of Business
College of Education
College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology
College of Health and Human Sciences
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Recycled paper
Northern Illinois University is an equal opportunity/affirmative action institution and
does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, age, marital sta-
tus, national origin, disability, status based on the Victims’ Economic Security and
Safety Act (VESSA) or status as a disabled or Vietnam-era veteran, or any other
factor unrelated to professional qualifications, in employment or in admission or
access to, treatment in, or operation of its educational programs and activities.
Such discrimination is prohibited by Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act, Title
IX of the Education Amendments, Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974 and 1975, the Vietnam-Era Veterans’
Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, Titles I-VI of the Victims’ Economic Security
and Safety Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations. Inquiries
concerning application of Title IX, Section 504, and other statutes and regulations
may be referred to the Affirmative Action and Diversity Resources Center, 1515 W.
Lincoln Highway, DeKalb, IL 60115, telephone 815-753-1118, or to the director of
the Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20024.
The Constitution and Bylaws of Northern Illinois University afford equal treatment
regardless of political views or affiliation, sexual orientation, or other factors unre-
lated to scholarly or professional performance (Constitution Article 9, Section 9.2;
Bylaws Article 5, Section 5.211; Bylaws Article 7, Section 7.25 and Section 7.252;
Bylaws Article 10; and Bylaws Article 18).
Printed by authority of the State of Illinois.
www.niu.edu 4/15 78055
3
Contents
Academic Year Calendar 4
A Guide to Reading This Catalog 7
An Introduction to NIU 10
Undergraduate Academic Programs 13
Admission 17
Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements 24
University Graduation Requirements 30
Other Graduation Requirements 39
Educator Licensure Requirements 41
Academic Regulations 44
Expenses 55
Financial Aid and Scholarships 57
University Services 65
College of Business 72
Accountancy 75
Finance 79
Management 83
Marketing 88
Operations Management and Information Systems 93
College of Education 98
Counseling, Adult and Higher Education 101
Educational Technology, Research and Assessment 102
Kinesiology and Physical Education 104
Leadership, Educational Psychology and Foundations 114
Literacy Education 117
Special and Early Education 121
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology 129
Electrical Engineering 132
Industrial and Systems Engineering 137
Mechanical Engineering 143
Technology 147
College of Health and Human Sciences 157
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders 161
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences 167
Military Science 181
Nursing and Health Studies 184
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 194
School of Public and Global Affairs 211
Anthropology 212
Biological Sciences 218
Chemistry and Biochemistry 225
Communication 231
Computer Science 240
Economics 244
English 248
Environmental Studies 255
Foreign Languages and Literatures 261
Geography 274
Geology and Environmental Geosciences 282
History 288
Mathematical Sciences 296
Non-Governmental Organization Leadership and Development
Center 306
Philosophy 309
Physics 312
Political Science 317
Psychology 325
Public Administration 329
Sociology 331
College of Visual and Performing Arts 336
Art and Design 337
Music 347
Theatre and Dance 357
Inter-College Interdisciplinary Certicates and Programs 364
Inter-College and University-Wide Interdisciplinary Courses 367
Other Academic Units 369
Center for Black Studies 369
Center for Burma Studies 369
Center for Latino and Latin American Studies 369
Center for Southeast Asian Studies 369
Regional History Center 370
International Affairs 370
College of Law 372
Graduate School 373
University Libraries 376
University Press 377
Illinois Articulation Initiative Core Curriculum 378
University Administration 380
Legal Notices 382
Index 386
4 4
Academic Year Calender
July 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
June 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
August 2015
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
September 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
October 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
November 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
Fall Semester 2015
April-August
New student and family orientation sessions
August 17-21, Monday-Friday
Department, college, and university faculty meetings
August 24, Monday
Classes begin
August 30, Sunday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a rst-half-semester
or full-semester course via self-service in MyNIU
September 1, Tuesday
Last day to apply for Fall 2015 graduation via self-service in
MyNIU
September 4, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to add a rst-half-semester or full-
semester course with approval of course department
September 4, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a rst-half-semester or full-
semester course with approval of major college
September 7, Monday
Labor Day (university closed)
September 7, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to make up a mark of “I”
(incomplete) from the Spring 2015 semester
September 11, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a full-semester course
from credit to audit or from audit to credit
September 11, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a rst-half-semester
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit
September 18, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a rst-half-
semester course
October 16, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a full-semester
course or from the university
October 18, Sunday
End of the rst-half of the semester
October 19, Monday
Beginning of the second-half of the semester
October 25, Sunday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a second-half-
semester course via self-service in MyNIU
October 26, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to add a second-half-semester
course with approval of course department
October 26, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a second-half-semester
course with approval of major college
November 6, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a second-half-semester
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit
November 13, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a second-half-
semester course
November 13, Friday
Last day for undergraduates enrolled only in second-half
semester courses to withdraw from the university
November 20, Friday
Last day to change or declare a major to be effective for the fall
semester
November 25-29, Wednesday-Sunday
Thanksgiving break
November 30, Monday
Classes resume
December 5, Saturday
Classes end
December 7, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to make up a mark of “I”
(incomplete) from the Summer 2015 session
December 7-12, Monday-Saturday
Final examinations
December 12, Saturday
End of fall semester
December 13, Sunday
Undergraduate fall commencement and degree conferral
ACADEMIC YEAR CALENDER 5
December 2015
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
January 2016
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
February 2016
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29
March 2016
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
April 2016
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
May 2016
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
Spring Semester 2016
October-January
New student and family orientation sessions
January 11-15, Monday-Friday
Department and college faculty meetings
January 18, Monday
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (university closed)
January 19, Tuesday
Classes begin
January 24, Sunday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a rst-half-semester
or full-semester course via self-service in MyNIU
January 29, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to add a rst-half-semester or full-
semester course with approval of course department
January 29, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a rst-half-semester or full-
semester course with approval of major college
February 1, Monday
Last day to apply for Spring 2016 graduation via self-service in
MyNIU
February 5, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a full-semester course
from credit to audit or from audit to credit
February 5, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a rst-half-semester
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit
February 12, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a rst-half-
semester course
March 11, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a full-semester
course or from the university
March 12, Saturday
End of the rst-half of the semester
March 13-20, Sunday - Sunday
Spring recess
March 21, Monday
Classes resume and beginning of second-half of semester
March 27, Sunday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a second-half-
semester course via self-service in MyNIU
March 28, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to add a second-half-semester
course with approval of course department
March 28, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a second-half-semester
course with approval of major college
April 8, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to change a second-half-semester
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit
April 10, Sunday
Last day for undergraduates to make up a mark of ‘I’
(incomplete) from the Fall 2015 semester
April 15, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a second-half-
semester course
April 15, Friday
Last day for undergraduates enrolled only in second-half-
semester courses to withdraw from the university
April 22, Friday
Last day to change or declare a major to be effective for the
spring semester
May 5, Thursday
Classes end
May 6, Friday
Reading Day
May 7, 9-13, Saturday, Monday - Friday
Final examinations
May 14, Saturday
Undergraduate spring commencement and degree conferral
May 14, Saturday
End of spring semester
6 ACADEMIC YEAR CALENDER
Summer Session 2016
June 13, Monday
Classes begin
June 15, Wednesday
Last day to apply for Summer 2016 graduation via self-service
in MyNIU
June 15, Wednesday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a rst-half-session
or full-session course via self-service in MyNIU
June 16, Thursday
Last day for undergraduates to change a rst-half-session
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit with major
college approval
June 17, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to add a rst-half session or full
session course with approval of course department
June 17, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a rst-half or full session
course with approval of major college
June 20, Monday
Last day for undergraduates to change a full-session from credit
to audit or from audit to credit
June 24, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a rst-half-session
course
June 24, Friday
Last day for undergraduates enrolled only in rst-half-session
courses to withdraw from the university
July 4, Monday
Independence Day Holiday (university closed)
July 8, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a full-session
course
July 8, Friday
Last day for undergraduates enrolled only in full-session
courses to withdraw
July 10, Sunday
End of the rst-half session
July 11, Monday
Beginning of second-half session
July 13, Wednesday
Last day for undergraduates to add or drop a second-half-
session course via self-service in MyNIU
July 13, Wednesday
Last day for undergraduates to change a second-half-session
course from credit to audit or from audit to credit
July 15, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to declare a major effective
summer session
July 15, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to add a second-half-course with
approval of course department
July 15, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to drop a second-half-session
course with approval of major college
July 22, Friday
Last day for undergraduates to withdraw from a second-half-
session course
July 22, Friday
Last day for undergraduates enrolled only in second-half-
session courses to withdraw from the university
August 7, Sunday
End of summer session
August 7, Sunday
Degree conferral
7
Course Designators
ACCY–Accountancy
AHCD–Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
AHLS–Medical Laboratory Sciences
AHPT–Physical Therapy
AHRS–Rehabilitation Services
ANTH–Anthropology
ART–Art
ARTD–Art Design
ARTE–Art Education
ARTH–Art History
ARTS–Art 2-D and 3-D Studio
BADM–Business Administration
BIOS–Biological Sciences
BKST–Black Studies
CAHA–Adult and Higher Education
CAHC–Counseling
CAHE–Adult and Higher Education
CHEM–Chemistry
CLCE–Community Leadership and Civic Engagement
COMD–Communicative Disorders
COMS–Communication Studies
CSCI–Computer Science
ECON–Economics
ELE–Electrical Engineering
ENGL–English
ENVS–Environmental Studies
EPFE–Foundations of Education
EPS–Educational Psychology
ETR–Research and Assessment
ETT–Instructional Technology
FCNS–Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
FINA–Finance
FLAL–Applied Linguistics and General
FLAR–Arabic
FLBU–Burmese
FLCH–Chinese
FLCL–Classical Languages
FLFR–French
FLGE–German
FLIN–Indonesian
FLIS–Foreign Language Independent Study
FLIT–Italian
FLJA–Japanese
FLKN–Korean
FLMT–Foreign Language Methods
FLPL–Polish
FLPO–Portuguese
FLPT–Foreign Language Student Teaching
FLRU–Russian
FLSL–American Sign Language
FLSP–Spanish
FLST–Special Topics
FLTA–Tagalog
FLTH–Thai
FLTR–Foreign Language Translation
GEOG–Geography
GEOL–Geology
HIST–History
IDSP–Inter-College Interdisciplinary
IEET–Interdisciplinary Engineering and Engineering Technology
ILAS–Interdisciplinary Liberal Arts and Sciences
INTL–International Programs
ISYE–Industrial Engineering
JOUR–Journalism
KNDN–Physical Education Dance
KNPE–Physical Education
LEBM–School Business Management
LEEA–Educational Administration
LESM–Sport Management
LGBT–Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies
LTIC–Bilingual/ESL
LTLA–Language Arts
LTRE–Reading
MATH–Mathematical Sciences
MEE–Mechanical Engineering
MET–Meteorology
MGMT–Management
MILS–Military Science
MKTG–Marketing
MLTL–Middle Level Teaching and Learning
MUED–Music Education
MUHL–Music History and Literature
MUSC–Music
MUSE–Music Ensembles
MUSP–Music Performance
MUTC–Music Theory and Composition
NURS–Nursing
OMIS–Operations Management and Information Systems
PHHE–Public Health and Health Education
PHIL–Philosophy
PHYS–Physics
POLS–Political Science
PSPA–Public Administration
PSYC–Psychology
SEEC–Early Childhood Education
SESE–Special Education
SEVI–Visual Disabilities
SOCI–Sociology
STAT–Statistics
TECH–Technology
THEA–Theatre Arts
TH-D–Dance Performance
TLCI–Curriculum and Instruction
TLEE–Elementary Education
UBUS–Interdisciplinary Business
UEDU–Interdisciplinary Education
UEET–Interdisciplinary Engineering and Engineering Technology
UHHS–Interdisciplinary Health and Human Sciences
UNIV–University-Wide Interdisciplinary
WGST–Women’s and Gender Studies
X–This letter following a course number indicates that the course
is crosslisted in another department. A student can receive
credit for such a course in only one department.
A Guide to Reading This Catalog
8 A GUIDE TO READING THIS CATALOG
Abbreviations Used in This Catalog
Baccalaureate Degrees
B.A.–Bachelor of Arts
B.F.A.–Bachelor of Fine Arts
B.G.S.–Bachelor of General Studies
B.M.–Bachelor of Music
B.S.–Bachelor of Science
B.S.Ed.–Bachelor of Science in Education
Other Abbreviations
CRQ–Corequisite
GPA–Grade point average
PRQ–Prerequisite
Course Information
The system of numbering courses is as follows.
Noncredit courses: 1-99
Lower-division courses: 100-299
Upper-division courses: 300-499
Graduate courses: 500-799
Undergraduate course offerings appear in the following pages
by department, with the departments arranged alphabetically
within the colleges. Interdisciplinary courses appear at the
beginning of college sections and under “International Programs.”
(Departmental and college sections may be located by means of
the table of contents.)
Each course is assigned a certain number of semester hours of
credit. In general, one semester hour represents the equivalent of
one class hour of lecture or recitation or two hours of laboratory
work per week for one semester. The semester-hour value of
each course listed is shown by an Arabic numeral in parentheses
immediately after the title of the course. Some course descriptions
include a list of topics for intensive or specialized study which the
course may cover in different semesters.
Denitions of Terms Used in This Catalog
Academic dismissal: Dismissal from the university for not
maintaining the required grade point average (GPA).
Accredited institution: A postsecondary institution that is
accredited by the appropriate commission of a regional
agency (New England Association of Schools and Colleges,
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Northwest
Association of Schools and Colleges, Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools, or Western Association of Schools
and Colleges).
Add/drop: The process of making certain changes (adding,
dropping, or changing a course) in a student’s schedule of
courses at the beginning of a semester.
Auditing: Registering for and attending a class regularly without
completing the work required for credit. (No grade points or
credit hours are granted for audited courses.)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study: A certicate of
undergraduate study is awarded upon successful completion
of a specied coherent set of undergraduate courses
around a specic theme. Notation of a specic certicate of
undergraduate study will be posted on the student’s transcript
upon the successful completion of the requirements for that
certicate.
Competency examination: An examination given to determine
if a student meets or surpasses the expected level of
achievement for a foundational studies requirement in the
general education program. Passing a foundational studies
examination fullls the requirement for the foundational
studies but gives no credit, i.e., it reduces the required number
of hours in general education but does not reduce the number
of hours required for a degree. Information on competency
examinations is available from the Office of Testing Services.
Concurrent enrollment: Enrollment by a student at both NIU and
another institution, if any course taken at the other institution
is in session at any time during the NIU semester or summer
session in question.
Corequisite: A requirement, usually enrollment in a course,
which should be undertaken at the same time as the course
being described (if the corequisite has not been completed
previously).
Credit by examination: A procedure through which a student
can obtain college credit by passing examinations. Credit is
available through Advanced Placement (AP), the College-
Level Examination Program (CLEP), and NIU prociency
examinations. AP examinations are administered by high
schools, while the Office of Testing Services administers some
CLEP and prociency examinations; prociency examinations
are also administered by academic departments.
Departmental requirements: Courses offered by a department
and specied by that department as necessary for completion
of a given course of study.
Drop: A procedure which allows a student to delete a course
from the schedule through the second week of the semester.
This course does not appear on the student’s permanent
academic record. An administrative office may drop students
from courses in which they are not eligible to enroll.
Elective: A course that a student chooses to enroll in, as
distinguished from a required course at the university level or
in a given departmental course of study.
Emphasis: A subdivision of an undergraduate major. Courses
and total hours required may vary in a multiemphasis major.
Encumbrance: A hold placed on a student’s record as a result
of an unfullled obligation to the university or of a disciplinary
action. A student with an encumbrance preventing registration
is not eligible to participate in class work.
Endorsement: The written notation entered upon the face of all
educator licensure designating additional specic subjects
and/or grade levels which an individual is qualied to teach.
Endorsements are earned by taking designated course work
in a specic discipline area.
GPA hours: The number of semester hours for which grades of
A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, D, or F are recorded.
Grade point: The numerical value given to letter grades. See
Grading System.
Grade point average (GPA): A student’s scholastic average,
computed by dividing the total number of grade points earned
by the total number of credit hours attempted at NIU.
Half-session courses: Courses which are offered for the rst or
second half of an academic term, rather than a full term.
Hold: See “Encumbrance.”
Honors courses: Special courses or sections of courses
designed to offer intellectual challenge and personal attention
to particularly able students. Honors courses are identied by
an H suffix on the course number.
Incomplete: A grade (I) sometimes granted when a student
is temporarily unable to complete course requirements
or take a nal examination because of unusual personal
circumstances.
A GUIDE TO READING THIS CATALOG 9
Major: An extensive program of study in a designated subject
area at the undergraduate level.
Minor: A limited course of study in a designated subject area
at the undergraduate level. A student may not take a minor
offered by the department of his or her major unless this is
specically permitted in the description of the minor.
Nondegree student: A student who does not hold a degree and
is not currently seeking one. Application for this status should
be made to the Office of Admissions.
Part-time student: A student who takes fewer than 12 semester
hours during the semester or fewer than 6 semester hours
during the summer session.
Prerequisite: A requirement, usually completion of a course,
which should be met before a student can register for a
course.
Prociency examination: A way for a student to receive course
credit for individual or special study. Prociency examinations
are administered by academic departments and the Office of
Testing Services. See “Credit by examination.”
Readmission: A procedure by which a student who was
previously enrolled in the university but whose attendance was
interrupted for more than one year is reaccepted into NIU.
Recognized institution: An institution in a country outside of the
U.S. that is recognized by that nation’s Ministry of Education,
or similar authority, as a post-secondary, academic-degree-
granting-institution.
Reinstatement: An admission procedure followed by a
student who was formerly enrolled in the university but was
academically dismissed.
Semester hour: The university’s unit of academic credit reecting
a standard expectation of course activity.
Transcript: A copy of a student’s permanent academic record at
a particular institution.
Visiting student: A student who is regularly enrolled at another
institution but who is taking courses at NIU. Application for this
status should be made to the Office of Admissions.
Withdrawal: Formal action by which a student officially
discontinues participation in a course; a record of enrollment
remains on the student’s permanent academic record.
10
Northern Illinois University (NIU) is a state-assisted coeducational
institution which offers programs in the basic disciplines, the arts,
and the professions through courses conducted on the campus in
DeKalb and at a number of outreach centers throughout northern
Illinois.
The university offers six degrees at the baccalaureate level:
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Science (B.S.), Bachelor
of Music (B.M.), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), Bachelor of
Science in Education (B.S.Ed.), and Bachelor of General Studies
(B.G.S.).
Northern Illinois University offers approximately 70 elds of
study for undergraduate students in the Colleges of Business,
Education, Engineering and Engineering Technology, Health
and Human Sciences, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Visual and
Performing Arts. The basic undergraduate curriculum consists of
a minimum of 120 semester hours, 29-41 of which are devoted
to general education courses providing an educational base for
advanced and specialized study.
NIU has selective entrance requirements; students who meet
them can reasonably expect to graduate from the university.
Students who have decided on a major eld of study when they
enter the university are assigned to the college in which that
major is offered, whereas those who have not decided on a eld
of study may nd that the general education courses, which all
students take, will help them determine a major. Within certain
limits, students are free to change their majors as their goals
change.
Certain programs cannot accept everyone who wants to major
in them, but everyone admitted to NIU is eligible to compete
for places in such programs. The programs for which there is
competition screen students through a set of pre-major courses.
Successful completion of this package of courses has been an
excellent indicator of success in these programs.
The quality of NIU’s undergraduate education is very high,
largely because of the connection between undergraduate and
graduate programs. In most elds, undergraduate students will
study with professors who are doing important research in their
disciplines. Furthermore, NIU supports student career success
through academic advising, personal counseling, and career
and placement counseling. As a residential university, NIU
provides cultural, athletic, and other cocurricular activities within
an atmosphere designed to enrich the undergraduate learning
experience.
NIU is located in DeKalb, Illinois, a community of 40,000 people,
65 miles west of Chicago. Thus, NIU offers the ease in daily
living associated with a medium-sized town while at the same
time providing the cultural advantages associated with access
to a major urban center. In addition, many of NIU’s programs are
enhanced by the university’s proximity to the major industries
and large alumni base in the Chicago and suburban area; these
provide opportunities for internships and clinical experience.
Because of its comprehensive, high quality programs, the
exibility it offers students in making choices of career and major,
its advantageous location and residential benets, Northern
Illinois University is an excellent choice for an undergraduate
education.
Northern Illinois University
Mission and Scope
The vision of Northern Illinois University is to be the premier
student-centered, research-focused public university in the
Midwest, contributing to the advancement of knowledge for the
benet of the people of the region, the state, the nation, and the
world.
With this vision, the mission of the University is to promote
excellence and engagement in teaching and learning, research
and scholarship, creativity and artistry, and outreach and service.
In pursuing our vision and fullling our mission, the University
values:
• A community of diverse people, ideas, services, and
scholarly endeavors in a climate of respect for the intrinsic
dignity of each individual;
• Access for a broad spectrum of students to high quality
undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs
that prepare them to be lifelong learners and productive,
socially conscious citizens;
• Engaged teaching and learning that evolves from the
synergy of research, artistry, and service;
• Research and artistry in creating, transmitting, expanding,
and applying knowledge;
• Student success supported through academic and co-
curricular programming and activities;
• The application of current technology in enhancing and
broadening all institutional endeavors;
• A system of shared governance that incorporates input
from faculty, staff, and students in decision- and policy-
making;
• Commitment to a public purpose addressing regional,
state, national, and global challenges and opportunities.
Recognizing that students will need to learn throughout their lives,
the university provides them with the opportunity to become more
competent in critical thinking, creativity, and communication.
The university makes signicant contributions to the expansion
of knowledge. It believes that active programs in research and
artistry promote intellectual vitality and enrich an institution’s
instructional mission and its service to the broader community.
It enthusiastically accepts its responsibility to contribute to the
nation’s scientic and technological leadership, to support
advances and innovations in education, to bring ideas to bear on
issues of public policy, to contribute to the sustained appreciation
of our diverse cultural heritage, and to prepare a new generation
of scholars and educational leaders. It accepts a responsibility
to prepare citizens who understand the increasingly international
nature of contemporary life.
The multiple and ever-changing demands of society require the
continuing development of academic and professional programs
that are current, responsive, and of the highest possible quality.
The university thus seeks to recruit and retain faculty of national
stature from diverse cultural and ethnic backgrounds, attentive
to developments in their respective disciplines, and capable of
educating students who will be able to serve the region, the
state, the nation, and the world with distinction in the coming
decades. Convinced that the intellectual resources of the nation
are held in common, the university hopes to maintain access
for all segments of the population, and, within the constraints
An Introduction to NIU
AN INTRODUCTION TO NIU 11
of its budget, intends to admit those who can meet its entrance
standards, to retain those who can benet from its programs, and
to educate students to the extent of their capabilities and desires.
In pursuit of these objectives, Northern Illinois University currently
offers programs of study in the Colleges of Business, Education,
Engineering and Engineering Technology, Health and Human
Sciences, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Visual and Performing
Arts. It awards the baccalaureate degree in a wide range of
programs and offers a comprehensive set of master’s degrees,
the Juris Doctor, a limited number of sixth-year programs, and
the Doctor of Education and the Doctor of Philosophy. The
university’s undergraduate student body is drawn primarily from
within the state. The institution’s professional programs are
designed to be especially attractive to employed adults, in that
courses are offered both on and off campus and are scheduled
to accommodate the needs of the working public. Northern’s
doctoral programs draw from a national and international student
base and build upon the programmatic strengths of the institution.
Northern Illinois University’s history reects exibility in the face
of change and consistency in the pursuit of excellence. In this, the
university expects its future to conrm its past.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Northern Illinois University is accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission, which accredits degree-granting post-secondary
educational institutions in the North Central region. NIU is
included in the Research Universities-High Activity category of
the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and
has achieved the Community Engagement Classications for
Outreach and Partnerships and for Student Engagement.
The university and its colleges have institutional membership
or other affiliations in or with the American Association of State
Colleges and Universities (AASCU), American Association of
Colleges for Teacher Education, American Council on Education
(ACE), Association of Governing Boards of Universities and
Colleges (AGBUC), Association of Public and Land-Grant
Universities (APLU), Council for Higher Education Accreditation
(CHEA), Council of Graduate Schools, and Universities Research
Association.
The university is also fully accredited by the Council for
Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP) to offer teacher
education programs and offers several educator licensure
programs that are approved by the Illinois State Board of
Education.
In the College of Business, programs leading to the baccalaureate
and master’s degrees are accredited by AACSB International-
The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.
In the College of Education, the B.S. in athletic training is
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic
Training Education (CAATE).
In the College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, the
undergraduate programs in electrical engineering, industrial
and systems engineering, and mechanical engineering are
accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). In
the technology program, the emphases in electrical engineering
technology and manufacturing engineering technology are
accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of ABET,
and the emphasis in industrial management and technology is
accredited by the Association of Technology, Management, and
Applied Engineering (ATMAE).
In the College of Health and Human Sciences, the School
of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders offers a B.S. in
medical laboratory sciences that is accredited by the National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
and a physical therapy program that is accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education
(CAPTE). The Au.D. and M.A. with a specialization in speech-
language pathology are accredited by the Council on Academic
Accreditation (CAA) in Audiology and Speech-Language
Pathology and a specialization in rehabilitation counseling with
the M.A. in communicative disorders holds accreditation from the
Council on Rehabilitation Education (CORE). The specialization
in marriage and family therapy in the Master of Science program
in applied family and child studies offered by the School of
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences is accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy
(COAMFTE). In the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences, the B.S. in family and child studies is accredited by the
Council on Accreditation of Services for Families and Children
Inc. and the undergraduate didactic program in dietetics, as
well as the dietetic internship that is taken in conjunction with
the M.S. degree in nutrition and dietetics, are accredited by the
Accreditation Council for Education of Nutrition and Dietetics
(ACEND). The undergraduate and graduate programs in nursing
in the School of Nursing and Health Studies are accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) and the
master of public health program is accredited by the Council on
Education for Public Health (CEPH).
In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the B.S. in chemistry
is approved by the American Chemical Society (ACS). The clinical
psychology and school psychology areas within the Doctor of
Philosophy degree program in the Department of Psychology
are accredited by the American Psychological Association (APA).
The school psychology M.A. program leading to specialist-level
certication is fully approved by National Association of School
Psychologists (NASP) and the Council for the Accreditation of
Educator Preparation (CAEP). The B.S. degree with a major in
chemistry is certied by the American Chemical Society (ACS).
The Master of Public Administration degree offered by the
Department of Public Administration is accredited by the National
Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration
(NASPAA).
Within the College of Visual and Performing Arts, the programs
in art, music, and theatre arts are accredited, respectively, by
the National Association of Schools of Art and Design (NASAD),
the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM), and the
National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST).
The College of Law is accredited by the American Bar Association
(ABA) and is a member of the Association of American Law
Schools (AALS).
The Campus
The DeKalb Campus
The 756-acre campus of Northern Illinois University is located
in the city of DeKalb, a community of about 40,000 located 65
miles west of Chicago’s Loop, on the East-West Tollway (I-88).
The campus, which features two lagoons and a wooded area,
has grown from a single building in 1899 to a modern, 64-building
campus. The rst building, Altgeld Hall, originally known as “the
Castle on the Hill,” still stands and has undergone extensive
renovation.
Regional Sites
NIU offers courses and programs at various locations throughout
the northern Illinois region. The NIU Outreach Centers, located
in Hoffman Estates, Naperville, and Rockford, are multimedia
learning environments for NIU academic classes. The Lorado Taft
Field Campus in Oregon, Illinois, is home to activities for K-12
students studying various aspects of environmental education.
Also see “Regional Programs.”
12 AN INTRODUCTION TO NIU
The facilities of all four regional sites are available for meetings,
conferences, workshops, and retreats by NIU and non-NIU
groups. Contact the individual site for rates and availability, or log
on to www.niu.edu/regional/index.shtml.
University Hours
Most administrative offices are open Monday through Friday from
8 a.m. to 12 noon, and from 1 to 4:30 p.m. University office hours
are subject to change. All offices are closed on legal holidays.
Visitors may obtain information at the Barsema Alumni and
Visitors Center (BAVC), hours are 8:00-4:30. The Office
of Admissions desk at BAVC is open weekdays, 9:30-
2:00. Prospective students may obtain information at the
Office of Admissions, Williston Hall, from 8:30 a.m. to
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, or schedule a Saturday visit
from 10:00 a.m.-12:45 p.m. at Cole Hall.
Faculty Office Hours
Faculty members who teach maintain regular office hours or
provide other means to promote student-faculty consultation,
in accordance with department policy. These office hours are
included in course syllabi and publicly posted each academic
term. Arrangements more convenient to students than office
visits (e.g., e-mail or chat groups) may be substituted for office
hours where provided for by department policy.
The Academic Year
The academic year consists of two semesters of approximately
16 weeks each, and a summer session which includes freshman-
level courses for recent high school graduates who wish to begin
college work immediately.
13
Undergraduate programs at NIU are organized under the
Colleges of Business, Education, Engineering and Engineering
Technology, Health and Human Sciences, Liberal Arts and
Sciences, Visual and Performing Arts, and the Office of the
Provost. Each of these six colleges coordinates programs
for a group of departments of related disciplines and offers
specialized academic services for students majoring in one of its
departments. Almost every department has one or more major
programs; many majors include specic emphases.
The Baccalaureate Experience
Northern Illinois University is a large, complex institution with
a mission that includes a strong commitment to undergraduate
education. Central to this commitment is the establishment of
an intellectual environment that encourages the formation of
the essential habits of the educated person; these are curiosity,
rigorous observation, tolerant understanding, and informed
judgment. The diverse academic programs in each of the
distinctive colleges are unied by common expectations for the
achievement of the baccalaureate degree.
The NIU baccalaureate degree experience enables graduates
to think critically, create, and communicate by participating in
an engaged learning environment to prepare for success in a
diverse, global society. This learning environment emphasizes the
importance of context. Graduates will be prepared to understand
the impact of history on modern society, the relationship between
our society and others around the globe, and the unity and
diversity of the American experience. Students will be exposed to
a broad range of experiences and knowledge through the study
of natural science, social science, the humanities, and the arts.
Students will develop their knowledge, capacities, and abilities
through an intentionally developed curriculum that integrates
general education, the students’ majors, and opportunities
outside the classroom. NIU graduates will become life-long
learners who are empowered, informed, and responsible citizens.
Goal denitions—The “Three Cs”
Critical thinking—involves literacy, reectivity, and understanding
how to gather and make sense of various forms of information
before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion.
Creativity—uses a combination of imagination, intellect, insight,
and emotion to solve problems and transform existing ideas,
images, or techniques in innovative and original ways.
Communication—includes the mastery of basic skills, such as
language, technology, and collaboration.
Baccalaureate learning outcomes
The baccalaureate learning outcomes include:
Integrate knowledge of global interconnections and
interdependencies
Exhibit intercultural competencies with people of diverse
backgrounds and perspectives
Analyze issues that interconnect human life and the natural
world
Demonstrate critical, creative, and independent thought
Communicate clearly and effectively
Collaborate with others to achieve specic goals
Use and combine appropriate quantitative and qualitative
reasoning skills to address questions and solve problems
Synthesize knowledge and skills relevant to one’s major or
particular elds of study and apply them creatively to develop
innovative outcomes
Baccalaureate Degree Programs
Individual departments should be consulted in the catalog for
major requirements and to determine emphases and areas of
study which may be pursued within a major.
Baccalaureate Degrees Offered
Northern Illinois University offers the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.),
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), Bachelor of General Studies
(B.G.S.), Bachelor of Music (B.M.), Bachelor of Science (B.S.),
and Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.) degrees in six
colleges. The following lists these degrees and indicates the
colleges and departments/schools offering them. For page
references for information about a specic major, see the index
of the print catalog.
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
College of Business
Accountancy (B.S.)
Business Administration (B.S.)
Finance (B.S.)
Management (B.S.)
Marketing (B.S.)
Operations Management and Information Systems (B.S.)
College of Education
Kinesiology and Physical Education (B.S.)
Special and Early Education (B.S.)
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
Electrical Engineering (B.S.)
Industrial and Systems Engineering (B.S.)
Mechanical Engineering (B.S.)
Technology (B.S.)
College of Health and Human Sciences
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders (B.S.)
Communicative Disorders (B.S.)
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences (B.S.)
Nursing and Health Studies (B.S.)
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
School of Public and Global Affairs
Anthropology (B.A./B.S.)
Biological Sciences (B.S.)
Chemistry and Biochemistry (B.S.)
Communication (B.A./B.S.)
Computer Science (B.S.)
Economics (B.A./B.S.)
English (B.A.)
Environmental Studies (B.A./B.S.)
Foreign Languages and Literatures (B.A.)
Geography (B.A./B.S.)
Geology and Environmental Geosciences (B.S.)
History (B.A./B.S.)
Mathematical Sciences (B.S.)
Undergraduate Academic Programs
14 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Non-Governmental Organization Leadership and Development
(CLCE, B.A./B.S.)
Philosophy (B.A.)
Physics (B.S.)
Political Science (B.A./B.S.)
Psychology (B.A./B.S.)
Public Administration
Sociology (B.A./B.S.)
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Art (B.A.)
Music (B.A.)
Theatre and Dance (B.A.)
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.)
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Art
Theatre and Dance
Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.)
College of Education
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
College of Health and Human Sciences
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Bachelor of Music (B.M.)
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Music
Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.)
College of Education
Kinesiology and Physical Education
Literacy and Elementary Education
Special and Early Education
College of Health and Human Sciences
Nursing and Health Studies
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Art and Design
Baccalaureate Degree Majors
The following list of undergraduate majors shows the degree(s)
available. In addition, contract majors are offered by the Colleges
of Education (B.S.), Engineering and Engineering Technology
(B.S.), Health and Human Sciences (B.S.), Liberal Arts and
Sciences (B.A. and B.S.), and Visual and Performing Arts (B.A.)
Accountancy–B.S.
Anthropology–B.A. and B.S.
Applied management–B.S.
Art–B.A.
Art education–B.S.Ed.
Art history–B.A.
Athletic training–B.S.
Biological sciences–B.S.
Business administration–B.S.
Chemistry–B.S.
Communication studies–B.A. and B.S.
Communicative disorders–B.S.
Community leadership and civic engagement–B.A. and B.S.
Computer science–B.S.
Early childhood studies–B.S.
Economics–B.A. and B.S.
Electrical engineering–B.S.
Elementary education–B.S.Ed.
English–B.A.
Environmental studies–B.A. and B.S.
Family and child studies–B.S.
Fashion merchandising–B.S.
Finance–B.S.
French–B.A.
Geography–B.A. and B.S.
Geology and environmental geosciences–B.S.
German–B.A.
Health education–B.S.Ed.
Health sciences–B.S.
History–B.A. and B.S.
Industrial and systems engineering–B.S.
Journalism–B.A. and B.S.
Kinesiology–B.S.
Management–B.S.
Marketing–B.S.
Mathematical sciences–B.S.
Mechanical engineering–B.S.
Medical laboratory sciences–B.S.
Meteorology–B.S.
Music–B.A. and B.M.
Nursing–B.S.
Nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality management–B.S.
Operations and information management–B.S.
Philosophy–B.A.
Physical education–B.S.Ed.
Physics–B.S.
Political science–B.A. and B.S.
Psychology–B.A. and B.S.
Public health–B.S.
Sociology–B.A. and B.S.
Spanish–B.A.
Special education–B.S.Ed.
Studio art–B.F.A.
Technology–B.S.
Theatre arts–B.F.A.
Theatre studies–B.A.
Honors Program
The University Honors Program provides an enriched
educational experience for students of high academic promise
and achievement who have a commitment to excellence. The
program is open to students in all undergraduate colleges and
provides its students with uniquely designed and specially
taught courses; access to award-winning professors; a low
student-to-faculty ratio; unique study abroad programs; Honors-
only research programs, specialized advising; a living-learning
community; peer and alumni mentoring; specialized internships;
and Honors-only scholarships, tuition waivers, and awards.
University Honors courses differ from other courses in that
they encourage more open exchange between students and
professors, are designed to engage students in practical and
enhanced learning opportunities, and provide direct access to
the best faculty both inside and outside the classroom. For the
Capstone Project, students are encouraged to pursue a subject
of their choosing in depth and to develop their interests through
independent, yet guided, research, study, or artistry. University
Honors sections are normally available in all general education
areas, as elective seminars, and in virtually all majors.
Since all University Honors credit applies toward graduation
requirements, a University Honors student may complete the
program without additional time requirements; a student may
also withdraw from the program without loss of credit. Graduation
with University Honors frequently gives the student a distinct
advantage in applying for professional or graduate school and
for employment.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 15
Academic Program
The program is divided into two parts. Lower Division Honors,
requires 15 semester hours of honors course work with a
minimum GPA of 3.20 in honors courses and a minimum overall
GPA of 3.00. Included within these 15 hours is a Cornerstone
course taken in the fall semester of the freshman year.
Recognition of Upper Division Honors requires completion of 12
semester hours of 300- and 400-level honors course work with a
minimum GPA of 3.20 in those courses and a minimum overall
GPA of 3.20. Included within these 12 hours are a University
Honors Seminar and an Honors Capstone independent study
project completed during the senior year. Normally, the University
Honors Seminar must be taken outside of students’ majors.
However, students who have completed lower-division honors at
NIU and are part of a departmental or college honors program
may, with permission of the program, take their seminars within
their majors.
The total program, University Honors, involves a minimum of
27 semester hours (approximately nine courses) of honors
work, 12 of which must be outside the major. Credit earned in
departmental honors programs may be included within the
27-hours requirement for University Honors. Students may earn
honors credit in general education, elective, and major courses
with a grade of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+ or C. However, the student
must earn an A, A-, B+, B or B- in all contract and independent
study courses in order to receive honors credit for these courses.
A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.20 in all honors course work
accepted for honors credit and a minimum overall cumulative
GPA of 3.20 are required for recognition of University Honors.
Admission Requirements
The program welcomes not only freshmen but students who wish
to enroll in the University Honors Program during or after their
freshman year, either from within NIU, as transfer students, or
as graduates of community colleges with an associate’s degree
(A.A. or A.S.) in a baccalaureate-oriented program.
Admission of entering freshmen into the University Honors
Program is based on a minimum composite ACT score of 27 or
SAT score of 1200, graduation in the upper 10 percent of the high
school class, and a 3.75 GPA. Students whose academic record
reects quality work but who do not meet the above criteria are
invited to apply for admission on provisional status as space
permits. Students at NIU or who transfer from other institutions
as freshmen or sophomores may pursue Lower Division Honors
if they have a cumulative GPA of 3.20 or better (on a 4.00 scale).
Upper Division Honors may be pursued by transfer and native
students who have attained junior status and maintain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 3.20 (on a 4.00 scale).
Honors Transfer Credit
Those students who have previously completed 15 hours of
honors courses may have these courses counted toward the
completion of Lower Division Honors and thus earn full University
Honors. To be credited with having completed Lower Division
Honors elsewhere, the following must apply.
The honors course work must have been completed in
an established Honors Program that is a member of the
National Collegiate Honors Council or Honors Council of
the Illinois Region.
The honors course work must be accepted by NIU toward
the student’s major(s), minor(s), or general education
requirements, or as electives.
A grade of B- or better must have been earned in the
honors course work offered for honors transfer credit.
The student must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.20
on a 4.00 scale for all college course work attempted at all
institutions attended.
It is the student’s responsibility to provide documentation of
honors course work to the NIU University Honors Program
for evaluation and verication.
However, no transfer credit will be accepted toward Upper
Division Honors and a student may not earn NIU Upper Division
Honors using transfer credit.
Degrees with Distinction
Students who complete only Lower Division Honors will have this
designated on the official transcript.
Students who complete only Upper Division Honors will have this
designated on the official transcript and on the diploma.
Students who complete Lower and Upper Division Honors and
have attained an overall GPA of at least 3.20 will graduate With
University Honors. This designation will appear on the official
transcript and on the diploma.
Additional Program Services
The University Honors Program provides all of its students with
special curricular, cocurricular, and extracurricular programming.
All rst-year and new transfer students are required to attend
a two-day, overnight orientation program held at NIU’s Lorado
Taft Field Campus in August where they are introduced to the
program’s full complement of offerings, work with the University
Honors Fellows and Peer Mentors, and learn how to be successful
at NIU.
Other services include priority registration for all courses,
extended borrowing privileges for all library materials, dedicated
regular and special advising and help in designing an academic
program, the largest living-learning community in Honors House
located in New Residence Hall Complex, internship and externship
programs, and a variety of extracurricular academic, professional
development, community service, and social events, both on and
off campus. University Honors students also have opportunities
to participate in special honors seminars on leadership, ethics,
and micronance; to study abroad in Argentina, Canada, China,
Ghana, and The Netherlands; to participate in peer leadership
positions; to be named as University Honors Research Scholars;
to receive special research and travel grants; and to attend state,
regional, and national conferences.
Further information about the University Honors Program may be
obtained by visiting the University Honors Center in the Campus
Life Building (CLB) 110, calling 815-753-0694, sending an e-mail
to honor[email protected], or visiting the website at www.honors.niu.
edu/honors.
Assessment at Northern Illinois University
Northern Illinois University engages in assessment processes
to answer important questions about the quality of students’
baccalaureate experiences. Assessment is one of the ways the
university measures the extent to which it fullls its educational
mission, and information gained from assessment processes
helps the university improve courses, degree programs, and
academic and student support services. Additionally, assessment
activities provide information that is required at the state and
national levels for certication and accreditation purposes. Most
importantly, assessment processes tell us how well the university
is meeting students’ needs.
Many assessment activities at NIU occur as a part of instruction
within the degree program. Other assessment activities, including
testing, surveys and projects, occur with the goal of measuring
16 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
students’ abilities by evaluating performance at selected points
in time. As students progress through degree programs, they
will be expected to participate in assessment measures, which
they should complete to the best of their abilities. Students’
performances on these measures reect on the quality of the
university and its undergraduate programs. Although summary
data may be published or presented at conferences, student
performance data are aggregated; no individual student
information is reported.
Questions regarding assessment should be directed to the Office
of Assessment Services, 815-753-8659, Adams Hall, Room B20.
Educator Licensure Programs
See “Educator Licensure Requirements.”
17
Some majors, emphases, and areas of study offered by NIU
limit admissions. Admission to NIU does not guarantee
admission to a specic major. See “Limited Admissions
and Limited Retention Requirements” in this section of the
catalog and individual department sections.
Undergraduate Admission
Northern Illinois University recognizes that the principles of
cultural diversity and global awareness are essential to learning
and striving for excellence in the higher educational environment.
In recognition of this commitment, NIU expressly prohibits the
consideration or use of race, color, national origin, sex, religion,
age, physical or mental disability, marital status, veteran status,
sexual orientation, political affiliation, status as a victim or
perceived victim of domestic or sexual violence or any other
factor unrelated to professional qualications as a basis for any
employment decision, in its admission procedures, and in access
to its programs. Factors such as academic record, test scores,
special talents or ability, personal character, and references may
be taken into consideration in the admission process.
Applicants will be considered for admission to the university if
they meet the requirements specied under any of the following
headings.
Freshmen
Transfer Students
Illinois Public Community College Graduates
International Students
Postbaccalaureate Students
Applicants who do not meet the admission requirements for the
categories listed above may apply for special admission to the
university. Information about these opportunities may be found
under “Special Admission to the University.”
Applicants who desire to enroll for a limited period at the
university may nd information about these opportunities under
the following heading.
Visiting Students
Former NIU Students should refer to the section “Readmission of
Former NIU Students.”
Applicants must meet additional criteria and/or submit additional
documents if they wish to be considered for admission to the
following units that administer limited admissions majors,
emphases, and/or areas of study. See “Limited Admissions and
Limited Retention Requirements.”
College of Health and Human Sciences (B.G.S. in health
and human sciences)
Department of Computer Science (computer science)
Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education (athletic
training)
Department of Literacy and Elementary Education
(elementary education)
Department of Special and Early Education (early
childhood studies)
Department of Technology (applied manufacturing
technology emphasis; aviation management technology
emphasis; nuclear engineering technology emphasis)
School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
(medical laboratory sciences)
School of Art and Design (art and design education;
studio art; visual communication area of study)
School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences (early
childhood studies; family and child studies)
School of Music (music)
School of Nursing and Health Studies (nursing)
School of Theatre and Dance (B.F.A. emphasis in acting;
B.F.A. emphasis in design and technology)
Some programs have limited retention. See individual colleges
and departments for specic requirements.
Application Procedure
Application Materials
Correspondence about undergraduate admission to the university
should be addressed to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
Northern Illinois University, 1425 W. Lincoln Highway, DeKalb,
Illinois 60115-2857. All applicants may be requested to submit the
following materials.
A formal application for admission.
An official high school transcript indicating class rank and
courses completed. Class rank should be indicated as of
the end of the sixth, seventh, or eighth semester unless the
applicant will be an early graduate.
An official ACT assessment or SAT Reasoning Test score
report. (Students’ copies cannot be accepted.) The ACT
code for NIU is 1102. The SAT code for NIU is 1559.
An official transcript from each college attended.
Application fee.
When to Apply
Students are encouraged to apply as soon as possible. Students
can apply after the following dates.
Te r m ........................................................................... Apply after
Spring 2016..............................................................May 1, 2015
Summer 2016 ............................................... September 1, 2015
Fall 2016 ....................................................... September 1, 2015
Application Deadlines
The completed application and all supporting documents must
be on le in the Office of Admissions by the dates listed below.
However, early application is strongly recommended.
Space limitations and/or budget constraints may necessitate
earlier deadlines.
The size of the freshman class will be determined by the level of
university resources available to maintain the quality of academic
programs. The schedule on which applications will be reviewed
provides for competitive admissions by class rank and ACT/SAT
scores on a space-available basis.
Individual colleges and departments may also have earlier
application deadlines. Please refer to the section titled “Limited
Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements” for specic
dates.
Admission
18 ADMISSION
If any published application deadline date falls on a Saturday or a
Sunday, complete applications and all supporting documents will
be accepted on the immediately following Monday.
Te r m .............................................................................. Deadline
Spring 2016.................................................... December 1, 2015
Summer 2016 ........................................................ May 15, 2016
Fall 2016 ..............................................................August 1, 2016
Students applying for reinstatement, for a change to degree
status, or for transfers petitioning their admission decision,
completed applications and all supporting materials must be on
le by the following dates.
Te r m .............................................................................. Deadline
Spring 2016.................................................. November 15, 2015
Summer 2016 ..........................................................May 1, 2016
Fall 2016 .................................................................July 15, 2016
ACT/SAT Scores
Applicants must take either the ACT or SAT Reasoning Test
assessment and request that the score reports be forwarded
to NIU from the testing company. Although NIU welcomes the
addition of the writing tests introduced by both ACT and SAT,
NIU will recommend but not require the ACT writing test and
consider only the SAT critical reading and mathematical scores
for admission consideration until the predictive value of the
writing test is determined. The ACT code for NIU is 1102. The
SAT code for NIU is 1559. Applicants who have not taken either
of these tests should contact their local high school or community
college counselor to register for a testing session. Applicants who
have never taken one of the tests and have been out of high
school for more than three years may request in writing a waiver
of this requirement. ACT/SAT scores will not affect the admission
of postbaccalaureates or of transfer students with 24 or more
transferable semester hours.
Admission to Major Programs
Applicants declare their major on the application for university
admission. The declared major indicates an area of interest
and does not guarantee admission to a degree program in that
specic area. Procedures for declaring a major are described in
the “Academic Regulations” section of this catalog.
The university’s undergraduate academic work is organized
under the Colleges of Business, Education, Engineering and
Engineering Technology, Health and Human Sciences, Liberal
Arts and Sciences, and Visual and Performing Arts. Individual
colleges control admission to degree programs. The selection of
any courses to be required prior to admission to a major will be
determined by each college or department in accordance with
its respective expectations. In general, students are strongly
encouraged to complete successfully the foundational studies
requirements and some general education courses early in their
programs of study.
Immunization Policy
The Illinois College Student Immunization Act (110-ILCS 20)
and university policy require that all students born on or after
January 1, 1957, who are assessed on campus fees, provide
written evidence of current immune status with respect to certain
communicable diseases, or evidence of exemption from this
requirement, by the tenth calendar day of the rst term enrolled.
Failure to provide the required documentation and be in
compliance with the state law by the tenth calendar day of the
rst term enrolled will result in a late processing fee. A registration
encumbrance will also be placed on the records of students who
are not in compliance. You will be notied at your NIU e-mail
account if any additional information is required.
Immunization information may be obtained from the Health
Services web page at www.niu.edu/healthservices/immunizations
or by calling 815-753-9585.
Meningococcal Meningitis
The Center for Disease Control’s Advisory Committee on
Immunization Practices (ACIP) recommends that college freshman
living in residence halls be immunized against meningococcal
disease. The ACIP recommendation further states that other
college students under 25 years of age who wish to reduce their
risk for the disease may choose to be vaccinated.
Meningitis is an inammation of the linings of the brain and spinal
cord that is caused either by viruses or bacteria. Viral meningitis
is generally less severe and resolves without specic treatment.
Bacterial meningitis, especially meningococcal meningitis, is
more serious and can result in permanent neurologic damage
or death.
Meningococcal meningitis commonly begins with high fever,
headache, and stiff neck that develop over a period of several
hours to two days. Other symptoms may include nausea, vomiting,
confusion, drowsiness and discomfort looking at bright lights.
Meningococcal meningitis is spread through exchange of oral
and respiratory secretions (i.e., coughing, kissing, and sharing
eating utensils), not through casual contact. Individuals who live
in the same household or have direct contact with an infected
person’s oral secretions are at an increased risk of acquiring the
infection.
Two vaccines are available that protect against four of the ve
strains (or types) of the bacterium that cause meningococcal
disease. While both vaccines provide immunity for a number
of years to approximately 90% of those who are vaccinated,
neither medication confers lifelong immunity to meningococcal
meningitis.
Health Services provides meningococcal vaccinations for NIU
students on request. There is a charge for this vaccination. For
more information, please contact Preventive Medicine at 815-
753-9585.
Admission Criteria
Freshmen
An applicant for freshman admission must be a graduate of a
secondary school at the time of enrollment or have attained high
school equivalency through the General Educational Development
(GED) test. Applicants must submit
A formal application for admission.
An official high school transcript indicating class rank, GPA,
and courses completed or an official GED score report.
An official ACT score report sent to NIU by ACT Inc. or an
official SAT score report sent to NIU by the College Board.
Application fee.
Individuals applying for admission will be evaluated and notied of
their admission decision according to the “Criteria for Admission”
and “Schedule for Application Review.”
Please note that the actual size of the new freshman class will
be determined by the level of university resources available to
maintain the quality of academic programs. The schedule on which
applications will be reviewed provides for competitive admissions
by class rank and ACT/SAT score on a space-available basis.
Criteria for Admission
Individuals will be considered for admission if they meet one of
the following sets of criteria. Weighted and unweighted class rank
and weighted and unweighted GPA will be considered.
ADMISSION 19
Applicants who have graduated or will graduate from a
secondary school prior to enrollment at NIU must meet the
following criteria.
Applicants who rank in the upper half of their graduating class
or who have a GPA of at least 2.75 on a 4.00 scale must have
a composite ACT score of at least 19 or critical reading and
mathematics SAT score of at least 910.
OR
Applicants who do not rank in the upper half of their class but
who rank in the upper two thirds of their graduating class or
who have a GPA of at least 2.50 on a 4.00 scale must have a
minimum composite ACT score of 23 or SAT critical reading and
mathematics score of 1070.
In addition to the high school class rank and ACT/SAT score
requirements, all applicants must have successfully completed
the following high school courses (one unit equals one year).
English. Four units (three of which must be courses emphasizing
written and oral communication and literature).
Mathematics. Three to four units of college preparatory
mathematics, including one year of geometry and one year of
advanced algebra and/or trigonometry. For students intending
to major in mathematics, science, business, or engineering,
four years of college preparatory mathematics are very strongly
recommended. Further, all students, regardless of intended
major, are strongly encouraged to take a mathematics course or
a course with a mathematics prerequisite during the year before
they enroll in a mathematics course at NIU.
Science. Two to three units (two of which must be courses in the
physical or biological sciences). One unit must be a laboratory
science.
Social Studies. Two to three units (one of which must be U.S.
history or a combination of U.S. history and government).
Foreign Language, Art, Music, or Vocational Education. One to
two units (one of which must be course work in foreign language,
art, or music).
Additional Course Work. Up to three units of the required fteen
may be distributed throughout any of the ve categories of course
work listed above. Vocational education may satisfy up to three
of the units.
Students who complete the required fteen units in college
preparatory courses including two years of a foreign language,
advanced mathematics, composition, literature, and at least one
unit in chemistry or physics will be more likely to (a) qualify for
advanced placement or prociency credit and (b) complete their
programs of study within the amount of time anticipated for a
given baccalaureate degree from NIU.
Applicants who have attempted transferable college-level credit
at the time of application, and are entering the University in
the academic year following their graduation from secondary
school or its equivalent are evaluated using freshman admission
requirements.
Applicants who are not high school graduates must have
attained high school equivalency through General Educational
Development (GED) tests. In addition, applicants must have a
minimum composite ACT score of 23 or minimum critical reading
and mathematics SAT score of 1070.
Freshman Petition Review
Freshman applicants who believe their application warrants
additional consideration despite their not fullling the minimum
ACT/SAT score, high school rank, and/or course-specic
requirements described above may petition for review of their
application status. To request such a review, prospective freshmen
must have a letter of petition on le in the Office of Admissions by
the dates listed below. The letter should describe circumstances
relevant to the petition, including information about academic
potential that is not reected in the ACT/SAT scores or high
school performance.
Te r m ............................................................................Petition by
Spring .................................................................... November 15
Summer .............................................................................May 1
Fall ................................................................................... July 15
Schedule for Application Review
Individuals who meet all applicable admission criteria will be
notied of an admission decision as soon as possible following
the completion of their application le. Students are encouraged
to apply early. Applicants will be considered for admission as long
as space is available.
The actual size of the new freshman class is determined by the
level of university resources available to maintain the quality of
the academic programs. The schedule on which applications
are reviewed provides for competitive admissions on a space-
available basis.
Spring Semester 2016
Individuals who submit complete applications including all
transcripts and test score information by November 1, 2015,
and who satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis and notied of the admission
decision on or before December 1, 2015.
Individuals who submit complete applications after November 1,
2015, and satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis as long as space is available.
Summer Session 2016 and Fall Semester 2016
Individuals who submit complete applications including all
transcripts and test score information by November 15, 2015,
and who satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis and notied of the admission
decision on or before February 1, 2016.
Individuals who submit complete applications after November 15,
2015, and satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis as long as space is available.
Priority consideration is given to individuals whose applications
are complete by February 1, 2016, who rank in the top 10 percent
of their high school class and have an ACT composite score of
at least 19 or critical reading and mathematics SAT score of at
least 910 and to individuals who rank in the upper third of their
high school class and have an ACT composite score of at least
21 or critical reading and mathematics SAT score of at least 990
or an equivalent ACT/SAT rank combination. Such individuals will
be admitted and notied of their admissions decision on a rolling
admissions basis.
A personal statement is strongly recommended only for students
who do not satisfy the priority consideration parameters. This
statement should focus on areas such as leadership experiences,
expected contributions to the NIU community, and any personal
experiences in overcoming adversity.
Transfer Students
To maintain the quality of academic programs, the number of
transfer students admitted each semester will be determined by
the level of university resources available. The schedule on which
applications will be reviewed provides for competitive admission
on a space-available basis. Early application is encouraged. Also
see “Transfer Credit” under “Academic Regulations.”
20 ADMISSION
Transfer applicants must submit the following.
A formal application for admission.
An official high school transcript. (Applicants with 24 or
more semester hours of transferable credit are not required
to submit a high school transcript.)
An official transcript from each college attended (sent by
each college to the Office of Admissions).
An official ACT or SAT score report sent directly to NIU by
the testing company. (Applicants with 24 or more semester
hours of transferable credit are not required to submit an
official ACT/SAT score report but are encouraged to do so
for research purposes.)
Application fee.
Enrollment in courses offered at NIU which fulll NIU’s
foundational studies requirement in mathematics requires an
entry-skill level, determined through placement testing and/or
explicit prerequisites, at least equal to that expected from the
successful completion of an intermediate algebra course. Such
a course is not offered by NIU. However, an intermediate algebra
course offered by Kishwaukee College can be taken on the NIU
campus.
Applicants who have attempted up to and including 12
semester hours of credit are evaluated as freshmen for
admission purposes and must meet the current freshman
admission requirements. The GPA earned for the attempted 12
hours or fewer will not affect the admission decision. (This policy
has been developed to encourage students to take advantage
of local post-secondary educational opportunities, either during
their senior year in high school or during the summer before NIU
enrollment, without jeopardizing their admission to NIU.)
Applicants who have attempted more than 12 semester
hours but who have earned fewer than 24 semester hours
of transferable college-level credit at the time of application
must
have a GPA of at least C (2.00 on a 4.00 scale) from all
colleges attended (as computed by NIU standards).
be in good standing at the last college attended.
satisfy NIU’s competitive transfer GPA.
meet the current freshman admission criteria.
Applicants who have earned between 24 and 59 semester
hours of transferable college-level credit at the time of
application must
have a GPA of at least C (2.00 on a 4.00 scale) from all
colleges attended (as computed by NIU standards).
be in good standing at the last college attended.
satisfy NIU’s competitive transfer GPA.
Applicants who have earned 60 or more semester hours
of transferable college-level credit at the time of application
must
have a GPA of at least C (2.00 on a 4.00 scale) from all
colleges attended (as computed by NIU standards).
be in good standing at the last college attended.
Transfer Petition Review
Transfer applicants with 24 or more semester hours of transferable
credit who petition for a review of their admission decision must
have all documents that are required for transfer admission and
a letter of petition on le in the Office of Admissions by the dates
listed below. The letter should describe circumstances relevant to
the petition, including information about educational and career
goals.
Te r m ............................................................................Petition by
Spring .................................................................... November 15
Summer .............................................................................May 1
Fall ................................................................................... July 15
Illinois Public Community College Graduates
A graduate of an Illinois public community college who has not
previously attended Northern Illinois University and who has
completed a baccalaureate-oriented A.A., A.S., or A.A.T. degree
in early childhood, secondary math, or special education will
be admitted to NIU as long as space is available. The student
will enter with junior standing and all NIU general education
requirements will be considered complete if the student has the
following qualications prior to enrolling at NIU.
An Associate in Arts (A.A.) or an Associate in Science (A.S.)
degree or an Associate in Arts in Teaching (A.A.T.) degree
in early childhood, secondary math, or special education
in a baccalaureate-oriented program from an Illinois public
community college.
At least a C average (2.00 on a 4.00 scale) as calculated
by the community college.
At least 60 semester hours of credit.
Good standing at the last college attended.
An Illinois public community college graduate with an Associate
in Engineering Science, Associate in Arts in Teaching in
secondary science, or an Associate in Fine Arts degree is eligible
for admission to NIU but is not eligible for the benets indicated
above.
An Illinois public community college graduate with an Associate in
Applied Science, an Associate in General Studies, or an Associate
in Liberal Studies degree is not eligible for the benets indicated
above. These students will receive the same consideration for
admission as other transfer students.
Former NIU students (non-degree, visiting, or regular) who have
since attended a community college should refer to “Readmission
of Former NIU Students.”
An applicant from an Illinois public community college who has
previously been a visiting or non-degree student at NIU and who
wishes to enter NIU with junior standing and general education
requirements considered complete must petition for these
benets in a letter accompanying the application. It is expected
that students who petition will have met the basic minimum GPA
and other requirements for the A.A. or A.S. degree or approved
A.A.T. degree from the community college.
These benets do not necessarily satisfy any additional course
requirements that may be needed for a specic major program
at NIU.
Questions regarding the Illinois Articulation Initiative GECC may
be directed to the Transfer Center, 815-753-0446
Transfer Students from Community or
Junior Colleges
An applicant who has attended an Illinois public community
college but has not graduated with a baccalaureate-oriented
A.A. or A.S. degree or approved A.A.T. degree will receive the
same consideration for admission as all other transfer students.
This policy also applies to all applicants who have attended
or graduated from private or out-of-state community or junior
colleges. All course work will be evaluated according to the
standards and regulations stated for transfer students in the
“Transfer Credit” section under “Academic Regulations,” and the
student may nd that general education requirements have been
met.
ADMISSION 21
Community college transfer students interested in educator
licensure should carefully read the section “Educator Licensure
Requirements.”
Effective fall semester 1998 and after for new transfer students
and students reentering NIU with an A.A. or A.S. degree or
approved A.A.T. degree from an Illinois public community
college, Northern Illinois University is a participant in the Illinois
Articulation Initiative (IAI), a statewide agreement that allows
transfer of the completed Illinois transferable General Education
Core Curriculum (GECC) between participating institutions.
Successful completion of the GECC at any participating college
or university in Illinois assures transferring students that lower-
division general education requirements for an associate or
baccalaureate degree have been satised and allows students
to transfer this portion of an associate or baccalaureate degree
from one participating IAI institution to another without incurring a
loss of credit. See “Transfer of Illinois Articulation Initiative Credit
to NIU” and “Illinois Articulation Initiative Core Curriculum” for
further information.
Schedule for Application Review
Spring Semester 2016
Individuals who submit complete applications including all official
transcripts and required documents by November 1, 2015, and
who satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis and notied of the admission
decision on or before December 1, 2015.
Individuals who submit complete applications after November 1,
2015, and satisfy minimum admissions criteria are considered for
admission on a competitive basis as long as space is available.
Summer Session 2016 and Fall Semester 2016
The schedule on which application will be reviewed provides
for competitive admission on a space-available basis. Early
application is encouraged.
International Students
International undergraduate students are asked to submit the
following materials for admission to NIU: Official school records
from all schools attended (with official English translation), all
official test scores (including TOEFL, IELTS, SAT, and/or ACT),
admissions application, and an application fee. Note: the ACT
or SAT is not required for international freshmen applicants from
foreign high scools. The ACT or SAT is required for international
freshmen applicants from U.S. high schools. F-1 and J-1 students
must also submit proof of nancial ability in order to receive their
immigration documents.
Fall semester deadlines are May 1 for students living outside
the United States and June 15 for students living in the United
States. Spring semester deadlines are October 1 for students
living outside the United States and November 15 for students
living in the United States.
Postbaccalaureate Students
Postbaccalaureate students are those who hold baccalaureate
degrees from an accredited U.S. college or university, or from
a recognized foreign institution, and wish to take additional
undergraduate courses or to earn a second baccalaureate
degree. To qualify for admission, a postbaccalaureate applicant
must submit official transcripts from all previously attended
institutions, other than NIU. All credit will be evaluated from the
perspective of the new major. Postbaccalaureate applicants are
subject to the review procedures applicable to limited admission
and retention programs. See “Limited Admissions Requirements”
and individual college programs.
The NIU cumulative GPA for all postbaccalaureate students,
including those whose initial baccalaureate degree was earned at
NIU, will include only postbaccalaureate course work attempted
at NIU.
Postbaccalaureate status allows a student to take 100-
through 400- level courses for undergraduate credit only; a
postbaccalaureate may not take courses for graduate credit.
An individual with a baccalaureate degree who wishes to take
500-, 600, or 700-level graduate courses should apply to the
Graduate School for admission as a graduate student or for
student-at-large status. (See the Graduate Catalog.)
Whether postbaccalaureate or a graduate-level (graduate
student or student-at-large) classication is the more appropriate
depends on the student’s academic objectives, and students
are encouraged to consult with appropriate departmental or
other academic advisers in making their choice. The student’s
classication may also affect eligibility for certain types of nancial
assistance, and students should contact a nancial aid counselor
in the Student Financial Aid Office for information. Students may
request to change their classication from postbaccalaureate
to graduate or vice versa. The change in classication must be
requested by completing the appropriate application not later
than the rst regularly scheduled class day of the academic term
for which it is to be effective.
Special Admission to the University
Alternate Admission to the University
Educational Services and Programs
Northern Illinois University has a commitment to provide
opportunities and supportive services to students who do not
meet traditional admissions criteria. The primary office which
administers such admissions options and services is the CHANCE
program, a comprehensive, coordinated collection of counseling,
academic preparation, and support services designed to assist
students in gaining entry into and ultimately graduating from
college.
The guiding mission of the CHANCE Program is to identify, recruit,
and assist capable students whose pre-college education has not
fully enabled them to take maximum advantage of their potential
and the opportunities of higher education at NIU. The university
annually looks at demographic and academic performance data
to identify schools which are targeted for inclusion in the program.
Please visit the CHANCE Program website for more information
and listing of target schools (www.chance.niu.edu).
Admission Criteria
Students who demonstrate strong motivation and potential for
success in college but who do not meet one or more of the
traditional criteria for admission to NIU may be considered for
alternate admission using the services of CHANCE. Beyond the
ACT/SAT and high school performance records, NIU looks for
characteristics such as special talents, signicant activities and
accomplishments, leadership potential, personal commitment,
and goal orientation. Admission can thus be extended to students
who agree to conscientiously make use of Educational Services
and Programs, which includes CHANCE, ACCESS, Student
Support Services, and related university services as a means to
ensure success at NIU.
Freshmen admission to NIU through CHANCE is only available to
residents of Illinois and only in the fall semester.
22 ADMISSION
Admission Procedures
Official admission is not considered nal until all of the following
steps have been completed.
Submit a completed undergraduate admissions application by
March 1.
Submit application fee.
Submit an official high school transcript.
Have official ACT or SAT scores sent to NIU.
Write and submit a personal statement.
Meet with a CHANCE counselor for a personal interview.
Participate in a residential two-day summer orientation session
at NIU.
Sign all agreements and official acceptance papers.
Sponsored Admission by an Academic Department
An academic department may sponsor a limited number of new
freshmen who do not meet regular admission requirements but
who show special talent appropriate to the programs of that
department. The academic records of these students must meet
a minimum standard set by the university Admission Policies
and Academic Standards Committee. A recommendation
for sponsored admission must be made by the appropriate
department. Additional information may be obtained from the
Office of Admissions.
Visiting Students
A student who has not previously enrolled in NIU as an
undergraduate degree seeking student may apply for temporary
admission and take courses as a visiting student. Visiting
students are limited to 15 semester hours; those who wish to
enroll in additional hours must reapply through the Office of
Admissions. Students enrolled in International Studies programs
are not subject to the one-term limitation.
Visiting students are ineligible for scholarships and federal and
state nancial aid.
Students who wish to attend NIU as visiting students must submit
an undergraduate application and application fee. Although
transcripts are not required for admission as a visiting student,
enrollment in specic courses may require the submission of
official transcripts to the college advising office to determine
if prerequisite requirements for the course have been met.
Secondary students may apply as a visiting student and register
for one or more courses at the university by submitting a written
recommendation from the secondary school supporting such
enrollment, submitting the written consent of a parent or guardian,
and paying the standard tuition and fees.
Visiting students are subject to all university policies and
regulations in effect during each term enrolled, including those
pertaining to academic probation and dismissal. The College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences will provide appropriate college-level
services to visiting students (course and university withdrawals,
overload permits, etc.).
The benets that apply to the A.A. or A.S. degree or approved
A.A.T. degree as described under the section titled “Illinois Public
Community College Graduates” are not assured to students
who have previously attended NIU as a visiting student. These
students must petition for these benets in a letter accompanying
the application for admission to a degree program.
Students who have been denied admission as a degree seeking
student are not eligible for admission as a visiting student for the
identical academic semester or summer session.
Students who have previously attended NIU as a degree seeking
student must apply according to the guidelines listed in the
“Readmission of Former NIU Students” section of this catalog.
Students who have been academically dismissed from NIU are
not eligible to apply as visiting students.
Changing to Degree Status
Visiting students who seek to change to degree status and who
meet the current criteria for freshman or transfer admission must
have a GPA of at least 2.00 in course work completed at NIU;
submit a new application for admission; and submit all documents
necessary for freshman or transfer admission as listed in the
“Admission Criteria” section of the undergraduate catalog.
The new application and all required documents must be received
in the Office of Admissions by the appropriate deadline date
designated below for changing to degree status.
Visiting students who seek to change to degree status but
who do not meet the current criteria for freshman or transfer
admission must have a GPA of at least 2.00 in course work
completed at NIU; submit a new application for admission; submit
all documents necessary for freshman or transfer admission as
listed in the “Admission Criteria” section; and submit a letter of
petition describing circumstances relevant to the petition including
educational and career goals.
The new application, all documents, and the letter of petition
must be received in the Office of Admissions by the appropriate
deadline date designated below for changing to degree status.
Te r m ....................................................Applications complete by
Spring .................................................................... November 15
Summer .............................................................................May 1
Fall ................................................................................... July 15
Readmission of Former NIU Students
Students who have previously enrolled in the university but whose
attendance has been interrupted by more than one year must
le an application for readmission with the Office of Admissions.
Reentering students who left NIU on academic probation must
make an appointment with the appropriate college advising office
prior to being cleared to register for classes. Reentering students
who left NIU on academic probation who have no college affiliation
must make their appointment with the Academic Advising Center
prior to being cleared to register for classes.
Students who apply for readmission after an absence of ten
years or longer may request consideration for the benets of
a returning student special readmission policy. Such a request
will be referred by the Office of Admissions to the college
advising office of the intended major for appropriate college
and departmental review. If students are reinstated under the
provisions of this policy, their new GPA will be determined from
course work attempted after the reentry date. All other current
university regulations apply, and additional stipulations may be
made by the major department. All previously earned hours of
NIU course work will be counted toward graduation requirements.
Students who reenter under this policy having previously been
dismissed or on academic probation will return to NIU on nal
academic probation.
Direct Reentrance
Students who were in good academic standing or on academic
probation when they left the university and who have not attended
another college or university since leaving must complete and
return an application for readmission to the Office of Admissions.
Students on academic probation when they left NIU will return on
academic probation.
ADMISSION 23
Reentrance with Additional Credit
Students who were in good academic standing or on academic
probation when they left the university and who have since taken
course work at another educational institution must complete and
return an application for readmission to the Office of Admissions.
They must also supply the Office of Admissions with an official
transcript from each college or university attended since last
attending NIU. To be eligible for reentrance, such students
must have at least an overall C average (as computed by NIU
standards) in all work taken at all other institutions, and must be
in good academic standing at the last school attended. Students
on academic probation when they left NIU will return on academic
probation.
Reentrance of Illinois Public Community College
Graduates
A former student who left NIU in good standing, has been away
from NIU for at least a fall or spring semester, and reenters with
the baccalaureate-oriented associate degree or approved A.A.T.
degree from an Illinois public community college earned after
leaving NIU will be granted the same academic benets as Illinois
public community college graduates new to NIU if the student left
NIU with fewer than 60 total semester hours of credit and has
completed no more than 80 total semester hours (including all
transfer course work and all NIU course work except courses not
counting toward graduation) at the time of reentry.
In addition to receiving the benets listed under the section
headed “Illinois Public Community College Graduates,” such a
student reentering NIU will also begin a new NIU grade point
average. A student not wishing to have the benets granted to
Illinois public community college graduates, which include a new
GPA, must inform the Office of Admissions of this at the time of
reentry.
Former students who were enrolled as visiting or nondegree
students are subject to the restrictions pertaining to those
categories and are not assured of the academic benets granted
to Illinois public community college graduates.
A former NIU student who was academically dismissed or left NIU
on academic probation and who has since graduated from an
Illinois public community college with a baccalaureate-oriented
associate degree or approved A.A.T. degree will be granted the
same academic benets as a community college graduate new
to NIU if the following conditions are satised.
The student had completed fewer than 60 semester hours
prior to leaving NIU on academic probation or dismissal.
The student has completed no more than 80 total semester
hours (including all transfer course work and all NIU course
work except courses not counting toward graduation) at the
time of reentry.
The student has been away from NIU for at least a fall or
spring semester.
The student was not enrolled as a nondegree or visiting
student. A former NIU student who was enrolled as a
nondegree or visiting student is subject to restrictions
pertaining to those categories and is not assured the
benets granted to Illinois public community college
graduates.
A student who reenters under these conditions will return to NIU
on nal academic probation.
Reinstatement
Students who have been academically dismissed from the
university must provide a written petition for reinstatement which
describes the expenditure of their time since leaving the university
and outlines reasons for believing that their previous record will
be improved if they are reinstated. Such students are not eligible
for reinstatement until after they have been away for at least one
fall or spring semester. Students reinstated after being dismissed
for poor scholarship are reinstated on nal academic probation
and must establish a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 for all hours
taken at this university by the end of the semester or summer
session of reinstatement.
Each reinstatement case will be considered by a committee in the
student’s major college; in no case may it be assumed that after
an absence of one semester any student is automatically entitled
to reinstatement.
Applications for reinstatement (including an application for
readmission, the written petition described above, and transcripts
of all course work completed since leaving NIU) must be received
in the Office of Admissions by the following dates. In addition, any
encumbrances the student has on his or her record (placed by
such offices as the bursar, admissions, and health services) must
be cleared by the reinstatement deadline.
Te r m ..................................................... Application complete by
Spring .................................................................... November 15
Summer .............................................................................May 1
Fall ................................................................................... July 15
24
Limited Admissions Requirements
The majors, emphases, and areas of study listed below, offered by
the departments and schools indicated, have limited admissions.
Admission into these majors, emphases, and areas of study is
based on additional criteria. Students planning to pursue these
courses of study must fulll additional requirements such as GPA,
specic course work, supplementary documents, and sophomore
or junior standing.
In keeping with Northern Illinois University’s commitment to equal
opportunity and affirmative action, the restrictions on admission
described below are carefully administered to ensure that students
from underrepresented groups who are seeking such admission
are given the opportunity to accomplish that goal. The university
attempts to fulll societal needs by admitting students from a
variety of socioeconomic backgrounds. The limited admissions
criteria are applied to ensure that all of the students admitted
to such a major, emphasis, or area of study will have achieved
above a determined level.
Acting Emphasis
(School of Theatre and Dance)
All applicants (freshmen and transfers) must be eligible for
admission to the university. In addition, applicants for the B.F.A.
acting emphasis must pass an audition and interview. Contact
the School of Theatre and Dance as early as possible for
information.
Applied Manufacturing Technology Emphasis
(Department of Technology)
The emphasis in applied manufacturing technology in the
Department of Technology is limited to transfer students with an
Associate of Applied Science degree with a major in a recognized
technical area. For more specic information regarding admission
to this emphasis contact the Department of Technology.
Art and Design Education
(School of Art and Design)
The School of Art and Design limits the number of students
admitted to the major in art education (B.S.Ed), educator
licensure. Students must present an art education entrance
portfolio consisting of studio work and appropriate art education
materials to the art education faculty at the end of the semester
in which they are enrolled in ARTE 200 and pass the portfolio
review for admission into the licensure program. Students must
have a minimum 2.75 GPA in all NIU and transfer courses to
enroll in art education courses and must have a minimum of 2.50
GPA in all NIU courses to obtain educator licensure.
Athletic Training Major
(Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education)
The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education limits
the number of students admitted to the B.S. in athletic training. To
graduate in a timely manner, students are encouraged to apply
by February 15 of their freshmen year. Transfer students compete
with other transfer students for admission to the program, and
nontransfer students compete with other nontransfer students.
The admission requirements outlined below are subject to revision
on an annual review. The current admission requirements and
admission packet can be obtained in the department’s main office.
Students may begin the major in athletic training only in the fall
semester.
Application to the athletic training program is required and the
application packet includes:
• Completed pre-admission courses below with a C or better
• Provide a transcript from all post-secondary institutions
attended
• Have a minimum overall GPA of 2.50 in all NIU and transfer
courses
• One or more essays
• Documentation with a certied athletic trainer’s signature
of observation or experience in an athletic training setting
within the last 10 months prior to application
• Two letters of recommendation, with one preferably from a
certied athletic trainer, from people who are familiar with
and/or have supervised the applicant’s professional work
or volunteer experiences.
This information will be used to determine which students are
invited for an interview. The interview and above information
will be used to determine which students are admitted into the
athletic training major.
NIU students should apply for admission to the athletic training
major through the Department’s main office. To be considered
for fall admission, the completed application must be submitted
by February 15th of the previous spring semester. The Athletic
Training Admissions Committee will review all completed
applications and will select students to be interviewed based on
the composite of all components of the application. Notication
of admission into the major will be made by March 15th. Late
applications will be considered providing there is adequate
enrollment space available in the program.
Pre-Admission Courses:
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3),
OR *completion of one of the university’s quantitative literacy
foundational studies courses (MATH 201 may not be used to
fulll this requirement)
*ENGL 103 - Rhetoric and Composition I (3),
OR *ENGL 203 - Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched
Writing in the Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204 - Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Researched Writing in the Domains (3), if placed in
ENGL 204
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Once admitted to the athletic training major, prior to the fall
semester, students are required to:
• Provide evidence of current rst aid from a nationally
recognized organization (e.g., American Red Cross)
• Sign the Contract of Understanding for Athletic Training
(original signature)
• Obtain a physical exam including immunization records
screening
Students must be admitted to the emphasis in athletic training
before they can enroll in KNPE 265.
Continued enrollment in the emphasis in athletic training is
contingent on maintenance of a minimum cumulative GPA of
2.50 on a 4.00 scale, and completion of all required athletic
Limited Admissions and Limited Retention
Requirements
* Available for general education credit.
LIMITED ADMISSIONS AND LIMITED RETENTION REQUIREMENTS 25
training courses in the Department of Kinesiology and Physical
Education with a grade of C or better.
The Northern Illinois University athletic training emphasis
requires students to gain athletic training clinical experience
at local community high schools, under the supervision of an
approved clinical instructor and Illinois licensed athletic trainer.
Illinois law requires Illinois school boards to conduct a criminal
background check. For specics regarding criminal background
check, see educator licensure requirements. An adverse decision
for admittance to the program may be appealed through the
athletic training emphasis.
It is the responsibility of students to secure a copy of the Athletic
Training Student Handbook from the program director, which
describes the policies of the emphasis. Students are required to
adhere to all current policies and procedures.
Aviation Management Technology Emphasis
(Department of Technology)
The emphasis in aviation management technology in the
Department of Technology is limited to students who possess
an A.A.S. degree in aviation maintenance technology from a
community college. Entry into this program also requires that
the students complete their F.A.A. Airframe and Power Plant
certicates. For more specic information regarding admission to
this emphasis contact the Department of Technology.
B.G.S. in Health and Human Sciences
(College of Health and Human Sciences)
All applicants must be practicing health or human sciences
professionals who hold a current professional credential,
certication, or license in a health or human sciences eld and
have completed an associates degree program or equivalent
number of credits. The professional credential, certicate or
license must be in the eld in which the applicant is working or
attempting to work. Contact the College of Health and Human
Sciences advising office for application forms.
Computer Science Major
(Department of Computer Science)
The total number of students accepted into a computer science
major is limited by the available resources and is competitive in
relation to requirements for declaration. Transfer students compete
with other transfer students for admission to the departmental
emphases, and nontransfer NIU students compete with other
nontransfer NIU students.
All students wishing to be formally admitted into one of the
computer science emphases must have completed a minimum
of 30 semester hours with a minimum 2.50 cumulative GPA on a
4.00 scale including the following courses.
*ENGL 103, Rhetoric and Composition I (3), and *ENGL 203,
Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in the
Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204, Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Researched Writing in the Domains (3), if placed into
ENGL 204,
OR pass the Writing Foundational Studies II Examination
(0)
*MATH 206, Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3),
and *MATH
211, Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 206, Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3), and
*MATH 229, Calculus I (4),
OR *MATH 229 and MATH 230, Calculus I and II (8)
CSCI 240, Computer Programming in C++ (4)
Once admitted to the major, a student must maintain at least a
2.00 GPA in computer science courses.
Students currently enrolled at NIU who have completed the
above requirements are eligible to apply for admission to the
major during the third through the sixth weeks of the semester
(second through fourth weeks of the summer term). Applications
for admission to the department must be led at the computer
science departmental office. Students approved for admission to
the program will be notied by the tenth week of the semester.
Students may apply during the semester in which they are
completing the required courses listed above.
Transfer students must seek departmental advisement at
orientation or just prior to the beginning of their rst semester
on campus. If they have completed all declaration requirements
prior to admission to the university, they will declare their major
with the department during the third through the sixth weeks
(second through fourth weeks of the summer term) of their rst
semester on campus. In all other cases, the department will
advise students when to declare, and they will be given access to
appropriate computer science courses prior to formal admission
into the program.
Design and Technology Emphasis
(School of Theatre and Dance)
All applicants (freshmen and transfers) must be eligible for
admission to the university. In addition, applicants for the B.F.A.
design and technology emphasis must pass a portfolio review.
Contact the School of Theatre and Dance as early as possible
for information.
Early Childhood Studies Interdisciplinary Major
(Department of Special and Early Education/School of
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences)
The Department of Special and Early Education and the School
of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences limit the number of
students admitted to the interdisciplinary major in early childhood
studies depending on the resources available. Transfer students
compete with other transfer students for admission to the program,
and nontransfer students compete with nontransfer students.
The early childhood studies major allows students to choose the
emphasis in professional educator license with Early Childhood
Education endoresement (eligible to teach children from birth
through grade three in Illinois public schools) offered by the School
of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences or the emphasis in
professional educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement and preschool special education approval offered by
the Department of Special and Early Education. Students should
seek advisement early in their academic career for assistance
with making this choice. Requirements for each emphasis in
professional educator license with Earlly Childhood Education
endorsement are found in the respective catalog sections.
Before formally applying for admission to an emphasis in the
major in early childhood studies, a student must have attained an
overall GPA of at least 2.50 including transfer credit, successfully
completed the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency (TAP), provided
written proof of a ngerprint-based criminal background check in
compliance with NIU policy, and completed the following courses
with a grade of C or better in each.
*COMS 100, Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3)
*ENGL 103, Rhetoric and Composition I (3)
*ENGL 203, Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in
the Domains (3)
FCNS 230, Child Development (3)
*PSYC 102, Introduction to Psychology (3)
Two of the following (6)
*EPFE 201, Education as an Agent for Change (3)
*HIST 260, American History to 1865 (3), OR *HIST 261,
American History since 1865 (3)
*MATH 201, Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics
(3)
* Available for general education credit.
26 LIMITED ADMISSIONS AND LIMITED RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
A student who has completed these requirements is eligible to
apply to one of the emphases in the major in early childhood
studies, but satisfying these requirements does not guarantee
admission. Admission is competitive based on the GPA in work
taken at NIU and/or transferred from other institutions, the quality
of the application essay, and successful experience working with
young children. Students must provide current verication of TB
test prior to the rst clinical course.
Admission to the selected emphasis is contingent on completing
the following prerequisites with a grade of C or better prior to
entering the rst professional semester.
Additional prerequisites for emphasis in professional
educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement (12-15)
*BIOS 103, General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109, Human Biology (3)
*ETT 229, Computers in Education (3), or pass the ETRA Skills
Competency Examination (0)
FCNS 284, Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
SESE 240, Introduction to Special Education (3)
*STAT 208, Basic Statistics (3)
Additional prerequisites for emphasis in professional
educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement and preschool special education approval
(13-17)
*ETT 229, Computers in Education (3), or pass the ETRA Skills
Competency Examination (0)
FCNS 284, Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
SESE 240, Introduction to Special Education (3)
One general education biology course (3-4)
One general education physical science course (3-4)
Either the biology or physical science course must include a
laboratory
Applicants who have earned an A.A.T. in Early Childhood are
considered to have met all prerequisites listed above for either
emphasis.
Admission to teacher education takes place upon passing the ILTS
Test of Academic Prociency (TAP), having a cumulative GPA of
at least 2.50, having a grade of C or better in all required courses
completed after admission to the emphasis, and successful
completion of the rst professional semester. Retention in teacher
education is contingent on maintaining a cumulative GPA of 2.50
or higher and having a grade of C or better in all required courses
completed in subsequent semesters. Students must provide
current verication of TB test prior to the rst clinical course.
Information regarding these pre-admission criteria, including test
dates for the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency (TAP), can be
obtained from the Department of Special and Early Education or
from the Office of Undergraduate Advisement, School of Family,
Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences.
Students who have completed the pre-admission requirements
may be considered for admission by meeting the following
application deadline. Although students may be admitted to the
university for any semester as a pre-early childhood studies
major, admission directly into the major is limited to the fall
semester only.
Te r m ....................................................Applications complete by
Fall ................................................................................. March 1
Students who have met the pre-admission requirements should
apply for admission to the major in early childhood studies as
follows. Those students seeking professional educator license with
Early Childhood Education endorsement and preschool special
education approval should apply in the Department of Special
and Early Education and students seeking professional educator
license with Early Childhood Education endorsement should apply
to the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences. Transfer
students who have met the pre-admission requirements for the
major in early childhood studies prior to applying for admission
to the university should apply for admission to the major in early
childhood studies through the appropriate department at the same
time they apply for admission to the university.
Students must be admitted to an emphasis in early childhood
studies before they can enroll in the rst professional semester.
Elementary Education Major
(Department of Literacy and Elementary Education)
The Department of Literacy and Elementary Education limits
the number of students admitted to the elementary education
program depending on the resources available. Transfer students
compete with other transfer students for admission to the
program, nontransfer students compete with other nontransfer
students, and postbaccalaureate students compete with other
postbaccalaureate students.
A departmental application for elementary education is required
for admission to the major. Students are required to submit a
copy of their results from the Test of Academic Prociency (TAP)
with the departmental application.
If the requirements below are satised, transfer students may
apply to the program at the time of application to NIU. Students
transferring with fewer than 60 semester hours will need to satisfy
all of the criteria below before they may apply.
Students who have completed these requirements are eligible to
apply to the elementary education program, but satisfying these
requirements does not guarantee admission to the program.
Before formally applying for admission to the elementary
education program, a student must have attained an overall GPA
of at least 3.00 including transfer credit (or consent of department),
successfully completed the Test of Academic Prociency (TAP),
and completed the foundational studies requirements in oral
communication and writing with no grade lower than C. Applicants
must have a grade of C or better (including NIU and transfer
grades) in all of the following required courses by the end of the
semester in which they apply.
ARTE 383, Teaching Art in Elementary Schools (3),
OR MUED 360, Fundamentals, Principles, and Practices in
Elementary Music (3)
*EPFE 201, Education as an Agent for Change (3)
EPS 300, Educational Psychology (3)
EPS 304, Development of the Elementary School Child (3)
ETT 229, Computers in Education (3)
*HIST 260, American History to 1865 (3)
*HIST 261, American History since 1865 (3)
KNPE 245, Physical Education for Children (3)
MATH 110, College Algebra (3)
*MATH 201, Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*PSYC 102, Introduction to Psychology (3)
SESE 240, Introduction to Special Education (3)
TLEE 282, Educational Participation in Clinical Experiences:
Elementary Education (1)
Two additional social science courses from two distinct areas (6):
Anthropology, Ecomonics, Geography (GEOG 202, GEOG 204,
or GEOG 253), Political Science, Sociology
Three science courses from three distinct areas (10-12): Biology,
Chemistry, Geography (excluding GEOG 202, GEOG 204,
or GEOG 253), Geology, or Physics. One of the three science
courses must include a laboratory.
Information regarding these pre-admission criteria, including test
dates for the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency (TAP), can be
obtained from the department and will be discussed in orientation
and advisement meetings.
* Available for general education credit.
LIMITED ADMISSIONS AND LIMITED RETENTION REQUIREMENTS 27
Students who have completed the pre-admission requirements
may be considered for admission in a specic semester by
meeting the following application deadlines.
Te r m ....................................................Applications complete by
Fall ................................................................................. March 1
Spring ..........................................................................October 1
NIU students who have met the pre-admission requirements
should apply for admission to the elementary education program
through the Department of Literacy and Elementary Education.
Transfer students who have met the pre-admission requirements
for the elementary education program prior to applying for
admission to the university should apply for admission to the
elementary education program through the Department of
Literacy and Elementary Education at the same time they apply
for admission to the university.
Students must be admitted to the elementary education program
before they can enroll in the rst professional semester. Once
students are admitted to the program, they ordinarily continue
to enroll in the professional semesters as a cohort through the
semester of student teaching.
Family and Child Studies Major
(School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences)
The School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences limits the
total number of students admitted to the family and child studies
major depending on resources available. Students admitted to
the university as freshmen or transfers wishing to major in family
and child studies will be classied as pre-majors in the School
of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences until they meet the
requirements below and are admitted to the program.
Students may make formal application for consideration for
admission to the major in family and child studies after they have
satised the following requirements. The student must have a
cumulative GPA of 2.20 or higher on a 4.00 scale.
All applicants to the major must submit a transcript showing a
grade of C or better in the following prerequisite courses for their
intended emphasis.
For all emphases (9-10)
*ENGL 203, Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in
the Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204, Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Researched Writing in the Domains (3), if placed into
ENGL 204,
OR pass the Writing Foundational Studies II Examination
*PSYC 102, Introduction to Psychology (3)
*STAT 208, Basic Statistics (3),
OR MATH 110, College Algebra (3),
OR having met the foundational studies quantitative literacy
requirement (3-4)
Additional prerequisite for emphasis 1, family and
individual development (3)
FCNS 230, Child Development (3),
OR FCNS 280, Human Development, the Family, and
Society (3),
OR *SOCI 170, Introduction to Sociology (3)
Additional prerequisite for emphasis 2, family social
services (3)
FCNS 280, Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
OR *SOCI 170, Introduction to Sociology (3)
Additional prerequisite for emphasis 3, child development (3)
FCNS 230, Child Development (3),
OR FCNS 280, Human Development, the Family, and
Society (3)
To be considered for admission into the family and child studies
major, students must have been accepted to NIU and have
conrmed their intent to enroll at NIU. Students must also apply
separately to the family and child studies major. Students may
choose a rst and second choice from the following emphases:
Emphasis 1: Family and Individual Development, Emphasis 2:
Family Social Services, or Emphasis 3: Child Development.
Depending on the semester the student chooses to apply, an
application must be turned in by the following deadlines:
Te r m ....................................................Applications complete by
Spring ...................................................................September 15
Summer/Fall .................................................................. March 1
Admission to each emphasis in family and child studies is
competitive and will be based primarily on the completion of the
prerequisite courses and on the student’s overall GPA in course
work taken at NIU and/or transferred from other institutions.
All students who have indicated an interest in the programs
offered by the school, but have not met all admission criteria, will
be classied as pre-majors in the School of Family, Consumer,
and Nutrition Sciences. They will be considered for acceptance
into departmental emphases according to the procedures set
forth below, depending on their status as current, transfer, or
reentering students. Current NIU students should apply directly to
the School for admission into a family and child studies emphasis.
Transfer and reentering students’ cumulative GPA from all schools
attended will be calculated from those classes that will count
toward the baccalaureate degree. For students who have earned
at least 15 credits at NIU that apply to either their major, minor, or
general education requirements, the NIU GPA will be reviewed.
Students indicating an interest in the family and child studies
program on the application for admission to the university. will
be admitted as pre-FCNS majors. For admission to the School
as a major, students may download from the FCNS website an
application to their chosen emphasis approximately one month
prior to each deadline. Transferring or reentering students
should seek advisement through the College of Health & Human
Sciences office.
To change from one emphasis to another, the student must apply
to the school for admission into the new emphasis.
Medical Laboratory Sciences Major
(School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders)
The School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders limits
the total number of students admitted to the medical laboratory
sciences major depending upon resources available. This
limitation applies to all applicants seeking admission to the clinical
laboratory sciences major. Students may enter the professional
program only in the fall semester.
The admission requirements outlined below are subject to
revision based on an annual review. Applications are reviewed
for completion of prerequisites and all general education
requirements must be satised prior to the beginning of the rst
semester of the clinical experience.
To be considered for admission to the medical laboratory sciences
major, students must be admitted to NIU and have completed or be
in the process of completing a minimum of 11 of the prerequisite
courses listed below. Admission is competitive and will be based
primarily on the GPA in the prerequisite courses and secondarily on
the overall GPA. Letters of recommendation, personal goal statement,
and additional considerations as indicated in the application letter.
Transfer students are encouraged to contact a program adviser
before enrolling to determine whether prior course work satises
prerequisites. For applicants with prerequisite courses in progress,
admission is provisional with the expectation that students selected
for admission must have completed all of the following prerequisite
courses with a minimum GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale.
* Available for general education credit.
28 LIMITED ADMISSIONS AND LIMITED RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
BIOS 208, Fundamentals of Biology I (3), and BIOS 210,
Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209, Fundamentals of Biology II (3), and BIOS 211,
Fundamentals of Biology II Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213, Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313, Microbiology (4)
BIOS 357, Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 210, General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212, General
Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*CHEM 211, General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213, General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 230, Introductory Organic Chemistry (3)
CHEM 231, Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*STAT 208, Basic Statistics (3)
All students who meet the above requirements will be required to
submit a completed medical laboratory sciences program
application;
provide a brief written goal statement and explanation of
why the medical laboratory sciences major was chosen;
and
provide two letters of recommendation from science
instructors or healthcare supervisors who are familiar with
the applicant’s classroom and/or laboratory abilities.
Students interested in the MLS major may access application
materials on the website: http://www.chhs.niu.edu/cls/. Applicants
must submit the required materials by February 1. Notication
of medical laboratory sciences program admission status will
be made by March. Additional applications may be considered
before May 1 based upon space availability with notication
made by June 1. Students who are admitted to the MLS program
and choose to attend NIU are required to have a Hepatitis B titer
by blood test prior to beginning the program.
Music Majors
(School of Music)
Applicants must pass an audition and may be required to complete
a music theory and aural skills diagnostic test for admission to
the School of Music. Music applicants should submit application
materials to the Office of Admissions and contact the School of
Music, Music Building 140, as early as possible for audition and
testing information.
Nuclear Engineering Technology Emphasis
(Department of Technology)
The emphasis in nuclear engineering technology in the
Department of Technology is available only to employees of electric
power companies who have or are completing the United States
Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s Reactor Operator Licensure
training. For more specic information regarding admission to this
emphasis, contact the Department of Technology.
Nursing Major
(School of Nursing and Health Studies)
The School of Nursing and Health Studies limits the total number
of students admitted to the program depending on the resources
available. This limitation applies to all applicants seeking
admission to the nursing major. Nursing applicants who are
not R.N.s must successfully achieve a reading comprehension
score in compliance with the School of Nursing and Health
Studies standards. (Students with an ACT reading test score of
24 or higher and postbaccalaureates who hold baccalaureate or
graduate degrees from an accredited U.S. college or university
are exempt from this requirement.) Applicants should contact the
NIU Office of Testing Services for information about taking the
standardized reading test used by the School of Nursing, which
may be taken a maximum of two times.
Nursing applicants must achieve a grade of C or better in all
nursing prerequisite courses. Admission is competitive and is
based on a comprehensive admission prole. Freshmen, current
NIU, and transfer applicants will be reviewed once a year for fall
admission. Registered nurse students may enter the program
in either the fall semester or the spring semester. Students
approved for admission to the major will be notied by the end
of the spring semester. Admitted students are required to obtain
school advisement at orientation.
All applicants must successfully achieve a reading comprehension
score in compliance with the nursing program standards: an
ACT reading score of 24 or higher or a passing score on the
Accuplacer Exam. Arrangements for taking the Accuplacer
Reading Examination may be made through the NIU Office of
Testing Services. Applicants with a baccalaureate or higher
degree and registered nurse applicants are exempt from the
reading score requirement.
Applicants new to the university must have submitted all
application materials to the Office of Admissions by February 15.
Current NIU students should submit all application materials to
the nursing program by February 15.
Any applicant who has had an extended absence from
postsecondary course work or who is attempting a second
baccalaureate degree may petition the nursing program for
special consideration in the admission review process.
To be admitted to and remain in the nursing program, students
must meet academic requirements and possess the skills listed
as “Essential Performance Components” in the School of Nursing
and Health Studies section of this catalog.
All students who are admitted to the nursing program are admitted
provisionally until they have provided proof of meeting the clinical
requirements outlined in the Undergraduate Nursing Student
Handbook. Full admission to the nursing program is required
to enroll in nursing courses. All nursing majors are required to
submit proof of having met clinical requirements when requested
and must maintain clinical requirements for continued enrollment
in the nursing major. The Undergraduate Nursing Student
Handbook contains additional policies related to admission and
progression through the nursing program.
If a previously admitted NIU nursing student is readmitted to
the nursing program, any NIU nursing courses completed ve
years prior to readmission must be repeated. Nursing courses
completed more than ve years prior to admission will need to be
retaken to meet the major requirements.
Freshmen
Applicants with fewer than 24 post-secondary semester hours
completed by the application deadline will be considered as
freshmen. Admission is competitive and will be based on such
factors as previous academic performance, ACT/SAT score, and
high school rank. An established GPA at NIU may be a factor
considered in admission decisions. Applicants new to the university
must indicate interest in the nursing program on the application
for admission to the university. Applications for admission must
be led at the Office of Admissions. To be considered for admission
to the nursing major, freshman applicants must have submitted all
application materials to NIU by February 15. Applicants currently
enrolled at NIU, but who have fewer than 24 semester hours,
must have all application documents submitted by February 15
to the nursing program. Highly qualied freshman applicants who
complete the admission processes during the fall semester may
be offered early admission to the nursing program.
Current NIU Students
Applicants with fewer than 24 post-secondary semester hours
completed by the application deadline will be considered as
freshmen (see previous section). Current NIU student applicants
* Available for general education credit.
LIMITED ADMISSIONS AND LIMITED RETENTION REQUIREMENTS 29
are dened as those who have earned 24 or more post secondary
semester hours and must have an established NIU GPA with a
minimum of 12 hours that apply to the student’s major, minor,
or general education requirements. Current NIU students will be
reviewed as a separate applicant pool.
By the February 15 application deadline, current NIU students
must submit an on-campus application. The applicant must
satisfy the reading comprehension requirement and complete a
minimum of ve (or preferably more) of the prerequisite courses
listed below. Admission is competitive and will be based primarily
on the GPA in the prerequisite courses and secondarily on the
overall GPA and the number of prerequisites completed.
Additional current NIU student applications may be considered
based on space availability for fall and spring semesters.
Transfer Students
Applicants with fewer than 24 post-secondary semester hours
completed by the application deadline will be considered as
freshmen (see previous section). Transfer and re-entering
applicants to the university with 24 or more post-secondary
semester hours, who are not registered nurses, will be
considered transfer applicants. Transfer applicants are reviewed
as a separate applicant pool.
By the February 15 application deadline, transfer applicants
must have submitted all application materials to NIU. Transfer
applicants must have all current transcripts at NIU, satisfy the
reading comprehension requirement, and complete a minimum of
ve (or preferably more) of the prerequisite courses listed below.
Admission is competitive and will be based primarily on the GPA
in the prerequisite courses and secondarily on the overall GPA
and the number of prerequisites completed. Additional transfer
applications may be considered based on space availability for
fall and spring semesters.
Prerequisite Courses Used in Evaluating Applicants
*BIOS 103, General Biology (3) and *BIOS 105, General Biology
Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213, Introduction to Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313, Microbiology (4)
BIOS 357, Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110, Chemistry (3), and CHEM 111, Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210, General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212,
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*ENGL 203, Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in
the Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204, Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Researched Writing in the Domains (3)
*FCNS 201, Human Nutrition (3)
*FCNS 280, Human Development, the Family, and Society (3),
OR *PSYC 225, Lifespan Development: Childhood through
Adulthood (3)
*PSYC 102, Introduction to Psychology (3)
*STAT 208, Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301, Elementary Statistics (4)
The following prerequisite courses must be completed within
seven years of admission to the nursing program: BIOS 213 or
BIOS 313; and BIOS 357.
Transfer Students from Other Nursing Programs
A student transferring from another nursing program to NIU’s
baccalaureate nursing program is required to request an official
transcript from the program as well as a letter of reference and
a statement from the head of the nursing program stating that
the student is in good standing within the nursing program. The
student must also and request a letter of reference from a faculty
member teaching in the student’s most recently completed
semester. An admissions decision will be based on review of
these documents. These materials are to be mailed directly to the
nursing program from the originating institution.
Registered Nurses
R.N. students will be considered for admission as soon as the
NIU application process is complete.
Admission requirements are
admission to NIU as a regular degree-seeking student;
licensure to practice nursing in the state of Illinois;
employment in nursing within the past ve years or provide
evidence of a refresher course;
GPA from a college or university consistent with the
standards required by the NIU nursing program;
completion of a goal and expectancy statement;
2
and
two letters of recommendation, one from a previous faculty
member and one from a nursing supervisor.
2
Registered nurses are restricted to completion of no more than 6
semester hours of NIU nursing courses prior to admission to the
nursing program. Applicants new to the university should submit
an application through the Office of Admissions and continuing
NIU students should submit an application to the nursing program.
Studio art Major (B.F.A.)
(School of Art and Design)
A portfolio review is required for admission into the major in studio
art (B.F.A.) after completion of designated courses in the chosen
eld of study. Check departmental information for any additional
requirements.
Visual Communication Area of Study
(School of Art and Design)
Admission to the Visual Communication program is limited. The
total number of students accepted will be determined by available
resources on a year by year basis. Successful candidates must
meet the following conditions: i) be admitted to the university,
ii) have a minimum overall GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale for all
courses including transfer courses, iii) interview with the Visual
Communication faculty selection committee, iv) submit a portfolio
of work that meets the admission criteria for the program. The
interview and portfolio will be used to determine which students
are admitted. Visual Communication applicants should check the
School of Art and Design website or contact the School of Art
and Design Main Office, Art Building 216 for detailed information.
Limited Retention Requirements
To assure students’ continuing competence, some majors,
emphases, and areas of study have limited retention policies,
and students who want to continue their enrollment in them
must fulll certain criteria. These include, but are not limited to,
maintaining a designated cumulative and/or major GPA, earning
a certain grade in certain courses, successful performance on
a standardized performance measure, a portfolio review of a
student’s past performance, and successful completion of clinical
requirements. Students interested in these majors, emphases,
or areas of study and those already admitted to them should
consult department and college program requirements listed in
the individual college and department sections of this catalog.
Students are also strongly encouraged to consult with an adviser
to assure they continue to qualify for retention in their chosen
major, emphasis, or area of study. See individual colleges and
departments for specic requirements.
* Available for general education credit.
2
Forms for goal and expectancy statements and letters of recommendation are obtained from the School of Nursing and Health Studies.
30
University Graduation Requirements
Major Program
In-depth study in one major area is required in each baccalaureate
degree (except the Bachelor of General Studies). Major
requirements often include not only courses within the given
discipline but also necessary prerequisites and work in related
disciplines.
Students must satisfy all the requirements of their major
department. Minors are required in certain programs (check
departmental requirements) and may be chosen in any program
with departmental approval.
Total Credits
A minimum of 120 semester hours that can be applied toward
the degree is required for graduation. While most programs have
requirements that can be satised in 120 hours, a limited number
of programs have established through the curricular process
their need to require more than 120 hours. See departmental
sections of this catalog for a semester-hour breakdown and total
for each major.
In fullling the 120-semester-hour graduation requirement, no
student will be permitted to count more than 8 semester hours
in elective physical education activity courses, or more than 6
semester hours in workshop or special/multiple topic courses
taken outside the student’s major or minor. These limitations
include all transfer hours as well as NIU semester hours earned.
Normal Time for Completion of Academic
Program
Typically, the normal time to complete an NIU bachelor’s degree
is four years for full-time students who are continuously enrolled
in an average of 15 credit hours each semester. For some majors,
students will need to enroll in summer courses or more than 15
credit hours per semester to complete the degree in four years.
Students are encouraged to work with their academic advisers to
develop a completion plan.
Upper-Division Courses
A minimum of 40 semester hours of the total number must be in
courses numbered 300 and/or 400. These must include at least
12 semester hours of major departmental courses taken at NIU.
Course Offerings
Although the university attempts to accommodate the course
requests of students, course offerings may be limited by
nancial, space, and staffing considerations or may otherwise be
unavailable. Nothing in this catalog may be construed to promise
or guarantee registration in any course or course of study
(whether required or elective) nor may anything be construed to
promise or guarantee the completion of an academic program
within a specied length of time.
Course Prerequisites and Corequisites
A prerequisite (PRQ) is a requirement that must be met before
a student can register for a course. A corequisite (CRQ) is a
requirement that must be undertaken at the same time as a
given course (if it has not been completed previously). Students
are responsible for following appropriate sequences of courses
and should check all course descriptions for prerequisites and/
or corequisites.
Students who do not meet PRQ/CRQ requirements but think they
are qualied to enroll in a course should consult the department
offering the course to determine whether or not it is appropriate
to enroll in the course.
Correspondence Courses
Not more than 30 semester hours can be taken in correspondence
courses. (NIU does not offer correspondence courses.) Students
should check with their college advising offices before enrolling
in correspondence courses. See the statement on “Concurrent
Enrollment” under “Academic Regulations.”
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Students must attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 in
all NIU credit earned and of 2.00 in the major. The GPA in the
student’s major is calculated using all courses taken in the
major department, and only those courses taken in the major
department, unless the department specically states otherwise
in its section of this catalog. A cumulative GPA of 2.50 or above
is required for graduation in an educator licensure entitlement
program.
In order for the university to record on a student’s transcript
that a minor was successfully completed during the student’s
undergraduate program, the student must attain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all courses taken in the minor at NIU.
Residence Requirement
Candidates for undergraduate degrees from NIU must earn
at least 30 semester hours of credit in course work offered by
NIU after having earned 80 semester hours. Continuing and
reentering students intending to transfer credit to NIU after they
have earned 90 semester credit hours or who will exceed 90
semester credit hours upon transfer of that credit must obtain
prior approval from their major college office before enrolling
in the course(s) which they intend to transfer. Students should
also check for other residence requirements in the appropriate
college and department listings.
General Education Requirements
The Progressive Learning in Undergraduate Studies (PLUS)
General Education Program at Northern Illinois University provides
foundational skills and breadth of knowledge through study in
a broad variety of disciplines. Together with course work in the
major and co-curricular experiences, general education provides
students with opportunities to develop competencies in NIU’s
baccalaureate student learning outcomes. The baccalaureate
experience at Northern Illinois University challenges students
to think critically, create, and communicate by participating in a
progressive, engaged learning environment. Major area studies,
general education, and co-curricular experiences prepare
students to become productive members of a culturally and
globally diverse society, and lifelong learners ready to meet
the challenges of a dynamic career. See: “The Baccalaureate
Experience” for a listing of the baccalaureate outcomes.
UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 31
Framework
The PLUS General Education Program consists of two types of
course work.
First, the Foundational Studies courses develop the competencies
necessary to succeed academically and personally. They
emphasize students’ abilities to: (1) think critically and creatively;
(2) reason quantitatively and qualitatively; (3) communicate clearly
and effectively; and (4) work collaboratively across disciplines.
Second, Knowledge Domain courses continue to develop
foundational competencies, as well as assure exposure to a broad
array of ideas, disciplines, and ways of obtaining and interpreting
information. The three knowledge domains are Creativity and
Critical Analysis, Society and Culture, and Nature and Technology.
Knowledge Domain courses emphasize students’ abilities
to: (1) connect human life to the natural world; (2) understand
and respect diverse cultures; (3) integrate knowledge of global
interconnections; and (4) synthesize knowledge and skills.
Knowledge Domain requirements may optionally be fullled
by a set of PLUS Pathways courses. A Pathway is a body of
coursework drawn from all three Knowledge Domains that
examines a theme from different disciplinary perspectives. The
Pathways take the disciplinary breadth inherent in the Knowledge
Domain component of general education, and comprise courses
that address a set of common questions. The purpose of a
Pathway is to provide coherence and relevance to general
education, and allow students to choose a general education
experience that aligns with their interests and goals. Pathways
will further enhance the level of content integration and will give
students and instructors greater opportunities to develop the skill
of collaborating effectively across disciplines.
Foundational Studies
Through Foundational Studies, students will begin to develop the
fundamental skills of written communication, oral communication,
and numeracy, all of which are required for academic, professional,
and personal success. Students will learn to: (1) write skillfully
with a thorough awareness of context, audience, and purpose;
(2) communicate effectively through speaking, presenting, and
debating, with an awareness of the specic practices in different
disciplines; (3) perform basic numerical computations, display
facility with using formal and quantitative reasoning analysis
and problem solving, and interpret mathematical models and
statistical information; and (4) work collaboratively with peers
from different backgrounds.
The Foundational Studies general education requirements
consist of two courses in Writing Composition, one course in
Oral Communication, and one course in Quantitative Literacy.
Foundational Studies courses do not count toward general
education Knowledge Domain requirements.
All students must satisfy the Foundational Studies requirements
in Writing Composition, Oral Communication, and Quantitative
Literacy for 3-12 semester hours of general education credit.
The requirements in the Foundational Studies can be met by
completing the designated course, by transfer credit, by passing
a competency examination, or, for some Foundation Studies,
through credit by examination. (See “Credit by Examination.”)
Although passing a competency examination fullls the
requirement for the Foundational Studies, it does not result in
the awarding of NIU course credit (i.e., it reduces the required
number of general education hours but does not reduce the
number of hours required for a degree.) Students with strong
academic credentials are encouraged to attempt the competency
examinations. Information on competency examinations is
available from the Office of Testing Services.
The specic ways to satisfy the Foundational Studies requirements
are listed below.
Foundational Studies Writing Requirement:
100-level Rhetoric and Composition (0-3 semester-hours).
Writing and revising argumentative and analytical essays. This
requirement can be satised by:
• Obtaining a grade of C or better in ENGL 103 or an equivalent
course, or
• Obtaining equivalent transfer credit, or
• Passing the Writing Composition Foundational Studies
Competency Examination, or
• Obtaining credit for ENGL 103 through examination by credit
(Advanced Placement.
200-level Writing in the Domains (3 semester-hours). Writing and
revising argumentative and analytical essays; analyze, evaluate,
and synthesize material from a variety of sources; incorporate
domain-appropriate writing and rhetorical styles as well as
documentation styles. This requirement can be satised by:
• Obtaining a grade of C or better in ENGL 203, ENGL 204, or
an equivalent course, or
• Obtaining equivalent transfer credit, or
Foundational Oral Communication Requirement
(0-3 semester hours):
This requirement can be satised by:
• Passing COMS 100, or an equivalent course, or
• Obtaining equivalent transfer credit, or
• Passing the Oral Communication Foundational Studies
Competency Examination.
Foundational Quantitative Literacy Requirement
(0-3 semester hours):
This requirement can be satised by:
• passing MATH 101 or equivalent course, or
• obtaining a C or better in MATH 155, MATH 201, MATH
206, MATH 210, MATH 211, or MATH 229, or an equivalent
course,
• obtaining credit for one of the mathematics courses listed
above, except MATH 101, through credit by examination
(Advanced Placement), or
• obtaining a grade of C or better in STAT 208, STAT 350, or
ISYE 335; and obtaining
o a grade of C or better in MATH 110, or
o an ACT mathematics score of at least 24, or
o an SAT mathematics score of at least 560, or
o an A- or B-level placement on the mathematics
placement examination
• obtaining equivalent transfer credit, or
• passing the Mathematics Competency Examination.
Foundational Studies Course Descriptions
COMS 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF ORAL COMMUNICATION
(3). Listening and speaking competencies with focus on skills of
invention, organization, language and style, and delivery in public
and other settings. Does not count for credit toward the major in
communication studies.
ENGL 103. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION I (3). Writing and
revising expressive, expository, and persuasive essays accompanied
by the reading of nonction prose. Weekly writing assignments. Not
used in calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or better
required to satisfy foundational studies writing requirement.
ENGL 203. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION II, RESEARCHED
WRITING IN THE DOMAINS (3). Critical reading and research-
based writing with emphasis on the writing process and preparing
students to participate in professional and academic discussions
in the three domains: Creativity and Critical Analysis, Nature and
Technology, and Society and Culture. Basic research methodology,
source evaluation, and collaborative projects required in all sections.
1
However, an intermediate algebra course offered by Kishwaukee College can be taken on the NIU campus.
32 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Not used in calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or
better required to satisfy foundational studies writing requirement.
203A. Researched Writing across the Three Domains
203B. Researched Writing in Creativity and Critical Analysis
203C. Researched Writing in Nature and Technology
203D. Researched Writing in Society and Culture
PRQ: ENGL 103 with a grade or C or better.
ENGL 204. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION, ACCELERATED
RESEARCHED WRITING IN THE DOMAINS (3). Concentrated
rhetorical approach to critical reading and research-based writing
with emphasis on the writing process and preparing students to
participate in professional and academic discussions in the three
domains: Creativity and Critical Analysis, Nature and Technology, and
Society and Culture. Basic research methodology, source evaluation,
and collaborative projects required in all sections. Students with credit
for ENGL 204 may not take ENGL 103 or ENGL 203. Not used in
calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or better required
to satisfy foundational studies writing requirement. PRQ: Placement
only through foundational studies writing examination or a score of
30 or higher on the ACT combined English/Writing Test.
ISYE 335. PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS (3).
Sampling and descriptive statistics; random variables; discrete and
continuous probability distributions and its applications to engineering
problems; tting data to distributions; condence intervals; hypothesis
testing using both nonparametric and parametric methods; and
simple regression. Emphasis is given to engineering applications.
PRQ: MATH 230.
MATH 101. CORE COMPETENCY IN MATHEMATICS (3). Mastery
of elementary skills and facts, understanding of logically correct
arguments, abstract thinking, and problem solving ability. Not intended
as preparation for MATH 110 or for courses numbered above MATH
110. Not available for credit to students who have previously received
credit with a grade of C or better in a MATH course numbered above
110 except MATH 201. Not open for credit toward the major or minor in
mathematical sciences. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation
for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: Intermediate
algebra and geometry.
MATH 110. COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3). Algebraic and exponential
functions, basic linear algebra. Requires skills and knowledge of
intermediate algebra and plane geometry. Does not count for credit
toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not open for
credit to students having credit in MATH 155 or MATH 211 or MATH
229. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical
sciences majors or minors. PRQ: KCMA 098 with a grade of C or
better, or MATH 109 with a grade of C or better, or previous credit
in MATH 110, or satisfactory performance on the Mathematics
Placement Examination.
MATH 155. TRIGONOMETRY AND ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS
(3). Polynomials and rational functions, review of exponential and
logarithmic functions, trigonometry, and complex numbers. Does not
count for credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences.
Not open for credit to students who have obtained a grade of C or
better in MATH 229. PRQ: MATH 110 with a grade of C or better,
or previous credit in MATH 155, or satisfactory performance on the
Mathematics Placement Examination.
MATH 201. FOUNDATIONS OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
MATHEMATICS (3). Introduction to sets, geometry, measurement,
logic, structure of mathematical systems, and the real number system.
Open for credit only toward the majors in early childhood studies,
elementary education, and special education. Does not count for
credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not used
in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors
or minors. PRQ: One year of high school algebra and one year of
high school geometry.
MATH 206. INTRODUCTORY DISCRETE MATHEMATICS (3).
Introduction to sets, algorithms, induction, recursion, relations,
graphs, trees, and algebraic structure, with applications, many of
which are in computer science. Not used in major or minor GPA
calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: MATH
110 or satisfactory performance on the Mathematics Placement
Examination.
MATH 210. FINITE MATHEMATICS (3). Introduction to mathematical
topics with applications to business, social science, and other elds.
Includes such topics as functions and graphs, matrix algebra and
solutions of systems of linear equations, inequalities and linear
programming, elementary combinatorics, and probability. Not used
in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors
or minors. PRQ: MATH 110 with a grade of C or better, or previous
credit in MATH 210, or satisfactory performance on the Mathematics
Placement Examination
MATH 211. CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE
(3). An elementary treatment of topics from differential and integral
calculus, with applications in social science and business. Students
may receive credit for both MATH 211 and MATH 229, but only one
of them will count toward the minimum number of hours required
for graduation. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation for
mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: MATH 110 with a
grade of C or better, or previous credit in MATH 211, or satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination.
MATH 229. CALCULUS I (4). A rst course in calculus. Students may
receive credit for both MATH 211 and MATH 229, but only one of
them will count toward the minimum number of hours required for
graduation. PRQ: MATH 155 with a grade of C or better or satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination.
STAT 208. BASIC STATISTICS (3). Designed to provide students with
an understanding of reasoning involved in the statistician’s approach
to a variety of problems in modern society. Topics include data
collection, descriptive statistics, graphical displays of data, the normal
distribution, elementary probability, elements of statistical inference,
estimation and hypothesis testing, and linear regression. Not open
for credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not
open for credit to students with credit in an upper-division statistics
course or in OMIS 324 or UBUS 223. Not used in major or minor GPA
calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors.
STAT 350. INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (3).
Introduction to the basic ideas and fundamental laws of probability
including sample spaces, events, independence, random variables,
special probability distributions and elementary statistical inference.
PRQ: MATH 230.
Knowledge Domain Requirements and Course
Descriptions
There is a required minimum of 21 semester hours in the three
General Education Knowledge Domains. The three General
Education Knowledge Domains are areas of human endeavor
(Creativity and Critical Analysis; Nature and Technology;
Society and Culture) and will: (1) help students attain a sound
liberal education and acquire sufficient general knowledge and
intellectual versatility to become productive and resourceful
members of society, (2) explore human thought and relations
in order to understand and respect cultural heritage, (3) provide
an understanding of the scientic method and the application
of scientic facts and principles pertaining to the natural and
technological worlds, and (4) examine the role of knowledge in
promoting human welfare.
The required minimum of 21 semester hours in Knowledge
Domain studies cannot include more than two courses in
any one department. (A course with an affiliated laboratory
course shall be counted as a single course.)
A maximum of two approved general education courses
in the student’s major department may be used to fulfill
general education requirements. (A course with an affiliated
laboratory course shall be counted as a single course.)
The 21 general education semester hours required in the three
Knowledge Domains can be earned by: (1) completion of
designated courses; (2) general education credit articulation; (3)
transfer articulation; or (4) credit by examination.
UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 33
Foundational Studies courses do not count toward general
education Knowledge Domain requirements. Any single course
cannot count towards fullling more than one Knowledge Domain
requirement.
Creativity and Critical Analysis (a minimum of 6 semester
hours)
Courses in Creativity and Critical Analysis will challenge students
to develop the skills involved in critical reection and creative
expression. Students will: (1) become acquainted with methods
for analyzing primary sources and critically evaluating the
ideas, events, traditions, and belief systems that have shaped
human experience and expression; (2) explore fundamental
modes of aesthetic and creative expression; and (3) understand
and evaluate the diversity of humanity’s most notable cultural
achievements from artistic, historical, linguistic, literary, and
philosophical perspectives.
Nature and Technology (a minimum of 6 semester hours)
Courses in Nature and Technology will develop students’
understanding of the role of science, technology, engineering,
and mathematics and their relevance to societal issues. This
domain encompasses human activities through which we
observe, measure, model, and interpret the natural world and
physical universe. Courses will explore the process of scientic
discovery and how the resulting knowledge is applied to
understand technological and societal change. Students will: (1)
be able to articulate society’s connections to, and responsibility
towards, the natural world; and (2) learn to apply the scientic
method, including assessing empirical data, investigating the
predictions of existing theories, and developing experimentally
testable hypotheses.
Society and Culture (a minimum of 6 semester hours)
Courses in Society and Culture will develop understanding of
the methods of inquiry used to study humanity, from individual
behavior to how people organize and govern nations, societies,
and cultures. Students will: (1) learn the role, principles, and
methods of social and behavioral science in understanding
individual and collective behavior in society; (2) hone the
reasoning skills required to understand theories of human
behavior and social phenomena; and (3) develop the ability to
understand and evaluate the communication of results in the
social and behavioral sciences.
Elective from any Knowledge Domain (1 course, a minimum
of 3 semester hours)
Knowledge Domain Course Descriptions
Creativity and Critical Analysis
ANTH 102. RISE OF CIVILIZATION (3). Forces leading to the
emergence of early civilizations in the Near East, Egypt, China,
Mesoamerica, and South America. Aspirations, problems, and
needs addressed in the art, literature, history, and other enduring
contributions of the civilizations of antiquity. Examination of ancient
achievements and values from humanistic and artistic perspectives.
ANTH 210. EXPLORING ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Survey of the basic
concepts and principles employed by archaeologists with illustrations
from world prehistory.
ARTH 282. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD ART (3). A global survey
of practices in the visual arts from ancient times to the modern era.
ARTH 292. ART AND DESIGN SINCE 1900 (3). Modern and
contemporary art and design.
ARTH 294. ART HISTORY SURVEY: ARTS OF ASIA (3). Arts of the
Middle East, Far East, and Southeast Asia.
ARTH 340. STUDIES IN MODERN AND AMERICAN ART (3).
A. American Art before 1945
B. Modernism in European and American Art
C. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of modern and
American art. May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum
of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are
allowed in the same semester.
ARTH 350. STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY ART (3).
A. 1960-1980
B. 1980-present
C. 1960-present
D. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of contemporary art.
May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
COMS 220. RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ISSUES (3). Role of public
discourse and persuasive campaigns in selecting, structuring,
and presenting versions of reality. Nature and impact of rhetoric in
public controversy. Emphasis on rhetorical criticism of advocacy
on controversial matters of public policy through critical analysis of
speeches, debates, editorials, argumentative essays, and political
and social changes.
COMS 230. RHETORIC AND THE MEDIA (3). Role of media
messages in selecting, structuring, and presenting versions of reality.
Effects on individuals and society.
COMS 356. CRITICAL INTERPRETATIONS OF FILM/TELEVISION
(3). Inuences of aesthetics, genre, mode of production, visual
grammar, and individual artistic vision on the rhetorical interpretation
of lm. Selected masterpieces viewed and analyzed.
ENGL 110. TRANSFORMATIVE FICTIONS (3). How can reading
ction transform our understanding of reality? Explore novels, short
stories, and plays to see how writers convince us to enter the worlds
and believe in the characters they create. Survey with selected
authors.
ENGL 115. BRITISH IDENTITIES, BRITISH LITERATURE (3).
Discover Britain’s literary traditions and cultures through novels,
poetry, drama, non-ction, and short stories that have captivated
readers from early times to now. Historical survey with selected
authors.
ENGL 116. AMERICAN IDENTITIES, AMERICAN LITERATURE (3).
American writers from the nation’s beginning have shown the world
who Americans are and what shapes their beliefs. Explore ction,
poetry, nonction, and dramatic works that have challenged or
complicated what it means to be “American.” Historical survey with
selected authors.
ENGL 310. UNCENSORED CLASSICS (3). Read translations of
epics, treatises on love, myths, novels, essays, and plays–ancient to
modern, Eastern and Western. Learn how “classics” are dened and
why people nd them so provocative. Survey with selected authors.
ENGL 315. SHAKESPEARE FOR NON-MAJORS (3). The
Shakespearean plays and poetry that excite modern audiences
the most. Examines “The Bard’s” enduring themes of love, political
intrigue, and violence. Not available for credit in the major.
ENGL 350. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM (3). Practice
in writing skills, conventions, organization, and structuring of prose
forms appropriate to the humanities, social sciences, and sciences
(e.g., proposals, lab reports, case studies, literature reviews,
critiques). Open to majors and non-majors.
EPFE 321. HISTORY OF AMERICAN EDUCATION (3). Survey of
American education in relation to the main currents of American
history. Includes religious, political, cultural, and demographic
inuences. PRQ: Sophomore standing.
EPFE 400. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). Sociological,
philosophical, and historical foundations of education. Curriculum
development, multicultural concerns, and school organization are
addressed in relation to teaching.
34 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
EPFE 410. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3). Differentiates
philosophy of education from other basic inquiry into education.
Emphasis on standard forms of philosophical reasoning. Exploration
of leading writings for their relevance to the improvement of instruction
in a sociocultural context.
FLCL 271. CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY (3). An interdisciplinary
approach to Greek and Roman myths, including their historical and
contemporary relevance.
FLFR 371. MASTERPIECES OF FRENCH LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION (3). Study of masterpieces of French literature in
translation from the Middle Ages to the modern period with emphasis
on their social and cultural context; introduction to critical analysis.
FLIT 272. THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE (3). Birth of humanism
and its contribution to Western thought through the literature of Italy
during the Renaissance. Some attention given to painting, sculpture,
and music. No knowledge of Italian required.
FLRU 261. RUSSIAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE (3).
Comprehensive introduction to ancient and modern Russian culture
and literature as a major part of Western civilization. Taught in English.
HIST 110. WESTERN CIVILIZATION TO 1500 (3). Examination and
interpretation of major historical developments in the Ancient Near
East, Classical Greece and Rome, and Medieval Europe.
HIST 111. WESTERN CIVILIZATION: 1500-1815 (3). Examination
and interpretation of the major historical changes which took place
in Europe between the time of the Renaissance and the Age of the
French Revolution.
HIST 112. WESTERN CIVILIZATION SINCE 1815 (3). Examination
and interpretation of the European historical developments since the
French Revolution which have molded the world as we know it today.
HIST 140. ASIA TO 1500 (3). Political and cultural history of India,
China, and Japan with discussion of the origins, development, and
importance of major Asian religions.
HIST 141. ASIA SINCE 1500 (3). Major developments in Asia since
the arrival of the Europeans, with emphasis on the changes in Asian
civilizations resulting from European technology, political ideas, and
economic relations.
HIST 170. WORLD HISTORY I: PROBLEMS IN THE HUMAN PAST
(3). Thematic, comparative overview of major problems in human
history before ca. 1500. Emphasis varies by instructor.
HIST 171. WORLD HISTORY II: PROBLEMS IN THE HUMAN PAST
(3). Thematic, comparative overview of major problems in human
history since ca. 1500. Emphasis varies by instructor.
HIST 260. AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865 (3). Central developments
in American history from Old World backgrounds through the Civil
War.
HIST 261. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865 (3). Central
developments in the history of the United States since the end of
the Civil War.
IDSP 225. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL SOCIETY AND
CULTURE (3). Interdisciplinary orientation and introduction to
medieval studies including study of different cultural forms (literature,
music, art, philosophy, science, and religion) and the “way of life” of
different strata of society.
ILAS 100. INTRODUCTION TO LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
(3). Introduction to Latin American civilization with consideration of
anthropology, archaeology, art, history, literature, music, politics,
international relations, and linkages with Latinos in the United States.
MUHL 220. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC (3). To broaden the non-
music major’s understanding of music as a subject related to other
arts and sciences. Classwork is divided broadly into two activities:
study of music fundamentals, rhythmic structure, and form; and
listening lessons arranged to illustrate the evolution of music. Not
open to music majors.
PHIL 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3). Investigation of
enduring and fundamental questions about ourselves, the world, and
our place in the world, such as: What am I? Do I have a mind or soul
that is somehow separate from my body? How should I live? Do I
have free will? Does God exist? What is knowledge? What is truth?
What is beauty?
PHIL 105. LOGIC AND CRITICAL REASONING (3). Introduction
to basic principles of rational argument evaluation in everyday life.
Topics include deductive reasoning, the logic of truth functions
and categorical statements, informal fallacies, inductive reasoning,
causal inference, and the nature of evidence and proof. Emphasis on
sharpening students’ abilities to evaluate arguments. Students may
not receive credit for both PHIL 103 and PHIL 105.
PHIL 231. CONTEMPORARY MORAL ISSUES (3). Consideration
of a number of major moral issues such as abortion, animal
ethics, capital punishment, civil disobedience, economic justice,
environmental ethics, euthanasia, human rights, nationalism, racial
or sexual discrimination, sexual conduct, terrorism, and war.
POLS 150. DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA (3). American democracy
studied through the speeches and writings of political leaders involved
in founding, preserving, and changing American politics and society.
Emphasis on both democratic institutions and continuing problems
of liberty and equality. The Federalist Papers and Tocqueville’s
Democracy in America are standard texts.
POLS 251. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3).
Discussion of the permanent questions of importance to political
life such as “What is justice?” “What is the relationship between
individual and political ethics?” “What is the relationship between
political theory and political practice?” Discussion will proceed by
studying political thought. Representative political thinkers are Plato,
Machiavelli, Locke, Marx, and Dewey.
TH-D 222. DANCE AND THE FINE ARTS (3). Aesthetic considerations
of dance as a ne art. The study of the theory and philosophy of
dance as related to music, theatre and the visual arts. Not open to
theatre arts majors or minors.
THEA 203. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE (3). Role of theatre as a
major ne art and a communicator of ideas, human understanding,
and cultural values. Contributions of playwright, actor, director,
designer, technician, and audience to the theatrical production.
Assessment of the principles and functions of theatre arts in its
diverse performance media. Theatre attendance required. Not open
to theatre arts majors or minors.
WGST 202. WOMEN AND CULTURAL EXPRESSION (3). Explores
women and their roles as producers of and subjects in various
cultural expressions in the U.S. and other societies. Culture includes
visual and performing arts, literature, lm, and other expressions
throughout history.
Nature and Technology
ANTH 101. HUMAN ORIGINS (3). A survey of human physical origins
and early cultural development. Analysis of the fossil record of humans
and differentiation into modern populations. The origin of major stone
tool traditions. Examination of early cultural developments such as
art, agriculture, city life, and ancient states.
ANTH 103. THE GREAT APES (3). Introduction to the Great Apes
from the perspective of biological anthropology. Review of the
anatomy, evolution, taxonomy, social organization, feeding ecology,
evidence of culture and tool use, language skills, and conservation
status of the chimpanzees, bonobos, gorillas and orangutans.
ANTH 240. GENERAL PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Outline
of the principles and subject matter of human evolutionary history,
biological variation among human populations, genetics, evolutionary
theory, and interrelations between cultural and physical anthropology.
BIOS 101. PLANT PRODUCTS AND HUMAN AFFAIRS (3). Includes
basic botany and the geographic origins of economically important
plants which produce products used by various peoples worldwide.
Emphasis on plant products having an inuence on societies (cereal
crops, medicines, drugs, etc.). Not open for credit toward the major
in biological sciences.
UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 35
BIOS 103. GENERAL BIOLOGY (3). Chemistry of living systems, cell
structure and function, energetics, classical and molecular genetics,
information ow, reproduction, evolution and diversity of life, and
ecology. Not open for credit for majors in biological sciences.
BIOS 105. GENERAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY (1). Optional
laboratory designed to accompany BIOS 103. Not open for credit for
majors in biological sciences. CRQ: BIOS 103.
BIOS 106. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (3). Biological basis of
environmental science and human inuence on the ecosystem.
Emphasis on the biological relations among natural resources,
pollution, and human population dynamics. Not open for credit for
majors in biological sciences.
BIOS 107. EVOLUTION FOR EVERYONE (3). Beginning with core
principles, exploration of evolutionary theory from an integrative and
interdisciplinary perspective, with topics ranging from the biological
sciences to all aspects of humanity. Not open for credit for majors in
the biological sciences.
BIOS 109. HUMAN BIOLOGY (3). Includes evolution, ecology,
physiological regulation, nutrition, genetics, immune responses,
reproduction, development, aging, and cancer. Not open for credit for
majors in biological sciences.
CHEM 100. CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE (3). The principles
of chemistry, with emphasis on the role of chemistry in the modern
world. Includes topics such as energy resources, environmental
issues, health and nutrition, and modern materials. Three hours of
lecture/week.
CHEM 110. CHEMISTRY (3). Development of the fundamental
principles and concepts of chemistry by lecture-demonstration, as
well as the development of an appreciation of the nature of chemistry
as a science. An historical development of the most important
concepts and ideas. Methods and limitations of chemistry, its
evolution and discussions of the problems currently being solved and
created. Three hours of lecture per week. Not available for credit for
students with previous credit in CHEM 210.
CHEM 111. CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1). Designed to accompany
CHEM 110. One 3-hour period a week. CRQ: CHEM 110.
CHEM 210. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Fundamental laws and
principles of chemistry; atomic structure and chemical bonding;
stoichiometry; kinetic theory; gases; liquids; solids; solutions. Three
hours of lectures and one recitation per week. PRQ: MATH 110 or
MATH 155 or MATH 229 or satisfactory performance on the Math
Placement Examination; and CHEM 110, or satisfactory performance
on the Chemistry Placement Examination, or consent of department.
CRQ: CHEM 212.
CHEM 211. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (3). Continuation of CHEM 210.
Kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics, electrochemistry; descriptive
chemistry of the elements. Three hours of lectures and one recitation
per week. PRQ: CHEM 210 and CHEM 212. CRQ: CHEM 213.
CHEM 212. GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1). Designed
to accompany CHEM 210. One 3-hour period per week. CRQ: CHEM
210.
CHEM 213. GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (1). Designed
to accompany CHEM 211. One 3-hour period per week. CRQ: CHEM
2 11.
CSCI 205. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING (3). Introduction to
computers, computer science, and programming techniques. Not
available for credit toward the major in computer science or for
students with prior credit in CSCI 210, CSCI 230, CSCI 240, CSCI
250, or OMIS 259. PRQ: MATH 110, MATH 155, MATH 206, MATH
210, MATH 211, or MATH 229, or consent of department.
ELE 100. ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS (3). Basic principles used
to explain the operation of electrical and electronic devices such as
radios, stereos, televisions, radars, computers, microwave ovens,
and other common electronic equipment.
FCNS 201. HUMAN NUTRITION (3). Role of nutrition in human
biological systems: properties of nutrients; interaction with other
environmental and genetic factors; quality of the current food supply.
Not open for credit to students having previous credit in FCNS 309.
PRQ: BIOS 103, BIOS 109, BIOS 208, or equivalent.
GEOG 101. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY
(3). Elements of the physical environment, with emphasis on
hydrology, vegetation, landforms, and soils; processes involved
in their interactions, their spatial variations, and interrelationships
between these elements and humankind. Three hours of lecture.
GEOG 102. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY
LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany
GEOG 101. Two hours of laboratory. CRQ: GEOG 101.
GEOG 105. INTRODUCTION TO THE ATMOSPHERE (3).
Introduction to elements of weather and climate with emphasis on
the interrelationships between heat, pressure, and moisture including
the global radiation balance. Introduction to climate classication,
and atmospheric processes that control global climates and climatic
change. Three hours of lecture.
GEOG 106. INTRODUCTION TO THE ATMOSPHERE LABORATORY
(1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany GEOG 105. Two
hours of laboratory. CRQ: GEOG 105.
GEOG 253. ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY (3). Introduction to
the study of human-environment interactions from a geographic
perspective, with emphasis on the role of humans in changing the
face of the earth. Fundamentals of environmental science as well
as global and local issues related to human population growth,
agriculture, water resources, biodiversity, forest resources, energy
use, climate change, and environmental health.
GEOL 103. PLANETARY AND SPACE SCIENCE (3). Exploration
of the bodies of our solar system, specically, what recent probes
reveal about the origin, evolution, and interaction of planetary
interiors, surfaces, and atmospheres, and their implications for our
understanding of the Earth, further space exploration, and the search
for extraterrestrial life.
GEOL 104. INTRODUCTION TO OCEAN SCIENCE (3). Use of
the basic sciences in an examination of the use and abuse of the
ocean environment, including food and mineral resource exploitation,
pollution, coastal development and global climate change. Evaluation
of likely outcomes from human impacts on the ocean environment in
the context of a basic understanding of ocean processes.
GEOL 105. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY (3). Exploration of both
constraints imposed by geology on human activities and human
impacts on natural processes. Includes fundamental geologic
processes and associated hazards (for example, earthquakes,
volcanic eruptions, ooding, landslides); occurrence and availability
of geologic resources (energy, minerals, water); and topics such
as pollution, waste disposal, and land-use planning viewed from a
geologic perspective.
GEOL 120. INTRODUCTORY GEOLOGY (3). Exploration of the
diverse processes that continually shape our physical environment.
Develops an understanding of earth materials, how the earth works,
the causes of natural disasters, and the overriding importance of
geologic time. Includes minerals, rocks, volcanoes, radioactive dating,
earthquakes, plate tectonics, rivers and oods, ground water resources,
and glaciers. For a more comprehensive understanding of the subject,
concurrent registration in GEOL 121 is strongly recommended.
GEOL 121. INTRODUCTORY GEOLOGY LABORATORY (1).
Laboratory experience with individual exploration of topics and
subjects best presented in a hands-on environment. CRQ: GEOL 120.
HIST 323. HISTORY OF SCIENCE TO NEWTON (3). Science in
the ancient Near East; Hellenic and Hellenistic science; the Arabs;
medieval science; the Copernican revolution; the new physics; and
the new biology. PRQ: At least sophomore standing.
HIST 377. AMERICAN ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY (3). History
of the ecosystems of the United States, 1600 to the present, and
of the 20th century conservation and environmental movements.
Topics include Indian ecology, farming and ecology, and the urban
environment.
36 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
ILAS 261. LANGUAGE, MIND, AND THOUGHT (3). Functioning of
the human mind from the perspectives of anthropology, computer
science, linguistics, neuroscience, philosophy, and psychology.
Interdisciplinary consideration of perception, language, reasoning,
articial intelligence, culture, and models of cognition.
ISYE 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
(3). Basic elements of the entire manufacturing process including
product conception, basic manufacturing operations, production
processes, computer integration and automation, robotics, materials,
planning and control of production systems, human factors, quality
control, product support, and environmental aspects. Case studies of
modern manufacturing systems emphasizing the latest technology,
productivity, design for manufacture, concurrent engineering, and
quality. Demonstration of machining processes and a computer-
integrated manufacturing (CIM) line.
KNPE 100. SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF HUMAN ACTIVITY (3). Aspects
of physical activity–biological, mechanical, physiological, nutritional,
and psychological–with laboratory experiences to further students’
understanding of these areas.
MEE 101. ENERGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT (3). Development
and current status of energy sources, technologies, consumption
patterns, conservation, and energy policies. Emphasis on
environmental effects of various choices made at each step of the
energy cycle, and examination of those choices from technological
and socioeconomical points of view.
PHIL 205. SYMBOLIC LOGIC (3). Introduction to formal logic,
including propositional and quanticational logic. Emphasis on formal
and semantic proof techniques and their applications to deductive
reasoning in natural language. Students may not receive credit for
both PHIL 205 and PHIL 302.
PHYS 150. PHYSICS (3). Development of concepts and principles
from selected topics in mechanics, electricity, heat, sound, and light.
Application to everyday life. Not recommended for students who have
had a year of high school physics. Not available for credit to students
with credit in PHYS 150A.
PHYS 150A. PHYSICS (4). Development of concepts and principles
from selected topics in mechanics, electricity, heat, sound, and light.
Application to everyday life. Not recommended for students who have
had a year of high school physics. Not available for credit to students
with credit in PHYS 150. Three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week.
PHYS 162. ELEMENTARY ASTRONOMY (3). Introduction to
astronomical science extending from planetary astronomy through
the most recent discoveries and speculations of astrophysics, such
as pulsars, “black holes,” and the latest hypotheses regarding stellar
evolution and cosmology.
PHYS 180. ACOUSTICS, MUSIC, AND HEARING (3). Elementary
study of acoustics designed especially for students with an interest
in music, speech and hearing, the theatre, or sound recording. Topics
include the waves and vibrations, perception and measurement of
sound, acoustics of musical instruments, speech and singing, and
the acoustics of rooms.
PHYS 181. ACOUSTICS LABORATORY (1). A laboratory course
designed to be taken concurrently with PHYS 180. The rst part of
the semester consists of experiments that provide an introduction
to acoustics and acoustical measurements with modern electronic
instruments. During the remainder of the course students choose
experiments which t their own particular interests. CRQ: PHYS 180
or consent of the department.
PHYS 210. GENERAL PHYSICS I (4). First semester of a two-semester
sequence covering mechanics, heat, and sound. Includes lecture and
laboratory sessions. Not available for credit to students with credit in
PHYS 253. PRQ: MATH 155 or equivalent or CRQ: MATH 229.
PHYS 211. GENERAL PHYSICS II (4). Second semester of a two-
semester sequence covering electricity and magnetism, light and
quantum physics. Includes lecture and laboratory sessions. Not
available for credit to students with credit in PHYS 251, PHYS 251A,
or PHYS 273. PRQ: PHYS 210 or PHYS 250 or PHYS 250A or PHYS
253.
PHYS 253. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I: MECHANICS (4).
Physical laws governing motion, force, energy, rotation, and vibration
using calculus. Primarily for majors in the physical and mathematical
sciences and engineering. One three-hour laboratory a week. Not
available for credit to students with credit in PHYS 210, PHYS 250, or
PHYS 250A. CRQ: MATH 229.
PHYS 273. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS II: ELECTROMAGNETISM
(4). Physical laws governing electricity and magnetism using calculus.
Primarily for majors in the physical and mathematical sciences and
engineering. One three-hour laboratory a week. Not available for
credit to students with credit in PHYS 211, PHYS 251, or PHYS 251A.
PRQ: PHYS 250A or PHYS 253. CRQ: MATH 230.
STAT 301. ELEMENTARY STATISTICS (4). Introduction to basic
concepts in statistical methods including probability, theoretical
and empirical distributions, estimation, tests of hypotheses, linear
regression and correlation, and single classication analysis of
variance procedures. Not available for credit toward the major in
mathematical sciences. Not used in major GPA calculation for
mathematical sciences majors. PRQ: MATH 206 or MATH 210 or
MATH 211 or MATH 229.
TECH 245. POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SUSTAINABLE
PRODUCTION (3). Study of environmental and occupational
health issues related to the design, manufacture, and application of
technology. Analysis of case studies to evaluate potentially adverse
outcomes and prevention through compliance with environmental
regulations and voluntary standards (EPA, OSHA, ISO). Application
and implementation of environmentally sustainable design and
manufacturing, and pollution prevention practices.
TECH 294. TECHNOLOGY AND CULTURAL RELEVANCE (3).
Development and current status of technology with attention given to
developing an understanding of technology as it relates to its various
settings and assumptions. Critical examination of these assumptions
with an effort at organizing facts and developing meanings of
technology in a dynamic society.
Society and Culture
AHRS 200. DISABILITY IN SOCIETY (3). Overview of disability
from personal, philosophical, sociological, psychological, medical,
and legal perspectives. Emphasis on understanding disability
within a minority-group model as dened by shared experiences of
stigmatization and oppression.
ANTH 120. ANTHROPOLOGY AND HUMAN DIVERSITY (3). Survey
of human cultural diversity throughout the world. Anthropological
approaches to understanding multiculturalism. Examination of factors
underlying human diversity.
ANTH 220. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
(3). The concept of culture; its origin, development, and diversity.
Culture as an adaptive mechanism. Theory and method of cultural
anthropology applied to the analysis of selected cultures.
ANTH 230. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTIC ANTHROPOLOGY
(3). Nature and function of language; anthropological motivations for
the study of language; contributions of anthropological linguistics;
distribution and relationships of languages of the world.
ARTE 109. STRATEGIC VISUAL THINKING (3). Investigation of the
role of visual design in the presentation of quantitative information
in order to promote vigorous dialogue around the interactions of
complex data streams, and this fosters robust decision-making.
Introduction to social science research through data collection,
quantitative analysis, and interpretation as students complete their
own original survey research.
ARTH 310. STUDIES IN ANCIENT ART AND MIDDLE EASTERN
ART (3).
A. Egypt
B. Mesopotamia
C. Aegean Art
D. Archaic and Classical Art
E. Hellenistic Art
F. Etruscan and Early Roman Art
G. Roman Imperial Art
UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37
H. Islamic Art
I. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of ancient and Middle
Eastern art. May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum
of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are
allowed in the same semester.
ARTH 320. STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ART (3).
A. Early Christian and Early Byzantine Art: 330-843
B. Middle and Late Byzantine Art: ca. 843-1543
C. Early Medieval Art: ca. 500-1000
D. Romanesque and Gothic Art: ca. 1000-1400
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of medieval art. May
be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
ARTH 330 STUDIES IN EARLY MODERN ART (3).
A. Early Italian Renaissance Art
B. Early Northern Renaissance Art
C. 16th Century Italian Art
D. 16th Century Northern European Art
E. 17th and 18th Century European Art
F. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of early modern art.
May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
ARTH 360 STUDIES IN DESIGN (3).
A. Modern and Postmodern Architecture
B. From Print Culture to New Media
C. From Craft to Industry
D. Sustainability
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of design from the
19th century to the present. May be repeated with different subjects to
a maximum of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different
subjects are allowed in the same semester.
ARTH 370. STUDIES IN ASIAN ART (3).
A. Chinese Art
B. Japanese Art
C. South and Southeast Asian Art
D. Southeast Asian Art
E. Islamic Art
F. Buddhist Art
G. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of Asian art. May be
repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the same
semester.
ARTH 380. STUDIES IN AFRICAN, OCEANIAN, NATIVE
AMERICAN, PRE-COLUMBIAN, AND LATIN AMERICAN ART (3).
A. Art of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas
B. African Art
C. Pre-Columbian Art
D. Latin American Art
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of African, Oceanian,
Native American, Pre-Columbian, and Latin-American art. May be
repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the same
semester.
BKST 200. RACISM IN AMERICAN CULTURE AND SOCIETY
(3). Examination of the forces that consciously and unconsciously
engendered racism in American society and the effect of racism not
only on the victims but also on those perpetuating it. The social cost
of racism and possible solutions.
BKST 211. EDUCATING FOR CULTURAL SENSITIVITY (3).
Analytical look at student’s own ethnic and cultural background, and
the ethnic and cultural background of others. Emphasis on surveying
materials related to life experiences of ethnics in the United States.
Systematic look at the education system and how it has responded
to the needs of various ethnic groups.
BKST 219. INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN STUDIES (3). Introduction
to the African continent: its art and cultures, social and educational
structures, history, economic development, political dynamics, and
current crises.
CLCE 100. COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
(3). Introduction to community leadership and civic engagement
including avenues for making contributions to community and
society. Emphasis placed on nonprot organizations, public service,
volunteering, activism, and philanthropy, locally and globally.
COMS 240. RHETORIC OF INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
(3). How interpersonal communication constructs our sense of
self, determines the quality of enduring relationships with family,
colleagues, and friends, and inuences decisions about social
responsibility and action.
COMS 410. COMMUNICATION AND GENDER (3). Relationships
among communication, gender, and culture through a variety of
theoretical and critical perspectives. Examination of research on verbal
and nonverbal aspects of communication as they interact with gender
in contexts such as interpersonal, organizational, political, and media.
ECON 160. CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC ISSUES (3).
Economic approach to analysis of problems such as poverty, crime,
unemployment, and ination. Insights and evaluation of policy
proposals. Not open for credit toward the major or minor in economics.
ECON 260. PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS (3). Introductory
study of market and nonmarket mechanisms in the allocation of
productive resources and in the distribution of income. Includes
the study of monopolies, oligopolies, and labor unions as well as
applications to selected current economic problems. Sophomore
standing recommended unless student is majoring or minoring in
economics.
ECON 261. PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS (3). Introductory
study of factors determining aggregate income, employment, and
general price level. Such factors include roles of government, the
banking system, and international monetary relations. Sophomore
standing recommended unless student is majoring or minoring in
economics.
EPFE 201. EDUCATION AS AN AGENT FOR CHANGE (3). Study of
the complex problems facing educational and other institutions in our
multicultural or pluralistic communities and the role of education as
an agent for change.
EPFE 355. SOCIOLOGY OF SCHOOLING (3). Introduction to the
sociological study of schooling. Examination of the role of schools
in modern society, the organizational features of schools, education
as an institution and its relation to other social institutions, and the
relationship between schooling and social inequality.
FCNS 207. THE CONSUMER (3). Role of family members as
consumers; inuence of values and goals upon consumption
practices; information and protection for the consumer.
FCNS 230. CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3). Understanding of
developmental principles of children under 8 years of age. Includes
observation. CRQ: PSYC 102.
FCNS 280. HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, THE FAMILY, AND SOCIETY
(3). Survey of human growth and development from conception to
death with emphasis on interaction and socialization processes.
CRQ: PSYC 102.
FCNS 406. GLOBAL FOOD AND NUTRITION ISSUES (3).
Interdisciplinary study of issues related to hunger and malnutrition
in the world setting; causes of food crises in less developed nations,
as well as in technologically advanced countries. PRQ: BIOS 103 or
BIOS 109; and ANTH 120 or SOCI 170 or equivalent.
GEOG 202. WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (3). Geographic
analysis of the nations and regions of the world, emphasizing
their economic, political, and social organization. Attention given to
contemporary problems.
GEOG 204. GEOGRAPHY OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES (3). A global
system approach to understanding the economic interdependence
among people, regions, and nations.
38 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
HIST 381. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA (3). Spanish and Portuguese
colonial empires in America from their foundation through the wars
for Latin American independence.
HIST 382. MODERN LATIN AMERICA (3). The Latin American states
from the wars of independence to the present. Political, economic,
and social institutions examined with attention to patterns of Latin
American government.
KNPE 111. SPORT: CULTURE AND SOCIETY (3). Examination of
interaction between sport and culture; impact of sport on United
States society; and social processes which inuence sport.
LGBT 350. LESBIAN, GAY, BISEXUAL, AND TRANSGENDER
STUDIES (3). Survey of issues and theories in lesbian, gay, bisexual,
and transgender studies. Interdisciplinary study of sexual orientation
and gender identity, with attention to race, ethnicity, and class.
PHHE 201. SOCIAL AND INDIVIDUAL PATTERNS OF DRUG USE
(3). Historic and cross-cultural use of drugs, pharmacology, and the
effects of drug use and addiction on individuals and social systems.
PHHE 206. CONTEMPORARY HEALTH CONCEPTS (3).
Investigation of the complexities of health issues related to lifestyles
and the subsequent impact on the family, community, and a
pluralistic society at large. Examination of aspects of biomedical and
psychosocial theories and practice.
PHHE 295. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HEALTH (3). Presentation of
a conceptual model of health including psychosocial, socioeconomic,
sociocultural, and environmental components. Overview of the U.S.
health care system and introduction to concepts of public health
promotion.
POLS 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3).
Principles, processes, and problems of American government and
politics. Examines the impact of changes in contemporary American
politics.
POLS 210. INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND COURTS (3).
Introduction to the study of law and courts, including legal theory,
judicial institutions, legal actors, legal systems and ways in which law
is interrelated with politics, public policy and society.
POLS 220. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY (3). Crosslisted
as PSPA 220X. Factors important in the policy process through an
examination of selected issue areas such as health, the environment,
energy, and economic regulation. Politics of evaluation and its uses.
POLS 260. INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3).
Comparative analysis of values, structures, and processes of selected
foreign political systems, noting similarities to and differences from
those of the United States.
POLS 285. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
(3). Theories, models, and concepts commonly used to explain
international relations with an emphasis on the use of these constructs
to analyze contemporary international problems and issues.
PSPA 220X. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY (3). Crosslisted
as POLS 220. Factors important in the policy process through an
examination of selected issue areas such as health, the environment,
energy, and economic regulation. Politics of evaluation and its uses.
PSYC 102. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (3). Basic psycho-
physiological principles of human behavior, including the roles of
heredity, maturation, environment, behavioral development, sensory
processes, perception, motivation, and emotions.
PSYC 225. LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT: CHILDHOOD THROUGH
ADULTHOOD (3). Behavioral development from conception through
adulthood. Emphasis on biological, motor, cognitive, social, and
personality characteristics at various stages of development. PRQ:
PSYC 102.
PSYC 245. THINKING (3). The phenomenon of thinking with
emphasis on psychological theories and empirical ndings related
to memory, problem solving, decision making, and reasoning.
Classroom demonstrations and exercises to illustrate principles and
help students to improve their critical thinking skills. PRQ: PSYC 102.
SEAS 225. SOUTHEAST ASIA: CROSSROADS OF THE WORLD (3).
Interdisciplinary introduction to the varied cultures of Southeast Asia
focused on the general theme of unity within diversity. Examination
of the linkage of Southeast Asian art, music, dance, literature, and
architecture with other segments of the Buddhist, Islamic, Christian,
and animistic societies of the region.
SOCI 170. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3). Basic survey of
major substantive areas within sociology including key contributions
to our understanding of the complex social world. Concepts and
methods used by sociologists.
SOCI 250. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3).
Examination of the continuity, interrelationships, and change in social
organization and institutions in American and other societies.
SOCI 260. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). How
people are socialized in terms of the norms and values of their
societies and how norms and values inuence societal change.
Introduces students to the basic research and methods of social
psychological inquiry.
SOCI 270. SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3). Why social problems occur
and how society can work toward correcting them. Exploration of
how different value premises and social theories lead to distinctive
ways of addressing social problems. Issues such as poverty, crime,
homelessness, intergroup conicts, and sexual identity discrimination
provide case materials for these explorations. Use of this approach
to examine underlying structural problems such as economic
restructuring, the overall health and aging of the population, and
urban change and decline.
WGST 101. WOMEN, SEX AND GENDER TODAY (3). Introduction to
the study of women, gender, and sexuality in the contemporary U.S.,
with an emphasis on diversity, feminisms, and social change.
Pathways
Knowledge Domain requirements may optionally be fullled by a
set of PLUS Pathways courses. A Pathway is a body of course
work drawn from all three Knowledge Domains that examines
a theme from different disciplinary perspectives. Courses in a
Pathway coalesce around a set of large questions that are central
to the Pathway theme. Each course addresses one or more of
these questions. The Foundational Studies courses cannot be
counted towards a Pathway.
Students have the option to organize their required general
education courses into a Pathway Focus or Pathway Minor, as long
as the Knowledge Domain distributional requirements are fullled.
Completing a set of designated courses in a single Pathway will be
documented on a student’s transcript either as Pathway Focus or
Pathway Minor. Courses used towards fullling a Pathway Focus
or Minor may also count toward other minors at NIU. INSERT
LINK TO MINORS Students are encouraged to consult with an
advisor to assure the requirements for all minors are fullled.
A Pathway Focus represents an enhanced examination
of a particular theme comprising three courses from a
single Pathway. A Focus shall be earned by completing one
course from each Knowledge Domain. A Pathway Focus
counts towards but does not fulll in entirety the Knowledge
Domain requirement. Students are encouraged to consult
with an advisor to assure all requirements are met.
A Pathway Minor represents an in-depth examination of
a particular theme comprising six courses from a single
pathway. The six courses must consist of at least three
upper division courses (300- or 400-level) from two or more
Knowledge Domains. The remaining three courses may be
lower or upper division courses, but they must come from
all three Knowledge Domains. A Pathway Minor counts
towards but does not fulll in entirety the Knowledge
Domain requirement. Students are encouraged to consult
with an advisor to assure all requirements are met.
The Pathways will be available starting with the 2016-17
Undergraduate Catalog.
39
Other Graduation Requirements
Graduation Requirements
Many majors, emphases, and areas of study have graduation
requirements beyond those required by the university. Examples
of such requirements include, but are not limited to, satisfactory
production of a portfolio, maintaining a designated cumulative
and/or major GPA, earning a certain grade in certain courses,
successful performance on a standardized performance measure,
and successful completion of clinical requirements. Students
interested in these majors, emphases, or areas of study and
students already admitted to them should consult department and
college program requirements listed in the individual college and
department sections of this catalog. Students are also strongly
encouraged to consult with an adviser to assure they continue to
qualify for graduation in their chosen major, emphasis, or area of
study. See individual colleges and departments.
Second Major/Emphasis
A double major may require more semester hours than the 120-
semester-hour minimum required for graduation. A student may
fulll the requirements for two separate majors (“double major”)
while earning one baccalaureate degree. The student must
request entrance into the second major from the appropriate
academic department. If the requirements for both majors are
fullled, both will be indicated on the academic record.
If the second major requires a second degree (for example,
if the student is pursuing a B.A. in history and wants a B.S. in
economics as a second major), the student must complete the
requirements for both degrees.
A student who wishes to complete two majors or two emphases
in the same department must have written approval by the
department curriculum committee and the major college
curriculum committee.
The degree the student will be granted will be that permitted by
the student’s rst declared major. Only one degree will be granted
unless the additional requirements listed in the section entitled
“Second Baccalaureate Degree” are also met.
Second Baccalaureate Degree
A student who earns a baccalaureate degree from NIU may
receive a second such degree if all requirements for both degrees
are met. The curriculum for the second degree must include at
least 30 semester hours in residence above the minimum 120
semester hours required for the rst degree at NIU, unless
the degrees are earned concurrently. If earned concurrently,
both degree requirements must be met with a minimum of 120
semester hours.
A student who holds a baccalaureate degree from another
college or university may receive a second such degree from NIU
by meeting these requirements.
Being admitted to NIU.
Earning at least 30 semester hours of undergraduate credit in
residence at NIU.
Fullling all requirements for a major other than the rst major
and all degree requirements.
Earning at least 12 semester hours of major departmental
requirements in courses numbered at the 300 and 400 level
taken at NIU.
A student may not apply any credit in physical education activity
courses toward the second baccalaureate degree.
Minor
In order for the university to record on a student’s transcript
that a minor was successfully completed during the student’s
undergraduate program, the student must attain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00 in all courses taken in the minor at NIU.
Foreign Language Requirements
for the B.A. Degree
Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree must demonstrate
competence in a foreign language equivalent to that attained in
two years of college instruction. This requirement must be met
by
Successful completion of one of the following sequences.
American Sign Language: FLSL 101, FLSL 102, FLSL 201,
FLSL 202
Arabic: FLAR 103, FLAR 104
Burmese: FLBU 103, FLBU 104
Chinese: FLCH 101, FLCH 102, FLCH 201, FLCH 202
French: FLFR 101, FLFR 102, FLFR 201, FLFR 202
German: FLGE 101, FLGE 102, FLGE 201, FLGE 202
Greek: FLCL 103, FLCL 104, FLCL 203, FLCL 204
Indonesian: FLIN 103, FLIN 104
Italian: FLIT 101, FLIT 102, FLIT 201, FLIT 202
Japanese: FLJA 101, FLJA 102, FLJA 201, FLJA 202
Khmer: FLKH 103, FLKH 104
Korean: FLKN 103, FLKN 104
Latin: FLCL 101, FLCL 102, FLCL 201, FLCL 202
Polish: FLPL 101, FLPL 102, FLPL 201, FLPL 202
Portuguese: FLPO 103, FLPO 104
Russian: FLRU 101, FLRU 102, FLRU 201, FLRU 202
Spanish: FLSP 101, FLSP 102, FLSP 201, and FLSP 202 or
FLSP 215*
Tagalog: FLTA 103, FLTA 104
Thai: FLTH 103, FLTH 104
Successful completion of FLST 181 and FLST 182, in the same
language.
Four years of one foreign language with no grade lower than C at
an accredited high school.
Exemption (no credit awarded) by
demonstrating competence equal to the work required in the
last course in one of the sequences listed above on a four-skills
test (reading, writing, listening, and speaking) administered
through the NIU Office of Testing Services. Such examinations
are available for languages taught by the faculty of the NIU
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. For American
Sign Language, a skills test is administered by the School of
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders.
OR
registration as an international student at NIU, with a native
language other than English.
* With consent of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, native speakers of Spanish may substitute FLSP 215 for any and all levels of FLSP 101
through FLSP 202, as well as for FLSP 211.
40 OTHER GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Students with high school credit in French, German, or Spanish
who wish to continue in that language must gain placement
into the appropriate course in the desired sequence by taking
the foreign language placement examination. On the basis of
this examination, the student must begin the chosen language
sequence in the course indicated by the placement examination,
disregarding that course’s prerequisites. For example, a student
gaining placement into French 201 does not have to complete
the courses FLFR 101 and FLFR 102. For placement in all other
languages listed above, see the appropriate coordinator in the
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.
Special Requirements for the B.S. Degree in
Electrical, Industrial and Systems, and
Mechanical Engineering
All engineering students must have their schedule reviewed,
approved, and signed by their faculty advisers each semester.
Any deviation from an approved course schedule may delay
graduation.
Special Requirement for the B.S. Degree in
the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences must fulll a special college
requirement. They must demonstrate competence in laboratory
science and/or mathematical/computational skills equivalent to
that attained in two years of college instruction (10-15 semester
hours). See the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section for
a description of the requirement.
Application for Graduation
Choice of Catalog
The rules governing catalog choice for different categories of
students are given below. However, no student may graduate
under a catalog more than six years old, unless specic permission
is obtained from the major college in a case where the major
program in question is still available as an approved program
of study. The rules given below apply only to requirements for
majors, minors, and general education. All students are subject to
the academic regulations stated in the most recent catalog.
Entering Freshmen
Students who enter NIU as rst-semester freshmen should use
the catalog current when they take their rst course at NIU; they
may shift to any later catalog which is in effect while they are
enrolled. They may choose to satisfy all requirements from a
single catalog or they may satisfy major and minor requirements
from one and general education requirements from a second.
Students earning a second major may choose a separate
catalog for each degree only with the written approval of their
college office.
Transfer Students
Students may choose the NIU catalog which was in effect when
they became freshmen at their original school or any later NIU
catalog, providing they were enrolled during the catalog year of
their choice, but they cannot choose an NIU catalog which was
in effect more than three years before their admission or reentry
to NIU. They may also elect to satisfy all graduation requirements
from a single catalog or major and minor requirements from one
and general education requirements from a second.
Reentering Students
Students reentering NIU after an interruption of more than three
years are subject to catalog provisions in effect at the time they
reenter. (However, every effort will be made to count earlier courses
in the way most benecial to fullling current requirements.)
Students reentering NIU after an interruption of fewer than three
years can use the catalog in effect at the time of their original
admission to NIU or any later catalog.
Reentering students who have attended other colleges or
universities while away from NIU are subject to the previously
stated Transfer Students policy.
Postbaccalaureate Students
Students pursuing a second baccalaureate degree are subject to
the provisions of the catalog in effect at the time of their starting
their second baccalaureate program or any later catalog.
Applying for Graduation
Degrees are granted in December, May, and August.
Undergraduate students who have completed 90 or more
semester hours will be notied via e-mail that they are eligible
to apply for graduation. The graduation application is found in
MyNIU by navigating to Self Service> MyNIU Student Center>
Academics> Apply for Graduation> Go. The graduation fee will
be applied to the student account at the time of application. The
deadlines for applying for graduation and commencement are as
follows:
December graduation: apply March 1 – September 1
May graduation: apply August 1 – February 1
August graduation: apply August 1 – June 15
(Note: August graduates who wish to participate in the
May commencement ceremony must apply for August
graduation by February 1.)
Further correspondence regarding eligibility towards graduation
may be sent via ZID e-mail account from the department, college
office, or Registration and Records. Students with graduation
deciencies should contact their academic advisor for assistance.
Students who do not complete all requirements during the term
for which they applied must change their graduation date in
Registration and Records by the next deadline date or no later
than 30 days into the following semester. It is the student’s
responsibility to notify the Office of Registration and Records in
writing of their next intended graduation date. An additional fee is
not required.
Students completing degree requirements between degree dates
may request a certication of degree requirements being met.
Contact the Office of Registration and Records for details.
Degrees with Distinction
A student must have completed at least 60 semester hours of
work at NIU to be eligible for graduation with distinction. Grade
point averages are computed on the basis of all work attempted
during those semesters which include the last 60 hours of work
completed at NIU.
Degrees with distinction are awarded as follows, dependent on a
student’s GPA at the time of graduation: summa cum laude, 3.90
through 4.00; magna cum laude, 3.75 through 3.899; cum laude,
3.50 through 3.749.
Students who have completed the requirements of the University
Honors Program are graduated “With University Honors.”
41
Educator Licensure Requirements
Students seeking initial professional educator licensure should
contact the academic department offering the licensure program
(see below). NIU’s Office of the University Coordinator of Educator
Licensure answers general questions about state certication
requirements and refers students to the appropriate academic
department for specic advising.
To teach in a public school in the state of Illinois an individual
must possess an Illinois educator license. NIU offers initial
educator licensure entitlement programs which are approved by
the Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE). NIU is accredited by
the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
Below is a list of ISBE-approved initial educator licensure
entitlement programs together with the academic department (or
departments) at NIU with responsibility for administering each
program.
Requirements for NIU educator licensure programs are developed
by the faculty in the context of state, national, disciplinary
standards and requirements. Because students must meet the
requirements of state law to be recommended for licensure, a
student may nd his or her licensure requirements changed for
reasons beyond the university’s control.
A student pursuing licensure should meet with her or his adviser to
develop a plan of study that will satisfy the licensure requirements
as they then exist. Once the plan of study is formally approved by
the adviser, the requirements that student must meet in order to
be recommended for licensure will not be changed by the adviser
except to the extent that it may be necessary to satisfy changes
in state licensure requirements. However, if other aspects of
applicable departmental or university requirements are changed,
the student may, with the approval of the adviser, modify the plan
of study to conform to the new requirements. Because there may
be delays in physical publication of new requirements as they
are developed, departments and programs will make efforts to
disseminate information about changes in requirements by other,
more immediate means, including electronic media. A student
who becomes aware of discrepancies between an approved
licensure plan of study and other published descriptions of
licensure requirements is responsible for contacting his or her
adviser to ascertain whether there have been changes in state
requirements that will necessitate changes in the plan of study.
Entitlement Program
Early Childhood License
(birth through grade 3)
Standard Elementary
License (K-9)
Standard High School
License (6-12)
Biological Science
Chemistry
Earth and Space Science
English
Environmental Science
Academic Department/School
Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences or
Teaching and Learning
Literacy and Elementary
Education
Biological Sciences
Chemistry and Biochemistry
Geology and Environmental
Geosciences
English
Geology and Environmental
Geosciences
1
Students with an undergraduate degree must be admitted to the M.S. program in art with a specialization in art education to enter the licensure program.
Students who wish to pursue more than one educator license
must complete the NIU program requirements for each
license. Endorsements (see “Denitions of Terms Used in This
Catalog”) are available for persons interested in broadening
their qualication as teachers in conjunction with certain initial
educator licensure programs.
Family and Consumer Sciences
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Physical Education
Physics
Social Science incuding
economics, geography, political
science, psychology, and
sociology and anthropology
Standard Special License
(K-12)
Art and Design
1
Blind and Partially Seeing
French
German
Learning Behavior Specialist I
Music
Physical Education
Spanish
Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences
Nursing and Health Studies
History
Mathematical Sciences
Kinesiology and Physical
Education
Physics
History
Art and Design
Special and Early Education
Foreign Languages and
Literatures
Foreign Languages and
Literatures
Special and Early Education
Music
Kinesiology and Physical
Education
Foreign Languages and
Literatures
Admission to Educator Licensure Programs
Each department has determined whether enrollment in a
degree program is necessary to pursue the educator licensure
program(s) administered by that department.
Admission to the university or to a degree program in an academic
department, school, or college does not necessarily constitute
acceptance into a licensure program. Candidates for admission
to an educator licensure program should apply directly to the
academic department responsible for administering the program
regarding information about admission.
All candidates for admission to educator licensure programs
must demonstrate competence in reading, communication, and
mathematical skills. Candidates should contact the department
responsible for administering the licensure program regarding
specic procedures for demonstrating this competence.
The GPA for all postbaccalaureate students, including those
whose initial baccalaureate degree was earned at NIU, will
include only postbaccalaureate course work attempted at NIU.
42 EDUCATOR LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS
Professional Education Requirements for
Educator Licensure
Early Childhood License
Standard Elementary License
Standard High School License
Standard Special License
Each type of license requires the student to complete professional
education courses. The course requirements for the Early
Childhood, the Standard Elementary, the Standard High School,
and the various Standard Special Licenses are listed in the
department sections of this catalog.
Endorsements
Middle Grades Endorsements
Students seeking an elementary or secondary educator license
who wish to teach in the middle school grades (5-8) must have
a middle grades endorsement on their licenses. Depending on a
student’s major, this could mean additional courses or a specic
course sequence. Students should see the discipline coordinator
in the area of the intended endorsement for specic information
on how to become eligible for the middle grades endorsement
upon being recommended for licensure.
Secondary Endorsements
Students seeking a secondary educator license who wish to
be endorsed to teach additional subjects must have secondary
subject-matter endorsements on their licenses. Students will be
required to take additional course work. Students should see the
discipline coordinator in the area of the intended endorsement
for specic information on how to become eligible for secondary
endorsements upon being recommended for licensure.
Student Teaching
Students must apply in advance for student teaching. (See the
department adviser regarding the time to apply for placement.)
Transportation to the student teaching site is the responsibility
of the student. In addition to having completed the NIU licensure
program requirements, prior to student teaching the student must
(a) have earned a minimum of 14 semester hours at NIU, (b) have
earned 90 semester hours, and (c) make all arrangements for
student teaching through the appropriate department. Students
may not make their own arrangements for student teaching sites
nor may they request a change once an assignment has been
conrmed by the cooperating school. For additional requirements
students should see the appropriate department adviser.
Retention in Educator Licensure Programs
Admission to educator licensure programs does not guarantee
continued acceptance unless the student maintains satisfactory
grades and other qualications. A candidate for a student teaching
assignment or licensure must have good character, sound
mental and physical health, and must demonstrate the skills,
attitudes, and behaviors necessary for working with children and/
or adolescents, as applicable.
Specic requirements for retention in an initial educator licensure
program are determined by the faculty offering that program;
students should consult the academic department for information.
University Requirements for
Educator Licensure
These are the minimum university-wide requirements for educator
licensure. See also the individual academic departments,
because some programs exceed these requirements.
Common Requirements for Educator Licensure
Upon satisfactory completion of one or more of the above initial
educator licensure programs, students will be recommended
for licensure. In order to be licensed to teach or supervise in
Illinois public schools, a person must be of good character, in
sound health, and at least 19 years of age. The following general
requirements must be satised by all candidates for licensure.
(See the academic department for specic information on other
requirements.)
An overall GPA of 2.50 or above in all course work taken at
NIU for admission to and retention in a licensure program. A
passing grade is required in all course work taken for educator
licensure. Educator licensure requirements are deemed to be
met only by obtaining a grade of C or better in courses using
traditional A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, D, F grading or an S in those
professional or clinical courses in which S/U grading is used.
An S is the equivalent to a C or better and a U is equivalent to
a D or lower in educator licensure courses using S/U grading.
In those courses in which S/U grading basis is applicable, the
use of S and U will apply to all students registered in any class
section in which S/U grading is employed. Individual students
may not elect S and U grading. Some programs have higher
GPA and/or course grade requirements. (See the academic
department about specic requirements.)
Successful completion of designated clinical experiences,
including a minimum of 100 clock hours of approved clinical
experience prior to student teaching. These experiences must
be gradual and sequential throughout the preparation period.
Completion of the requirements for the Illinois State Board of
Education approved “Major Area of Specialization” for which
the license is sought.
An earned baccalaureate degree from a recognized
institution.
Successful completion of the Test of Academic Prociency
(TAP) or requirement, a test of subject matter knowledge, and
the Assessment of Professional Teaching test administered
by the Illinois Licensure Testing System are all required for
licensure.
Successful completion of course work and/or experience which
contributes directly to an awareness of cultural diversity. (See
the academic department about meeting this requirement.)
General Education Requirements for
Educator Licensure
The university’s general education requirements for educator
licensure are met when the general education requirements for an
NIU baccalaureate degree have been met. A student who already
holds a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, or
the equivalent from a recognized foreign institution, is considered
to have met the university’s general education requirements for
licensure.
EDUCATOR LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS 43
Specic degree, content-area, professional education and
clinical coursework that forms part of an application for licensure,
endorsement, or state approval must have been passed with a
grade no lower than C, or the equivalent, in order to be counted
towards fulllment of the applicable ISBE requirements. Students
must see individual program advisors for the list of courses
required.
Appeals
A student who wishes to appeal a grade or grades should utilize
the current NIU Procedures for Use in Appealing Allegedly
Capricious Semester Grades of Undergraduate Students (Grade
Appeal Policy). A student who wishes to appeal a decision
regarding admission to, retention in, or completion of an initial
educator licensure program should consult with the appropriate
college advising office regarding the procedures to be followed.
Criminal Background Check
Illinois law requires Illinois school boards to conduct a criminal
background investigation on applicants for employment. This
law also prohibits the employment of any person who has been
convicted of committing or attempting to commit any one or more
of a number of offenses. At present, offenses include rst degree
murder; any Class X felony; juvenile pimping; soliciting for a juvenile
prostitute; exploitation of a child; obscenity; child pornography;
harmful material; criminal sexual assault; aggravated criminal
sexual assault; criminal sexual abuse; aggravated criminal sexual
abuse; offenses set forth in the Cannabis Control Act; and crimes
dened in the Illinois Controlled Substances Act. Employment
must be denied whether the offenses and/or conviction occurred
inside or outside the state of Illinois.
For initial teacher licensure and advanced programs with
students who do not hold current employment in a school
or district: Students should contact the school district office of
their placement site to conrm the location and availability and
to determine how to proceed to obtain an FBI nger-print based
CBC. Students should follow the district’s policies and use their
preferred provider and payment options. Students need to be
aware that a new CBC will be required for each new district they
will be placed at for a clinical or student teaching placement. This
means there will be a charge for each new CBC required.
Students need to be aware there are potential consequences of
having any criminal history. This FBI-mandated change means
schools will now be the owners of the CBC information, and
they will decide whether or not a conviction warrants exclusion
from their schools and classrooms. Schools have the option of
rejecting candidates based on their criminal history.
Contact your adviser for further details.
Out-of-State Employment in Public Schools
Other states have similar or additional licensure, licensing, or
employment requirements. NIU is not responsible for informing
any student of statutes, rules, or regulations which might affect
the future licensure or employment of teachers. Students wishing
admission to any NIU educator licensure program are responsible
for determining their own eligibility for eventual licensure in
another state.
44
Regulations in this catalog represent the policies adopted by
the faculties and administration of NIU. A student who believes
that his or her situation warrants an exception to one of these
regulations should consult with the advising dean of his or her
college or with the Academic Advising Center, if the student has
no college affiliation.
Advisement and Registration
Advisement System
College Offices
Advisement, information, and other academic assistance
are available in the advising offices of the six colleges with
undergraduate programs. Each college also provides student
services such as policies on and forms for overloads, withdrawals
from the university, and petitions for requirement waivers.
Questions concerning retention, dismissal, and reinstatement
should be directed to the office of the college in which the
student’s major department is located.
The advising office of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
advises all students who are undecided about their majors within
the college and all freshmen and sophomores who have declared
a major in a department in the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences. The advising office is staffed by academic advisers.
All College of Business students who have not enrolled in upper-
level business courses are advised in the college’s undergraduate
studies office. Once enrolled in upper-level business courses,
students are advised in the department in which they have a
declared major.
Individual departments in the College of Education provide
academic advisement for students majoring in those departments,
as well as information about admission to educator licensure for
students in early childhood, elementary, and special teacher
education programs.
All students in the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology are advised in the department of their intended or
declared major.
Students in the College of Health and Human Sciences are
advised in the departments in which they have declared majors.
Undeclared majors in the College of Health and Human Sciences
are advised in the college advising office.
Students in the College of Visual and Performing Arts receive
academic advisement in their major departments. Students whose
advisement needs cannot be met in their major departments are
referred to the college advising office.
Academic Advising Center
The Academic Advising Center advises all students who have
no college affiliation. The Academic Advising Center is staffed by
academic advisers and supports the distinct nature of advising
within the colleges and academic departments at Northern
Illinois University. The Academic Advising Center will not, under
any circumstances, initiate or approve exemptions to curricular
requirements or requests for waivers to university graduation
requirements.
Locations of college advising offices and the Academic Advising
Center are as follows.
Business–Barsema Hall 201
Education–early childhood elementary and special education:
Gabel Hall 161
Education–elementary education: Gabel Hall 152
Education–kinesiology and physical education: Anderson
Hall 214
Engineering and Engineering Technology–Engineering
Building 331
Health and Human Sciences–Wirtz Hall
Liberal Arts and Sciences–Zulauf Hall 201
Visual and Performing Arts–Music Building 304A
Academic Advising Center –Adams Hall, 4th Floor
Major Departments
Each department has faculty advisers who help students plan
their programs of study and schedules for each semester and
advise them on academic problems.
Students are responsible for checking with their major department
and adviser and the Office of Registration and Records to see that
they will have met all university and departmental requirements
by the time they expect to graduate.
Declaration of Major, Minor, and Degree
Applicants for Admission
The university requires both freshman and transfer students to
declare their major at the time they apply for admission. This
information is needed for purposes of academic advisement
and for institutional planning. It is understood that experience in
university courses and further consultation with academic advisers
may lead to changes in the student’s academic interests.
Change of Major or Declaration of Minor
Students will be placed into the major and emphasis, if applicable,
at the point of admission if they meet the admission requirements
of the degree program. There are major programs in the university
in which acceptance of students either is limited or requires the
meeting of specic criteria. Some of these programs may require
acceptance into a major or emphasis at the time of admission.
See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements”
and individual departments.
Many majors have course requirements outside the department.
Students, through consultation with an adviser, should insure that
these requirements are taken at the appropriate program stage.
There are some majors in which a student must follow a highly
structured sequence of courses. It is important to get advice as
early as possible to plan a program of study.
A student may declare a minor at any time by completing a “Minor
Request” form in the office of the department offering the minor.
A student may not take a minor offered by the department of his
or her major unless this is specically permitted in the description
of the minor.
There are also some minors which have admission requirements.
See individual departments.
Academic Regulations
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 45
Students may change a major, emphasis, or minor by completing
a “Major Request” or “Minor Request” form at the office of the
department that they wish to enter as a major or minor. Students
remain under the jurisdiction of their current major college office
until the change of major becomes effective.
Major changes for students who have not been academically
dismissed or retained on academic probation initiated within
the last three weeks of the term, including the nal examination
period, will become effective one week after the end of the nal
examination for that term. Major changes for students who have
been academically dismissed or retained on academic probation
will require acceptance of the college of the new major.
Registration
Registration information can be found online under Student Help
using MyNIU at http://www.niu.edu/myniu Students will not receive
credit for any course for which the registration was not completed
according to university procedures. Moreover, it is not legitimate
to attend or participate in a course in which one is not registered.
Students who have any obligation to the university (such as unpaid
nes, tuition, fees, residence hall charges, missing admission
documents) will not be allowed to register for classes until all
obligations are met and should not expect retroactive enrollment
for a period of time during which they were not eligible to register.
(See “Academic Records and Encumbrances.”)
Registration may be canceled for students who fail to satisfy
admission or registration requirements.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
A certicate of undergraduate study is awarded upon successful
completion of a specied coherent set of undergraduate courses
around a specic theme (minimum of 9 semester hours). Notation
of a specic certicate of undergraduate study will be posted
on the student’s transcript upon the successful completion of
the requirements for that certicate. To pursue a certicate of
undergraduate study, a student must be admitted to NIU, must
submit an application to the appropriate academic unit, and must
have the application approved. Some certicates of undergraduate
study may have additional admission requirements.
Only courses taken at NIU may be applied toward a certicate,
and a GPA of at least 2.00 must be earned in the course work
used toward the certicate, all of which must be completed
within the period of time specied in the requirements for the
certicate. With the approval of the major department, courses
used to satisfy requirements of a certicate may also be applied
toward an undergraduate major. See the individual certicate of
undergraduate study for other specic requirements.
Certicates of undergraduate study with the following titles are
available.
Actuarial Science (Department of Mathematical Sciences)
Adolescence (NIU Collaborative on Early Adolescence)
Applied Ethics (College of Business and College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences; see “Inter-College Interdisciplinary
Certicates.”)
Asian American Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences)
Business Analytics Using SAP Software (Department of
Operations Management and Information Systems)
Civic Engagement (Center for Non-Governmental Organization
Leadership and Development)
Creative Writing (English)
Criminology (Sociology)
Culturally Relevant Teaching (College of Education)
Digital Media Production (Communication)
Film and Television Studies (College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences)
Finance (Department of Finance)
Foundations of Educational Studies (Department of Leadership,
Educational Psychology and Foundations)
Geographic Information Systems (Department of Geography)
Gerontology (College of Health and Human Sciences)
Homeland Security (College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology, College of Health and Human Sciences, and
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; see “Inter-College
Interdisciplinary Certicates.”)
Illinois Director Credential Certicate-Level 2 (School of
Family, Consumer and Nutrition Sciences)
Infant Toddler Credential Certicate-Level 5 (School of Family,
Consumer and Nutrition Sciences)
Information Systems (Department of Operations Management
and Information Systems)
Interactive Marketing (Department of Marketing)
Leadership in Aging Services (College of Health and Human
Sciences)
Lean Six Sigma (College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology)
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies (College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences)
Logistics (Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering)
Middle School Literacy (Department of Literacy and
Elementary Education)
Mobile Programming (Department of Computer Science)
Nanotechnology (College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology)
Philosophy of Education (Department of Leadership,
Educational Psychology and Foundations)
Professional Selling (Department of Marketing
Professional Teaching Practices (College of Education)
Public Sector Leadership (Departments of Political Science
and Public Administration)
Religious Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences)
Retail Management (Department of Marketing)
Service Management (Department of Operations Management
and Information Systems)
Social Entrepreneurship (Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems)
Women and Gender Sexuality Studies (College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences)
Schedule Changes
Schedule changes may have serious academic and nancial
consequences. It is highly recommended that students meet with
their academic advisers prior to any schedule changes. Contact
the Financial Aid Office regarding the impact of schedule changes
and any nancial aid. International students need to contact the
International Student and Faculty Office (ISFO). Students living
in university housing who are reducing their schedule to less than
12 hours or are withdrawing from the university must contact
the Housing Office. Reducing hours can also impact student
insurance, contact Student Insurance for additional information.
Student-Athletes should contact Student Athletes Academic
Support Services (SAASS).
See chart and detailed procedures below including the
Undergraduate Academic Calendar for appropriate deadlines for
adding/dropping a course and for withdrawals. Other deadlines
may apply for 14-week, summer, and dynamic (non-standard)
courses. Refer to MyNIU for course specic deadlines.
46 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Schedule Change Process for 16 week courses
(full-semester)
_________________________________________________________
Dates Start with First
Action Week of Semester Steps
_________________________________________________________
Dropping all courses Prior to the Self-service MyNIU
rst day of class
_________________________________________________________
Adding a course Week 1 Self-service MyNIU
_________________________________________________________
Adding a course Week 2 Contact department
of Course
_________________________________________________________
Dropping a course Week 1 Self-service MyNIU
_________________________________________________________
Dropping a course Week 2 Contact major college or
Academic
Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 3 through Contact major college or
a course end of Week 8 Academic
Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 1 through Contact major college or
the university end of Week 8 Academic
Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 9 through Contact major college or
the university end of Week 12 (with Academic
academic jeopardy) Advising Center
Schedule Change Process for 8 week sessions
(rst and last half-semester)
_________________________________________________________
Dates Start with First
Action Week of Session Steps
_________________________________________________________
Dropping all courses Prior to the Self-service MyNIU
rst day of semester
_________________________________________________________
Adding a course Week 1 of session Self-service MyNIU
________________________________________________________
Dropping a course Week 1 of Session Self-service MyNIU
_________________________________________________________
Dropping a rst-half Week 2 of session Contact Major College or
Course Academic
Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 3 of session Contact Major College or
a rst-half course through end of Academic
Week 4 of session Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 2 of session Contact Major College or
a second-half through end of Academic
course Week 4 of session Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 1 of session Contact Major College or
the university through end of Academic
Week 4 of session Advising Center
_________________________________________________________
Withdrawing from Week 5 of session Contact Major College or
the university through week 6 of session Academic
(with academic jeopardy) Advising Center
Adding or Dropping a Course
Add/drop procedures include adding a class, dropping a class,
and changing to a different section of the same course. For 16
week courses, students may make changes to their schedules
during the rst week of class through My NIU. Courses may be
dropped during the second week of the term by permission of
the student’s major college, or the Academic Advising Center for
students with no major college affiliation. Sixteen-week courses
which are dropped by the end of the second week of classes will
not appear on a student’s record. Beginning with the third week of
classes of a fall or spring term, all course load reductions become
withdrawals, with the exception of last-half semester courses.
Other deadlines may apply for 14-week, summer, and dynamic
(non-standard) courses. Refer to MyNIU for course specic
deadlines. Courses may be added to a student’s schedule during
the second week of the term by permission of the department
offering the course.
Withdrawal from a Course
A student may withdraw from a course up to the end of the
eighth week of a semester, or the fourth week of a half-session
course or eight-week summer session course. For courses of
other lengths, the withdrawal deadline is the end of the rst half
of the course. A W is recorded for course withdrawals properly
processed prior to the established deadlines. A W has no effect
on semester or cumulative GPA.
All requests for withdrawal from a course must be initiated and
processed through the central advisement office of the college in
which the student is pursuing a major, or the Academic Advising
Center if the student has no college affiliation. Visiting students
initiate withdrawals through the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences.
A student may withdraw from a course after the established
deadlines only in exceptional cases (medical reasons, military
reasons, or because of hardship) when supported by acceptable
evidence. Approval of a course withdrawal after the deadline may
be granted only by the college office of the student’s major (major
college office), or by the Academic Advising Center if the student
has no college affiliation. If such approval is given, academic
jeopardy will be enforced: W will be recorded for the course
if the instructor indicates the student is passing at the time of
withdrawal; if the instructor indicates the student is not passing at
that time a grade of F will be recorded and included in both the
term and cumulative GPA.
Additional information regarding withdrawals for exceptional
reasons can be found at http://www.stuaff.niu.edu/stuaff/
studentlifepolicies/withdraw.shtml.
Students seeking a withdrawal from a course for exceptional
reasons must initiate and complete the withdrawal process during
the semester of enrollment in the course.
Students are limited in the number of semester hours from which
they can withdraw. Students with fewer than 7 transfer hours are
allowed to withdraw from a total of 17 semester hours during the
pursuit of the baccalaureate degree.
The maximum number of hours from which a transfer student
may withdraw during pursuit of a baccalaureate degree at NIU is
determined by the number of hours of transfer credit accepted at
the time of enrollment at NIU plus all hours earned at NIU prior to
enrollment, as indicated in the following table.
Transfer Maximum
Plus Pre-enrollment Withdrawal
NIU Hours Hours
1-6 17
7-15 15
16-30 12
31-45 9
46 or more 6
Students who cease to attend any course in which they are
enrolled without officially withdrawing will receive an F for that
course.
Withdrawal from the University
All students are encouraged to meet with an academic adviser
if they are considering withdrawing from the university. Any
undergraduate student who decides to withdraw from the university
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 47
Grading System
Grades
Grades assigned in each undergraduate course are intended
to reect achievement relative to a dened level of competence.
Faculty members are expected during the rst week of a
semester to indicate clearly the requirements in a course and the
level of competence to be associated with each of the possible
letter grades. Multisection courses are expected to require similar
levels of competence in all sections. Department and college
curriculum committees shall be responsible for implementing
these policies.
Credit is expressed in semester hours. One semester hour
usually means pursuit of a subject for one 50-minute period per
week for a 15-week semester. A student accumulates grade
points based on the grades earned. The symbols, their meaning
or level of competence indicated, and their grade point values
are as follows.
Points
Meaning Per Hour
A Outstanding competence 4.00
A- 3.67
B+ 3.33
B Above satisfactory competence 3.00
B- 2.67
C+ 2.33
C Satisfactory level of competence 2.00
D Marginally satisfactory competence 1.00
F Unsatisfactory level of competence 0
I Incomplete –
W Passing at time of withdrawal from
a course or from the university –
S Satisfactory –
U Unsatisfactory –
O Audit; no grade and no credit –
OW Audit; requirements not completed –
CR Prociency credit –
A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+ C, D, and S are recorded for credit courses for
which the student has been given a passing mark. The grading
symbol CR indicates that prociency credit has been received for
the course, and that course is not included in the student’s GPA.
An F or U is recorded when a student fails to earn a passing grade
in a course; a student withdraws from a course without official
notice; a student withdraws from a course with official permission
after deadline but is not doing passing work at the time; or a
student is not doing passing work at the time of withdrawal from
the university.
Grade Point Average (GPA)
The grade point system is used to determine academic standing
and to award honors. To compute the GPA, the total number of
grade points earned is divided by the total number of GPA hours
attempted at NIU (those for which grades of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+,
C, D, or F are recorded), as in the following examples.
Examples of GPA calculation for grades earned under the plus/
minus grading option.
must notify their central advisement office of the college in which
the student is pursuing a major, or the Academic Advising Center
if the student has no college affiliation. Students who withdraw
from the university within the add/drop period will have those
courses removed from their record. Contact the Bursar’s Office
regarding information on tuition refunds. A university withdrawal
may be made without academic jeopardy up to the end of the
eighth week of the semester for 16-week courses. When students
officially withdraw from the university after the eighth week of the
term academic jeopardy will be enforced: W will be recorded for
the course if the instructor indicates the student is passing at the
time of withdrawal; if the instructor indicates the student is not
passing at that time a grade of F will be recorded and included in
both the term and cumulative GPA.
A student may withdraw from the university after the established
deadlines only in exceptional cases (medical reasons, military
reasons, or because of hardship) when supported by acceptable
evidence. Approval of a university withdrawal after the deadline
may be granted only by the college office of the student’s major
(major college office), or the Academic Advising Center if the
student has no college affiliation. If such approval is given,
academic jeopardy will be enforced: W will be recorded for the
course if the instructor indicates the student is passing at the time
of withdrawal; if the instructor indicates the student is not passing
at that time a grade of F will be recorded and included in both the
term and cumulative GPA.
Additional information regarding withdrawals for exceptional
reasons can be found at http://www.stuaff.niu.edu/stuaff/
studentlifepolicies/withdraw.shtml.
Students seeking a withdrawal from the university for exceptional
reasons must initiate and complete the withdrawal process
during the semester of enrollment. A student who withdraws
from the university must obtain permission from her or his last
major college or the Academic Advising Center, if the student has
no college affiliation, to re-enroll during the semester in which
the student withdrew from the university, if that reenrollment will
occur after the add/drop period.
Withdrawal from the University for Violation of
Student Conduct
A student who has received a sanction of either University
Suspension or University Expulsion will be immediately withdrawn
from all enrolled courses. The student retains the right to appeal
the University Suspension or University Expulsion; however the
withdrawal from course work will be processed at the time the
sanction is imposed and is nal regardless of the appeal outcome.
The student should consult with the major college advising office
regarding any future enrollment.
A university withdrawal processed up to the end of the 8th
week of the semester for 16-week courses will be made without
academic jeopardy and is initiated by the Office of Registration
and Records.
A university withdrawal processed after the 8th week of the
semester for 16-week courses will be made with academic
jeopardy enforced and is initiated by the major college office:
W will be recorded for the course if the instructor indicates
the student is passing at the time of withdraw; if the instructor
indicates the student is not passing at that time a grade of F will
be recorded and included in both the term and cumulative GPA.
Refer to the chart and detailed procedures in the Schedule
Changes section above for additional information regarding
deadlines for withdrawals. Other deadlines may apply for 14-
week, summer, and dynamic (non-standard) courses. Refer to
MyNIU for course specic deadlines.
48 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Example #1
Course Grade Total;
Credit Grade Points/Credit Grade Points
3 A 4.00 (3 x 4.00) 12.00
3 A- 3.67 (3 x 3.67) 11.01
3 B+ 3.33 (3 x 3.33) 9.99
4 B+ 3.33 (4 x 3.33) 13.32
3 B 3.00 (3 x 3.00) 9.00
Totals 16 55.32
Term GPA (55.32/16) 3.458
Example #2
Course Grade Total;
Credit Grade Points/Credit Grade Points
3 A- 3.67 (3 x 3.67) 11.01
3 B+ 3.33 (3 x 3.33) 9.99
4 B- 2.67 (4 x 2.67) 10.68
3 C+ 2.33 (3 x 2.33) 6.99
4 C 2.00 (4 x 2.00) 8.00
Totals 17 46.67
Term GPA (46.67 /17) 2.745
Cumulative GPA. Calculation of cumulative GPA combines
grade points earned in each course over all terms is as follows:
Course
Credit Total Grade Points
Term 1 16 55.32
Term 2 17 46.67
Totals 33 101.99
Cumulative GPA (101.99/33) 3.091
S/U Grading
In those courses in which the S/U grading basis is applicable, the
use of S and U will apply to all students registered in any class
section in which the S/U grading basis is employed. Individual
students may not elect S and U grading. Educator licensure
requirements are deemed to be met only by obtaining a grade
of C or better in courses using traditional A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+,
C, D, F grading or an S in those professional or clinical courses
in which S/U grading is used. An S is the equivalent to a C or
better and a U is equivalent to a D or lower in educator licensure
courses using S/U grading.
Incompletes
A grade of I (incomplete) is assigned at the discretion of the
instructor, when illness, death in the immediate family, or other
unusual and unforeseeable circumstances not encountered
by the other students in the class prevent completion of the
course requirements by the end of the semester. Under these
circumstances, a grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned when
a student is unable to complete the course requirements but only
when it is possible that the completion of the remaining work
could result in a passing grade.
An I (incomplete) grade received during the fall semester, the
spring semester, or the summer session must be cleared no later
than 120 calendar days from the end of the term in which the
student received the grade unless the incomplete is extended by
the instructor. All incompletes, whether extended or not, must be
cleared within a year of when the grade was assigned.
An I (incomplete) must be resolved within the appropriate time
limit or it will automatically be changed to an F. The student is
responsible for seeing that incompletes are made up before the
expiration date.
Before submitting grades to the Office of Registration and
Records, an instructor who assigns a grade of I (incomplete) will
provide the chair of the department with a written statement of
the remaining work to be completed to remove the incomplete.
Upon request, the student may obtain a copy of that statement
from either the instructor or the department chair.
Grade Appeals
The university has a formal procedure under which a student can
appeal a grade. Copies of the procedure for appealing allegedly
capricious grades are available from the university ombudsman,
department offices, and college offices.
Repeating a Course
The policy outlined here pertains only to courses taken at and
repeated at NIU. Repeating a course taken at another college
or university is governed by the policy on repeated courses in
the section on transfer credit. The opportunity to repeat a course
under this policy will end with the awarding of a degree. The
NIU transcript will reect the GPA as specied in the following
policy. However, students should be cautioned that some limited
admissions programs recognize all attempts for admission
purposes and that when students apply to professional schools
and/or graduate schools, all attempts at courses could be
considered in that application process.
A student may repeat any course in which a grade of D or F was
received. The grade which the student earns in the repeat will
replace the original grade in the GPA calculation, but both grades
will always appear on the student’s official transcript. In all cases,
the permanent record of a student repeating a course will report
each enrollment in the course. (A course withdrawal does not
count as a repeat.)
A student may not repeat a course taken at NIU in which a grade
of C or better was earned, unless the contrary is stated in the
catalog description of the course.
A student who does not earn a C or better after two (or more)
attempts in a course may petition to retake the course. The student
must secure permission of the dean of his or her major college and
of the chair of the department in which the course is offered.
All grades received in the course will appear on the transcript.
Credit may be earned only once unless the course description
in the catalog states otherwise. Exceptions to this policy may
be granted only by the dean of the student’s major college. In
all cases, third or subsequent enrollments in a course may be
allowed only if the department in which the course is taught
agrees to permit enrollment. In approved third or subsequent
enrollments the grade earned during the last enrollment will be
used in the GPA calculation.
All students repeating courses under the provisions outlined
above must so indicate on the appropriate registration form or
notify the Office of Registration and Records by the end of the
sixth week of each term (third week for summer session).
Change of Grade
Final grades, once posted in MyNIU, cannot be changed without a
written request for the change of grade signed by the department
chair. In the case of undergraduates, the request is sent directly
to the appropriate college office of the course. All grade changes
proposed for academically dismissed students must be submitted
to the college office. In the case of graduate students, a request
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 49
for a grade change is sent to the Graduate School for entry into
MyNIU. A grade change request for an undergraduate taking a
graduate course is also sent to the Graduate School.
Any change of grade in an undergraduate course (other than from
Incomplete) submitted more than one month after the opening
of the next session in which the student is enrolled requires the
written explanation and approval of the instructor of the course,
the chair of the department, and the dean (or delegate) of the
college in which the grade was awarded.
Freshman Warning, Academic Probation
and Dismissal
First-semester freshmen at NIU who earn a cumulative GPA
of 1.60 to 1.99 for all work completed at NIU will be placed on
freshman warning. A student who does not earn a minimum
cumulative 2.00 GPA by the end of their second enrollment
at NIU will be placed on academic probation. First-semester
freshmen whose GPA falls below 1.60 for all work attempted at
NIU will be placed on probation and all other undergraduate
students failing to maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00
for all work attempted at NIU will also be placed on probation.
Students placed on freshman warning or probation are required
to schedule an appointment with the dean (or the dean’s delegate)
of their major college to discuss their academic status. Students
placed on freshman warning or probation who have no college
affiliation are required to schedule an appointment with the Vice
Provost (or the Vice Provost’s delegate).
Students failing to remove academic probation after one
enrollment by attaining a cumulative GPA in NIU courses of at
least 2.00 will become candidates for academic dismissal from
the university.
Students failing all of the courses for which they are registered
for a single semester, including summer session, will become
candidates for academic dismissal from the university.
The academic record of each candidate for dismissal will be
reviewed by the dean of the student’s major college (or the
dean’s delegate). The dean (or the dean’s delegate) may elect to
retain on academic probation some students who are candidates
for academic dismissal. The Vice Provost (or the Vice Provost’s
delegate) will review the academic record of those candidates for
dismissal who have no college affiliation. All students not retained
on academic probation will be academically dismissed from the
university.
Students retained on academic probation must raise their
cumulative GPA in NIU courses to at least 2.00 by the end of
the next enrollment. Those failing to do so will again become
candidates for academic dismissal from the university and their
records will be reviewed as described above. Additional retention
on academic probation will be granted only in exceptional cases.
Students re-entering on nal probation (see “Reinstatement”)
who fail to attain a new cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher will be
dismissed.
After a student has earned 90 or more semester hours (including
NIU courses and all transfer credit), he or she must have
attained a cumulative GPA in NIU courses of at least 2.00 if the
student was ever previously continued on academic probation or
reentered with a baccalaureate-oriented associate degree from
an Illinois public community college earned after leaving NIU.
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.00 or higher GPA
will be academically dismissed. Additional retention on academic
probation will be granted only in exceptional cases.
Students who have been academically dismissed from the
university may not enroll again at NIU unless reinstated to
the university through the procedure described in the section
on “Reinstatement” or “Reentrance of Community College
Graduates.”
Credit by Examination
NIU provides a variety of opportunities for students to obtain
college credit by examination. Credit may be awarded through
the Advanced Placement (AP) Program, the College-Level
Examination Program (CLEP), the Defense Activities for Non-
Traditional Educational Support program (DANTES), and other
NIU prociency examinations.
Advanced Placement
The Advanced Placement (AP) Program is a series of national
examinations that measures the knowledge and skills acquired
by students who have taken AP courses. The courses and
examinations are administered by high schools and the resulting
examination scores are sent to colleges of the students’ choice.
Students with sufficiently high scores on certain AP examinations
may be eligible for specic course credit. Specic course credit
awarded on the basis of AP is subject to the provisions specied
below under “General Provisions.”
Participants applying for NIU admission should arrange to have
their AP examination records sent to the NIU Office of Testing
Services, Adams Hall 128, 815-753-1203. Information on the
required scores and specic course credit awarded can be
accessed on the Internet at www.niu.edu/testing.
College-Level Examination Program and Defense
Activities for Non-Traditional Educational Support
NIU recognizes that some students have acquired prociency in
college-level material outside of the traditional college classroom.
The College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) and Defense
Activities for Non-Traditional Educational Support (DANTES)
provide these students with the opportunity to demonstrate their
college-level learning through examinations that assess the
knowledge taught in common college courses.
NIU awards credit for satisfactory performance for four of the
ve CLEP general examinations and for several of the CLEP
and DANTES subject area examinations. Credit awarded on the
basis of three of the CLEP general examinations–Humanities,
Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and History–is not
course-specic but applies toward NIU’s general education
requirements. A total of 19 semester hours of credit toward NIU’s
general education requirements is available through the CLEP
general examinations. This credit will be superseded by general
education credit awarded on the basis of transfer or other credit
by examination, as well as by credit already earned through
NIU course work; such credit may reduce the CLEP general
education credit for which the student qualies. Specic course
credit awarded on the basis of CLEP and DANTES subject area
examinations is subject to the provisions specied below under
“General Provisions.”
Official CLEP and DANTES score reports should be sent to the
NIU Office of Testing Services, Adams Hall 128, 815-753-1203.
Information on the examinations, required scores, and specic
course credit awarded can be accessed on the Internet at www.
niu.edu/testing.
NIU Prociency Examinations
Credit for all 100- and 200-level general education courses
except COMS 100, ENGL 103, ENGL 203, and MATH 101 may be
earned through prociency examinations administered through
academic departments. These examinations are designed for
students who have acquired prociency in college-level material
outside of the traditional college classroom.
All departments are encouraged to use standardized examinations
or provide specially constructed departmental examinations
for granting credit to students who demonstrate college-level
50 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
learning. In such areas as art and music, creative works and
professional experience might be used as evidence for granting
credit. Students who want to receive credit on these bases should
consult the appropriate department.
A student’s eligibility to attempt locally administered examinations
or to submit external examination scores for credit consideration
is determined by the department or coordinating committee under
whose direction the credit may be granted.
Normally, a student may attempt to gain prociency credit for a
particular course only once. When more than one form of the
examination is available, the student may, at the discretion of the
appropriate department chair or other responsible authority, be
allowed to attempt the second form of the examination.
General Provisions
Eligibility for credit by examination is subject to restrictions.
Students must be enrolled at NIU to receive credit by examination.
All credit by examination awarded by NIU will be posted to
the student’s record with the symbol CR. No specic grade is
attached to this credit; however, credit by examination will meet
any requirement for a grade or “C” or better in the course for
which credit has been awarded.
Credit by examination will not be awarded for courses in which NIU
credit has already been granted or for courses which substantially
overlap or are prerequisites to courses in which a student is enrolled
or are prerequisites to courses for which credit has already been
granted. Credit may already have been granted on the basis of
transfer, other credit by examination, or courses taken at NIU.
Exceptions to these restrictions could occur in cases in which
a student passed a credit-by-examination test prior to credit
being granted in (or the student enrolling in) a course that would
normally render the student ineligible for credit by examination.
For example, a student enrolled in MATH 230 could be eligible to
receive credit for MATH 229 based on an AP examination taken
the previous May.
Credit for ENGL 103 and ENGL 203 may be earned through
Advanced Placement, but not through the Writing Foundational
Studies Examination. Passing a foundational studies examination
fullls the foundational studies requirement but does not result in
the awarding of NIU course credit.
Credit by examination awarded by another institution is subject
to provisions specied under “Transfer Credit.” The number of
semester hours that a student may be eligible to earn through
credit by examination is limited by the number of examinations
the student is allowed to take.
Transfer Credit
For students earning an A.A. or A.S., or A.A.T. degree in early
childhood, secondary math, or special education from an
Illinois public community college, Northern Illinois University
is a participant in the Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI), a
statewide agreement that allows transfer of the completed
Illinois transferable General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)
between participating institutions. Successful completion of the
GECC at any participating college or university in Illinois assures
students that lower-division general education requirements
for an associate or baccalaureate degree have been satised
and allows students to transfer this portion of an associate or
baccalaureate degree from one participating IAI institution to
another without incurring a loss of credit.
NIU also participates in the IAI Baccalaureate Majors’ Curriculum
(iTransfer Majors). NIU departments have identied certain
iTransfer Majors courses that if taken at IAI participating
institutions will transfer as specic NIU courses for students in
the identied majors.
See an academic adviser for additional information and/or read
about the IAI at www.iTransfer.org. Also see “Illinois Articulation
Initiative Core Curriculum.”
General Provisions
Northern Illinois University accepts credit in transfer from any
regionally accredited institution of higher education, with credit
from all accredited two- and four-year institutions subject to the
following provisions.
NIU does not accept credit for intermediate algebra courses. Some
other transfer credit may be used to fulll NIU’s general education
requirements or may be applied as elective credit. Transfer credit
can be applied toward the student’s major (or minor) only with the
written approval of the NIU department concerned.
NIU will accept completed transfer work with a grade of D. Be
advised that a grade of C or better is necessary to meet the
requirements for many foundational studies courses, prerequisite
courses, majors, minors and certicates.
If students attend schools on the quarter-hour system, they can
convert those hours to semester hours by multiplying quarter
hours by 2/3 (i.e., 45 quarter hours equals 30 semester hours).
Correspondence courses from accredited institutions may be
accepted. (But students should be aware that NIU will accept a
maximum of 30 semester hours of correspondence work toward
their desired degrees.)
Credit awarded at another institution through credit by examination
may transfer to NIU if the student completed at least 12 semester
hours of transferable credit through regular classroom work;
official test score reports are not required for such credit to be
considered. Students with fewer than 12 semester hours of
transferable credit through regular classroom work at another
institution may wish to have their examination scores evaluated
by arranging to have official score reports submitted to NIU’s
Office of Testing Services.
Upper-division credit will be granted for transfer courses if the
course is equivalent to an NIU course at the 300 or 400 (junior
or senior) level or if the course is a junior- or senior-level course
at the previous school (if it is a four-year institution). Courses
from community colleges which substitute for 300- or 400-level
courses at NIU may or may not be awarded upper-division credit.
This decision is made by academic departments at NIU.
Continuing and reentering students intending to transfer credit
to NIU after they have earned 90 semester credit hours or who
will exceed 90 semester credit hours upon transfer of that credit
must obtain prior approval from their major college at NIU before
enrolling in the course(s) which they intend to transfer.
Military Educational Experience Credit
Credit for military educational experience may be granted
based on recommendations found in A Guide to the Evaluation
of Educational Experience in the Armed Services. NIU awards
100- or 200-level elective credit only for courses evaluated and
recommended as upper-division by the American Council on
Education (ACE). Students seeking credit must submit an official
transcript from the ACE Transcript Service to NIU.
Students with a minimum of one year of active duty in and an
honorable discharge from the U.S. Armed Services will receive
4 semester hours of general university elective credit provided
they submit a copy of their DD214 to NIU’s Office of Registration
and Records.
See also the Credit by Examination Section of this catalog for
academic regulations regarding college credit earned through
CLEP (College Level Examination Program) and Defense
Activities for Non-Traditional Educational Support (DANTES).
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 51
Credit from Community Colleges
Students from Illinois public community colleges should check
with their community college counselor about credit transfer to
NIU. Illinois public community college counselors have access to
the NIU Articulation Handbook, or the Transfer Center web page:
www.reg.edu/transfercenter. The NIU Articulation Handbook
gives detailed information on credit transfer policies as they apply
to Illinois public community college transfer students. Students
transferring from private or out-of-state community colleges
should direct their questions regarding transfer credit to the Office
of Registration and Records, 815-753-0681.
Credit from community colleges is subject to these additional
restrictions.
The courses must be baccalaureate-oriented, that is, directed
toward an academic rather than an occupational/technical
program. Courses which are normally vocational or remedial
are not accepted for transfer. (But certain NIU departments
may make exceptions.)
Students may transfer up to 66 academic semester hours
plus 4 semester hours of physical education activity courses.
Credit hours in excess of 66 will be displayed on the student’s
transcript; however, in all cases, the student will be required to
complete at least 54 semester hours from the following sources:
NIU credit, credit from other 4-year schools, prociency credit,
and up to 8 semester hours of physical education activity
credit of which up to 4 physical education activity credit hours
may be earned at community colleges.
Illinois community college A.A. or A.S. graduates, or A.A.T.
graduates in early childhood, secondary math, or special
education, may be eligible for certain exceptions to transfer
credit policies. Students can discuss these with their
community college counselor or with a staff member in the
NIU Office of Admissions. See “ Illinois Public Community
College Graduates.”
The following students may be required to take additional general
education courses and should consult an academic adviser.
Students seeking educator licensure.
Students majoring in a department in the College of
Engineering and Engineering Technology.
N Grade
If it appears from the sending college’s transcript key or catalog
that an N (no credit) grading symbol may be equated with
academic failure of a course (i.e., no other symbol is provided
indicating failure or the N may encompass an F along with other
attendance and grading symbols), it will be counted as an F and
used in calculating the GPA for determining admission eligibility.
The same holds for any other symbol which is used by a college
in a similar manner.
Repeated Courses in Transfer
The calculation of the GPA for admission will not count repeated
courses for which the student received a grade of C or better in
the rst attempt, nor will such courses be accepted for transfer
credit. In those situations where a student has repeated a course
for which a D or F grade was previously earned, the second
attempt only will be utilized for the above purposes.
The evaluation of transfer credit will give the student the benet
of the doubt in identifying repeated courses. Courses will be
identied as repeats only if they fall into one of the following
categories.
The same course (by title or number, or both) has been taken
twice at the same institution.
A course for which a student has been granted transfer credit
is later taken at NIU. (See “Forfeiture of Credit.”)
Two courses, taken at two different institutions besides NIU,
are obviously identical. If a credit evaluator designates two
such courses as repeats, and the student disputes the ruling,
the student is responsible for providing evidence that the
courses were different in content. The chair of the appropriate
NIU department or a designated representative will be the
nal judge in any disputed cases.
When a grade of D is earned in a course taken at NIU, an equivalent
course taken at another institution cannot be transferred to NIU
for credit because previous credit has been earned at NIU.
Forfeiture of Credit
A student may repeat at NIU a course for which credit was earned
at another institution. However, doing so causes the student to
forfeit any transfer credit granted for the equivalent or substitute
course taken at another college or university.
For any course in which a student’s transcripts indicate that the
same or a substantially similar course has been taken at both
NIU and another institution, regardless of the order in which they
were taken, the NIU grade shall be the one counted toward the
student’s NIU grade point average. Moreover, in no case will the
same or a substantially similar course for which credit has been
received both at NIU and at another institution be counted twice
toward the fulllment of any requirement. In any case in which a
student has taken a course at one institution and retaken it at that
institution or another before transferring to NIU, the latest grade
will be the one counted.
If a student is transferring to NIU with an A.A. or A.S. degree, or
an A.A.T. degree in early childhood, secondary math, or special
education, from an Illinois public community college, courses
which were repeated at and accepted by the degree-granting
college toward the degree also will transfer to NIU.
Similarly, an individual who earns a grade of D in a course
equivalent to NIU’s COMS 100 and repeats the course, receiving
a grade of C or better, will have satised the relevant requirement
for educator licensure under NIU’s entitlement program. The
student will not, however, earn additional credit hours.
Military Science Courses
Credit from another school in military science will be accepted in
transfer to a maximum of 8 semester hours, as elective credit.
Religion Courses
Religion courses will be accepted in transfer to a maximum
of 10 semester hours, as elective credit. Additional credit may
be transferred for courses which are evaluated as acceptable
substitutes.
Concurrent Enrollment
Any student seeking an NIU degree, even if taking less than the
amount of NIU course work specied below, is strongly urged
to obtain prior approval before enrolling concurrently at NIU and
another institution. (See also “Dual Admissions.”) This procedure
will assure that courses taken elsewhere will properly t the
student’s NIU degree program.
A student who is an enrolled NIU student (enrollment not
interrupted by more than one year) who earns a baccalaureate-
oriented A.A., A.S. or approved A.A.T. degree from an Illinois
public community college, will have satised NIU’s general
education requirements upon receipt of the official transcript
with the degree posted. The student must meet the terms of
concurrent enrollment, if applicable, and meet NIU’s residency
requirements for graduation.
52 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
A student will be considered “concurrently enrolled” if enrolled
both at NIU and at another institution and if any course taken
at the other institution is in session at any time during the NIU
semester or summer session in question.
Students taking more than two NIU courses in a semester (more
than one in a summer session) must obtain prior approval from
the dean of their major college, or the Vice Provost, if the student
has no college affiliation, for any concurrent enrollment. A student
not complying with this requirement may not receive transfer
credit for work undertaken at another institution.
Other Academic Policies
Classication of Students
Undergraduate students are classied as follows.
Freshmen–Fewer than 30 semester hours of credit
Sophomores–30 or more semester hours, but fewer than 60
Juniors–60 or more semester hours, but fewer than 90
Seniors–90 or more semester hours
Scholastic Load
The normal class load for undergraduate students is from 14 to 18
semester hours each semester. Students in their rst semester of
residence at the university may not carry more than 18 semester
hours of work.
For the summer session, a normal class load is 9 semester hours
for the entire summer session or 4 semester hours in either the
rst or last half session. Noncredit courses and audit courses are
not considered a part of the class load for undergraduates.
Students who have established commendable scholastic records
in the university (ordinarily at least a cumulative 3.00 GPA) may
petition to take up to 21 semester hours of work during the
semester and up to 12 semester hours in the summer. Petitions
for overloads can be obtained at the student’s major college
office.
Course Selection
This catalog contains a description of each undergraduate
course offered at NIU. Restrictions, if any, on the use of a specic
course for meeting a requirement in a student’s program are
included in the course description. Other conditions governing a
student’s enrollment in a course are stated in the prerequisites or
corequisites of the course.
Many courses are listed with prerequisites. This reects the view
of the faculty that successful completion of the course requires
certain background material contained in the prerequisite course.
Instructors assume knowledge of the content of the prerequisite
course; students who fail to meet the prerequisite will be at a
serious disadvantage.
Courses designated as corequisites for a given course must be
taken simultaneously unless previously completed. Prerequisites
to, or corequisites with, a given course can be met through
equivalencies. Questions concerning equivalencies should be
addressed to the chair of the department offering the course
which lists the prerequisites or corequisites.
Students are eligible to enroll in any courses for which they have
the proper prerequisites. Normally, however, freshmen begin their
studies in lower-division courses (those numbered 100 to 299).
Freshmen who want to enroll in 400-level courses must obtain
approval from the offering department.
Undergraduates in Graduate Courses for
Undergraduate Credit
Undergraduate students at NIU may complete a maximum of
6 semester hours of 500-, 600-, or 700-level course work for
undergraduate credit, if they have completed 90 semester hours
of credit towards their baccalaureate degree with a GPA of at
least 3.00 or have previously completed a baccalaureate degree.
They must also obtain, in advance, written approval from the
instructor and from the office of the dean of the Graduate School
to enroll in the course for undergraduate credit. In addition, for a
600- or 700-level course, the approval of the department offering
the course is required.
Undergraduates in Courses for Graduate Credit
Seniors in their nal semester at NIU who want to take courses
for graduate credit (any 500-, 600-, or 700-level courses) must
apply for and receive early admission to the Graduate School,
which requires the same documents and approvals as regular
admission. No student may enroll more than one term under early
admission status. (See “Early Admission of NIU Undergraduates
to the Graduate School.)
Undergraduates in Law Courses
Undergraduates who have matriculated in the College of Law
pursuant to an approved 3+3 program may take up to 30 hours of
academic credit towards their baccalaureate degrees for courses
taken in the College of Law as provided by the applicable 3+3
program. Law courses may not be counted for credit towards
a baccalaureate degree except as so provided. Under no
circumstances may more than 30 hours of law courses to be
applied towards the baccalaureate degrees.
Graduate Students in Undergraduate Courses
Graduate students and students-at-large may enroll in
undergraduate courses. Tuition for such classes is charged at
the same rate as for graduate-level classes. While undergraduate
course grades are not included in the graduate GPA, they are a
part of the permanent record of the graduate student or student-
at-large and appear on the transcript. Undergraduate hours
are included in the calculation of academic load. For graduate
students and students-at-large the deadlines and other conditions
of enrolling in, dropping, or withdrawing from an undergraduate
class are the same as those pertaining to a graduate class, as
they are determined by the student’s level, not the class level.
Internships and Practicums
A number of departments offer internship and practicum programs
designed to provide the student with practical experience in
a given eld. These programs, which may be located on or off
campus, are available only to students who have complied with
specic departmental requirements. Detailed information on
such matters as admission, performance, dismissal, and appeal
should be obtained from the departments offering internship and
practicum experience.
A student enrolled in a practicum or internship or otherwise
obtaining academic credit through work or placement at an
outside agency may be subject to the rules, regulations, and
policies of that agency as well as those of the university.
Auditing Courses
With the permission of the instructor, students wishing to attend
a course without completing all the requirements for credit may
register to audit the course. A student enrolled as an auditor
receives no credit in the course audited, but will have the audit
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 53
recorded on the transcript if requirements determined in advance,
in writing, between the student and the course instructor are
satised. In order to audit a course the student must
be eligible to enroll in the university;
obtain the permission of the instructor of the course, and, if
the audit is to be recorded on the transcript, determine from
the instructor what attendance or other requirements must be
met. (If these requirements are not met, OW rather than O will
be recorded for this course on the transcript. See “Grading
System.”);
register in the usual way; and
pay the tuition which would be required if the course were
being taken for credit.
An audited course is not considered part of the class load for
undergraduate students. Registration in a course cannot be
changed from audit to credit or credit to audit after the fteenth
calendar day of the semester. An audited course may be taken for
credit in a later semester.
Attendance
The university does not use a “cut” system. Each instructor
decides whether to excuse class absences and determines how
to permit makeup work.
If a student will be absent from classes for a week or more
because of an accident, illness, or other emergency, instructors
will be notied of the absence only if students or their parents
request it through the Division of Student Affairs. Health Services
will not release information about students unless they provide a
written request.
Leaves of absence will be granted for volunteer services related
to disaster relief in accordance with applicable Illinois statutes
or executive orders issued by the State of Illinois in response
to emergency situations. To initiate a leave of absence, students
should contact their College Dean’s office, or the vice provost (or
the vice provost’s delegate) for any student who has no college
affiliation. Following the period of volunteer service, Registration
and Records will facilitate reenrollment of the student.
Students are expected to comply with each individual instructor’s
established attendance policy. It is recommended that students
avoid registering for classes in which they would amass signicant
absences. In the case of an absence due to required attendance
at a university-sponsored event such as a department trip,
performing arts activity, ROTC function, or athletic competition,
reasonable attempts shall be made by faculty members to allow
the student to make up missed work. Students are responsible
for completing the work assigned and/or due on the days they
are absent for university-sponsored events. Both the sponsoring
unit and the student should inform the faculty member as soon as
possible in the semester in order for arrangements to be made for
completing missed assignments, examinations or other required
course work. The student is required to provide each instructor
with an official notication in advance of the absence (e.g., a
letter from the chair of the sponsoring department, the head of
the sponsoring unit, or the coach).
Accommodations for Students with Disabilities
Students with disabilities are encouraged to contact the
Disability Resource Center (DRC) early in their NIU experience,
preferably as soon as they are aware they will need one or more
accommodations. The DRC works with students and faculty to
make curricular and campus experiences accessible and helps
determine reasonable and appropriate accommodations for
courses, programs and activities. The DRC will determine with
the student, through an interactive process, the following: 1) the
nature of the “documentation of disability” required; 2) appropriate
accommodations; and 3) how the faculty or staff in charge of the
curricular or cocurricular activity will be informed of the need
for accommodation, usually through a Letter of Accommodation
(LOA). Students are strongly encouraged to meet and talk
with their faculty to identify their requests for accommodations
as early as possible in the semester, even if they won’t use all
accommodations right away. Requests for accommodations must
be made in a timely enough manner for them to be reviewed
by the university, and requests for accommodations are not
retroactive. The DRC staff will provide guidance to faculty, when
needed, about how to implement accommodations. Students
who make requests for accommodations are expected to follow
DRC policies and procedures.
A wide range of services, based on the individual student
situation, can be explored. This includes curricular and
cocurricular activities, such as housing, accommodated testing,
alternate format of instructional materials, and transportation.
Students can visit the DRC on the fourth oor of the Health
Services building during business hours or make an appointment
by calling 815-753-1303.
Religious Observances and the Academic Schedule
The university recognizes that on occasion examinations or other
scheduled academic activities may conict with the religious
observances of some members of the academic community, and
accordingly encourages the instructional and administrative staff
to make reasonable accommodations to minimize the resulting
difficulties for individuals concerned. Students faced with such
conicts should notify the appropriate instructor or administrative
area as much in advance of the examination or other activity
creating the conict as possible. Students believing that they have
been unreasonably denied an educational benet due to their
religious beliefs or practices may bring the matter to the attention
of the department chair, or where, for any reason, this would not
be appropriate, to the dean of their college, for resolution.
Academic Records and Encumbrances
The Office of Registration and Records will issue transcripts
(copies of NIU permanent academic records) upon request to
students and former students not subject to a record encumbrance.
A fee of $5.00 is charged for each transcript.
A record encumbrance is a restriction placed on a student’s
official academic record. Academic records may be encumbered
under a number of circumstances, examples of which are past-
due monetary obligation to the university (such as unpaid tuition,
fees, nes, or residence hall charges); incomplete admission
requirements (such as missing transcripts, ACT or SAT scores,
etc.); and a disciplinary action by the university or the student
judiciary.
Students may not be allowed to register or to have transcripts or
diplomas issued after an encumbrance has been placed on their
academic record. Students who have had an encumbrance placed
on their record may direct inquiries to the office that requested
the encumbrance or the Office of Registration and Records. Only
the office requesting an encumbrance may authorize its removal.
For immediate release of monetary encumbrances, all past-due
obligations to the university must be paid for with a cashier’s
check, certied check, or money order.
See also “Student Information and Records.”
Academic Integrity
Good academic work must be based on honesty. The attempt of
any student to present as his or her own work that which he or she
has not produced is regarded by the faculty and administration as
a serious offense. Students are considered to have cheated if
they copy the work of another during an examination or turn in a
54 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
paper or an assignment written, in whole or in part, by someone
else. Students are guilty of plagiarism, intentional or not, if they
copy material from books, magazines, or other sources without
identifying and acknowledging those sources or if they paraphrase
ideas from such sources without acknowledging them. Students
guilty of, or assisting others in, either cheating or plagiarism on
an assignment, quiz, or examination may receive a grade of F for
the course involved and may be suspended or dismissed from
the university.
A faculty member has original jurisdiction over any instances of
academic misconduct that occur in a course which the faculty
member is teaching. The student shall be given the opportunity
to resolve the matter in meetings with the faculty member and the
department chair. If the facts of the incident are not disputed by the
student, the faculty member may elect to resolve the matter at that
level by levying a sanction no greater than an F for that course.
The faculty member shall notify the student in writing whenever
such action is taken, and the Office of Community Standards and
Student Conduct shall receive a copy of the Academic Misconduct
Incident Report indicating nal disposition of the case, which will
be placed in the student’s judicial le. In all matters where the
charge of academic misconduct is disputed by the student or if the
faculty member feels a sanction greater than an F in the course is
appropriate (such as repeated offenses or agrant violations), the
faculty member shall refer the matter to the Office of Community
Standards and Student Conduct making use of the Academic
Misconduct Incident Report. Additional sanctions greater than an
F in a course can be levied only through the University Judicial
System. With regards to nding the student either responsible
or not responsible for his or her action, the ruling of the Judicial
Hearing Board shall be binding. In cases where there is either a
nding of responsibility or an admission of responsibility by the
student, any recommendations by the hearing board regarding
the course grade are non-binding on the instructor, who remains
solely responsible for assigning a course grade, consistent with
the policies set forth in the course syllabus.
Classroom Disruption
Higher education is a privilege accorded to those students
deemed able to prot from the attendant intellectual experiences.
Students admitted to NIU are assumed to have the maturity to
function appropriately in a variety of instructional situations.
When a student’s behavior in a classroom, laboratory, or other
formal learning environment is such that the rights of other enrolled
students to an effective learning climate are being violated, the
student shall lose the privilege of attending or receiving credit in
the class.
In any case of the disruption of instruction by a student, the chair
of the department may, after investigating the incident, suspend
the student responsible from class attendance and recommend
to the dean of the college that the student be permanently barred
from the class. The student concerned is to be notied in writing
of such action and may appeal the department’s recommendation
to the dean within one week of notication. Upon such written
appeal, the dean shall conduct a hearing, providing for a
presentation of the facts relative to the disturbance. The decision
of the dean shall be nal. If the recommendation to bar the student
from class is upheld, the student will be officially withdrawn from
the course following regular withdrawal procedures, with the date
upon which the student was initially suspended as the effective
date of the withdrawal.
Extreme and/or disruptive behavior will constitute grounds for
dismissal from the university. The Student Judicial Office handles
allegations of such behavior; the policies and procedures of that
office are outlined in the Student Judicial Code.
For other regulations governing conduct and discipline, see
the section “Conduct and Discipline Regulations” in the “Legal
Notices” section of this publication.
Oral English Prociency in the Classroom
The state of Illinois requires that all classroom instructors at public
higher education institutions be able to communicate effectively
in the English language. Students should communicate concerns
about the oral English language prociency of instructors to
the chair of the department in which the course is offered or, if
the student prefers, to the Ombudsman, who will work with the
department to resolve the matter.
55
Expenses
Tuition and Fees
Tuition and fees are subject to change. The official charges are
those billed by the Bursar’s Office during the fee payment period
for each term. For the most recent tuition and fee rates, see the
Bursar website at www.niu.edu/bursar.
Fee Coverage
General fees (i.e., Activitiy, Athletic, Facilities, Services, Student
Resource and Technology Surcharge) are required of all
students. See Tuition, Fees, and Surcharges as listed on the
Office of the Bursar web site: http://www.niu.edu/bursar/.
Activity and athletic fees may be used to support services
and privileges such as the use of gymnasium facilities and
participation in intramural activities; admission to athletic events,
concerts, dramatic productions, lectures, and speeches; and
subscriptions to certain student publications. Additional charges
for such services and privileges may be imposed as necessary.
Regional Courses
Courses taught at regional sites are included in the calculation
of tuition charges, but are excluded from total hours in the
assessment of general student fees. Tuition charges are
applicable to the total enrolled hours, with an additional delivery
fee for each regional course. (See “Special Fees” below.)
Special Fees
A student may be charged for departmental eld trips, library nes,
or excess breakage. When a course involves use of materials,
rather than equipment, the student will ordinarily pay for such
materials. Other special fees, not applicable to all students, are
as follows.
Enrollment certication fee: $3.50
Fee for new nonimmigrant students: $125.00
Graduation fee (baccalaureate degree): $29.00
Outreach delivery fee: $56.00 per semester hour
Replacement identication card (after the rst is issued):$25.00
Transcript fee: $5.00
Class material fees where applicable will be billed as part of the
total billing. See http://www.niu.edu/bursar/tuition/other.shtml for
a summary of fees and common charges.
Room and Board Rates
Residence Hall Room and Board rates for the 2015-2016
academic year range from $4,835 per semester for a double
occupancy room to $6,675 per semester for a single room. All
residence hall options include the all-access “All You Care to Eat”
meal plans.
Refund Policies
1
In the following discussion of policies governing refunds of tuition
and fees it should be understood that “refund” refers to “refund of
monies paid” only in cases in which a student has already paid the
full balance due. Where payment in full has not yet been made,
an equivalent adjustment may be made on the total amount due.
If only a partial reduction in tuition or fee liability occurs, a student
who had a balance due may still owe an additional amount
beyond that already paid. If no reduction in liability occurs, not
only will funds paid not be refunded, but the student will be liable
for the unpaid balance.
Tuition and fees, due at the time of registration, include
tuition, general student fee, material fees, academic program
enhancement fee, outreach delivery fees, regional course fees,
and health insurance fees. The following provisions govern
refunds of tuition and fees.
A student who has registered and officially withdraws from the
university may receive a refund of tuition and fees including any
advance deposit thereon, according to the following schedule.
If withdrawal is prior to the rst regularly scheduled class day–
all tuition and fees.
If withdrawal is prior to the end of the add/drop period for
the courses in which the student is registered- all tuition and
fees.
If withdrawal is within the period following ad/drop and before
the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment–a refund
equal to the portion of the period of enrollment remaining.
If withdrawal is after the 60 percent point in time of the period
of enrollment–no refund shall be made.
The university may designate shorter refund periods for special
courses, short courses, and other enrollments of a limited
nature.
Students may receive a refund of tuition and fees if the university
declares them ineligible for enrolled status prior to the rst day of
regularly scheduled classes.
Students who reduce the number of semester hours carried
within the rst 15 calendar days beginning with the rst regularly
scheduled class day may receive a refund of tuition and all fees
not applicable to their new status, excluding student medical
insurance. If the number of semester hours is reduced to fewer
than 6, the student medical insurance may be refunded.
Students who reduce the number of semester hours carried
(but remain enrolled in some course work) after the 15th day but
no later than the 30th calendar day may receive a refund of 25
percent of the difference in tuition only. If the number of semester
hours is reduced to fewer than 6, the student medical insurance
may be refunded.
Part or all of a student’s tuition and fees may be refunded
because of a student’s death, disability, or extreme hardship. The
student, or in the event of a student’s death, his or her family,
must contact the vice president for Student Affairs and Enrollment
Management to request an adjustment of charges for tuition
and fees and to receive a partial or full refund when university
withdrawal is the consequence of one of the aforementioned
circumstances. The student or his or her family will be required
to provide documentation supporting the request. In the event of
disability (medical withdrawal), medical documentation is to be
sent to the University Health Service. In the event of a student’s
death or extreme hardship, documentation should accompany
the request sent to the vice president for Student Affairs and
Enrollment Management. University withdrawal (i.e., withdrawal
from courses) is an academic procedure that must be completed
by the student’s college advisement office. Contact with the vice
1
In this section, the term “refund” is strictly applicable only if all charges for which the student is liable have already been paid. Otherwise, any refund due will
take the form of a corresponding reduction in the total liability on the bill.
56 EXPENSES
president for Student Affairs and Enrollment Management should
be only for the purpose of seeking an adjustment of tuition and
fees charges.
Students who have paid tuition and fees may receive a refund if
they later receive scholarships which cover tuition and fees.
Students who receive nancial assistance and withdraw from
the university after the 60 percent point in time of the period of
enrollment may be required to repay a portion of their award(s)
from any university refunds which they may have been eligible to
receive. The exact amount to be repaid to nancial aid accounts
will be determined by the amount of aid received, the educational
costs incurred, and the length of time attended during the
semester.
Students enrolled in foreign study programs must adhere to the
refund regulations stipulated by the Division of International
Affairs.
For answers to questions on tuition and fee payment refunds call
815-753-1885, 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
The above refund policies are subject to change.
Payment of Fees
Payment of all charges on the student’s account is due seven days
prior to the start of the term to which they apply. Any additional
expenses incurred after this initial payment due date for the term
will be due by the due date indicated on the student’s MyNIU
account. Any student who pays less than the total amount due on
the payment due date will be assessed a 1.08% late payment fee
on the unpaid balance. This late payment fee will be assessed
monthly on the unpaid balance that continues to be past due.
Any student with a past due balance remaining will have
a hold placed on the student’s account records. This hold
will prohibit the student from registering for classes and/or
obtaining official transcripts until the account balance is paid
in-full.
Financial Responsibility: By registering for courses at Northern
Illinois University the student is accepting nancial responsibility
for the costs of and related to the student’s registration at the
university including choosing to reside in the university’s residence
halls, selecting a meal plan, or other university services. In the
event a student’s account is past due, late payment fees will be
applied to past-due amount. Continued failure to pay a past due
debt may result in the debt being listed with credit bureaus, the
State Comptroller’s Offset Program and, if necessary, referred to
a collection agency and/or authorize legal action for the collection
of this debt. The student is then responsible for all fees and costs
incurred by the University in the collection of the past due debt,
including collection fees and/or attorney’s fees.
Illinois Residence Regulations
The tuition fee for in-state students is charged according to the
denitions of residence below. Length of university attendance
or continued presence in DeKalb during vacation periods is not
considered proof of Illinois residence. The following is based upon
Regulations of the Board of Trustees, a copy of which is available
on the Internet at www/niu/edu/board/regs/botregtoc.shtml.
Adult Students. An adult student whose parents or guardians
are Illinois residents and who lives with them or elsewhere in the
state may be regarded as a resident, if the student’s parents or
guardians are bona de residents of the state at the beginning
of the term for which the student enrolls. An adult student whose
parents are not Illinois residents may be considered a resident if
the student has been a bona de resident of the state for at least
six consecutive months preceding the rst class day of the term
and continues to maintain that residence.
Minor Students. The residence of a student under 18 years of
age is considered to be and to follow that of the student’s parents.
Self-supporting minors are subject to the same regulations as
adults.
Exceptions
Marriage. If a nonresident student marries a resident, the
nonresident can request reclassication as a resident before six
months have elapsed. All other regulations pertaining to adult
students apply.
International students. To be considered a resident, a student
who is not a United States citizen must have “Permanent
Resident” status or “Refugee” status with the U.S. Immigration
and Naturalization service and must also comply with all other
requirements of these regulations.
Armed forces personnel. The nonresident portion of the tuition
will be waived for a person on active duty who is stationed and
present in the state in connection with that service and who
submits evidence of that service and station. Spouses and
dependent children who live in the state are also eligible for
waivers.
University staff and faculty members. Nonhourly staff members
of the university, and faculty members of Illinois state-supported
institutions of higher education, employed at least one-quarter
time, and their spouses and dependent children, are considered
residents. The term “staff members” does not include graduate
assistants or student hourly workers.
Teachers. Teachers in the public and private elementary and
secondary schools of Illinois may be assessed at the resident
rate, during the term in which they hold appointment at least one
quarter time.
A student who takes exception to the residence status assigned
shall pay the tuition assessed, but may le a petition in writing to
the Office of Registration and Records for reconsideration.
The written claim must be led within 30 calendar days from the
rst class day of the semester for which the tuition is payable or
the student loses all right to a change of status and adjustment
of the tuition assessed for that semester.
57
Financial Aid and Scholarships
Student Financial Aid Office
The Student Financial Aid Office (SFAO) is responsible for
administering and coordinating aid funds from federal, state,
private, and university sources. The primary goal of the SFAO is
to provide nancial assistance to applicants who, without such
aid, would be unable to attend NIU.
A variety of nancial aid is available to qualied students
attending NIU. Questions concerning nancial assistance should
be directed to this office or online at [email protected].
The SFAO customer service windows are open from 8:00 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. For contact information call 815-
753-1395 or visit http://www.niu.edu/fa/contact.shtml.
Eligibility Requirements and General
Application Procedures
An eligible applicant must
be a citizen or permanent resident of the United States.
be enrolled at least half time (6 or more semester hours at
NIU) and admitted to a degree-seeking program. (Some
programs are available to students carrying fewer than 6
semester hours.)
not be in default on a Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Direct
Loan, Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students, or
Federal Supplemental Loan for Students.
not owe a repayment to a grant program.
be making satisfactory academic progress per federal nancial
aid regulations.
be aware that nancial aid will not cover audit classes.
agree to use any student nancial aid received solely for
educational expenses.
begin attendance in all courses for which aid is received.
To apply for any type of nancial aid, students must complete
and submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
listing NIU’s school code, 001737. You may choose any of these
three methods to le a Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA):
Apply online at www.FAFSA.gov (Recommended) or
Complete a PDF FAFSA at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov/options.
htm. (Note: PDF FAFSAs must be mailed for processing) or
Request a paper FAFSA by calling the Federal Student Aid
Information Center at 1-800-4-FED-AID (1-800-433-3243) or
1-319-337-5665. If you are hearing impaired, please contact
the TTY line at 1-800-730-8913.
Applicants for nancial aid from NIU are considered for all
programs for which they are eligible. Several types of aid may
be combined or “packaged” based on the student’s computed
nancial need. Need is determined by subtracting the FAFSA
calculated Expected Family Contribution (EFC) from the student’s
total cost of attendance/nancial aid budget. The parents’
contribution is calculated on the basis of their income and
assets as well as a consideration of family size, number of family
members currently in college, retirement allowances, tax paid,
and other allowable factors. The student is also expected to make
a calculated contribution toward college expenses from income,
savings, and other assets. A federal need analysis, called Federal
Methodology, approved by the U.S. Congress, is used to evaluate
a family’s nancial circumstances. A student who meets the
federal independent student denition is evaluated on the basis
of his or her (and spouse’s, if applicable) nancial circumstances.
Students must reapply for nancial aid each academic year using
the FAFSA.
Depending on the availability of funds, some types of federal,
state, and institutional aid may be available for students attending
NIU’s summer session. Only students who have submitted the
FAFSA for the prior academic year are eligible for evaluation
for nancial aid for the summer session. Eligibility for summer
session aid is determined once the student is enrolled in summer
session courses.
Students who receive nancial assistance and withdraw from the
university, or cease to participate in a semester without formally
withdrawing from the university, may be required to repay a portion
of their award(s). The exact amount to be repaid to nancial aid
accounts will be determined by the amount of aid received,
the educational costs incurred, and the length of time attended
during the semester. Students who do not begin attendance in
all registered courses may have nancial aid reduced. See the
SFAO website for more information on the return of Title IV.
Satisfactory Academic Progress for
Undergraduates/Postbaccalaureates
In accordance with the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended
by Congress, Northern Illinois University has established a
satisfactory academic progress policy for undergraduates and
postbaccalaureates. Detailed information about satisfactory
academic progress standards and procedures is available at
www.niu.edu/fa/policies.
Federal and state nancial aid programs covered by this policy
are the following: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins
Loan, Federal Work Study (FWS), Federal Direct Loan Program
(Subsidized and Unsubsidized), NIU grants, and other sources
such as the Illinois State Monetary Award Program (MAP), the
Federal Direct PLUS Loan for parents, and certain private loans.
Students will be considered to be making satisfactory academic
progress if they meet all of the following requirements. Failure to
comply with any one may result in a loss of nancial aid eligibility.
Rate of Completion Requirement (PACE)
A student must successfully complete at least 67% of all
credit hours attempted. NIU withdrawals, incompletes, and
courses repeated will be counted in the calculation of hours
attempted. Earned A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, D, and S grades are
considered completed semester hours of credit. NIU withdrawals,
incompletes, audits, and grades of F and U are not considered
completed semester hours of credit. NIU withdrawals, incompletes,
and courses repeated will be counted in the calculation of hours
attempted. Audits are not included in the total number of semester
hours attempted.
58 FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Grade Point Average Requirement
A student who has attended NIU for three or fewer semesters
and has less than 45 credit hours must have at least a 1.60
cumulative GPA. All other undergraduates must have at least a
2.00 cumulative GPA.
A student who is academically dismissed, even if that student
appeals and is reinstated, is not meeting the standards of
satisfactory academic progress.
If a student repeats a course, only the grade of the latest retake
of the course will be used in the GPA calculation for satisfactory
academic progress.
The rst semester a student does not meet the pace or GPA
requirement they are placed on SAP Warning. During the warning
semester the student continues to be eligible for nancial aid.
If the deciency is not resolved after the warning semester the
student is ineligible for nancial aid their next term of enrollment.
Such students may formally appeal their ineligibility for nancial
aid by following the guidelines under the “Appeal Procedures”
section of this policy.
Maximum Time Frame Requirement
An undergraduate student may receive nancial aid until she or
he has attempted 150% of hours required for degree inclusive of
credit from NIU and/or transfer schools. For most undergraduate
programs the 150% maximum time frame is 180 attempted credit
hours. This policy will consider all terms of enrollment whether
or not nancial aid was received. NIU withdrawals, incompletes,
and courses repeated will be counted in the calculation of
hours attempted. Audits are not included in the total number of
semester hours attempted. Earned A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, D, and
S grades are considered completed semester hours of credit. NIU
withdrawals, incompletes, audits, and grades of F and U are not
considered completed semester hours of credit. Students who fall
into this category are immediately ineligible for nancial aid. Such
students may formally appeal their ineligibility for nancial aid by
following the guidelines under the “Appeal Procedures” section of
this policy.
Undergraduate Change of Major
In the appeal process, up to one change of an undergraduate
major will be considered if the change in major resulted in the
student exceeding maximum time frame. Two or more changes
of an undergraduate major may be appealed with extenuating
circumstances and in consultation with the advising dean. Transfer
from another institution is considered a change of major. Pursuit
of a second bachelor’s degree will also be considered. Three
or more bachelor’s degrees may be appealed with extenuating
circumstances and in consultation with the advising dean.
Evaluation
The standards of satisfactory academic progress, cumulative
GPA, pace and maximum time frame, are reviewed at the
conclusion of each semester. Students who are not meeting
either the GPA or pace standards at the end of any semester
will be placed on Financial Aid Warning. A student on Financial
Aid Warning may receive nancial aid for the next semester
they attend. The status of Warning is effective for one term of
enrollment. If the student does not meet the minimum SAP
standards by the end of the Financial Aid Warning semester, he
or she will become ineligible for all federal and state nancial aid,
including grants, student loans, parent (PLUS) loans, and work-
study in subsequent semesters until he or she again meets the
SAP standards or has a nancial aid SAP appeal approved. A
student who exceeds the maximum timeframe standard will be
ineligible for nancial aid for the immediately following semester.
Detailed information regarding the appeal process will be sent
to all students who fail to make satisfactory academic progress.
If the appeal is approved, the student will be placed on an
academic plan. Continued eligibility for nancial aid is contingent
on meeting all conditions of the academic plan or achieving all
standards of satisfactory academic progress.
A student who attends without receiving nancial aid can regain
nancial aid eligibility by achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or
higher and a pace of 67% or higher.
Appeal Procedures
Appeals must be submitted in writing to the Student Financial Aid
Office based on unanticipated extenuating circumstances. The
Student Financial Aid Office considers federal regulations and
guidance, the student’s written appeal, and other documentation
when making a nal determination.
The following reasons are examples of extenuating
circumstances:
• injury or serious illness
• death of relative
In general, the following will not be considered as extenuating
circumstances:
• poor academic performance
• general adjustment to college life and/or academics
• more than two changes in academic major
• working beyond a second undergraduate degree
The appeal must explain why the student failed to make
satisfactory progress and what has changed that will allow
progress for future semesters. The appeal decisions of the
Student Financial Aid Office are nal and cannot be overturned by
the U.S. Department of Education. All extenuating circumstances
must be documented.
The official Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy and
Procedures published on the SFAO website are the university’s
official policy and may have information more recent than the
catalog print date.
Federal/State Assistance
Federal
Federal Pell Grant. This grant helps undergraduates pay for
their education after high school. Eligibility is determined from
information reported on the FAFSA.
Federal Perkins Loan. This is a low-interest loan for
undergraduates attending full time. The amount a student may
receive depends on nancial need, amount of other aid received,
and the availability of funds at NIU. This program is being phased
out by the U.S. Department of Education.
Federal Direct Loan. This is a student loan available to
eligible undergraduate students attending school at least half
time. Students ineligible for (or ineligible for the full amount of)
Subsidized Federal Direct Loan and independent undergraduates
generally have an option to borrow an Unsubsidized Federal
Direct Loan. Subsidized Federal Direct Loans are based on
nancial need, and the federal government pays the interest
while the student is enrolled at least half time in a degree seeking
program. Unsubsidized Federal Direct Loans are not based on
nancial need, and the student is responsible for the interest from
the date the funds are disbursed.
Federal Direct PLUS for parents. The link for the online PLUS
application is available on the SFAO website.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant.
This grant is for undergraduates attending full time. The amount
awarded to recipients depends on nancial need, the amount of
other aid received, and the availability of funds at NIU. Students
must have a zero EFC and be a Pell recipient.
FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS 59
Veterans Assistance. The Military Student Services provides
a liaison between the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
student veterans and the dependents of disabled and deceased
veterans regarding their educational benets. The office assists
veterans, their widows or widowers, and their minor dependents
in the processing of their applications and certication of their
enrollment. Assistance is also provided when difficulties arise
concerning receipt of the benets for which students are eligible.
Applications are also available for the Illinois Veteran Grant,
the Illinois National Guard Grant, and the Illinois MIA/POW
Scholarship.
Incoming veterans are advised to contact the Military Student
Services at least 45 days prior to the start of the semester to
complete paperwork to receive their benets. Veterans receiving
benets must complete an NIU Enrollment Certication Request
Form each semester after fully enrolling in classes and notify
the Veterans Assistance Office of all changes in enrollment. The
NIU Enrollment Certication Form can be found on-line at http://
www.niu.edu/militaryservices. Inquiries concerning educational
benets for veterans and their dependents may be directed to
the Military Student Services, Northern Illinois University, Adams
Hall, Room 409, DeKalb, Illinois 60115, 815-753-0691 or online at
http://www.niu.edu/militaryservices. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. - 4
p.m., Monday through Friday.
State
Illinois Department of Human Services, Department of
Rehabilitation Services. This office provides rehabilitation
services to individuals with a signicant disability to enable them
to engage in an occupation leading to competitive employment.
These services may include nancial assistance for all or part
of the tuition and fees and/or the student’s maintenance costs
while they are in attendance at an accredited postsecondary
institution. For detailed information and application assistance,
write to the Illinois Department of Human Services, Department
of Rehabilitation Services, 100 S. Grand Avenue E, Springeld, IL
62762, or visit their website at www.dhs.state.il.us.
Illinois National Guard Grant. Any person who is actively
serving in the Army or Air National Guard, or Illinois Naval Militia
may qualify for nancial assistance benets. Students should
contact their military unit and the SFAO for further information.
Illinois State Monetary Award Program. This program is
available from the state of Illinois for Illinois residents who are
undergraduates. Eligibility is determined based on information
reported on the FAFSA. The maximum award is restricted to
tuition and mandatory fees.
Illinois Veteran Grant. A veteran who was a resident of Illinois
both before and after one year or more of active duty, and received
other than a dishonorable discharge may qualify for the Illinois
Veteran Grant.
State Special Education Scholarships. These scholarships
are available to undergraduate and graduate students seeking
initial educator licensure in any area of special education. The
scholarship is valid for not more than four years of attendance
within a six-year period and carries an obligation to teach in Illinois
two of ve years following graduation. For more information,
interested persons should contact ISAC at www.isac.org.
Also see “Scholarships and Academic Awards” on the following
pages.
Private/External Scholarships
Private scholarships are awards provided by donors outside the
university such as civic, fraternal, professional, education, and
religious groups/organizations, private foundations, corporations,
and employers of parents. The Student Financial Aid Office, high
school guidance counselors, library reference books, and the
Internet are good reference sources for assistance in locating
private scholarships. Questions regarding the processing of
private/external scholarship funds should be referred to the
Student Financial Aid Office. The Student Financial Aid Office
administers the disbursement to students of scholarship funds
provided by private/external donors.
Also see “Scholarships and Academic Awards” to learn about
NIU awarded scholarships
Student Employment*
A variety of part-time employment opportunities are available
to NIU students under the regular student employment and
Federal Work-Study programs. Jobs are available through many
university departments and include positions in Housing and
Dining, the University Libraries, Campus Recreation, and the
Holmes Student Center. For job openings, students should visit
www.hr.niu.edu.
Federal law mandates that any person employed by Northern
Illinois University after November 6, 1986 must complete Form
I-9 to verify identity and employment authorization. Student
employees must be prepared to present original documentation
prior to the start of their employment. For more information,
contact the Student Employment Office (815-753-1394).
Tuition Waivers for Senior Citizens
Anyone 65 years of age or older with an annual income under
$22,980 if single, or $31,020 if married, is eligible to take credit
courses, tuition free. The student must pay for all general university
fees and any course-related fees. Tuition-paying students enrolled
must constitute the minimum number of required students for the
particular class, except for credit courses specically designed
for senior citizens. Those interested should contact the Student
Financial Aid Office at 815-753-1395 or visit our website at www.
niu.edu/fa/forms/index.shtml.
Scholarships and Academic Awards
College of Business
Undergraduate Studies in Business
Ruth G. Hart Memorial Scholarship
Herb Eldean Endowed Fund
CNA/Azel Carter Memorial Scholarship Fund
David & Linda Nelson Endowed Business Scholarship
NIU Executive Club & YPN Scholarship
Randall N. Beck Memorial Scholarship
David & Diane Graf College of Business Rockford Endowed
Scholarship
Donald R. Larson Endowed Scholarship
College of Business Scholarship
Nick and Kim Calamos Student Scholarship
Gaylen and Joanne Matthew Larson Scholarship
Dan Parmenter Memorial Scholarship Fund
Robert & Nikki Eickhoff Scholarship
Crane Composites COB Scholarship
Anthony E. & Christine Speiser Scholarship - Lane Tech HS
Breitzke Endowed Scholarship
Crocker Endowment for Business Leadership Scholarship
Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship in Business
Rita C Patti Student Endowed Scholarship
Patrick & Aimee Burke Expendable Scholarship
John Chiricotti Endowed Scholarship
Roxane Hoey Memorial Scholarship
Scott Mitchell Vision Award - Expendable
Mercedes de Martinez Memorial Scholarship - Expendable
Jeff Spencer Business Leadership Award - Expendable
* Eligibility for this grant, loan, award, or student employment program is considered after both the NIU Financial Aid Verication Form and the Free Application
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) have been led.
60 FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Department of Accountancy**
Accountancy Alumni
Accountancy Faculty Undergraduate Scholarship
Accountancy Faculty Graduate Scholarship
Accountancy Teaching Assistant Performance Award
ALAC Service Award
ALPFA Service Award
Arthur J. Krupp Scholarship
ASCEND Outstanding Service Award
BAP Service Award
BDO USA LLP
Ben Peters Memorial
Beta Alpha Psi
BDK, LLP
Brian Deets Memorial
Brilliant Financial Search
Caterpillar, Inc.
CliftonLarsonAllen, LLP
CohnReznick, LLP
CPA for the People
Crowe Horwath LLP
Danielle Marie Pisterzi Memorial
David & Fran Homan
David & Karen Sinason Outstanding Intern Award
Dean and Brenda DuCray
DeKalb Genetics Foundation
Deloitte, LLO
Department of Accountancy Transfer Student
Donald & Donna Kieso Scholarship
Dorice Pepin
D. Zorea Scholarship
Edilberto C. and Carmelita M. Ortiz
Edward A. and Debra S. Rosenow Endowed
Ernst & Young LLP Scholarship
Federation of Schools Accountancy Award
Financial Executive International (Chicago Chapter)
Gary and Mary Burge
Gaylen and Joanne Larson
Grant Thornton LLP Scholarship
Greg Hassler/NIU CPA Review
Harry Wright Endowed Scholarship
Illinois CPA Society
Institute of Management Accountants (National)
Internal Auditing Education Partnership Leadership Conference
International Business Seminars
Jim and Kathy Hendricks Endowed Scholarship
Joe and Lynn Hoff
John and Jackie Simon
John C. Graham
John Deere Foundation
John Shigley and Winifred Shigley
Kevin and Mary Whiteford
KPMG LLP Scholarship
Lawrence and Merrily Nilles
Matthew and Amy Sapp
McDonalds
McGladrey, LLP
Michael and Patricia Strachan Scholarship
Michael S. Deutch
Miller Cooper & Co. Ltd. Scholarship
Mowery & Schoenfeld, LLC
National Association of Black Accountants Outstanding Service
Award
Patrick R. Delaney Memorial
Paul & Karen Keglevic
Plante Moran PPLC Scholarship
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Scholarship
Raymond & Nancy Powers
Russ and Dawn Smyth
Ryan Hayman/HSBC
Ryan LLC
Sally Webber Memorial
Sikich LLP Scholarship
SpearMC Consulting Scholarship
Steve and Betsy Young
Student Accountancy Society Outstanding Service Award
SunCoke Energy
Tax Executives Institute (Chicago Chapter)
The Overture Group
Warady and Davis, LLP
William and Dian Taylor Endowed Scholarship
Wipi, LLP
Department of Finance
Clifford Danielson Scholarship
William Wilbur Endowed Scholarship
Dennis Dean Endowed Scholarship
James & Karen Hayman Endowed Scholarship
Savant Capital Management Inc. Scholarship
Martin Oosterbaan Scholarship
Board of Executive Advisors Scholarship
Thomas Mann Endowed Scholarship
John Tierney Endowed Scholarship
Rich Richter Scholarship
Department of Management
Deb Brucker Scholarship
Gladys M. Bahr Memorial Fund
Kevin Casebolt Scholarship
Management Alumni Scholarship
Management Department Achievement Award
Mike O’Connor Scholarship
Peter and Luann Walton Scholarship
Target Award for Leadership Excellence
Department of Marketing
Dr. A. H. Kizilbash Memorial Award
Dr. John S. Wagle III Memorial Marketing Honor Society Award
Forest Financial Group, Inc. Sales Award
Giving is Good Scholarship
Glaser Direct Business-to-Business Interactive Marketing Award
Interpro Translation Solutions Global Marketing Scholarship
John and Doris Ludes Scholar-Mentor Program in Marketing
Johnson & Quin Interactive Marketing Award
Marketing Achievement Award
Marketing Scholar Award
Marshall Cordell Entrepreneurial Scholarship
Outstanding Future Alumni Award
Outstanding Seller Award
Target American Marketing Association Award
Thomas Gialamas Outstanding Marketing Student Award
Wesley J. Welch Memorial Award
William and Eileen Breitzke Endowed Scholarship in Marketing
Department of Operations Management and Information
Systems
Academic Achievement Award
Allstate Scholarships
Caterpillar Scholarship
Information Integrity Coalition Scholarship
Jeffrey Burton Lollar Memorial Scholarship
Matthew L. Johnson Scholarships
Marian Elizabeth Millington Scholarship
OM&IS Alumni Scholarship
OM&IS EAC Scholarship
OM&IS Faculty Scholarship
Target SAP Scholarship
True Value Scholarship
William and Eileen Brietzke Scholarship
** Students do not apply for these awards which are for upper-level accountancy majors. All eligible students are considered based on GPA and leadership.
FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS 61
College of Education
John H. Johansen Scholarship in Education
Jessie Griffith Memorial Scholarship
Rista Simich Memorial Education Fund
Orville Jones Memorial International Scholarship
Thomas R. and Shirley Klein Scott Scholarship Fund
Eunice B. Schwemm Scholarship Fund
Julia Calliss Morris Scholarship
Teacher Education Scholarship
Dr. Ernest E. Hanson Memorial Scholarship
Circle of Gold - Classes of 1949, 1950, 1951 Scholarship
Norman S. and Marion D. Gilbert Endowed Scholarship in
Education
Martin H. & Verna Conklin Bartels Memorial Scholarship Fund in
Education
Horvath Family Fund
Nancy M. Vedral Scholarship
Tim Gullikson Education Expendable Scholarship
Tim Gullikson Education Memorial Scholarship
Elizabeth Klaus Hatch & Donald Hatch Jr. Endowed Scholarship
Nancy E. Henn Memorial Scholarship
Samuel & Adelaide Rockwood Scholarship
Grace Y Rose Scholarship in Education
A Herby and Helene Tink Scholarship
EXCEL (Extending College of Education Learning) Scholarship
Susan J. and Harold A. Brand Scholarship for the College of
Education
Henn-Moody-Simich Endowed Scholarship
Charlotte H. Schwartz Student Teacher Support Scholarship
Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
Miriam Anderson Scholarship
Lela Trager Scholarship
Elizabeth A. Patterson Scholarship
Margaret May Duncan Scholarship
Physical Education Scholarship
Lou Jean Moyer Scholarship
Al Kranz Student Athletic Trainer Scholarship
Judith A. Bischoff Scholarship
Dr. M. Joan Popp Endowed Scholarship
Stroup-Dunn Endowed Scholarship
The Nancy M. Vedral Scholarship
Linda Kay Barnes Scholarship Fund
Department of Literacy and Elementary Education
Ada Grimwood Barnard Memorial Fund
Penelope (Penny Fike) Cameron College of Education
Scholarship Fund
Maureen McLaughlin Deveraux Scholarship Fund
Dorothy A. (neé Studnicka) and Glenn E. Erickson Scholarship
Fund
Julianna Gehant Memorial Scholarship
Raymond M. Haas and Harriet Cords Harrington Haas
Scholarship Fund
Earl and Margaret Hoffmann Endowed Scholarship in
Elementary Education
Laurence A. Mack Memorial Scholarship Fund
Tatum Literacy Scholarship
James & Moke Chee Wolter Scholarship
Bettylou Holmes Burton Scholarship in Education Application
Special and Early Education
Lawrence B. Hapeman Scholarship
Iris Adam Memorial Endowment Fund
Marion Elliott Scholarship Award
James and Karen Hayman Endowed Scholarship in Education
Sandra Bailey Memorial
College of Education Office of Student Services
Mary F. English Technology Award
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
Anthony L. Manne Scholarship in Engineering Technology
Arthur D. and Florence S. Graffam Engineering Technology
Scholarship Fund
Automation Direct Technology Scholarship
Caterpillar Excellence Scholarship
Caterpillar and Friends Scholarship Award
Crane Composites Expendable Scholarship In Engineering and
Engineering Technology
Dean’s Diversity Scholarship for Freshmen and Transfers
Dennis Cesarotti Scholarship in Safety and Industrial Hygiene
“Doc” and Betty Newell Scholarship
Doc Earl Hansen Scholarship in Environmental Health & Safety
Engineering and Technology Alumni Society Endowed
Scholarship
James C. Warner Memorial Scholarship
Joseph Bittorf Memorial Scholarship Fund in Industrial and
Systems Engineering
Joseph and Rosemary Bittorf Industrial and Systems
Engineering Scholarship
Leadership Tuition Program
Lin Engineering Technology Scholarship
Max Zar Scholarship in Engineering
Navistar Innovation in Engineering Scholarship
Navistar Scholars Fund in Engineering & Engineering
Technology Scholarship
NECA-Northeastern Illinois Chapter Scholarship in Memory of
Peter Cattaneo, Sr.
Road Builder Charities Scholarship
Romualdas and Nijole Kasuba Scholarship
Department of Electrical Engineering
OMRON Foundation Electronic Engineering Scholarship
Department of Technology
Anthony L. Manne Endowed Scholarship in Engineering
Technology
AutomationDirect Scholarship
Dr. Dennis Cesarotti Memorial Scholarship
Lin Engineering Scholarship
College of Health and Human Sciences
Izzo-Inge Family Award for Students with Disabilities
Rosebud Foundation Scholarship
School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
Cletus G. Fisher Award
Joan Good Erickson Undergraduate Clinical Interest Award
School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
Celine Neptune Scholarship
Deloris Gregory Pourchot Endowed Scholarship
Early Chidhood Studies Student Teaching Scholarship
Elise A. Brett Scholarship
Georgiana W. Sie Memorial Fund
Helen G. Westlake Memorial Scholarship
Helen Gum Westlake and Donald G. Westlake Scholarship for
Family Life Studies
J.W. and Alice Marriott Foundation Scholarship
Kappa Omicron Nu Scholarship
Sondra King Memorial Scholarship
Department of Military Science
Ruth Ashelford Pollock Scholarship
Illinois State Army ROTC Tuition Waiver
NIU Army ROTC Housing Waiver
Army 2yr/3yr/4yr Federal ROTC Scholarship
Army ROTC Nursing Scholarship
Guaranteed US Army Reserve Scholarship
Guaranteed Illinois Army National Guard Scholarship
Children of Disabled and Deceased Veterans of the US Military
Scholarship
62 FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS
School of Nursing and Health Studies
Annette Lefkowitz Fund for Nursing Research
Dr. Irving & Roseanne Krcek Frank Scholarship in Nursing
Marian Frerichs Nursing Scholarship Fund
Jane Richards Scholarship Fund
Harold W. Finney and Janet P. Finney Medical Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Gisela Wenner Nursing Scholarship
Ruth Hall Nursing Endowed Scholarship
Leslie A. Holmes Scholarship
Sarah Fuller Memorial Scholarship
Leslie A. Holmes Memorial Fund - Endowed
Phyllis L. Ross Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Margaret Christiano Endowed Scholarship
Roseanne Krcek-Frank Award Fund
Barbara Read Walpole Scholarship
Shirley A. Benson Scholarship
Joe and Karen Grush Endowed Scholarship
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Dr. Frederick L. Kitterle Memorial Scholarship Fund
Dr. Frederick L. Kitterle Memorial Scholarship Fund for the
Undergraduate Research Apprenticeship Program
Jerrold H. Zar Scholarship in Science Education
Department of Biological Sciences
Alumni Scholarship
Sonya Conway Memorial Scholarship
Harvey A. Feyerherm Award
Dr. August M. Gorenz Scholarship
Dennis Larsen Memorial Scholarship in Biology
David R. Layman Scholarship Fund
Norbert and Esther Mangold Scholarship
Charles E. Montgomery Award
David and Karen Nargis Scholarship
Jerrold H. Zar Scholarship Award
Charles Rohde Scholarship
Patricia Vary Scholarship in Biological Sciences
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
American Chemical Society (ACS) Undergraduate Award in
Analytical Chemistry
American Chemical Society (ACS) Undergraduate Award in
Inorganic Chemistry
American Chemical Society (ACS) Undergraduate Award in
Organic Chemistry
American Institute of Chemists (AIC) Award
Chemistry Alumni Undergraduate Endowed Scholarship
Dean’s Award
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry Undergraduate
Scholarship Fund
Freshman Chemistry Achievement Award
John D. Graham Endowed Scholarship
Kevin Cull Memorial Endowed Teaching Award
NIU Chemistry Club Edwards--Hyland Award
NIU Chemistry Club Outstanding Undergraduate Research
Award
Outstanding Junior Award
Outstanding Senior Award
Outstanding Sophomore Award
Rock River ACS Outstanding Undergraduate Research Award
Rosalie Reynolds Memorial Scholarship in Chemistry
Van Acker-Duminy-Kovarik Scholarship Fund
Department of Communication
Donald R. Grubb Scholarship Fund (NINA)
John Clogston Memorial Scholarship
Scripps League Scholarship
Public Relations Student Society (PRSSA) of America Award
Fund
Illinois Journalist of the Year Student Scholarship
Irvan J. Kummerfeldt Scholarship for Print or Broadcast News
Ann Nelson Nahas Scholarship
NIU Media Award
Northern Illinois Newspaper Association Scholarship for Print &
Photojournalism
Hallie Hamilton Scholarship for Photojournalism
Granville and Eleanor Price Scholarship Fund for Print News
Van Sells Endowment in Communication
Forensics Tuition Scholarship
Margaret Louise Wood Rhetoric Scholarship
Kenneth Smith Memorial Award
Department of Computer Science
Evelyn Nelson Scholarship
Elizabeth J. Schwantes Undergraduate Scholars Fund
Department of Economics
John and Lili La Tourette Scholarship in Economics
Skeels Scholarship in Economics
Department of English
Jeannie A. Hainds English Endowment
Lynne Waldeland Scholarship in English
Rosalie Hewitt Scholarship Fund in English
Charles W. Hagelman Jr. Scholarship Fund
David and Linda Nelson Endowed English Scholarship
Richard H. Howland Scholarship Fund
Russell & Jeanne Durning Family Fund-Endowed
S. Orville and Adra Baker English Scholarship
John C. and Judith M. Gurley Endowed English Scholarship
Maude Uhland Award
Mae Thomas Award
Robert T. Self Award in Literature and Film
Robert T. Self Award for Study in Ireland
Orville Baker Essay Award
Jan Kiergaard Award
Y 1 Writes Award
Showcase Award
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
Michael Morris Memorial Expendable Scholarship Fund
Interpro Translation Solutions FLRP Study Abroad Scholarship
Joseph Suhadolc Memorial Scholarship Fund
Levin, Jachman, Greenberg, and Wagman Overseas
Scholarship Fund
Lillian Pauleen Cobb Endowment Fund
Department of Geography
Richard E. Dahlberg Scholarship Fund
Elizabeth J. Schwantes Undergraduate Scholars Fund
Jack Villmow Junior Meteorology Award for Academic
Achievement
Nancy C. Wick Senior Meteorology Award for Academic and
Professional Achievement
Department of Geology and Environmental Geosciences
Casella Field Camp Fund
Brian Fugiel Memorial Fund
Samuel S. Goldich Fund
Carla Montgomery Field Camp Scholarship Fund
Carla Montgomery Undergraduate Scholarship in Geology
Ira Edgar Odom Endowed Fund
Malcolm P. Weiss Endowed Fund
John R. Young Memorial Scholarship
Department of History
James R. Shirley Undergraduate Essay Prize
J. Patrick White History Education Scholarships
Oscar Matasar History Scholarship
Jeannie A. Hainds Scholarships
Outstanding History Student Award
Marvin Rosen Undergraduate Scholarship
James Shirley Award in Asian History
FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS 63
Department of Mathematical Sciences
Margariete Montaque Wheeler Memorial Fund
Gail Masters Gallagher Memorial Scholarship Fund
Donald R. Ostberg-Mathematics Memorial Fund-Endowed
Mathematical Sciences Incoming Student Award
Clarence Ethel Hardgrove Mathematics Scholarship Fund
Dale G. Jungst Memorial Endowed Scholarship in Mathematics
Education
Division of Statistics
Carol J. Feltz Memorial Scholarship
Department of Physics
Eaton-Miner Physics Teacher Education Fund
Department of Political Science
Joe R. Wilkinson Memorial Fund-Endowed
Inez Nelson Family Endowed Scholarship
Outstanding Undergraduate Paper Awards
Kevin McKeough Award
John G. and Barbara C. Peters Scholarships for Outstanding
Public Service
Washington Center Scholarship
Washington D.C. Summer Congressional Internship Scholarship
Department of Psychology
A. Bond and Margaret F. Woodruff Scholarship Fund-Psychology
Joe and Karen Grush Endowed Scholarship
Outstanding Undergraduate Research/Scholar Award
Elizabeth J. Schwantes Undergraduate Scholars Fund
Department of Sociology
James L. Massey Social Justice Award
David P. Street Memorial Fund
College of Visual and Performing Arts
College of Visual and Performing Arts Endowed Scholarship
Fund
Sally Stevens Arts Scholarship
O’Malley-Pugh Endowed Scholarship
Rosebud Foundation Scholarship
School of Art and Design
Art Scholarship
Ed Syrek Memorial Scholarship
Jonathan Ryan Lee Studio Art Scholarship
Barbara J. Benway Scholarship in Art Education
Audrael M. Chiricotti Scholarship Fund for Graphic Design
Dorathea & Richard Beard Scholarship
Jack & Eleanor Olson Art Scholarship
Richard A. Keefer Art Scholarship Fund-Endowed
James P. Bates Memorial Scholarship
Jack and Margaret Arends Scholarship
Peg Bond Art Education Scholarship
Caroline Allrutz Scholarship
Dimitri Liakos Endowment in Art History
John X. Koznarek Memorial Scholarship Fund-Endowed
Cora Miner Art Scholarship Fund-Endowed
Helen Merritt Art Scholarship
Frances Gates Memorial Art Scholarship Fund-Endowed
School of Art Tuition Scholarship for Incoming Freshmen
Jim Asbury Memorial Art Scholarship
Sally Stevens Arts Scholarship
Dorothea Bilder Scholarship
O’Malley-Pugh Endowed Scholarship
Lester K. Smith Endowed Creative Art Scholarship Fund
Scholarship
Marilyn Sjoholm Student Scholarship for Fine Art
Joyce L. Marcus Endowed Art History Scholarship Fund
Stuart D. Fink Fine Arts Memorial Scholarship Fund (biennial)
Antinette “Toni” Keller Expendable Scholarship Fund
Virginia Noe Memorial Scholarship Fund
School of Music
Constance Eloise Aagesen Scholarship Fund
Charles Baker Memorial Scholarship Fund
Samuel E. & Bertha Glidden Bradt Memorial Fund
Brody Family Endowed Scholarship Fund
Paul Busija Memorial Scholarship Fund
Clark Family Endowed Scholarship in Music
Stuart D. Fink Fine Arts Memorial Scholarship Fund (biennial)
Norman S. and Marion D. Gilbert Endowed Scholarship in Music
and Education
Robert R. and Frances A. Green Endowed Scholarship in Music
Janet and A. Oscar Haugland Scholarship in Music Composition
or Music Theory
Earl and Margaret Hoffmann Endowed Student Scholarship in
Music
Jane Jenkins Lovering Memorial Scholarship Fund
Richard A. Keefer Music Scholarship Fund
William M. and Ruth H. Koehler Piano Scholarship Fund
Kolze-Rasmussen Music Scholarship
Ronald J. Modell Scholarship in Jazz Studies
Maude Nicholson Music Scholarship Fund
O’Malley-Pugh Endowment Fund
Wilber Pursley Endowed Scholarship in Music
Diane Ragains Slawin Endowed Fund in Vocal Music
Lester K. Smith Creative Music Scholarship Fund
Wilbur and Dorothy S. Smith Clarinet Scholarship
Alfred L. and Shirley K. Tobias Scholarship Fund
School of Music CVPA Scholarship (biennial)
Lester Trilla Scholarship Fund
Lynne Waldeland Scholarship in Vocal Music
Donald Walker Living Legacy Scholarship Fund
Reynolds Whitney Memorial Scholarship Fund
A. Bond and Margaret F. Woodruff Scholarship Fund
Farny R. Wurlitzer Music Scholarship Fund
Jerrold H. Zar Endowed Scholarship in Trumpet Studies
Lyle & Mary Kennedy Scholarship Fund in Music
Brian Hann-King Endowed Scholarship in Piano Studies
Scott McCullagh Baker’s Dozen Endowed Scholarship
School of Theatre and Dance
Sydney Smith Memorial Fund-Endowed
Lili and John La Tourette Scholarship for Theatre
Lila Hellier-Dole Dance Scholarship
Rene LeBeau ‘87 Memorial Scholarship
Adra and Orville Baker Theatre Scholarship
School of Theatre/Dance Talented Student Tuition Scholarship
Other Units
Alumni Association
NIU Alumni Associatin Merit Scholarship
O’Brien Vrba Scholarship Trust
Campus Child Care Center
Anne Kaplan Fund
Career Services
Richard B. Fisher Scholars Program/Morgan Stanley Dean Whitter
Career Services Student of the Month Recognition Scholarship
Career Services Student of the Year Silver Award
Career Services Student of the Year Gold Award
Career Services Student of the Year Bronze Award
Center for Black Studies
Center for Black Studies Book Scholarship
Center for Latino and Latin American Studies
Robert Marcelin Memorial Scholarship
CHANCE
CHANCE Tuition Scholarship
64 FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Counseling and Consultation Services
Florence E. Doyle Memorial Fund
Financial Aid
Karl L. Adams Scholarship
Lora and Warner Pomrene Scholarship
Gladys Brooks Beltzer Memorial Scholarship
Maurine Bloomster Coxhead Endowed Scholarship
Marion C. Hayes Endowed Scholarship Fund
Irene V. Crofton Scholarship Fund
Wayne E. McCleery Award
Grace E. Nix Fund
Class of 1960 Scholarship
Mary N. Williams Memorial Fund
Janis Priede Memorial Scholarship Fund-Endowed
Helen R. Messenger Scholarship
Dolores (Lorry) C. Lamb Scholarship Fund
Josephine Jandell Fund
Melvin Ben Wilson Memorial Fund
Orla Grace Triteline Scholarship Fund-Endowed
Gender and Sexuality Resource Center
Joseph Harry Endowed Scholarship Program-supporting
LGBTQA students
Intercollegiate Athletics
David & Carolyn Witheft Student Athlete Scholarship Fund
Glyn E. Barron Memorial Scholarship
Ralph J. Thomas Scholarship Fund
Gullikson Education Fund
Gary L. Whisler Memorial Football Scholarship Fund
William (Bill) Johnson Memorial Fund
Illinois Women’s Golf Association Scholarship Fund
John Tucker Memorial Fund
Howard Fletcher Football Scholarship Fund
Carl Appell Memorial Scholarship
Broderick-Andres Award
Baynas Football Scholarship Fund
Castle Bank N.A. Scholarship Fund
Al Kranz Student Athletic Trainer Scholarship
Dr. W.L. Moore Memorial Scholarship
Mike Spinello Golf Scholarship
Jack Pheanis Scholarship
James Schwarzbach Scholarship Fund
Lloyd Devereaux Scholarship Fund
Debora J. Korcek Memorial Scholarship
Grant-in-Aid Scholarship
Len and Anneda “Sis” Jacobson Memorial Scholarship
John and Kathryn Groth Scholarship
Lynne Waldeland Academic Effort Award
Julius E. and Joycelyn Grolla Brasini Student Endowment for
Athletes
International Programs
Clara Sperling Memorial Scholarship
John and Lili La Tourette International Studies Scholarship
International Student Opportunity Fund Scholarship
Northern Star
Kathy Orr McDonald Memorial Award for Editorial Excellence
Campbell-Thompson Northern Star Scholarship
Daniel Parmenter Memorial Scholarship
David Onak Scholarship
Josephine Korcek Memorial
Office of Precollegiate Programs
Andre D. Bohanon Scholarship
Office of Student Academic Success
Lois V. Hobart Financial Assistance Scholarships
Northern Lights Ambassadors Scholarships
Retention Scholarships
Office of Student Engagement & Experiential Learning
Huskie Service Scholars
Operating Staff Council
Operating Staff Dependent Award
Orientation & Family Connections
Parents’ Association Endowed Scholarship
ScholarshipOffice
Alverda A. Bastian Scholarship
Alexa Rae Bertram Scholarship
Anna Larson and Mary Jane Larson Baird Scholarship
Kathleen Callahan Love for a Lifetime Scholarship
Centennial Scholarship
Joseph and Rose Costa Scholarship Fund
Jeanette M. Doweiko Memorial Scholarship
John Reed Dunn Memorial Endowed Scholarship
Faculty Fund Scholarship
February 14th Fund for the Forward, Together Forward
Scholarship
Financial Need Assistance Program
Paul E. Gipson Scholarship
Chief Richard Gunther Fireghters’ Endowed Scholarship
Huskie Legacy Award
NIU Transfer Student Scholarship
NIU Scholars
Northern Academic Scholarship
Presidential Scholarship
Richard L. Taylor Scholarship
Wheeler Memorial Endowed Scholarship
William and Dian Taylor Endowed Scholarship for STEM
Students
Woodstock Center Endowment Fund
Richard and Marcy Calkins Scholarship Fund for STEM
Students
Student Association
Erickson-Doherty Student Leadership Travel Endowment
Scholarship
Supportive Professional Staff Council
Supportive Professional Staff Scholarship Fund
University Honors Program
Ari and Ruth Kovacevich Scholarship
James L. Massey Honors Scholarship
Dick Noreen Honors Scholarship
University Honors Excellence Award (partial tuition waiver)
University Honors House Leader
University Honors Fellow
University Libraries
Katherine Walker Library Work Scholar Award
Women’s, Gender and Sexuality Studies Program
Mothers Memorial Scholarship
Austin Sawicki Memorial Scholarship
65
Holmes Student Center
The Holmes Student Center provides recreational facilities,
informal gathering places, eating places, meeting and conference
rooms, and an 76-room hotel for members of the university
community and their guests. Included are the Duke Ellington
Ballroom and Sandburg Auditorium for major performances and
lectures; Diversions, a multipurpose facility for coffeehouse and
club-style live entertainment; the Center Gallery, which displays
art works of many student artists; the University ID Office; two
computer laboratories are available for use by all NIU students;
the Huskies Den, which offers electronic games, billiard tables,
and a 16-lane bowling center; and the University Bookstore
which sells textbooks, general books, school and art supplies,
and personal items.
Tickets for many campus events may be acquired or purchased
in the center. The facility provides copy machines, a full-service
bank, and automatic teller machines. Students can cash checks,
study in the Gallery Lounge, or relax in the television lounge. Free
open wireless is available on all main oors.
Housing and Dining
Campus Living
NIU offers a range of on-campus living options for undergraduate
students. Whether living in one of the ve residence hall
communities or in our apartment-style Northern View Community,
on-campus housing provides NIU students with a supportive
environment, which fosters personal growth, community
connections, and academic achievement.
The university residence halls are a convenient and affordable
option for undergraduate students. Residence hall rooms are
furnished with a bed, desk, desk chair, dresser, and combination
refrigerator/freezer/microwave; additionally, utilities are covered
within the residence hall contract (including cable TV, Internet,
heat, gas, water, garbage, and electricity). Each residence hall
has a computer lab open 24/7 to meet the needs of students.
Lobbies and common areas are equipped with wireless Internet,
and students can access a high-speed Internet connection
in their residence hall rooms. Other amenities available to hall
residents include quiet study lounges, community safety centers,
on-site laundry, vending machines, and photocopiers, and easy
access to the Huskie Bus line.
Residence hall contracts also include a meal plan. Residents can
choose to eat in any of the four dining units in the halls. There is a
dining option available to residents from 7:00 a.m. until 11:00 p.m.
ve days a week, with weekend hours varying. Dining hours and
menus can be found on the Housing and Dining website, www.
niu.edu/housing/dining.
A unique aspect of living in the university residence halls is the
supportive academic and social environment found on each oor.
Residence hall staff, including community advisors who live on
each oor, help students acclimate to life at NIU. Students can
also take advantage of various support resources, including in-
hall tutoring centers, computer labs, and specialized programs
found in Living-Learning Communities (LLCs). LLCs are
specialized communities designed to strengthen the connection
between students and faculty/staff within a chosen course of
study or with a special interest. NIU offers the following LLCs:
Business Careers, Fine Arts, Health Professions, Honors,
Science/Engineering/Technology/Math, Educator Licensure, and
Transfer Community. Additional LLCs are Academics and Careers
Exploratory Scholars, Foreign Language Resident Program,
Green Living, Health Professionals, Interfaith House, Leadership
and Service, LGBTQA Community, ROTC, and Second Year
Experience Community.
Residence hall contracts are valid for the entire academic year
(August to May). Optional winter break housing is available in
select halls. Summer housing, as well as summer meal plans,
is also available. Applications are available online at www.niu.
edu/housing/ and from the Residential Administration office,
located in 101 East Neptune Hall. Housing & Dining Residential
Administration can be reached at 815-753-1525 or by e-mail at
Health Services
Health Services offers a wide variety of high quality outpatient
health care services to NIU students to assist with maintaining and
improving their health. Health Services physicians, nurses, and
other professional and support staff have extensive experience
in college health and are sensitive to the special needs of the
college community. Health Services physicians are trained and
experienced in primary care specialties. The high quality of care
provided by Health Services is recognized through accreditation
by the Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care.
Health Services is available to all full- and part-time students
who have been assessed on-campus student fees. There are
no charges for physician services, X-rays, most laboratory tests,
and most other services. There are charges for medications,
immunizations, specialized medical procedures and supplies,
selected laboratory tests, and missed appointments. Students
may use Health Services without being enrolled in the university’s
Student Health Insurance Plan or a private health insurance plan.
Health Services provides the following:
Acute and Chronic Medical Care–evaluation, consultation,
and treatment for a wide variety of medical concerns such as
upper respiratory infections, sinusitis, cough, and urinary tract
infections (UTIs), injury care, mental health, and sports medicine.
Allergy Injections–administered by a nurse using the schedule
and serum provided by the student’s private allergist.
Laboratory–laboratory testing ordered by Health Services, and
limited testing ordered by outside health care providers.
Men’s Health–screening and treatment for sexually transmitted
infections and other men’s health issues with an emphasis on
prevention and personal responsibility.
Pharmacy–lls prescriptions from Health Services and outside
health care providers, and provides several over-the-counter
medications such as Plan B One-Step (emergency contraception),
allergy and cold preparations, and fever/pain relievers.
Preventive Medicine–immunizations (including HPV, Hepatitis
A and B, and meningitis vaccines, as well as state-required
immunizations), HIV testing, travel counseling and vaccines,
tuberculosis testing and treatment, seasonal u shots, and
information and couseling on communicable diseases.
Psychiatry–psychiatric assessment, medication, and/or referral
is provided on a full-time basis at Health Services by the
psychiatric services.
University Services
66 UNIVERSITY SERVICES
Radiology–digital radiography of general diagnostic X-rays,
sports medicine X-rays. Electrocardiography when ordered by
Health Services.
Women’s Health–care and treatment for women’s health
concerns including annual exams, breast exams, Pap smears,
sexually transmitted infections, vaginal infections, menstrual
irregularities, and contraception and counseling with an emphasis
on education and prevention.
Online Services–To schedule or cancel an appointment, check
on immunization records, order prescription rells, and receive
test results visit the website at www.niu.edu/healthservices.
Appointments are encouraged; however, walk-ins are accepted
and will be seen on a rst-come, rst-serve basis. Appointments
are required for many services, including some services in
Preventive Medicine. Fees are charged for missed appointments.
To schedule appointments or for additional Health Services
information, visit the website at www.niu.edu/healthservices or
call 815-753-1311.
Students are responsible for the cost of all health care services
received outside Health Services, including referrals. The
university offers an affordable Student Health Insurance Plan
that assists students with paying for these medical expenses.
For more information regarding this insurance plan, visit the
website at www.niu.edu/shi or call the Student Insurance Office
at 815-753-0122.
Student Health Insurance
Students who register for 9 or more on campus semester hours by
the 15th academic day of the semester are automatically assessed
the fee for student health insurance on their tuition account
through the Bursar’s Office. The student health insurance plan
provides coverage for hospitalization and/or medical treatment for
injury and sicknesses 24 hours a day anywhere in the world. It is
compliant with the Affordable Care Act.
Students who register for at least 6 semester hours on or off campus
may enroll in the student health insurance plan. Applications are
available online at www.niu.edu/shi by the 15th academic day of
the semester.
International students and students studying abroad are required
to carry the NIU student health insurance. These students are
automatically charged the fee for student health insurance.
Spouses, domestic partners and children of insurance students
may also be insured. The insured student may apply for dependent
coverage on or before the 15th academic day of the semester.
Applications for dependent coverage are available at the website:
www.niu.edu/shi.
Students who have been assessed the student health insurance
fee and have comparable health insurance coverage may apply
for a waiver by completing the on-line Waiver Process at www.niu.
edu/shi on or before the 15 academic day of the semester. Student
who successfully complete the waiver process are not assessed
or covered by student health insurance for the following spring
semester.
Reinstatement to the student health insurance plan is available
during open enrollment periods or within 60 days of being removed
from alternate coverage. Please contact the student health
insurance office for more information.
Students (and their dependents) who are insured for the spring
semester, are automatically covered through the summer whether
or not they enroll in the summer session. New students entering
the university for summer session who are registered for 6 or
more semester hours may elect to purchase the student health
insurance for themselves and their dependents during the rst 5
days of the summer session. Please contact the student health
insurance office for more information.
Students who withdraw from the university due to medical reasons
will not receive a refund of the student health insurance and will
continue to be insured through the student health insurance plan
for the remainder of the semester term. This provision is available
for one academic term only.
Information concerning the student health insurance may be
obtained from the Student Health Insurance office, Health Services,
Room 101, 815-753-0122 or email to [email protected].
Service Centers, Offices, and Agencies
ACCESS Tutoring Programs
ACCESS provides campus-wide academic support and
tutoring to undergraduates through Peer Assisted Learning
(PAL), Supplemental Instruction (SI), and the A+ Program.
PAL offers free, appointment-based tutoring in most 100- and
200-level general education courses. PAL also provides walk-
in tutoring centers in several residence halls and the library. SI
is an enhanced tutoring program offered in specic sections of
some courses. Student tutors called SI leaders attend class with
students and hold regular study sessions to help students learn
more effectively. The A+ Program provides individual and small
group instruction in effective college reading and study strategies.
Additional programs are offered each semester. For further
information, contact PAL at 815-753-0203, and SI or A+ at 815-
753-1141. Visit the web for more information about all programs,
courses covered, and schedules at www.tutoring.niu.edu.
Asian American Center
NIU’s Asian American Center provides student-centered services
to a growing Asian American student population, which is
comprised of many ethnicities including, but not limited to,
Burmese, Cambodian, Chinese, Filipino, Hmong, Indian,
Indonesian, Japanese, Korean, Laotian, Malaysian, Pakistani,
Taiwanese, and Vietnamese. In support of the academic missions
of NIU and the Division of Student Affairs, the center assists in
the recruitment and retention of Asian American students and
provides diverse educational, cultural, and social activities
designed to raise awareness about Asian American heritage and
culture, in particular, the center offers a Peer Mentor Program
for rst-year students, designed to assist with their transition
to college. The center creates an inclusive and welcoming
environment that intentionally enhances students’ learning
experiences, leadership development, and career preparation. It
also provides students with computer access, a resource library,
meeting rooms, and extended hours during nal examinations.
Campus Child Care
Campus Child Care offers NIU students, faculty, and staff full- and
part-time child care for their children ages 3 months - 5 years. The
center is accredited by the NAEYC Academy for Early Childhood
Program Accreditation, and has a Gold Circle rating through
the Illinois Quality Counts Quality Rating System, which serves
as an indicator of a high-quality program. The center is staffed
with qualied teachers along with student workers who serve
as teacher aides in the classrooms. The center is open Monday
through Friday, 7:15 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. during the fall, spring, and
summer sessions. Full-time child care is also available between
semesters for those who need year-round child care. For more
information, contact Campus Child Care at 815-753-0125 or visit
the website at www.niu.edu/ccc/.
UNIVERSITY SERVICES 67
Campus Recreation
Fee-paying NIU students on the DeKalb campus are automatically
members of Campus Recreation for that semester. Campus
Recreation also offers affordable memberships for students who
have not paid NIU DeKalb campus fees and students’ families and
signicant others. Current memberships with Campus Recreation
include access to the Student Recreation Center, the Chick
Evans Field House, Anderson and Gabel pools, and the Outdoor
Recreation Sports Complex during Open Recreation hours.
Within those facilities, members are able to take advantage of:
Cardio and strength training rooms and equipment
Exercise boxing area
Racquetball/wallyball courts
Multipurpose courts (basketball, volleyball, indoor tennis,
badminton, oor hockey, indoor soccer, etc.)
Indoor tracks
Locker rooms with dry saunas
Sports equipment check-out
Open and lap swimming at pools
One group cardio equipment orientation
One group strength training session
Nutrition consultations--healthy eating habits are critical
to achieving wellness. Interns help determine calorie
requirements needed to achieve an individual’s weight goal
and assist with food planning.
New Hall and Gilbert Hall Fitness Centers--only open to
students living in residence halls
Outdoor basketball courts
The Outdoor Recreation Sport Complex is home to the Sport
Clubs, Intramural Sports, and Open Recreation. Fee paying
students have access to this state-of-the art facility, which
includes:
Natural and articial sports elds to accommodate: softball,
baseball, ag football, lacrosse, soccer, ultimate Frisbee,
Quidditch.
Other amenities include: indoor restrooms, equipment check-
out, light concessions, two covered patio areas, and a
lighted complex.
Campus Recreation offers numerous recreation programs and
services at affordable rates:
Group Fitness Classes–trained instructors offer over 35
classes weekly and incorporate a unique blend of strength
and conditioning exercise to give participants workouts that
creates results. Classes include belly dance, body combat,
bosu, cycle, pilates, yoga, zumba, and more.
Personal Training–nationally certied trainers design and
implement a program to meet your needs.
The Outdoor Adventure Center has a complete line of outdoor
gear rentals such as canoes, kayaks, life-jackets, cross
country skis, ice skates, tents, sleeping bags, roller blades,
outdoor sport equipment, etc.
Adventure trip leaders coordinate a variety of outdoor pursuits
such as hiking, canoeing, backpacking, rock climbing, and
caving.
Sport Clubs are registered student organizations who
compete in league play with other universities in sports
and martial arts and include: Aikido, baseball, bass shing,
Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, disc golf, dodgeball, equestrian, fencing,
gymnastics, Hap Ki Do, ice hockey, Korean martial arts,
lacrosse, powerlifting, Quidditch, racquetball, roller hockey,
rugby, men’s soccer, swimming, Tae Kwon Do, tennis, track
and eld, triathlon, ultimate Frisbee, men’s volleyball, water
polo, and water ski and wakeboard.
Aquatics–swimming lessons, stroke clinics, and lifeguard
certication classes are offered.
Campus Recreation employs over 250 student employees
annually who are interested in providing excellent programs
and customer service while learning skills that prepares them
for future careers. For more information regarding employment,
programs, and services please contact Campus Recreation at
815-753-0231, e-mail at CampusR[email protected], or visit
our website at www.niu.edu/campusrec/.
Career Services
Career Services helps undergraduate students secure
internships and full-time employment through a centralized
department serving all the colleges, departments and majors.
Career counselors are available to assist NIU undergraduate
students make career decisions, discuss career transitioning, and
develop plans to build experience into their educational program
through internships. Career Services staff members also assist
students in their searches for off-campus part-time and full-time
employment. Visitthe website at www.niu.edu/careerservices.
Besides offering individual career counseling about career and
job-related needs, the following services are offered through
Career Services:
Help with career decision making including a website for
majors, with corresponding career options, at www.niu.
edu/careerservices/Weblinks/.
Online postings for internships and full-time positions through
Huskies Get Hired system utilizing Victor eRecruiting at
www.gethired.niu.edu.
Walk-in and online resume and cover letter reviews
Career testing
University-wide job fairs, internship fairs and the Educator Job
Fair
Fairs or expos targeting specic interests including graduate
or professional schools
Assistance in the application process for graduate/professional
schools
Assistance with self-managed credential les for students in
the eld of education
A Career Resource Center containing books and other career-
related materials and one of many computer labs located
on campus.
Career Services is located in the Campus Life Building, Room
220, and is open all year from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday. Staff members are available for undergraduate
students on an individual basis during these hours. More
information about Career Services may be obtained online at
www.niu.edu/careerservices or by calling 815-753-1641.
Counseling and Consultation Services
The Counseling and Student Development Center supports
the academic, emotional, social, and cultural development of
students. The student-centered programs include counseling,
assessment, crisis response, outreach, consultation, training, and
educational services. The center also provides direct assistance
and support to students who have experienced interpersonal
violence (sexual assault, dating/domestic violence and stalking).
The center’s staff help students address personal challenges and
develop the skills, abilities and knowledge to empower them to
take full advantage of their college experience.
An atmosphere that is welcoming for all individuals is valued and
diversity of race, gender, ethnicity, age, sexual orientation, religion,
socioeconomic status, citizenship, and ability is embraced. The
center strives to foster and promote awareness, empathy, and
cultural competence within a multicultural environment.
68 UNIVERSITY SERVICES
Services include:
Individual and group counseling
Crisis intervention and referral
Substance use assessments
Eating concerns assessments
Anger interventions
Advocacy and referral services
Workshops on various topics (in residence halls, classes and
other settings)
Consultation (regarding mental health issues, programming,
and organizational development)
Training for graduate students
For more information, visit www.niu.edu/csdc, or call 815-
753-1206.
Disability Resource Center
Students seeking disability-related resources or wanting to learn
about campus access and reasonable accommodations should
contact the Disability Resource Center, located on the fourth
oor of the Health Services Building. Staff of the DRC may be
reached at 815-753-1303 (voice), 815-217-2243 (video phone,
Room 417), or through email at dr[email protected]. Students seeking
academic accommodations should visit the DRC web site at
www.niu.edu/disability to learn more.
By providing support services for students with disabilities, the
university is in compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the
Americans with Disabilities Act Amendments Act of 2008.
Information Technology
NIU students have access to more than 1,500 computers
for research, instruction, and individual use in academic
departments, classrooms, and student computing labs. The
platforms include Windows, Macintosh, NetWare, Linux, and
Unix. The Division of Information Technology Services (DoIT)
Helpdesk provides 24/7/365 support for passwords, e-mail and
access to NIU’s network and student systems.
The Technology Support Desk supports laptops, tablets, and
smart phones. It is located in the Founders Library and walk-ins
are welcome. Charging stations are placed strategically across
campus for easy access. The Residential Technology Helpdesk
(ResTech) provides support for students living in the residence
halls, including connecting personal devices to the NIU network,
anti-virus and other software support needs. AnywhereLabs is
an online tool set available anywhere, anytime. AnywhereApps
give students access to course software, AnywhereFiles is online
storage for student les, and AnywherePrints allows students to
submit print jobs from anywhere and retrieve them at the printer
of their choice.
General access computing labs feature Windows based
computers. All feature front side USB, headphone, and microphone
access. Most student computing laboratories feature Windows
7, office productivity software, Internet browsers, and various
adaptive technologies for students with disabilities. In addition,
statistical analysis packages such as SAS and SPSS and some
curriculum specic software are available in all locations through
the academic cloud (Citrix, AnywhereLabs, AnywhereApps, etc.).
Printing and scanning are available through the Academic Cloud
(Anywhere printers). Apple computers running OSX are available
in labs that support the graphic arts and computer science
programs. Volume purchasing of software extends savings to the
university community.
Currently enrolled students have a subscription to Microsoft Office
2013 and they can install it on their desktops, laptops, tablets,
and smartphones. NIUNet is Northern Illinois University’s state-
of-the-art network that provides students and faculty with access
to advanced research and academic networks. Students can use
NIUNet through both wired and wireless network connections on
any of NIU’s campuses. Maintained by the DoIT, NIUNet is a ber
optic network providing high speed broadband connectivity that
links over 500 community anchor institutions (schools, health
care, and local government, etc.) throughout northern Illinois.
NIUNet connects to the Metropolitan Research and Education
Network (MREN) at the Starlight hub located on the campus of
Northwestern University and to Internet2, the world’s foremost
advanced networking consortium. NIUNet is designed to provide
exibility in meeting the communications and data processing
demands of research projects requiring ultra-high speed
connectivity. Through NIUNet, students and faculty at NIU can
develop peer relationships with researchers at other universities,
as well as prominent research facilities such as Argonne National
Labs and Fermilab. NIUNet is continually expanding into the
northern Illinois region creating opportunities for collaboration in
education, health services, the sciences, the arts, business, and
other disciplines.
For more information, call the Division of Information Technology
at 815-753-8100 or visit DoIT.niu.edu.
International Student and Faculty Office
The International Student and Faculty Office provides a variety
of services for international (foreign) students and faculty. For
further information see the “International Affairs” section of this
catalog.
Latino Resource Center
The Latino Resource Center (LRC) offers a variety of services to
assist, encourage, and inspire NIU Latino students to engage
and succeed in their pursuit of learning and to grow as campus
and community leaders. Some of the services available include
retention programs such as De Mujer a Mujer: Latina Assistance
Program (LAP), Supporting Opportunities for Latinos (SOL),
Mentoring for Academic Success (MAS), and Freshmen
Receiving Experience and Study Habits (FRESH). The LRC
also provides cultural and social programming and makes
referrals to appropriate offices for information and assistance
with academic, social and career opportunities. The Center
houses a top-of-the-line computer laboratory,wireless Internet
connections, library, and meeting rooms for student use. For
more information, visit www.niu.edu/lrc or contact Dr. Emily
Prieto, Director at 815-753-1986.
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender Resource Center
The Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender (LGBT) Resource
Center serves as a central resource for increasing campus and
community awareness and understanding about sexual orientation
and gender identity. The Resource Center provides educational
materials and programs on lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender
life and culture. In collaboration with other groups on campus,
the Resource Center offers speakers, lms, panel discussions,
theatrical performances, and much more for the entire campus.
Resource Center staff offer condential information, support, and
referral for students, faculty, and staff whose lives are impacted
by issues related to sexual orientation and/or gender identity,
including LGBT and questioning individuals, as well as their
family members, friends, and allies. The center’s resource room
offers a relaxing place to meet people, study, research, and get
connected. A lending library of books, lms, and magazines on
LGBT topics, computer stations for student use, and a variety of
free brochures and handouts are also available.
UNIVERSITY SERVICES 69
Military Student Services
In August 2010, the Veteran’s Assistance Office affiliated with
Financial Aid transformed into Military Student Services (MSS);
a comprehensive and single point of contact for veteran, military
students, and dependents of veterans who attend Northern
Illinois University. Services and resources provided by this office
include, but are not limited to, the processing of federal and state
veteran educational benets, outreach to the NIU veteran and
military student population, mental health case management,
educational and social programmatic support, and individual
and collective advocacy. These services are designed to foster a
veteran-friendly campus that is welcoming and supportive of all
U.S. veteran and military students. For more information about
MSS visit http://www.niu.edu/militaryservices, call 815-753-0691,
or stop by Adams Hall 408.
Off-Campus and Non-Traditional Student Services
Off-Campus and Non-Traditional Student Services at Northern
Illinois University was established in order to support and
enhance the educational, interpersonal, and social experiences
of off-campus, commuters, transfer, and non-traditional students.
The office has a lounge for students to come and relax between
classes, have lunch, study, or chat with other students. The
lounge space includes comfortable furniture, a microwave, a full-
sized refrigerator, a television, and computers for students to use.
The staff assists students in getting connected with necessary
services or navigating particular issues. There is a computer
lab adjacent to the office that meets students’ computing needs.
Off-Campus and Non-Traditional Student Services is located in
the Holmes Student Center, Rooms 023J and 023K (basement
level near the Orientation Office). For further information, visit
the Off-Campus and Non-Traditional Student Services website
at www.niu.edu/comnontrad, phone 815-753-9999, or e-mail at:
Office of the Ombudsperson
All members of the university community may consult the Office
of the Ombudsperson for neutral and condential assistance and
advice regarding university-related concerns. The office provides
assistance for any type of university matter, including academic,
nancial, housing, consumer, work-related, or interpersonal
issues.
Members of the office staff will listen to concerns, discuss
options, and offer suggestions and advice from an objective
point of view that may assist in the resolution of the concern.
Distinctive services of the office include clarication of university
policies and procedures, advice regarding appropriate strategic
approaches and specic direction, and referral to appropriate
individuals and offices on campus.
As designated neutrals, staff members in the office are prohibited
from advocating on behalf of any individual, but can suggest
others who can serve as potential advocates if necessary. Due to
the strictly condential nature of communications with the Office
of the Ombudsperson, disclosures to the office do not constitute
notice to the university.
The Office of the Ombudsperson is located in the Holmes Student
Center, Room 601. Services are free of charge and appointments
may be made by calling 815-753-1414. Visit the office website
www.niu.edu/ombud for additional information.
Office of Student Academic Success
The Office of Student Academic Success (OSAS) was created
in July of 2009 as a direct result of NIU’s 2008 Great Journeys
Strategic Plan to bolster student persistence and success.
The OSAS supports the university’s mission by empowering
students to achieve academic and personal goals through a
comprehensive college-wide support network.
OSAS strives to:
partner with the colleges, faculty, and fellow support service
units to identify and intervene with students who exhibit at risk
behaviors
provide educational opportunities and resources for students
to hone academic and soft skills
develop mechanisms to retain students who may leave as well
as to aid in the return to NIU for students who have stopped
out
help new students acclimate to Northern Illinois University
assist students in connecting to the appropriate campus
resources in a timely and personal manner
collaborate with colleges, advisors, and academic support
units to develop and maintain common tools to assist students
with academic planning and pacing
stay current with best practices and programs within the eld
of student success and retention
The OSAS staff (which includes Student Success Specialists who
are assigned to each academic college) maintains collaborative
relationships across campus, supports faculty objectives, and
encourages student use of educational resources through the
following programs and services: the Early Alert Program, MAP-
Works, Midsemester Check, Destination Graduation, Soup
and Success Workshops, Financial Cents, the Huskie Victors
Program (formerly Leaders and Scholars), Huskie Enterprise
in Leadership and Philanthropy (H.E.L.P.), faculty referrals, and
individual meetings with students. For more information please
contact the Office of Student Academic Success at (815) 753-
5721 or visit the website at www.niu.edu/osas.
Office of Student Engagement and Experiential
Learning
The Office of Student Engagement and Experiential Learning’s
(OSEEL) main purpose is to provide undergraduate students
at NIU with opportunities to engage in active and collaborative
learning. Engaged learning helps students develop vital skills
such as communication strategies, critical thinking, and creativity.
The OSEEL focuses on three main areas: Research, Curricular
Initiatives, and Service Learning. Research opportunities are
available through the programs: Research Rookies (RR), Student
Engagement Fund (SEF), Undergraduate Special Opportunities
in Artistry and Research (USOAR), Summer Research
Opportunities Program (SROP), and Undergraduate Research
and Artistry Day (URAD). Curricular Initiatives are: Themed
Learning Communities (TLC), Graduate School Preparation
Seminar (GSPS), GRE Basics Workshop, and Northern Lights
Ambassadors (NLA). Service Learning opportunities are: Huskie
Service Scholars (HSS), Community Engagement Showcase
(CES), Civic Reection (CR), and NIU’s Serves. For more
information, or to apply for one of these programs, visit our
website at: www.oseel.niu.edu.
Office of Testing Services
The Office of Testing Services provides a variety of services to
students and faculty. This office administers many of the tests
associated with undergraduate admissions, course placement,
credit by examination, departmental qualication requirements,
and admission to graduate and professional schools.
70 UNIVERSITY SERVICES
Testing Services maintains les of test scores and serves as
the campus location to which scores on tests taken at other
institutions or test centers may be directed. Included in this group
are scores on the Advanced Placement Program examinations
and College Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations.
Students’ Legal Assistance Office
Two Illinois attorneys and their staff provide legal information and
assistance to eligible fee-paying NIU students. The office handles
a large variety of cases including landlord-tenant, criminal
misdemeanor, traffic, consumer, discrimination, personal injury,
employer-employee, public benets, and domestic relations. It is
preferred that appointments be made. The offices are located in
Campus Life Building, Room 120, and can be reached by calling
815-753-1701.
The office is funded by the NIU student Association. The attorneys
are prevented by their contracts and the Code of Professional
Ethics from handling matters relating to NIU and matters between
NIU students. Persons able to procure private counsel are not
eligible for litigational representation.
In addition to its direct legal services, the lawyers have developed
an extensive “preventative-law” program designed to prevent
problems through community education. Handout materials
include a Dispute Resolution Handbook, Landlord/Tenant
Handbook, Used Car Buyer’s Guide, Traffic Ticket Handbook,
Preventing Sexual Assault Handbook and various forms including
an apartment condition report, subleases, and roommate
agreements. There is extensive information regarding many legal
issues on the website at www.niu.edu/legal.
Women’s Resource Center
The Women’s Resource Center is an advocate for a safe,
supportive campus environment that embraces and creates
equity among all voices. The Women’s Resource Center educates,
helps women nd their voices, enriches student-learning, and
provides support and resource services. Through social justice
programming and advocacy work, the Women’s Resource Center
empowers students to create a campus culture that values
women and their diverse identities. Experiential opportunities
such as internships and volunteerism are offered to assist
students in their engagement on campus. Facility resources such
as a computer lab, Wellness & Relaxation Room, a TV lounge,
and kitchen are available to students. For more information on
programs or services or to nd out how to get involved, visit the
office located at 105 Normal Road, or call 815-753-0320.
Other Campus Human Service Agencies
The School of Family, Consumer and Nutrition Sciences Child
Development Laboratory (CDL) (Gabel Hall, Rooms 169-170,
815-753-1150) is accredited by the National Association for the
Education of Young Children and is recoginized by the Illinois
Quality Rating System as 4 Star, the highest level of quality. The
CDL provides high quality child care programs for children ages
6 weeks to 7 years. Enrollment in all programs is open to the
university and DeKalb communities, with half-day and full-day
enrollments throughout the year while NIU is open. Children are
enrolled based on available space, time of request, and their age.
Assessment of each child’s readiness for a group experience
is made in early contacts. The facility is licensed by the Illinois
Department of Children and Family Services for 47 children, and
is a research and training facility for child development majors
sponsored by the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences. For more information, contact the Child Development
Laboratory.
The Community Counseling Training Center at NIU (Graham
Hall 416; 815-753-9312) is a counseling and training clinic,
providing free counseling services to individuals and families of
NIU and the surrounding communities. Counselors are advanced
graduate counseling students under supervision of the NIU
Counseling Faculty, who are Licensed Clinical Professional
Counselors and Certied School Counselors. Counseling
involves supporting clients in personal growth and the resolution
of emotional challenges, as well as with academic and career
concerns. Services provided include individual counseling, play
therapy, couple and family counseling, group counseling, and
psychoeducational and career testing.
The Couple and Family Therapy Clinic (Wirtz Hall, Room 146,
815-753-1684) provides specialized mental health services for
couples, families, children, and individuals to those affiliated with
NIU and residents who live in the surrounding communities of
Northern Illinois. The therapists are graduate student therapists
under the direct supervision of licensed marriage and family
therapist faculty, who are also Approved Supervisors through
the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy. The
graduate program in marriage and family therapy is accredited by
the Commission on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy
Education. The facility and program are part of the School of
Family Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences in the college of Health
and Humans Services.
The Psychological Services Center (Psychology Building,
Room 86, 815-753-0591) offers a wide variety of psychological
evaluation and psychotherapy for individuals, couples, and
families. Clients range in age from young children to older adults.
Therapy is free of charge to full-time NIU students. NIU students
pay a reduced at rate for psychological evaluations. A sliding
fee scale for therapy and evaluations is available for clients from
the local community. The center is staffed by faculty and doctoral
students in clinical psychology in the Department of Psychology.
The Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic (Family Health, Wellness
and Literacy Center, 3100 Sycamore Road, 815-753-1481, TTY
815-752-2000) offers a comprehensive program of evaluation,
rehabilitation, and counseling services for any student with a
hearing loss and/or speech and language disorder. Hearing aids,
accessories, and repairs are available. The clinic is a program of
the School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders.
Other Services
Campus Transportation
NIU maintains the largest student-run university bus system
in Illinois. The 15-route system, governed by the Student
Association Mass Transit Board and the Director of Mass Transit,
provides free transportation to all fee-paying students to campus,
and inexpensive transportation for the DeKalb community. The
Huskie buses are in operations seven days a week while school
is in session during the fall and spring semesters, and for limited
hours during winter and spring breaks, as well as during the
summer session. All Huskie buses are equipped with chair lifts to
provide all students easy access to and from campus, shopping
and entertainment areas. For more information, call the Student
Association at 815-753-0483.
On Fridays and Sundays, the Student Association also runs a
shuttle running to and from the Elburn Train Station. This enables
many students to take public transportation back to their homes
and visit their families, and allows them to return easily as well.
For more information about the Elburn Shuttle Routes call the
ticket office at 815-753-3146.
In conjunction with the University Police, the Mass Transit Board
oversees the Late Night Ride Service, which provides safe
passage for students to their DeKalb-area homes. The service
operates seven nights a week from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. and can be
reached at 815-753-2222.
UNIVERSITY SERVICES 71
Through the Mass Transit Board and the Disability Resource Center,
the NIU Student Association operates the FREEDOMMOBILE,
which provides transportation around the campus and vicinity for
students with disabilities. During the winter months class-to-class
transportation is available for students with a qualifying disability.
For more information, call the Disability Resource Center at 815-
753-1303.
Orientation and Registration
An orientation program is required of all new undergraduate
students (freshman, transfer, and postbaccalaureate) enrolling
in on-campus courses. These programs introduce students and
family members to university programs, services, and facilities
and describe some of the varied aspects of college life. Academic
advising and registration information are included as part of the
program.
Off-Campus Students. New undergraduate students (transfers
and post-baccalaureate) who will enroll only in off-campus
courses are not required to attend an orientation session, but
academic advising is required prior to course registration.
Parking
Parking permits are required on campus unless pay parking is
utilized. Parking facilities are limited and controlled. Parking lots
are color-coded; all vehicles, including motorcycles and mopeds,
must display an appropriate permit. Special parking privileges
are extended to handicapped persons and to individuals who are
temporarily disabled. For further information, contact Campus
Parking Services, located on the corner of Normal Road and
Lincoln Terrace, at 815-753-1045.
Fifteen-minute loading and unloading spaces are scattered
throughout campus and require no special identication other
than the use of the vehicle’s emergency ashers.
Regional Programs
The university’s courses at regional sites are taught by university
faculty and are available to students meeting the standards and
prerequisites of courses taught in DeKalb. Baccalaureate degree
completion programs are scheduled at regional sites at times and
places convenient for adult students who generally are able to
pursue degree work on only a part-time basis.
Northern Illinois University, in collaboration with regional
community colleges, offers bachelor’s degree completion
programs in high-impact disciplines such as applied management
in public safety and computer science, business administration,
education, health and human sciences, industrial technology,
and nursing. Degree-completion opportunities are designed
to articulate with A.A., A.S., and A.A.S. degrees. Affordable off-
campus classes are offered evenings and weekends at NIU
Outreach Centers in Hoffman Estates, Naperville, and Rockford;
on the campuses of partner community colleges; and online;
providing exible options for working adults, regardless of where
they earned previous college credit. Northern Illinois University
has formal partnership agreements with the College of DuPage,
the College of Lake County, Elgin Community College, Harper
College, Rock Valley College, and Waubonsee Community
College.
Students admitted to NIU as degree-seeking students as well as
visiting students and non-degree students may enroll in courses
offered at regional sites. Adult students who are exploring various
disciplines and testing their resolve before formal commitment
to a degree program are also welcome in these courses, as
are adults who wish to pursue nondegree courses for personal
and professional development. Courses are taught in several
community college districts, including DuPage, Harper, Elgin,
Joliet, Oakton, Rock Valley, and Waubonsee.
Rapidly developing technologies, new discoveries emerging from
research, and expanding knowledge in every eld make continuing
education and development a necessity for professionals who
wish to maintain competency on a level equal to that of their
most recently graduated colleagues. The extending of university
resources to public groups sometimes takes the form of providing
updating and refresher courses to practicing professionals
who want to stay current with the latest developments in their
elds. Sometimes professionals in one eld need the practical
knowledge and informed theory of another eld. To meet such
diverse needs, the external programming staff in the university’s
academic colleges identies and consults with faculty to develop
and present instruction in the format most appropriate to particular
groups of professionals.
The university provides professional development experiences
in a variety of appropriate formats such as one-day workshops,
seminars, conferences, training programs, short courses,
guided individual study courses, and consultations. Enlisting
the instructional and research expertise of the diverse university
faculty, the external programming staff matches these resources
with the articulated needs of practicing professionals in Illinois.
Many of these short courses are tailored to meet the professional
needs of a particular agency or business. Others are offered
more broadly, attracting participants from across professions,
communities, and companies.
NIU Hoffman Estates, NIU Naperville,
and NIU Rockford
The NIU Outreach Centers at Hoffman Estates, Naperville, and
Rockford function both as facilities for corporate clients and as
after-hours locations for NIU programs for adult learners. All these
facilities provide daytime space to businesses, organizations,
and associations in a professional environment ideal for training
sessions, meetings, and special events. As regional sites, the
Hoffman Estates, Naperville, and Rockford centers provide
evening and Saturday classroom and computer laboratory
space for NIU’s academic programs. The credit courses typically
available at the centers are offered at the graduate level and the
upper-division, undergraduate level.
Offices on NIU’s DeKalb campus handle all admissions,
registration, advising, class scheduling, class materials, and
specic information regarding classes offered at all regional site
locations.
The Lorado Taft Field Campus
The 140-acre Lorado Taft Field Campus is located approximately
35 miles west of DeKalb near the city of Oregon, Illinois. This
Field Campus, adjacent to the Lowden Memorial State Park, is
nestled in a hilly and heavily wooded area on the east side of the
Rock River, which was formerly the site of the Eagle’s Nest Art
Association. The buildings in this scenic area are equipped for
year-round use. The area is ideal for practical natural laboratory
work and study of various aspects of environmental education not
available in the traditional classroom. The facilities of the Lorado
Taft Field Campus may also be used for meetings, conferences,
workshops, and retreats by other university-related groups on a
space-available basis at a modest cost.
72
College of Business
Denise D. Schoenbachler, Ph.D., dean
Beth Towell, Ph.D., associate dean
Paul R. Prabhaker, Ph.D., associate dean
David R. Wunsch, Ph.D., interim associate dean
Programs leading to the degree Bachelor of Science (B.S.) are
offered in all departments in the College of Business and are
accredited by AACSB International–The Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business.
Inquiries concerning guidelines for the College of Business
should be directed to the Office of Undergraduate Studies in
Business.
Department Names and Undergraduate
Programs Offered
Department of Accountancy
B.S. in accountancy
Department of Finance
B.S. in nance
Department of Management
B.S. in management
B.S. in business administration
Department of Marketing
B.S. in marketing
Department of Operations Management
and Information Systems
B.S. in operations and information management
College Mission Statement
Create innovative academic and business experiences through
partnerships among students, faculty, staff, alumni, and the
business community.
College Learning Goals and Objectives
College of Business undergraduates are expected to achieve the
following learning goals and objectives.
Our graduates will be effective business communicators.
• College of Business graduates will be able to create common
business documents.
• College of Business graduates will be able to deliver a
business presentation using the appropriate technology.
• College of Business graduates will be able to analyze
business situations and respond with the appropriate
channel, form, content, and format.
Our graduates will demonstrate business ethical awareness.
• College of Business graduates will be able to identify ethical
issues, decision alternatives and the consequences of
those alternatives, including the impact on stakeholders in
business decision making.
Our graduates will demonstrate problem solving skills.
• College of Business graduates will be able to identify a wide
array of business problems and their interdependencies.
• College of Business graduates will be able to analyze
situations and identify relevant factors that contribute to
business problems by using appropriate quantitative and
qualitative tools.
• College of Business graduates will be able to generate a
range of alternative solutions, analyze their feasibility and
effectiveness, and recommend the optimal solution.
• College of Business graduates will be able to develop action
plans to implement the recommended solutions.
Our graduates will demonstrate common business knowledge.
• College of Business graduates will be able to apply the
theory of the management and control of money-related
operations within a business.
• College of Business graduates will be able to apply the
theory and practice of the functions of Management.
• College of Business graduates will be able to describe the
process of planning and executing the conception, pricing,
promotion and distribution of ideas, goods and services to
create and keep customers.
• College of Business graduates will be able to apply
fundamental theory and manage processes to transform
inputs into outputs for creating greater customer value.
• College of Business graduates will be able to apply cross-
functional concepts among the principles of business
through the use of interdisciplinary exercises.
• College of Business graduates will be able to identify the
role and impact of information technology on organizations
to support competitive advantage.
Career Compass
Career Compass is a non-credit program required of all incoming
freshmen who are pursuing a major in business or who intend to
pursue a major in business. During the freshman and sophomore
years, students will complete an assessment of their interests,
abilities, and motivators, and based on this assessment, the
program will help students select a specic business major and
ultimately a successful career that best matches their personal
characteristics. Students will also be provided an introduction to
internship and job search skills during the sophomore year.
Passport to the Business World
Passport is a non-credit program following the completion of the
Career Compass program and is required for all sophomore,
junior, and senior students who are pursuing a major in business.
Passport helps students become aware of the variety of co-
curricular options the College of Business has to offer outside the
classroom as well as course electives that particularly strengthen
the likelihood of a student’s eventual success in the “real world.”
Before graduation, students are required to participate in activities
in each of these areas: Business Communications, Career
Development, Ethics, Experiential Learning, Global, Leadership,
and Service.
Limited Retention Requirements
All business majors must complete UBUS 310 in the rst
semester in which they enroll in 300- or 400-level business
courses. Prerequisites for UBUS 310 are: a grade of C or better
in each of the 100- and 200-level courses in the Business Core;
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 73
* Available for general education credit.
1
This course is optional for transfer students with 45 or more credit hours.
2
Accountancy students are required to take ACCY 310.
3
Prequisites for all upper-division courses must be met prior to enrollment.
having satisfactorily completed UBUS 100
1
; having a 2.75 or
better cumulative GPA; and having junior standing. To continue as
a business major, students must earn a C or better in UBUS 310.
UBUS 311 and OMIS 351
2
must be completed no later than the
semester or term immediately following completion of UBUS 310.
Additional retention requirements for each major can be found
under Department Requirements.
Additional Requirements
The major portion of the professional business courses must be
taken during the junior and senior years.
Students may be allowed to audit a business course with
permission from the Office of Undergraduate Studies in Business;
however, enrollment preference goes to students who are taking
course work for credit.
Students may enroll in a business course no more than twice. A
withdrawal from a 300- or 400-level business course counts as
an enrollment. Students enrolling in a junior-senior level business
course may not subsequently transfer that course from another
college or university.
A minimum of 6 semester hours of credit in senior (400-level)
courses required in the major must be earned at NIU.
To graduate with a degree in the College of Business, students
must have a minimum GPA of 2.00 (C average) in their majors,
computed by using all 300- and 400-level courses taken in a
student’s major whether elective or required. Included in the
calculation of a student’s major GPA are all 300- and 400-level
courses taken outside the department and outside the College of
Business that are required by the student’s major.
Business Core (45-49)
The business core must be completed by all students majoring
in business.
100- and 200-Level Courses
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3)
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
*ENGL 203 - Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in
the Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204 - Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Researched Writing in the Domains (3) If placed into
ENGL 204,
OR pass the English Core Competency II Examination (0)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
OMIS 259 - Introduction to Business Information Systems (3)
UBUS 100
1
- Career Compass (0)
UBUS 200 - Passport Introduction (0)
UBUS 201 - Passport Culmination (0)
UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3)
300- and 400-Level Courses
UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9)
UBUS 311 - Business Core: Applications Seminar (3)
OMIS 351 - Information Systems in Organizations (3),
OR ACCY 310
2
- Accounting Information Systems (3)
MGMT 468 - Strategic Management (3)
Minor in Business Administration (36-41)
The minor in business administration is available only to NIU
non-business students in good academic standing. Students
should declare the business administration minor as early in the
semester as possible.
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3) and
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4) (whichever is taken rst)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Three of the Following (9)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
One of the following (3)
*ANTH 120 - Anthropology and Human Diversity (3)
*GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3)
*GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
*HIST 171 - The World Since 1500 (3)
ILAS 170 - World Religions (3)
*PHIL 231 - Contemporary Moral Issues (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
*WGST 202 - Women and Cultural Expression (3)
Two upper-division courses in accountancy, nance, management,
marketing, or operations management and information systems
(6).
3
Students should consult with an adviser in the Undergraduate
Studies Office, Barsema 201, for advisement.
Transfer Credit in the College of Business
Decisions about the transfer of course credits to meet
baccalaureate degree requirements in business are based upon
the following guidelines.
Students transferring in from accredited community/junior
colleges or from accredited four-year colleges are covered by the
same curriculum policies that apply to students at NIU. Courses
approved for transfer to meet general education requirements
or as general free electives are determined by the Office of
Admissions. Courses transferred to meet requirements for the
accountancy, business administration, nance, management,
marketing, or operations and information management majors
are determined by the College of Business in conjunction with
the Office of Admissions.
Students who plan to transfer to NIU and major in an area of
business should have taken as many of the lower-division
business core courses as possible.
Students are advised not to take the equivalents of any 300-
or 400-level business courses restricted to juniors and seniors
during the rst two years whether in a junior college or a four-year
school.
74 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
Dean’s List Criteria
Through the Dean’s List, the College of Business recognizes
undergraduates whose academic performance has been
outstanding. The Dean’s List recognizes those students who
achieve a GPA of 3.75 or higher (on a 4.00 scale) while completing
a minimum of 12 graded semester hours within a fall or spring
semester.
Undergraduates Completing Phase One
Requirements for an Advanced Degree in
Business
Students who plan to pursue a graduate degree in business at NIU
may satisfy most of the Phase One requirements as a result of
their successful completion of an undergraduate business degree
or a business minor. Contact the director of M.B.A. programs to
determine what restrictions apply to Phase One course work.
Interdisciplinary Courses Offered by the
College of Business (UBUS)
100. CAREER COMPASS (0). A career exploration program for
freshmen and sophomores who have indicated a desire to pursue
a major in the College of Business. Based on an assessment of
a student’s interests, skills, and motivators, students explore the
business majors and career paths that best t their business self.
Completion of the program will be required for students to be eligible
to enroll in UBUS 310. This course is optional for transfer students
with 45 or more credit hours. S/U grading.
101. BUSINESS DISCIPLINES AND ISSUES (1-3). Designed to
provide students with an understanding of the various disciplines in
business by focusing on current business issues through readings
and with speakers from business and faculty. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours when topics vary. Not available for
credit for upper-division business majors.
200. PASSPORT INTRODUCTION (0). Introduction of the Passport
program to students at the end of their sophomore year or beginning
of their junior years. The Passport program helps students identify
experiences that are important to be successful in today’s business
world. Explanation of the requirements of the program for business
students and the reporting process. To be taken before or concurrent
with UBUS 310. S/U grading.
201. PASSPORT CULMINATION (0). Review for successful
completion of all 7 continents in the Passport Program introduced in
UBUS 200. Once veried, a business transcript reecting student’s
experiences and accomplishments will be created. Satisfactory
completion of UBUS 201 is a graduation requirement for all business
majors. To be taken during a student’s graduating semester. S/U
grading. PRQ: UBUS 200.
223. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS (3). Collection
and presentation of data, measures of central tendency and
variability, probability, sampling and sampling distributions, statistical
inferences, simple linear regression and correlation, with emphasis
on applications of these topics to business situations. PRQ: Grade
of C or better in MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229 or consent of
college.
310. BUSINESS CORE: LECTURE (9). Introduction to the three
primary functional areas in business (nance, marketing, and
operations) as well as general principles of business management.
Emphasis on interdisciplinary application of the business principles,
and the cross-functional relationships between functional areas in
business. PRQ: A grade of C or better in each of the following: ACCY
206, ACCY 207, ECON 260, ECON 261, ENGL 203 or ENGL 204,
MATH 211 or MATH 229, MGMT 217, PSYC 102, OMIS 259, and
UBUS 223; satisfactory completion of UBUS 100; a cumulative GPA
of at least 2.75; and junior standing. CRQ: UBUS 200.
1
This course is optional for transfer students with 45 or more credit hours.
3 11. BUSINESS CORE: APPLICATIONS SEMINAR (3). Application
of the business principles covered in UBUS 310. Case analyses,
exercises, current readings, and discussion of contemporary issues
in business. Practice in team problem solving, oral and written
communication skills. Must be taken concurrently with UBUS 310, or
in the semester or term immediately following completion of UBUS
310. Must be taken prior to, or concurrently with, any 400-level
College of Business course. CRQ: UBUS 310.
485. BUSINESS CONSULTING PROJECT (3). Supervised student
team projects conducted with selected business organizations.
Emphasis on collaborative efforts among students, faculty, and
business representatives in a project management setting and the
delivery of cross-functional business solutions. PRQ: At least junior
standing and consent of college.
490. TOPICS IN BUSINESS (1-3). Selected topics from the various
business disciplines. Course content includes an integration of the
functional areas of business administration and topics of current
importance. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: Consent of college. CRQ: UBUS 311; or FINA 320, MGMT 333,
MKTG 310, and OMIS 338.
499. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS RESEARCH (3). Study of
contemporary business research to prepare students for honors
projects in business and graduate research assignments, including
research design, selected methodologies, and appropriate structure
for academic research papers. PRQ: UBUS 310 and admission to
department honors in the College of Business, or admission to the
University Honors program, or consent of instructor.
75
Department of Accountancy (ACCY)
1
If not used to fulll requirement above.
The Department of Accountancy offers a B.S. degree which
prepares its graduates for professional accounting positions
in industry, public accounting, government, and not-for-prot
organizations, and or for graduate study. The program provides
students with a foundation in all primary areas of the accounting
discipline including cost management, nancial accounting,
accounting information systems, assurance services, and federal
income taxes. Students are also provided with the opportunity
to develop their communication, technology, and team-building
skills; apply their knowledge to structured problems; and develop
an understanding of ethical issues and professional conduct in
business
Accountancy Learning Goals and Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Accountancy program
are expected to achieve these learning goals and objectives in
addition to the College of Business Undergraduate Learning
Goals and Objectives.
The NIU Bachelor of Science in Accountancy program provides
essential study in accounting to prepare students at a level
appropriate for entrance into the profession or graduate study.
1. Our graduates will be technically competent accounting
professionals.
Our students will demonstrate an understanding of
nancial accounting, accounting information systems, cost
management, assurance services, and taxation concepts
appropriate for entrance into the profession or graduate study.
2. Our graduates will be effective problem-solvers.
Our students will:
• utilize analytic skills to identify accounting problems,
generate appropriate solutions, and make informed
decisions.
• apply technology tools to assist with problem solving.
3. Our graduates will be effective communicators.
Our students will:
• communicate in a professional manner.
• demonstrate effective teamwork skills.
• exhibit professional business conduct.
4. Our graduates will be ethical accounting professionals.
Our students will demonstrate an understanding of relevant
professional standards and codes of conduct.
Department Requirements
Retention in the accountancy program is competitive based on a
student’s overall GPA and grades earned in ACCY 206 and ACCY
207 or equivalent courses. Transcript review must be formally
requested by a qualied student by submitting a completed request
form. This review must be complete before permission is granted
for a student to enroll in any 300- or 400-level ACCY courses.
This form can be obtained from the Undergraduate Studies in
Business Office or from the Department of Accountancy.
Satisfactory completion of UBUS 310 as evidenced by a grade of
C or better is required before an accountancy major is allowed to
enroll in any 400-level accountancy course.
Accountancy prerequisites are deemed to be met only by
obtaining a grade of C or better. (It is necessary to repeat an
ACCY prerequisite in which a grade below C was earned before
taking the next course in the sequence.)
Accountancy majors may repeat a maximum of two upper-
level ACCY courses (one-credit upper-level ACCY courses are
exempted from this policy). Students who want to repeat any
ACCY courses will be allowed to enroll in that course only during
add/drop if sufficient resources are available.
Upper-level (300-400) ACCY courses will not be accepted from
other institutions except with permission of the Department of
Accountancy.
To graduate as an accountancy major, a transfer student will
be required to take at least 12 semester hours of 300-400 level
ACCY courses at NIU.
To graduate as an accountancy major, a student must earn a
grade of at least C in each course required in the major, which
includes courses in the business core, required ACCY courses,
and all electives required for the major.
Major in Accountancy (B.S.)
Business Core (45-49)
Requirements in Departments (27)
ACCY 320 - Intermediate Cost Management (3)
ACCY 331 - Financial Reporting I (3)
ACCY 332 - Financial Reporting II (3)
ACCY 360 - Assurance Services (3)
ACCY 370 - Accounting Career Planning Seminar (1)
ACCY 375 - Accountancy Writing Lab (1)
ACCY 415 - Data Analytics in Accounting (3)
ACCY 450 - Taxation of Business Entities and Individuals (3)
ACCY 470 - Accounting Career Skills Seminar (1)
One of the following (3)
ACCY 421 - Advanced Cost Management (3)
ACCY 433 - Financial Reporting III (3)
ACCY 439 - Contemporary Issues in Financial Accounting (3)
ACCY 462 - Internal Auditing (3)
ACCY 465 - Forensic Accounting/Fraud Examination (3)
ACCY 467 - Auditing of Accounting Information Systems (3)
ACCY 480 - Governmental and Not-For-Prot Accounting (3)
ACCY 490 - Current Topics in Accountancy (3)
One of the following (3)
ACCY 421
1
- Advanced Cost Management (3)
ACCY 433
1
- Financial Reporting III (3)
ACCY 439
1
- Contemporary Issues in Financial Accounting (3)
ACCY 462
1
- Internal Auditing (3)
ACCY 465
1
- Forensic Accounting/Fraud Examination (3)
ACCY 467
1
- Auditing of Accounting Information Systems (3)
ACCY 472 - Independent Study in Accountancy (3)
ACCY 473 - Internship in Accountancy (3)
ACCY 480
1
- Governmental and Not-For-Prot Accounting (3)
ACCY 490
1
- Current Topics in Accountancy (3)
ACCY 499 - Honors Directed Research in Accountancy (3)
Requirements outside Department (3)
FINA 410 - Financial Markets and Investments (3)
A student may not count more than 38 semester hours of accountancy
toward the 120-semester hour baccalaureate requirement. Students
who have already completed the required number of accountancy
courses will be allowed to enroll in additional accountancy courses
only during add/drop if sufficient resources are available.
Total Hours for a Major in Accountancy: 75-79
76 ACCOUNTANCY
Internships in Accountancy
The internship (ACCY 473) consists of full-time work experience
in an accounting function for ten to thirteen weeks and completion
of written and oral reports. Applications are reviewed by the
internship coordinator and approved on the basis of professional
promise, instructor recommendation, and credit in specied
courses. The Department of Accountancy coordinates all
academic internships. Students submit resumes and participate
in interviews approximately six to twelve months prior to the
internship. Spring semester interns have the opportunity to enroll
in additional accountancy courses from April to May. More detailed
information is available in the departmental office.
Professional Examination Preparation
The accountancy program provides students with the skills
necessary to pass the major certication examinations in the
accountancy profession, including the Certied Public Accountant
(C.P.A.) Examination, the Certied Internal Auditor (C.I.A.)
Examination, and the Certied Management Accountant (C.M.A.)
Examination. Information about requirements and review courses
for all these examinations is available in the department office.
C.P.A. Examination candidates in Illinois are required to complete
150 semester hours of course work and must have earned
a baccalaureate degree or higher degree before sitting for the
examination. The B.S. program, when combined with the M.A.S.
degree, provides students with an excellent background for the
C.P.A. Examination.
The Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) has approved NIU as a
participant in IIA’s Endorsed Internal Auditing Program. To receive
an IIA certicate of completion, a student must have either a B.S.
in accountancy from NIU or an M.A.S. degree from NIU. As part
of the certicate requirements students must complete ACCY
462, an approved business elective, and an academic internship
(ACCY 473) in an internal audit position. A student completing the
internal audit course work will have “Completion of internal audit
course work as endorsed by the Institute of Internal Auditors” on
the official NIU transcript.
Course List
206. INTRODUCTORY FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (3). Introduction
to nancial accounting as a means for recording transactions and
preparing nancial statements for external reporting purposes.
Examines the nature of accounting, basic accounting concepts,
nancial statements, accrual basis of accounting, the accounting
cycle, and internal control. Topics include corporate accounting for
assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, and the corporate income
statement. Emphasis on usefulness of accounting information for
business decision making. Not open to students with credit in ACCY
288. PRQ: Completion of 24 or more semester hours of course work
and a grade of C or better in OMIS 259 or equivalent.
207. INTRODUCTORY COST MANAGEMENT (3). Introduction to the
study of the information required for decision making in management
planning and control systems. Theory and application of product
costing, operational control, cost allocation, and performance
evaluation for manufacturing, merchandising, and service
organizations. Topics include cost-volume-prot analysis, standard
costing, budgeting, job order costing, activity based costing, and
process costing. PRQ: ACCY 206 or equivalent.
288. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING (3). Designed for students
who do not expect to become professional accountants, but who
need to understand basic accounting concepts and to gain insight
into the structure and the operating characteristics of accounting
systems. Emphasis on accounting principles, structuring accounting
to serve a variety of purposes, and the meaning and limitations of
nancial statements. Not open to College of Business majors or to
students with credit in ACCY 206 and/or ACCY 207.
306. FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION FOR BUSINESS
DECISIONS (3). Financial accounting and reporting from the point of
view of the user of nancial accounting information. Emphasis on the
use of nancial accounting information in decision making. Not open
to accountancy majors. CRQ: UBUS 310.
307. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING INFORMATION FOR DECISIONS
AND CONTROL (3). Study of managers’ use of accounting information
for decision making. Topics include budgeting, forecasting, cost
estimation, cost allocation, cost-volume-prot analysis, product
pricing, income statement analysis, performance measurement, and
non-routine decision making. Not open to accountancy majors. CRQ:
UBUS 310.
309. A SURVEY OF INCOME TAXES (3). Introduction to federal
income tax provisions, providing an overview of federal income tax
developments. Emphasis on taxation of business and individual
taxpayers including implications for decision making. Not open to
accountancy majors. PRQ: ACCY 207 or ACCY 288.
310. ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3). Study of
organizational accounting information systems that capture information
from the major business processes and transaction cycles. Emphasis
on how these information systems serve as the basis for the functional
areas of accounting and business, including internal controls, databases,
and other information technologies through a case study approach.
PRQ: Acceptable score on the Accountancy Qualifying Examination or
consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 310.
319. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION
SYSTEMS (1). Intended for students who wish to study internal
auditing but are not accountancy majors. An introduction to the
accounting systems in organizations that capture information from
the major business processes and transaction cycles. Coverage of
accounting transaction processing, internal controls, and applications
of accounting systems concepts through projects and cases. Not
open to accountancy majors or those with credit in ACCY 310. PRQ:
UBUS 310 and OMIS 351, or consent of department.
320. INTERMEDIATE COST MANAGEMENT (3). Study of managers’
use of accounting information for decision making in manufacturing
and service organizations. Topics include budgeting, cost estimation,
cost allocation, cost-volume-prot analysis, non-routine decision
making, transfer pricing, performance measurement, and the use of
Excel for modeling business decisions. PRQ: ACCY 310 with a grade
of C or better. CRQ: UBUS 310.
331. FINANCIAL REPORTING I (3). Study of nancial accounting
and reporting issues, including the conceptual framework, balance
sheet and income statement preparation, revenue recognition, time
value of money, monetary assets, inventories, plant assets, current
liabilities, and long-term debt. Employ authoritative sources in
researching accounting issues. Acceptable score on the Accountancy
Qualifying Examination or consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 310
and ACCY 310.
332. FINANCIAL REPORTING II (3). Study of nancial accounting and
reporting issues, including accounting for income taxes, pension and
other benet plans, leases, earnings per share, accounting changes,
stockholders’ equity, investments, and statement of cash ows. Employ
authoritative sources in researching accounting issues. Must be taken
concurrently with UBUS 311. PRQ: ACCY 331 with a grade of C or
better. CRQ: UBUS 310
360. ASSURANCE SERVICES (3). Study of assurance services,
including auditing and attestation. Emphasis on underlying concepts,
standards, and procedures associated with assurance services,
including engagement planning, risk assessment, internal control
testing, evidence gathering and documentation, and communication
of ndings. PRQ: ACCY 310 with a grade of C or better. CRQ: UBUS
310.
370. ACCOUNTING CAREER PLANNING SEMINAR (1). Explores
the various career paths available to accountants. Assists in identifying
and developing career goals, job search strategies and skills, and
interpersonal skills. Activities include self-assessment and career
goal planning, resume writing, mock interviews, networking, and
information interviews. PRQ: Acceptable score on the Accountancy
Qualifying Examination or consent of department.
ACCOUNTANCY 77
375. ACCOUNTANCY WRITING LAB (1). Development of
effective written communication skills appropriate for accounting
professionals. Provides the accounting specic context to integrate
technical accounting knowledge with the skills and abilities needed
to communicate that knowledge in written form within a professional
accounting environment. Must be taken concurrently with ACCY 320
or ACCY 360. PRQ: ACCY 310 with a grade of C or better; COMS 100;
ENGL 104 or ENGL 105. CRQ: UBUS 311.
4 11. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3).
In-depth study of advanced accounting information systems and
applications. Emphasis on applied topics such as database systems,
general ledger systems, e-commerce, and internal control issues.
Students may not receive credit for both ACCY 411 and ACCY
611. PRQ: ACCY 310 with a grade of C or better and ACCY 375, or
consent of department. CRQ: ACCY 360 or consent of department.
415. DATA ANALYTICS IN ACCOUNTING (3). Study of the use of
accounting data to identify, analyze and solve business problems.
Examines the processes needed to develop, report and analyze
accounting data and the business risks related to data collection,
storage and use. PRQ: ACCY 360 with a grade of C or better and
ACCY 375 with a grade of C or better. CRQ: ACCY 450.
421. ADVANCED COST MANAGEMENT (3). Study of advanced topics
related to managers’ use of accounting information for management
planning and control systems. Topics include advanced costing
techniques, division performance measurement, customer protability
analysis, incentive systems, and other contemporary cost management
issues. PRQ: ACCY 320 with a grade of C or better and ACCY 375.
CRQ: UBUS 311.
433. FINANCIAL REPORTING III (3). Study of nancial accounting
and reporting issues, including accounting for business combinations
consolidated nancial statements, conversion of foreign nancial
statements, foreign currency denominated transactions, and
derivatives and hedging activities. Employ authoritative sources in
researching accounting issues. PRQ: ACCY 332 with a grade of C or
better and ACCY 375.
439. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
(3). Study of select topics in nancial accounting and reporting to
supplement knowledge attained in required nancial reporting
courses. PRQ: ACCY 332 with a grade of C or better and ACCY 375.
450. TAXATION OF BUSINESS ENTITIES AND INDIVIDUALS (3).
Study of basic concepts of federal income taxation related to business
entities and individuals. Includes the study of property transactions.
PRQ: ACCY 332 with a grade of C or better.
455. INDIVIDUAL TAXATION (3). Study of the basic concepts of
federal income taxation as they apply to individuals. Topics include
gross income, exclusions, deductions, the taxation of sole proprietors,
and computation of gains and losses on the disposition of property.
Not available for credit to students with credit in ACCY 309. PRQ:
ACCY 331 with a grade of C or better and junior or senior standing.
456. ADVANCED FEDERAL TAXES (3). Study of federal taxes
imposed on business entities with emphasis on corporations,
partnerships, and S corporations including an overview of tax
research techniques. Students may not receive credit for both ACCY
456 and ACCY 644. PRQ: ACCY 455 with a grade of C or better or
consent of department.
462. INTERNAL AUDITING (3). Study of internal audit objectives,
processes and reporting. Topics include internal audit standards,
internal controls, risk assessment, risk-based audit procedures,
documentation, and communications. Employ authoritative sources
to examine ethical issues, emerging issues, and industry specic
issues. PRQ: ACCY 360 with a grade of C or better and ACCY 375.
465. FORENSIC ACCOUNTING/FRAUD EXAMINATION (3). Study
of fraud detection and control from the perspective of public, internal,
and private accountants. Topics include principles and standards for
fraud-specic examination, fraud-specic internal control systems,
and proactive and reactive investigative techniques. PRQ: ACCY 332
with a grade of C or better, and ACCY 360 with a grade of C or better,
and ACCY 375.
467. AUDITING OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3).
Study of the auditing of computer-based accounting information
systems with a focus on control and security. Topics include
information technology as it relates to assurance services, internal
control assessments, and evidence-gathering activities. A student
may not receive credit for both ACCY 467 and ACCY 667. PRQ:
ACCY 360 with a grade of C or better and ACCY 375, or consent of
department.
470. ACCOUNTING CAREER SKILLS SEMINAR (1). Continuation
of ACCY 370. Study of interpersonal skills necessary for a successful
accounting career. Explores a variety of situations that accounting
professionals experience in their careers and discusses the
necessary skills and appropriate behaviors in those situations. PRQ:
ACCY 370 and ACCY 375.
472. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ACCOUNTANCY (1-3). Individually
arranged study of an accounting topic or topics that are not part of
our regular course offerings. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
semester hours. PRQ: ACCY 331 with a grade of B or better and
ACCY 360 with a grade of B or better and ACCY 375 and subject
to a faculty member’s discretion and availability and consent of
department.
473. INTERNSHIP IN ACCOUNTANCY (3). Full-time work for at
least 10 weeks in the accountancy/nancial function of a sponsoring
organization. Students submit periodic reports and deliver an oral
presentation to the Department of Accountancy internship coordinator
for grading. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
ACCY 310 and ACCY 331 and ACCY 332 and ACCY 370 and ACCY
375; and either ACCY 320 or ACCY 360; and junior standing; and
consent of department.
475. C.P.A. PROBLEMS I (3). Study of accounting principles
and practices for issuers, nonissuers, and governmental entities.
Discussion of related theory and completion of relevant, complex
problems. Computer-based practice in the solution of typical problems
encountered in the C.P.A. exam. May not be used as an accountancy
elective. PRQ: Consent of department.
476. C.P.A. PROBLEMS II (3). Study of auditing principles and
practices for issuers, nonissuers, and governmental entities.
Discussion of related theory and completion of relevant, complex
problems. Computer-based practice in the solution of typical problems
encountered in the C.P.A. exam. May not be used as an accountancy
elective. PRQ: Consent of department.
480. GOVERNMENTAL AND NOT-FOR-PROFIT ACCOUNTING
(3). Study of state and local government accounting; not-for-prot
organization accounting including tax issues and industry specic
issues in healthcare and colleges and universities; Government
Auditing Standards and the Single Audit Act; and federal government
accounting. PRQ: ACCY 332 with a grade of C or better and ACCY
375.
490. CURRENT TOPICS IN ACCOUNTANCY (1-3). Study of new
developments in accountancy including current topics and issues.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topics
vary. PRQ: Consent of department.
499. HONORS DIRECTED RESEARCH IN ACCOUNTANCY (3).
Open only to students participating in the University Honors Program.
Individually arranged research in an accountancy topic of the
student’s selection which must be approved by the student’s Honors
adviser, the faculty member supervising the research, and by the
department chair. PRQ: ACCY 375 and consent of department.
78 ACCOUNTANCY
Accountancy Faculty
James C. Young, C.P.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University,
Distinguished Teaching Professor, chair, Crowe Horwath
Professor of Accountancy
Meghann A. Cefaratti, Ph.D., Virginia Tech, assistant professor
Natalie T. Churyk, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina,
professor, Caterpillar Professor of Accountancy
B. Douglas Clinton, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington,
professor, Alta Via Consulting Professor of Management
Accountancy
Bradrick M. Cripe, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska at
Lincoln, associate professor
Ann C. Dzuranin, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Florida, assistant
professor
Chih-Chen Lee, C.P.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University at
Carbondale, professor, HSBC Professor of Accountancy
Katrina L. Mantzke, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
associate professor, Kieso Professor of Accountancy
Linda Matuszewski, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati,
associate professor
Mark E. Riley, C.P.A., Ph.D., Texas Tech University, associate
professor
Rebecca T. Shortridge, C.P.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University,
professor, Gaylen and Joanne Larson Professor of
Accountancy
David H. Sinason, C.F.E., C.F.S.A., C.I.A., C.P.A., Ph.D.,
Florida State University, professor, PricewaterhouseCoopers
Professor of Accountancy
Pamela A. Smith, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of North Texas,
Presidential Teaching Professor, Board of Trustees Professor,
KPMG Professor of Accountancy
Donald Tidrick, C.I.A., C.M.A., C.P.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, professor, Deloitte Professor of Accountancy
Tammy Waymire, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Arkansas, associate
professor
Tim West, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee, associate
professor, Grant Thornton Professor of Accountancy
S. Carol Yu, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Houston, associate
professor
79
Department of Finance (FINA)
The Department of Finance prepares its graduates for professional
positions in nancial management, nancial institutions,
investments, and capital markets. The B.S. in nance provides
students with the opportunity to master the functional areas of
nance, including nancial management of business enterprises,
nancial institutions, investment securities, nancial assets,
and insurable risks. Graduates learn and apply basic analytical
and statistical tools used in nance, including accounting skills.
Graduates acquire oral and written communication skills through
frequent in-class presentations, writing assignments, student
organization activities, and internships.
For the rst three years of undergraduate study, all nance
majors fulll the same general education and nance core
course requirements. In the senior year, as nance majors select
a career path, elective courses in investments, banking, and/or
the corporate nance area may be taken. Depending upon career
path selection, upper-level course work also prepares students to
sit for the Level I Chartered Financial Analyst (C.F.A.) examination,
the Certied Treasury Professional (C.T.P.) examination, or the
Certied Bank Auditor (C.B.A.) examination. All three of these
professional certication programs have set global standards for
excellence in the world of nance.
Finance Learning Goals and Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Finance program are
expected to achieve these learning goals and objectives in
addition to the College of Business Undergraduate Learning
Goals and Objectives.
1. The graduate must be able to list and distinguish the
functional areas of nance.
In order to be a successful nancial professional one must
understand the role that one’s particular analysis plays in the
broader agenda of the nance department of a corporation,
bank, or other institution. Successful demonstration of this
student learning outcome would indicate that the graduate is
aware of the implications and the contributions of each of the
functional areas to the achievement of the overarching goals
of the unit within which the graduate will be working.
2. The graduate must be able to apply analytical tools to
solve problems.
Many of the tasks that must be performed by the nancial
manager, even the routine tasks, can be complex. It is therefore
important that the graduate be able to decompose a problem
into its constituent parts and understand the implications of
the interplay among these constituents in order to provide a
solution to a particular question or to establish a systematic
policy that can be applied in various similar situations.
3. The graduate must be able to apply statistical tools to
solve problems.
The concept of risk is fundamental to every functional area of
the discipline of nance. The idea of risk, in turn, is inextricable
from the mathematical concept of probability; with which the
discipline of statistics is concerned. It is therefore imperative
that every graduate from the nance program have a rm
grasp of statistics, and is able to apply the tools and analyses
from statistics to problems related to nance.
4. The graduate must understand and be able to apply
accounting skills.
The discipline of nance originated as a subset of the eld of
accountancy. One could even say that in large part nance is
the application of economic theory to accounting data. Very
commonly the nancial manager is using, as the basic fodder
for his analyses, the output of accounting processes. Thus,
it is important that every graduate acquire basic accounting
skills and understand from whence the accounting data she is
using is derived.
5. The graduate must be able to use appropriate technology.
The practice of modern business, in general, and nance
in particular requires that the student be competent with
several technological implements. Primary among the tools
that graduates must master is the nancial calculator. The
students must also be familiar with spreadsheet, presentation,
and word processing applications.
6. The graduate must demonstrate adequate written and
oral communication skills.
Acquiring the skills necessary to perform advanced statistical
and analytical analysis of a nancial nature would be virtually
useless if one were unable to communicate the results of such
analysis to others. Thus it is necessary that graduates are able
to adequately communicate in writing and with the spoken
word.
7. The graduate must demonstrate good interpersonal
skills.
In addition to acquiring skills specic to the practice of nancial
management and oral and written communication is important
that graduates are able to work with others in an appropriate
manner.
Department Requirements
Retention in the nance major is competitive based on a student’s
GPA. Transcript review must be formally requested by a qualied
student by submitting a completed request form. This review must
be complete before permission is granted for a student to enroll
in any 300- or 400-level FINA courses. This form can be obtained
from the Department of Finance.
Satisfactory completion of the nance core (FINA 330, FINA
340, FINA 350, and FINA 395) and ACCY 306 as evidenced by
a grade of C or better in each of these courses is required prior
to enrolling in any 400-level FINA course. To be retained as a
nance major or minor, a student may not repeat more than two
300- or 400-level FINA courses, with a maximum of one repeat
from the nance core courses (FINA 330, FINA 340, FINA 350,
and FINA 395).
To graduate as a nance major or minor, a student must earn
a grade of at least a C in each course required in the major
or minor, which includes courses in the business core (for the
major), required FINA courses, and all electives required for the
major or minor.
80 FINANCE
Major in Finance (B.S.)
Business Core (45-49)
Requirements in Department (19)
FINA 330 - Corporate Finance (3)
FINA 340 - Investments (3)
FINA 350 - Financial Markets and Institutions (3)
FINA 395 - Career Planning in Finance (1)
Course work from the following (9)
FINA 430 - Treasury and Credit Management (3)
FINA 440 - Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)
FINA 445 - Security Analysis Practicum (1)
FINA 446 - Portfolio Management Practicum (1)
FINA 450 - Commercial Bank Management (3)
FINA 455 - Analysis of Derivative Securities (3)
FINA 460 - Analysis of Fixed Income Securities (3)
FINA 465 - Internal Review for Financial Institutions (3)
FINA 470 - International Finance (3)
FINA 475 - Financial Data Analysis (3)
FINA 485 - Financial Process and Policy (3)
FINA 490 - Finance Research Seminar (3)
Requirements outside Department (6)
ACCY 306 - Financial Accounting Information for
Business Decisions (3)
ACCY 307 - Managerial Accounting Information for Decisions
and Control (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Finance: 70-74
Recommendations
The nance core should be completed by the end of the junior
year.
The course subjects listed below are recommended as suitable for
many nance majors. The most suitable choices are dependent
on each student’s particular background, aptitudes, and career
goals. Additional recommendations are available on request from
the nance area departmental adviser.
Written and oral business communication: Departments of
Communication, English, and Management
Computer applications and systems analysis: Departments
of Computer Science and Operations Management and
Information Systems
Interpersonal skills (i.e., human resources, industrial psychology):
Departments of Management, Psychology, and Sociology
Financial information: Department of Accountancy
Mathematical and business quantitative methods: Departments
of Mathematical Sciences and Operations Management and
Information Systems
Minor in Finance (24-34)
Admission to the minor in nance is competitive. This minor is
suggested for students with an interest in nance who have good
analytical skills.
Students wishing to apply for the minor in nance must ll out an
application (available in the Department of Finance).
Pre-admission Requirements (6-7)
Students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00, consent
of the Department of Finance, and a grade of C or better in the
following courses.
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Requirements (18-27)
ACCY 306 - Financial Accounting Information for Business
Decisions (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3),
OR UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9), and
UBUS 311 - Business Core: Applications Seminar (3)
FINA 330 - Corporate Finance (3)
FINA 340 - Investments (3)
FINA 350 - Financial Markets and Institutions (3)
And one of the following (3)
FINA 430 - Treasury and Credit Management (3)
FINA 440 - Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)
FINA 450 - Commercial Bank Management (3)
FINA 455 - Analysis of Derivative Securities (3)
FINA 460 - Analysis of Fixed Income Securities (3)
FINA 465 - Internal Review for Financial Institutions (3)
FINA 470 - International Finance (3)
FINA 475 - Financial Data Analysis (3)
FINA 485 - Financial Process and Policy (3)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Finance (9)
This certicate is designed for non-nance business majors to
study intermediate-level nance topics. Building on the basic
nance concepts introduced in UBUS 310, this certicate will
provide students with more in-depth coverage of the three major
areas of nance: Investment, Corporate Finance, and Financial
Markets and Institutions. This certicate is designed to help
non-nance majors to incorporate nancial perspectives in
their decision making and to understand the impact of evolving
nancial markets on corporations.
Admission to the certicate program is competitive based on
GPA and is consistent with the limited admission standards for
the nance major and minor. To earn the certicate, students
must have a grade of C or above for each required course. All
certicate courses must be completed within four academic
years. No transfer credits may be applied toward the certicate.
Interested students should apply no later than the beginning
of their nal semester prior to graduation. Applications are
available in the Department of Finance.
Requirements (9):
FINA 330 - Corporate Finance (3)
FINA 340 - Investments (3)
FINA 350 - Financial Markets and Institutions (3)
Internships in Finance
Department of Finance internships take place throughout the
year, though summer positions tend to be full time and fall
and spring positions tend to be part time. Most interns receive
monetary compensation from the employer. These internships
are designed for nance majors with junior standing. Satisfactory
completion of the nance core and consent of the department
internship coordinator are required for admission to an internship.
Those students selected for an internship work in a commercial
bank, other nancial institution or business rm, or government
agency during the summer session or a semester before their
senior year. Application is made to the internship coordinator.
Students are limited to a maximum of 6 semester hours of
internship credit within the College of Business. Course credit,
which is S/U, cannot be used to meet departmental elective
credit.
FINANCE 81
Scholarships in Finance
During the fall of each year, the Department of Finance awards
monetary scholarships to students majoring in nance who have
exhibited outstanding academic performance and the potential
for success in nance-oriented careers in business. These
scholarships are typically funded by sponsoring organizations
such as corporate manufacturers, commercial banks, insurance
companies, real estate rms, and other businesses. In evaluating
candidates for these scholarships, primary emphasis is given
to their overall level of academic achievement as indicated by
their GPA, together with their performance in specic nance and
nance-related course work.
Chartered Financial Analyst Preparation
The Chartered Financial Analyst (C.F.A.) professional designation
is awarded to investment advisers, portfolio managers, and
securities research analysts who have a baccalaureate degree
and who have successfully completed three examinations in
nancial and investment analysis. No experience is required
to take the examinations, although three years of work
experience in investments are necessary to be awarded the
C.F.A. charter. Examinations are offered on the rst Saturday in
June and applications are due on the preceding August 31. It is
recommended that nance majors take FINA 440, FINA 445,
FINA 446, FINA 455, and FINA 460 in preparation for the C.F.A.
examinations. Additional information about the C.F.A. Candidate
Program is available from the Department of Finance and from
the C.F.A. Institute at www.CFAinstitute.org or 800-247-8132.
Certied Treasury Professional Associate
Preparation
The Certied Treasury Professional (C.T.P.) credential, formerly
the Certied Cash Manager, is widely regarded by treasury
managers as one of the leading credentials in the eld. NIU was
selected by the Association for Financial Professionals (AFP)
as one of the original 10 universities in the nation to participate
in the C.T.M. program. NIU students who complete FINA 430
with a grade of B or above may sit for the C.T.P. certication
examination. Successful candidates will earn the Certied
Treasury Professional Associate (C.T.P.A.) designation. Full
C.T.P. certication will be awarded once a student has fullled
the required two years of full-time treasury work experience.
Those students earning the C.T.P.A. designation will have up to
ve years after the examination date to complete the requirement.
Additional information about C.T.P. certication is available from
the Department of Finance and from the Association for Financial
Professionals at www.afponline.org or 301-907-2862.
Course List
115 . PERSONAL INVESTING (3). Overview of fundamental concepts
of personal investing. Topics include types of investment securities,
debt management, retirement and estate planning, insurance
planning, overview of the Social Security system, societal implications
of investment, and related topics.
126. INSURANCE PRINCIPLES (3). Survey of nancial programs
providing income to offset the perils of retirement, disability, disease,
premature death, and unemployment. Life and health insurance as
a major social institution, with private and governmental sectors.
Emphasis on diverse viewpoints of insurance providers, regulators,
and consumers.
128. REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES (3). Real estate ownership and
interests, contracts, title transfer, deeds, mortgage instruments, and
leases. Brokerage, real estate development, property management,
and appraising.
320. PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (3). Principles underlying managerial
decisions inuenced by capital structure and type of ownership;
problems related to sources of nancing; the tools of nancial
analysis and nancial management; integration of economic theory
and accounting. Not open to College of Business majors. PRQ: Junior
standing and ACCY 206 or ACCY 288, and UBUS 223 or STAT 208
or STAT 301 or STAT 350.
330. CORPORATE FINANCE (3). Analysis of nancial decisions
involving investment in capital assets and the selection of internal
and external sources of long-term funds. Cases and problems used
to illustrate the decision-making process. Topics include capital
budgeting techniques, risk analysis, debt and equity nancing,
dividend policies, mergers and acquisitions. PRQ: A grade of C or
better in ACCY 306, and a grade of C or better in FINA 320 or UBUS
310.
340. INVESTMENTS (3). Emphasis on risks, returns, and the
investment process; alternative investment instruments; investment
environments; introduction to analysis and valuation techniques; and
introduction to portfolio management. PRQ: A grade of C or better in
ACCY 306, and a grade of C or better in FINA 320 or UBUS 310.
350. FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (3). Study of the
types and functions of nancial institutions and the operation of
nancial markets. Organization and operation of deposit accepting
and other nancial intermediaries. Role of government regulatory
agencies such as the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and others. PRQ:
A grade of C or better in ACCY 306, and a grade of C or better in
FINA 320 or UBUS 310.
395. CAREER PLANNING IN FINANCE (1). Efficient job search
techniques to help identify appropriate career opportunities.
Preparation of resume, cover letters, business etiquette, business
ethics, and mock interviews. PRQ: UBUS 310 with a grade of at least
C and admission into the major.
410. FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INVESTMENTS (3). Emphasis
on the behavior and determinants of interest rates, valuation and
hedging concepts of xed-income securities, common instruments
of money and capital markets, equity valuation and portfolio theory,
and an introduction to the valuation of derivative securities. Not open
to nance majors or minors. PRQ: UBUS 311 for all business majors;
ACCY 306 for business administration majors, and MGMT majors,
and MKTG majors, and OMIS majors. CRQ: ACCY 331 for ACCY
majors.
430. TREASURY AND CREDIT MANAGEMENT (3). Gives students
an understanding of the issues and problems that pertain to the
treasury and credit functions of a corporation. The focus of the
course is to recognize and apply nancial concepts and quantitative
techniques to solve short-term nancial problems. Among the topics
to be covered are collection, cash concentration, disbursement
management, forecasting cash ows, credit management, and
international cash management. A secondary objective of this course
is to prepare students for the Certied Treasury Professional (CTP).
PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core
1
and ACCY 306.
440. SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT (3).
Analysis of quantitative and qualitative factors leading to valuation of
equity and xed-income securities. Application of alternative valuation
techniques and theories. Fundamental and technical approaches as
well as contemporary developments. PRQ: Satisfactory completion
of the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
445. SECURITY ANALYSIS PRACTICUM (1). Practical experience
in investment management combined with traditional academic
objectives as a member of a portfolio management team responsible
for the investment management of endowed funds. Student acts as
industry and security analyst, making investment recommendations
to the portfolio management team. May be repeated to a maximum of
2 semester hours. PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
ACCY 306, and consent of department.
1
The nance core consists of FINA 330, FINA 340, FINA 350, and FINA 395.
82 FINANCE
446. PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM (1). Practical
experience in investment management combined with traditional
academic objectives as a member of a portfolio management team
that is responsible for the investment management of endowed funds.
Student acts as portfolio manager, using input from security analysts
to make investment decisions as part of the portfolio management
team. May be repeated to a maximum of 2 semester hours. PRQ:
FINA 440 and FINA 445 with a grade of at least C, and consent of
department.
450. COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT (3). An extension of
FINA 350. Emphasis on the problems of formulating appropriate
lending and investment policies. Relationships of the composition
and movement of bank deposits to investment and loan policies
stressed. Commercial banking problems covered primarily from the
standpoint of the management of an individual commercial bank.
PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
455. ANALYSIS OF DERIVATIVE SECURITIES (3). Risk allocation
function of options and futures markets studied from the perspective
of market users. Hedging strategies and equilibrium pricing models.
Roles of government regulation and international developments.
PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
ACCY 306, or
FINA 410 with a grade of at least C.
458. INTERNSHIP IN FINANCE (3). Full-time work for a summer or a
semester as an intern in a commercial bank, other nancial institution
or business rm, or government agency under the supervision of
a coordinator from the Department of Finance. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Satisfactory
completion of the nance core,
1
ACCY 306, FINA 395, and consent
of department.
460. ANALYSIS OF FIXED INCOME SECURITIES (3). Exploration
of the xed income securities markets, institutions, and instruments.
Analysis of risks and risk management of xed income securities.
Portfolio management of xed income securities. PRQ: Satisfactory
completion of the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
465. INTERNAL REVIEW FOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3).
Introduction to the methodology of internal auditing for nancial
institutions. Topics include monitoring and verication of nancial,
operational, and control procedures. PRQ: Satisfactory completion of
the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
470. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (3). An analytical approach with
emphasis on foreign nancial and marketing problems. Balance of
payments position of the United States and the interrelationships
among developing countries. Procedures of overseas business
development and distribution. PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the
nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
475. FINANCIAL DATA ANALYSIS (3). Uses and limitations of
nancial data bases including CRSP, COMPUSTAT, DISCLOSURE,
MorningStar, and various resources available through INTERNET
and the World Wide Web. Application of contemporary statistical
methodology in analyzing this data for decision making purposes.
PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
485. FINANCIAL PROCESS AND POLICY (3). Integration and
application of nancial process in business decision making through
case analysis and study of articles written or sponsored by senior
nancial managers. The role of nancial process and policy in creating
stakeholder value. PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
and ACCY 306.
490. FINANCE RESEARCH SEMINAR (3). Analysis and discussion
of nancial topics and empirical research found in scholarly literature.
PRQ: Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
ACCY 306, and
consent of department.
495. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FINANCE (1-3). Studies conducted
through readings or projects in specialized topics of nance. PRQ:
Satisfactory completion of the nance core,
1
ACCY 306, minimum
cumulative NIU GPA of 3.10, and consent of department.
Finance Faculty
Dennis Dean, interim chair
Diane S. Docking, C.P.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas, associate
professor
James M. Johnson, Ph.D., Ohio State University, Presidential
Teaching Professor
Leonard L. Lundstrum, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate
professor
Gina K. Nicolosi, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati, associate
professor
Sukesh Patro, Ph.D., University of Pisttsburgh, associate
professor
Lei Zhou, Ph.D., University of Florida, associate professor
1
The nance core consists of FINA 330, FINA 340, FINA 350, and FINA 395.
83
Department of Management (MGMT)
The Department of Management offers B.S. degrees in
management and in business administration; minors in business
innovation and entrepreneurship, and social entrepreneurship; and
an undergraduate certicate in social entrepreneurship.
Major in Management (B.S.)
Students pursuing the B.S. degree in management select one of
two emphases: leadership and management or human resource
management. Students in the leadership and management
emphasis are prepared for management trainee, supervisory,
or other management positions in a variety of commercial
enterprises. This emphasis also enhances students’ preparation
for entrepreneurial and consulting endeavors. Students in the
human resource management emphasis are prepared for entry-
level positions as human resource generalists or specialists in a
variety of rms.
Management Learning Goals and Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Management program
are expected to demonstrate these learning goals and objectives
in addition to the College of Business Undergraduate Learning
Goals and Objectives.
Graduates of our program will demonstrate the following:
1. Problem-Solving Competencies
• Effectively carries out all steps of decision-making process
• Applies management principles throughout process
• Recognizes and thoughtfully considers ethical implications
when making management decisions
2. Relationship Building Competencies
• Participates actively in team projects and positively
inuences team outcomes
• Builds effective relationships with peers, mentors, and
business partners
• Proactively manages interpersonal conict
• Respects and leverages diversity in backgrounds and
perspectives
3. Communication Competencies
• Produces professional business documents
• Delivers professional presentations
• Appropriately seeks and utilizes feedback for improvement
4. Career and Self-Leadership Competencies
• Develops and acts upon a long-term career vision
• Understands and leverages professional strengths
• Understands and overcomes professional weaknesses
• Actively seeks out opportunities to build professional
expertise
• Demonstrates professionalism in interaction with others
Requirements
Retention in the management major is competitive based on
a student’s GPA. A transcript review must be completed by the
department and permission granted before a management major
can enroll in MGMT 335 or MGMT 355.
Satisfactory completion of UBUS 310 as evidenced by a grade of
C or better is required before a management major is allowed to
enroll in any 300- or 400-level course required in the major that
has UBUS 310 as a prerequisite.
Management prerequisites are met only by obtaining a grade of
C or better. (It is necessary to repeat a MGMT prerequisite in
which a grade below C was earned before taking the next course
in the sequence.)
To graduate as a management major, a student must earn a
grade of at least C in each course required in the major, which
includes courses in the business core, required MGMT courses,
and all electives required for the major.
Management majors may repeat a maximum of two 300- or 400-
level courses required in the major, which includes 300- and 400-
level courses in the business core, required MGMT courses, and
all elective courses required for the major.
Students who want to repeat a MGMT course will be permitted
to enroll in that course only during add/drop and if there is space
available.
Business Core (45-49)
Emphasis 1. Leadership and Management
Requirements in Department (25)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MGMT 355 - Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 395 - Career Planning in Management (1)
MGMT 417 - Leading and Managing Change (3)
MGMT 447 - Leadership (3)
MGMT 457 - Managerial Decision Making and Negotiation (3)
Two of the following (6)
MGMT 327 - Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 360 - Coaching and Mentoring (3)
MGMT 444 - Training and Development (3)
MGMT 460 - Human Resource Management and Leadership
Consulting (3)
MGMT 477 - Managing Organizations in Competitive
Environments (3)
MGMT 487 - Multinational Management (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling 93)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
OMIS 352 - Managing Projects in Business (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Leadership and Management: 70-74
Emphasis 2. Human Resource Management
Requirements in Department (25)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MGMT 355 - Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 395 - Career Planning in Management (1)
MGMT 436 - Compensation and Benets Administration (3)
MGMT 438 - Human Resource Planning and Staffing (3)
MGMT 444 - Training and Development (3)
MGMT 448 - Employment Law (3)
One of the following (3)
MGMT 456 - Practicum in Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 460 - Human Resource Management and Leadership
Consulting (3)
PSYC 471 - Industrial-Organizational Psychology (3)
TECH 402 - Industrial Training and Evaluation (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Human Resource Management:
70-74
84 MANAGEMENT
Major in Business Administration (B.S.)
Students pursuing the B.S. degree in business administration will
be prepared for a wide range of entry-level positions in a variety of
organizations. The curriculum provides a broad-based education
in all functional areas of business, including accounting, nance,
management, marketing, and operations management and
information systems.
Business Administration Learning Goals and
Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
program are expected to achieve these learning goals and
objectives in addition to the College of Business Undergraduate
Learning Goals and Objectives.
The Business Administration program prepares graduates
for a variety of entry-level positions in both the private and
public business sectors. It is a generalist degree unlike other
majors in the College of Business. Graduates of the Business
Administration program are expected to demonstrate:
1. the ability to solve practical business problems.
2. the ability to identify and describe relationships among the
primary business functional areas.
3. mastery of oral, written and verbal communication skills.
4. mastery of computer applications used in business
environment.
5. awareness of ethical issues in business organizations.
Business Core (45-49)
Other Requirements in the College of Business (31)
ACCY 306 - Financial Accounting Information for Business
Decisions (3)
ACCY 307 - Managerial Accounting Information for Decisions and
Control (3)
BADM 395 - Career Planning in Business Administration (1)
FINA 410 - Financial Markets and Investments (3)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MGMT 355 - Human Resource Management (3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
Two of the following (6)
OMIS 352 - Managing Projects in Business (3)
OMIS 442 - Process and Quality Improvement (3)
OMIS 450 - Service Operations (3)
OMIS 452 - Database Management for Business (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Business Administration: 76-80
Requirements
Satisfactory completion of UBUS 310 as evidenced by a grade
of C or better is required before a business administration major
is allowed to enroll in any 300- or 400-level business course
that has UBUS 310 as a prerequisite. To graduate as a business
administration major, a student must earn a grade of at least C
in each course required in the major including courses in the
business core. Business administration majors may repeat a
maximum of two 300- or 400-level business courses.
Minor in Business Innovation and
Entrepreneurship (18-27)
The minor in business innovation and entrepreneurship is
available to NIU undergraduate students in good academic
standing. Students with a major in Management may take a
minor in business innovation and entrepreneurship. Retention in
the business innovation and entrepreneurship minor requires a C
or better in all courses in the minor. Enrollment in MGMT 427 is
competitive based on the student’s overall GPA.
Students must complete an application for the business
innovation and entrepreneurship minor by the semester deadline.
Applications and deadline dates are available in the Department
of Management.
Requirements
ACCY 288
1
- Fundamentals of Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3) and
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
MGMT 320 - Foundations of Business and Entrepreneurship
1
(3),
OR UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9)
MGMT 327 - Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 427 - Entrepreneurship and Business Models (3)
MGMT 437 - Entrepreneurship (3)
One of the Following (3)
ACCY 306 - Financial Accounting Information for Business
Decisions (3)
ACCY 307 - Managerial Accounting Information for Decisions
and Control (3)
ACCY 309 - A Survey of Income Taxes (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance
1
(3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management
1
(3)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MGMT 447 - Leadership (3)
MGMT 457 - Managerial Decision Making and Negotiation (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing
1
(3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management
1
(3)
OMIS 450 - Service Operations (3)
Minor in Social Entrepreneurship (21-30)
The minor will help students develop the entrepreneurial skills
related to the unique features of building and sustaining ventures
to generate economic, social, and environmental change. This
minor in social entrepreneurship is available to NIU undergraduate
students in good academic standing. Students with a major
in management may take a minor in social entrepreneurship.
Retention in the social entrepreneurship minor is based on a
grade of C or better in all courses in the minor.
Students must complete an application for the social
entrepreneurship minor. Applications and deadline dates are
available in the Department of Management.
Requirements
ACCY 288
1
- Fundamentals of Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3) and
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
MGMT 311 - Social Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 320
1
- Foundations of Business and Entrepreneurship (3),
OR UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9)
MGMT 327 - Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 411 - Entrepreneurship in Micronance Organizations (3),
OR MGMT 421 - Global Social Venture Consulting (3)
MGMT 431 - Social Venture Competition (3)
One of the Following (3)
ACCY 480 - Governmental and Not-For-Prot Accounting (3)
BKST 219 - Introduction to African Studies (3)
CLCE 410 - Nonprots and Community Engagement (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
ENVS 303 - Environment in the Social Sciences and
Humanities (3)
ENVS 304 - Environment Law, Policy & Economics (3)
ENVS 450 - Issues in Environmental Studies (3)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
1
Course not open to College of Business majors.
MANAGEMENT 85
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 443 - Marketing Research (3)
PSPA 326X/POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
PSPA 328/POLS 328X - Role of Nongovernmental Organizations
in Development (3)
PSPA 301 - Philanthropy and Volunteerism (3)
PSPA 402/MGMT 402X - Resource Strategies for Nonprot
Organizations (3)
SOCI 270 - Social Problems (3)
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
Internship in Management
Management majors of junior standing are encouraged to apply
for an internship. Applications are evaluated by the departmental
chair and internship coordinator on the basis of a minimum 2.75
overall GPA and a 3.00 GPA or above in the major, references
from the department, rapport with and recommendations from the
business community, and relevance of the proposed internship
to professional career needs. Internships of variable S/U credit
hours (1-6) can be arranged. Internships are available through
participating enterprises and student professional organizations.
All internships are approved by the department and supervised
by the internship coordinator. Additional information for
submitting applications and preparing proposals is available in
the department office.
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Retail Management (12)
Coordinator: Mark S. Rosenbaum, Department of Marketing
A certicate of undergraduate study in Retail Management
is available. Please see a description of this certicate in the
Department of Marketing section of the catalog.
Social Entrepreneurship (9)
This certicate is designed to provide College of Business students
with a set of courses focused on social entrepreneurship. This
certicate will help students develop the entrepreneurial skills
related to the unique features of building and sustaining ventures
to generate economic, social, and environmental change and the
role of micronance organizations.
Admission to the certicate program is competitive. Students
interested in the certicate should ll out and submit an
application to the Department of Management located in
Barsema Hall 245. Applications are available in the Management
Department office or online at www.cob.niu.edu/ mgmt/
SocialEntrepreneurshipCerticate.pdf. Direct any questions
regarding this certicate to the Department of Management or
815-753-1124.
A grade of C or above must be earned in all of the certicate
courses. Only courses taken at NIU may be applied toward the
certicate. Some of the courses may, with the approval of the
major department, be applied toward an undergraduate major.
Students who earn the Minor in Social Entrepreneurship will not
be awarded the certicate.
Requirements (9)
MGMT 311 - Social Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 327 - Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 411 - Entrepreneurship in Micronance Organizations (3)
OR MGMT 421 - Global Social Venture Consulting (3)
Course List
Business Administration (BADM)
395. CAREER PLANNING IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(1). Career planning and job search skills relevant to business
administration majors. Topics include preparation of resumes and
cover letters, business etiquette, business communication skills,
business ethics, and interviewing techniques. PRQ: Business
administration major and UBUS 310.
458. INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (1-3). Full-
time work for a summer or a semester as an intern in a business
rm or organization under the supervision of a staff member of the
Department of Management. Additional deliverables will be required.
A permanent full-time or part-time position will not be considered
an internship. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
S/U grading. PRQ: Business administration major, UBUS 310, and
consent of department.
Management (MGMT)
101. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(1-3). Background information for students interested in business
subjects. Facilitates the understanding of concepts, models, and
approaches to business and entrepreneurship.
2 1 7. LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS (3). Study of the
nature of the legal system in which society functions, including basic
business agreements, business entities, and government regulation.
3 01. BUSINESS AND SOCIETY (3). Development of an understanding
of the complex and important ways in which business affects and is
inuenced by its societal environment. Topics include social, political,
and economic constraints on decision making for the rm and the
effects business has on society in its role as employer, producer,
and corporate citizen. PRQ: Grade of C or better in UBUS 310 and
UBUS 311.
311. SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3). Examination of the factors
that support the development and growth of sustainable ventures
to generate economic, social, and environmental change, including
understanding the social value proposition, sustainable business
models, and management practices related to resource acquisition,
organization, and performance management frameworks. PRQ: Junior
or senior standing, or consent of department.
320. FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(3). Identify and understand the functions within and environments
of commercial enterprises in the context of entrepreneurial ventures.
Topics include, but are not limited to, idea generation and evaluation,
new venture creation, enterprise functions, the entrepreneur, corporate
entrepreneurship, organizational ethics, and related topics. Not open to
business majors. PRQ: ACCY 206 and ACCY 207, or ACCY 288, or
consent of department.
327. CREATIVITY, INNOVATION, AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3).
Study of methods used and development of skills needed to identify
entrepreneurial opportunities and construct innovative solutions.
Topics include theories of creativity, enterprise idea generation and
evaluation, and other concepts, models and techniques used in
practice. CRQ: UBUS 310 or MGMT 320 or consent of department.
333. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3). Fundamental considerations
of planning, organizing, actuating, controlling, and ethical implications
of management practice. Application of principles and techniques to
all organizations, including those of business, government, and not-
for-prot organizations. Not open to majors in the College of Business.
PRQ: PSYC 102 and junior or senior standing.
335. MANAGING INDIVIDUALS, TEAMS, AND ORGANIZATIONS
(3). Theories and concepts related to human behavior in organizations
at the individual, interpersonal, group, and organizational levels.
Application of these theories and concepts to managerial problems
and opportunities. PRQ: MGMT 333 or UBUS 310 and UBUS 311, or
consent of department.
86 MANAGEMENT
346. BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3). Development of effective
communication skills for a variety of business situations. Application
of basic communication skills and human relations principles
to planning, organizing, and producing letters, reports, and oral
presentations. PRQ: COMS 100, ENGL 203 or ENGL 204, and junior
standing (all majors). CRQ: UBUS 310 (business majors only).
355. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3). Introduction to human
resource management principles, systems, and measurement used
by line managers and HR professionals to execute organizational
strategy. Overview of the components of human resource
management including job analysis and design, human resource
planning, recruitment and selection, total compensation and
benets, training and development, employee relations, performance
management, retention management, human resource management
information systems, and employment law. PRQ: MGMT 333 or
UBUS 310 and UBUS 311, or consent of department.
360. COACHING AND MENTORING (1-3). Exploration and practice
of the skills needed to develop and change others through effective
coaching and mentoring. Topics include developmental coaching
and mentoring, personality differences and coaching effectiveness,
ethical dilemmas in coaching and other concepts that inuence
the development of effective coaching and mentoring abilities.
Opportunity to coach peers throughout the semester. May be
repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. CRQ: MGMT 335 or
consent of department.
387. INTERNATIONAL STUDY IN MANAGEMENT (3). Short-term
study abroad experience to study cultural differences, problems,
issues, trends, and practices in management within the international
environment. Includes visits to foreign organizations, presentations
by organizational managers and executives, and discussions with
foreign and domestic international faculty. Supervised by department
faculty member. PRQ: UBUS 310 or MGMT 333, or consent of
department.
395. CAREER PLANNING IN MANAGEMENT (1). Career planning
and job search skills unique to management majors. Topics include
self-assessment, job search, personal development, career paths,
career management, relocation issues, international assignments,
business etiquette, business ethics, mentoring, and business
cultures. S/U grading. PRQ: Grade of C or better in UBUS 310 and
UBUS 311.
402X. RESOURCES STRATEGIES FOR NONPROFIT
ORGANIZATIONS (3). Crosslisted as PSPA 402. Survey of resource
strategies for nongovernmental public service organizations;
including fundraising, grant writing, volunteer management, and
oversight roles.
411. ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN MICROFINANCE ORGANIZATIONS
(3). Study of the purposes, management, and effects of micronance
organizations. Topics to be covered include a review of current status
of micronance organizations, clients, management and operational
issues, evaluation of different micronance organizations and models,
and sustainability. PRQ: MGMT 311 or consent of department.
412. BUSINESS LAW (3). History and development of the U.S. legal
system and the social and legal environment of business. Government
regulation of business, labor and employment law, contracts, sales,
negotiable instruments, business entities and consumer protection
law. Uses case materials and problems. PRQ: Junior standing or
consent of department.
413. LEGAL AND ETHICAL CONSTRAINTS ON BUSINESS
CONDUCT (3). Study of legal and ethical constraints on conduct
in the corporate setting. Includes a close examination of relevant
statutes and discussion of current issues in the regulation of corporate
behavior. PRQ: Grade of C or better in UBUS 310 and UBUS 311.
417. LEADING AND MANAGING CHANGE (3). Develops knowledge
and capabilities to manage and lead personal and organizational
change. Topics include understanding how change occurs at the
individual and organizational level, seeing opportunities for change,
leveraging strengths, navigating cultural and ethical dynamics,
overcoming resistance to change, and related topics. PRQ: MGMT
335 or consent of department.
421. GLOBAL SOCIAL VENTURE CONSULTING (3). Examination
of strategic aspects of social entrepreneurship with a focus on
developing and implementing strategies for global social ventures
using an experiential learning approach. Opportunity to consult with
global social ventures throughout the semester. PRQ: Grade of C or
better in UBUS 310 or MGMT 320, and grade of C or better in MGMT
311, or consent of department. CRQ: MGMT 327.
427. ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND BUSINESS MODEL DESIGN (3).
Introduction to and exploration of traditional and innovative venture
practices combined to describe and dene an enterprise. Topics
include but are not limited to the value proposition offered, market
drivers chosen, and revenue generation options to launch and
sustain enterprises. PRQ: UBUS 310 or MGMT 320 or consent of
department. CRQ: MGMT 327.
431. SOCIAL VENTURE COMPETITION (3). Develops knowledge
and capabilities to create an innovative business model and a
business plan to launch a new social venture. Examination of the
commercial, social and technological factors unique to the contexts in
which the social ventures will operate. Topics will include but are not
limited to the value proposition offered, market drivers chosen, and
revenue generation options to launch and sustain social enterprises.
PRQ: Grade of C or better in MGMT 327 and MGMT 311, or consent
of department.
436. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS ADMINISTRATION (3).
Design and application of compensation systems aligned with
organizational strategy. Consideration of internal equity requirements
and external market dynamics in wage system design through use
of job evaluations and market surveys. Compensation as a means
of effective recruitment, motivation, and retention of talent. Variable
pay program design and execution. Benets program design,
cost containment, and program management. Statutes affecting
compensation practices (e.g., minimum wage laws, unemployment
compensation, worker’s compensation). PRQ: Grade of C or better in
MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
437. ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND BUSINESS MODEL
IMPLEMENTATION (3). Understanding requirements of establishing
a new venture or managing a small business. Multiple functions within
the rm emphasizing those that contrast with established rms. PRQ:
Grade of C or better in MGMT 427 or consent of department.
438. HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING AND STAFFING (3). The
design and application of recruitment, selection and retention systems
for the effective management of human capital by line managers
and HR professionals. Workforce planning and identication or work
requirements. Identication of tools and processes that facilitate
effective person-organization matching. Development of internal and
external recruitment strategies. Choice and validation of selection
instruments. Calculation and analysis of selection utility. PRQ: Grade
of C or better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
439. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT POLICIES (3). Legal
aspects of human resource management policies and problems.
Management challenges in coping with and operating within
governmental regulations. Reconciliation of union and management
policies. PRQ: Management major and a grade of C or better in
MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
442. ORGANIZATION DESIGN (3). Theory and practices of designing
and managing business organizations. Impact of the organizational
design determinants of size, technology, environment, and human
factors on business structure. Investigation of interdependence
between design determinants and issues of centralization and control.
PRQ: Management major and a grade of C or better in MGMT 335
and MGMT 355.
443. SEMINAR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT (1-6). Intensive study of problems and issues
unique to managing small businesses. Exploration of various topical
alternatives. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Permit only. PRQ: MGMT 437.
MANAGEMENT 87
444. TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT (3). Focus on the development
of talent through training and development initiatives. Discussion
of theories and business cases related to training needs analysis,
design, implementation, transfer, and evaluation; coaching and
mentoring programs, career development, 360-degree feedback,
succession planning, and other developmental interventions.
Alignment of training and development programs with business
strategy and human resource planning. PRQ: Grade of C or better in
MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
447. LEADERSHIP (3). Understanding how to use leadership skills
to exercise inuence for improving personal, interpersonal, and
organizational effectiveness and performance. Self-assessment, skill
development, case analysis, and interpersonal exercises used to
improve understanding of topics such as empowerment, vision, team
leadership, and contrasts between management and leadership.
PRQ: Grade of C or better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
448. EMPLOYMENT LAW (3). Design and application of legal
compliance systems in human resource management. Specic areas
of study include employment contracts, workplace privacy issues,
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, disability discrimination, sexual
harassment, work safety laws, benets laws and union-management
relations. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
450. ORGANIZATIONAL PLANNING AND QUALITY (3). Principles,
practices, and procedures of long-range and short-range planning;
theory and practice of organizational decision making, with emphasis
on individual, group, authority, structure, environment, information
system components, and quality management. PRQ: Management
major and a grade of C or better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
456. PRACTICUM IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3).
Internship involving full- or part-time work in one of the core areas
of human resource management in a sponsoring organization under
the supervision of a member of the Department of Management
and an individual in the sponsoring company. Core areas include
recruiting, staffing, training, compensation, employee relations, labor
relations, or other areas related to the human resource management
function. PRQ: Management major in human resource management
emphasis and a grade of C or better in MGMT 355 and consent of
department.
457. MANAGERIAL NEGOTIATIONS (3). Examination of the
negotiation techniques and strategies relevant to individuals, groups,
and organizational decision making as well as the development of
skills to enhance the resolution of personal and professional conicts.
PRQ: Grade of C or better in UBUS 310 or consent of department.
458. INTERNSHIP IN MANAGEMENT (1-3). Student works full
time for a half-semester, a summer, or a semester as an intern
in a business rm under the supervision of a staff member of the
Department of Management. Additional deliverables will be required.
A permanent full-time or part-time position will not be considered
an internship. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
S/U grading. PRQ: Management major, UBUS 310, and consent of
department.
460. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP
CONSULTING (3). Develops the content knowledge and skills
to successfully design and implement internal and external
organizational consulting projects. Topics include elements of
successful strategic partnering, implementation and management of
organizational change, applied management research, and human
capital measurement. PRQ: Management major, MGMT 335, MGMT
355, and consent of the department.
468. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3). Strategy formulation and
implementation at the business and corporate levels. Emphasis on
developing an understanding of the administration of business rms
from a top-management perspective and application of strategic
management concepts to real-world management issues in both
domestic and global environments. A capstone course designed to
integrate and apply functional business courses to strategic business
problems. Strategy cases and a comprehensive business simulation
used to develop and apply knowledge of strategic analysis, top-
management decision making, and strategic change. PRQ: UBUS
311 and senior standing for all business majors. ACCY 331 (for ACCY
majors); OMIS 442 or OMIS 450 or OMIS 452 or FINA 410 (for
business administration majors); FINA 330, FINA 340, and FINA 350
(for FINA majors); MGMT 335 and MGMT 355 (for MGMT majors).
CRQ: MKTG 495 (for MKTG majors); OMIS 498 (for OMIS majors);
or consent of department.
470. CURRENT TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT (1-3). Study of new
developments in theoretical or applied management, including current
topics and issues. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours when topic varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
477. MANAGING ORGANIZATIONS IN COMPETITIVE
ENVIRONMENTS (3). Theory and practice of designing and
managing organizations in multiple stages of the life cycle. Strategic
change and innovation and role of technology in developing
industries and managing organizations. Impact of different industry
conditions, strategies, and technologies on structure and control
systems. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
CRQ: MGMT 468.
487. MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT (3). Opportunities and
challenges of managing a business and/or organization in an
international business environment. Theories and research ndings
useful to understanding the environmental and managerial aspects
of multinational corporations. Provides a foundation for exploring
career opportunities in international business. PRQ: Grade of C or
better in MGMT 335 and MGMT 355.
495. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MANAGEMENT (1-4). Special
readings, topics, or projects in management. May be repeated to a
maximum of 4 semester hours. PRQ: Senior standing, grade of C or
better in UBUS 310 and UBUS 311, and consent of department.
498. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND EMPLOYMENT (3). In-depth
presentation of management, union, and individual perspectives
of the causes and remedies of employment-based discrimination.
Topics include recruiting, promoting, seniority, discrimination,
affirmative action, and testing. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MGMT
335 and MGMT 355.
499. MANAGEMENT HONORS (3). An integrating course dealing
with problems of management that embrace all of the management
functions. Investigation of models, concepts and research ndings of
particular signicance to effective decision making in management.
Intended for students who desire to do advanced work or pursue
some special investigation of a management problem not specically
covered elsewhere. PRQ: Overall university GPA of at least 3.00,
management major area GPA of 3.20 or higher, senior standing, and
consent of department.
Management Faculty
Sarah J. Marsh, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, associate
professor, chair
Douglas D. Baker, Ph.D., University of Nebraska, professor
Terrence R. Bishop, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Jon P. Briscoe, D.B.A., Boston University, professor
James P. Burton, Ph.D., University of Washington, associate
professor
Amanda J. Ferguson, Ph.D., London Business School, assistant
professor
Charles R. Gowen, Ph.D., Ohio State University, professor
Christine H. Mooney, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate
professor
Devaki Rau, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, associate professor
Barton M. Sharp, Ph.D., Purdue University, associate professor
Adam C. Stoverink, Ph.D., Texas A&M University, assistant
professor
Mahesh Subramony, Ph.D., Central Michigan University,
associate professor
Daniel R. Wunsch, Ph.D., University of Calfornia, Los Angeles,
professor
88
Department of Marketing (MKTG)
The Department of Marketing offers a B.S. degree with a
major in marketing. The marketing major prepares students for
careers which involve planning, implementing, organizing, and/
or controlling the activities required in the exchange of goods
and services with customers. The major provides students with
the conceptual, analytical, communication, and quantitative
skills necessary for careers in marketing. Students may pursue
a general marketing plan of study or one of three areas of study.
Areas of study focus on a distinct area of marketing and prepare
students for careers in those specic elds.
The professional sales area of study offers students instruction
dedicated to preparing them for entry-level sales positions and
careers in sales management. Courses provide students with
concepts of selling theory, applied skills, and frequent in-class
and out-of-class contact with professional business people,
including a Sales Advisory Board.
The interactive marketing area of study offers students a
curriculum to prepare for careers with direct marketing service
bureaus, direct marketing production houses, Web marketers,
advertising agencies, and corporations using interactive
marketing, direct marketing, or Web-based marketing. Dedicated
laboratory facilities provide students with hands-on training in
database analysis, Web-based marketing technologies, and
geodemographic information systems.
Marketing Learning Goals and Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Marketing program
are expected to achieve these learning goals and objectives in
addition to the College of Business Undergraduate Learning
Goals and Objectives.
Graduates of the Marketing program will have:
1. The ability to apply marketing concepts. Graduates must
demonstrate an understanding of the process of planning and
executing the conception, pricing, promotion and distribution
of ideas, goods, and services to attract and retain customers.
Key marketing concepts include those related to product,
pricing, promotion, distribution, sales, management, market
and business environments, and customer relationships and
target markets.
2. Mastery of problem solving and critical thinking skills.
Graduates must demonstrate marketing related problem
solving and critical thinking skills using qualitative and/or
quantitative tools. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to
develop feasible solutions within uid and situation specic
business environments. Specic skills to demonstrate problem
solving and critical thinking skills include analyzing key
factors leading to the identication of a problem/ opportunity,
conducting appropriate analyses to generate information, and
utilizing generated information to develop suitable potential
solutions to marketing problems based upon available
resources and restrictions.
3. Mastery of written communication skills. Graduates must
demonstrate the ability to collect, organize, interpret, and
coherently present information in written format. Graduates
will use proper grammar and language in developing business
memos, formal business letters, business proposals, and
business reports.
4. Mastery of oral communication skills. Graduates must
demonstrate the ability to collect, organize, interpret, and
coherently present information in an oral format. Graduates
will use situation appropriate grammar, language, and
professionalism to effectively convince and/or persuade and
audience.
5. The ability to understand and effectively apply marketing
metrics. Graduates must demonstrate an understanding of
key marketing metrics and ability to utilize marketing metrics
effectively in the analysis and solving of marketing problems.
Specic skills graduates should master might include the
ability to perform break-even point analysis, ratio analysis and
other key metric analysis. Other key metrics analysis could
include those relating to: 1) marketing planning and customers
(e.g., market growth rates, market share, marketing cost per
unit, customer acquisition costs, and return on investment);
2) product, price, and promotion offerings (e.g., new product
purchase rates, advertising to sales rations, gross rating points,
response rates, conversion rates, costs per click, transactions
per customer, and average transaction size); and 3) sales
efforts( e.g., sales turnover rates, sales performance quotas,
sales variances, and straight/ prot based commissions).
6. The ability to work effectively in teams. Graduates must
possess the ability to work effectively with a group of other
individuals to accomplish a mutual goal and produce
high quality outcomes while recognizing the benets and
difficulties of working in teams. Specic skills graduates
demonstrate include goal commitment, mutual respect,
effective communication, exibility and productivity.
7. Understanding of the global business environment. Graduates
must demonstrate and understanding of the global forces that
shape rms’ domestic and global marketing strategies. Such
forces would include those related to political, legal, economic,
cultural, and nancial variables.
8. Ethical awareness. Graduates must demonstrate an awareness
of and personal philosophy toward ethical practices.
Department Requirements
The Department of Marketing’s retention policy is competitive
based on a student’s overall GPA and satisfactory completion of
UBUS 310 as evidenced by a grade of C or better. To graduate as
a marketing major, a student must earn a grade of at least C in
each course required in the major, which includes courses in the
business core and any additional upper-level required courses
outside of marketing, required MKTG courses, and all electives
required for the major.
All marketing majors must satisfactorily complete a portfolio of a
selected collection of their marketing assignments to be turned
in no later than the last week of classes in the semester that they
graduate. Instructions for portfolio content may be found in the
Department of Marketing.
To graduate as a marketing major or with a marketing minor,
a transfer student will be required to take at least 12 semester
hours of 300- and 400-level MKTG courses at NIU.
Marketing majors and minors may repeat a maximum of two 300-
or 400-level MKTG courses.
MARKETING 89
Major in Marketing (B.S.)
Business Core (45-49)
Requirements in Department (21)
MKTG 99 - Portfolio (0)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 443 - Marketing Research (3)
MKTG 495 - Marketing Strategy (3)
Electives in marketing, UBUS 485, or one of the following areas of
study (9)
1
Interactive Marketing (9)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
MKTG 470 - Interactive Marketing Technology (3)
One of the following (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 355 - Multichannel Direct Marketing (3)
MKTG 455 - Database Marketing Management (3)
OMIS 452 - Database Management for Business (3)
International Marketing (9)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 467 - Global Marketing Management (3)
One of the following (3)
MKTG 387 - International Study in Marketing (3)
MKTG 410 - Professional Selling and Cultural Perspectives (3)
MKTG 415 - Global Selling Perspectives (3)
Professional Sales (9)
MKTG 435 - Business-to-Business Selling (3)
MKTG 446 - Sales Management (3)
MKTG 450 - Advanced Professional Selling (3)
Requirement outside Department (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Marketing: 69-73
Minor in Marketing (24-34)
Retention in the marketing minor is competitive based on the
student’s overall GPA and a grade of C or better in UBUS 310 or
MKTG 310. Students wishing to apply for the minor in marketing
must complete an application by the semester deadline;
applications and deadline dates are available in the Department
of Marketing. Students in the marketing minor must receive a
grade of C or better in each of the required marketing courses
and required marketing electives.
Pre-admission Requirements (9-10)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Requirements (15-24)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3),
OR UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9) and
UBUS 311 - Business Core: Applications Seminar (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 443 - Marketing Research (3),
OR MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
Two of the following (6)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 345 - Business Marketing (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 355 - Direct Marketing (3)
MKTG 364 - Product Planning and Development (3)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
MKTG 443 - Marketing Research (3)
MKTG 446 - Sales Management (3)
MKTG 450 - Advanced Professional Selling (3)
MKTG 455 - Database Marketing Management (3)
MKTG 467 - Global Marketing Management (3)
MKTG 490 - Current Topics in Marketing (3)
Internship in Marketing
Marketing majors may submit an application for a marketing
internship in their junior or senior year, preferably by February
1, for a summer internship. Applications will be reviewed by
the departmental internship coordinator and approved on the
basis of academic GPA (of approximately 2.75 overall GPA
and approximately 3.00 GPA or above in the major), instructor
recommendations, professional promise, demonstrated interest,
and the completion of a minimum of 6 semester hours of marketing
taken at NIU. Credit earned in the internship may not be used
to fulll the 9 semester-hour marketing electives requirement.
Internships are available in leading companies selected by the
internship coordinator. A student receives 3-6 semester hours of
S/U credit for the internship based on a planned series of learning
activities arranged and approved by the internship coordinator.
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Interactive Marketing (12)
Coordinator: Emily Cronauer, Department of Marketing
This certicate is designed for all majors who wish to have
a certicate in interactive marketing. Interactive marketing
is the ability to identify the customer, address the customer
individually, and then address the customer again in a way that
takes into account their his or her unique response. This type of
marketing is based in direct marketing principles and facilitated
by marketing technology, such as the internet and large-scale
customer database applications. A certicate in this area will
provide students with an understanding from a managerial
as well as technical point of view of how to create, implement,
and monitor interactive marketing programs using a variety of
available marketing technologies.
Students must maintain good academic standing within the
university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each course applied
toward the certicate, and complete all certicate course work
within a period of four calendar years. Only courses taken at NIU
may be applied toward the certicate. Courses used to satisfy
the requirements for the certicate may be used toward an
undergraduate degree in marketing. Courses used to satisfy the
requirements for the certicate may have prerequisites that are
not part of the certicate curriculum.
Students interested in the certicate should apply no later than
the beginning of their nal semester prior to graduation, but
interested students are urged to apply as soon as they complete
UBUS 310 for planning purposes. Applications are available in
the Department of Marketing.
Required courses:
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
MKTG 443 - Marketing Research (3)
MKTG 470 - Interactive Marketing Technology (3)
One of the following (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 355 - Multichannel Direct Marketing (3)
MKTG 455 - Database Marketing Management (3)
OMIS 452 - Database Management for Business (3)
1
Credits earned in MKTG 310, Principles of Marketing, and MKTG 458, Internship in Marketing, may not be used to complete the elective requirement.
90 MARKETING
Professional Selling (12)
Coordinator: Robert Peterson, Department of Marketing
This certicate offers a comprehensive set of courses designed
to develop, enhance, and apply students’ knowledge in the area
of business-to-business sales. The professional sales program
certicate provides students with leading-edge instruction and
practical experiences. Students completing this certicate will
be prepared for success in entry-level sales positions as well as
career advancement.
The certicate of undergraduate study in professional selling is
open to all NIU students. Students must maintain good academic
standing within the university, achieve a minimum of a C in each
course applied toward the certicate, and complete all certicate
work within a period of four calendar years. Courses used to
satisfy the requirements for the certicate may also be applied
toward an undergraduate degree in marketing. Some courses may
have prerequisites that are not part of the certicate curriculum.
Students are encouraged to enroll in MKTG 350 the semester
after UBUS 310 or MKTG 310. MKTG 350 is the prerequisite for
all other course work with this certicate.
Students interested in this certicate should apply at the beginning
of the semester in which they will complete the last of the four
courses listed below or contact the coordinator for admission
procedures and other information.
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 435
1
- Business-to-Business Selling (3)
MKTG 446 - Sales Management (3)
One of the following
MKTG 450
1
- Advanced Professional Selling (3)
MKTG 410 - Professional Selling and Cultural Perspectives (3)
MKTG 415 - Global Selling Perspectives (3), with the consent of
the department
Retail Management (12)
Coordinator: Mark S. Rosenbaum, Department of Marketing
This certicate is designed for all majors who wish to have a
certicate in retail management. The certicate helps prepare
students for store and department management positions in
major retail organizations, such as Kohl’s and Target. In addition,
the certicate in this area provides students with strong customer
service and selling skills, which prepare students for understanding
the challenges that they confront as retail managers. Overall,
students who complete the retail management certicate have
skills to successfully work with consumers and employees in
mass merchandiser, specialty, grocery, apparel, and department
store settings.
Students must maintain good academic standing within the
university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each course applied
toward the certicate, and complete all certicate course work
within a period of four calendar years. Only courses taken at NIU
may be applied toward the certicate. Courses used to satisfy
the requirements for the certicate may be used toward an
undergraduate degree in marketing and management. Courses
used to satisfy the requirements for the certicate may have
prerequisites that are not part of the certicate curriculum.
Students interested in the certicate should apply no later than
the beginning of their nal semester prior to graduation, but
interested students are urged to apply as soon as they complete
UBUS 310, MKTG 310, or MGMT 333 for planning purposes.
Applications are available in the Department of Management or
Department of Marketing.
Required courses
MGMT 355 - Human Resource Management (3)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
One of the following
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MGMT 457 - Managerial Negotiations (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
OMIS 450 - Service Operations (3)
Service Management (12)
Coordinator: Steve Kispert
A Certicate of Undergraduate Study in Service Management,
which has a marketing component, is available. See a description
of this certicate in the Department of Operations Management
and Information Systems section of the catalog.
Course List
99. PORTFOLIO (0). Portfolio of student’s work demonstrating
prociency of marketing concepts as described in the learning
objectives.Required of all undergraduate marketing majors.Students
will be given portfolio instructions during the rst semester of the
upper-level major program.The completed portfolio is due during the
end of the semester of graduation.S/U grading. CRQ: MKTG 495.
310. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (3). Basic understanding of
marketing and the operation of marketing systems. Focus on the rm
managing its marketing efforts and its relation to society and the world.
Topics include evaluating market opportunities; buyer behavior; market
segmentation, targeting, and positioning; market strategy and planning;
development of marketing mix; and marketing organization and control.
Not open to majors in the College of Business. PRQ: Junior standing.
325. BUYER BEHAVIOR (3). Analysis of consumer and organizational
decision making based on theories from the behavioral sciences.
Attention given to the how and why of purchasing decisions and
prepurchase deliberation. Emphasis on the use of buyer behavior to
develop marketing strategy. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
345. BUSINESS MARKETING (3). Basic understanding of creating
marketing exchanges among institutions, organizations, and
individuals for purposes other than consumption. Focus on buying
processes, buying inuences, institutional relationships, and ethical
exchange management activities. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
348. INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS (3). Survey
of marketing communications as a tool for making and implementing
marketing decisions. Emphasis on communication strategy
formulation and development of the promotion mix. Topics include
advertising, public relations, sales promotions, direct marketing, and
personal selling. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
350. PRINCIPLES OF SELLING (3). Emphasis on personal and
professional development, interpersonal skills, verbal and written
presentation skills, understanding sales and buying processes, and
developing and maintaining customer satisfaction. Topics include
developing trust and rapport, consultative selling, prospecting, and
territory and account management. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
355. MULTICHANNEL DIRECT MARKETING (3). Survey of all
aspects of direct marketing through multiple channels. Traditional
direct marketing topics including direct mail, retail direct marketing,
print media, and list management. Current topics including electronic
media, interactive marketing, customer relationship marketing, strategic
database marketing, and privacy issues. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
364. PRODUCT PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT (3). Examination
of the factors inuencing product planning and pricing decisions of
the rm from idea generation to market introduction. Topics include
idea generation, concept testing, pricing strategy, industry and
market analysis, and test marketing. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
365. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING (3). Crosslisted as FCNS 365X.
Study of retail institutions; store organization, location strategy,
merchandising, inventory control, customer communication, price
determination, and the management of retail salespersons. PRQ:
MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
1
MKTG 435 and MKTG 450 are corequisites.
MARKETING 91
367. PRINCIPLES OF GLOBAL MARKETING (3). Study of marketing
emphasizing the role global business plays in the success of
companies and nations. Includes issues pertaining to the marketing
mix in a global business environment along with economic, political,
and legal conditions. In-depth discussion of their relevance to the
U.S. economy. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
370. INTERNET MARKETING (3). Introduction to business functions
using the Internet. Topics include the World Wide Web, discussion
groups, email, the different functions and applications of the Internet,
and how interactive technologies have changed business and
consumer practices. Emphasis on the effect of the use of interactive
technology on a company’s existing market mix and current and
potential uses of the Internet for marketing tactics and strategies.
PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
387. INTERNATIONAL STUDY IN MARKETING (3). Short-term
study-abroad experience to study cultural differences, problems,
issues, trends, and practices in marketing within the international
environment. Includes visits to foreign organizations, presentations
by marketing managers and executives, and discussions with foreign
and domestic international faculty. Supervised by a faculty member.
PRQ: UBUS 310 or MKTG 310, or consent of department.
395. CAREER MARKETING (1). Designed to help students explore
career opportunities, successfully job hunt, and become acquainted
with the business environment. Job search strategies, setting career
goals, business ethics, business communication skills, and business
etiquette. Open only to marketing majors or by consent of department.
S/U grading. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
410. PROFESSIONAL SELLNG AND CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES
(3). Short-term course that joins students from other countries with
NIU students to study cultural differences in professional selling in a
global economy. Course includes a company visit, out-of-class project,
salesperson shadowing, two to three role plays and discussion of
cultural factors inuencing professional selling within the international
environment. Students may not receive credit for both MKTG 410 and
MKTG 450. PRQ: MKTG 350 or consent of department.
415. GLOBAL SELLING PERSEPCTIVES (3). Short-term study-
abroad experience to study cultural differences, problems, issues,
trends, and practices in professional selling within the international
environment. Includes: instruction from faculty in visiting countries,
visits to foreign companies, presentations by company sales
executives, and discussions with company representatives and
international faculty about their selling strategies. Supervised
by department faculty member. PRQ: MKTG 350 or consent of
department.
425. SERVICES MARKETING (3). Analysis of how services
marketing differs from goods marketing and how services marketers
can effectively manage the elements of service delivery to enhance
service quality and customer satisfaction. Topics include the distinct
elements of services marketing, service quality determination,
understanding customer expectations, designing service standards
to meet customer expectations, managing contact personnel’s
delivery to service standards, and matching service communications
with service delivery. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310, or consent of
department.
435. BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS SELLING (3). Developing business-
to-business selling processes over the telephone (inside selling) with
particular emphasis on precall planning, prospecting and qualifying,
developing value statements, and follow-up. Introduction to and
hands-on application of a Customer Relationship Management
(CRM) system and other technologies. Students build and maintain a
database related to the sales program. PRQ: MKTG 350.
443. MARKETING RESEARCH (3). Research methods as applied to
the eld of marketing including problem denition, research design,
survey design, data collection and analysis, and presentation of
results. PRQ: MKTG 310 or UBUS 310 and UBUS 223 or STAT 301
or STAT 350.
446. SALES MANAGEMENT (3). Responsibilities and functions of
the sales manager including an evaluation of sales organizational
structures, recruiting, selecting, testing, and training of salespeople;
related topics include compensation plans, controlling expenses,
sales forecasting, budgets, routing, quotas, ethics, and motivation.
PRQ: MKTG 350.
450. ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL SELLING (3). Focus on major
account selling, coordination between a salesperson and the rm’s
other functional areas, team selling, negotiation, career management,
and personal productivity. Student presentations in group settings,
exposure to software which aids salespeople, close work with an
actual salesperson, and relation of theory to practice. PRQ: MKTG
350 and consent of department.
455. DATABASE MARKETING AND DATA MINING (3). Intensive
examination of the concepts and tools to manage and utilize a
marketing information system, using database information in a
marketing context. Emphasis on the use of various statistical tools
to identify marketing opportunities. Topics may include recency,
frequency, and monetary (RFM) analysis, clustering techniques, linear
and logistic regression, and an introduction to neural networking and
its use in marketing information systems. CRQ: MKTG 355 or OMIS
452.
458. INTERNSHIP IN MARKETING (3-6). Full-time work for a
summer or a semester as a marketing intern in a business rm under
the supervision of a coordinator from the Department of Marketing
faculty. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U
grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
467. GLOBAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3). Examination of the
strategic aspects of global marketing with focus on developing and
analyzing marketing strategies for multinational corporations using
an experiential learning approach. PRQ: MKTG 367.
470. INTERACTIVE MARKETING TECHNOLOGY (3). Analysis
and implementation of the technology used to support interactive
marketing systems for business-to-business and business-to-
customer marketing strategies. Topics include but are not limited to
multichannel campaign management, search engine optimization
technology and social networking applications. Requires students to
use marketing technologies to plan and implement a project to create
value for a client organization. PRQ: UBUS 310 or MKTG 310, and
MKTG 370 and consent of department.
490. CURRENT TOPICS IN MARKETING (3). Study of new
developments in marketing including current topics and issues. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
PRQ: Consent of department.
491. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MARKETING (1-3). Studies
conducted through special readings or projects in topics in marketing.
PRQ: UBUS 310, UBUS 311, and consent of department.
495. MARKETING STRATEGY (3). Emphasizes each activity
within the total process of marketing, including strategy formulation,
planning, programming, and implementation, by using case analysis
to gain an understanding of all aspects of marketing strategy and
management. PRQ: Senior standing and MKTG 443; marketing
major or consent of department.
499. INDIVIDUAL STUDY (3). Open only to Phase II honors students.
Independent project with faculty guidance. May include one or more
of the following: problem formulation, background investigation of
a topic, research design, empirical data collection, analysis and
presentation of conclusions. PRQ: Consent of department.
92
Marketing Faculty
Geoffrey L. Gordon, Ph.D., University of Kentucky, professor,
chair
Timothy W. Aurand, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, professor,
James E. Thompson Professor of Marketing
Elisa Fredericks, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Mark D. Groza, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, assistant
professor, Enterprise Holdings Professor of Sales
Mya P. Groza, Ph.D., University of Wyoming, assistant professor
Vijaykumar Krishnan Palghat, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati,
assistant professsor
Robert M. Peterson, Ph.D., University of Memphis, associate
professor, White Lodging Professor of Sales
Paul R. Prabhaker, Ph.D., University of Rochester, professor
Mark S. Rosenbaum, Ph.D., Arizona State University, associate
professor, Kohl’s Corporation Professor of Retail Marketing
Denise D. Schoenbachler, Ph.D., University of Kentucky,
professor
Ursula Y. Sullivan, Ph.D., Northwestern University, assistant
professor
93
Department of Operations Management and
Information Systems (OMIS)
The Department of Operations Management and Information
Systems (OM&IS) prepares students for professional careers
relating to the analysis, design, implementation, and management
of operations and information systems in organizations. The
operations and information management program stresses the
integration of business process improvement with the application
of information technology. All OM&IS majors take courses in
project management, database management systems, decision
analysis, as well as process and quality management. The
OM&IS curriculum is designed to support the skills associated
with effective problem solving, teamwork, communication, and
leadership.
In addition, students pursue one of two areas of study: Business
Process Analysis or Business Systems Analysis. Business
Process Analysis prepares students for entry-level positions as
business process analysts. Courses in the Business Process
Analysis area of study focus on the concepts, processes, and
strategies associated with supply chain management, managing
service organizations, and enterprise systems.
Business Systems Analysis prepares students for entry-level
positions as business systems analysts. Courses in the Business
Systems Analysis area of study focus on the analysis, design,
and implementation of information technology solutions that
support organizations in a global networked environment..
Operations Management and Information Systems
Learning Goals and Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Operations and
Information Management program are expected to achieve
these learning goals and objectives in addition to the College of
Business Undergraduate Learning Goals and Objectives.
Graduates with a Bachelor’s degree in Operations and Information
Management will produce innovative solutions to deliver products
and services more efficiently and effectively in today’s business
environment.
Our graduates will have:
1. Processes: To provide the student with the knowledge to
manage business processes.
• Conceptualization: The student will conceptualize business
as a collection of processes.
• Process Evaluation: The student will illustrate prociency
with business process evaluation.
• Process Improvement: The student will exhibit the ability to
improve business processes.
2. Technology: To provide the student with the knowledge to
apply information technology effectively.
• Hardware: The student will display an understanding of
hardware technology.
• Software: The student will display an understanding of
software technology.
• Data: The student will display an understanding of data
technology.
• Networking: The student will display an understanding of
network technology.
3. Managing Projects: To provide students with experience in
solving business problems.
• Project Management: The student will demonstrate an
ability to manage a project.
• Project Integration: The student will be able to improve
processes through the application of information technology
appropriately.
Department Requirements
Satisfactory completion of UBUS 310 as evidenced by a grade
of C or better is required before a student majoring in operations
and information management is allowed to enroll in any 300- or
400-level OMIS course (except OMIS 351 and OMIS 352). To be
retained as a major in the department, a student may not repeat
more than two OMIS courses.
All operations and information management majors must
satisfactorily complete a portfolio of a selected collection of their
operations management and information systems assignments to
be turned in no later than the last week of classes in the semester
that they plan to graduate. Instructions for portfolio content may
be found in the Department of Operations Management and
Information Systems.
OMIS prerequisites are met only by obtaining a grade of C or
better. (It is necessary to repeat an OMIS prerequisite in which a
grade below C was earned before taking the next course in the
sequence.)
To graduate as an operations and information management
major, a student must earn a grade of at least C in each course
required in the major, which includes courses in the business
core, required OMIS courses, and all electives required for the
major.
Upper-level (300- or 400-level) OMIS courses will not be accepted
from other educational institutions without permission from the
department.
OMIS 458, Internship in Operations and Information Management,
cannot be permanent employment, cannot be taken as the last
course in the program, and cannot be applied as elective credit
in the program.
Major in Operations and Information
Management (B.S.)
Business Core (45-49)
Requirements in Department (28)
OMIS 99 - Portfolio (0)
OMIS 300 - Career Planning in Operations
and Information Management (1)
OMIS 327 - Decision Analysis (3)
OMIS 352 - Managing Projects in Business (3)
OMIS 442 - Process and Quality Improvement (3)
OMIS 452 - Dtabase Management for Business (3)
OMIS 498 - Business Analysis Capstone (3)
One additional Operations Management and Information Systems
course numbered OMIS 400 or above (3)
One of the following areas of study (9)
Business Systems Analysis (9)
OMIS 460 - Business Computing Environments and
Networking (3)
OMIS 462 - Business Systems Analysis, Design, and
Development (3)
OMIS 475 - Internet and Web Computing Technologies (3)
94 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Business Process Analysis (9)
OMIS 450 - Service Operations (3)
OMIS 478 - Supply Chain Systems (3)
OMIS 480 - Advanced Supply Chain Management (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Operations and Information
Management: 73-77
Degree with Honors
The Department of Operations Management and Information
Systems Honors Program is designed to provide exceptional
students an opportunity to conduct an in-depth exploration of
topics pertinent to operations management and information
systems. This program is intended to support the general mission
of the University Honors Program with the specic goal of providing
students a deeper understanding of operations management
and information systems. The program is administered by the
department chair and coordinator of the Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems Honors Program.
Interested students are encouraged to apply for admission to the
Department of Operations Management and Information Systems
Honors Program. Application forms are available in the department
office. Entering freshmen graduating in the top ten percent of
their high school classes with a minimum composite ACT score
of 27 or SAT score of 1220 are encouraged to participate in the
program. Continuing students should have a cumulative GPA of at
least 3.20 in order to be considered for admission.
Graduation with honors in operations and information
management requires that the student be a declared major in
operations and information management. The student must
maintain at least a 3.20 cumulative university GPA and a 3.50
or higher GPA in departmental course work. The student must
successfully complete at least 12 semester hours of business
honors courses including UBUS 499, Introduction to Business
Research, with a minimum grade of B and OMIS 495H,
Independent Study in Operations and Information Management,
as a senior honors thesis.
Should the student’s GPA fall below the minimum requirements
for an academic term, the student must achieve these standards
no later than the end of the following semester to remain in the
program.
The senior honors thesis must be approved by a thesis committee
consisting of the student’s thesis adviser and at least one other
faculty member. For students attempting University Honors, the
thesis may be completed in concurrence with the University
Capstone project.
Internships in Operations and Information
Management
Operations and information management majors of junior-year
standing are encouraged to apply for the department internship
program. Applications are evaluated by the department chair and
internship coordinator on the basis of a minimum 2.75 overall
GPA and a 3.00 GPA or above in the major, recommendations
from the business community, and relevance of the proposed
internship to professional career needs. Individual internships of
3 semester hours may be repeated for a maximum of 6 semester
hours of internship credit. All internships must be approved by the
department and supervised by the internship coordinator. In order
to gain the full benet of an internship experience, enrollment
in the program will be limited to those positions created as
internships or cooperative education experiences. Permanent
positions will not count as internships. Credit earned in this
program may not be used to satisfy operations and information
management elective requirements. Additional information
regarding the operations and information management internship
program is available in the department office.
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Business Analytics Using SAP Software (12)
Coordinator: Steven Kispert, Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems
This certicate is designed for all majors. Business Analytics is
a broad category of technologies, applications, and practices for
gathering, storing, accessing, and analyzing enterprise data to
support effective decision making. Business Analytics has been
consistently ranked as one of top ve technology priorities during
the past several years by chief information officers in Gartner’s
annual survey of IT executives. The market leader in business
analytics application software is SAP. A certicate in Business
Analytics Using SAP Software will allow students to understand
how to run organizations more effectively by improving various
business processes and using SAP technology.
Students must maintain good academic standing within the
university, achieve a minimum grade of a C in each course
applied toward the certicate, and complete all certicate course
work within a period of four calendar years. Only courses taken
at NIU may be applied toward the certicate. Courses used to
satisfy the requirements for the certicate may only be applied
toward an undergraduate degree with approval of the major
department. Some courses may have prerequisites that are not
part of the certicate curriculum.
Students interested in the certicate should apply no later than
the beginning of their nal semester prior to graduation, but
they are urged to apply as soon as they complete UBUS 310
or OMIS 338 so the coordinator may advise students regarding
course scheduling. Applications are available in the Department
of Operations Management and Information Systems.
Pre-Admission Requirements:
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operation Management (3),
OR UBUS 310 - Business Core: Lecture (9)
Required Courses:
OMIS 444 - Manufacturing Systems Management (3)
OMIS 455 - Enterprise Resource Planning (3)
OMIS 472 - Introduction to Business Intelligence (3)
OMIS 478 - Supply Chain Systems (3)
Information Systems (9)
Coordinator: Steven Kispert, Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems
This certicate is designed to provide non-OM&IS students with
a set of courses focused on information systems and technology.
Organizations depend on information technology to achieve
competitive advantage. A certicate in information systems will
allow students to understand how the application of information
technology can improve business processes.
Students must maintain good academic standing within the
university, achieve a minimum grade of a C in each course
applied toward the certicate, and complete all certicate course
work within a period of four calendar years. Only courses taken
at NIU may be applied toward the certicate. Courses used to
satisfy the requirements for the certicate may only be applied
toward an undergraduate degree with approval of the major
department. Some courses may have prerequisites that are not
part of the certicate curriculum.
Students interested in the certicate should apply no later than
the beginning of their nal semester prior to graduation, but they
are urged to apply as soon as they complete UBUS 310 so the
coordinator may advise students regarding course scheduling.
Applications are available in the Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems.
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 95
Three of the following ve OMIS courses:
OMIS 352 - Managing Projects in Business (3)
OMIS 452 - Database Management for Business (3)
OMIS 462 - Business Systems Analysis, Design, and
Development (3)
OMIS 475 - Internet and Web Computing Technologies (3)
OMIS 478 - Supply Chain Systems (3)
Service Management (12)
Coordinator: Steve Kispert, Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems
This certicate is designed to provide College of Business
students with a set of courses focused on the growing service
sector of the economy. Students will be prepared for business
careers not only in traditional service industries such as health
care, airlines, nancial services, and sales, but also in other
business areas that have become increasingly service oriented.
Students must maintain good academic standing within the
university, achieve a minimum grade of a C in each course applied
toward the certicate, and complete all certicate course work
within a period of four calendar years. Only courses taken at NIU
may be applied toward the certicate. Courses used to satisfy
the requirements for the certicate may also be applied toward
an undergraduate degree with approval of the major department.
Some courses may have prerequisites that are not part of the
certicate curriculum.
Students interested in the certicate should apply no later than
the beginning of their nal semester prior to graduation, but they
are urged to apply as soon as they complete UBUS 310 so the
coordinator may advise students regarding course scheduling.
Applications are available in the Department of Operations
Management and Information Systems.
OMIS 450 - Service Operations (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
Two of the following:
OMIS 452 - Database Management for Business (3)
1
,
OR MKTG 455 - Database Marketing Management (3)
OMIS 442 - Process and Quality Improvement (3)
OMIS 462 - Business Systems Analysis, Design, and
Development (3)
Course List
99. PORTFOLIO (0). Portfolio of student’s work demonstrating
prociency of operations management and information systems
concepts as described in the learning objectives. Required of all
undergraduate operations management and information systems
majors.Students will be given portfolio instructions during the rst
semester of the upper-level major program.The completed portfolio
is due near the end of the semester of graduation.S/U grading. CRQ:
MGMT 468.
259. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(3). Overview of the hardware, software, and processing concepts
of business information systems. Emphasis on the use of integrated
software packages in the solution of a variety of business problems.
Laboratory assignments in using word processing, spreadsheet, and
database software.
300. CAREER PLANNING IN OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (1). Career planning and job search skills of benet
to students in their initial employment search and throughout their
careers. Topics include but are not limited to researching a company,
writing a resume and cover letter, and interviewing techniques. PRQ:
Operations and information management major and UBUS 310, or
consent of department.
327. DECISION ANALYSIS (3). Study of the tools, models, and
quantitative techniques used in the operations management discipline.
Topics include forecasting, inventory models, queuing theory,
statistical models, decision theory, mathematical programming,
simulation, and project management. CRQ: UBUS 310.
338. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (3).
Examination of issues, problems, and possible solutions for
operations managers in the manufacturing and service environments.
Topics include process design, capacity and facility planning, quality
management, materials management, and an introduction to
production and operations planning and control systems. Not open to
majors in the College of Business. PRQ: Junior standing.
340. SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3). Comprehensive study of
concepts, processes, and strategies used in the development and
management of global supply chains. Topics include procurement,
electronic commerce, information technologies, global supply chain
management, and logistics activities. PRQ: UBUS 310 and OMIS
351, or consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 311 and OMIS 352.
351. INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN ORGANIZATIONS (3). Examination
of functional management information systems (MIS) existing within
organizations. Emphasis on analyzing and designing computer
systems for functional areas. Need for integration of these systems
stressed through the use of case studies. Must be taken concurrently
with UBUS 310, or in the semester or term immediately following
completion of UBUS 310.
352. MANAGING PROJECTS IN BUSINESS (3). Focuses on the
application and integration of concepts, processes, and tools to plan
and manage business projects. Topics will include the core areas of
project management as dened in the Project Management Body of
Knowledge (PMBOK). PRQ: UBUS 310. CRQ: OMIS 351, or consent
of department.
379. BUSINESS APPLICATIONS OF GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
SYSTEMS (3). Examination of leveraging an organization’s spatial
data to analyze and solve business problems. Extensive computer
laboratory work designing business geographic services using
commercially available software. PRQ: GEOG 256, or UBUS 310 and
OMIS 351, or consent of department.
400. INTERNATIONAL STUDY IN OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (3). Short-term study abroad experience to study
signicant concepts and problems of operations and information
management in the international environment. Analysis of
global operational issues through visitation and study of foreign
organizations under the supervision of a department faculty member.
PRQ: Consent of department.
421. SIMULATION MODELING OF BUSINESS PROCESSES
(3). Study of discrete-event simulation modeling in the business
environment. Topics include problem formulation, data collection
and analysis, model development, model verication and validation,
model experimentation and optimization, output analysis, and
implementation of simulation results. Extensive laboratory experience
with current simulation languages and simulators. PRQ: UBUS 310
and OMIS 351, or consent of department.
425. INTEGRATED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES IN BUSINESS
(3). Examination of client/server concepts, components, and operation
as related to the business environment. Topics include major
business operating system platforms, relational database designs,
structured query language (SQL), trends in database products and
applications, and local and wide-area networking technologies
used in business. Not recommended for operations and information
management majors in the information systems area of study. PRQ:
UBUS 310, OMIS 351 or ACCY 310, or consent of department. CRQ:
UBUS 311.
439. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT (3). Detailed examination of the
materials management issues facing production/inventory control
managers. Topics include independent inventory systems, economic
order quantities, purchasing, aggregate inventory management,
with emphasis on dependent demand systems, MRP (Materials
Requirements Planning) principles, modules, and system details
including implementation issues. PRQ: UBUS 310, OMIS 327, or
consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 311.
1
Cannot be applied toward the certicate by Operations and Information Management majors.
96 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
440. CAPACITY PLANNING AND SCHEDULING (3). Detailed
examination of the capacity planning and operational scheduling
issues in manufacturing environments. Topics include capacity
planning factors, bills of capacity, rough cut capacity planning,
loading, capacity requirements planning (CRP), nite operational
scheduling, mass production manufacturing, database requirements,
and relevant computer systems including shop oor control/production
reporting systems. PRQ:OMIS340or consent of department.
442. PROCESS AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT (3). Detailed
examination of the issues, techniques, and methodologies for
improving processes and controlling quality in manufacturing and
service organizations. Topics include the history of process and
quality improvement, quality culture, customer-driven quality, six
sigma methods, tools for process improvement, statistical process
control, and building and sustaining performance excellence. PRQ:
UBUS 310 or consent of department.
443. CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT SYSTEMS (3). Continuous
improvement in both service and manufacturing rms with the focus
on managerial problem solving and emphasis on philosophies and
methodologies in experimental design. Topics include the Shewhart
Cycle, Deming, fractional factorials, Taguchi designs, EVOP, and
response surfaces. PRQ: UBUS 310, OMIS 327, or consent of
department. CRQ: UBUS 311.
444. MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (3). Detailed
investigation of the quantitative issues related to the planning, control,
and design of manufacturing and supply chain systems. Topics
include materials management, capacity planning, and resource and
product scheduling. PRQ: UBUS 310.
449. BUSINESS APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT (3). Study
of programming logic for designing and developing business-
based applications. Extensive experience with a contemporary
programming language in common use in business. PRQ: UBUS
310 and OMIS 351.
450. SERVICE OPERATIONS (3). Analysis of the application of
operations management concepts to service organizations. Strategic
and tactical issues of managing service organizations such as: airline,
nancial, retail, healthcare, hotel/resort, and restaurant service
delivery systems will be examined. Topics include service strategy,
globalization of services, quality, location selection, layout design,
and capacity management as applied to service environments. PRQ:
UBUS 310.
452. DATABASE MANAGEMENT FOR BUSINESS (3). Comparison
of database management packages for business computers with
laboratory exercises that deal with the development of business
applications. Practical experience with the most current database
management packages. PRQ: UBUS 310 and OMIS 351, or consent
of department.
455. ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (3). In-depth analysis
of current business enterprise systems; their system components,
database, information requirements, and system interfaces.
Commercial software used to illustrate the concepts presented. CRQ:
OMIS 452
458. INTERNSHIP IN OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (3-6). Full-time work for a semester or a summer
as an intern in the operations or information systems function of
an organization under the supervision of the department internship
coordinator. A permanent full-time or part-time position will not
be considered an internship. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: UBUS 310, OMIS 327, operations
and information management major, and consent of department.
CRQ: UBUS 311.
460. BUSINESS COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS AND NETWORKS
(3). Survey of various methodologies and techniques utilized
in interfacing telecommunication systems within the business
environment, along with the consideration of issues related to the
management of these telecommunications systems. PRQ: UBUS
310 and OMIS 351.
462. BUSINESS SYSTEMS ANALYSIS, DESIGN, AND
DEVELOPMENT (3). In-depth study of the concepts, methods,
and tools used for business system development and project
management. Topics include project design and estimating, the
system development life cycle, change management, and quality
assurance. PRQ: OMIS 352 and OMIS 452.
465. PROCUREMENT (3). In-depth study of the concepts, methods,
and responsibilities of the purchasing function for manufacturing
and service organizations. Topics include purchasing strategy and
policies, price/cost analysis, supplier selection and evaluation, bidding
and negotiation, materials management, and value analysis. PRQ:
UBUS 310, OMIS 327, or consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 311.
471. BUSINESS FORECASTING (3). Principles, techniques, and
applications for forecasting for business and industry. Topics include
simple and multiple regression models, Box-Jenkins models, and
exponential smoothing models. PRQ: OMIS 327, UBUS 310, or
consent of department. CRQ: UBUS 311.
472. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE (3).
Introduction to concepts in business intelligence (BI) and exploration
of how BI can improve management effectiveness through better
decision-making. Exploration of the development of BI through
the use of dashboards, management reporting, and performance
measurement. Hands-on experience using current BI tools in the
areas of data warehousing, data marts, business analytics, web
analytics, real-time data, and mobile applications. PRQ: OMIS 452.
475. INTERNET AND WEB COMPUTING TECHNOLOGIES
(3). Overview of electronic business technology including use of
information technology tools to design and develop business-to-
business applications. Impact of information technology design
on electronic business strategy, planning, implementation, and
operation. PRQ: OMIS 452.
478. SUPPLY CHAIN SYSTEMS (3). Intensive examination of
decision systems for supply chain management. Supply chain
strategy, supply chain analysis, and cross-functional solutions to
supply chain problems. Emphasis on selection and use of information
systems and decision models, and effective presentation of results.
PRQ: UBUS 310.
480. ADVANCED SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3). Study of
current and future developments, trends, and technologies in supply
chain management. Contemporary readings, presentations, and
projects used to dene modern supply chain management practice
and thought. PRQ: OMIS 478.
485. CURRENT TOPICS IN OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT AND
INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3-6). Instruction focused on current
topics within the operations, logistics, or information systems
area. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when
topic varies. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections and topics
is permissible with a maximum of 6 semester hours per semester.
PRQ: Consent of department.
495. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN OPERATIONS AND INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT (1-3). Studies conducted through readings or projects
in specialized topics of operations and information management.
PRQ: OMIS 327, UBUS 311, senior standing, operations and
information management major, and consent of department.
498. BUSINESS ANALYSIS CAPSTONE (3). In-depth investigation
of the major issues, problems, and solution methodologies of the
operations and information management disciplines. Emphasis
on case analyses that focus on the integration of operations and
information management in a global competitive environment. PRQ:
OMIS 327, OMIS 352, OMIS 442, OMIS 452, and nal semester of
senior year.
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 97
Operations Management and Information
Systems Faculty
Chang Liu, D.B.A., Mississippi State University, professor, chair
Gerald R. Aase, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
Charles E. Downing, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor
Jung Young Lee, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant
professor
Yipeng Liu, Ph.D., University of Florida, assistant professor
Brian G. Mackie, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Kathleen L. McFadden, Ph.D., University of Texas, Arlington,
professor
Charles G. Petersen, Ph.D., Indiana University, professor
Nancy L. Russo, Ph.D., Georgia State University, professor
Andrew J. Setterstrom, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Elizabeth R. Towell, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee,
associate professor
98
College of Education
LaVonne I. Neal, Ph.D., dean
Marc VanOverbeke, Ph.D., interim associate dean
Jeffrey B. Hecht, Ph.D., associate dean
The departments of the College of Education offer baccalaureate
programs leading to the degrees Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
and Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.). The College of
Education offers a contract major leading to the B.S. degree and
the Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.) degree.
Department Names and Undergraduate
Programs Offered
Department of Counseling, Adult and Higher Education
Department of Educational Technology, Research and
Assessment
Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
B.S. in athletic training
B.S. in kinesiology
B.S.Ed. in physical education
Department of Leadership, Educational Psychology and
Foundations
Department of Literacy and Elementary Education
B.S.Ed. in elementary education
Department of Special and Early Education
B.S. in early childhood studies
B.S.Ed. in special education
State Requirements for Educator Licensure
ILTS Test of Academic Prociency
Successful completion of the Illinois Licensure Testing System
(ILTS) Test of Academic Prociency (TAP) is required for entry
into educator licensure programs in the College of Education and
is listed as a prerequisite (PRQ) for many professional courses.
The test bulletins and applications are available at the Office of
Testing Services and in department offices. Students who intend
to enter an educator licensure program need to take the ILTS Test
of Academic Prociency as soon as possible.
Grade Minimum
All professional education and content-area course work that
forms part of an application for licensure, endorsement, or
approval must have been passed with a grade no lower than
C or equivalent in order to be counted towards fulllment of the
applicable ISBE requirements. Students must see individual
program advisors for list of courses.
Contract Major
The College of Education offers students opportunities for
constructing two types of individualized programs of study which
differ from the university’s regular major and minor programs.
These individualized programs, the B.S. contract major and the
Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.) degree, utilize existing
university courses.
Each of the two programs offered by the College of Education
addresses a different set of educational objectives. The B.S.
contract major allows a student with unusual and well dened
academic interests to design a major with the advice of a faculty
sponsor. The B.G.S. degree, by contrast, requires no formal major; it
is a minimally structured program built around a general curriculum
of courses offered primarily in the College of Education. The B.G.S.
degree is expected to appeal primarily to mature students with
broad academic interests whose educational objectives may not
include preparation for a specic professional career.
The student learning outcomes for the contract majors are located
at www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
Requirements for the B.S. Contract Major
A student may formulate a proposal for a major program of study
appropriate to the College of Education which differs substantially
from existing major programs but utilizes existing courses. The
student must select a faculty sponsor from the college’s faculty
and formulate the proposal in consultation with the sponsor. The
program must be logically structured around a meaningful and
interesting theme or topic, for example, adult services for persons
with disabilities. Students desiring to build programs of this kind
using a core of courses offered by other colleges should consult
with those colleges. An example of such a program would be a
contract major in early childhood facilities management, which
might couple work in early childhood education and business.
Students desiring programs involving a substantial amount of
course work in colleges other than the College of Education will
be required to secure a cosponsor from the discipline housing
such course work.
The student who wishes to propose a B.S. contract major must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
on or off campus, but no more than 12 semester hours of
course work for these kinds of activities will be permitted in
the contract.
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of credit in
courses basic to the area of study. These 50 semester hours
may not be used to fulll general education requirements;
must include at least 35 semester hours of course work
offered by the College of Education;
must include at least 30 semester hours of course work at
the 300-400 level (of the 40 total upper-division hours
required by the university);
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 99
must include at least 15 semester hours outside the
department in which courses for the contract major are
primarily offered;
must include a capstone experience; and
must complete 45 semester hours after the semester in
which the program is approved.
A student’s program of study must be approved by the student’s
faculty sponsor, the curriculum committee of the department in
which the majority of course work is being taken, the associate
dean of the college, and the College of Education Curriculum
Committee.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor
of Science with a contract major in ______ (the theme specied
in the contract).
The college reserves the right to deny contract majors that
overextend the resources of a department.
Requirements for the B.G.S. Degree
The College of Education offers students the opportunity of
constructing individualized programs of study which are different
from the university’s regular major and minor programs. Such an
individualized program of study, termed a contract major, utilizes
existing university courses and leads to the degree Bachelor of
General Studies (B.G.S.). To receive the degree, a student must
satisfy all university graduation requirements. The requirement
of the contract major replaces the requirement of a regular
departmental major. (See “Other Graduation Requirements.”)
The B.G.S. contract major allows a student who has at least
junior classication and unusual and well-dened academic
interests to design a major with the advice of a faculty sponsor.
The program must be logically structured around a meaningful
and interesting theme or topic. Some topics which have been
proposed are adult education, instructional development,
paraprofessional counseling, and nontraditional education
careers. Program proposals should be submitted to the associate
dean of the College of Education and must be approved by the
College Curriculum Committee.
The student who wishes to earn a degree through the general studies
program must
have and maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program, with the approval of a
faculty sponsor, that may be accommodated within existing
university resources and facilities. (The program may include
internships, independent study, or special projects on or off
campus, up to a maximum of 12 semester hours.)
enroll in a capstone experience.
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of course
work comprising courses basic to the area of interest. These
50 semester hours
may not be used to fulll general education requirements;
must include at least 15 semester hours of course work
offered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences;
must include at least 30 semester hours in upper-division
courses from the College of Education; and
must not include more than 24 semester hours from the
offerings of a single department in the College of
Education, excluding the capstone experience.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor
of General Studies with a contract major in ______ (the theme
specied in the contract).
NOTE: The degree Bachelor of General Studies is not as well
understood outside the university as traditional baccalaureate
degrees. Students earning this degree may be required to
convince prospective employers or graduate schools that the
degree will enable them to succeed in a particular job or a future
educational endeavor.
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Culturally Relevant Teaching (15)
This certicate is designed for educator licensure candidates to
enhance their understanding of the diversity of cultures they can
expect in their future classrooms. Candidates will learn to provide
culturally relevant pedagogy while expanding the principles
of universal design to improve learning for all students. This
certicate is open to any NIU student who intends to pursue or
who has been admitted to educator licensure.
All course requirements for this certicate must be completed
at NIU within three calendar years. Students pursuing this
certicate must le a formal application with the associate
dean of the College of Education at least one semester prior to
graduation and must complete all certicate requirements before
the certicate is listed on the transcript.
Requirements
EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3)
LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTIC 400 - Introduction to Teaching English Language Learners (3)
SESE 410 - Positive Behavior Supports for Equality, Access, and
Student Development (3)
UEDU 350 - Diversity in Contemporary Media (3)
Professional Teaching Practices (15)
This certicate is designed for teacher certication students who
wish to enhance their pedagogical knowledge, skill, and reective
practice. Study toward this certicate is open to any NIU teacher
certication student with junior standing who has been admitted
to and meets the retention standards of their certication program.
With department approval, some or all of the requirements
may be applied toward their undergraduate degree. All course
requirements for the certicate must be completed at NIU within
three calendar years. Teacher candidates must le a formal
application with the associate dean of the College of Education
at least one semester prior to graduation and must complete all
certication requirements before the certicate is listed on the
transcript.
Requirements
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3),
OR EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 304 - Development of the Elementary School Child (3),
OR EPS 405 - Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
Through High School Years (3),
OR EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in
the Middle School and High School Years (3)
ETR 430 - Tests and Measurements (Elementary) (3),
OR ETR 434 - Assessing Students with Special Needs (3),
OR ETR 440 - Secondary Classroom Assessment (3)
ETT 401A - Integrating Technology Into the Elementary Classroom (2)
and ETT 401B - Field Experience for Integrating Technology Into
the Elementary Classroom (1),
OR ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3),
OR ETT 429 - Computers in Classroom Teaching (3)
LTRE 300 - Elementary School Developmental Reading
Programs (3),
OR LTRE 309 - Emerging Literacy and Beginning Reading
Instruction Through Age 8 (3),
OR LTRE 310 - Teaching Reading in the Secondary School (3),
OR LTRE 311 - Content Area Literacy Instruction (3)
100 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Dean’s List Criteria
The College of Education recognizes undergraduates whose
academic performance has been outstanding through the Dean’s
List. The Dean’s List recognizes those students who achieve
a GPA of 3.75 or higher (on a 4.00 scale) while completing a
minimum of 12 graded semester hours within a fall or spring
semester.
Literacy Clinic Services
The university offers clinic services in literacy to both elementary
and secondary school students. Parents and school officials may
avail themselves of this service by directing their correspondence
to the director of the Literacy Clinic.
One of the clinic’s main purposes is to provide a greatly needed
service, but it also plays an important role in the program of
graduate students who wish to specialize in the teaching of
literacy or to become clinicians. Through the clinic, teachers are
provided an opportunity to make diagnostic studies of children
who have literacy problems.
Interdisciplinary Courses Offered by the
College of Education
UEDU 101. SKILLS FOR UNDERGRADUATE SUCCESS (1).
Introduction to the baccalaureate experience and the College of
Education. Development of appreciation for living in a diverse
society and behaviors associated with being a professional educator;
skills for critical thinking, decision-making, problem-solving; career
exploration of programs offered through the college.
UEDU 300. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN EDUCATION (1).
Concentrated studies in topics related to contemporary issues
in education to provide an enhanced focus for the professional
development of students interested in becoming teachers. Topics
vary each semester. Open to residents of the TEACH oor only. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. Students enrolled
in UEDU 300 may not receive concurrent credit for UNIV 101 or
UEDU 101.
UEDU 350. DIVERSITY IN CONTEMPORARY MEDIA (3). Study
of the representation and portrayal of various marginalized peoples
in the U.S. as portrayed in motion pictures and television. Special
emphasis is placed on analyzing the cultural stereotypes and
archetypes that are perpetuated on screen and examining the
measures employed to counter them to bring about social justice
through education.
101
Department of Counseling, Adult and Higher
Education (CAHA, CAHC, CAHE)
The Department of Counseling, Adult and Higher Education
offers selected specialized courses developed to meet the needs
of the university community.
All instructors will take roll during the rst week of classes.
A properly registered student has the legal right to a “seat”
for a reasonable length of time, dened by the Department of
Counseling, Adult and Higher Education as the rst class meeting
after the university add/drop date. Instructors reserve the right
to drop administratively any student who has not attended class
during this time period.
Course List
Adult and Higher Education (CAHA, CAHE)
CAHA 401. INTRODUCTION TO ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION
(3). Introduction to the eld of adult and higher education and
the various contexts in which it resides such as: basic education,
high schools, community colleges, universities, private schools,
businesses, governmental agencies, the military, nonprot
organizations, and religious institutions.
CAHA 431X. TECHNIQUES OF TUTORING AND LEARNING
ASSISTANCE (3). Crosslisted as LTRE 431. Methods and techniques
for peer tutoring, supplemental instruction, learning assistance, or
literacy tutoring. Development of tutorial resource materials. Basic
assessment and remedial or developmental processes in content
area tutoring, study strategies, and learning assistance. Experiences
with tutorial programs, learning assistance programs, or supplemental
instruction groups.
CAHA 490. WORKSHOP IN ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION (1-
3). Opportunity provided to work cooperatively under the guidance
and supervision of an experienced educator in adult and higher
education contexts. Intensive analysis of specic programs of adult
and higher education. Literature of the eld and techniques of
studying agency problems. Special projects assigned to each student
for intensive study. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. Enrollment in more than one section of this course during a
semester is permitted. PRQ: Consent of department.
CAHA 492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ADULT AND HIGHER EDUCATION
(1-3). Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies. Enrollment in more than one section of this
course during a semester is permitted.
CAHA 497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under
direction of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
CAHE 493. LEADERSHIP IN THE COLLEGE EXPERIENCE (3).
Advanced exploration of specic leadership roles and other issues in
college settings. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours
when leadership topic varies.
Counseling (CAHC)
CAHC 211. CAREER PLANNING (3). Presentation of career
development and career decision making as lifelong processes.
Discussion of the relationship of individuals to their work. Practice
in decision making and application of learned skills to personal,
academic, and career planning. Not open to students with credit in
ACCY 370, FINA 395, MGMT 395, MKTG 395, or OMIS 300.
CAHC 400. EXPLORATION IN THE COUNSELING PROFESSION
(3). Training in facilitative communication skills and attention to one’s
relationship with the helping occupations in the community.
CAHC 410. FOUNDATIONS OF CAREER EDUCATION (3). Concepts,
evaluation, overview, and programs in career education.
CAHC 490. WORKSHOP IN COUNSELING (1-3). Contemporary
issues and problems in the provision of human services. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when subject varies.
CAHC 493. CRISIS INTERVENTION IN THE HELPING
PROFESSIONS (3). Role and responsibilities of human services
professionals in crisis intervention. Volunteerism, assessment, and
case management for crisis situations in educational, community
agency, medical, emergency management, and human resources
settings.
CAHC 497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under
direction of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Counseling, Adult and Higher Education
Faculty
Suzanne E. Degges-White, Ph.D., University of North Carolina at
Greensboro, professor, chair
Teresa A. Fisher, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
LaVerne Gyant, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University, professor
Jorge Jeria, Ph.D., Iowa State University, professor
Cornelius K. Gilbert, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant
professor
Carrie A. Kortegast, Ph.D., Iowa State University, assistant
professor
Charles E. Myers, Ph.D., University of North Texas, associate
professor
Debra Pender, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, associate
professor
Jane E. Rheineck, Ph.D., University of Arkansas, associate
professor
Lee Covington Rush, Ph.D., Ohio State University, associate
professor
Toni R. Tollerud, Ph.D., University of Iowa, Distinguished Teaching
Professor
Scott A. Wickman, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, associate
professor
102
Department of Educational Technology,
Research and Assessment (ETR, ETT)
The Department of Educational Technology, Research and
Assessment offers undergraduate courses to develop core
knowledge and competence in research, assessment, and
instructional technology. These courses support College of
Education programs as well as programs in other disciplines.
Course List
Instructional Technology (ETT)
229. COMPUTERS IN EDUCATION (3). Fundamental operations and
concepts of computer technologies to facilitate learning in today’s
P-12 classrooms. No previous experience with computers required.
Designed for students entering the education profession. Not open to
students with previous experience with data processing, information
systems, or who have taken ETT 429, without permission of their
major department.
231. DIGITAL VISUAL LITERACY FOR LEARNING (3). Exploration of
the historical background and practice involved in digital visual literacy.
Review the use and design of various digital media communications.
Develop understanding of the interpretation of digital visual literacy.
Create and integrate digital visual literacy into professional practice
for various audiences.
310. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN MODELS, STRATEGIES AND
TACTICS (3). Introduction to instructional design, application of
instructional design models, and design of appropriate instructional
strategies and tactics.
311. INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA LITERACY, PROTOTYPING AND
PUBLICATION (3). Introduction to principles of instructional media
literacy, iterative design prototyping and publication for the purposes
of developing well-designed and accessible print and digital content.
329. LEARNING IN THE DIGITAL AGE (3). Survey of emerging
technologies and tools that are transforming our society and schools,
as well as the implications these changes have for learning. Emphasis
on the skills and knowledge students need to learn effectively and
live productively in an increasingly global and digital world.
401A. INTEGRATING TECHNOLOGY INTO THE ELEMENTARY
CLASSROOM (2). Advanced skills and topics in learning technologies
for the preservice elementary teacher. Explore, plan, and practice
using productivity, multimedia, and telecommunications tools to
support student learning. Examine related social, ethical, legal, and
human issues. PRQ: Elementary education major and ETT 229 or
pass ETT prociency examination.
401B. FIELD EXPERIENCE FOR INTEGRATING TECHNOLOGY
INTO THE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM (1). Gain practice
with and reect upon the use of productivity, multimedia, and
telecommunications tools to support student learning. PRQ:
Elementary education major and ETT 401A. CRQ: TLEE 461.
402. TEACHING AND LEARNING WITH TECHNOLOGY (3).
Practice using audio and visual, computer, and telecommunications
technologies as tools to support and enhance learning. Design
technology-based learning experiences. Social, ethical, legal, and
human issues of planning and implementing technology programs.
Not open to elementary education majors. PRQ: ETT 229 or pass
ETT prociency examination.
429. COMPUTERS IN CLASSROOM TEACHING (3). Survey of
educational uses of computers. Emphasis on the role of computers
in the educational environment, hardware, review and evaluation of
available educational software, software applications, and technology
implementation. No previous experience with computers required.
Designed for students entering an educational environment. Not
open to students with previous experience in data processing or
information systems or students who have taken ETT 229, without
permission of their major department.
430. SURVEY OF INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3). Overview
of media and technology in education; introduction to the eld of
instructional technology. Issues of integration of technology and
learning including selection, production, utilization, and evaluation of
a wide variety of instructional media and technology.
439. DEVELOPING EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE (3). Design and
develop educational software for computers. Experience with design
methodologies for educational software and authoring systems
commonly used in education. PRQ: ETT 429 or consent of department.
448. INSTRUCTIONAL ARCHITECTURE FOR LEARNING
APPLICATIONS (3). Introduction to principles of instructional
architecture, message design, and user interaction to plan, design,
develop, and evaluate the effectiveness of learning applications.
450. INSTRUCTIONAL VIDEO I (3). Crosslisted as COMS 450X.
Practical methods for the production and use of video in educational
settings. Preparation and presentation of televised instructional
materials. Not open to students with credit in COMS 357 or COMS
358 or equivalent.
455. MEDIA DESIGN TECHNIQUES (3). Designing presentations
for instruction. Emphasis on basic design, writing, and photographic
techniques. PRQ: ETT 430, or ETT 401A and ETT 401B, or ETT 402.
459. LEARNER-CENTERED EDUCATIONAL COURSEWARE
DEVELOPMENT (3). Design and develop learner-centered
educational courseware for various delivery modes. Exploration of
design methodologies for educational software and development
systems commonly used in education. PRQ: ETT 310 and ETT 311.
464. HUMAN PERFORMANCE TECHNOLOGY (3). Introduction
to the denition, models, and principles of Human Performance
Technology (HPT). Exploration of HPT needs assessment and
performance audit, and intervention solutions to performance
problems including various forms of training, job aids, and non-
training recommendations. PRQ: ETT 310.
490. WORKSHOP IN INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-3).
Concentrated study of applications, issues, or problems related to the
current or future roles of instructional technologists in the community
and/or public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours when subject varies.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY
(1-3). Independent study under direction of a faculty member. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY, RESEARCH AND ASSESSMENT 103
Research and Assessment (ETR)
230. PROGRAM EVALUATION IN THE DIGITAL AGE (3) Examination
of models and methods for the evaluation of technology-enhanced
human learning environments (e.g., instructional technology,
online training, digital media and learning objects, and technology-
enhanced assessments). Survey of evaluation types, quantitative
and qualitative evaluation methods (sampling, instrumentation, and
data analysis), evaluation issues related to working with stakeholders
and ethics, and evaluation communication and reporting. Emphasis
on evaluation proposal development.
340. SURVEY METHODS FOR TRAINING AND EVALUATION (3).
Introduction to methods used in survey implementation. Overview of
the survey process including choosing a survey platform (e.g., paper,
electronic); survey instrument selection and/or design; sampling
techniques; and summarizing, interpreting, and communicating
survey results.
430. CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
(3). Devices and techniques available to the elementary teacher
for measuring and evaluating pupil growth and learning for guiding
children in realizing their individual potentials in a multicultural setting.
Students taking this course are not eligible to take ETR 440. PRQ:
Cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher. Limited to elementary education
majors.
431. PROGRAM/PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (3). Introduction
to formative and summative methods used for evaluating various
programs and initiatives. Fundamentals of the evaluation process
include: involving stakeholders; conducting a needs assessment;
developing goals and indicators; designing evaluation frameworks;
collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data; and reporting evaluation
ndings.
434. ASSESSING STUDENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (3).
Nondiscriminatory assessment procedures for identifying and
enhancing educational outcomes for students with special needs.
PRQ: SESE 240 or consent of department.
440. CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES (3). Purpose and
methods of formal and informal classroom assessment for guiding
and communicating instructional decisions. Techniques for designing,
using, and evaluating curriculum-aligned assessments through
traditional (e.g., paper-and-pencil, standardized and standards-based
assessments) and alternative methods (e.g., performance-based,
authentic assessments). Emphasis placed on practical applications
and data-based decision making. Designed to be taken by majors
outside the College of Education seeking K-12 or secondary initial
educator licensure. PRQ: Minimum 2.50 GPA. Students taking this
course are not eligible to take ETR 430.
450. DATA ANALYSIS FOR DESIGN AND EVALUATION (3).
Introduction to the evaluation of instructional and training programs.
Exploration of data collection methods and analysis approaches
used to assess effectiveness of instructional and training programs,
both during the instructional development process or after intended
trainings are delivered. PRQ: ETT 310 and ETR 340; or consent of
the instructor.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RESEARCH AND ASSESSMENT (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN RESEARCH AND
ASSESSMENT (1-3). Independent study under direction of a faculty
member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of department.
Educational Technology, Research and Assessment
(ETRA)
422. TECHNOLOGY AND ASSESSMENT FOR SECONDARY
EDUCATION (4). Equips educators with skills pertaining to
technology integration, assessment and evaluation of effective
instruction, with a focus on theory and practice behind successful
technology implementation in education. Issues such as designing
instruction for the learner, fostering interactive learning, assessment
process, and measuring successful implementation will be examined
and discussed.
Educational Technology, Research and
Assessment Faculty
Wei-Chen Hung, Ph.D., Indiana University, professor, chair
Rebecca P. Butler, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Distinguished
Teaching Professor
Cynthia S. Campbell, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, associate
professor
Vicki L. Collins, Ph.D., University of Oregon, assistant professor
Jeffrey B. Hecht, Ph.D., University of California, Riverside,
professor
Pi Sui Hsu, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, associate
professor
Rebecca Hunt, Ph.D., University of Toledo, assistant professor
Laura Ruth Johnson, Ph.D., University of California at Berkley,
associate professor
Olha Ketsman, Ph.D., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, clinical
assistant professor
Hayley J. Mayall, Ph.D., University of Connecticut, associate
professor
Todd D. Reeves, Ph.D., Boston College, assistant professor
Sharon E. Smaldino, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, professor
Thomas J. Smith, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
David A. Walker, Ph.D., Iowa State University, professor
Brent E. Wholeben, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, professor
Xing Xie, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, assistant
professor
Cynthia York, Ph.D., Purdue University, assistant professor
104
Department of Kinesiology and Physical
Education (KNDN, KNPE, LESM)
The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education offers
a B.S. in kinesiology and a B.S.Ed. in physical education. The
department also offers minors in dance education, kinesiology
and physical education (with an interdisciplinary option), and
coaching. In addition, the department offers selected courses
developed to meet the needs of the university community.
The B.S.Ed. physical education K-12 program is designed for
students who plan to teach physical education at the elementary,
intermediate, or secondary level. Students who receive physical
education K-12 licensure may add endorsement(s) to current
license. Additional course work is necessary.
The B.S. program in athletic training is designed for students
preparing to become athletic trainers (AT). In collaboration with
the physician, the AT student provides services consisting of
prevention, emergency care, clinical diagnosis, therapeutic
intervention, and rehabilitation of injuries and medical conditions
involving impairment, functional limitations, and disabilities.
Athletic trainers work under the direction of physicians, as
prescribed by state licensure statutes.
The B.S. program in kinesiology is designed for students preparing
for professional opportunities in health behavior, sport performance,
and cardiac rehabilitation settings. The program provides a
rigorous program of study combining classroom, laboratory, eld
experiences, and a culminating internship that prepare students to
become professionals in the health and tness industry.
The Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
recommends high school preparation in biology, geometry,
chemistry, and physics for students who plan to major or minor
in any area of physical education. Such students should seek
early academic advisement through the office of the coordinator
of advisement.
All instructors will take roll during the rst week of classes.
A properly registered student has the legal right to a “seat”
for a reasonable length of time, dened by the Department of
Kinesiology and Physical Education as the rst class meeting
after the university add/drop date. Instructors reserve the right
to drop administratively any student who has not attended class
during this time period.
Major in Physical Education/K-12 and 6-12
Educator Licensure (B.S.Ed.)
Students must take KNPE 225, Fundamental Sport Skills I,
during the rst 15 semester hours of their program. KNPE 226,
Fundamental Sport Skills II, and KNPE 335, Developmental Skill-
Based Approach to Teaching, must be taken within the rst 30
semester hours of their program.
All students seeking licensure to teach physical education must
submit a satisfactory electronic teaching portfolio to complete
student teaching requirements. Students are urged to take KNPE
200, Introduction to Teaching Physical Education, during their
rst semester in order to begin the portfolio.
Admission to the B.S. in athletic training is limited. See
“Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements”
in this catalog.
All students seeking admission to teacher education are required
to have an overall minimum GPA of 2.75, a grade of C or better in
all foundational studies requirements (12 credit hours), and pass
the ILTS Test of Academic Profeciency (TAP) or have a minimum
score of 22 or higher on the ACT Plus Writing. These requirements
must be met prior to admission to KNPE 343. Admission to KNPE
343 constitutes admission to teacher education in physical
education. Once admitted to the program, students must provide
proof of valid First Aid/CPR certication (American Red Cross or
American Heart Association) each semester. In accordance with
ISBE requirements, students must earn a grade of C or better in
the following courses in order to be eligible for licensure: KNPE
200, KNPE 335, KNPE 340, KNPE 343, KNPE 344, KNPE 348,
KNPE 364, KNPE 365, KNPE 366, KNPE 367, KNPE 368, KNPE
421, KNPE 446, KNPE 449, KNPE 466, KNPE 467, KNPE 468,
KNPE 490, KNPE 492. Students are encouraged to maintain
close contact with their advisers as the teacher preparation
program in physical education is tightly sequenced.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Students who successfully complete the program will have
completed all required ISBE and CAEP standards for educator
licensure.
Requirements in Department (65-66)
KNDN 351 - Multicultural Dance (3)
KNPE 200 - Introduction to Teaching Physical Education (2)
KNPE 203 - Practicum in Physical Education (1)
KNPE 225 - Fundamental Sport Skills I (2)
KNPE 226 - Fundamental Sport Skills II (2)
KNPE 335 - Developmental Skill-Based Approach to Teaching (3)
KNPE 340 - Growth and Motor Development (3)
KNPE 343 - Elementary School Physical Education/
Methods and Field Experience (3)
KNPE 344 - Field Experience in the Elementary School (1)
KNPE 348 - Educational Dance for Children (2)
KNPE 364 - Fitness Education Methods for K-12 Students (3)
KNPE 365 - Introduction to Adventure Education (3),
OR KNPE 366 - Lifetime Sports and Activities (3)
KNPE 367 - Tactical Approach to Teaching Games (3),
OR KNPE 368 - Sport Education (3)
One course from each of the following pairs, including at least one
4-hour course (7-8)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3),
OR KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 451 - Physiology of Exercise (3),
OR KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
KNPE 403 - Advanced Practicum in Physical Education (1)
KNPE 421 - Curriculum Designs in Middle and High School
Physical Education (2)
KNPE 446 - Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education
School Settings (3)
KNPE 449 - Current Issues in Physical Education and Sport (2)
KNPE 466 - Field Experience at Outdoor Environments (1)
KNPE 467 - Field Experience in the Middle School (1)
KNPE 468 - Field Experience in the High School (1)
KNPE 483 - Elementary School Student Teaching in Physical
Education (6)
KNPE 484 - Middle School Student Teaching in Physical Education (6),
OR KNPE 485 - Secondary School Student Teaching in Physical
Education (6)
KNPE 490 - Adapted Physical Education (3)
KNPE 492 - Special Physical Education Clinic Practicum (1)
KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 105
Requirements outside Department (16-17)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3),
OR EPFE 321 - History of American Education (3),
OR EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 405 - Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
Through High School Years (3)
LTRE 310 - Teaching Reading in the Secondary School (3),
LTIC 301 - Teaching with Multicultural Perspective (3)
Fulllment of requirements for educator licensure (See program
director.)
Total Hours for Major in Physical Education/K-12 and 6-12
Educator Licensure: 81-83
Major in Athletic Training (B.S.)
The major in athletic training reects the requirements of the
Commission on the Accreditation of Athletic Training Education,
and students who want to sit for the Board of Certication (BOC)
examination must complete this degree. Current policies and
procedures regarding eligibility for the BOC examination are
available in the department’s program director’s office.
Admission to the athletic training major is competitive and limited.
University admission does not necessarily constitute eligibility for
admission into this area of study. Admission policies are described
in the “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements”
section of this catalog.
Retention in the program requires an overall NIU GPA of 2.50.
Students enrolled in the athletic training major may be dismissed
from the program for academic reasons or for unprofessional
behavior or actions that threaten the health and safety of others.
It is the responsibility of students to secure a copy of the Athletic
Training Student Handbook, which describes the policies of the
program. Students are required to adhere to all current policies
and procedures.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (71-74)
KNPE 202 - Introduction to Athletic Training (1)
KNPE 264 - Principles of Injury Prevention and Care (3)
KNPE 265 - Practicum in Athletic Training (3)
KNPE 266 - Emergency Medical Response (3)
KNPE 310 - Psychological Aspects of Sport and Exercise (3)
KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 322 - Clinical Prociencies in Athletic Training: Upper-
Extremity Assessment (2)
KNPE 323 - Clinical Prociencies in Athletic Training: Lower-
Extremity Assessment (2)
KNPE 324 - Assessment of Lower-Extremity Injury (3)
KNPE 325 - Assessment of Upper-Extremity Injury (3)
KNPE 326 - Therapeutic Modalities and Treatment of Athletic
Injuries (3)
KNPE 331 - Clinical Experience in Athletic Training I (3)
KNPE 332 - Clinical Experience in Athletic Training II (3)
KNPE 350 - Principles and Techniques of Resistance Training (3)
KNPE 427 - Clinical Prociencies in Athletic Training: Therapeutic
Exercise and Rehabilitation (2)
KNPE 434 - Clinical Experience in Athletic Training III (3)
KNPE 435 - Clinical Experience in Athletic Training IV (3)
KNPE 445 - Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise Science (3)
KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
KNPE 474 - Medical Issues in Athletic Training (3)
Select one from the following (4-6)
KNPE 490 - Adapted Physical Education (3) and KNPE 492 -
Special Physical Education Clinic Practicum (1-2),
OR KNPE 463 - Exercise and Physical Activity across the
Lifespan (3) and KNPE 493 - Supervised Clinical
Experience in Exercise Gerontology (1-3)
KNPE 491 - Therapeutic Exercise (3)
KNPE 494 - Internship in Kinesiology (6)
Requirements outside Department (22-24)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
BIOS 103 - General Biology (3),
OR BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology (3) and BIOS 210 -
Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise (3),
OR FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise
(2) and KNPE 306 - Sports Nutrition (1)
*PHHE 206 - Contemporary Health Concepts (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Athletic Training: 93-98
Major in Kinesiology (B.S.)
All students pursuing the B.S. degree with a major in kinesiology
are required to have a university GPA of 2.50 or above and to
have satisfactorily completed all required course work prior to the
culminating internship, KNPE 494. Students are required to earn
grades of C or better in the following courses: KNPE 305, KNPE
314, KNPE 445, KNPE 452, KNPE 463, and the university’s
foundational studies in quantitative literacy.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (43)
KNPE 262 - First Aid and CPR (2)
KNPE 301 - Introduction to Kinesiology (3)
KNPE 310 - Psychological Aspects of Sport and Exercise (3)
KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 346 - Methods of Group Fitness Instruction (3)
KNPE 350 - Principles and Techniques of Resistance Training (3)
KNPE 443 - Exercise Therapy for Acute and Chronic Conditions (3)
KNPE 445 - Measurement and Evaluation in Exercise Science (3)
KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
KNPE 463 - Exercise and Physical Activity across the Lifespan (3)
KNPE 493 - Supervised Clinical Experience in Exercise
Gerontology (1-3)
KNPE 494 - Internship in Kinesiology (6)
LESM 438 - Sport and Fitness Management Strategies (3),
OR LESM 442 - Promotion of Sport and Fitness Programs (3)
One of the following areas of study (10)
Wellness Focus (10):
KNPE 462 - Clinical Exercise Physiology (4)
KNPE 464 - Scientic Basis of Exercise Prescription and
Progression (3)
KNPE 465 - Programming, Planning, Implementation,
Evaluation (3)
Performance Focus (10):
KNPE 470 - High Performance Development (4)
KNPE 472 - Periodization for Performance Enhancement (3)
LESM 365 - Communication Strategies in Sport and Exercise
(3)
Requirements outside Department (17-18)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3)
*BIOS 105 - General Biology Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 111 – Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR *BIOS 357 – Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise (3),
OR FCNS 306 Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise (2)
and KNPE 306 - Sports Nutrition (1)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3),
OR PSYC 219 - Positive Psychology (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Kinesiology: 70-71
106 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
* Available for general education credit.
Minor in Kinesiology and Physical Education
Option 1. Physical Education (33-35)
This option is designed for the licensed teacher who selects
physical education as a second teaching eld or students seeking
endorsement in physical education 6-12.
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
KNDN 351 - Multicultural Dance (3)
KNPE 225 - Fundamental Sport Skills I (2)
KNPE 226 - Fundamental Sport Skills II (2)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3),
OR KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 335 - Developmental Skill-Based Approach to Teaching (3)
KNPE 364 - Fitness Education Methods for K-12 Students (3)
KNPE 421 - Curriculum Designs in Middle and High School
Physical Education (2)
KNPE 446 - Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education
School Settings (3)
KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
KNPE 492 - Special Physical Education Clinic Practicum (1)
One of the following (3)
KNPE 365 - Introduction to Adventure Education (3)
KNPE 367 - Tactical Approach to Teaching Games (3)
KNPE 368 - Sport Education (3)
Option 2. Interdisciplinary (20-22)
A non-licensure option designed for individualized
programming. Subject to departmental approval.
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
KNPE 217 - Personal Health-Related Fitness Development (1)
KNPE 393 - Social Aspects of Sport (3)
Select from the following (3)
KNPE 240 - Aquatic Fitness (1)
KNPE 241 - Aerobic Fitness (1)
KNPE 242 - Techniques of Resistance Training (1)
KNPE 243 - Program Development of Resistance Training (1)
One of the following (3-4)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3)
KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
Other course work with advice and consent of departmental
adviser (6)
Minor in Coaching (27-29)
This minor meets the requirements for Illinois coaching
certication when other requirements are met (19 years of age
and have a baccalaureate degree). Students pursuing a coaching
minor are not required to hold educator licensure. Physical
education majors may declare the minor in coaching.
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
KNPE 217 - Personal Health-Related Fitness Development (1)
KNPE 242 - Techniques of Resistance Training (1)
KNPE 243 - Program Development of Resistance Training (1)
KNPE 262 - First Aid and CPR (2)
KNPE 310 - Psychological Aspects of Sport and Exercise (3)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3),
OR KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
KNPE 440 - Organization and Administration of Physical Education
and Athletics (3)
KNPE 452 - Applied Physiology of Exercise (4)
KNPE 457 - Analysis and Techniques of Training and Conditioning (3)
One of the following (2)
KNPE 374 - Coaching Fast-Pitch Softball (2)
KNPE 375 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Baseball/Softball (2)
KNPE 376 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Basketball (2)
KNPE 378 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Football (2)
KNPE 379 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Golf (2)
KNPE 381 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Soccer (2)
KNPE 383 - Theory and Practice of Coaching
Competitive Swimming (2)
KNPE 384 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Track and Field (2)
KNPE 385 - Theory and Practice of Coaching Volleyball (2)
Minor in Dance Education (26-33)
This minor provides theoretical knowledge and technical skills in
all dance forms applicable to educational and professional dance.
The curriculum is based on scientic and artistic foundations.
Each student must plan an individualized program of study in
cooperation with a departmental adviser. Students majoring in the
department are permitted to declare this minor. A student interested
in an endorsement in dance education should consult an adviser.
KNDN 264 - Jazz Dance (½)
KNDN 265 - Tap Dance (½)
KNDN 353 - Analysis and Pedagogy of Dance (3)
KNDN 367 - Dance Performance in Education (1)
KNDN 467 - Curricula and Programs for Dance (2)
KNDN 475 - History of Dance: 18th Century to Modern Times (3)
Course work from the following by audition (10)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (1-2)
TH-D 207 - Dance Techniques II (1-2)
TH-D 305 - Ballet III (1-2)
TH-D 306 - Modern Dance III (1-2)
TH-D 405 - Ballet IV (1-2)
TH-D 406 - Modern Dance IV (1-2)
Select option 1 for studio dance or option 2 for school dance
teaching (6 or 12 ½)
Option 1 (6)
Course work from the following not used above (2)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (1-2)
TH-D 207 - Dance Techniques II (1-2)
TH-D 305 - Ballet III (1-2)
TH-D 306 - Modern Dance III (1-2)
TH-D 405 - Ballet IV (1-2)
TH-D 406 - Modern Dance IV (1-2)
Course work from the following (4)
KNDN 366 - Dance Production (2)
KNDN 369 - African Heritage Dance (2)
TH-D 286 - Rhythmic Analysis, Improvisation, and Composition (3)
TH-D 330 - Theatre Dance (2)
TH-D 361 - Jazz Technique (2)
TH-D 388 - Choreography I (2)
TH-D 467 - Dance Notation I (3)
TH-D 477 - Special Studies in Dance (2)
Option 2 (13)
Course work from the following
KNDN 220 - Recreational Dance Forms (2)
KNDN 355 - Fitness and Conditioning for Dancers (2)
KNDN 356 - Practicum in Dance (1)
KNDN 366 - Dance Production (2)
KNDN 369 - African Heritage Dance (2)
KNDN 473 - Dance as Art in Education (3)
KNPE 348 - Educational Dance for Children (2)
TH-D 388 - Choreography I (2)
Course List
With the exception of KNPE 100 and KNPE 111, all 100-level KNPE
and KNDN courses may be repeated for credit one time only.
Dance Education (KNDN)
152. AMERICAN SQUARE AND ROUND DANCE I (1). Fundamental
skills and a variety of square and round dances applicable for use in
school and recreational programs.
154. BALLET I (2). Knowledge and beginning techniques of ballet.
KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 107
155. BALLET II (2). Continuation of the development of performance,
knowledge, and appreciation of classical ballet.
156. INTERNATIONAL FOLK DANCE I (2). Folk dances of many
countries applicable to use in school and recreational programs.
158. MODERN DANCE I (2). Modern dance techniques and creative
exploration of the elements of time, space, and force.
159. MODERN DANCE II (2). Continuation of KNDN 158, with
emphasis on more advanced techniques, skills, and compositions.
160. JAZZ DANCE I (2). Basic techniques of jazz dance. Includes a
variety of early jazz styles
16 1. JAZZ DANCE II (2). Intermediate jazz technique with emphasis
on current trends.
162. SOCIAL DANCE I (1). Basic elements and creative routines
for foxtrot, waltz, swing, discotheque, and various South American
dances.
164. TAP TECHNIQUES I (2). Introduction to elementary sounds and
steps.
165. TAP TECHNIQUES II (2). Study and development of buck and
rhythm forms of tap dance. A student enrolling in this class should be
able to demonstrate prociency in the basic tap dance.
166. AEROBIC DANCE (2). Concepts and application of aerobic
dance exercises to improve exibility, cardiovascular endurance,
muscular strength, muscular endurance, and body composition.
1 6 7. “ ORCHESIS” PERFORMANCE (1). Renement of dance
skill and practical application of production, choreography, and
performance as related to dance.
214. FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE (1). Skills and knowledge in
international and American folk dance. PRQ: Kinesiology or physical
education major or minor, or consent of department.
216. MODERN DANCE (½). Skills and knowledge for creative
exploration in modern dance. PRQ: Kinesiology or physical education
major or minor, or consent of department.
220. RECREATIONAL DANCE FORMS (2). Analysis of movement for
folk, square, contra, and social/line dance. Promotes and develops
the skill of the above dance forms. PRQ: Physical education major
or minor.
222. SOCIAL DANCE (½). Contemporary social dance forms. PRQ:
Kinesiology or physical education major or minor, or consent of
department.
264. JAZZ DANCE (½). Introduction to the basic concepts of jazz
movement and history of jazz. Emphasis on the development of jazz
movement patterns. PRQ: Kinesiology or physical education major or
minor, or consent of department.
265. TAP DANCE (½). Introduction to the basic concepts of tap
movement and history of tap. Emphasis on the development of tap
movement patterns.
351. MULTICULTURAL DANCE (3). Analysis of movements
and teaching strategies for multi-cultural dance. Promotes skill
development in the dance forms and understanding of our global
society. PRQ: Physical education major or minor.
353. ANALYSIS AND PEDAGOGY OF DANCE (3). Crosslisted as
TH-D 353X. Application of pedagogical knowledge and skills for
teaching dance in a school and/or community setting. Analysis of
movement utilizing principles of movement and applied kinesiology.
355. FITNESS AND CONDITIONING FOR DANCERS (2). Analysis
and techniques that promote tness and conditioning for dancers.
Emphasis on dance classes that apply to physiological, kinesiological,
and movement principles, prevention of injuries, weight control, and
nutrition.
356. PRACTICUM IN DANCE (1). Opportunity for student dancers
to observe, interact with, and teach children K-12. CRQ: KNDN 353.
365. ACCOMPANIMENT FOR DANCE (2). Development of basic
concepts of the elements of music and dance through analysis,
composition, technique, improvisation, and performance.
366. DANCE PRODUCTION (2). Various types of dance production in
education. Instruction in technical skills, organization, and problems
involved in transforming choreographic ideas into a dance production.
Coordination of design, stage setting, lighting, costuming, and
accompaniment into a nished product for a variety of educational
experiences.
367. DANCE PERFORMANCE IN EDUCATION (1). Participation in
a dance performance: concerts or works in progress. Emphasis on
dancing, creating, and producing. PRQ: Consent of department.
369. AFRICAN HERITAGE DANCE (2). Exploration of the history of
African-American dance in the U.S. Survey of contributions to dance
by African-Americans in social dance, modern dance, contemporary
dance, and classical ballet. Study of dance techniques originating
from African heritage.
467. CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS FOR DANCE (2). Educational,
recreational, and therapeutic curricula and programs in dance.
Selection and development of appropriate dance experiences for all
age groups. Principles and problems of dance programs in schools,
studios, tness/ recreational centers, nursing homes, hospitals, and
mental health facilities. PRQ: KNDN 353.
473. DANCE AS ART IN EDUCATION (3). Development of aesthetic
and cultural theories of dance as an art form in education. Opportunity
for practical application of the elements of dance and related art
forms in education to the elementary, secondary, or higher education
levels and/or to students of various intellectual and physical abilities.
474. HISTORY OF DANCE: PRIMITIVE THROUGH RENAISSANCE
(3). Historical development of dance from primitive to the renaissance
period through the world focusing on cultural and religious trends.
475. HISTORY OF DANCE: 18TH CENTURY TO MODERN TIMES
(3). Historical development of dance from the 18th century to modern
times, considering cultural and artistic implications.
Physical Education (KNPE)
1
100. SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF HUMAN ACTIVITY (3). Aspects of
physical activity–biological, mechanical, physiological, nutritional,
and psychological–with laboratory experiences to further students’
understanding of these areas.
# 101. PRACTICUM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1). Experimental
courses designed to meet current needs of students. Activities may
change each semester.
102. PHYSICAL FITNESS (2). Concepts and application of exercise
and nutrition toward health-related tness: body composition,
cardiovascular endurance, exibility, muscular strength, and
endurance.
104. WEIGHT TRAINING AND CONDITIONING (1). Fundamental
skills and techniques of weight training.
105. ADVANCED WEIGHT TRAINING (2). Advanced skills and
techniques of weight training. PRQ: KNPE 104.
106. YOGA (1). Elementary and intermediate yoga postures and
exercises.
109. JOGGING (1). Techniques, principles, and practice in jogging.
110. RELAXATION (1). Concepts and application of self-controlled
muscular relaxation with emphasis on freedom from stress and
anxiety.
111. SPORT: CULTURE AND SOCIETY (3). Examination of interaction
between sport and culture; impact of sport on United States society;
and social processes which inuence sport.
112 . ARCHERY I (1). Fundamental skills and techniques of archery.
113 . BADMINTON I (1). Introduction to basic badminton skills and
game play.
1
Courses marked with the symbol #involve risk or safety factors. The department reserves the right to deny admission to or continuation of enrollment in these
courses to any student who is deemed a risk factor to others or to himself or herself.
108 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
114 . BADMINTON II (1). Continuation of the knowledges and skills
of badminton with consideration of relevant kinesiological and
physiological factors. PRQ: KNPE 113.
116. INTRODUCTION TO T’AI CHI (1). Elementary and intermediate
t’ai chi postures with an emphasis on breathing technique and
moving meditation.
11 7. BOWLING I (1). Fundamental skills and techniques of bowling.
118 . BOWLING II (2). Continuation of KNPE 117 with emphasis on the
renement of skills and an introduction to league bowling. Students
should be able to demonstrate a 110 minimum bowling average at the
beginning of the class.
119 . GOLF I (1). Introduction to golf with emphasis on fundamental
skills, techniques, and strategy.
120. GOLF II (2). Continuation of golf knowledges and techniques.
Emphasis on consistent performance based on application of
relevant kinesiological factors. PRQ: KNPE 119.
122. RACQUETBALL (1). Fundamental skills, techniques, and
strategies of racquetball. Eye protection required while on court.
123. TENNIS I (1). Introduction to techniques and strategy of
beginning tennis.
124. TENNIS II (1). Continuation of techniques and strategy of tennis
with consideration of kinesiological and physiological aspects. PRQ:
KNPE 123.
13 1. AIKIDO (1). Skills, techniques, and strategy of aikido.
132. JUDO (1). Skills, techniques, and strategy of judo.
133. KARATE (1). Skills, techniques, and strategy of karate.
138. BASKETBALL I (1). Introduction to basketball including
fundamental rules, techniques, and strategy.
139. BASKETBALL II (1). Continuation of techniques and strategy
of basketball with consideration of kinesiological and physiological
factors. PRQ: KNPE 138.
140. PILATES (1). Elementary and intermediate Pilates exercises
with an emphasis on core stability.
14 1. FLAG FOOTBALL (1). Fundamental skills, techniques, and
strategy of ag football.
142. SOCCER (1). Fundamental skills, techniques, and strategy of
soccer.
143. SOFTBALL (1). Fundamental skills and strategy of softball.
144. PRINCIPLES OF CROSS TRAINING (1). Concepts and
application of various modes of exercise to develop overall tness
and improve performance.
145. VOLLEYBALL I (1). Introduction to volleyball skills, techniques,
and strategy.
146. VOLLEYBALL II (2). Continuation of skills, techniques, and
strategy of volleyball, including consideration of basic physiological,
kinesiological, and biomechanical principles. PRQ: KNPE 145.
148. CORE STRENGTH AND STABILITY (1). Concepts and
application of strength and stability training as it relates to the
musculature responsible for controlling spine position. Both traditional
and contemporary exercises will be explored.
168. LEARN TO SWIM (1). Water adjustment skills, basic strokes,
and water entry techniques for the nonswimmer.
169. SWIMMING I (1). Basic water adjustment skills, strokes, and
diving for the beginner.
170. SWIMMING II (1). Intermediate swimming. Includes strokes,
dives, safety skills.
#174. SKIN AND SCUBA DIVING (2). Development of skill and
knowledge leading to PADI (Professional Association of Diving
Instructors) open-water diver certication. PRQ: University medical
clearance and consent of department.
1 7 7. SWIMMING CONDITIONING (2). Concepts of physical tness
and their application through aquatic exercise programs. PRQ: Ability
to swim in deep water.
#182. CANOEING I (1). Basic skills and knowledges of canoeing
including safety procedures and recreational aspects. PRQ: Ability
to swim in deep water.
186. HORSEBACK RIDING I (1). Fundamental equestrian skills,
techniques, and knowledge.
1 8 7. HORSEBACK RIDING II (1). Continuation of basic horseback
riding with emphasis on communicating with the horse more quietly
and efficiently. Understanding of equine behavior as it applies to
signs of discomfort or illness versus signs of feeling good. PRQ:
KNPE 186.
188. MARATHON TRAINING (2). Theoretical and applied principles
and practices of training to run in marathons.
189. OLYMPIC WEIGHTLIFTING (1). Concepts and application of
Olympic weightlifting techniques and progression
190. Tumbling (1). Fundamental skills and techniques of tumbling.
193. TUMBLING AND FLOOR EXERCISE (2). Intermediate tumbling
skills with variations applicable to oor exercise composition. PRQ:
KNPE 190 or consent of department.
#196. BASIC CLIMBING AND RAPPELLING (2). Introduction to basic
skills and principles of rock climbing (free) and rappelling, including
equipment selection and technique analysis and evaluation.
1 9 7. BICYCLING (1). Instruction in derailleur gearing, riding techniques
as well as safety and psychological, sociological, and physiological
benets of bicycling. Directed to a variety of bicycling competencies;
designed for road biking on prescribed courses. Bicycling helmet and
bikes in good mechanical working order required.
198. PRACTICUM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION: MILITARY TRAINING
(2). Emphasis on participation in physical tness activities, development
of strength, endurance, and tness; and development of leadership
skills. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
199H. MAN, MOVEMENT, AND ENVIRONMENT (1). A living learning
experience for honors students at a eld campus where special
utilization can be made of the natural environment. Includes the
physiological, sociological, and kinesiological foundations of physical
education.
200. INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2).
Survey of the profession of teaching physical education. To be taken
within the rst 30 semester hours of professional course work. PRQ:
Declared physical education major.
2 01. INTRODUCTION TO EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT
PROFESSIONS (3). Professionals’ roles in and competencies
to exercise science and sport industry careers. PRQ: Declared
kinesiology major; to be taken within the rst 30 semester hours of
professional course work.
202. INTRODUCTION TO ATHLETIC TRAINING (1). Introduction to
professional expectations, behaviors, and development in athletic
training.
203. EARLY CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
(1). Introduction to teaching physical education for teacher candidates
through structured observations in a partnership school district.
CRQ: KNPE 200.
209. TUMBLING (½). Skills and techniques of tumbling. PRQ:
Physical education major or minor.
2 1 7. PERSONAL HEALTH-RELATED FITNESS DEVELOPMENT
(1). Study of health-related tness components. Design, plan,
implementation, and evaluation in a personal health-related tness
program. PRQ: Kinesiology or physical education major or minor, or
consent of department.
225. FUNDAMENTAL SPORT SKILLS I (2). Skill development,
performance, and analysis of basketball, soccer, softball, and
volleyball.
1
Courses marked with the symbol #involve risk or safety factors. The department reserves the right to deny admission to or continuation of enrollment in these
courses to any student who is deemed a risk factor to others or to himself or herself.
KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 109
226. FUNDAMENTAL SPORT SKILLS II (2). Skill development,
performance, and analysis of badminton, ag football, tennis, and
track and eld.
227. RHYTHMIC AND COOPERATIVE GYMNASTICS (½). Rhythmic
sequences of gymnastics movements with a variety of rhythmic
gymnastics implements. Creative and cooperative gymnastics
movement sequences on balance beam and oor. PRQ: Physical
education major or minor.
230. LIFEGUARD TRAINING (2). Procient development of rescue
techniques and safety supervision skills enabling student to qualify
for American Red Cross Lifeguard Training Certication. Certication
contingent on evidence of current Standard First Aid certication. PRQ:
Ability to swim 500 yards continuously using each of the following
strokes for at least 50 yards: crawl, breast stroke, elementary back
stroke, and side stroke. Surface dive to a minimum depth of 9 feet
and bring a 10-lb diving brick to the surface.
231. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR (2). Experience in perfecting and
teaching swimming and aquatic safety skills to meet requirements for
American Red Cross (ARC) instructor certication. Analysis of skills
and techniques of teaching swimming, diving, and aquatic skills for all
populations. Successful completion of course requirements may lead
to American Red Cross certication. PRQ: Must have knowledge and
demonstrate prociency in the standing front dive and in the following
strokes: freestyle, backstroke, sidestroke, breaststroke, elementary
backstroke, and buttery.
240. AQUATIC FITNESS (1). Techniques and materials needed to
develop aquatic exercise programs. PRQ: KNPE 217.
241. AEROBIC FITNESS (1). Application of aerobic training principles
and program design. PRQ: KNPE 217.
242. TECHNIQUES OF RESISTANCE TRAINING (1). Fundamental
techniques of resistance training applied to development of muscular
tness. Assessment of muscular tness and development of personal
resistance training programs. PRQ: KNPE 217 and kinesiology or
physical education major or minor, or consent of department.
243. PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT OF RESISTANCE TRAINING
(1). Theory and application of resistance training, including program
development for a variety of populations. PRQ: KNPE 217 and
kinesiology or physical education major or minor, or consent of
department. CRQ: KNPE 242.
245. PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR CHILDREN (3). Bases for
planning experiences in physical education for children, derived from
study of human movement and developmental needs of children. For
students seeking elementary and special education licensure only.
262. FIRST AID AND CPR (2). Vital and practical applications and
procedures in caring for an injured or ill person. Includes safety,
emergency action principles, breathing and cardiac emergencies,
wound care, sudden illness, and other emergency situations. First
Aid and CPR certicates from the American Red Cross (ARC) or
American Heart Association (AHA) are granted upon successful
course completion and ARC or AHA requirements.
264. PRINCIPLES OF INJURY PREVENTION AND CARE (3). An
overview of athletic injuries and illnesses and the principles of injury
prevention and care used by athletics trainers. PRQ: Admission into
the athletic training major.
265. PRACTICUM IN ATHLETIC TRAINING (3). Practical application
of selected athletic training procedures including equipment tting,
preventive taping, prophylactic braces, immobilization, crutch tting,
spineboard application, acute care and observation of traditional
and clinical athletic training sites. PRQ: Admission into the major in
athletic training.
266. EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE (3). Designed
specically for an individual in Athletic Training who has a duty to
respond in an emergency situation, Covers professional rescuer
skills and knowledge related to emergency assessment; airway and
ventilation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and automatic external
debrillation (AED), medical trauma emergencies, sudden illness,
and emergency medical service (EMS) operations. American Red
Cross Emergency Medical Response and CPR for the Professional
Rescuer certicates granted upon successful completion of course
and ARC requirements. Consent of department.
301. INTRODUCTION TO KINESIOLOGY AND SPORT
PROFESSIONS (3). Introduction to concepts and competencies for
careers in kinesiology.
304. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY EDUCATION: PHYSICAL
ACTIVITY ACROSS THE LIFESPAN (1). Orientation to physical
activity across the lifespan in community settings. Introduction to
the history, theory, and practice of promoting physical activity out
of school. Includes a eld component. Criminal Background Check
required. CRQ: SESE 304 and SEEC 304.
305. PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF
EXERCISE AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY (3). Study of psychological
and sociological aspects related to exercise and physical activity
participation with a focus on the theoretical understanding of issues
related to exercise initiation and adherence across the lifespan. PRQ:
PSYC 102 or PSYC 219.
306. SPORTS NUTRITION (1). Theory and practice of nutritional
concerns in exercise and sport. Nutritional strategies to support
level of training and type of sport. Nutritional ergogenic issues. CRQ:
FCNS 306.
310. PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF SPORT AND EXERCISE
(3). Study of psychological aspects related to sport and exercise
participation including application of those principles to preventive
and rehabilitative physical activity and sport performance. PRQ:
PSYC 102 or PSYC 219.
313. MECHANICAL KINESIOLOGY OF MOTOR SKILLS (3). Study
of anatomical and mechanical principles of human movement and
application of these principles to the analysis and teaching of motor
skills. PRQ: BIOS 311 or BIOS 357, physical education major or minor.
314. APPLIED KINESIOLOGY (4). Study of anatomical and
mechanical principles of human movement and application of
these principles to the analysis of motor tasks and sports skills.
Laboratory experiences provide an opportunity for the application
of theoretical knowledge acquired in lecture discussion. PRQ:
BIOS 311 or BIOS 357, and a grade of C or better in the university’s
English and mathematics core competencies, excluding MATH 201.
Recommended: Course in introductory physics.
316. SELF-IMPROVEMENT THROUGH POSTURE EDUCATION
AND RELAXATION TECHNIQUES (2). Physiological, neurological,
and psychological considerations relevant to the study of posture
and relaxation. Analysis and procedures for the control of atypical
deviations and training in tension reduction methods for self-
improvement.
3 1 7. STRESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMMING FOR FITNESS
LEADERS (3). Comprehensive review of stress and health including
physiological, neurological, immunological, and psychological
components. Analysis of stress assessment measures, coping
strategies, and relaxation techniques. Application of content to the
sport/tness industry. Design of a stress management program.
PRQ: Kinesiology major.
322. CLINICAL PROFICIENCIES IN ATHLETIC TRAINING:
UPPER-EXTREMITY ASSESSMENT (2). Laboratory experience in
development of upper-extremity/body clinical assessment skills under
direct supervision of an athletic training approved clinical instructor.
PRQ: KNPE 265.
1
Courses marked with the symbol #involve risk or safety factors. The department reserves the right to deny admission to or continuation of enrollment in these
courses to any student who is deemed a risk factor to others or to himself or herself.
110 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
323. CLINICAL PROFICIENCIES IN ATHLETIC TRAINING:
LOWER-EXTREMITY ASSESSMENT (2). Laboratory experience in
the development of lower-extremity/body clinical assessment skills
under the direct supervision of an athletic training approved clinical
instructor. PRQ: KNPE 265.
324. ASSESSMENT OF LOWER-EXTREMITY INJURY (3). In-depth
study of the assessment and recognition of common lower-extremity
injuries and lower axial injuries in the physically active population.
Emphasis on procedures and techniques in the assessment of injury.
PRQ: KNPE 264, KNPE 265, and BIOS 311 or BIOS 357.
325. ASSESSMENT OF UPPER-EXTREMITY INJURY (3). In-depth
study of the assessment and recognition of common upper-extremity
injuries and upper axial injuries in the physically active population.
Emphasis on procedures and techniques in the assessment of injury.
PRQ: KNPE 324.
326. THERAPEUTIC MODALITIES AND TREATMENT OF ATHLETIC
INJURIES (3). Advanced principles of athletic training with emphasis
on tissue healing processes, application of therapeutic modalities,
and clinical decision making during rehabilitation of the physically
active population. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: KNPE 265.
331. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ATHLETIC TRAINING I (3).
Preprofessional clinical education experiences with diverse patient
populations. Review and renement of psychomotor athletic
training skills and dispositions with the primary focus on prevention,
emergency medical response, and therapeutic modalities. PRQ:
KNPE 265 and KNPE 266.
332. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ATHLETIC TRAINING II (3).
Preprofessional clinical education experiences with diverse patient
populations. Review and renement of psychomotor athletic training
skills and dispositions with the primary focus on assessment of
upper-extremity injury and clinical decision making. PRQ: KNPE 331.
335. DEVELOPMENTAL SKILL-BASED APPROACH TO TEACHING
(3). Teaching experience using the stages of games developmental
approach in a technical model. Creation of block, unit, and lesson
plans for curriculum development in basketball, soccer, and volleyball.
PRQ: KNPE 225 and KNPE 226.
340. GROWTH AND MOTOR DEVELOPMENT (3). Growth and
maturation factors that inuence the development and learning of
motor skills. Developmental changes in motor behavior from infancy
to adulthood. A developmental approach to the teaching of new motor
skills. PRQ: Physical education major.
343. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION/ METHODS
AND FIELD EXPERIENCE (3). Bases for planning experiences
in movement education for children, derived from study of human
movement and developmental needs of children. Field experiences
including observations and the teaching of games and sports to
young children. PRQ: KNPE 340, KNDN 220, successful completion
of the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency, criminal background check,
minimum 2.75 GPA, and proof of TB clearance. CRQ: KNPE 335.
344. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (1).
Practicum in supervised experiences that include observations,
small group teaching, and large group teaching in the public and/or
parochial schools. CRQ: KNPE 343.
346. METHODS OF GROUP FITNESS INSTRUCTION (3). Skill
and knowledge necessary to instruct land and aquatic group tness
classes. Includes lecture and practical application. PRQ: Declared
kinesiology major or minor.
348. EDUCATIONAL DANCE FOR CHILDREN (2). Communication
and expression through movement with emphasis on creative
rhythms and dance for children. Includes observations and teaching
experiences. PRQ: Physical education major or dance minor.
350. PRINCIPLES AND TECHNIQUES OF RESISTANCE TRAINING
(3). Fundamental techniques of resistance training applied to
development of muscular tness. Assessment of muscular tness
and development of personal resistance training programs. Theory
and application of resistance training, including program development
for a variety of populations. PRQ: Declared athletic training major,
kinesiology major or minor.
354. ANALYSIS AND TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING DANCE
FITNESS (2). Analysis of skills and techniques of teaching tness
through dance. Emphasis on dance forms and application of
physiological and kinesiological principles of movement. PRQ: KNPE
217 or consent of department.
360. METHODS OF TEACHING FIRST AID AND SAFETY (2).
National Red Cross instructor’s rst aid course. Study of rst aid
content presented in the teaching of rst aid. Practices of safety
education. Standard instructor’s certication upon completion. PRQ:
American Red Cross current standard certicate.
364. FITNESS EDUCATION METHODS FOR K-12 STUDENTS (3).
Teaching methods using a tness education model, development
and assessment of personal tness plans. Create block, unit, and
lesson plans for curriculum development for learners’ health-related
tness from grades K-12 using Illinois and NASPE standards. CRQ:
KNPE 452.
365. INTRODUCTION TO ADVENTURE EDUCATION (3). Experience
in teaching and participating in team-building, initiatives, challenge,
and adventure activities. Creation of block, unit, and lesson plans for
curriculum development in adventure education. Grade of C or better
required in this course for student teaching. PRQ: KNPE 335 and
physical education major or minor.
366. LIFETIME SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES (3). Experience in
teaching and participating in activities designed to develop lifelong
patterns of physical activity. Creation of block, unit, and lesson plans
for curriculum development in a lifetime physical activities model.
Grade of C or better required in this course for student teaching.
PRQ: KNPE 335 and physical education major or minor.
367. TACTICAL APPROACH TO TEACHING GAMES (3). Teaching
experience using a tactical approach to teaching games. Creation
of block, unit, and lesson plans for curriculum development in an
invasion game (basketball), a net/court game (badminton), a target
game (golf), and a run/scoring game (softball). Grade of C or better
required in this course for student teaching. PRQ: KNPE 335 and
physical education major or minor.
368. SPORT EDUCATION (3). Gain teaching experience using a
sport education model. Create block, unit, and lesson plans designed
to teach a variety of roles in the sports of badminton, basketball,
and softball. Grade of C or better required in this course for student
teaching. PRQ: KNPE 335 and physical education major or minor.
374. COACHING FAST-PITCH SOFTBALL (2). Individual skills and
team techniques, rules, and strategies of fast-pitch softball. Emphasis
on coaching and team management.
375. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING BASEBALL/
SOFTBALL (2). Individual skills and team techniques, rules, and
strategy of baseball and softball. Emphasis on coaching and team
management.
376. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING BASKETBALL (2).
Coaching and training of basketball teams, including fundamentals,
systems of offensive and defensive play, coaching strategies, and
organization.
378. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING FOOTBALL (2).
Coaching and training of football teams. Fundamentals of individual
position play, systems of offense and defense, coaching strategies,
and team organization.
379. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING GOLF (2). Coaching
and training of golf athletes. Emphasis on advanced swing analysis
and team management.
381. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING SOCCER (2). Skills
used in soccer competition and methods used to teach these skills.
Rules and game organization. Coaching techniques for various
strategies of the game. Skill practice and the attainment of basic skill
level required.
383. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING COMPETITIVE
SWIMMING (2). Analysis, methods, and techniques of coaching
competitive swimming. Designed to meet the needs of the prospective
coach of a competitive swim team.
KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 111
384. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING TRACK AND FIELD
(2). Knowledges of standard track and eld events. Methods and
analysis of teaching skill development and performance. Rules,
officiating, and meet organization.
385. THEORY AND PRACTICE OF COACHING VOLLEYBALL (2).
Theory and application of volleyball coaching with emphasis on
advanced skill technique, conditioning, drills, offensive and defensive
strategy, line-up design, team statistics, rule interpretation, and
psychological motivation. PRQ: KNPE 146.
393. SOCIAL ASPECTS OF SPORT (3). Relevance of sport in
modern society, impact of sport on society, and the inuence which
cultural institutions have on sport. Laboratory experiences and
personal investigations.
399. HONORS SEMINAR (3). Topics announced. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ: Admission
to University Honors Program or departmental Honors Program.
403. ADVANCED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (1). Application of theory courses through micro-
teaching episodes with students in K-12 physical education contexts
in a partnership school district. CRQ: KNPE 446.
420. CURRICULUM DESIGNS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Introduction to elementary school
physical education curriculum with attention to organization and
implementation of programs. PRQ: Consent of department.
421. CURRICULUM DESIGNS IN MIDDLE AND HIGH SCHOOL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION (2). Study of school program content in
physical education. Classication of activities for selecting and
organizing subject matter. Comparisons and contrasts of the unique
curricular concerns and values of middle and high school programs.
PRQ: KNPE 343, KNPE 446, successful completion of the ILTS
Basic Skills Test and minimum 2.75 GPA. CRQ: KNPE 467.
422. MOTOR DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY (1). Planning,
implementing, and evaluating developmental physical education
lessons for young children. Includes fundamental motor skills, physical
tness, rhythmical activities, movement concepts, games, gymnastics,
dance, and social skills. PRQ: KNPE 343 or consent of department.
425. FITNESS INTERVENTION IN ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (2). Bases for planning tness experiences for children,
derived from the application of scientic principles and the study of
intervention tness programs. PRQ: KNPE 245 or KNPE 343 and
KNPE 451 or KNPE 452, or consent of department.
427. CLINICAL PROFICIENCIES IN ATHLETIC TRAINING:
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE AND REHABILITATION (2). Laboratory
experience in development of clinical skills for therapeutic exercise
and rehabilitation. PRQ: KNPE 323. CRQ: KNPE 491.
432. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION CONCEPTS IN
ATHLETIC TRAINING (2). Study of administration, organization, and
legal issues including personnel, scal, and information management
and how these apply to the athletic training profession. PRQ: KNPE 474.
434. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ATHLETIC TRAINING III (3). Pre-
professional clinical education with diverse patient populations.
Review and renement of psychomotor athletic training skills and
dispositions with a primary focus on assessing lower-extremity
injuries and clinical decision making with an emphasis on evidence
based practice. PRQ: KNPE 332.
435. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ATHLETIC TRAINING IV (3).
Pre-professional clinical, eld and rst responder experiences in a
diverse, service-learning partnership. Review and renement of
psychomotor athletic training skills and dispositions with a primary
focus on athletic injury rehabilitation, general medical conditions, and
therapeutic modalities. PRQ: KNPE 322.
440. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS (3). Organization and administration
of physical education, athletic training, and interscholastic athletic
programs. Emphasis on factors essential to the administration and
program development in these areas.
443. PRINCIPLES OF EXERCISE FOR ACUTE AND CHRONIC
CONDITIONS (3). Principles and application of exercises for selected
skeletal and muscular dysfunction. PRQ: BIOS 311 or BIOS 357.
445. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EXERCISE SCIENCE
(3). Introduction to measurement and evaluation concepts and
processes. Emphasis on affective and psychomotor assessment in
nonschool settings. Does not meet educator licensure requirements.
CRQ: KNPE 452, and a grade of C or better in the university’s
quantitative literacy foundational studies, excluding MATH 201;
declared athletic training or kinesiology major.
446. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION SCHOOL SETTINGS (3). Introduction and application
of measurement and evaluation tools and techniques in school-
based physical education programs. Emphasis on assessment of
psychomotor performance and cognitive domains. PRQ: Successful
completion of the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency and a minimum
2.75 GPA. PRQ: KNPE 343.
449. CURRENT ISSUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT
(2). Study of current issues and problems in physical education and
interscholastic sport through examination and critical analysis of recent
literature. Emphasis on using critical thinking skills and strategies.
451. PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE (3). Physiology of skeletal,
nervous, muscular, respiratory, cardiovascular, and endocrine
systems, with emphasis on the effects of physical exercise. PRQ:
BIOS 311 or BIOS 357, or consent of department.
452. APPLIED PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE (4). Cardiovascular,
respiratory, metabolic, and neuromuscular aspects of human
function at rest, during exercise, and as the result of training. Three
hours per week of lecture plus arranged laboratory experience. PRQ:
BIOS 311 or BIOS 357 and grade of C or better in mathematics core
competency, excluding MATH 201.
453. EXERCISE PROGRAMS FOR ADULT SPECIAL POPULATIONS
(3). Examination of characteristics, physiological responses, and
exercise adaptations of adult special populations. Includes exercise
testing, physical activity prescription, and clinical experiences.
Emphasis on exercise limitations, responses, and adaptations which
differ from the nondisabled. PRQ: KNPE 452. CRQ: KNPE 493 for 1
semester hour.
454. EXERCISE GERONTOLOGY (3). Examination of characteristics
of, physiological responses to, and adaptations to exercise of older adult
populations. Includes exercise testing and prescription, programmatic
concerns, and exercise limitations for older adults. PRQ: BIOS 357 or
KNPE 452. CRQ: KNPE 493 for 1 semester hour.
457. ANALYSIS AND TECHNIQUES OF TRAINING AND
CONDITIONING (3). Design of training and conditioning programs;
development of exercise leadership skills. PRQ: KNPE 217, KNPE
241, and KNPE 242. CRQ: KNPE 451 or KNPE 452.
458. STRESS TESTING (3). Theory, techniques, and procedures
of graded exercise stress testing for diagnostic and functional
assessment of individuals. PRQ: KNPE 452 with a grade of C or
better.
459. PHYSICAL FITNESS PROGRAMMING (3). Development,
organization, implementation, and administration of physical tness
programs. Includes eld experience. PRQ: KNPE 458 with a grade
of C or better.
460. CARDIOPULMONARY DISEASE AND REHABILITATION (3).
Development and administration of cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
programs. Emphasis on prevention, etiology, basic pathophysiology,
understanding the physician’s diagnosis of cardiopulmonary disease,
and the role of an exercise specialist in the rehabilitation of patients
in a clinical setting. CRQ: KNPE 458.
462. CLINICAL EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (4). Theory, techniques,
and procedures of graded exercise stress testing for diagnostic and
functional assessment of individuals. PRQ: A grade of C or better in
KNPE 452.
112 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
463. EXERCISE AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY ACROSS THE
LIFESPAN (3). Examination of the characteristics, physiological
responses, and exercise adaptations for a range of populations.
Emphasis on modications and benets of exercise related to
functional limitation for those with a variety of conditions across the
lifespan. PRQ: KNPE 452. CRQ: One semester hour in KNPE 493.
464. SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF EXERCISE TESTING, PRESCRIPTION,
AND PROGRESSION (3). Design of exercise prescription and
progression of the programs throughout the lifespan. PRQ: A grade
of C or better in KNPE 452.
465. PHYSICAL ACTIVITY PROGRAMMING, PROMOTION,
IMPLEMENTATION, AND EVALUATION (3). Design, preparation,
development, and administration of physical activity interventions
and physical tness programs throughout the lifespan. PRQ: A grade
of C or better in KNPE 452.
466. FIELD EXPERIENCE AT OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS (1).
Observations, small group teaching, large group teaching, and team
teaching in an outdoor education setting with students of multicultural
backgrounds. S/U grading. CRQ: KNPE 421 and consent of
department.
467. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOL (1). Practicum
in supervised experiences that include observations, small group
teaching, and large group teaching in the public and/or parochial
schools. CRQ: KNPE 468.
468. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN THE HIGH SCHOOL (1). Practicum
in supervised experience that includes observations, small group
teaching, and large group teaching in the public and/or parochial
schools. CRQ: KNPE 466.
470. HIGH PERFORMANCE DEVELOPMENT (4). Analysis of
theory and current practice elements necessary to improve athletic
performance. Foundational knowledge in human physiology and
biomechanics applied to principles of speed, agility, power, exibility,
and technique development specic to individuals’ goals. Development
of safe practices for training individuals with a variety of experience
and background. PRQ: A grade of C or better in KNPE 452.
472. PERIODIZATION FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT
(3). Principles of periodization applied to a performance enhancement
setting. Theoretical understanding of program variables, including:
cycles and periods, peaking for competition, and rest and
recovery. Assessment of training programs based on performance
requirements. PRQ: A grade of C or better in KNPE 452.
474. MEDICAL ISSUES IN ATHLETIC TRAINING (3). Nonorthopedic
medical conditions common to the physically active population.
Discussions focus on pathology, etiology, signs and symptoms,
clinical assessments, and indicators for referral and other plans of
action. PRQ: KNPE 323.
480. PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF COACHING (3). Technical
coaching information concerning personnel relationships with other
coaches and players, organization and contest management, traveling
rules, coaching ethics, and evaluation of personnel. Administrative
aspects of budget, records, scheduling, and equipment.
483. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (6). Student teaching for eight weeks in elementary
school physical education. Also includes seminars on current issues
in teaching physical education. Assignments to be arranged with
the department coordinator of clinical experiences. See “Educator
Licensure Requirements.” S/U grading. PRQ: Minimum 2.75 GPA,
grade of C or better in KNPE 467, KNPE 468, KNPE 490, and KNPE
365 or KNPE 366 and KNPE 367 or KNPE 368.
484. MIDDLE SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (6). Student teaching for eight weeks in middle school
physical education. Also includes seminars on current issues in
teaching physical education. Assignments to be arranged with
the department coordinator of clinical experiences. See “Educator
Licensure Requirements.” S/U grading. PRQ: Minimum 2.75 GPA,
grade of C or better in KNPE 467, KNPE 468, KNPE 490, and KNPE
365 or KNPE 366 and KNPE 367 or KNPE 368.
485. SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION (6). Student teaching for eight weeks in secondary
school physical education. Also includes seminars on current issues
in teaching physical education. Assignments to be arranged with
the department coordinator of clinical experiences. See “Educator
Licensure Requirements.” S/U grading. PRQ: Minimum 2.75 GPA,
grade of C or better in KNPE 467, KNPE 468, KNPE 490, and KNPE
365 or KNPE 366 and KNPE 367 or KNPE 368.
486. PRINCIPLES OF MOTOR LEARNING AND PERFORMANCE
(3). Study of concepts, laws, and theories that govern performance in
the psychomotor domain and their relationships to the principles and
theories of learning motor skills. PRQ: Junior standing or consent of
department.
490. ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3). Examination of physical
education instruction and curriculum development to meet the needs
of individuals with disabilities. Includes instructional strategies for
properly integrating students with disabilities into the regular physical
education program and a clinical experience. PRQ: KNPE 344
required only for B.S.Ed. physical education majors. CRQ: KNPE 492.
491. THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE (3). Principles and application of
exercises for selected skeletal and muscular dysfunction. PRQ: BIOS
311 or BIOS 357 and 2.50 GPA.
492. SPECIAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION CLINIC PRACTICUM (1-2).
Planning, implementing, and evaluating individualized developmental
and/or adapted physical activity programs for individuals with
disabilities through teaching motor development, physical tness,
sports skills, aquatics, and dance. May be repeated once for a total
of 3 semester hours. CRQ: KNPE 490.
493. SUPERVISED CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN EXERCISE
GERONTOLOGY (1-3). Implementing an exercise program for
apparently healthy adult populations and medically approved older
adults with limitations. Off-campus practicum. Students may register
for a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Athletic training or
kinesiology major or minor, KNPE 443 or KNPE 491.
494. INTERNSHIP IN KINESIOLOGY (1-6). Internship experience for
students in B.S. degree program in kinesiology. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Minimum overall
2.15 GPA, minimum 2.50 GPA in required courses in the major, and
consent of department.
495. WORKSHOP IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1-3). Designed for the
study of selected current issues, problems, and methods of teaching.
May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours when content
varies. PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
496. SEMINAR IN SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3). Special topics in
kinesiology and physical education to be announced in advance. May
be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours when topic varies.
497. SENIOR SEMINAR (1). Review of current issues in physical
education and health education in the school program. Designed
to be taken during the same semester as student teaching. PRQ:
Senior standing and consent of department.
498. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Individual study involving research
or other scholarly work in physical education under direction of a
faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: Senior standing, GPA of 3.00, consent of faculty member and
department chair.
Sport Management (LESM)
365. COMMUNICATION STRATEGIES IN SPORT AND EXERCISE
(3). Application of communication theories to the sport, exercise, and
tness industries. Examination of public and media relations with a
special focus on message development, social media, image building
and crisis management for sport, exercise, and tness organizations.
438. SPORT AND FITNESS MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
(3). Management functions as each relates to sport and tness
organizations. Investigation of managerial roles and skills, and their
effects on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
PRQ: KNPE 301 or consent of department.
KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 113
439. LEGAL AND ETHICAL ASPECTS OF SPORT AND FITNESS
(3). Overview of the United States legal system, different forms of
legal liability and legal issues with application to the sport and tness
industries. Nature and role of ethics in sport and tness. PRQ: At
least junior standing or consent of instructor.
442. PROMOTION OF SPORT AND FITNESS PROGRAMS
(3). Principles of organizing and promoting events and activities
associated with sports and tness. PRQ: At least junior standing or
consent of instructor.
486. INTERNSHIP IN SPORT MANAGEMENT (1-6). May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
492. SEMINAR IN SPORT MANAGEMENT (3). Designed to meet
the needs of particular students for specialized information. Topics
announced. PRQ: At least junior standing or consent of instructor.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPORT MANAGEMENT (1-3).
Independent study under direction of a faculty member. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
Kinesiology and Physical Education Faculty
Paul Wright, Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago, associate
professor, interim chair
Rodney Caughron, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Peter Chomentowski, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant
professor
Anthony Deldin, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant
professor
Todd Gilson, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant professor
Ethel Gregory, Ph.D., University of New Mexico, assistant
professor
Steven Howell, Ph.D., Purdue University, assistant professor
Jinhong Jung, Ph.D., University of Georgia, associate professor
So-Yeun Kim, Ph.D., Oregon State University, associate professor
F. Jenny Parker, Ed.D., University of Massachusetts, associate
professor
William A. Pitney, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, professor
James Ressler, Ph.D., Ohio State University, assistant professor
Amanda Salacinski, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; associate
professor
Lauriece Zittel, Ph.D. Oregon State University, associate professor
114
Department of Leadership, Educational Psychology
and Foundations (EPFE, EPS, LEBM, LEEA, TLCI)
The Department of Leadership, Educational Psychology and
Foundations offers courses in curriculum and instruction,
educational administration, educational psychology, foundations
of education, and school business management. The department
engages students in the critical study of educational theory and
practice, developing reective educators who base their teaching,
research, and policy decisions on historical, philosophical,
psychological, and socialcultural perspectives. In addition, the
department facilitates the development of leaders who actively
shape organizational cultures, are sensitive to moral and equity
issues, and can manage and lead complex and changing
entities. The courses are essential for helping students become
reective practitioners while participating in undergraduate
programs leading to educator licensure. The department also
offers a course in education in a pluralistic society as part of the
university’s general education offerings.
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Foundations of Educational Studies (12)
This interdisciplinary certicate enables students to draw on a
variety of disciplinary perspectives and research methodologies
when studying educational theories, policies, and practices.
It allows students to focus their examination on, among other
topics, the origins and organization of knowledge, education and
schools; prominent educational philosophies or the work of an
individual thinker; the interconnectedness of race, gender, and
socioeconomic class and the effect on learning; and educational
policies. This certicate is designed for those students—whether
they are future teachers, parents, researchers, policymakers, or
informed citizens—who seek a richer understanding of education
and schools and who wish to delve more deeply into educational
policies and practices.
Students will work closely with faculty members in the Foundations
of Education program area to develop an appropriate course of
study. In fullling the requirements for this certicate, students
will use the tools and disciplinary perspectives at the heart of
Foundations of Education: philosophy, history, and sociology. The
capstone for the certicate is the independent study, the internship,
the workshop, or the capstone course in the student’s major. The
independent study may be a research project, a service project,
or a creative and artistic project. The internship or workshop is
designed for those students who wish to assist a faculty member
with teaching a particular course in the Foundations of Education
program area.
Students may elect to specialize in one disciplinary area or
to embrace a broader approach that draws from the different
disciplinary perspectives. Students will develop their plans of
study in consultation with a certicate adviser. With the consent
of the student’s major department, courses applied toward the
certicate may meet major and general education requirements.
Study toward the certicate is open to any NIU undergraduate
student with consent of department. All requirements for the
certicate must be completed within six calendar years.
Requirements
The certicate of undergraduate study in foundations of education
requires a minimum of 12 semester hours. Course work from the
list below is chosen in consultation with certicate adviser.
Three of the following:
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3)
EPFE 321- History of American Education (3)
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3)
EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPFE 492 - Special Topics in Foundations of Education (3)
One 300 - or 400-level course in the department of history,
philosophy, or sociology
One of the following:
EPFE 486 - Internship in Educational Foundations (3)
EPFE 490 - Workshop in Education (3)
EPFE 497 - Independent Study (3)
Relevant capstone course in the major (3)
Philosophy of Education (12)
This certicate is designed to provide close faculty mentoring
of student investigations and projects for students who want
to augment their interest in and commitment to philosophy
of education. Students work under the guidance of a faculty
adviser to extend their own belief systems through an
examination of prominent educational philosophies and may
focus on a particular educational problem or issue, the work
of an individual thinker, investigation into a particular school of
thought, strategies of educational policy analysis, or some other
personally relevant topic. Study toward the certicate is open to
any NIU undergraduate student with at least junior standing and
consent of department. All requirements for the certicate must
be completed within three calendar years.
Requirements (12)
The certicate of undergraduate study in philosophy of education
requires a minimum of 12 semester hours. Course work from
the list below is chosen in consultation with certicate adviser.
Students must complete a paper for EPFE 497 and/or develop a
unit of instruction in EPFE 486 or EPFE 490.
EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPFE 486 - Internship in Education (3)
EPFE 490 - Workshop in Education (3)
EPFE 492 - Special Topics in Foundations of Education (3)
EPFE 497 - Independent Study (3)
EPFE 510 - Philosophical Foundations of Education (3)
An upper-division course taken in the Department of Philosophy (3)
Course List
Curriculum and Instruction (TLCI)
300. The Community: An Educational Resource (2). Study of natural,
built and built human resources within communities available for
educational purposes.
301X. Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3). Crosslisted as
LTIC 301. Examination and application of content materials focusing
on cultural and linguistic diversity in the classroom and in society.
Emphasis on role of teacher and school in providing information and
instruction that promotes equitable and multicultural education for all
students. Designed primarily for preservice teachers.
* Available for general education credit.
LEADERSHIP, EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND FOUNDATIONS 115
340. Elementary School Curriculum (3). Introduction to elementary
school curriculum and study of the relationship of theory to practice.
422. Middle School Organization and Instruction (3). Development
of middle school organizations and philosophy; forms of curricula;
characteristics of early adolescent students; special concerns in
instructional and activity planning. Fullls middle-grade philosophy,
curriculum, and instruction requirement for middle grades
endorsement. PRQ: Junior standing.
424. Methods and Materials in the Secondary School (3). Modern
principles of teaching and learning in relation to the guidance of
learning activities in the high school class.
482. Clinical Experiences in Outdoor Teacher Education (1-3).
Clinical experiences in natural and built environments. May not be
used in lieu of or for student teaching credit.
483. Outdoor Education/Laboratory Experience (1). Laboratory work
outside the classroom required. PRQ: TLEE 383, student teaching,
and senior standing.
490. Workshop in Curriculum Leadership (1-3). Concentrated study
of curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
491. Special Topics in Secondary Education (1-3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours when topic
varies.
492. Special Topics in Curriculum and Instruction (1-3).
A. Curriculum
B. Professional Development Leadership
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
493. Workshop in Outdoor Education (1-3). Investigation and
application of outdoor education principles to the particular needs
and interests of workshop participant. May be repeated to a maximum
of 3 semester hours.
495. Workshop in Secondary Education (1-3). Concentrated study
of curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and the public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of the workshop.
497. Independent Study (1-3).
A. Curriculum Leadership
B. Secondary Education
Independent study under direction of a faculty member. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
Educational Administration (LEEA)
490. WORKSHOP IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (1-
3). Concentrated study of curriculum, contemporary issues, and
problems of the community and the public schools. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of
workshop.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Educational Psychology (EPS)
282X. EDUCATIONAL PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL
EXPERIENCES: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (1). Crosslisted as
TLEE 282. Pre-student teaching practicum. Observation, assessment,
and analysis of child development and behavior. Observation and
analysis of curriculum, instruction, assessment, and classroom
management in culturally/economically diverse classrooms. Design,
implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans. Requires a minimum
of 16 clock hours working directly with elementary grad students and
teachers to apply information and skills learned in college courses
to classroom settings. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of elementary
education adviser. Concurrent enrollment in EPS 304 is required.
300. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Application of psychological
principles to teaching with attention given to the learning process.
PRQ: GPA of 2.00 or higher and PSYC 102.
304. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILD (3).
Psychological and social forces affecting development of children
from birth through puberty. Emphasis on implications for school
practice. PRQ: GPA of 2.50 or higher, PSYC 102, and sophomore
standing.
307. DEVELOPMENT OF THE ADOLESCENT (3). Intellectual, social,
personality, and physical development of the adolescent. Emphasis
on implications for school practice. PRQ: PSYC 102.
382. EDUCATIONAL PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL EXPERIENCE:
MIDDLE LEVEL EDUCATION (1-2). Pre-student-teaching practicum.
Observation and analysis of curriculum, instruction, assessment,
and behavior management practices in multicultural middle grades
classrooms (grades 5-8). Design, implementation, and evaluation of
lesson plans. Requires a minimum of 16 clock hours per semester
hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 semester hours. S/U
grading. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: EPS 419.
405. ISSUES IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN THE ELEMENTARY
THROUGH HIGH SCHOOL YEARS (3). Cognitive, socioemotional,
and physical development of children and adolescents within their
families, schools, and sociocultural contexts. Focus on relationships
between these aspects of student development and their implications
for educational approaches and teaching within a school setting.
Designed for students needing K-12 educator licensure. PRQ: PSYC
102, minimum GPA of 2.50, at least junior standing, and admission
to an educator licensure program. CRQ: Documented clinical
experience or supervised participation in schools.
406. ISSUES IN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING IN
THE MIDDLE SCHOOL AND HIGH SCHOOL YEARS (3). Cognitive,
socioemotional, and physical characteristics of youth and their
implications for educational practices with respect to student learning
and performance in middle school and high school. Designed for
students seeking educator licensure in grades 5-12 only. PRQ:
Minimum GPA of 2.50, at least junior standing, and admission to an
educator licensure program. CRQ: Clinical experience or supervised
participation in schools.
419. THE MIDDLE SCHOOL CHILD (3). Examination of the match
between characteristics of early adolescents (10-14 years) and
characteristics of middle school programs. Biological, cultural,
psychological, and social forces affecting the development of young
adolescents. Focus on the role of the teacher, school, and community
in helping the adolescent to deal with the impact of changes in these
types of forces. PRQ: PSYC 102.
426. FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHEDELIC STUDIES IN EDUCATION
(3). Crosslised as EPFE 426X. An exploration of psychological,
social, historical, philosophical, and anthropological implications of
psychedelics for educational practice and policy.
430. BECOMING ADULT IN POSTMODERN CONTEXTS (3). A
cross-disciplinary approach to explore the meaning(s) of adulthood
and the reasons for the delay in the transition to adulthood in
contemporary society utilizing psychological, sociological, historical,
and anthropological approaches. Focus on identity theories,
postmodern critiques of identity, and contested denitions of
adulthood. Reection on identity development and growth toward
adulthood is encouraged. PRQ: PSYC 102.
450. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT (2). Applications of motivation
and management principles and procedures to maintain a positive
learning environment in classrooms.
454. THE GIFTED STUDENT (3). Characteristics of the gifted.
Emphasis on identication, growth and development, creativity,
motivation, guidance, and evaluation of the gifted.
116 LEADERSHIP, EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY AND FOUNDATIONS
490. WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION (1-3). Concentrated study of
curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and the public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Foundations of Education (EPFE)
201. EDUCATION AS AN AGENT FOR CHANGE (3). Study of the
complex problems facing educational and other institutions in our
multicultural or pluralistic communities and the role of education as
an agent for change.
300. ETHICS, THE LAW AND EDUCATIONAL POLICY (3)
Introduction to the ethical implications and legal responsibilities
of educational leaders working in a diverse society. Provides an
opportunity to critically examine beliefs, values, and the inuence
of these on personal and professional leadership skills and policy
development.
302. ADVOCACY, JUSTICE AND LEADERSHIP IN A DIVERSE
SOCIETY (3). Introduction to the study and practice of effective
leadership in a diverse society. Particular attention is given to issues
of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, social class, disability
and language. Introduction to theories and strategies that will
prepare them to advocate and act in ways that shape and inuence
educational organizations and serve the interests of all members of
society.
321. HISTORY OF AMERICAN EDUCATION (3). Survey of American
education in relation to the main currents of American history.
Includes religious, political, cultural, and demographic inuences.
PRQ: Sophomore standing.
355. SOCIOLOGY OF SCHOOLING (3). Introduction to the
sociological study of schooling. Examination of the role of schools
in modern society, the organizational features of schools, education
as an institution and its relation to other social institutions, and the
relationship between schooling and social inequality.
400. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (3). Sociological, philosophical,
and historical foundations of education. Curriculum development,
multicultural concerns, and school organization are addressed in
relation to teaching.
410. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION (3). Differentiates philosophy
of education from other basic inquiry into education. Emphasis on
standard forms of philosophical reasoning. Exploration of leading
writings for their relevance to the improvement of instruction in a
sociocultural context.
415. POLICY ANALYSIS IN EDUCATIONAL CONTEXTS (3). Learn
and employ critical policy analysis skills to understand, analyze and
critique policy formation, implementation and evaluation. Examine
the relationship between policy process and the role of leaders in
diverse educational contexts. Explore how leadership skills, politics,
social trends and conditions, educational philosophies, and policy
research can all inuence policy generation and outcomes. Policy
analysis is treated as both a theoretical and practical endeavor.
426X. FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHEDELIC STUDIES IN EDUCATION
(3). Crosslised as EPS 426. An exploration of psychological,
social, historical, philosophical, and anthropological implications of
psychedelics for educational practice and policy.
486. INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS (1-3).
Application of the principles of foundations of education in a practical
setting. Instruction supervised by a foundations of education
professor. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours.
490. WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION (1-3). Concentrated study of
curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and the public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
School Business Management (LEBM)
490. WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION (1-3). Concentrated study of
curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and the public schools. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SCHOOL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (1-
3). Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Leadership, Educational Psychology and
Foundations Faculty
Patrick Roberts, Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago, associate
professor, chair
Helen Brantley, Ph.D., Columbia University at New York, professor
Kerry Burch, Ph.D., University of Hawaii at Manoa, professor
Jon G. Crawford, J.D., Ph.D., Iowa State University, associate
professor
Daryl Dugas, Ph.D., University of Chicago, assistant professor
Joseph Flynn, Ph.D., Michigan State University, associate
professor
Lindsay Harris, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant professor
Bradley Hawk, Ed.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign,
assistant professor
Christine Kiracofe, Ed.D., University of Georgia, associate
professor
Rosita Lopez, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Leslie A. Sassone, Ph.D., Purdue University, associate professor
Jennifer Schmidt, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate
professor
David Shernoff, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Hidetada Shimizu, Ed.D., Harvard University, associate professor
Lee Shumow, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Distinguished
Teaching Professor
Kelly H. Summers, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Cynthia Taines, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Stephen M. Tonks, Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park,
associate professor
Carolyn Pluim, Ph.D., Georgia State University, associate
professor
Marc VanOverbeke, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Teresa Wasonga, Ed.D., University of Missouri, associate
professor
Elizabeth Wilkins, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, professor
117
Department of Literacy and Elementary
Education (LTIC, LTLA, LTRE, TLEE)
The Department of Literacy and Elementary Education offers
course work in elementary education, and literacy, intercultural,
and language education, including work in reading, the language
arts, children’s literature, bilingual education, English as a second
language, social studies education, science education, teacher
education, and multicultural education.
The department offers the B.S.Ed. degree with a major in
elementary education. which meets State of Illinois approval.
The B.S.Ed. degree in elementary education qualies students
for an Illinois Elementary Educators License, which enables them
to teach in elementary schools. Students may also earn middle
school endorsements by successfully completing EPS 419 and
TLCI 422.
Major in Elementary Education (B.S.Ed.)
Retention in elementary education is contingent on maintaining
an NIU cumulative GPA of 2.75 or higher, having a grade of C
or better in all professional education courses, and successful
completion of all clinical education courses. All course
requirements (in the department and outside of the department)
require a grade of C or better.
Students who successfully complete the program will have
completed all required ISBE and CAEP standards for
educator
licensure
.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (41)
LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTIC 420 - Methods and Materials for Teaching English Language
Learners in the Content Areas (3)
LTLA 301 - Writing for Prospective Teachers (1)
LTLA 341 - Language Arts in the Elementary School (3)
LTLA 362 - Children’s Literature in a Multicultural Society (3)
LTRE 300 - Elementary School Developmental Reading Programs (3)
LTRE 350 - Organizing for Effective Elementary Reading
Instruction (3)
TLEE 282 - Educational Participation in Clinical Experiences:
Elementary Education (1-2)
TLEE 342 - The Teaching of Social Studies in the Elementary
School (3)
TLEE 344 - Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3)
TLEE 382 - Clinical Experience in Elementary School Curriculum
and Instruction (1)
TLEE 383 - Elementary School Curriculum and Instruction: Field
Experience (2)
TLEE 385 - Differentiation in Elementary School Instruction: Field
Experience with Diverse Learners (1)
TLEE 461 - Seminar in Elementary School Teaching (1)
(must be taken concurrently with TLEE 485)
TLEE 485 - Student Teaching (10)
Requirements outside Department (68-72)
ARTE 383 - Teaching Art in Elementary Schools (3),
OR MUED 360 - Fundamentals, Principles, and Practices in
Elementary Music (3)
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3)
EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 300 - Educational Psychology (3)
EPS 304 - Development of the Elementary School Child (3)
ETR 430 - Classroom Assessment in Elementary Education (3)
ETT 229 - Computers in Education (3)
ETT 401A - Integrating Technology into the Elementary
Classroom (2)
ETT 401B - Field Experience for Integrating Technology into the
Elementary Classroom (1)
*HIST 260 - American History to 1865 (3)
*HIST 261 - American History Since 1865 (3)
KNPE 245 - Physical Education for Children (3)
MATH 110 - College Algebra (3)
*MATH 201 - Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
MATH 402 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for Elementary School (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
SESE 240 - Introduction to Special Education (2)
SESE 456 - Collaboration for Inclusive Teaching and Learning (3)
TLCI 300 - The Community: An Educational Resource (3)
EPS 450 - Classroom Management (2)
Two additional social science courses from two distinct areas (6):
Anthropology, Economics, Geography (GEOG 202, GEOG 204,
or GEOG 253), Political Science, Sociology
Three science courses from three distinct areas (10-12): Biology,
Chemistry, Geography (excluding GEOG 202, GEOG 204, or
GEOG 253), Geology, or Physics. One of the three science
courses must include a laboratory.
Total Hours for a Major in Elementary Education: 108-112
Special Requirements
Students must be fully or conditionally admitted to elementary
education prior to enrollment in TLEE 382, Clinical Experience in
Elementary School Curriculum and Instruction.
Transfer students with an A.A. or A.S. degree must fulll all
general education requirements set forth by the entering catalog,
in order to meet educator licensure requirements.
After 94 earned credit hours, elementary majors must complete
all of their course work at NIU. No exception will be made without
prior written college permission.
Elementary education students receiving a D, F, or I in any
component course in the rst professional semester will not be
permitted to enroll in or receive credit for courses in the second
professional semester until the deciency has been removed with
a grade of S, C, or better. Elementary education students receiving
a D, F, U, or I in any course in the second professional semester
will not be permitted to enroll or receive credit for any course
in the third professional semester until the deciency has been
removed with an S, C, or better. Elementary education students
receiving a D, F, U, or I in any course in the third professional
semester will not be permitted to enroll or receive credit for any
course in the fourth professional semester until the deciency
has been removed with an S, C, or better.
Admission to the major in elementary education is
limited. See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention
Requirements” in this catalog.
* Available for general education credit.
118 LITERACY AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Middle School Literacy
This certicate is designed to prepare teacher candidates
with a set of courses focused on literacy instruction that is
developmentally appropriate for students at the middle school
level. Students completing this certicate will acquire the skills
and techniques for developing and assessing literacy instruction,
and methods for integrating literacy instruction across the middle
school curriculum.
The certicate of undergraduate study in middle school literacy
is open to all students admitted to degree or non-degree study
at Northern Illinois University. Students who want to pursue
this certicate must receive approval and advisement from
the coordinator. Those who want to earn the Middle School
endorsement from the Illinois State Board of Education should
contact the certicate coordinator for further information. Students
must maintain good academic standing in the university, achieve
a minimum grade of C in each certicate course, and complete
all certicate course work within six calendar years.
Requirements (15)
LTLA 350 - Language Arts in the Middle School (3)
LTLA 363 - Young Adult Literature in a Multicultural Society (3)
LTRE 305 - Teaching Reading in the Middle School (3)
LTRE 311 - Content Area Literacy Instruction (3)
LTIC 420 - Methods and Materials for Teaching English Language
Learners in Content Areas (3)
Course List
Literacy (LTCY)
100. INDIVIDUALIZED COMPETENCY UNIT (1). Successful
mastery by the student of a discrete professional competence in
education, embodied in a standardized learning package, and
measured by diagnostic as well as summative evaluations. Units
monitored by members of the faculty. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours. S/U grading.
300. FOUNDATIONS OF INSTRUCTION IN READING, WRITING,
AND THE OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS (4). Developmental reading,
writing, and the other language arts (speaking, listening, viewing,
and visually representing) for elementary students. Instructional
approaches and methods of organizing reading/writing/language
arts instruction. PRQ: For special education majors only, GPA of at
least 2.5, SESE 240.
Bilingual/ESL (LTIC)
301. TEACHING WITH A MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE (3).
Crosslisted as TLCI 301X. Examination and application of content
materials focusing on cultural and linguistic diversity in the classroom
and in society. Emphasis on role of teacher and school in providing
information and instruction that promotes equitable and multicultural
education for all students. Designed primarily for preservice teachers.
400. INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING ENGLISH LANGUAGE
LEARNERS (3). Survey of practices and principles for teaching
English language learners in multilingual contexts.
415. READING FOR BILINGUAL POPULATIONS (3). Theoretical
bases, approaches, materials, and strategies facilitating the
development and assessment of second language reading for
bilingual school populations.
420. METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR TEACHING ENGLISH
LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN THE CONTENT AREAS (3). Examine,
apply, and assess instructional approaches and materials for
teaching English language learners (ELLs) in school settings. Focus
on collaborative teaching across the content areas.
435. TEACHING ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS IN BILINGUAL
PROGRAMS: METHODS AND MATERIALS (3). Examination,
evaluation, and application of instructional approaches and curricular
materials for English language learners in bilingual education
programs.
445. APPLIED LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH
LANGUAGE LEARNERS (3). Applications of linguistic principles in
teaching and learning of English language learners.
447. ASSESSMENT OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS (3).
Assessment of the language needs of English language learners at
levels K-12; identication of language needs for instructional planning
and placement.
Language Arts (LTLA)
301. WRITING FOR PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS (1). Use of English
prose writing conventions in educational applications. PRQ: Consent
of department.
305X. LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (3). Crosslisted as COMD
305. Overview of oral language acquisition including phonological,
morphological, syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic development in
children from infancy through adolescence.
341. LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3).
Development of an effective language arts program with emphasis
on instructional methods and materials. PRQ: GPA of at least 2.75,
junior standing, and successful completion of the ILTS Test of
Academic Prociency or equivalent ACT waiver.
350. LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOL (3). Instructional
applications, experiences, and assessment of the development of
language arts teaching techniques and strategies at the middle
school level.
361. LITERATURE FOR THE YOUNG CHILD (3). Role of literature
in promoting language, cognition, and social development in young
children (0-8 years old).
362. CHILDREN’S LITERATURE IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY
(3). Introduction to children’s literature across cultures, types,
and historical periods with emphasis on selection and classroom
applications.
363. YOUNG ADULT LITERATURE IN A MULTICULTURAL SOCIETY
(3). Young adult literature across cultures, types, and historical
periods with emphasis on classroom applications, and the diverse
needs of middle- and high-school students.
439. CHILDREN’S LITERATURE FOR LINGUISTIC DIVERSITY
(3). Historical and current perspectives of the role and implications
for using children’s literature in K-8 programs of instruction for
linguistically diverse students.
Reading (LTRE)
100. COMMUNICATION SKILLS (READING) (1-3). Introduction to
academic approaches to reading using a variety of text types and
genres. Focus on improving comprehension strategies including
interpretation, synthesis, and analysis. May be repeated once to a
maximum of 4 semester hours. Open by permit only.
190. COLLEGE READING AND STUDY STRATEGIES (1-3).
Introduction to college-level reading, learning, and study strategies,
including note taking, test preparation, rehearsal, and vocabulary
development. Focus on active reading, self-monitoring, and learning
with a variety of academic texts. May be repeated to a maximum of
3 semester hours.
201. ADVANCED COLLEGE READING (3). Renement of college
reading comprehension skills including critical and analytical reading,
reading exibility, acquisition of vocabulary, and organizational
structures common to specic disciplines: business and professional
studies, arts and humanities, education and social sciences, and
mathematics and physical sciences.
LITERACY AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 119
231. TECHNIQUES OF LITERACY TUTORING (3). Methods and
techniques for literacy tutoring. Development of tutorial resource
materials.
300. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DEVELOPMENTAL READING
PROGRAMS (3). Development of effective reading programs, based
on theories of children’s learning and language development. PRQ:
Elementary education and special education major, GPA of at least
2.75, at least sophomore standing, and successful completion of the
ILTS Test of Academic Prociency or equivalent ACT waiver.
305. TEACHING READING IN THE MIDDLE SCHOOLS (3).
Application of evaluation and teaching strategies for the development
of reading in middle school students. Young adult literature and
teaching materials for middle school reading programs. PRQ: GPA
of at least 2.75.
309. EMERGING LITERACY AND BEGINNING READING
INSTRUCTION THROUGH AGE 8 (3). Examination of emerging
literacy, assessment, organization for instruction, and appropriate
methods of reading instruction for primary-level children.
310. TEACHING READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3).
Foundations for and establishment of developmental and content
area reading programs in secondary schools, including methods and
applications for diverse learners.
311. CONTENT AREA LITERACY INSTRUCTION (3). Developing
students’ literacy skills and learning strategies in the content areas,
and designing and adapting content eld materials, texts, teaching
strategies, and assessment measures for literacy instruction.
320. ORGANIZING FOR EFFECTIVE DIAGNOSTIC READING
INSTRUCTION (3). Assessing reading achievement and organizing
for diagnostic reading instruction to address individual differences.
PRQ: GPA of at least 2.75 and junior standing.
330. PRACTICUM IN READING DIAGNOSIS (3). Administration and
interpretation of various formal and informal assessments. Emphasis
on developing case studies and preparing case reports. PRQ: GPA
of at least 2.75 and senior standing.
331. PRACTICUM IN PROBLEMS OF TEACHING READING (3).
Diagnostic techniques and clinical experience in teaching literacy
strategies. PRQ: GPA of at least 2.75 and senior standing.
350. ORGANIZING FOR EFFECTIVE ELEMENTARY READING
INSTRUCTION (3). Assessing reading achievement and organizing,
managing, and delivering effective instruction in a classroom setting.
PRQ: LTRE 300, GPA of at least 2.75, and junior standing.
401. PRACTICUM IN TEACHING DEVELOPMENTAL READING:
ELEMENTARY LEVEL (3). Practical applications and experiences in
developing diagnostic teaching techniques and strategies to improve
the reading skills and meet the needs of individual pupils. PRQ:
LTRE 350.
431. TECHNIQUES OF TUTORING AND LEARNING ASSISTANCE
(3). Crosslisted as CAHA 431X. Methods and techniques for peer
tutoring, supplemental instruction, learning assistance, or literacy
tutoring. Development of tutorial resource materials. Basic assessment
and remedial or developmental processes in content area tutoring,
study strategies, and learning assistance. Experiences with tutorial
programs, learning assistance programs, or supplemental instruction
groups.
490. WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION (1-3). Concentrated study of
curriculum, contemporary issues, and problems of the community
and public schools. May be repeated when subject varies; however,
no more than 6 semester hours may be applied toward the degree.
PRQ: Acceptance by director of workshop.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Middle Level Teaching and Learning (MLTL)
302. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MIDDLE LEVEL CURRICULUM
AND INSTRUCTION (1). Pre-student-teaching practicum. Observation
and analysis of the integration of literacy instruction in middle level
content area classrooms and adaptations of instruction for students
with exceptional needs. Design, implementation, and evaluation of
lesson plans. Requires a minimum of 16 clock hours in the classroom
per semester hour. Concurrent enrollment in SESE 457 and LTRE
311 required. S/U grading. PRQ: EPS 382 and consent of department.
303. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MIDDLE LEVEL CURRICULUM
AND INSTRUCTION (1). Pre-student-teaching practicum. Observation
of middle school philosophy and integration of instructional approaches
for teaching diverse populations in middle level classrooms. Design,
implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans. Requires a minimum
of 16 clock hours in the classroom per semester hour. Concurrent
enrollment in TLCI 422 and LTIC 420 required. S/U grading. PRQ:
MLTL 302.
304. MIDDLE LEVEL CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: FIELD
EXPERIENCE (1). Pre-student-teaching practicum. Methodology
related to practice through teaching experiences in middle school
classrooms. Requires a minimum of 48 clock hours per semester
hour of professional eld experience in the classroom. Design,
implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans and instructional unit
plans required. To be taken in conjunction with methods courses. S/U
grading. PRQ: MLTL 303.
432. METHODS AND MATERIALS OF INSTRUCTION FOR
MIDDLE LEVEL SOCIAL SCIENCE (3). Application of adolescent
development theories, middle school standards, and programs
for social science instruction of middle level students. Emphasis
on social justice themes, knowledge of the middle level learner,
integrated social science school curriculum, and pedagogical content
knowledge.
461. SEMINAR IN MIDDLE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING (1).
Orientation to the middle level teaching profession, including school
and community environment, professionalism, and effect of teaching
on student learning. S/U grading. CRQ: MLTL 485. PRQ: MLTL 304
and senior standing.
485. MIDDLE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING (11). Student teaching
for one entire semester in middle level grades. Assignments to be
arranged with the department. S/U grading. See “Educator Licensure
Requirements.” PRQ: MLTL 304.
Elementary Education (TLEE)
282. EDUCATIONAL PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL EXPERIENCES:
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (1). Crosslisted as EPS 282X. Pre-
student teaching practicum. Observation, assessment, and analysis
of child development and behavior. Observation and analysis of
curriculum, instruction, assessment, and classroom management in
culturally/economically diverse classrooms. Design, implementation,
and evaluation of lesson plans. Requires a minimum of 16 clock
hours working directly with elementary grad students and teachers to
apply information and skills learned in college courses to classroom
settings. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of elementary education adviser.
Concurrent enrollment in EPS 304 is required.
342. THE TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL (3). Development of effective social studies programs with
emphasis on instructional methods and materials..
344. TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3).
The application of theories, best practice and learning standards
in the development of inquiry-based science instruction in the
elementary program (1-6). Emphasis on the knowledge of the
learner, instructional methods, and the application of pedagogical
content knowledge. PRQ: GPA of at least 2.75 and junior standing.
120 LITERACY AND ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
382. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION (1). Pre-student teaching
practicum. Observation of classroom management and integration of
technology in elementary classrooms. Design, implementation, and
evaluation of lesson plans. Requires a minimum of 48 clock hours
in the classroom per semester hour. S/U grading. To be taken in
conjunction with professional education courses. PRQ: TLEE 282.
383. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION:
FIELD EXPERIENCE (2). Pre-student teaching practicum.
Methodology related to practice through teaching experiences in
elementary school classrooms. Requires a minimum of 48 clock
hours per semester hour of professional eld experience in the
classroom. Design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans
and instructional unit plans required. S/U grading. PRQ: TLEE 382.
To be taken in conjunction with methods courses.
385. DIFFERENTIATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL INSTRUCTION:
FIELD EXPERIENCE WITH DIVERSE LEARNERS (1). Pre-student-
teaching practicum. Methodology related to practice through teaching
experiences in elementary school classrooms. Requires a minimum
of 48 clock hours per semester hour of professional eld experience
in the classroom. Design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson
plans, as well as case study work required. S/U grading. PRQ: TLEE
382.
402X. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN THE MATHEMATICS
CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Crosslisted
as MATH 402. Methods, techniques, materials, curricular issues,
learning theories, and research utilized in the teaching of elementary
school mathematics. Attention given to the teaching of exceptional
students and to planning for multicultural learning situations.
Intended for students in education. Accepted for credit as an
elementary mathematics methods course, but not as an upper-
division mathematical content course. Not open for credit toward the
major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not used in major or minor
GPA calculation for mathematical sciences major or minors. PRQ:
MATH 201 with a grade of C or better and junior standing or consent
of department.
461. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING (1).
Orientation to the teaching profession including school and
community environment, professionalism, and effect of teaching on
student learning. S/U grading. PRQ: TLEE 383, GPA of at least 2.75,
and senior standing. CRQ: TLEE 485 and ETT 401B.
485. STUDENT TEACHING (3-12). Student teaching for one-half
semester or one entire semester. Assignments to be arranged with the
department. S/U grading. See “Educator Licensure Requirements.”
PRQ: TLEE 383 and MATH 402 or TLEE 402X.
490. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (1-6). Suggestions
for experiences suitable for children 6 to 12 years old. Total time
devoted to new media and the construction of teacher-made
materials. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U
grading.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (1-3). Topics
announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours when
topic varies.
497. Independent Study (1-3). Independent study under direction of a
faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Literacy and Elementary Education Faculty
Sonya L. Armstrong, Ed.D., University of Cincinnati, associate
professor
Chris L. Carger, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, professor
James A. Cohen, Ph.D., Arizona State University, assistant
professor
Mayra C. Daniel, Ed.D., Illinois State University, associate
professor
Laurie Elish-Piper, Ph.D., University of Akron, Distinguised
Teaching Professor, Presidential Engagement Professor
Mary Beth Henning, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University,
associate professor
Sheryl L. Honig, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Melanie D. Koss, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Susan L’Allier, Ed.D., Harvard University, associate professor
Jodi Lampi, Ph.D., Texas State University, assistant professor
Michael Manderino, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago,
assistant professor
Barbara Schwartz-Bechet, Ed.D., Columbia University, Teachers
College, professor
Dong-shin Shin, Ed.D., University of Massachusetts, Amherst,
assistant professor
Eui-kyung Shin, Ph.D., University of South Carolina, associate
professor
John Evar Strid, Ph.D., Northwestern University, assistant
professor
Donna E. Werderich, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Corrine M. Wickens, Ph.D., Texas A&M University, associate
professor
C. Sheldon Woods, Ph.D., Kansas State University, associate
professor
121
Admission to the interdisciplinary major in early childhood
studies is limited. See “Limited Admissions and Limited
Retention Requirements” in this catalog.
Department of Special and Early Education
(SEEC, SESE, SEVI)
The Department of Special and Early Education (SEED)
offers the B.S. degree with an interdisciplinary major in early
childhood studies, the B.S.Ed. degree with a major in special
education, and undergraduate course work in early childhood
and special education. State of Illinois approved and CAEP
accredited programs leading to professional educator licensure
with endorsement in early childhood education and special
education (Learning Behavior Specialist and Visual Impairment)
are offered. Viewing teaching both as an art and a science,
learning as a reciprocal process, and service as a responsibility,
the department provides curriculum and instruction grounded in
theory, research, and best practice.
The B.S. degree in early childhood studies is offered jointly by
the Department of Special and Early Education and the School
of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences. Graduates of the
program qualify for a professional educator license with the
Early Childhood Education endorsement enabling them to teach
children from birth through grade three in Illinois public schools.
The B.S.Ed. degree in special education is designed for those who
plan to teach students with disabilities at the elementary, middle,
and secondary levels. Completion of department and appropriate
emphasis requirements leads to professional educator licensure
with endorsement for teaching individuals with disabilities, either
as Emphasis 1. Learning Behavior Specialist I, or Emphasis 2.
Vision Impairments.
As part of the licensing process, students must pass the
competency examinations required by the Illinois State Board
of Education, one in basic skills, one in the subject-matter
knowledge that corresponds most closely to the Illinois eld
for which they are seeking professional educator license and
associated endorsement, and, for special educators, one in the
general education curriculum. Additional tests may be required
before applying for Illinois educator licensure.
Advisement services are provided the student from freshman
year through graduation. Students are responsible for utilizing
these services by responding to the periodic posted notices of
deadlines for professional semester applications and schedules
for advance registration advisement.
S/U Grading
In those courses in which the S/U grading basis is applicable, the
use of S and U will apply to all students registered in any class
section in which the S/U grading basis is employed. Individual
students may not elect S and U grading. Educator licensure
requirements are deemed to be met only by obtaining a grade of
C or better in courses using traditional ABCDF grading or an S
in those professional or clinical courses in which S/U grading is
used. An S is the equivalent to a C or better and a U is equivalent
to a D or lower in educator licensure courses using S/U grading.
Interdisciplinary Major in Early Childhood Studies (B.S.)
The Department of Special and Early Education and the School
of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences offer a collaborative
program leading to the B.S. degree with a major in early
childhood studies. The program is designed to prepare personnel
for professional roles serving children from birth through eight
years of age and their families. This program includes the
concepts, competencies, and skills required by teachers, child
care workers, and other professionals involved in the education
and care of young children.
The major includes two emphases: professional educator license
with Early Childhood Education endorsement, (eligible to teach
children from birth through gread three in Illinois public schools)
and professional educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement and preschool special education approval (eligible
to teach children with disabilities from three through six years of
age in Illinois public school systems). The early childhood studies
program is approved by the Illinois State Board of Education and
the National Association for the Education of Young Children.
See the catalog for the School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences for specic requirements for the emphasis in
professional educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement.
Admission to either of the emphases in the interdisciplinary major
in early childhood studies is limited. University admission does not
necessarily constitute eligibility for admission into this program.
Admission policies are described in the “Limited Admissions and
Limited Retention Requirements” section of this catalog.
Students must be admitted to the early childhood studies program
before they can enroll in any of the professional course work. To
continue to enroll, students must maintain a minimum GPA of
2.50 in all professional education courses.
Students should carefully read the section entitled “Educator
Licensure Requirements.”
As part of educator licensure, students are required to pass Illinois
Licensure Testing System (ILTS) examinations as required by the
Illinois State Board of Education. These requirements include
obtaining a passing score on the Test of Academic Prociency
(TAP) prior to formal admission into the program, a passing score
on the subject matter knowledge test (Early Childhood Studies)
prior to student teaching. The Test of Academic Prociency may
be waived by ISBE based on the applicant’s ACT or SAT scores.
See an adviser for current testing requirements.
Due to the comprehensive nature of the program and required
course sequence, all students must plan their program of study
with an early childhood studies adviser.
The major GPA in the interdisciplinary major is calculated using
course work completed in the Department of Special and Early
Education and the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences.
Students enrolled in the interdisciplinary major as a declared
major or pre-major are not permitted to count FCNS courses
toward fullling general education requirements or to declare a
minor in the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
122 SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION
Emphasis in Professional Educator License
with Early Childhood Endorsement and
Preschool Special Education Approval
As part of educator licensure requirements, students in the early
childhood studies program must earn a grade of C or better in
COMD 220; EPFE 201; ETT 229; FCNS 230; FCNS 284; FCNS
331; HIST 260 or HIST 261; LTIC 301; LTLA 301 or one-credit-
hour course approved by departmental adviser; LTLA 305X/
COMD 305; LTLA 361; LTRE 309; MATH 201; PSYC 102; SEEC
300; SEEC 340; SEEC 343; SEEC 401; SEEC 403; SEEC 425;
SEEC 430; SESE 240; SESE 423; SESE 424; and SESE 426. In
addition, students must earn a grade of C or better in one general
education biology course, one general education physical science
course (either the biology or physical science course must include
a laboratory), one general education social science course, and
two elective general education courses. Also, students must earn
a grade of S in all early eld experience and student teaching
courses (SEEC 282, SEEC 382, SEEC 485A, SEEC 485B).
Core Requirements (58-62)
*EPFE 201
1
- Education as an Agent for Change (3)
ETT 229
1
- Computers in Education (3) or pass the ETRA Skills
Competency Examination (0)
FCNS 230
1
- Child Development (3)
FCNS 284
1
- Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 331 - Inclusive Program Planning for Infants, Toddlers, and
Their Parents (3)
*HIST 260
1
- American History to 1865 (3),
OR *HIST 261
1
- American History Since 1865 (3)
LTLA 305X/COMD 305 - Language Development (3)
LTRE 309 - Emerging Literacy and Beginning Reading Instruction
Through Age 8 (3)
*MATH 201
1
- Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*PSYC 102
1
- Introduction to Psychology (3)
SEEC 282 - Educational Participation in Clinical Experiences: Early
Childhood Education (1-2)
SEEC 340 - The Language Arts and Social Studies for the Primary
Child (3)
SEEC 343 - Teaching Science and Mathematics to Children Ages
5-8 (3)
SEEC 382 - Practicum in Early Childhood Studies (3)
SEEC 403 - Primary Curriculum (3)
SEEC 430 - Preschool and Kindergarten Curriculum (3)
SEEC 485A - Student Teaching in Preschool-Kindergarten (6)
SEEC 485B - Student Teaching in Primary (6)
SESE 240
1
- Introduction to Special Education (3)
Requirements in Department (18)
SEEC 300 - Observation and Assessment of Young Children (3)
SEEC 401 - Play Development of the Young Child (3)
SEEC 425 - Democracy in the Early Childhood Classroom (3)
SESE 423 - Observation and Assessment in Early Childhood
Special Education (3)
SESE 424 - Methods and Strategies for Promoting Development
and Teaching Infants, Toddlers, and Young Children with
Disabilities and Special Needs (3)
SESE 426 - Working with and Supporting Families of Young
Children with Disabilities and Special Needs (3)
Requirements outside Department (16-18)
COMD 220 - Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)
LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTLA 301 - Writing for prospective teachers (1)
OR one-credit-hour course approved by departmental adviser
LTLA 361 - Literature for the Young Child (3)
One general education biology course
(3-4)
1
One general education physical science course (3-4)
Either the biology or physical science course must include a
laboratory
* Available for general education credit.
1
Not required for students who have earned an A.A.T. in Early Childhood.
Total Hours for Emphasis in Professional Educator License
with Early Childhood Education Endorsement and Preschool
Special Education Approval: 92-98
Major in Special Education (B.S.Ed.)
The B.S. Ed. in Special Education includes two emphases:
Learning Behavior Specialist I (LBS I) and Vision Impairments.
The LBS I cross-categorical emphasis prepares students to
obtain an Illinois educator license with entitlement as a Learning
Behavior Specialist I (Preschool - age 21). The emphasis in
Vision Impairments prepares students to obtain educator license
with entitlement in the area of Teacher of Students Who Are Blind
or Visually Impaired (Preschool - age 21).
The Special Education program provides a broad range of
professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions for students
preparing to become special education teachers. Field
experiences and course work have been carefully designed and
coordinated based on policies, standards, and frameworks of
the university, the College of Education; the Illinois State Board
of Education (ISBE); and the Council for Exceptional Children
(CEC), an international organization for special education.
Retention in the LBS I and Vision Impairments
Program Emphases
To be admitted into the teacher education in special education
and advance to the rst professional semester, students must
have (a) achieved an NIU GPA of 2.50 or better, (b) received
a grade of C or better in SESE 240 or an equivalent transfer
course, (c) completed the safety tutorial prior to the rst clinical
experience and (d) obtained a passing score on all sections of
the Test of Academic Prociency or a minimum composite score
22 or above on the ACT including the combined English writing
score of 19 minimum or on the SAT 1030 composite score with a
minimum 450 on the writing portion. During the pre-professional
semester, students complete an application form indicating intent
to begin the professional course sequence. Advising staff verify
scores on the Test of Academic Prociency, completion of the
safety tutorial, prerequisite course grades, and GPA. All students
who meet requirements are admitted to the Learning Behavior
Specialist I or Vision Impairments teacher education program.
To remain a major in special education, candidates must (a)
maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or better, (b) receive a grade
of C or better in professional courses and a grade of S in clinical
courses, and (c) pass the ISBE content area test and Special
Education General Curriculum Test before enrolling in student
teaching courses. Students in the LBS I emphasis take the
Learning Behavior Specialist I content test and students in the
Vision Impairments emphasis take Teacher of Students Who Are
Blind or Visually Impaired content test. The departmental advising
staff track GPA and course grades at the end of each semester
and verify passing scores on the content area and Special
Education General Curriculum Test prior to student teaching.
Candidates are expected to meet all university and College of
Education standards for retention. They also must meet the
standards set forth in the Council for Exceptional Children Code
of Ethics and Standards for Professional Practice for Special
Educators.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
http://www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.
shtml.
Transfer Students
To be admitted to teacher education in Emphasis 1, Learning
Behavior Specialist I, individuals who have earned the Associate
of Arts in Teaching (A.A.T.) in Special Education must provide
evidence of passing the Test of Academic Prociency (or of
obtaining a minimum score on the ACT including the writing
SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION 123
portion of the ACT) and have a minimum transfer GPA of 2.50,
including grades of C or better in A.A.T. professional special
education courses. The A.A.T. must include courses in Language
Development and Introduction to Foundations of Reading.
Students transferring to NIU with an A.A.T. in Special Education,
who intend to pursue the Learning Behavior Specialist I program,
must contact the undergraduate academic adviser no later than
one year prior to admission to NIU. Failure to do so may result in
a delay of registration for the initial block sequence of courses
leading to educator license with LBS I endorsement.
License and Endorsement Requirements
Candidates who major in special education in the Learning
Behavior Specialist I emphasis or the Vision Impairments
emphasis are required to meet the Illinois licensure requirements
including 29-41 semester hours of general education classes
which must include at least three semester hours of cultural
diversity course work. Transfer students with an A.A. or A.S.
degree also must meet these requirements for educator licensure.
Candidates who successfully complete the program requirements
will have completed all required ISBE and CAEP standards for
educator license and special education endorsement in Visual
Impairments or Learning Behavior Specialist I. This includes
completing the Safety Tutorial prior to the rst early clinical
course, passing the Learning Behavior Specialist I content test
or Teacher of Student Who Are Blind or Visually Impaired content
test and the Special Education General Curriculum Test prior to
student teaching, the Teacher Performance Assessment (edTPA)
and the Illinois Assessment of Professional Teaching test (APT)
that are completed during student teaching.
Emphasis 1. Learning Behavior Specialist I
This emphasis leads to Illinois educator licensure with
endorsement as a Learning Behavior Specialist I (Preschool-age
21).
Candidates in the LBS I program emphasis must earn a grade
of C or better in SESE 240, SESE 370, SESE 415, SESE 416,
SESE 417, SESE 444, SESE 446, SESE 447, SESE 448, SESE
460, SESE 461, SESE 462 (or KNPE 490 and 492), as well as
EPFE 201, EPFE 321 or EPFE 410, EPS 405, ETR 434, LTCY
300, LTIC 420, LTLA 301, MATH 201, POLS 100, and SEEC 343.
Candidates who do not meet these requirements must retake the
course(s). In addition, candidates must earn a grade of S in all
early eld experience and student teaching courses (SESE 418,
SESE 419, SESE 449, SESE 463, SESE 464, SESE 491, and
SESE 492).
Candidates must pass all required courses in the rst
professional semester with grades of C or better or, as
appropriate, with a grade of S, before advancing to the second
professional semester. Students must pass all required courses
in the second professional semester with grades of C or better
or, as appropriate, with a grade of S, before advancing to the
third professional semester. Candidates must pass all required
courses in the third professional semester with grades of C or
better or, as appropriate, with a grade of S, before advancing to
student teaching. Candidates must pass the rst student teaching
course with a grade of S before advancing to the second student
teaching course.
The LBS I endorsement is a cross-categorical endorsement
that encompasses all categories of disability from kindergarten
through high school. As a result, early clinical experiences
and student teaching involve working with students with mild
developmental disabilities in both elementary and secondary
settings. Candidates complete three early clinical experiences
prior to student teaching. Early clinical experiences are aligned
with special education courses across three semesters. SESE
491/SESE 492 (student teaching) are the fourth professional
experiences in the Special Education program. This course work
consists of two eight-week (Monday - Friday) full-day placements,
one at the elementary level (SESE 491) and one at the secondary
level (SESE 492). Candidates fulll various instructional and
assessment responsibilities as well as completion of the edTPA
during student teaching. These placements range from full-
inclusion classrooms to residential schools and serve a diverse
student population in urban, rural, and suburban settings.
Requirements in Department (63-64)
SEEC 343 -Teaching Science and Mathematics to Children Ages
5-8 (3)
SESE 240
1
- Introduction to Special Education (3)
SESE 370 - Educational Interventions for Students with Diverse
Abilities (4)
SESE 415 - Instructional Methods for Elementary Education
Students with Mild Disabilities: Reading, Language Arts (4)
SESE 416 - Instructional Methods for Elementary Education
Students with Mild Disabilities: Math, Science (3)
SESE 417 - Positive Behavior Support and Classroom Management
for Special Educators (3)
SESE 418 - Early Field Experience in Special Education:
Elementary, Mild Disabilities (2)
SESE 419 - Introduction to Instructional Planning, Teacher
Performance Assessment, and Assistive Technology (3)
SESE 444 - Instructional Methods and Strategies for Middle and
Secondary Students with Mild Disabilities (3)
SESE 446 - Methods for Supporting Social/Emotional Development
of Students with Emotional/Behavior Disorders (3)
SESE 447 - Consultation, Collaboration, and Communication Skills
for Special Educators (3)
SESE 448 - Planning For the Transition from School to
Employment, Career, and Postsecondary Education for Students
with Disabilities (3)
SESE 449 - Early Field Experience in Special Education: Middle/
Secondary (2)
SESE 460 - Instructional Methods for Individuals with Autism and
Developmental Disabilities (3)
SESE 461 - Assistive Technology for Individuals With Autism And
Multiple Disabilities (3)
SESE 462 - Self-Determination and Transition Planning Using
Technology (3),
OR KNPE 490 - Adapted Physical Education (3) and KNPE 492
- Special Physical Education Clinical Practicum (1),
OR other approved elective (3)
SESE 463 - Early Field Experience in Special Education: Autism
and Developmental Disabilities (2)
SESE 464 - Special Education Capstone/Pre-student Teaching
Seminar (1)
SESE 491 - Student Teaching in Elementary Special Education:
LBS I (6)
SESE 492 - Student Teaching in Secondary Special Education: LBS
I (6)
Requirements outside Department (32)
*EPFE 201
1
- Education as an Agent for Change (3)
*EPFE 321 - History of American Education (3),
OR *EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 405
1
- Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
through High School Years (3)
ETR 434 - Assessing Students with Special Needs (3)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
LTIC 420 - Methods and Materials for Teaching English Language
Learners in the Content Areas (3)
LTLA 301 - Writing for Prospective Teachers (1)
LTCY 300
1
- Foundations of Instruction in Reading, Writing, and the
other Language Arts (4)
*MATH 201
1
- Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*POLS 100
1
- American Government and Politics (3)
OR *POLS 150
1
- Democracy in America (3)
*PSYC 102
1
- Introduction to Psychology (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Learning Behavior Specialist I: (95-
96)
* Available for general education credit.
1
Not required for students who have earned an A.A.T. in Special Education.
124 SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION
Emphasis 2. Vision Impairments
Emphasis 2 leads to Illinois educator licensure with endorsement
in the area of Teacher of Students Who Are Blind and Visually
Impaired (Preschool to age 21).
Candidates in the Vision Impairments program emphasis must
earn a grade of C or better in SEVI 400, SEVI 410, SEVI 420,
SEVI 421, SEVI 430, SEVI 440, SEVI 441, SEVI 442, SEVI 450,
SEVI 480, SEVI 484, and SEVI 485. In addition, candidates must
earn a grade of C or better in EPFE 201 (or BKST 211 or ILAS
123), EPFE 321 or EPFE 410, EPS 405, ETR 434, ETT 402,
LTCY 300, LTIC 301 or LTIC 420, MATH 201,SESE 240, SESE
415, SESE 416, SESE 417, SESE 418, SESE 444, SESE 447,
and SESE 449. Candidates who do not meet these requirements
must retake the course(s).
Requirements in Department (66)
SESE 240 - Introduction to Special Education (3)
SESE 415 - Instructional Methods for Elementary Students with
Mild Disabilities: Reading, language Arts (4)
SESE 416 - Instructional Methods for Elementary Students with
Mild Disabilities: Math and Science (3)
SESE 417 - Positive Behavior Support and Classroom Management
for Special Educators (3)
SESE 418 - Early Field Experience in Special Education:
Elementary, Mild Disabilities (2)
SESE 444 - Instructional Methods and Strategies for Middle and
Secondary Students with Mild Disabilities (3)
SESE 447 - Consultation, Collaboration, and Communication Skills
for Special Educators (3)
SESE 449 - Early Field Experience in Special Education: Middle/
Secondary (2)
SEVI 400 - Education of Students with Visual Impairments (3)
SEVI 410 - Anatomy, Pathology, and Functioning of the Eye (3)
SEVI 420 - Literary Braille (3)
SEVI 421 - Advanced Braille (3)
SEVI 440 - Communication Systems Used ByPersons with Visual
Impairments (3)
SEVI 442 - Instructional Systems for Teaching Students Who Are
Visually Impaired (3)
SEVI 430 - Basic Orientation and Mobility for Teachers of Persons
with Visual Impairments (3)
SEVI 441 - Instructional Systems for Use of Low Vision in
Educational Settings (3)
SEVI 450 - Assistive Technology for Individuals with Visual
Impairments (3)
SEVI 480 - Field Experience in Special Education (4)
SEVI 484 - Student Teaching in Elementary Special Education:
Vision Impairments (6)
SEVI 485 - Student Teaching in Secondary Special Education:
Vision Impairments (6)
Requirements outside Department (28)
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3)
EPFE 321 - History of American Education (3)
OR EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 405 - Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
Through High School Years (3)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
ETR 434 - Assessing Students with Special Needs (3)
LTIC 420 - Methods and Materials for Teaching English Language
Learners in the Content Areas (3),
OR LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTCY 300 – Foundations of Instruction in Reading, Writing, and The
Other Language Arts (4)
*MATH 201 - Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Vision Impairments: 123
* Available for general education credit.
Course List
Early Childhood Education (SEEC)
282. EDUCATIONAL PARTICIPATION IN CLINICAL EXPERIENCES:
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (1-2), Pre-student teaching
practicum. Students required to participate a minimum of 30 clock
hours per semester hour. May be repeated to a maximum of 4
semester hours. S/U grading.
300. OBSERVATION AND ASSESSMENT OF YOUNG CHILDREN
(3). Observational techniques and strategies of informal and formal
developmental assessment of young children in various settings.
Includes sources of information, data analyses and presentation, and
referral procedures.
304. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY EDUCATION: CHILDREN
(1). Orientation to educational programs for children in community
organizations and other non-formal settings. Introduction to the
history, theory, and practice of fostering self-activity and learning out
of school. Includes a eld component. Criminal Background Check
required. CRQ: SESE 304 and KNPE 304.
340. THE LANGUAGE ARTS AND SOCIAL STUDIES FOR THE
PRIMARY CHILD (3). How to support language learning and
learning of social studies concepts by children in the primary grades.
Emphases on the developmental origins of spoken and written
language competencies, on keeping the language arts curriculum
integrated, and on unique aspects of the social studies curriculum for
the primary grades.
343. TEACHING SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS TO CHILDREN
AGES 5-8 (3).Design of science and mathematics programs with
emphasis on model programs, methods and materials, problems and
issues, and research ndings.
382. PRACTICUM IN EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES (3).
Participation and observation in early childhood settings for a
minimum of 60 clock hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. S/U grading.
401. PLAY DEVELOPMENT OF THE YOUNG CHILD (3). Signicance
of play in the development process. Examination of various aspects
of play in early childhood programs.
403. PRIMARY CURRICULUM (3). Examination of the procedures
for planning, organizing, implementing, and interpreting the learning
environment, curriculum, and materials for young children in primary
grade classrooms.
410. TRENDS AND ISSUES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(3). Focus on philosophical and psychological aspects of early
childhood education as related to contemporary society.
425. DEMOCRACY IN THE EARLY CHILDHOOD CLASSROOM (3).
Democratic methods of classroom management related to young
children’s social learning, autonomy, and moral development. Daily
scheduling in early childhood classrooms and the management of
integrated and emergent curricula. Strategies for developing a diverse
and unied community of learners. Professional responsibilities of
teachers.
430. PRESCHOOL AND KINDERGARTEN CURRICULUM (3).
Examination of procedures for planning, organizing, implementing,
and interpreting the learning environment, curriculum, and materials
for young children in kindergarten and the preschool classroom.
485A. STUDENT TEACHING IN PRESCHOOL-KINDERGARTEN (3-
12). Student teaching for one-half semester or one entire semester in
early childhood programs for children 3 years through kindergarten.
Assignments to be arranged with the department. S/U grading. See
“Educator Licensure Requirements.” PRQ: SEEC 382.
485B. STUDENT TEACHING IN PRIMARY (3-12). Student teaching
for one-half semester or one entire semester in early childhood
programs for children 6-8 years or in rst, second, or third grades.
Assignments to be arranged with the department. S/U grading. See
“Educator Licensure Requirements.” PRQ: SEEC 382.
SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION 125
490. WORKSHOP IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (1-3).
Concentrated study of curriculum, contemporary issues, and
problems of the community and the public schools. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Acceptance by director of
the workshop.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (1-3).
Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when topic varies.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study under direction
of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours.
Special Education (SESE)
240. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Introduction
to special education and working with individuals with disabilities in
educational and community settings.
260. SERVICE LEARNING FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION (1). Accumulation of 30 hours of experience working
with individuals with disabilities in community and/or school settings.
S/U grading.
304. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY EDUCATION: ADULTS
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (1). Orientation to educational programs
for adults with special needs in community organizations and other
non-formal settings. Introduction to the history, theory, practices,
and principles of working with adults with special needs within the
context of community agencies. Includes a eld component. Criminal
Background Check required. CRQ: SEEC 304 and KNPE 304
320. DISABILITY IN FILM (3). Examination of how individuals with
disabilities are represented in motion pictures and television. Special
emphasis is placed on how lm depicts individuals with disabilities
and one’s personal reection of attitudes, beliefs, and understandings
of disability.
370. EDUCATIONAL INTERVENTIONS FOR STUDENTS WITH
DIVERSE ABILITIES (4). Selection of appropriate educational
interventions and programs for students with diverse cultural, linguistic,
cognitive, and adaptive abilities that affect learning. Overview of current
theories, research, and practices in the eld of special education.
Includes initial eld experience in special education, consisting
of observation and interaction with individuals with disabilities in
community or school based settings. PRQ: SESE 240.
375. LINKING STUDENT CHARACTERISTICS TO EDUCATIONAL
INTERVENTIONS (3). Issues, characteristics, and educational
programs for students with disabilities. Current theories, research,
and practices in the eld. PRQ: SESE 240.
410. POSITIVE BEHAVIOR SUPPORTS FOR EQUALITY, ACCESS,
AND STUDENT DEVELOPMENT (3). Survey of principles of effective
behavior management to promote appropriate student academic and
social behavior and prevent and decrease challenging behavior in
school settings. Enables middle and secondary preservice educators
to design classroom environments using Response to Intervention
(RtI) strategies, Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (PBIS),
socioemotional learning standards, and culturally sensitive pedagogy.
Meets socialemotional learning (SEL) and Illinois Professional
Teaching Standards (IPTS) for classroom management and socio-
emotional learning. PRQ: Junior standing or consent of department.
415. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS FOR ELEMENTARY STUDENTS
WITH MILD DISABILITIES: READING, LANGUAGE ARTS (4).
Design, implementation, and adaptation of reading, writing, and
spelling curricula for elementary students with mild disabilities.
Emphasis on explicit systematic instructional approaches and data-
driven decision making related to literacy for students with and at risk
for disabilities in the elementary grades. PRQ: SESE 370, LTCY 300.
CRQ: ETR 434, SESE 416, and SESE 418.
416. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS FOR ELEMENTARY STUDENTS
WITH MILD DISABILITIES: MATH AND SCIENCE (3). Design,
implementation, and adaptation of math and science curricula for
elementary students with mild disabilities. Emphasis on explicit
systematic instructional approaches and data-driven decision
making related to math and science for students with and at risk for
disabilities in the elementary grades. PRQ: SESE 370, SEEC 343.
CRQ: ETR 434, SESE 415, and SESE 418.
417. POSITIVE BEHAVIOR SUPPORT AND CLASSROOM
MANAGEMENT FOR SPECIAL EDUCATORS (3). Application of
evidence-based practices in positive behavior support and applied
behavior analysis to promote appropriate academic and social
behavior and to prevent and decrease challenging behavior in school
settings. Designed to enable preservice special educators to design
classroom environments, conduct functional behavior assessments,
and implement group and individual behavior change programs in
classroom settings. PRQ: SESE 370. CRQ: SESE 415, SESE 416,
SESE 417, SESE 418.
418. EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION:
ELEMENTARY, MILD DISABILITIES (2). Supervised eld experience
in special education. Emphasis on instruction of students with mild
disabilities in the elementary or middle grades, urban schools,
culturally responsive instruction, and response to intervention
programs. S/U grading. PRQ: SESE 370; admission to teacher
education program, passing score on TAP or equivalent, criminal
background check, TB test, and other district and university
requirements. CRQ: SESE 415, SESE 416, SESE 417, SESE 419,
and ETR 434.
419. INTRODUCTION TO INSTRUCTIONAL PLANNING, TEACHER
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT, AND ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY
(3). Introduction to instructional planning, teacher performance
assessment (EdTPA), and assistive technology (AT). Development
and delivery of lesson plans created for diverse learners with an
emphasis on evaluation and reection of instructional practices and
student learning. Activities include an overview of AT, basics of video
and audio editing, design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson
plans using digital technology. S/U grading. PRQ: SESE 240 and
SESE 370; or consent of department.
420. ACCESSING THE GENERAL CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY I
(3). Curriculum, instructional methods, and materials appropriate for
teaching students with mild-moderate disabilities. Focus on content
in language arts and mathematics. PRQ: SESE 375, LTLA 341, and
LTRE 300.
421. TECHNOLOGY AND STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3).
Application of microcomputers and related technology to persons
with learning, behavior, sensory, motor, and communication
disorders. Software evaluation and adaptation, alternative input and
output modes, development of supportive resources, and integration
of microcomputing into the Individualized Education Program.
423. OBSERVATION AND ASSESSMENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Recommended practices and strategies
for conducting formal and informal assessment of young children
including physical, communication, early academic and academic,
adaptive, and social-emotional development as well as assessment of
center/classroom-based settings and natural environments. Includes
data analysis and data-based decision making. PRQ: SESE 240.
424. METHODS AND STRATEGIES FOR PROMOTING
DEVELOPMENT AND TEACHING INFANTS, TODDLERS, AND
YOUNG CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES AND SPECIAL NEEDS
(3). Methods, strategies and recommended practices and evidence-
based curricula for promoting development and teaching infants,
toddlers, and young children with disabilities and special needs in
classroom and natural settings. PRQ: SESE 240.
426. WORKING WITH AND SUPPORTING FAMILIES OF YOUNG
CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES AND SPECIAL NEEDS (3).
Strategies to promote positive and productive family/ professional
relationships and family centered practices for working with and
supporting families of young children with disabilities and special
needs (birth to eight years).
126 SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION
427. ISSUES AND RECOMMENDED PRACTICES IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD SPECIAL EDUCATION (3). Trends, issues, and
concerns, and recommended practices in the eld of early
intervention/early childhood special education (birth to eight years of
age). In-depth analysis of current issues in the eld related to children
with disabilities and special needs and children at risk and their
families, service providers, and other early childhood professionals.
PRQ: SESE 423 and SESE 424 and SESE 426.
435. ACCESSING THE GENERAL CURRICULUM: ELEMENTARY
II (3). Organization, design, and implementation of curriculum in
reading for students with disabilities. Emphasis on effective practices
for teaching phonemic awareness, word recognition, reading uency,
vocabulary, and reading comprehension for students with disabilities.
PRQ: SESE 375.
440. ACCESSING MIDDLE SCHOOL/SECONDARY GENERAL
CURRICULUM (3). Curricula, methods, and materials as they relate
to teaching secondary-aged students with high-incidence disabilities.
Emphasis on instructional procedures to teach independent learning
skills, curriculum and instructional adaptations. PRQ: SESE 375.
444. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS AND STRATEGIES FOR
MIDDLE AND SECONDARY STUDENTS WITH MILD DISABILITIES
(3). Study and practice of evidence-based curricula, methods, and
strategies for teaching middle and secondary students with mild
disabilities. Emphasis on teaching study skills and learning strategies
which promote independent learning. PRQ: SESE 415, SESE 416,
SESE 417, SESE 418, SESE 419, and ETR 434 or consent of
department. CRQ: SESE 446 and SESE 447 and SESE 448 and
SESE 449 and LTIC 420.
445. APPLIED CURRICULUM (3). Methods for teaching students
with moderate and severe disabilities the skills that are critical for
independent functioning within a wide range of environments.
Emphasis on person-centered planning, self-determination, and
collaboration with families, signicant others, support staff, and
related service personnel.
446. METHODS FOR SUPPORTING THE SOCIAL/EMOTIONAL
DEVELOPMENT OF STUDENTS WITH EMOTIONAL/BEHAVIOR
DISORDERS (3). Organization of the school and classroom
environment to facilitate management of academic and social
behavior of K-12 students with emotional and/or behavior disorders.
Provides foundational theory and knowledge to select specic
techniques to promote social competency in students with emotional/
behavior disorders. Discusses research related to use of these
techniques and interventions. Discusses class wide and individual
methods and strategies for teaching appropriate social behavior
and social skills. PRQ: SESE 415 and SESE 416 and SESE 417
and SESE 418. CRQ: SESE 444 and SESE 447 and SESE 448 and
SESE 449.
447. CONSULTATION, COLLABORATION, AND COMMUNICATION
SKILLS FOR SPECIAL EDUCATORS (3). Strategies for effectively
consulting, collaborating, and communicating with general educators,
administrators, paraprofessionals, families, teams, and community
personnel. Emphasis on effective interpersonal, conict resolution,
and problem solving skills; ways to facilitate meetings; co-teaching;
and methods for supporting inclusionary placements for students
with disabilities. PRQ: SESE 415, SESE 416, SESE 417, SESE 418,
and ETR 434; or consent of department. CRQ: SESE 444, SESE
446, SESE 448, and SESE 449.
448. PLANNING FOR THE TRANSITION FROM SCHOOL TO
EMPLOYMENT, CAREER AND POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION
FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3). Strategies for
effectively planning the transition from school to employment,
career, postsecondary education and community for students with
disabilities in secondary school settings. Emphasis on student-
centered planning, career and transition assessment involving
students, families, school and community supports. Includes eld-
based assignments. PRQ: SESE 415, SESE 416, SESE 417, SESE
418, and ETR 434; or consent of department. CRQ: SESE 444,
SESE 446, SESE 447, and SESE 449.
449. EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION:
MIDDLE/SECONDARY (2). Pre-student teaching clinical experience.
Observation and instruction in diverse special and/or general middle
or secondary education settings where students with mild disabilities
receive special education services. Activities include observing
various instructional models; co-teaching; writing, implementing, and
reecting upon instructional lessons; completing career exploration
activities, administering transition assessments, and writing transition
plans. S/U grading. PRQ: SESE 418, criminal background check, TB
test, and other district and university requirements. CRQ: SESE 444,
SESE 446, SESE 447, and SESE 448.
452. ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY/MULTIPLE DISABILITIES (3).
Evaluating abilities in relation to environmental demands and
determining adaptations, adaptive equipment, and/or assistive
devices that can be used to ensure student participation.
Students demonstrate prociency in programming augmentative
communication devices and using other assistive technology devices.
453. TRANSITION PLANNING USING TECHNOLOGY (2-3).
Strategies for using technology to promote self-determination and
self-advocacy among individuals with developmental disabilities.
Emphasis on preference assessment, goal-setting, and action-
planning for transition. Field-based activities are required.
454. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT FOR SPECIAL EDUCATORS
(3). Application of the principles of applied behavior analysis to
promote appropriate academic and social behavior and to prevent
and decrease challenging behavior in school settings. Designed
to enable preservice special educators to design classroom
environments, conduct functional assessments, and implement
group and individualized behavior programs in classroom settings.
PRQ: SESE 375.
455. SOCIAL/EMOTIONAL BEHAVIOR SUPPORT AND
MANAGEMENT (3). Organization of the classroom and school
environment to facilitate management of academic and social
behavior of K-12 students with emotional and behavior disorders.
PRQ: SESE 454.
456. METHODS FOR COLLABORATION AND INCLUSION
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION TEACHERS (3). Strategies
for collaborating with parents, family members, and school and
community personnel to support students with disabilities. Emphasis
on recommended practices related to family-educator conferences,
team meetings, consultation, team models and processes, conict
resolution and problem-solving, culturally and linguistically diverse
families, accommodations and modications for students, universal
design, assistive technology, and evidence-based methods for
inclusive practices. Does not count toward degree program in
special education. PRQ: SESE 240.
457. METHODS FOR INCLUDING MIDDLE AND SECONDARY
STUDENTS WITH EXCEPTIONALITIES IN THE GENERAL
EDUCATION CLASSROOM (3). Designed to provide preservice
and inservice educators with knowledge and skills necessary
to adaptations for middle and high school learners with
exceptionalities in the general education classroom. Provides
an overview of relevant laws and legal issues, evidence-based
methods, assistive technologies, collaboration skills, ways of
differentiating lessons, and information about disabilities and
exceptionalities. Does not count toward degree program in special
education. PRQ: Junior standing and PHHE 220 or ARTE 344 or
FCNS 240 or ILAS 201 or MUSC 275.
458. VOCATIONAL PREPARATION AND TRANSITION PLANNING
FOR ADOLESCENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3). Assessment,
training, and evaluation strategies to promote successful employment.
Transition guidance to aid students with disabilities in making the
transfer from school to adult life and adult services. PRQ: ETR 434.
SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION 127
460. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH
AUTISM AND DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES (3). Instructional
strategies and interventions for teaching functional skills to individuals
with autism and severe developmental disabilities in school, home,
community, and vocational settings using the principles of Applied
Behavior Analysis and evidence-based practices. Designing
individualized instructional programs; quantitative data collection
and analysis; and implementing data-based problem-solving and
decision making processes. PRQ: SESE 444 and SESE 446 and
SESE 467 and SESE 448 and SESE 449; or consent of department.
CRQ: SESE 461 and SESE 463.
461. ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH
AUTISM AND MULTIPLE DISABILITIES (3). Evaluating the abilities
of individuals with autism and multiple disabilities in relation to
environmental demands and settings and determining adaptations,
adaptive equipment, and/or assistive devices that can be used
to ensure active participation. Teacher candidates demonstrate
prociency in programming augmentative communication devices,
using assistive software, mobile devices, and other low and high tech
assistive technology devices. PRQ: SESE 444 and SESE 446 and
SESE 447 and SESE 448 and SESE 449; or consent of department.
CRQ: SESE 460 and SESE 463.
462. SELF-DETERMINATION AND TRANSITION PLANNING
USING TECHNOLOGY (3). Strategies for using technology to
promote self-determination, self-advocacy, and transition planning
among youth with disabilities. Emphasis on preference assessment,
goal-setting, and action-planning for transition. Field-based activities
are required. PRQ: SESE 444 and SESE 446 and SESE 447 and
SESE 448 and SESE 449; or consent of department. CRQ: SESE
460 and SESE 461.
463. EARLY FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION:
AUTISM AND DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES (2). Pre-student
teaching clinical experience. Observation and instructional practice
in diverse special and/or regular education settings where students
with autism or low-incidence disabilities receive special education
services. Activities include design, implementation, and evaluation of
lesson plans and instructional programs. S/U grading. PRQ: SESE
444 and SESE 446 and SESE 447 and SESE 448 and SESE 449
and criminal background check and TB test. CRQ: SESE 460 and
SESE 461.
464. SPECIAL EDUCATION CAPSTONE/PRE-STUDENT
TEACHING SEMINAR (1). Preparation for student teaching,
the Teacher Performance Assessment, and applying for special
education positions. S/U grading. CRQ: SESE 460 and SESE 461
and SESE 463; or consent of department.
465. CONSULTATION AND COLLABORATION SKILLS FOR
SPECIAL EDUCATORS (3). Strategies for effectively consulting
and collaborating with general education teachers, administrators,
paraprofessionals, families, teams, and community personnel.
Emphasis on effective interpersonal skills, conict resolution,
problem solving, facilitating meetings, co-teaching, and academic
and behavioral methods for supporting inclusionary practices.
Includes eld-based assignments. PRQ: SESE 375.
466. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION:
ELEMENTARY (2). Pre-student teaching clinical experience.
Observation and instruction in diverse special and regular
elementary education settings where students with high-incidence
disabilities receive special education services. Activities include
design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans. S/U
grading. PRQ: A grade of C or better in COMS 100, Math 201, ENGL
103, and ENGL 203.
467. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION: MIDDLE/
SECONDARY (2). Pre-student teaching clinical experience.
Observation and instruction in diverse special and/or regular middle
or secondary education settings where students with high-incidence
disabilities receive special education services. Activities include
design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans. S/U grading.
CRQ: SESE 440.
468. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION:
DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES (2). Pre-student teaching clinical
experience. Observation and instructional practice in diverse
special and/or regular education settings where students with low-
incidence disabilities receive special education services. Activities
include design, implementation, and evaluation of lesson plans. S/U
grading.
483. STUDENT TEACHING IN ELEMENTARY SPECIAL
EDUCATION: LEARNING BEHAVIOR SPECIALIST I (6).
Supervised student teaching of exceptional students in diverse
cultural and educational settings. All students must satisfy the
regulations governing student teaching. S/U grading. PRQ:
Completion of professional education and related course work; or
consent of department.
484. STUDENT TEACHING IN SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATION:
LEARNING BEHAVIOR SPECIALIST I (6). Supervised student
teaching of exceptional students in diverse cultural and educational
settings. Students must satisfy the regulations governing student
teaching. S/U grading. PRQ: Completion of professional education
and related course work; or consent of department.
489. INTERNSHIP IN COMMUNITY EDUCATION (6). Work
individually in a community organization that offers educational
programs for children, youth, and/or adults under the guidance of a
staff member from that setting and a university supervisor.
490. WORKSHOP IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (1-3). Investigation and
application of special education principles to the particular needs and
interests of the workshop participant. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours.
491. STUDENT TEACHING IN ELEMENTARY SPECIAL
EDUCATION: LBS I (6). Supervised student teaching of students with
exceptionalities and disabilities in diverse cultural and educational
elementary settings. Students must satisfy the regulations governing
student teaching. S/U grading. PRQ: Completion of all professional
education and related course work. Consent of department.
492. STUDENT TEACHING IN SECONDARY SPECIAL
EDUCATION: LBS I (6). Supervised student teaching of students with
exceptionalities and disabilities in diverse cultural and educational
secondary settings. Students must satisfy the regulations governing
student teaching. S/U grading. PRQ: Completion of professional
education and related course work. Consent of department.
494. CAPSTONE SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION (1).
Investigation of specic areas of special education including
current issues and research. Completion of professional portfolio as
documentation that all required standards have been met. Designed
to be taken during the same semester as student teaching. S/U
grading. PRQ: Senior standing.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-6). Independent study under
direction of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Vision Impairments (SEVI)
400. EDUCATION OF STUDENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS
(3). Introduction to educational programs, services, and resources
for children and adolescents with visual impairments. Exploration of
historical background and sociological and psychological aspects
of blindness, and of legislation, literature, and philosophy related to
blindness. PRQ: Consent of department.
410. ANATOMY, PATHOLOGY, AND FUNCTIONING OF THE EYE (3).
Lectures and demonstrations of various pathologies. Includes study
of parts of the eye and their function, normal visual development,
abnormalities and conditions that result in visual loss, and functional
and programmatic implications. PRQ: Consent of department.
420. LITERARY BRAILLE (3). Mastery in the reading and writing of
Grade II literary braille. Development and use of special materials;
slate and stylus techniques presented. PRQ: Consent of department.
128 SPECIAL AND EARLY EDUCATION
421. ADVANCED BRAILLE (3). Intensive study of the Nemeth Code
for mathematics and science notation, music code, computer and
foreign language codes, and braille textbook formats and techniques.
Transcription and adaptation of print material, including tests and
worksheets, for individuals who are blind. PRQ: SEVI 420 or consent
of department.
430. BASIC ORIENTATION AND MOBILITY FOR TEACHERS OF
PERSONS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS (3). Emphasis on concept
development, sensory skills, organizational techniques, precane
skills, and a full range of mobility options. Exploration of historical
background and current issues in orientation and mobility. Includes
blindfold and simulator experience. PRQ: Consent of department.
440. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USED BY PERSONS WITH
VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS (3). Techniques in teaching the use of
communications systems developed or adapted for individuals who
are blind or visually impaired. Includes methods for teaching braille,
typing, script, note-taking, sound reproduction systems, listening skills,
electronic reading devices, and calculation with emphasis on abacus
usage. Laboratory experiences. PRQ: SEVI 410 and SEVI 420 or
consent of department.
441. INSTRUCTIONAL SYSTEMS FOR USE OF LOW VISION
IN EDUCATIONAL SETTINGS (3). Procedures for assessing the
functional vision of students with low vision. Instructional techniques
in maximizing use of low vision, including principles of basic optics,
visual development and perception, specic skills training, application
of low-vision devices, and environmental modications in educational
settings. PRQ: SEVI 410 or consent of department.
442. INSTRUCTIONAL SYSTEMS FOR TEACHING STUDENTS
WHO ARE VISUALLY IMPAIRED (3). Methods, materials, and
techniques employed in the assessment and instruction of learners
with visual impairments. Emphasis on curriculum planning and
adaptation of subject matter areas. Includes preschool through high
school and learners with multiple disabilities. PRQ: SEVI 400 and
SEVI 410 and SEVI 420 and SEVI 421 and SEVI 430 and SEVI 440
and SEVI 441 and SEVI 450 and SEVI 481; or consent of department.
443. TEACHING ACTIVITIES OF DAILY LIVING TO PERSONS WITH
VISUAL AND MULTIPLE DISABILITIES (3). Methods of teaching
grooming, eating, and personal and home management to children,
youth, and adults with visual and multiple disabilities. Emphasis on
home, school, work, and leisure skills. Two hours lecture and two
hours laboratory per week.
447. COLLABORATION AMONG SCHOOL PROFESSIONALS
WORKING WITH STUDENTS WITH VISUAL AND MULTIPLE
IMPAIRMENTS (3). Specic techniques related to inservice training,
and team teaching in inclusive settings. Interrelationships between
and among families and specialists working with individuals with
visual and multiple impairments in the educational system. PRQ:
Consent of department.
450. ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH VISUAL
IMPAIRMENTS (3). Includes laboratory experience with selected
hardware and software. May not be repeated as TLSE 579. PRQ:
SEVI 420.
480. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION: VISION
IMPAIRMENTS (4). Supervised observation and teacher-directed
experiences with children who are visually impaired in culturally and
educationally diverse settings. PRQ: Consent of department.
484. STUDENT TEACHING IN ELEMENTARY SPECIAL
EDUCATION: VISION IMPAIRMENTS (6). Supervised observation
and teacher-directed experiences with students who are visually
impaired in cultural and educational settings. Students must satisfy
the regulations governing student teaching. PRQ: Completion of
professional education and related course work; or consent of
department.
485. STUDENT TEACHING IN SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATION:
VISION IMPAIRMENTS (6). Supervised observation and teacher-
directed experiences with students who are visually impaired in
cultural and educational settings. Students must satisfy the regulations
governing student teaching. PRQ: Completion of professional
education and related course work, or consent of department.
Special and Early Education Faculty
Barbara Schwartz-Bechet, Ed.D., Columbia University: Teachers
College, professor, chair
Erika Blood, Ph.D., University of Washington, assistant professor
Jeffrey Chan, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, assistant
professor
Lynette K. Chandler, Ph.D., University of Kansas, professor
Gregory Conderman, Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado,
professor
Gaylan G. Kapperman, Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado,
professor emeritus
Stacy Kelly, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant professor
Maylan Dunn-Kenney, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, associate
professor
Laura Hedin, Ph.D., University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana,
associate professor
Jesse W. Johnson, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Sarah Johnston-Rodriguez, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin at
Madison, associate professor
Myoungwhon Jung, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
William Penrod, Ed.D., University of Louisville, associate
professor
La Vonne I. Neal, Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin, professor
Toni VanLaarhoven, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
129
College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology
Promod Vohra, Ed.D., P.E., dean
Mansour Tahernezhadi, Ph.D., P.E., associate dean, research
and graduate programs
Omar Ghrayeb, Ph.D., assocciate dean, outreach and
undergraduate programs
The departments of the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology offer baccalaureate programs leading to the degree
Bachelor of Science (B.S.). The College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology offers a contract major leading to a
B.S. degree or the degree Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.).
The college also participates in the interdisciplinary minor in
environmental management systems (see “Interdisciplinary
Minors” in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences).
The College of Engineering and Engineering Technology shares
the university’s commitment to the transmission, expansion, and
application of knowledge through teaching, research, and public
service. The college takes as its particular responsibility the
development and delivery of excellent upper-division programs
in mainline engineering and technology elds applicable to the
region’s current and potential industrial mix.
The offerings in the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology prepare students for entry into and advancement
within specialized career and professional elds as well as provide
undergraduate academic programs of study. The undergraduate
programs in electrical engineering, industrial engineering, and
mechanical engineering are accredited by the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). The technology
programs are developed as appropriate according to ABET or
National Association of Industrial Technology criteria.
Department Names and Undergraduate
Programs Offered
Department of Electrical Engineering
B.S. in electrical engineering
Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering
B.S. in industrial and systems engineering
Department of Mechanical Engineering
B.S. in mechanical engineering
Department of Technology
B.S. in technology
Mission
The College of Engineering and Engineering Technology has an
unwavering commitment to educating and training the diverse
northern Illinois community through the highest level of academic
and public service programs readily accessible to students,
industries and citizens.
Academic Advising
The office of the associate dean assists students in interpreting
university and college policies and requirements. At the
department level, faculty advisers assist students in establishing
academic goals and in course selection.
Contract Major
Requirements for B.S. Contract Major
A student may formulate a proposal for a major program of
study, appropriate to the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology, which differs substantially from existing major
programs but utilizes existing courses. The student must select
a faculty sponsor from the college’s faculty and formulate the
proposal in consultation with this sponsor. The program must be
logically structured around a meaningful and interesting theme
or topic, for example, noise control technology. Students desiring
to build programs of this kind using a core of courses offered by
other colleges should consult with those colleges. An example of
such a program would be a contract major in scientic illustration,
based in the School of Art’s B.F.A. emphasis in illustration and
coupled with a considerable amount of course work from the
Department of Biological Sciences. Students desiring programs
involving a substantial amount of course work in colleges other
than the College of Engineering and Engineering Technology will
be required to secure a cosponsor from the discipline housing
such course work. Program proposals must be submitted to the
associate dean of the college and must be approved by the
college’s Contract Major Committee
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
The student who wishes to propose a contract major must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. (The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
on or off campus, but no more than 12 semester hours of
course work for these kinds of activities will be permitted in
the contract.)
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of credit in
courses basic to the area of study. These 50 semester hours
may not be used to fulll general education requirements.
must include at least 15 semester hours of course work
offered by the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology.
must include at least 30 semester hours of course work at
the 300-400 level.
must not include more than 24 semester hours from the
offerings of a single department.
A student who completes an approved contract major and
all other graduation requirements will receive the Bachelor of
Science degree with a contract major in _______ (the theme
specied in the contract).
Requirements for the B.G.S. Contract Major
The College of Engineering and Engineering Technology offers
students the opportunity of constructing individualized programs
of study which are different from the university’s regular major
and minor programs. Such an individualized program of study,
130 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
termed a contract major, utilizes existing university courses
and leads to the degree Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.).
To receive the degree, a student must satisfy all university
graduation requirements. The requirement of the contract major
replaces the requirement of a regular departmental major. (See
“Other Graduation Requirements.”)
Contract major programs are offered by other colleges in the
university. The student interested in pursuing a contract major
should discuss the matter with an adviser in the college offering
the majority of the academic work proposed for inclusion in the
program.
The contract major program allows a student who has at least
junior classication and unusual and well dened academic
interests to design a major with the advice of a faculty sponsor.
The program must be logically structured around a meaningful and
interesting theme or topic, for example, noise control technology.
Program proposals must be submitted to the associate dean of
the college and must be approved by the college’s Contract Major
Committee.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
The student who wishes to earn a degree through the general
program must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. (The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
on or off campus, but no more than 12 semester hours of
course work for these kinds of activities will be permitted in
the contract.)
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of credit in
courses basic to the area of concentration. These 50 semester
hours
may not be used to fulll general education requirements.
must include at least 15 semester hours of course work
offered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
must include at least 30 semester hours of course work at
the 300-400 level.
must not include more than 24 semester hours from the
offerings of a single department.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor
of General Studies with a contract major in _______ (the theme
specied in the contract).
NOTE: The degree Bachelor of General Studies is not as well
understood outside the university as traditional baccalaureate
degrees. Students earning this degree may be required to
convince prospective employers or graduate schools that the
degree will enable them to succeed in a particular job or a future
educational endeavor.
Six-Year (3+3) Integrated B.S. /J.D. Program
in Engineering or Engineering Technology
and the College of Law Admission
The six-year integrated sequence leads to both a B.S. in the
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology and J.D.
degree. Students who want to complete this program must
identify themselves early on to the College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology as majors interested in the 3+3 program
with an engineering emphasis. Undergraduate students in
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology majors who
have junior standing, a minimum GPA of 3.25, and who will be
within 33 credit hours of obtaining a B.S. degree in the College
of Engineering and Engineering Technology by the end of their
junior year are eligible to apply for admission to the 3+3 program.
In addition to applying for the combined degree program through
the College of Engineering and Engineering Technology’s Office
of the Associate Dean of Research and Graduate Programs,
students must also make a separate application to the College
of Law’s Office of Admissions for admission to the College of Law
under the special provisions of this program. The application to
the College of Law must be submitted no later than February
15 of the applicant’s junior year. As part of the application
to the College of Law, applicants must take the LSAT no later
than February of their junior year and must score above the
50th percentile of the previous year’s matriculating law class.
Applicants meeting these criteria are not guaranteed admission
to the program. Admission will be on a competitive basis and the
likelihood of admission will depend on the number and quality of
applicants to the program, the number and quality of applicants
to the College of Law in general, as well as other factors normally
considered in admissions decisions by the College of Law.
Curriculum
Students must have junior standing, a minimum GPA of 3.25,
and be within 33 credit hours of obtaining a B.S. degree in the
College of Engineering and Engineering Technology at the
time of application to the program in February of their junior
year. Students admitted to the program will take a minimum of
6 semester hours of engineering or engineering technology
courses in the summer following their junior year and up to 6
additional semester hours of engineering courses in the summer
following their senior year. Beginning with the rst semester of
their senior year, students will be completing their B.S. degree,
taking up to six semester hours of undergraduate courses each
semester, and begin taking classes in the College of Law. Once
students have matriculated in the College of Law, they must have
their schedules approved by the associate dean for Student
Services in the College of Law every semester until they have
completed all required rst-year law courses. Upon completion
of the senior year, students participating in the program will
receive up to 9 semester hours of credit towards their B.S. degree
technical elective requirements for law courses taken during their
senior year. To continue in the program, students must receive
their B.S. degree in the College of Engineering and Engineering
Technology no later than December of Year 5 (the second year
of law school). Upon receipt of their B.S. degree, participating
students will receive up to 6 semester hours of credit towards
their J.D. degree for 400-level engineering courses. The nal
two years of the program will follow the standard College of Law
timetable.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Nanotechnology (9)
The undergraduate certicate in nanotechnology prepares
undergraduate students in sciences, technology, engineering,
and mathematics (STEM) areas in authentic team-based,
interdisciplinary experiences in nanotechnology. Nanotechnology,
by virtue of its convergent nature, provides ideal interdisciplinary
learning experiences students need if they are to be successful
21st-century STEM practitioners.
Requirements
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
UEET 102 - Engineering Connection Seminar I (1)
UEET 103 - Engineering Connection Seminar II (1)
UEET 235 - Fundamentals and Applications of Nanotechnology I (3)
UEET 245 - Fundamentals and Applications of Nanotechnology II (3)
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 131
Degree with Honors
The College of Engineering and Engineering Technology (CEET)
Honors Program is designed to provide exceptional students
an opportunity to conduct in-depth exploration and research of
topics in engineering and technology. This program is intended
to support the general mission of the University Honors Program
with the specic goal of providing students more interaction with
faculty, opportunities for undergraduate research, and exposure
to research activity expected of graduate programs.
Students who wish to work toward a B.S. degree with honors in
engineering or engineering technology should discuss the matter
with the departmental undergraduate adviser and a representative
from the university honors program. Lower division honors for
freshmen and sophomores is managed by the University Honors
Program and can be achieved through the registration for honors
courses that are part of general education or major requirements.
Engineering and engineering technology majors with at least a
3.20 overall GPA and a minimum 3.40 GPA in the courses required
in the chosen major are eligible for the CEET Honors Program.
Admission to the college’s upper division honors program will be
considered only for majors in their junior and senior years and
requires the approval of the departmental undergraduate adviser,
the college honors director, and a representative of the university
honors program. Should the student’s GPA fall below the minimum
requirements for an academic term, the student must achieve
these standards no later than the end of the following semester to
remain in the program.
Requirements for earning the baccalaureate degree “With
Engineering Honors” include a minimum of 12 semester hours
of honors courses numbered 300 or above that are within the
chosen major program. The senior capstone design course
specic to their discipline (i.e., ELE 492, MEE 482, etc.) must
count toward the required hours of honors work and include an
individual independent research activity separate from the nal
design report. The topic and scope of the independent research
activity must be approved by the faculty project adviser and the
college honors director. A nal report of the activity is led with
both the college and the university honors program.
Note: Most engineering honors courses are not separate
courses but rather subsections of regular courses with an
enriching experience. The honors student may contract an honors
designation of those courses without explicit honors mini-sections.
Dean’s List Criteria
The College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
recognizes undergraduates whose academic performance has
been outstanding by placing them on the Dean’s List. The Dean’s
List consists of students who achieve a GPA of 3.50 or higher (on
a 4.00 scale) while completing a minimum of 12 graded semester
hours within a fall or spring semester.
Interdisciplinary Courses Offered by the College of
Engineering and Engineering Technology
(IEET, UEET)
IEET 450. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT LAW FOR ENGINEERS AND
SCIENTISTS (3). Fundamentals of intellectual property rights as
applied to engineering and science. Discussion of the basis of those
rights in patent, copyright, trade secret, and trademark laws. Focus
on patent searches, patent claim review, and patent application
drafting. Exposure to the knowledge base required for a career as a
patent agent or patent lawyer. Use of case studies to learn to manage
intellectual property strategically and to develop the analytical skills
necessary for engineers and scientists to protect innovative ideas
and inventions. Review of employment contracts with a focus on
ownership of inventions, condentiality, non-competition provisions,
and the associated consequences for engineers and scientists.
IEET 490. TOPICS IN ENGINEERING AND ENGINEERING
TECHNOLOGY (1-3). Selected interdisciplinary topics from various
engineering or engineering technology disciplines not offered in
regular departmental courses. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
IEET 491. INTEGRATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING I (3).
Introduction to the fundamental principles of integrated systems
engineering and their application to the development of integrated
systems. Topics include integrated systems engineering principles,
integrated systems engineering processes and methodologies,
integration of the necessary technical disciplines and integrated
systems engineering project management. Students may not enroll
in IEET 591 for credit towards the degree unless they are enrolled in
the B.S.-M.S. program. PRQ: Consent of college.
IEET 492. INTEGRATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING II (3). Advanced
integrated systems engineering and related applications, with focus
on integrated systems engineering of complex systems, products and
services; application of principles in integrated systems engineering
processes and methodologies; incorporating concepts such as
integrated systems reliability management, maintenance, safety,
security and cost optimization. Students may not enroll in IEET 592
for credit towards the degree unless they are enrolled in the BS-MS
program. PRQ: IEET 491 or consent of college.
UEET 101. INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING (1). Introduction to
engineering disciplines and careers, role of the engineer in society,
engineering approach to problem-solving, engineering design
process, concurrent engineering, and engineering ethics. Required
course for all engineering majors; should be taken during the rst
year of enrollment at NIU. Lecture and laboratory; one 2-hour period
per week.
UEET 102. ENGINEERING CONNECTION SEMINAR I (1). A broad
and contemporary coverage on interdisciplinary nature of engineering
design. Team projects are required. PRQ: UEET 101.
UEET 103. ENGINEERING CONNECTION SEMINAR II (1). A
broad and contemporary coverage on interdisciplinary nature of
engineering design. Emphasis is placed on quantitative investigation.
Team projects are required. PRQ: UEET 102.
UEET 104. ENGINEERING CONNECTION SEMINAR III (1). A
broad and contemporary coverage on interdisciplinary nature of
engineering design and problem formulation. Computer simulation is
integrated to the course contents. Team projects are required. PRQ:
UEET 103.
UEET 235. FUNDAMENTALS AND APPLICATIONS OF
NANOTECHOLOGY I (3). Theory and laboratory experiments to
demonstrate fundamentals and applications of nanotechnolgy
in engineering and sciences. Topics covered are nanosensors,
nanoparticles, nano-self-assembly, and marketing aspects of
nanotechnology-based products. PRQ: UEET103.
UEET 245. FUNDAMENTALS AND APPLICATIONS OF
NANOTECHNOLOGY II (3). Continuation of UEET 235. Theory
and laboratory experiments on sensor and device aspects of
nanotechnology. Topics covered are nanosensors, nanoporous
material, nano self-assembly, and marketing aspects of
nanotechnology-based products. PRQ: UEET 235.
132
Department of Electrical Engineering (ELE)
The Department of Electrical Engineering offers a B.S. in electrical
engineering which will equip students with basic competence and
job skills needed to design, develop, and operate systems which
generate and use electronic signals. These technologies include
machinery, electronics, communications, and computers.
As a profession, electrical engineering demands the individual
to work with others in supporting disciplines to achieve common
goals. Design is central to the profession and is integrated
throughout the curriculum. The design experience is supported
by concepts related to reliability, maintainability, and product
value. The student is encouraged to approach central technical
issues with increased awareness of logistical, ethical, and social
implications. Respect for the safety of persons and property is
integral to the electrical engineering curriculum.
Mission
The mission of the Department of Electrical Engineering is to join
the university in its commitment to the transmission, expansion,
and application of knowledge through teaching, research, and
public service. In this commitment, the department features close
interaction with area industries and fosters an ongoing exchange
of ideas to benet its students, alumni, and the community at
large.
Electrical Engineering Program Educational
Objectives
As individuals or as members of teams, our graduates will have:
A solid background in mathematics, science, and engineering
fundamentals that make it possible to acquire and use
contemporary knowledge and tools to practice electrical
engineering, in a professional and ethical way, as well as to
succeed in graduate education.
The ability to develop problem-solving skills to design and
build systems and to communicate, orally and in writing, with
others from inside and outside the profession.
Program Learning Outcomes
The electrical engineering program is designed to provide our
graduates with the:
A. Ability to apply their knowledge of mathematics, science, and
engineering.
B. Ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to
analyze and interpret data.
C. Ability to design a system, component, or process to meet
desired needs.
D. Ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.
E. Ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
F. Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.
G. Ability to communicate effectively.
H. Broad education necessary to understand the impact of
engineering solutions in a global and societal context.
I. Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in lifelong
learning.
J. Knowledge of contemporary issues.
K. Ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering
tools necessary for engineering practice.
Department Requirements
All electrical engineering students must have their schedule
reviewed, approved, and signed by their faculty adviser each
semester. Any deviation from an approved course schedule may
delay graduation.
Major in Electrical Engineering (B.S.)
Emphasis 1. Electrical and Computer Engineering
Requirements in Department (41)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
ELE 210U - Engineering Circuit Laboratory Project (1)
ELE 250 - Computer Engineering I (3)
ELE 250U - Computer Engineering I Laboratory (1)
ELE 315 - Signals and Systems (3)
ELE 330 - Electronic Circuits (4)
ELE 335 - Theory of Semiconductor Devices I (3)
ELE 340 - Electrical Power Systems (4)
ELE 356 - Computer Engineering II (4)
ELE 360 - Communications Systems (4)
ELE 370 - Engineering Electromagnetics (3)
ELE 380 - Control Systems I (4)
ELE 491 - Electrical Engineering Design Proposal (1)
ELE 492 - Electrical Engineering Design Project (3),
OR ELE 429 - Biomedical Engineering Design Project (3)
Requirements outside Department (45-47)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
MEE 209 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics (4),
OR MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3),and
MEE 211 - Engineering Dynamics: Dynamics (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
Electives (18)
Electives may be any ELE course numbered 400 or higher with
the exception of ELE 429, ELE 491, ELE 492, and ELE 497. With
the approval of the Department of Electrical Engineering, other
mathematics, sciences, or engineering courses may be used as
electives. At least 12 of these 18 semester hours must be from
the Department of Electrical Engineering, and a minimum of two
courses must be selected from one of the following ve areas.
Microelectronics: ELE 420, ELE 421, ELE 430, ELE 431, ELE 432,
ELE 433, ELE 434, ELE 435, ELE 436, ELE 437, ELE 438
Power/Controls: ELE 440, ELE 441, ELE 480, ELE 481
Signal Processing/Communications: ELE 425, ELE 451, ELE
452, ELE 454, ELE 461, ELE 463, ELE 464
Electromagnetics: ELE 470, ELE 471, ELE 474, ELE 475, ELE 477
Computer Engineering: ELE 452, ELE 455, ELE 457, or a
computer science courses approved by the student’s adviser
Total Hours for a Major in Electrical Engineering: 106
* Available for general education credit.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 133
Emphasis 2. Biomedical Engineering
Requirements in Department (40)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
ELE 210U - Engineering Circuit Laboratory Project (1)
ELE 250 - Computer Engineering I (3)
ELE 250U - Computer Engineering I Laboratory (1)
ELE 315 - Signals and Systems (3)
ELE 330 - Electronic Circuits (4)
ELE 335 - Theory of Semiconductor Devices I (3)
ELE 356 - Computer Engineering II (4)
ELE 370 - Engineering Electromagnetics (3)
ELE 380 - Control Systems I (4)
ELE 420 - Medical Instrumentation (4)
ELE 425 - Biomedical Signal Processing (3)
ELE 429 - Biomedical Engineering Design Project (3)
ELE 491 - Electrical Engineering Design Proposal (1)
One of the following two tracks. Track 1 is for students who intend
to pursue a career as biomedical engineers. Track 2 is for students
who intend to pursue careers such as medicine, dentistry, pharmacy,
optometry, or podiatry. Students need to consult with the advisor of
pre-professional programs to ensure meeting all requirements.
Track 1
Requirements outside Department (63-65)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3)
BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 230 - Introductory Organic Chemistry (3)
CHEM 231 - Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
CHEM 370 - Introductory Biochemistry (3)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming In C++ (4)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
MEE 209 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics (4)
MEE 340 - Fluid Mechanics (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
Electives (6-8)
Choose 6-8 credit hours from the following:
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3)
BIOS 359 - Human Neurobiology (4)
ELE 421 - Biomedical Sensor Engineering (3)
ELE 499 - Honors Undergraduate Research (3)
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3)
KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
PHYS 335 - Biophysics (3)
PHYS 434 - Nuclear Energy and Radiation (3)
Track 2
Requirements outside Department (62)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology II (3)
BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Biology Laboratory I (1)
BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Biology Laboratory II (1)
BIOS 355 - Human Physiology (4)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 213 - General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 330 - General Organic Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 331 - General Organic Chemistry II (3)
CHEM 332 - General Organic Laboratory (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
Electives (6)
Choose 3 semester hours from ELE courses numbered 400 or higher
with the exception of ELE 420, ELE 421, ELE 425, ELE 429, ELE
491, ELE 492, ELE 497, and ELE 499.
Choose 3 semester hours from the following:
ELE 421 - Biomedical Sensor Engineering (3)
ELE 499 - Honors Undergraduate Research (3)
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
KNPE 313 - Mechanical Kinesiology of Motor Skills (3)
KNPE 314 - Applied Kinesiology (4)
PHYS 335 - Biophysics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Biomedical Engineering: 108-113
Minor in Biomedical Engineering (26-27)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
ELE 210U - Engineering Circuit Laboratory Project (1)
ELE 250 - Computer Engineering I (3)
ELE 250U - Computer Engineering I Laboratory (1)
ELE 315 - Signals and Systems (3)
ELE 330 - Electronic Circuits (4)
ELE 420 - Medical Instrumentations (4)
ELE 425 - Biomedical Signal Processing (3)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
Minor in Electrical Engineering (21-23)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
ELE 210U - Engineering Circuit Laboratory Project (1)
ELE 250 - Computer Engineering I (3)
ELE 250U - Computer Engineering I Laboratory (1)
ELE 315 - Signals and Systems (3)
ELE 330 - Electronic Circuits (4)
Two courses from the following:
ELE 335 - Theory of Semiconductor Devices I (3)
ELE 340 - Electrical Power Systems (4)
ELE 356 - Computer Engineering II (4)
ELE 360 - Communication Systems (4)
ELE 370 - Engineering Electromagnetics (3)
ELE 380 - Control Systems I (4),
OR MEE 322 - Dynamic Systems and Control I (3)
* Available for general education credit.
134 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Course List
100. ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONICS (3). Basic principles used to
explain the operation of electrical and electronic devices such as
radios, stereos, televisions, radars, computers, microwave ovens,
and other common electronic equipment.
210. ENGINEERING CIRCUIT ANALYSIS (3). Properties of electric
circuit elements, Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws; node and loop
equations; AC sources and impedance; time domain transient and
frequency domain; and steady state analysis. Three lectures and one
recitation per week. PRQ: MATH 230 and PHYS 273, both with a
grade of C or better.
210U. ENGINEERING CIRCUIT LABORATORY PROJECT (1).
Laboratory to design and build electrical circuit projects. Team project
must be designed and implemented by the end of the semester.
Meets two hours a week. CRQ: ELE 210.
250. COMPUTER ENGINEERING I (3). Design of digital circuits
using SSI, LSI, and VLSI components. Combinational design
techniques as well as sequential design techniques presented with
the use of Boolean algebra, map method, tabulation method, and
state transition diagrams. PRQ: ELE 210 with a grade of C or better.
250U. COMPUTER ENGINEERING I LABORATORY (1). Laboratory
experiments related to the design and implementation of digital
systems. Combinational and sequential circuits are investigated.
PRQ: ELE 210U. CRQ: ELE 250.
315. SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS (3). Analysis of RLC circuits with
applications to lters; Bode Plot; Fourier transforms, Laplace
transforms, introduction to discrete time systems; 2-port network.
PRQ: ELE 210 with a grade of C or better and MATH 336.
330. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS (4). Unied treatment of the
applications of semiconductor devices, including p-n junctions,
bipolar transistors, and eld effect devices. Topics include device
modeling, biasing, input impedance, output impedance, voltage
gain, current gain, and power gain and Op. Amp. design and analysis
of single and multiple stage ampliers. Lecture, discussion three
periods per week; laboratory session two periods per week. PRQ:
ELE 210 and ELE 210U and MATH 336 all with a grade of C or better.
335. THEORY OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES I (3). Unied
treatment of the theory of operation of semiconductor devices,
including p-n junctions, bipolar transistors, and eld effect
transistors. Topics include doping, band gap, mobility, carrier
lifetime, photolithographic techniques, passivation, chemical etching,
metallization, and device testing. PRQ: CHEM 210 and CHEM 212
with a grade of C or better, ELE 210, and PHYS 283.
340. ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS (4). Study of the fundamentals
of magnetic circuits and Faraday’s law to create electrical or
mechanical energy. Study of transformers, mutual inductance,
3-phase power systems, induction motors, synchronous machines,
and DC machines, with emphasis on the applications in engineering
practice. Lecture, discussion three periods per week; laboratory,
problem session two periods per week. PRQ: ELE 210 and ELE 210U
both with a grade of C or better and PHYS 273.
356. COMPUTER ENGINEERING II (4). Analysis of microprocessors
with emphasis on architecture, bus cycle, internal registers,
addressing modes, and instruction sets. Memory and I/O interface
techniques. Lecture, discussion three periods per week; laboratory,
problem session two periods per week. PRQ: CSCI 240 or other
high-level programming language, and ELE 250 and ELE 250U.
360. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS (4). Introduction to
communication system analysis. Analysis and design of radio
frequency electronic circuits; building blocks of radio transmitters and
receivers; circuit conditions required to produce oscillation, frequency
translation, modulation, and detection. Introduction to phase locked-
loop circuit design. Lecture, discussion three periods per week;
laboratory, problem session two periods per week. PRQ: ELE 315,
ELE 330, and ISYE 335 or STAT 350.
370. ENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICS (3). Fundamentals of
electromagnetic eld theory; concepts of force, energy, potential,
capacitance, and inductance in electromagnetic elds; analytical and
experimental solutions of Laplace’s equation; Maxwell’s equations
in differential and integral form. PRQ: ELE 210, MATH 232, and
MATH 336.
380. CONTROL SYSTEMS I (4). Control system modeling for
electromechanical systems using block diagram, ow chart, ow
graphs, and derivation of transfer function using Laplace transforms.
Time and frequency domain analysis and controller design using
root-locus, Routh-Hurwitz stability method, and Bode Plots. Software
for control system used as an aid in the control system analysis and
design process. PRQ: ELE 315 and ELE 330.
420. BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION (4). Design and application
of electrodes, bio-potential ampliers, biosensor applications,
therapeutic devices. Medical imaging. Electrical safety. Measurement
of ventilation, blood pressure and ow. Three hours lecture per week
and 10 laboratory sessions (3 hours each). PRQ: ELE 330.
421. BIOMEDICAL SENSOR ENGINEERING (3). Theory, analysis,
and design of biomedical sensors. Topics include biological elements;
immobilization of biological components; medical, biological, and
chemical sensors; and transducers based on electrochemistry,
optics, and solidstate devices. PRQ: ELE 330 or ELE 335 or MEE
390.
425. BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3). Modeling of
biomedical signals and analysis of biomedical systems using both
time-domain and frequency-domain techniques. Design of linear and
nonlinear lters for biomedical applications and medical imaging.
Practical applications in cardiac and neurological signal processing.
Not available for credit to students with credit in ELE 451. PRQ: ELE
315.
429. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT (3). Students
create a solution to the proposed biomedical engineering design
problem. The solution incorporates knowledge of biological sciences,
engineering and design concepts. Analytical and computational
tools address the complete solution which includes safety and cost
effectiveness. Team project required. PRQ: Completion of all ELE
300-level courses required by the major, and ELE 491, and either
ELE 420 or ELE 425.
430. DESIGN WITH FIELD PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES
(3). Design of high performance logic designs utilizing programmable
logic gates. Design of nite state machines and introduction to latest
computer-aided tools. PRQ: ELE 250.
431. THEORY OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES II (3). Continuation
of ELE 335 dealing with complex semiconductor devices. Theory of
operation of integrated circuits, solid state lasers, switching devices,
and negative conductance microwave devices. PRQ: ELE 335.
432. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE FABRICATION LABORATORY (3).
Design and fabrication of active semiconductor devices. Laboratory
exercises include artwork and pattern generation, mask making,
oxidation, photolithographic processing, diffusion, metallization, and
device testing. PRQ: ELE 335.
433. DESIGN OF GALLIUM ARSENIDE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(3). Fundamentals of GaAs devices and logic families; fabrication
processes; physical layout for VLSI circuits; interconnection and
testing of high speed systems. PRQ: ELE 335.
434. SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND DEVICE
CHARACTERIZATION (3). Study of fundamentals and principles
of semiconductor material properties with applications to device
characterization. Modern measurement techniques of semiconductor
industry including electrical, optical, chemical, and physical methods.
PRQ: ELE 335.
435. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT ENGINEERING (3). Basic theory of
integrated circuits including MOS processing technology. Principles
of layout design, simulation, and design rule checking of large-scale
integrated circuits. Introduction to design tools and techniques including
utilization of available design software packages. Requirements
include the design, simulation and layout of an integrated circuit to
the point of mask generation. PRQ: ELE 250 and ELE 330.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 135
436. ANALOG MOS VLSI ENGINEERING (3). Introduction to analog
CMOS circuits. Introduction to physical layout of VLSI circuits and
SPICE modeling of MOS transistors for analog circuits. Introduction
to design methodologies and advances in analog designs. Design
of different MOS circuits such as current mirrors, voltage references,
ampliers, operational ampliers, and OTAs. PRQ: ELE 330.
437. HYBRID CIRCUIT DESIGN (3). Lecture/laboratory course
covering thick lm processing techniques as they apply to the
design and fabrication of miniature electronic circuits. Topics include
minimum design rules, design of electronic components, artwork
generation, screen preparation, screen printing, drying and ring
proles, and trimming. PRQ: Senior standing.
438. THIN FILM ENGINEERING (3). Lecture/laboratory course
designed to demonstrate theory and principles of thin lm processing
including vacuum processing and deposition techniques. Topics
include resistive evaporation, DC sputtering, RF sputtering, ion
beam sputtering, electron beam evaporation, methods of achieving
vacuum, and measurement techniques. PRQ: Senior Standing.
440. POWER ELECTRONICS (3). Introduction to concepts involved
with switch mode power electronic circuits. Analysis of basic circuit
topologies including AC/DC, DC/DC, and DC/AC converters.
Discussion of the desired outputs of these circuits as well as
undesired components such as harmonies and ripple. PRQ: ELE 315
and ELE 330 and ELE 340.
441. ELECTRIC DRIVES (3). Advanced discussion of different types
of electric motors under various load conditions. Application of power
electronic drives to electric motors. Topics include DC drives, AC
induction motor drive, and AC synchronous motor drives. Efficiency
and harmonic effects discussed for each drive system. PRQ: ELE
315 and ELE 330 and ELE 340.
450. DIGITAL DESIGN WITH HDL (3). Design, simulation, and
synthesis of digital circuits and systems using Verilog HDL or VHDL.
Topics include digital design methodologies, nite state automata,
behavioral models, structural design, nite state machines and
datapath controllers, and algorithms and architectures for digital
signal processors. Includes term project to design, simulate, and
synthesize a digital circuit/system. PRQ: ELE 250 and CSCI 240.
451. DIGITAL FILTER DESIGN (3). Difference equations, z-transform,
Fourier representation of sequences, discrete-time system transfer
functions, and innite impulse response discrete-time lters design.
Includes implementation considerations and computer aided lter
design. Practical examples and computer simulations. PRQ: ELE
315.
452. REAL-TIME DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3). In-depth
presentation of the use of single-chip programmable signal
processors. Hardware design aspects of digital signal processing
(DSP) systems, architectural issues, and xed versus oating pointing
representations for implementing DSP algorithms. Applications to
speech processing, adaptive ltering, and telecommunications. PRQ:
ELE 315 and ELE 356.
454. INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (3).
Principles, techniques, and algorithms for enhancements of
degraded images, compression of pictorial information, recognition
of patterns in scenes, reconstruction of a picture from projections,
and descriptions of objects in a scene. PRQ: Senior standing and
CSCI 240.
455. COMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE (3). Register transfer
and micro-operation, basic computer organization and design;
central processing unit; micro-programmed control; pipeline and
vector processing; computer arithmetic; input/output organization,
and memory organization. PRQ: ELE 250.
456. INTRODUCTION TO PATTERN RECOGNITION (3). Theory
and design of pattern recognition systems. Topics include pattern
recognition and perception, nonparametric decision theoretical
classication, statistical discriminant functions, Fisher’s approach,
unsupervised learning systems (clustering) and their performance,
and neural networks for pattern recognition. PRQ: CSCI 240 or CSCI
241; and ELE 250; and STAT 350 or ISYE 335.
457. MICROPROCESSOR (3). Analysis of computer logic systems.
Topics include parallel and serial I/O ports; memory interface, I/O
interface, and interrupt interface. PRQ: ELE 356.
461. SYNTHESIS OF ACTIVE AND PASSIVE FILTERS (3). Principles
of network synthesis are introduced. Synthesis techniques are used
to design active and passive lters. PRQ: ELE 315 and ELE 330.
463. RADIO FREQUENCY ELECTRONICS (3). Design and
implementation of electronic subsystems directed towards
application in the frequency bands spanning 100 kHz through UHF.
Spectral region supports analog signal processing critical to wireless
communication. PRQ: ELE 330 and ELE 360.
464. SYSTEM DESIGN UTILIZING ANALOG INTEGRATED
CIRCUITS (3). Basic theory for the utilization of special purpose
integrated circuit ampliers in application specic to circuit designs,
including special differential and operational amplier circuits. PRQ:
ELE 330.
470. MICROWAVE CIRCUITS AND DEVICES (3). Wave equation;
microwave waveguides and components; solid-state devices and
circuits; microwave integrated circuits; microwave test equipment and
laboratory measurements. PRQ: ELE 370.
471. LIGHTWAVE ENGINEERING (3). Theory, analysis, and design
of opto electronic communication techniques. Multimode and mono-
mode optical bers examined for loss, dispersion, and practical
considerations. Optical receiver, transmitter, and repeaters presented
with an introduction to optical signal processing. PRQ: ELE 335 and
ELE 360 and ELE 370.
474. TRANSMISSION LINE MEDIA AND WAVE PROPAGATION (3).
Theory and applications of various transmission line media such as
two-wire, coaxial, stripline, and microstrip lines. Principles of wave
propagation in freespace and waveguides. Distributed circuits and
impedance matching using the Smith chart approach. PRQ: ELE 370.
475. ANTENNA THEORY AND DESIGN (3). Fundamentals of
electromagnetic radiation from wire and aperture-type antennas;
applications of eld equivalence principles to aperture radiation;
receiving antennas and noise evaluation of communication systems;
antenna test equipment and measurement techniques. PRQ: ELE 370.
477. ADVANCED MICROWAVE AND MILLIMETER WAVE
ENGINEERING (3). Analysis of various transmission-line media,
including rectangular and circular waveguides, dielectric waveguides,
nlines, and microstrip transmission lines; microwave/millimeter wave
passive and active components; theory and design of integrated
circuits, such as receiver front-ends; application of microwave
systems and measurement techniques. PRQ: ELE 370.
480. CONTROL SYSTEMS II (3). Design and compensation of
feedback control systems. State-variable approach to the analysis
and design of feedback control systems. Use of digital controllers in
modern control systems. PRQ: ELE 380 or MEE 322.
481. DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (3). Introduction to digital and
sampled-data control systems. Analysis and design of digital systems
using z-transform and state-space methods. Study of the effects of
quantization and sampling upon stability and performance. PRQ:
ELE 380.
491. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROPOSAL (1).
Discussion of global impacts of engineering designs including social,
environmental, and ethical concerns as well as modern topics in
electrical engineering. Development of a proposal for a senior design
project that addresses these concepts. Educational programs and
career opportunities for electrical engineers are addressed. For
electrical engineering students only. Team project required. PRQ:
Consent of department.
492. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT (3).
Students create a solution to the proposed engineering design
problem. The solution is to incorporate engineering design concepts,
including safety and cost effectiveness, as well as employ analytical
and computer tools. Team project required. PRQ: ELE 491 and
completion of all ELE 300-level courses required by the major.
136 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent pursuit of problems
in electrical engineering under faculty supervision. Written report
required. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of department.
498. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3). Regularly scheduled courses in
advanced topics in electrical engineering. May be repeated to a
maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
A. Biomedical Engineering
B. Microelectronics
C. Power Electronics
D. Computer Engineering
E. Communications Engineering
G. Electromagnetics
J. Control Systems
K. Digital Signal Processing
499. HONORS UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-3). Pursuit of an
undergraduate research topic in electrical engineering under faculty
supervision. Written report required. May be repeated to a maximum
of 3 semester hours over two or three semesters. PRQ: Consent of
department.
Electrical Engineering Faculty
Ibrahim Abdel-Motaleb, Ph.D., P.E., University of British Columbia,
professor, chair
Sen-Maw Kuo, Ph.D., University of New Mexico, professor
Veysel Demir, Ph.D., Syracuse University, assistant professor
Michael Haji-Sheikh, Ph.D., University of Texas, Arlington,
associate professor
Reza Hashemian, Ph.D., P.E., University of Wisconsin, professor
Lichuan Liu, Ph.D. New Jersey Institute of Technology, assistant
professor
Vincent McGinn, Ph.D., P.E., Pennsylvania State University,
professor
Mansour Tahernezhadi, Ph.D., P.E., University of Oklahoma,
professor
Peng-Yung Woo, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, professor
Donald Zinger, Ph.D., P.E., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
137
* Available for general education credit.
1
Other courses not shown in this list may be chosen with the consent of the Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering.
Department of Industrial and Systems
Engineering (ISYE)
The Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering offers a
B.S. in industrial and systems engineering and also an integrated
B.S./M.S. sequence in industrial and systems engineering. The
department provides access to a variety of courses and facilities,
a faculty with diverse industrial experience, and a program
which emphasizes practical applications as well as theoretical
developments.
Industrial and systems engineering is concerned with the design,
installation, management, operation, and improvement of
systems that produce goods and services. It follows an integrated
approach that considers the entire life cycle of the product or
service produced, from design through production, delivery, and
customer support. Industrial and systems engineers are involved
in such functions as designing a complete production facility or
a single workplace, setting operator performance standards,
planning manufacturing processes, planning and controlling
production, designing quality control systems, analyzing system
reliability, simulating system performance, and planning and
evaluating large-scale projects. Industrial and systems engineers
are employed in a broad variety of organizations, including
manufacturing industries, utilities, transportation, health care
systems, nancial institutions, and all levels of government
agencies.
Mission
The mission of the Department of Industrial and Systems
Engineering is to achieve excellence in teaching, conducting
research and preparing engineering professionals.
Educational Objectives
The department’s undergraduate program provides students
with the knowledge, skills, and tools to model people-technology
systems using the techniques of mathematics, science, and
engineering; to design potential solutions to problems and
evaluate the consequences of their solutions in the broader
context of the organization, society, and the environment; to
communicate effectively the benets of their proposed solutions
using written, oral, and electronic media; to function effectively
and provide leadership within an organization as a professional
and ethical member of society, including the ability to facilitate and
participate in multidisciplinary teams; and to initiate and complete
self-directed learning for professional and personal development
especially with respect to contemporary issues.
Program Outcomes
The department’s undergraduate program is designed to provide
graduates with the ability to apply knowledge of mathematics,
science, and engineering; the ability to design and conduct
experiments, as well as analyze and interpret data; the ability to
design a system, component, or process to meet design needs; the
ability to function on multidisciplinary teams; the ability to identify,
formulate, and solve engineering problems; an understanding of
professional and ethical responsibility; the ability to communicate
effectively; a broad education necessary to understand the
impact of engineering solutions in a global and social context; a
recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in, lifelong
learning; a knowledge of contemporary issues; and the ability
to use the techniques, skills, and the modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.
Department Requirements
All industrial and systems engineering students must have their
schedule reviewed, approved, and signed by their faculty adviser
each semester. Any deviation from an approved course schedule
may delay graduation.
Major in Industrial and Systems
Engineering (B.S.)
Requirements in Department (45)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
ISYE 250 - Introduction to Lean Systems Engineering (2)
ISYE 310 - Work Measurement and Work Design (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3)
ISYE 350 - Principles of Manufacturing Processes (3)
ISYE 370 - Operations Research: Deterministic Models (3)
ISYE 371 - Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3)
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 435 - Experimental Design for Engineering (3)
ISYE 440 - Production Planning and Control (3)
ISYE 450 - Integrated Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 460 - Facilities Planning and Design (3)
ISYE 480 - Simulation Modeling and Analysis (3)
ISYE 495 - Senior Design Project (4)
Requirements outside Department (48-52)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3),
OR TECH 175 - Electronic Fundamentals (3) and TECH 175A -
Electronic Fundamentals Laboratory (1)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
MEE 209 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics (4),
OR MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics I (3) and MEE 211 -
Engineering Mechanics II (3)
MEE 270 - Engineering Graphics (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
One course in basic economics chosen from the following:
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
Electives (15)
1
At least 9 semester hours must be from non-required ISYE courses
at 300 or 400 level. The remaining 6 semester hours may be chosen
from:
Non-required ISYE 300- or 400- level courses
300- or 400- level courses from ELE or MEE with the exception
of MEE 330 and MEE 331
138 INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
The following list:
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3)
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
ECON 301 - Labor Problems (3)
ECON 361 - Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 380 - Elementary Combinatorics (3)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
MATH 439 - Applied Mathematics for Sciences and Engineering
(3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
OMIS 351 - Information Systems in Organizations (3)
OMIS 442 - Quality Management (3)
PSYC 345 - Cognitive Psychology (3)
PSYC 372 - Social Psychology (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3)
STAT 473A - Statistical Computing Packages (1)
STAT 474 - Statistical Methods and Models II (3)
STAT 478 - Statistical Methods of Forecasting (3)
Any 300- or 400-level course in electrical engineering, industrial
and systems engineering, or mechanical engineering offered
in the College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
with the exceptions of MEE 330, and MEE 331, and required
courses.
Total Hours for a Major in Industrial and
Systems Engineering: 108
Emphasis 1. Health Systems Engineering
Requirements in Department (45)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
ISYE 250 - Introduction to Lean Systems Engineering (2)
ISYE 310 - Work Measurement and Work Design (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3)
ISYE 350 - Principles of Manufacturing Processes (3)
ISYE 370 - Operations Research: Deterministic Models (3)
ISYE 371 - Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3)
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 435 - Experimental Design for Engineering (3)
ISYE 440 - Production Planning and Control (3)
ISYE 450 - Integrated Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 460 - Facilities Planning and Design (3)
ISYE 480 - Simulation Modeling and Analysis (3)
ISYE 494 - Health Systems Design Project (4)
Requirements outside Department (51-54)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3),
OR TECH 175 - Electronic Fundamentals (3) AND TECH 175A -
Electronic Fundamentals Laboratory (1)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
MEE 209 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics (4),
OR MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics I (3) and MEE 211 -
Engineering Mechanics II (3)
MEE 270 - Engineering Graphics (3)
PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health (3) (this course counts as
interdisciplinary course as well)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
One course in basic economics chosen from the following:
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
Technical Courses (15)
Select four courses
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health
Professionals (3),
PHHE 441 - Supervision in Health Care Facilities (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care
Organizations (3)
PHHE 461 - Principles of the Organization of Public Health and
Health Care Programs (3)
PHHE 467 - Public Health Research and Evaluation (3)
PHHE 469 - Principles of Health Planning (3)
Select one course
ISYE 472 - Queueing Methods for Services and Manufacturing (3)
ISYE 475 - Decision Analysis for Engineering (3)
ISYE 482 - Engineering Information Systems (3)
OMIS 351 - Information Systems in Organizations (3)
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Health Systems Engineering: 111
Emphasis 2. Manufacturing Systems
Requirements in Department (45)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
ISYE 250 - Introduction to Lean Systems Engineering (2)
ISYE 310 - Work Measurement and Work Design (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3)
ISYE 350 - Principles of Manufacturing Processes (3)
ISYE 370 - Operations Research: Deterministic Models (3)
ISYE 371 - Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3)
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 435 - Experimental Design for Engineering (3)
ISYE 440 - Production Planning and Control (3)
ISYE 450 - Lean Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 460 - Facilities Planning and Design (3)
ISYE 480 - Simulation Modeling and Analysis (3)
ISYE 496 - Manufacturing Systems Design Project (4)
Requirements outside Department (48-52)
Same as required for major.
Technical Courses (15)
ISYE 439 - Six Sigma Performance Excellence and Modern
Problem Solving (3),
OR MEE 422 - Design of Robot Manipulators (3),
OR MEE 425 - Design of Mobile Robots (3)
ISYE 453 - Integrated Product and Process Design (3)
ISYE 455 - Manufacturing Metrology (3),
OR TECH 365 - Metrology (3)
ISYE 431 - Reliability Engineering (3)
MEE 430 - Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing (3),
OR TECH 311 - Computer-Aided Modeling (3),
OR TECH 342 - Manufacturing Component Design (3),
OR TECH 414 - Computer-Aided Machine Design (3)
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Manufacturing Systems
Engineering: 108
Emphasis 3. Engineering Management
Requirements in Department (45)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
ISYE 250 - Introduction to Lean Systems Engineering (2)
ISYE 310 - Work Measurement and Work Design (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3)
ISYE 350 - Principles of Manufacturing Processes (3)
ISYE 370 - Operations Research: Deterministic Models (3)
ISYE 371 - Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3)
* Available for general education credit.
INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 139
ISYE 410 - Human Factors Engineering (3)
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 435 - Experimental Design for Engineering (3)
ISYE 440 - Production Planning and Control (3)
ISYE 450 - Lean Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 460 - Facilities Planning and Design (3)
ISYE 480 - Simulation Modeling and Analysis (3)
ISYE 493 - Engineering Management Design Project (4)
Requirements outside Department (48-52)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
OR TECH 175 - Electronic Fundamentals (3) AND TECH 175A -
Electronic Fundamentals Laboratory (1)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
MEE 209 - Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics (4),
OR MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics I (3) and MEE 211 -
Engineering Mechanics II (3)
MEE 270 - Engineering Graphics (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
One course in basic economics chosen from the following:
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
Technical Courses (15)
Select three courses (9)
ISYE 442 - Engineering Project Management (3)
ISYE 475 - Decision Analysis for Engineering (3)
ISYE 490 - Systems Engineering Management (3),
OR TECH 485 - Risk Management (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3),
OR ECON 301 - Labor Problems (3),
OR PSYC 372 - Social Psychology (3),
OR TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
Select one course (3)
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
ECON 360 - Intermediate Microeconomics (3)
Select one course (3)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Management Engineering: 108
Integrated B.S./M.S. Sequence
This plan is open to all industrial and systems engineering majors
who have nished at least 90 semester hours of undergraduate
work and who have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00. To enter
the integrated sequence, a student must obtain early admission
to the NIU Graduate School, and formulate a detailed plan of
study, working closely with a faculty adviser.
Students in this sequence must satisfy all the requirements of
the undergraduate industrial and systems engineering curriculum
with the exception that 9 semester hours of graduate credit may
be included during the student’s nal undergraduate semester.
These hours must be approved by the department.
Minor in Sustainable Engineering (20-21)
Sustainable engineering is concerned with the integration of
social, environmental, and economic considerations into product,
process, and energy systems design methods. The objective
is to minimize the total of the negative environmental impacts
across the entire life cycle and maximize the positive social and
economic impacts. Also, sustainable engineering encourages
the consideration of the complete product and process life cycle
during the design cycle. This minor will equip graduating engineers
and scientists with the tools they need to meet the challenges
associated with delivering goods, energy, and services through
sustainable means.
Core Courses (9)
ISYE 420 - Introduction to Energy Management Systems (3)
ISYE 421 - Introduction to Green Engineering (3)
ISYE 453 - Integrated Product and Process Design (3)
Technical Elective Courses (5 - 6)
Select two courses
ISYE 100 - Fundamental of Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 250 - Introduction to Lean Systems Engineering (2)
ISYE 439 - Six Sigma Performance Excellence and Modern
Problem Solving (3)
ISYE 490 - Systems Engineering Management (3)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Interdisciplinary Elective Courses (6)
Select two courses
ENVS 301 - Environmental Science I: Physical Systems (3)
ENVS 302 - Environmental Science II: Biological Systems (3)
ENVS 303 - Environment in the Social Sciences and
Humanities (3)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy, and Economics (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Lean Six Sigma (12)
This certicate introduces undergraduate students to those
skills required in manufacturing and service plants that apply the
principles of lean production and six sigma. Industry, in general,
expects graduates of industrial and systems engineering to have
a strong background in lean production and six sigma concepts.
Requirements
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 435 - Experimental Design for Engineering (3)
ISYE 439 - Six Sigma Performance Excellence and Modern
Problem Solving (3)
ISYE 450 - Lean Manufacturing Systems
Logistics (12)
This certicate equips undergraduate students with skills required
to effectively manage a supply chain and its constituents. Effective
management of supply chain and its constituents is important to
effectively and efficiently compete in a global economy.
Take four out of the following six courses (12)
ISYE 440 - Production Planning and Control (3)
ISYE 450 - Lean Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 460 - Facilities Planning and Design (3)
ISYE 461 - Warehousing and Distribution Systems (3)
ISYE 466 - Analysis and Design of Supply Chain Systems (3)
ISYE 474 - Scheduling and Logistics (3)
140 INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
Course List
100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS (3). Basic
elements of the entire manufacturing process including product
conception, basic manufacturing operations, production processes,
computer integration and automation, robotics, materials, planning
and control of production systems, human factors, quality control,
product support, and environmental aspects. Case studies of
modern manufacturing systems emphasizing the latest technology,
productivity, design for manufacture, concurrent engineering, and
quality. Demonstration of machining processes and a computer-
integrated manufacturing (CIM) line.
210. INTEGRATED SYSTEMS FOR INDUSTRY (3). Integration of
people, materials, information, equipment, and energy. Introduction
to industrial engineering systems for control of quality, production,
ergonomics, cost, and work simplication. PRQ: MATH 110 or
above.
220. ENGINEERING ECONOMY (3). Introduction to different methods
of evaluation of net worth of engineering and business ventures.
Topics include time value of money, comparison of alternatives,
depreciation and income tax considerations, economic analysis of
public sector projects, and break-even and sensitivity analysis. PRQ:
MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
250. INTRODUCTION TO LEAN SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (2).
Introduction to various lean concepts and lean tools at the basic
level. Topics include lean principles, kaizen, wastes identication,
ow charting, capacity analysis, productivity analysis, value stream
mapping, workplace organization and standardization, visual control/
management, plant layout, and line balance. PRQ: MATH 110 or
consent of department.
310. WORK MEASUREMENT AND WORK DESIGN (3). Techniques
for improving and designing better methods; procedures for measuring
work and developing time standards in production and service
activities. Study of work center design and methods for improving
human work. CRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350 or UBUS 223.
335. PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS (3).
Sampling and descriptive statistics; random variables; discrete and
continuous probability distributions and its applications to engineering
problems; tting data to distributions; condence intervals; hypothesis
testing using both nonparametric and parametric methods; and
simple regression. Emphasis is given to engineering applications.
PRQ: MATH 230.
350. PRINCIPLES OF MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (3).
Introduction to basic manufacturing processes such as casting,
powder metallurgy, bulk deformation, sheet metal forming, metal
cutting, and joining. Integration of manufacturing processes and the
effect of design and materials on manufacturing processes. PRQ:
CHEM 210, MATH 229, and PHYS 253.
370. OPERATIONS RESEARCH: DETERMINISTIC MODELS (3).
Introduction to deterministic optimization models and techniques.
Basic linear algebra concepts and linear programming. Other
optimization techniques. PRQ: MATH 232.
371. OPERATIONS RESEARCH: PROBABILISTIC MODELS
(3). Introduction to elementary probabilistic models of operations
research. Reliability of simple systems, applications of Markov
chains, probabilistic decision models, applications of the Poisson
process, elementary models for queueing systems. PRQ: ISYE 335.
401. INTERNSHIP (3). A work experience for the student lacking
professional industrial and systems engineering experience. The
learning experience is organized and supervised cooperatively by
the department and selected organizations. A wage-earning position
for a minimum of six 40-hour work weeks, or 240 hours, must be
obtained with the guidance and approval of the department’s faculty
coordinator. The student and faculty coordinator must prepare a
statement of educational objectives that will become part of the
student’s record. A report that describes the learning experience
is also required to be placed in the student’s record. PRQ: Junior
standing and consent of major adviser and supervising instructor.
410. HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING (3). Introduction to the
principles of human-machine systems, human error, auditory
systems, and visual systems. Analysis of psychomotor skills, speech
communications, and control-display relationships. PRQ: PHYS 253
and ISYE 335 or STAT 350 or UBUS 223.
420. INTRODUCTION TO ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3).
Introduction to analytic and strategic issues related to energy systems
management through systems thinking and modeling, including
energy management in commercial building and industrial plants.
Exposure to practical analytical skills of energy economics and
planning approaches that take into account the cost of environment
impacts. Interrelationship between energy, economics and the
environment, as well as other important issues in energy policy. PRQ:
Consent of the department.
421. INTRODUCTION TO GREEN ENGINEERING (3). Crosslisted
as ENVS 421X. Basic principles of green engineering, impact
of engineering activities on the global environment and ways to
minimize the impact through better selection of materials, design
of products and processes, distribution and reuse of products, and
management of life cycles, etc. Life cycle analysis concepts and their
applications to product and process life cycles. Environmental ethics
and environmental auditing, including ISO environmental standards.
PRQ: Consent of the department
430. QUALITY CONTROL (3). Importance of quality; statistical
concepts relevant to process control; control charts for variables and
attributes; process capability analysis; acceptance sampling plans for
variables and attributes. PRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350 or UBUS 223.
431. RELIABILITY ENGINEERING (3). Reliability analysis for the
design, implementation, and operation of engineering systems,
processes, and products. Fault trees, lifetime distributions, life testing,
availability, and maintainability. PRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350.
435. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN FOR ENGINEERING (3). Statistical
techniques for designing and analyzing relationships among variables
in engineering processes. Engineering applications of analysis of
variance (ANOVA), factorial design, and fractional factorial design.
PRQ: ISYE 335.
436. APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS FOR ENGINEERING (3).
Statistical techniques for modeling, designing, and investigating
relationships among variables in engineering processes. Engineering
applications of linear regression with one predictor variable, multiple
linear regression, and forecasting and time series analysis. PRQ:
ISYE 335.
439. SIX SIGMA PERFORMANCE EXCELLENCE AND MODERN
PROBLEM SOLVING (3). The Six Sigma formula for success is a
mixture of hard skills, soft skills, tools, mentoring, DMAIC, and the
Black Belt organization. Introduction to these areas and foundation
on how to implement them. Focus on robust foundational problem
solving techniques that enhance the functional role of individuals
to quickly solve complex problems. Cost, quality, and throughput
improvement will be addressed. PRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350 or
UBUS 223.
440. PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL (3). Analysis,
design, and management of production systems. Topics include
productivity measurement, forecasting techniques, project planning,
line balancing, inventory systems, aggregate planning, master
scheduling, operations scheduling, and modern approaches to
production management such as just-in-time production. PRQ: ISYE
335 or UBUS 223 or STAT 350. CRQ: ISYE 370 or OMIS 327.
442. ENGINEERING PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3). Integrated
approach to the management of engineering and high-technology
projects that addresses the entire life cycle of the project including
project initiation, organization, planning, implementation, control, and
termination. Focus on human resources and the use of quantitative
methods for project evaluation, scheduling, resource allocation, cost
control, contract selection, risk management, and project quality
management. PRQ: MATH 230 and either STAT 208 or STAT 350 or
ISYE 335; or consent of department.
INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 141
450. LEAN MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS (3). Introduction to modern
issues in lean manufacturing systems and practice of lean tools.
Topics include overview of lean manufacturing systems, value stream
analysis, quick changeover, point of use storage, quality at source,
teams, total productive maintenance, pull/just-in-time/kanban, and
cellular manufacturing. PRQ: ISYE 250 or consent of department.
451. EXPERT SYSTEMS IN ENGINEERING (3). Basic concepts and
techniques of expert systems as well as the applications of expert
systems in engineering. Topics include expert systems building tools
and languages, a review of expert systems in engineering, and
building expert systems for engineering problems. PRQ: CSCI 240
or consent of department.
452. INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS (3). Fundamentals of robotics and
robotic applications. Topics include manipulator kinematics and
dynamics, performance characteristics of robots, robot programming,
robotic work cell design, and application of robots in industry. PRQ:
MEE 211.
453. INTEGRATED PRODUCT AND PROCESS DESIGN (3).
Introduction to modern issues and practice of integrating various
aspects in product design and process development. Topics include
concurrent engineering, product design and development strategies,
product life cycle design, integrated information support for product
design and development, computer-aided process planning,
design for manufacturing, and cost analysis of product design and
development. PRQ: ISYE 350 and MEE 270.
455. MANUFACTURING METROLOGY (3). Study of concepts,
theories, and techniques of automated inspection. Topics include
dimensional measurement, in-process measurement and control,
coordinate measuring machines, automated visual inspection, quality
control, and process capability analysis. PRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350.
460. FACILITIES PLANNING AND DESIGN (3). Principles and
practice of the planning of facility layout and material handling
equipment for manufacturing and service systems. Topics include
analytical approaches in site location, facility layout, material
handling, and storage systems. Discussion of systematic procedures
and computer-aided techniques. CRQ: ISYE 350 and ISYE 370.
461. WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS (3).
Introduction to warehousing and distribution center operations and
their roles in supply chains, modern material handling equipment, and
algorithms involved in the design and operation of warehouses and
distribution centers. PRQ: ISYE 370 or consent of the department.
466. ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SUPPLY CHAIN SYSTEMS (3).
Analysis of material and information ows in complex production-
distribution networks. Knowledge and the tools necessary to develop,
implement, and sustain strategies for designing supply chains. Focus
on the use of analytical modeling techniques to understand and
manage supply chains. Topics include planning demand and supply,
inventory management, transportation, network design and facilities
decisions, and coordination in a supply chain. PRQ: ISYE 440 or
consent of department.
472. QUEUEING METHODS FOR SERVICES AND
MANUFACTURING (3). Behavior of queueing systems, focusing on
mathematical models, and diagnosis and correction of problems.
Arrival process, service policies, waiting line disciplines, bottlenecks,
and networks. Reducing delay through control and design. PRQ:
ISYE 371.
474. SCHEDULING AND LOGISTICS (3). Special topics on applied
operations research with focus on theory of scheduling and logistics.
Major topics include: single and multiple-stage scheduling problems,
vehicle routing and scheduling problems, bin packing problems,
concepts of supply chain, heuristics, modern tools to solve this type
of problems, and solution implementation issues. PRQ: ISYE 440
and CSCI 240, or consent of department.
475. DECISION ANALYSIS FOR ENGINEERING (3). Elementary
quantitative decision making when random factors are present.
Decision trees, assessment of choices using expected utility,
inuence diagrams, and the value of information. PRQ: ISYE 335 or
STAT 350 or UBUS 223.
477. HEURISTIC OPTIMIZATION (3). Introduction to heuristic
methods to solve integer or combinatorial problems, characteristics
and limitation of each method, theory and applications. PRQ: ISYE
370 or consent of the department.
480. SIMULATION MODELING AND ANALYSIS (3). Design and
analysis of industrial systems using computer simulation models.
Choice of input distributions, generation of random variates, design
and construction of simulation models and experiments, and
interpretation of generated output. PRQ: ISYE 335 or STAT 350 or
UBUS 223; and CSCI 240 and ISYE 371; or consent of department.
482. ENGINEERING INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3). Basic concepts,
design, development, and the use of engineering information
systems. Topics include architecture and components of engineering
information systems, problem analysis, modeling, design,
development, and validation of application systems. Theoretical and
practical issues related to manipulation of engineering information
and design of queries. Examples of engineering information systems.
PRQ: CSCI 240 or OMIS 351.
490. SYSTEMS ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT (3). Introduction
to the fundamental principles of systems engineering and their
applications to the development and management of complex
systems. Address modern systems engineering and management
principles through systems denition, requirements analysis, and
design and implementation of systems. Examine the processes
of systems engineering from the perspective of system life cycle.
Presentation of modeling tools and their use with respect to system
optimization and architecture evaluation. PRQ: MATH 230 and STAT
208 or equivalent, or consent of department.
493. ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT DESIGN PROJECT (3).
Basic approaches to designing and managing complex engineering
systems. Focus on synthesis and application of engineering
management concepts and techniques to complex problems,
project proposal development, reporting of results, and ethical
considerations. Individual or group design projects requiring problem
denition and analysis, synthesis specication, and presentation
of a designed solution. Students work under faculty supervision
on problems posed by industry, business, service, government,
not-for-prot organizations, or on emerging research issues. PRQ:
At least four of the technical courses required for the engineering
management emphasis.
494. HEALTH SYSTEMS DESIGN PROJECT (4). Basic approaches
to designing health systems. Focus on application of industrial
and systems engineering techniques to complex problems, project
proposal development, reporting of results, and ethical considerations.
Individual or group design projects requiring problem denition and
analysis, synthesis specication, and presentation of a designed
solution. Students work under faculty supervision on problems posed
by the health sector, service or governmental organizations, or on
emerging research issues. PRQ: ISYE 430, ISYE 440, ISYE 450,
ISYE 480, and at least three of the technical courses required for the
health systems engineering emphasis, or consent of department..
495. SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT (4). Basic approaches to designing
industrial engineering systems. Focus on application of industrial
engineering techniques to complex problems, project proposal
development, reporting of results, and ethical considerations.
Individual or group design projects requiring problem denition and
analysis, synthesis specication, and presentation of a designed
solution. Students work under faculty supervision on problems posed
by the industrial sector, service or governmental organizations, or
on emerging research issues. PRQ: ISYE 310, ISYE 430, ISYE 440,
ISYE 460, ISYE 480, or consent of department.
142 INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
496. MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS DESIGN PROJECT (4).
Basic approaches to designing manufacturing systems. Focus on
application of industrial engineering techniques to complex problems,
project proposal development, reporting of results, and ethical
considerations. Individual or group design projects requiring problem
denition and analysis, synthesis specication, and presentation of
a designed solution. Students work under faculty supervision on
problems posed by the industrial sector, service, or governmental
organizations, or on emerging research issues. PRQ: ISYE 453 and
three of the following: ISYE 310, ISYE 430, ISYE 440, ISYE 460,
ISYE 480.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent study and work to
explore recent advances and innovative approaches to industrial
engineering design, practice, and research. Written report required.
May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Consent
of department.
498. CONTEMPORARY TOPICS IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
(1-3). May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours, with no
more than 3 semester hours in the same topic area. PRQ: Consent
of department.
Industrial and Systems Engineering Faculty
Purushothaman Damodaran, Ph.D., Texas A&M University,
associate professor, chair
Buyung Agusdinata, Ph.D., Delft University of Technology,
assistant professor
Ehsan Asoudegi, Ph.D., West Virginia University, assistant
professor
Shi-Jie Chen, Ph.D., University of New York-Buffalo, professor
Omar Ghrayeb, Ph.D., New Mexico State University, professor
Jeong Ho Kim, Ph.D., University of Washington, Seattle, assistant
professor
Murali Krishnamurthi, Ph.D., Texas A&M University, Presidential
Teaching Professor
Reinaldo Moraga, Ph.D., University of Central Florida, associate
professor
Christine Nguyen, Ph.D., University of Southern California,
assistant professor
143
Department of Mechanical Engineering (MEE)
The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers an upper-
division curriculum which leads to the B.S. in mechanical
engineering. The curriculum is based on a strong foundation of
fundamental courses in the pure sciences and engineering, and
professional courses in mechanical engineering. The curriculum
also provides a background in the design, analysis, development,
and applications of both complete mechanical systems and a
wide variety of individual system components in many different
elds.
The B.S. program offered by the Department of Mechanical
Engineering encompasses many areas, such as solid mechanics,
dynamics and controls, uid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat
and mass transfer, energy conversion, and manufacturing. This
background is strengthened and integrated through application in
a sequence of broad engineering design and laboratory courses.
The department has signicant equipment for experimental
investigations.
Computers are used extensively throughout the curriculum, with
emphasis on interactive computer-aided design, computer-aided
manufacturing, and simulation of engineering systems. The
Cooperative Education/Internship Program is also available to
qualied students.
The department also offers an integrated B.S./M.S. Sequence
that leads to a M.S. in Mechanical Engineering after students
received a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering. With approval, up to
three technical electives taken in the last semester of the B.S.
can be counted toward the M.S. program. Students who are
interested in the B.S./M.S. sequence should refer to the Graduate
Catalog for details.
Mission
The mission of the Mechanical Engineering Department is to
provide a high-quality, visionary engineering education that
reects professional engineering standards and prepares
students to become engineers and leaders capable of solving
technical challenges that industry and society face now and in the
future; to conduct quality research by developing and/or applying
engineering knowledge and tools to address society’s technical
needs and challenges; and to provide quality professional and
public services to our communities.
Educational Objectives
The undergraduate mechanical engineering program is designed
to prepare students for successful careers in engineering
by providing them with the following: a balanced education in
mechanical engineering elds; a foundational knowledge in
mathematics and physical sciences; a broad general education
in the humanities/arts, social sciences and interdisciplinary
studies; training for effective communication and team work; and
an understanding and commitment of an engineer’s professional
and ethical responsibilities. Our educational objectives are based
on the needs of the program’s constituencies: employers, alumni,
students and faculty. We expect our graduates to attain the
following educational objectives within a few years of graduation:
1. to become successful professionals; 2. to successfully apply
engineering knowledge and tools to solve technical problems and
challenges, and to design and/or manufacture valuable products
or processes; 3. to make contributions to their professional elds,
exhibit effective communication skills, and become valuable
team members; and 4. to continue professional development and
assume professional and leadership responsibility.
Program Outcomes
The graduates of undergraduate mechanical engineering program
should attain the following outcomes by the time of graduation:
an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and
engineering; an ability to design and conduct experiments, as
well as to analyze and interpret data; an ability to design a system,
component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints such as scheduling, economic, environmental,
social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and
sustainability; an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams;
an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems;
an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility; an
ability to communicate effectively and professionally; the broad
education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and societal context; recognition of the need
for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning; knowledge
of contemporary issues; and an ability to use the techniques,
skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice.
Department Requirements
All mechanical engineering students must have their schedule
reviewed, approved, and signed by their faculty adviser each
semester. Any deviation from an approved course schedule may
delay graduation.
Major GPA will be calculated using all MEE courses and up to
one course taken outside the department which satises the
group B technical elective requirement. The GPA calculation will
only include courses taken at NIU.
Writing Across the Curriculum Courses
The Department of Mechanical Engineering recognizes that
competence in technical writing is essential for engineers. To build
upon the foundation for writing acquired in ENGL 103, Rhetoric
and Composition I, and ENGL 203, Rhetoric and Composition II,
Researched Writing in the Domains, or ENGL 204, Rhetoric and
Composition, Accelerated Researched Writing in the Domains,
the Department of Mechanical Engineering has selected 300-
and 400-level courses which are identied as writing intensive
courses in the course description. These courses are MEE 390,
MEE 425, MEE 481, MEE 482, and MEE 490. Each of these
courses requires a signicant technical writing component which
will be reviewed by both the course instructor and a technical
writing tutor.
Major in Mechanical Engineering (B.S.)
Requirements in Department (65-66)
MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics I (3)
MEE 211 - Engineering Mechanics II (3)
MEE 212 - Mechanics of Materials (3)
MEE 270 - Engineering Graphics (3)
144 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
MEE 320 - Mechanism Design and Analysis (3)
MEE 321 - Mechanical Vibrations I (3)
MEE 322 - Dynamic Systems and Control I (3),
OR ELE 380 - Control Systems I (4)
MEE 330 - Materials Science (3)
MEE 331 - Manufacturing Processes (3)
MEE 340 - Fluid Mechanics (3)
MEE 350 - Engineering Thermodynamics (3)
MEE 352 - Heat Transfer (3)
MEE 380 - Computational Methods in Engineering Design (3),
OR MEE 381 - Computational Methods and
Programming in Engineering Design (3)
MEE 390 - Experimental Methods in Mechanical Engineering I (3)
MEE 430 - Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing (3)
MEE 452 - Design of Thermal Systems (3)
MEE 470 - Design of Machine Elements (3)
MEE 481 - Engineering Design Seminar (1)
MEE 482 - Senior Mechanical Engineering Design Project (3)
MEE 494 - Mechanical Engineering Competency (1)
A total of three technical electives from Group-A and Group-B below
with at least two from Group-A
Group-A: Design-oriented electives
MEE 351 - Applied Thermodynamics (3)
MEE 410 - Intermediate Mechanics of Materials (3)
MEE 421 - Dynamic Systems and Control II (3)
MEE 422 - Design of Robot Manipulators (3)
MEE 423 - Mechanical Reliability (3)
MEE 424 - Machinery Vibration (3)
MEE 425 - Design of Mobile Robots (3)
MEE 426 - Mechatronics System Design (3)
MEE 431 - Composite Materials (3)
MEE 432 - Laser Materials Processing (3)
MEE 433 - Advanced Manufacturing Processes (3)
MEE 451 - Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (3)
MEE 453 - Propulsion (3)
MEE 454 - Alternative and Renewable Energy (3)
MEE 455 - Energy Conservation and Environmental
Sustainability (3)
MEE 480 - Finite Element Methods (3)
MEE 484 - Advanced Computing in Mechanical Engineering (3)
MEE 490 - Experimental Methods in Mechanical Engineering II (3)
Group-B: Other electives
ISYE 430 - Quality Control (3)
ISYE 431 - Reliability Engineering (3)
ISYE 439 - Six Sigma Performance Excellence and
Modern Problem Solving (3)
ISYE 450 - Integrated Manufacturing Systems (3)
ISYE 451 - Expert Systems in Engineering (3)
Requirements outside Departments (42)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ELE 210 - Engineering Circuit Analysis (3)
ELE 210U - Engineering Circuit Laboratory Project (1)
ISYE 220 - Engineering Economy (3)
ISYE 335 - Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
UEET 101 - Introduction to Engineering (1)
Total Hours for a Major in Mechanical Engineering: 107-108
Emphasis 1. Advanced Computing and Simulation
Requirements in Department (65-66)
Same as required for major, in addition:
MEE 482C - Senior Mechanical Engineering Design Project:
Emphasis in Computing and Simulation (3)
* Available for general education credit.
At least two of the following three courses:
MEE 381 - Computational Methods and Programming in
Engineering Design (3)
MEE 480 - Finite Element Methods (3)
MEE 484 - Advanced Computing in Mechanical Engineering (3)
Requirements outside Department (42)
Same as required for major.
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Advanced Computing and
Simulation: 107-108
Emphasis 2. Mechatronics and Robotics
Requirements in Department (65-66)
Same as required for major, in addition:
MEE 482M - Senior Mechanical Engineering Design Project:
Emphasis in Mechatronics and Robotics (3)
At least two of the following four courses:
MEE 421 - Dynamic Systems and Control II (3)
MEE 422 - Design of Robot Manipulators (3)
MEE 425 - Design of Mobile Robots (3)
MEE 426 - Mechatronics Systems Design (3)
Requirements outside Department (42)
Same as required for major.
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Mechatronics: 107-108
Emphasis 3. Sustainable Energy
Requirements in Department (65-66)
Same as required for major, in addition:
MEE 482E - Senior Mechanical Engineering Design Project:
Emphasis in Sustainable Energy (3)
At least two of the following four courses:
MEE 451 - Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (3)
MEE 453 - Propulsion (3)
MEE 454 - Alternative and Renewable Energy (3)
MEE 455 - Energy Conservation and Environmental
Sustainability (3)
Requirements outside Department (42)
Same as required for major.
Total Hours for an Emphasis in Sustainable Energy: 107-108
Minor in Mechanical Engineering (21)
MEE 210 - Engineering Mechanics I (3)
MEE 211 - Engineering Mechanics II (3)
MEE 212 - Strength of Materials (3)
MEE 270 - Engineering Graphics (3)
MEE 320 - Mechanism Design and Analysis (3)
MEE 350 - Engineering Thermodynamics (3)
MEE 430 - Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing (3)
Course List
101. ENERGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT (3). Development and
current status of energy sources, technologies, consumption patterns,
conservation, and energy policies. Emphasis on environmental
effects of various choices made at each step of the energy cycle, and
examination of those choices from technological and socioeconomical
points of view.
209. ENGINEERING MECHANICS: STATICS AND DYNAMICS
(4). Engineering mechanics, covering both statics and dynamics.
Topics include vector algebra, force systems, free-body diagrams,
equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies, kinematics of particles and
rigid bodies, Newton’s laws applied to particles and rigid bodies,
friction. Mechanical engineering students should take MEE 210 and
MEE 211 instead of this course. PRQ: MATH 230 and PHYS 253.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 145
210. ENGINEERING MECHANICS I (3). Principles of engineering
mechanics; vector algebra, force systems, free-body diagrams,
resultants, equilibrium, centroids and centers of gravity; application to
trusses, frames, machines, and beams; moments of inertia; friction.
PRQ: MATH 229 with grade of C or better; PHYS 253 with grade of C
or better. CRQ: MATH 230.
211. ENGINEERING MECHANICS II (3). Kinematics of particles
and rigid bodies; kinetics of particles and rigid bodies: force-mass-
acceleration, work and energy, impulse and momentum. PRQ: MATH
230 with grade of C or better and MEE 210.
212. MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (3). Mechanics of deformable
bodies with emphasis on stresses and strains; shear and bending
moments; torsion, buckling; failure criteria and design concepts.
PRQ: MEE 210.
230. MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (3).
Structures and properties of materials; testing and heat treatment
of engineering materials; casting and forming processes; machining
processes; welding and allied processes; processes and techniques
related to manufacturing. Not counted for credit toward the major in
mechanical engineering. PRQ: CHEM 210, CHEM 212, MATH 229,
and PHYS 253.
270. ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (3). Graphics in engineering and
geometric constructions; orthographic projection and descriptive
geometry with auxiliary views and revolution; pictorial presentation;
developments; introduction to computer-aided drawing. CRQ: MATH
155 or MATH 229.
320. MECHANISM DESIGN AND ANALYSIS (3). Kinematic and
dynamic analysis of mechanisms; mechanism design philosophy;
and mechanism synthesis. Theory and design are supplemented
by computer techniques. Mechanisms include cams, gears, and
linkages. PRQ: MEE 211.
321. MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS I (3). Oscillatory motion, free
vibration of single degree freedom systems, harmonically excited
vibration, vibration under general forcing conditions, two or more
degrees of freedom systems, and generalized eigenvalue problems.
In addition to lecture, the course has scheduled laboratory sessions.
PRQ: MEE 211, MEE 212, and MATH 336.
322. DYNAMIC SYSTEMS AND CONTROL I (3). Modeling of
engineering systems, linearization, transfer functions, feedback, PID
control, Root-locus and introduction to Bode design. In addition to
lecture, the course has scheduled laboratory sessions. PRQ: MEE
321 and ELE 210.
330. MATERIALS SCIENCE (3). Introduction to the relation between
processing, structure, properties, and performance of metallic,
ceramic, and polymeric engineering materials. In addition to lecture,
the course has scheduled laboratory sessions. PRQ: CHEM 210 and
CHEM 212 with grade of C or better and PHYS 273 with grade of C
or better.
331. MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (3). Mechanical properties
of materials; metallurgical control of mechanical properties; casting
and forming processes; machining processes; welding and allied
processes; processes and techniques related to manufacturing.
PRQ: MEE 330.
340. FLUID MECHANICS (3). Introduction and fundamentals of uid
statics, integral form and control volume analysis, differential analysis
and potential ow, incompressible viscous internal and external ow,
and compressible ow. Design projects required. PRQ: MATH 232,
MATH 336, and either MEE 209 or MEE 211.
350. ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS (3). Principles of thermal
energy conversion; properties of pure substance; work and heat; rst
law of thermodynamics, control volume, steady state and steady
ow process, uniform state and uniform ow process; second law of
thermodynamics, entropy, availability; power and refrigeration cycles.
PRQ: MATH 232. CRQ: MEE 211.
351. APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS (3). Thermodynamic cycles
and processes; generalized thermodynamic relationships; mixtures
and solutions; chemical reaction; phase and chemical equilibrium;
nozzles, diffusers, and owmeters. PRQ: MEE 350.
352. HEAT TRANSFER (3). Basic laws of heat transfer; steady state
heat conduction, heat generation, and extended surfaces; unsteady
and multidimensional conduction; analytical, graphical, and numerical
solutions; external and internal forced convection; boundary layer
theory; free convection, similarity and integral solutions; radiation
properties and exchange between black and nonblack surfaces;
numerical solutions techniques. PRQ: MEE 340 and MEE 350. CRQ:
MEE 380 or MEE 381.
380. COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING DESIGN (3).
Number representation, root nding, systems of linear equations and
matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, curve tting, integration and
differentiation, nite difference methods, and linear programming.
PRQ: CSCI 240, MATH 336, and MEE 211.
381. COMPUTATIONAL METHODS AND PROGRAMMING
IN ENGINEERING DESIGN (3). Number representation, root
nding, matrix inversion/factorization, eigenvalues/eigenvectors,
minimization, integration of functions, and ODEs. Emphasis on
programming style and technique in the C++ language, including
object-based programming, computational efficiency, code reuse,
and scalability. PRQ: CSCI 240 and MEE 211 and MATH 336.
390. EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
I (3). Basic concepts of measurement methods and planning and
documenting experiments. Typical sensors, transducers, and
measurement system behavior. Data sampling and computerized
data acquisition systems. Statistical methods and uncertainty analysis
applied to data reduction. Laboratory experiments with measurement
of selected material properties and solid-mechanical and uid/thermal
quantities. A writing-intensive course. PRQ: MEE 212 and ELE 210.
CRQ: MEE 340, MEE 350, and STAT 350 or ISYE 335.
410. INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (3). Buckling,
unsymmetric bending, transverse loading, curved beams, thick-walled
cylinders and rotating disks, torsion of thin-walled tubes, contact
stresses, plastic behavior, strain energy and Castigliano’s theorem,
strength theories and design equations, fatigue, and fracture. PRQ:
MEE 212 and MATH 336. CRQ: MEE 380 or MEE381 or consent of
department.
421. DYNAMIC SYSTEMS AND CONTROL II (3). Bode design, state-
space analysis, controllability, observability, observer design, pole
placement, LQR, general control system design. PRQ: MEE 322 or
ELE 380, or consent of department.
422. DESIGN OF ROBOT MANIPULATORS (3). Mathematics,
programming, and control in the design of robot manipulators. Includes
topics on kinematics, differential relationships and dynamics, motion
trajectories, and control algorithms. PRQ: MEE 322.
423. MECHANICAL RELIABILITY (3). Basic probability, statistics, and
reliability concepts applicable to mechanical systems. Probabilistic
treatment of loads, stress, strength, safety indices, and fatigue.
Mechanical equipment reliability; wear-out; reliability-based design,
testing, and maintenance. PRQ: MEE 212. CRQ: MEE 470 or consent
of department.
424. MACHINERY VIBRATION (3). Machinery vibration analysis:
signature analysis in time and frequency domains, fault detection,
diagnosis, and correction; instrumentation; case studies; machine
monitoring programs. PRQ: MEE 322. CRQ: MEE 470.
425. DESIGN OF MOBILE ROBOTS (3). Conguration and
architecture design. Position estimation, planning, and control.
Perception and learning. Group capstone project in the design and
development of a mobile robot. Lecture, discussion, case studies of
mobile robot design. A writing-intensive course. PRQ: MEE 211 or
TECH 375, or consent of department.
426. MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN (3). Use of computers
embedded in mechanical systems, microcontrollers, real-time
software, analog and digital world, sensors and actuators interfacing,
electronics for mechatronics, measures of system performance,
state transition logic and multitasking, mechatronics system design
problems, advanced concepts and case studies of mechanical
systems with embedded electronics. PRQ: CSCI 240, ELE 210, and
ELE 380 or MEE 322, or consent of department.
146 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
430. COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING (3).
Computers for CAD/CAM, methodology in CAD, geometry description,
geometric modeling, geometry construction by programming,
applications of nite element method, NC part programming with
G-code and APT, machine tool path verication with advanced
software. PRQ: MEE 212 and MEE 270. CRQ: MEE 331.
431. COMPOSITE MATERIALS (3). Fiber and matrix properties,
micromechanical and macromechanical behavior of lamina,
lamination theory. PRQ: MEE 212, MEE 330, and MEE 380 or MEE
381, or consent of department.
432. LASER MATERIALS PROCESSING (3). Basic operation of
lasers and their application in various industrial settings. Subjects
include, laser welding, heat treating, cladding, assisted machining of
ceramics, additive manufacturing. In addition to lecture, the course
has scheduled laboratory sessions. PRQ: MEE 331.
433. ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (3). Advanced
manufacturing processes including advanced materials, advanced
material removal processes, advanced metal forming processes,
hybrid processes, rapid prototyping and advanced polymer
processing, joining, manufacturing of microelectronics devices, and
computer aided manufacturing. PRQ: MEE 331.
451. REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (3). Refrigerants;
vapor compression and absorption refrigeration systems; cryogenics;
psychrometrics and humidity measurements; extended surface coils
and transfer processes between moist air and water; solar radiation
and heating and cooling loads of buildings and structures. PRQ: MEE
350 and MEE 352.
452. DESIGN OF THERMAL SYSTEMS (3). Application of principles
of uid mechanics, heat transfer, and thermodynamics in the
component design of thermal systems. Examples are drawn from
power generations, and uid ow networks. Students work on group
projects for integration of these components in the design of thermal
systems. PRQ: MEE 350 and MEE 352.
453. PROPULSION (3). Aerodynamics and thermodynamics of gas
turbine airbreathing and rocket engines; quasi-one-dimensional
ow; ideal and real cycle analysis; component performance; engine
operating off-design characteristics. PRQ: MEE 340 and MEE 350.
454. ALTERNATIVE AND RENEWABLE ENERGY (3). Introduction
to the physics, systems, and methods of non-fossil fuel energy
generation. Types of generation methods covered include nuclear,
hydroelectric, solar, wind, fuel cells, biomass, and other new
technologies. Engineering design projects analyze performance,
scalability, and sustainability of alternative and renewable energy.
CRQ: MEE 352.
455. ENERGY CONSERVATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL
SUSTAINABILITY (3). Concepts of energy efficiency and conservation
and the impact on the environment and sustainability in the context
of the structures, machines and devices that provide services
and comfort for people and society, including electro-mechanical
power, thermal comfort, illumination, and other energy conversion
processes. Selected engineering design projects will exemplify and
detail the energy conservation and environmental sustainability
practices including socioeconomic aspects. PRQ: MEE 340 and 350;
or ELE 340 or ISYE 440 or TECH 379 or TECH 423.
470. DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS (3). Fatigue analysis;
design of screws, fasteners, and connections; design of welded,
brazed, and bonded joints; mechanical springs; bearings; gears;
shafts; design of clutches, brakes, couplings, and ywheels; exible
mechanical elements. PRQ: MEE 212 and MEE 320. CRQ: MEE 331
or consent of department.
480. FINITE ELEMENT METHODS (3). Methods of weighted residual;
variational methods of approximation; variational formulation; shape
functions; nite element formulation; error analysis; computer
implementation; and applications to solid mechanics, dynamics,
vibration, uid mechanics, and heat transfer. PRQ: MEE 321, MEE
352, and MEE 380 or MEE 381, or consent of department.
481. ENGINEERING DESIGN SEMINAR (1). Complete preparation
of an engineering system design or project proposal covering
problem identication, conceptual design, and the schedule of work
required to carry out the project. (Projects are carried out in MEE
482). Concurrent seminar of methodology, standards and safety
codes, professional ethics, decision making, and design evaluations.
A writing-intensive course. CRQ: MEE 352, MEE 390, MEE 430, and
MEE 470.
482. SENIOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN PROJECT (3)
Special design project under individual supervision of the instructor.
A writing-intensive course. Specic sections of the course are offered
to students pursuing an emphasis in mechanical engineering. PRQ:
MEE 481.
C. Emphasis in Advanced Computing and Simulation
E. Emphasis in Sustainable Energy
M. Emphasis in Mechatronics and Robotics
484. ADVANCED COMPUTING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(3). Project-based course which combines engineering science
with advanced computing, including a practical introduction to
object-oriented programming, data structures, and other topics that
facilitate programming-in-the-large. Students write a substantial
portion of a vehicle dynamics simulation. PRQ: MEE 381 or consent
of department.
490. EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
II (3). Experimental design; statistical analysis of data; computerized
data acquisition and reduction; experiments on signature analysis,
uid ow, heat transfer, material properties, and vibrations; individual
experimental design projects. A writing-intensive course. PRQ: MEE
390 or consent of department.
494. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COMPETENCY (1). Review of
fundamental concepts and problem solving in mathematics, physics,
chemistry, electrical circuits, statics, dynamics, strength of materials,
material science, uid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer,
control, and computer programming. Grades based on performance
on an examination which is the equivalent of a national standardized
test. PRQ: Senior status.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent pursuit of problems
in mechanical engineering under faculty supervision. Written report
required. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of department.
498. SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3). Topics not included in regular courses.
May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Consent
of department.
Mechanical Engineering Faculty
Pradip Majumdar, Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, professor,
chair
Kyu Taek Cho, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, assistant
professor
Brianno Coller, Ph.D., Cornell University, Presidential Teacher
Professor
Behrooz Fallahi, Ph.D., P.E., Purdue University, professor
Jenn-Terng Gau, Ph.D., Ohio State University, professor
Abhijit Gupta, Ph.D., P.E., Pennsylvania State University, professor
Meung Jung Kim, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University, professor
Nicholas A. Pohlman, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate
professor
Ji-Chul Ryu, Ph.D., University of Delaware, assistant professor
Federico Sciammarella, Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology,
associate professor
Scott R. Short, Ph.D., P.E., University of Dayton, assistant professor
147
Department of Technology (TECH)
Mission
The mission of the Department of Technology encompasses
the transmission, expansion and application of technological
knowledge through teaching, research, and public service.
The department prepares technically oriented professionals for
leadership, management, and service positions in business,
industry, education, and government. Instruction in the
department seeks to improve productivity, safety, and the well
being of society through combining scientic, engineering, and
management knowledge with technical skills. The history of the
Department of Technology reects exibility in the face of change
and consistency in the pursuit of excellence to provide lifelong
learning by recognized national and international leadership.
Abilities such as leadership, practical applications, problem
solving, creativity, intellectual curiosity, and a positive attitude
toward lifelong learning are skills that are fundamental to the
modern industrial community served by the Department of
Technology. These needs are met in harmony with the university,
educating traditional and non-traditional students through
career preparation and enhancement programs. The faculty
accomplishes this task using a variety of exible, innovative,
interesting, and creative course delivery systems.
Maintaining a high level of professionalism, the faculty remains
exible in the face of change while balancing theory and practice.
Thus, individuals are prepared for making a seamless transition
to employment becoming productive, contributing members of
society.
Educational Objectives
The Department undergraduate programs seek to educate our
graduates with skills that will allow them to immediately enter the
technical workforce and excel. Graduates of the program will:
• Acquire a well-balanced knowledge in the theory and
practice within the areas of technology.
• Utilize laboratory based skills and modern engineering
equipment used in industry.
• Provide effective, responsible, and articulate leadership in
our complex society.
• Understand the need for obtaining new knowledge,
including technological advances, and be capable of self-
renewal, and life-long learning.
• Seek and apply creative and analytical insight in the
solution of engineering-type problems.
• Provide technical communications in both oral and written
forms, using many presentation styles.
• Function as part of an interdisciplinary team and manage
projects effectively.
Program Outcomes
The department’s undergraduate program is designed to provide
graduates with the ability to apply knowledge of mathematics,
science, and engineering; the ability to design and conduct
experiments, as well as analyze and interpret data; the ability
to design a system, component, or process to meet design
needs; the ability to function on multidisciplinary teams; the
ability to identify, formulate, and solve technical problems; an
understanding of professional and ethical responsibility; the
ability to communicate effectively; a broad education necessary
to understand the impact of technology in a global and social
context; a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in,
lifelong learning; a knowledge of contemporary issues; and the
ability to use the techniques, skills, and the modern engineering
tools.
Department Requirement
All technology majors/minors who do not place into MATH 229
must obtain a grade of C or better in MATH 155.
Major in Technology (B.S.)
Emphasis 1. Electrical Engineering Technology
Requirements in Department (73-74)
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals Laboratory (1)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 270 - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis I (3)
TECH 270A - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis
Laboratory I (1)
TECH 271 - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis II (3)
TECH 271A - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis
Laboratory II (1)
TECH 276 - Electronics I (3)
TECH 276A - Electronics I Laboratory (1)
TECH 277 - Digital Logic Design (3)
TECH 277A - Digital Logic Design Laboratory (1)
TECH 302- Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3),
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 375 - Control Systems (3)
TECH 376 - Electronics II (3)
TECH 376A - Electronics II Laboratory (1)
TECH 377 - Microcontrollers and Interfacing (3)
TECH 377A - Microcontrollers and Interfacing Laboratory (1)
TECH 378 - Communication System Design I (3)
TECH 378A - Communication System Design Laboratory (1)
TECH 379 - Electric Machines and Transformers (3)
TECH 379A - Electric Machines and Transformers Laboratory (1)
TECH 477 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project I (1)
TECH 478 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project II (3)
Select two of the following (6)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 393 - Structure and Properties of Materials (3)
TECH 415 - Applied Industrial Experimental Analysis (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 420 - Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
Admission to the emphases in Applied Manufacturing
Technology, Aviation Management Technology, and Nuclear
Engineering Technology is limited. See “Limited Admissions
and Limited Retention” in the front part of the catalog.
148 TECHNOLOGY
Select three of the following (9)
TECH 426 - Electric Systems for Alternative Energy (3)
TECH 430 - Microcontrollers Interfacing and Applications (3)
TECH 470 - Fiber Optics Communications (3)
TECH 471 - Digital and Data Communication (3)
TECH 473 - Advanced Digital Design (3)
TECH 475 - Computer Simulation in Electronics (3)
TECH 476 - Industrial Control Electronics (3)
TECH 479 - Special Topics in Engineering Technology (3)
Select two of the following (6-7)
TECH 295 - Manufacturing Computer Applications (3),
OR CSCI 215 - Visual Basic (4)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 419 - Energy Auditing (3)
TECH 425 - Programmable Electronic Controllers (3)
TECH 445 - Industrial Energy Utilization and Environmental
Impacts (3)
Requirements outside Department (26-27)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) and *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3) and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4),
OR PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Electrical Engineering
Technology: 99-101
Emphasis 2. Manufacturing Engineering Technology
Requirements in Department (75-76)
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals
Laboratory (1)
TECH 210 - Engineering Mechanics (2)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 212 - Engineering Dynamics (2)
TECH 262 - Machine Production Processes (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 295 - Manufacturing Computer Applications (3),
OR CSCI 215 - Visual Basic (4)
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
TECH 302- Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3),
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 311 - Computer-Aided Modeling (3)
TECH 326 - Fluid Power Technology (3)
TECH 342 - Manufacturing Component Design (3)
TECH 362 - Numerical Control Systems (3)
TECH 369 - Strength of Materials (3)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 393 - Structure and Properties of Materials (3)
TECH 415 - Applied Industrial Experimental Analysis (3)
TECH 420 - Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3)
TECH 423 - Automated Manufacturing Systems (3)
TECH 425 - Programmable Electronic Controllers (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 477 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project I (1)
TECH 478 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project II (3)
Select two of the following: (6)
TECH 260 - Metal Fabrication Processes (3)
TECH 312 - Design Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3)
TECH 313 - Product Design and Development
for Manufacturability (3)
TECH 344 - Materials and Processes in the Plastics Industry (3)
TECH 365 - Metrology (3)
TECH 416 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
Technology (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 427 - Testing Methods, Procedures, and Selection of
Sustainable Plastics (3)
TECH 479 - Special Topics in Engineering Technology (1-3)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 305 - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 429 - Plant Location, Layout, and Materials Handling (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 442 - Work Simplication and Measurement (3)
TECH 444 - Production Control Systems (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
TECH 492 - Manufacturing Distribution Applications (3)
TECH 496 - Industrial Project Management (3)
Requirements outside Department (22-23)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) and *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3) and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4),
OR *PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Manufacturing Engineering
Technology: 97-99
Emphasis 3. Nuclear Engineering Technology
Admission to the emphasis in nuclear engineering technology is
limited to employees of electric power companies because of the
prociency credit granted for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
reactor operator license training.
Requirements in Department (64)
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals
Laboratory (1)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 302 - Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3),
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 477 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project I (1)
TECH 478 - Engineering Technology Senior Design Project II (3)
Nuclear Regulatory Commission Reactor Operator Training (30)
TECH course work with advice and consent of adviser (14)
Requirements outside Department (26-27)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) and *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3) and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4),
OR *PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Nuclear Engineering
Technology: 90-91
* Available for general education credit.
TECHNOLOGY 149
Emphasis 4. Industrial Management and Technology
Technology majors cannot use TECH 294 as a TECH Elective or
for General Education Credit. Technology majors cannot use TECH
245 for General Education Credit. A grade of C or better is required
in MATH 155.
Requirements in Department (72-77)
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals Laboratory (1)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 302 - Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3),
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 415 - Applied Industrial Experimental Analysis (3)
TECH 429 - Plant Location, Layout, and Materials Handling (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 492 - Manufacturing Distribution Applications (3)
TECH 496 - Industrial Project Management (3)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 305 - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 402 - Industrial Training and Evaluation (3)
TECH 442 - Work Simplication and Measurement (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 444 - Production Control Systems (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Technology courses chosen with the advice and consent of the
departmental adviser (6-8)
One of the following areas of study (23-26)
Computer-Aided Design (24)
TECH 262 - Machine Production Processes (3)
TECH 311 - Computer-Aided Modeling (3)
TECH 312 - Design Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3)
TECH 313 - Product Design and Development for
Manufacturability (3)
TECH 365 - Metrology (3)
TECH 414 - Computer-Aided Machine Design (3)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 260 - Metal Fabrication Processes (3)
TECH 344 - Materials and Processes in the Plastics Industry (3)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficient and Green Materials (3)
TECH 420 - Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3)
TECH 427 - Testing Methods, Procedures, and Selection of
Sustainable Plastics (3)
Electronics Technology (25-26)
TECH 270 - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis I (3)
TECH 270A - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis
Laboratory I (1)
TECH 276 - Electronics I (3)
TECH 276A - Electronics I Laboratory (1)
TECH 277 - Digital Logic Design (3)
TECH 277A - Digital Logic Design Laboratory (1)
TECH 295 - Manufacturing Computer Applications (3),
OR CSCI 215 - Visual Basic (4)
TECH 377 - Microcontrollers and Interfacing (3)
TECH 377A - Microcontrollers and Interfacing Laboratory (1)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 425 - Programmable Electronic Controllers (3)
TECH 426 - Electric Systems Applications for Alternative
Energy (3)
TECH 430 - Microcontrollers Interfacing and Applications (3)
TECH 473 - Advanced Digital Design (3)
Environmental Safety and Health (24)
Students interested in Ergonomics and/or Industrial Hygiene studies
should take BIOS 311 (4) as an elective.
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
*TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
TECH 436 - Design and Administration of Industrial Safety
Programs (3)
TECH 437 - Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene (3)
TECH 441 - Hazard Control in Industrial Operations (3)
TECH 481 - Ergonomics (3)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 411 - Greening Industrial Operations (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 433 -Toxicology for Industry (3)
TECH 435 - Legal Aspects of Safety (3)
TECH 485 - Risk Management (3)
Manufacturing Technology (24-25)
TECH 260 - Metal Fabrication Processes (3)
TECH 262 - Machine Production Processes (3)
TECH 311 - Computer-Aided Modeling (3)
TECH 313 - Product Design and Development for
Manufacturability (3)
TECH 365 - Metrology (3)
TECH 420 - Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3)
Two of the following (6-7)
TECH 312 - Design Dimensioning and Tolerancing (3)
TECH 344 - Materials and Processes in the Plastics Industry (3)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 427 - Testing Methods, Procedures, and Selection of
Sustainable Plastics (3)
Special Technical Study (23)
This area of study is limited to transfer students with an Associate
of Applied Science degree with a major in a recognized eld of
industrial technology. Up to 23 semester hours of credit from the
A.A.S. degree may be applied to this area of study with the consent
of the departmental adviser and department chair. Students in this
area of study are exempt from the 30 semester hour university
residence requirement.
Requirements outside Department (17-18)
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*PHYS 150A - Physics (4),
OR *PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics(4)
Total hours for Emphasis 4, Industrial Technology: 89-95
Emphasis 5. Aviation Management Technology
Admission to the aviation management technology emphasis
is limited to students who possess an A.A.S. degree in aviation
maintenance technology from a community college. Entry into
this program also requires that the students complete their F.A.A.
Airframe and Power Plant certicates. Students in this emphasis are
exempt from the 30 semester hour university residence requirement.
A grade of C or better is required in MATH 155.
Aviation Maintenance Certication (31)
Requires a completed A.A.S. degree in aviation maintenance from a
community college and completed F.A.A. Airframe and Power Plant
certicates.
* Available for general education credit.
150 TECHNOLOGY
Requirements in Department (45)
TECH 302- Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 429 - Plant Location, Layout, and Materials Handling (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Manaagement (3)
TECH 496 - Industrial Project Management (3)
Technology Electives
Two of the following (6):
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 402 - Industrial Training and Evaluation (3)
TECH 442 - Work Simplication and Measurement (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 444 - Production Control Systems (3)
TECH 492 - Manufacturing Distribution Applications (3)
TECH 497 - Workshop in Technology (1-6)
TECH course work with advice and consent of departmental
adviser (12)
Requirements outside Department (17)
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*PHYS 150A - Physics (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 5, Aviation Management Technology: 93
Emphasis 6. Energy and Environmental Technology
Requirements in Department (58-59)
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals
Laboratory (1)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided-Design (3)
*TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
TECH 262 - Machine Production Processes (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 295 - Manufacturing Computer Applications (3),
OR CSCI 215 - Visual Basic (4)
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
TECH 302- Graphic Presentation and Communication (3),
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3),
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 326 - Fluid Power Technology (3)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 411 - Environmental Sustainability Practices for Industrial
Operations (3)
TECH 416 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Technology (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 419 - Energy Auditing (3)
TECH 426 - Electric Systems Applications for Alternative Energy (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 445 - Industrial Energy Utilization and Environmental
Impacts (3)
TECH 496 - Industrial Project Management (3)
Technical Electives (6)
Select two of the following (6):
ENVS 301 - Environmental Sciences I: Physical Systems (3)
ENVS 302 - Environmental Sciences II: Biological Systems (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
TECH 311 - Computer-Aided Modeling (3)
TECH 409 - Internship (3)
TECH 415 - Applied Industrial Experimental Analysis (3)
TECH 425 - Programmable Electronic Controllers (3)
TECH 427 - Testing Methods, Procedures, and Selection of
Sustainable Plastics (3)
TECH 436 - Design and Administration of Industrial Safety
Programs (3)
TECH 479 - Special Topics in Engineering Technology (3)
Requirements outside Department (27-28)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) AND *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry 1 (3) AND CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory (1)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy, and Economics (3)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 359 - Introduction Geographic Information Systems (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus 1 (4)
*PHYS 150A - Physics (4),
OR *PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 6, Energy and Environment
Technology: 91-93
Emphasis 7. Applied Manufacturing Technology
This area of study is limited to transfer students with an Associates
of Applied Science degree with a major in a recognized technical
area. With the approval of the NIU Department of Technology adviser
and chair, up to 43 hours of prociency credit, which includes up
to 9 hours of upper upper-level credit, can be used towards the
120-semester hour total and 40 semester-hour upper-level university
graduation requirements.
Students in this emphasis are exempt from the 30 semester-hour
university residence requirement. All students in this emphasis must
obtain a grade of C or better in MATH 155 and all majors must meet
NIU’s requirements for general education (29-41 hours).
Requirements in Department (36)
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 302 - Graphic Presentation and Technical Communication (3)
OR ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
OR MGMT 346 - Business Communications (3)
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 429 - Plant Location, Layout, and Materials Handling (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 492 - Manufacturing Distribution Applications (3)
TECH 496 - Industrial Project Management (3)
Two of the following (6):
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 402 - Industrial Training and Evaluation (3)
TECH 435 - Legal Aspects of Safety (3)
TECH 442 - Work Simplication and Measurement (3)
TECH 444 - Production Control Systems (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Requirements outside Department (14)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*PHYS 150A - Physics (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 7, Applied Technology: 93
* Available for general education credit
TECHNOLOGY 151
Minor in Electrical Technology (20)
Students majoring in the Department of Technology may also
complete the requirements for the electrical technology minor.
TECH 175 - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals (3)
TECH 175A - Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals
Laboratory (1)
TECH 270 - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis I (3)
TECH 270A - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis
Laboratory I (1)
TECH 271 - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis II (3)
TECH 271A - Electrical Fundamentals and Circuit Analysis
Laboratory II (1)
TECH 276 - Electronics I (3)
TECH 276A - Electronics I Laboratory (1)
TECH 277 - Digital Logic Design (3)
TECH 277A - Digital Logic Design Laboratory (1)
Minor in Energy Technology (24)
Students majoring in Technology may also complete the requirements
for the energy technology minor.
TECH 245 - Business Pollution Prevention and Sustainable
Production (3)
TECH 305 - Green Technologies (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 416 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 419 - Energy Auditing (3)
TECH 445 - Industrial Energy Utilization and Environmental
Impacts (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Minor in Environmental Management
Systems
Requirements (24)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy, and Economics (3)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3),
OR GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
TECH 245 - Business Pollution Prevention and Sustainable
Production (3)
TECH 406 - Facilities Management Technology (3)
TECH 432- Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Minor in Manufacturing Technology (24)
Students majoring in the Department of Technology may also
complete the requirements for the manufacturing technology minor.
TECH 211 - Computer-Aided Design (3)
TECH 260 - Metal Fabrication Processes (3)
TECH 262 - Machine Production Processes (3)
TECH 265 - Basic Manufacturing Processes (3)
TECH 344 - Materials and Processes in the Plastics Industry (3)
TECH 420 - Computer-Integrated Manufacturing (3)
Course work in technology with advice and consent of adviser (6)
Minor in Productivity (21)
The minor in productivity provides preparation for productivity
analysis and improvement as required by large and small
manufacturing concerns. Similar courses from other disciplines such
as ergonomics, industrial engineering, operations management and
information systems, and statistics may be considered as substitutes;
however, at least four courses must be taken in the Department of
Technology. Students majoring in the Department of Technology may
also complete the requirements for the productivity minor.
TECH 391 - Industrial Quality Control (3)
TECH 429 - Plant Location, Layout, and Materials Handling (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 442 - Work Simplication and Measurement (3)
TECH 443 - Engineering Economy (3)
TECH 444 - Production Control Systems (3)
TECH 481 - Ergonomics (3)
Minor in Safety (24)
This course of study provides preparation for safety responsibilities in
industry, insurance, business, government, and civic organizations.
Students majoring in the Department of Technology may also
complete the requirements for the safety minor.
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
TECH 245 - Business Pollution Prevention and Sustainable
Production (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 436 - Design and Administration of Industrial Safety
Programs (3)
TECH 437 - Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene (3)
TECH 481 - Ergonomics (3)
Two of the following (6)
TECH 431 - Industrial Ventilation (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 433 - Toxicology for Industry (3)
TECH 435 - Legal Aspects of Safety (3)
TECH 440 - Monitoring and Evaluating Exposures to Hazardous
Materials (3)
TECH 441 - Hazard Control in Industrial Operations (3)
TECH 481 - Ergonomics (3)
TECH 482 - Industrial Safety Engineering Analysis (3)
TECH 483 - Applied Ergonomics (3)
TECH 485 - Risk Management (3)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
The Department of Technology participates in the Homeland
Security Certicate of Undergraduate Study. See the section
on Inter-College Interdisciplinary Certicates in this catalog for
details or visit the Homeland Security website at http://www.niu.
edu/HomelandSecurity/index.shtml.
Course List
175. ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS (3).
Fundamentals of DC and AC circuits, network laws and theorems,
passive circuit components, semiconductors, electric machines, and
digital systems. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better and PHYS 150A
or PHYS 210. CRQ: TECH 175A.
175A. ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS
LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany
TECH 175. CRQ: TECH 175.
210. ENGINEERING MECHANICS (2). Principles and application of
statics; vector algebra, force systems, centers of gravity, free body
analysis, truss systems, moments of inertia. PRQ: PHYS 210 or
PHYS 253. CRQ: MATH 229.
211. COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN (3). Basic and intermediate
computer-aided drafting through the use of a three dimensional
solid modeling software package. Learn how to apply the parametric
features of a solid model, to provide an accurate graphical
representation of a part, and to effectively capture the design intent.
Learn how to create detailed drawings, orthographic projections and
assembly representations.
212. ENGINEERING DYNAMICS (2). Basic principles including
friction and motion of a point in both one and two dimensions, as well
as rigid body motion. CRQ: MATH 229 and TECH 210.
230. PRINCIPLES OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION (3). Need for, and
status of, safety programs today. Opportunities for meaningful student
investigations of contemporary safety programs and problems.
152 TECHNOLOGY
231. SAFETY PROGRAMS (3). Review of federal safety standards
and their relationship to occupational safety and health programs.
Study of equipment, processes, materials, material handling
equipment, chemicals, re systems, and the work environment
related to occupational settings.
245. POLLUTION PREVENTION AND SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTION
(3). Study of environmental and occupational health issues related
to the design, manufacture, and application of technology. Analysis
of case studies to evaluate potentially adverse outcomes and
prevention through compliance with environmental regulations
and voluntary standards (EPA, OSHA, ISO). Application and
implementation of environmentally sustainable design and
manufacturing, and pollution prevention practices. Technology
majors cannot use TECH 245 for general education credit.
260. METAL FABRICATION PROCESSES (3). Introduction to forming
and fabrication processes including welding, mechanical fasteners,
and adhesive bonding. PRQ: MATH 155 and TECH 211, or consent
of department.
262. MACHINE PRODUCTION PROCESSES (3). Detailed study of
traditional and contemporary methods of metal machining. Laboratory
experience includes the fundamentals of machine tool setup and
operation, precision measurement techniques, and machine tool
safety, care, and maintenance. PRQ: TECH 211.
265. BASIC MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (3). Introduction to
the materials, techniques, and equipment of industrial manufacturing.
Emphasis on laboratory demonstration and simulation activities such as
machining, welding, casting, and forming operations. PRQ: MATH 155
with a C or better.
270. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS AND CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
I (3). Introduction to circuit elements and models; Kirchhoff’s laws,
Thevenin’s theorem, and Norton’s theorem; maximum power transfer;
series and parallel circuits; power triangle; two-port networks;
equivalent networks with direct current or sinusoidal current. PRQ:
MATH 155 with a C or better and TECH 175 with a C or better. CRQ:
TECH 270A.
270A. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS AND CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
LABORATORY I (1). Selected experiments to accompany TECH 270.
CRQ: TECH 270.
271. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS AND CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
II (3). Study of elementary circuits and analysis; resonance and
antiresonance circuits; power and energy; frequency responses
of coupled circuits, nonsinusoidal waves and lter circuits;
electromagnetic-eld concept. PRQ: TECH 270. CRQ: MATH 229
and TECH 271A.
271A. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS AND CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
LABORATORY II (1). Selected experiments to accompany TECH
271. CRQ: TECH 271.
276. ELECTRONICS I (3). First semester of a two-semester sequence
covering basic semiconductor theory and operations of various
types of diodes, bipolar transistors, and eld-effect transistors. Topics
include transistors biasing, incremental models, stability, and single/
multistage ampliers. PRQ: TECH 270. CRQ: MATH 229 and TECH
276A.
276A. ELECTRONICS I LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory
experiments to accompany TECH 276. CRQ: TECH 276.
277. DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN (3). Design of digital circuits using SSI,
MSI, LSI, and VLSI components. Combinational design techniques
as well as sequential design techniques are presented with the use
of Karnaugh mapping, state transition diagrams and tables, and
register transfer language. PRQ: Either PHYS 211 or both TECH 175
and TECH 175A. CRQ: TECH 277A.
277A. DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LABORATORY (1). Selected
experiments in conjunction with TECH 277. CRQ: TECH 277.
294. TECHNOLOGY AND CULTURAL RELEVANCE (3). Development
and current status of technology with attention given to developing
an understanding of technology as it relates to its various settings
and assumptions. Critical examination of these assumptions with an
effort at organizing facts and developing meanings of technology in
a dynamic society. Technology majors cannot use TECH 294 as a
TECH Elective or for general education credit.
295. MANUFACTURING COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (3). Overview
of computer hardware, software, and processing concepts related to
the control of manufacturing tasks. Emphasis on use of integrated
software packages in the solution of a variety of manufacturing
problems. Laboratory assignments in automation control, real time
data sampling, and creation of user interfaces. PRQ: MATH 155 with
a C or better and TECH 265.
302. GRAPHIC PRESENTATION AND COMMUNICATION (3).
Graphical communication methodology and data presentation
within written and oral formats. Utilization of manufacturing graphics
produced in a CAD environment. Integration of proper writing
techniques, data, and theory into technical reports and short
communications using drawings, charts, and graphs for industrial
applications. PRQ: TECH 211 and TECH 265.
305. GREEN TECHNOLOGIES (3). Crosslisted as ENVS 305X.
Introduction to environmentally friendly engineering and technological
advances and new technologies that utilize green principles and
green transportation. Course includes topics in new areas of green
manufacturing and materials used today and planned for the future,
including the operation and manufacture of solar cells and the
production of wind, thermal, and hydroelectric power. Topics will vary
depending upon new trends in industry. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or
better; or MATH 211 or MATH 229 or MATH 230; and CHEM 100 or
CHEM 110 or CHEM 210 or PHYS 140.
311. COMPUTER-AIDED MODELING (3). Intermediate and
advanced solid modeling techniques and complex shape modeling
including surface creation and manipulation, spline and curve
generation, and model evaluation. Use of the parametric feature of a
solid model to provide an accurate graphical representation of a part
and to effectively capture the design intent. PRQ: Must have a C or
better in TECH 211.
312. DESIGN DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING (3).
Dimensioning techniques using CAD, limits and ts, material condition
modiers, tolerance stacks, and dimensioning standards. Geometric
dimensioning and tolerancing. PRQ: TECH 211 and TECH 260 or
TECH 265.
313. PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT FOR
MANUFACTURABILITY (3). Techniques for creating and testing new
and enhanced product designs for manufacturability. Development of
applications based on reverse design process, mass customization,
and product life cycle studies. Design, construction, and evaluation
of product prototypes. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH 311,
and TECH 265.
314. TOOL AND DIE DESIGN (3). Role of tool design in manufacturing.
Techniques for documenting designs of dies used in industry.
Clamping and work-holding principles. Design representations of
different types of jigs, xtures, and gauges. PRQ: MATH 155 and
TECH 211.
326. FLUID POWER TECHNOLOGY (3). Fluid power principles,
devices, materials, and failure analysis. Examination of hydraulic and
pneumatic systems with emphasis on compressors, pumps, motors,
actuators, uids, uid distribution, protective devices, and control
components. PRQ: PHYS 150A or PHYS 210 and MATH 229, or
consent of department.
331. TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION THEORY (3). Strategies for
operating motor vehicles based upon a contemporary analysis of
the driving task. Laboratory activities include self-improvement,
observation of class, and in-car teaching. PRQ: Valid driver’s license
with three years of satisfactory driving experience.
333. TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION PRACTICES (3). Curriculum
development, teaching practices, and administration of a driver
and traffic safety education program. Laboratory activities include
teaching in the car and in class and observation of driver education
programs. PRQ: TECH 331.
342. MANUFACTURING COMPONENT DESIGN (3). Design of
motion components for the manufacturing industry. Includes CAD
techniques to study solid modeling and manufacturing components
such as gears, cams, and linkages, and their application. PRQ: MATH
230, TECH 211, TECH 212, and TECH 369.
TECHNOLOGY 153
344. MATERIALS AND PROCESSES IN THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY
(3). Laboratory demonstrations and experimentation supplemented
by reading, reports, and eld trips to gain a general appreciation of
the materials and processes used to manufacture plastic products.
Laboratory experimentation includes a wide variety of small,
experimental equipment including injection molding, vacuum forming,
heat laminating, thermoforming, casting, and welding. PRQ: CHEM
110 or CHEM 210, and MATH 155 with a C or better, and TECH 265
or MEE 330.
345. PLASTIC MOLDING PROCESSES (4). Study of plastic molding
processes including injection molding, compression molding, transfer
molding, extrusion, blow molding, rotational molding, and reaction
injection molding. Course includes manufacturing problems, mold
analysis, screw design, ancillary equipment, and plastication theory.
PRQ: TECH 344 OR MEE 330.
362. NUMERICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS (3). Principles, techniques,
and applications of numerically-controlled machine tools with
emphasis on machine-based code/programming using both manual
and computer-controlled systems. Laboratory activities required with
manual and computerized machine tools. PRQ: TECH 262 and either
CSCI 215 or CSCI 240 or TECH 295, or consent of department.
365. METROLOGY (3). Precision measurement techniques including
laboratory experience with optical, electronic, and mechnical
comparators, light wave measuring devices, use of precision gage
blocks, and surface nish analysis. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better
and TECH 211.
369. STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3). Mechanics of deformable
bodies with emphasis on principles of stress and strain; shear
and bending moment; torsion, buckling; failure criteria and design
concepts. PRQ: MATH 229 with a grade of C or better and TECH
210.
375. CONTROL SYSTEMS (3). Analysis of mathematical models of
feedback control systems. Emphasis on controllability and stability
using root locus, Bode plot, and Nyquist criterion. PRQ: MATH 230,
TECH 271, or consent of department.
376. ELECTRONICS II (3). Linear and nonlinear operational amplier
circuits, and active lters. PRQ: MATH 229 with a grade of C or better
and TECH 276. CRQ: TECH 376A.
376A. ELECTRONICS II LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory
experiments to accompany TECH 376. CRQ: TECH 376.
377. MICROCONTROLLERS AND INTERFACING (3). Analysis of
microcontrollers with emphasis on architecture, instruction set, state
diagrams, machine cycles, and interfacing techniques. PRQ: TECH
277. CRQ: TECH 377A.
377A. MICROCONTROLLERS AND INTERFACING LABORATORY
(1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany TECH 377. CRQ:
TECH 377.
378. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESIGN I (3). Basic theory
and application of communication systems. Emphasis on signal
representation, modulation/demodulation techniques, and
communication circuits. Effects of noise in communication systems.
PRQ: MATH 229 with a grade of C or better and TECH 276. CRQ:
TECH 378A or consent of department.
378A. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESIGN LABORATORY (1).
Selected experiments in conjunction with TECH 378. May be repeated
to a maximum of 2 semester hours. CRQ: TECH 378.
379. ELECTRIC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS (3). Theory,
operation, and applications of generators, DC motors, alternators,
synchronous motors, induction motors, servo-mechanisms, and
transformers. PRQ: MATH 229 with a grade of C or better and TECH
271. CRQ: TECH 379A.
379A. ELECTRIC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS
LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany
TECH 379. CRQ: TECH 379.
391. INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL (3). Techniques of
establishing and maintaining quality of product including statistical
quality control applications. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, STAT
208 or STAT 301, or consent of department.
393. STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS (3).
Comprehensive coverage of different classes of materials, their
structure, properties, and industrial uses. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or
better; and CHEM 110 and CHEM 111; or CHEM 210 and CHEM 212;
and TECH 265.
398. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN TECHNOLOGY (1-6).
A. General
B. Automation
C. Industrial Systems
D. Drawing
E. Electricity/Electronics
G. Transportation
J. Project Management
K. Industrial Supervision
M. Metals
N. Numerical Control
Q. Quality
R. Mechanical Technology
U. Power Mechanics
V. Safety
W. Environmental Health and Safety
Y. Plastics
Advanced undergraduate independent study course carried out
under departmental supervision. May include research, application
of principles, or technical problems. May be repeated. Problems must
be dened and accepted by the student’s major adviser and the
instructor under whom the work will be done prior to registration.
401. ETHICS IN TECHNOLOGY (3). Exploration from the point
of view of ethical theory of a number of ethical problems in the
work environment encountered by technologists and engineers.
Recognizing the moral aspects of business decisions on the personal
level and of business institutions on the social level.
402. INDUSTRIAL TRAINING AND EVALUATION (3). History of
employee training, kinds of training, training programs, instructional
methods, and evaluation procedures.
404. SUPERVISION IN INDUSTRY (3). Principles, methods, and
techniques for supervision of people in their work. For supervisory
personnel and those preparing for such positions.
406. FACILITIES MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY (3). Overview of
the technology facility management responsibilities, policies, and
practices that are involved with implementing and/or managing
technology properties that have sustainable goals connected to it.
Identication of competencies needed by the technology facility
management function to properly design, operate, and maintain
facilities within the scope of responsibilities of technology facilities
managers.
409. INTERNSHIP (3). A work experience program planned for the
student lacking full-time experience in industry. The learning situation
is organized and supervised cooperatively by the Department of
Technology staff and personnel of selected organizations. Learning
experiences include obtaining, with the guidance and approval of
the department’s faculty coordinator, an acceptable type of wage-
earning employment where intern-learning experiences are present.
A minimum of eight 40-hour work weeks or 320 work hours total
is required for 3 semester hours of credit. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. Final report required. PRQ: Junior
standing and consent of major adviser and supervising instructor.
Internship cannot be used for credit if already employed in that
position.
411. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES FOR
INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONS (3). Analysis of the production
processes of selected industrial sectors, their specic environmental
and human health/safety impacts, multiple approaches to mitigate
the impacts, and the nancial benets of resource and waste
reduction. Addresses potential hazards of emerging materials and
technologies. Integrated environmental, health and safety auditing of
applicable EPA, OSHA, and international environmental regulations.
PRQ: TECH 245 or TECH 305 or consent of department.
154 TECHNOLOGY
414. COMPUTER-AIDED MACHINE DESIGN (3). Features-based
and parametric solid modeling techniques, design principles of
machine elements, design for manufacturability, stress, strain,
and load distributions, developments in standards for exchange of
product design data. PRQ: PHYS 150A, TECH 265, and TECH 311.
415. APPLIED INDUSTRIAL EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS (3).
Application of experimental methods to common problems in
manufacturing and electronics. Appropriate data analysis, design
concepts, cost estimation, and presentation of results and solutions
with specic emphasis on applied problems in manufacturing
environments. Industrially relevant, commonly available software will
be used as a problem solving tool whenever possible. PRQ: MATH
155 with a C or better and STAT 208.
416. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
TECHNOLOGY (3). Applications of heating, ventilating, and
air conditioning systems. Overview of heat transfer, uids,
thermodynamics, and psychometrics. Heating and cooling thermal
load calculations for conditioned spaces and structures. Selection
of heating and cooling components and integration into systems.
Applications for residential, institutional, commercial, industrial, and
manufacturing spaces. Calculation of energy savings versus costs
among competing systems. Topics from an applied perspective of
technology practices and responsibilities involved with conditioning
various buildings and enclosed environments. PRQ: MATH 155 with
a C or better, and PHYS 150A or PHYS 210.
417. DESIGN FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND GREEN MATERIALS
(3). Overview of energy forms, sources, generation, devices, systems,
and materials. Review of the physics of energy transformation and
conservation. Energy efficiencies of components and systems
from stationary and transportation sectors. Energy-efficient design
in residential, commercial, industrial, and manufacturing systems.
Sustainability, environmental impacts, economic and social issues,
and global governmental policies. Potential of alternative energy
sources. Use of eco-friendly materials to improve efficiency. Topics
from an applied perspective of technology practices, management,
responsibilities, and policies involved with implementing energy
conservation designs. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, and PHYS
150A or PHYS 210.
418. BIOBASED FUELS AND ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
APPLICATIONS (3). Overview of biofuel sources, production, and
applications. Review of conventional energy supplies and uses. The
study of liquid and gaseous fuels derived from plant and animal
matter, utilizing of biofuels for combustion, stationary power, and
transportation. Study of biofuels used in conventional and alternative
manners; sustainability, environmental impacts, economic and social
issues, and global governmental policies. Topics from an applied
perspective of technology practices, management, responsibilities,
and policies involved with implementing large-scale consumption of
biofuels. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, and CHEM 110 or CHEM
210.
419. ENERGY AUDITING (3). Methods of auditing energy
consumption primarily in commercial and industrial operations.
Energy auditing provides a means of determining the ow of energy,
both productively used and wasted in a given facility. Methods of
determining energy consumption through direct measurement and
through engineering estimates are covered. PRQ: MATH 155 with a
C or better.
420. COMPUTER-INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING (3). Study
of computer integrated manufacturing systems utilized by industry,
including computer-aided manufacturing, computer-aided design/
drafting, computer-aided testing/inspection, and computer-aided
process planning. Demonstrations in system integration with
programmable controllers, sensors, machine vision, and robotics.
PRQ: TECH 211 and TECH 265 and either PHYS 211 or both TECH
175 and TECH 175A or consent of department.
423. AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS (3). Study of
automated manufacturing systems utilized by industry, including
robotics, computer-aided design and manufacturing, computer-
aided inspection, and system integration using PLCs, sensors, DAQ
systems, and other automation components. Emphasis on laboratory
experiences with automated technology. PRQ: TECH 326, TECH
420, and TECH 425, or consent of department.
425. PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS (3).
Basic concepts and skills needed to install, program, and apply
programmable electronic controllers in industry. Discrete and analog
input/output (I/O) devices and ladder logic will be studied, including
basic and intermediate PLC functions. Experiments in operation,
programming, and industrial applications with emphasis on discrete
I/Os. PRQ: TECH 265 and either PHYS 211 or both TECH 175 and
TECH 175A, and either TECH 295 or CSCI 215 or CSCI 240 or
consent of department..
426. ELECTRIC SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS FOR ALTERNATIVE
ENERGY (3). Applications of electric systems to capture, store,
condition, and utilize alternative energy sources. Topics include solar
energy, wind energy, fuel cell and smart grid. PRQ: MATH 155 with a
C or better; and PHYS 211, or TECH 175 and TECH 175A.
427. TESTING METHODS, PROCEDURES, AND SELECTION
OF SUSTAINABLE PLASTICS (3). Study of plastics (polymers)
with emphasis on energy-efficient, renewable, and recycled
thermoplastics, thermosets and composite materials in addition to
study of specic properties of plastics material, standard testing
methods/procedures, and product application. PRQ: ENGL 308,
TECH 265 or TECH 344, and CHEM 110 or CHEM 210.
429. PLANT LOCATION, LAYOUT, AND MATERIALS HANDLING
(3). Analysis of plant location, layout, and material handling systems
in achieving manufacturing/service goals. Different approaches to
location, layout, and material handling systems are presented. PRQ:
MATH 155 with a C or better and TECH 265.
430. MICROCONTROLLERS INTERFACING AND APPLICATIONS
(3). Introduction to microcontroller-based systems for embedded
control applications. Topics include microcontroller programming
and interfacing, application of microcontrollers in process control,
automation, instrumentation, and communication. PRQ: TECH 377.
431. INDUSTRIAL VENTILATION (3). Application of principles of
industrial ventilation for the safety professional. Emphasis on the
designing of ventilation to protect workers and the environment.
PRQ: CHEM 110, CHEM 111, MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH
245, TECH434,or consent of department.
432. DISASTER PREPAREDNESS (3). Introduction to the eld of
homeland security, emergency management, business continuity
planning, and disaster preparedness. Discussion of the risks and
hazards associated with planned events, emergencies, natural,
human-made, and technological disasters. Emphasis on hazard
recognition, planning, mitigation, response, and recovery from these
types of events. Enrollment not open to students with credit in UNIV
310.
433. TOXICOLOGY FOR INDUSTRY (3). Basic concepts of toxicity
as it relates to chemicals used in industrial work places. Assessment
of the hazards of chemicals and how to deal with them safely. PRQ:
CHEM 110, CHEM 111, MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH 434, and
TECH 437.
434. HUMAN FACTORS IN INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION
(3). Survey of human factors principles and techniques used to
minimize the frequency and severity of industrial accidents.
435. LEGAL ASPECTS OF SAFETY (3). Study of the development of
federal and state legislation and programs relating to worker safety.
Analysis of the implication of these laws and programs for industrial
safety.
436. DESIGN AND ADMINISTRATION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
PROGRAMS (3). Analysis of current problems and trends in the
design and supervision of model industrial accident prevention
programs. PRQ: TECH 231 or TECH 245, TECH 434, or consent of
department.
437. FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE (3). Application
of principles of industrial (or occupational) hygiene for the safety
specialist, whose role has been greatly expanded by legislation and
current industry practices. Emphasis on recognition and evaluation
of stress-producing conditions in the workplace including chemical
exposure, noise, ventilation, temperature, radiation, lighting, and
their effect on human performance and productivity. PRQ: CHEM
110, CHEM 111, MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH 231, or consent
of department.
TECHNOLOGY 155
438. SAFETY IN TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS (3). Status of,
and rationale for, improvements in safety practices and legislation
for the commercial carriers (rail, pipeline, highway, water, and air
transportation). Each student investigates one system in depth. PRQ:
CHEM 110 and CHEM 111 and MATH 155 with a C or better; TECH
231 and TECH 245; or consent of department.
439. ADVANCED TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATION PRACTICES
(3). Study of advanced driving performance capabilities, driving
strategies and tactics. Emphasis on administrative and instructional
practices for advanced driver education programs. PRQ: TECH 331
or consent of department.
440. MONITORING AND EVALUATING EXPOSURES TO
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (3). Theory and methodology of
evaluating exposures to hazardous materials, risk assessment
techniques, and exposure response. Detailed examination of human
exposure to chemicals, biological and radioactive agents. PRQ:
CHEM 110, CHEM 111, PHYS 150A, and TECH 437, or consent of
department.
441. HAZARD CONTROL IN INDUSTRIAL OPERATIONS (3).
Advanced study of controls for environmental, safety, and health
issues. Concepts related to materials handling systems in relation
to the design and use of guards and protective devices. Advanced
concepts within the realm of safety analysis and applications within
industrial settings. Emphasis on OSHA requirements and applications
of these requirements to various industrial processes. PRQ: MATH
155 with a C or better, PHYS 150A, TECH 231 and TECH 245, or
consent of department.
442. WORK SIMPLIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT (3).
Techniques for improving and standardizing methods; procedures for
measuring work and developing time standards in production and
service activities. PRQ: TECH 265 and MATH 155 with a C or better.
443. ENGINEERING ECONOMY (3). Principles used in the
systematic evaluation of the net worth of benets resulting from
proposed engineering and business ventures in relation to the
expenditures associated with those undertakings. PRQ: MATH 155
with a C or better.
444. PRODUCTION CONTROL SYSTEMS (3). Implementation
and operation of manufacturing systems including facility planning,
quality improvement, labor measurement, production and inventory
control systems. Forecasting methods; the design and organization of
routings, schedules, and bills-of-material; computer-based materials
control; quality and productivity techniques within process and job-
lot environments. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH 265; or
consent of department.
445. INDUSTRIAL ENERGY UTILIZATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS (3). Organizational approaches to establish, implement,
maintain and improve industrial energy and sustainability, including
ISO 50001 energy management systems and lean principles.
Approaches apply to all aspects of energy use and enable an
organization to take a systematic approach to achieving continual
improvement of energy and environmental sustainability performance.
Implementation of lean practices prevents pollution, reduces waste
and highlights opportunities to reuse. How to dene, develop and
manage sustainable solutions including core concepts associated
with leadership in energy and environmental design (LEED) and
greenhouse gas inventory methods are covered. Topics will be
discussed from an applied perspective of technology practices,
management, responsibilities, and policies. PRQ: MATH 155 with a
C or better, and CHEM 110 or CHEM 210.
470. FIBER OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS (3). Fundamentals of
ber optics; ber optics system components and applications in
communication; cellular telephone technology. PRQ: TECH 378.
471. DIGITAL AND DATA COMMUNICATION (3). Coverage of
modulation techniques, transmitters, and receivers in digital
communication systems. Study of data communication codes,
hardware, protocols, and error detection and correction techniques.
Introduction to ber optics communications. PRQ: TECH 378.
472. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICES (3). Application of linear
integrated circuits in communications, instrumentation, control
systems, and other related areas in electrical engineering technology.
PRQ: TECH 277 and TECH 376.
473. ADVANCED DIGITAL DESIGN (3). Application-oriented
perspective to exible architecture digital design using Field
Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) and Complex Programmable
Logic Devices (CPLD). Topics include principles of rmware-
based digital design, circuit prototyping, testing simulation, and
implementation using Intel’s (Hardware Description Language)
modeling and synthesis platform. PRQ: TECH 277 and TECH 277A.
475. COMPUTER SIMULATION IN ELECTRONICS (3). Use of
computer software in the design, troubleshooting and simulation
of electronic circuitry. Emphasis is placed on the different analysis
provided by the circuit simulator: AC Analysis, Fourier Analysis,
Noise and Distortion Analysis, Parameter and Temperature sweeps
analysis, Worst Case and Monte Carlo Analysis; also, the use
of Multisim to create IC components that are not included in the
simulator database. PRQ: TECH 271 and TECH 276.
476. INDUSTRIAL CONTROL ELECTRONICS (3). Basic hardware
involved in servomechanism and process control systems. Topics
include sensors, actuators, signal conditioners, data acquisition
systems, power interfaces, and analog and digital controllers. PRQ:
TECH 376 and TECH 379, or consent of department.
477. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT
I (1). Review and integration of all course work completed to dene
an individual or team project and conduct a preliminary design. PRQ:
Senior standing, ENGL 308 or MGMT 346, TECH 377, TECH 378,
and TECH 376, or TECH 369, TECH 342, and TECH 391.
478. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT
II (3). Design of an electronic/mechanical project to demonstrate the
student’s comprehension of electronic/mechanical fundamentals and
design procedures. Individual or team design projects conducted
under the direct supervision of the instructor. Can enroll in multiple
sections in a single semester. PRQ: TECH 477.
479. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (3).
Current topics of interest. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours provided no repetition of topic occurs. Can enroll in
multiple sections in a single semester. PRQ: Consent of department.
481. ERGONOMICS (3). Study of the basic human factors in
engineering systems with emphasis on human-machine systems in
relation to equipment designs and the work environment. Analyses
of organization factors relevant to operators at work, including
monotony, repetitive work, training, and selection. PRQ: TECH 434,
MATH 155 with a C or better, PHYS 150A or PHYS 210, or consent
of department.
482. INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS (3). Practical
theories and applications of safety engineering are studied in the
industrial environment. Accident investigation and job safety analysis.
PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, PHYS 150A or PHYS 210,
TECH 231, TECH 245, TECH 434, and TECH 441, or consent of
department.
483. APPLIED ERGONOMICS (3). Review of physiological,
biomechanical, and psychological concepts related to workplace
layout, machine tools, and work methods with emphasis on control
of over-exertion injuries, control of work-related musculoskeletal
disorders through the use of software, and analysis and evaluations
of ergonomic problems. Solution of occupational ergonomic problems
with presentation of results in class. PRQ: BIOS 311 and TECH 481,
or consent of department.
484. ENERGY MANAGEMENT (3). Focus on energy sources,
consumption, supply, trends, hazards, control systems, alternatives,
conservation techniques, and measurements. Examples drawn from
residential, commercial, and industrial systems. PRQ: MATH 155 with
a C or better.
156 TECHNOLOGY
485. RISK MANAGEMENT (3). Study of systems management
procedures relating to current issues faced by industrial and
commercial sectors. Emphasis on the responsibility of various levels
of management, facilities, procedural controls, and human factors in
the planning, initiation, and direction of risk management programs.
PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better, TECH 231, TECH 245 and TECH
434, or consent of department.
492. MANUFACTURING DISTRIBUTION APPLICATIONS (3).
Applications of mass customization principles, exible manufacturing,
and the theory constraints in modern industrial distribution.
Examination and assessment of manufacturing supply and
distribution channels for increased value in world-class manufacturing
environments and compliance with ISO 9000 standards. PRQ: MATH
155 with a C or better, TECH 265, and STAT 208 or STAT 301, or
consent of the department.
496. INDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3). Concepts,
principles, and skills of project management. Designed to cover a
variety of types of project management. Emphasis on computer
tools, project management techniques, and accomplishing projects
through teams. Analysis of case studies. Culminating team project
required. PRQ: ENGL 308 or MGMT 346, TECH 429 or TECH 419,
and TECH 415 or TECH 416; and senior status; or consent of the
department.
497. WORKSHOP IN TECHNOLOGY (1-6). Workshop designed for
technologists, supervisors, engineers, managers, and administrators
studying contemporary technological problems in the public and
private sectors. Content varies providing the opportunity to study
current problems and issues related to industry and technology. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Technology Faculty
Clifford R. Mirman, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago,
Presidential Engagement Professor, chair
Abul Azad, Ph.D., University of Sheffield (United Kingdom),
associate professor
Liping Guo, Ph.D., Auburn University, associate professor
Theodore J. Hogan, Ph.D., C.I.H., University of Illinois, Chicago,
assistant professor
Sarveswara (Rao) Kilaparti, Ph.D., Northwestern University,
associate professor
Kevin Martin, Ph.D., University of Missouri, assistant professor
William J. Mills, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, assistant
professor
Shanthi Muthuswamy, Ph.D., University of New York, assistant
professor
Andrew W. Otieno, Ph.D., University of Leeds (Britain), professor
Said Oucheriah, Ph.D., P.E., Cleveland State University, professor
David J. Schroeder, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate
professor
Shun Takai, Ph.D., Stanford University, assistant professor
Robert Tatara, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor
Promod Vohra, Ed.D., P.E., Northern Illinois University, professor
157
College of Health and Human Sciences
Derryl Block, Ph.D., dean
James R. Ciesla, Ph.D., associate dean for research and
resources
Beverly W. Henry, Ph.D., associate dean for academic affairs
The departments and schools of the College of Health and
Human Sciences offer baccalaureate programs leading to the
degree Bachelor of Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in
Education (B.S.Ed.). The College of Health and Human Sciences
offers a contract major leading to the B.S. degree and a B.G.S.
degree.
The undergraduate offerings in the College of Health and Human
Sciences prepare students for entry into specialized career and
professional elds as well as graduate-level study. Some programs
require graduate study for career entry at the professional level.
Programs in the College of Health and Human Sciences are
affiliated or are in cooperative arrangement with many areas
of the community, state and federal agencies, business and
industry, and professional organizations. Relationships with
these agencies and institutions facilitate mutual information
exchange, professional growth, and eld and/or internship
student experience.
Where appropriate, programs in the college meet the
requirements of state and national accrediting agencies.
Professionally accredited university undergraduate programs/
emphases include medical laboratory sciences (National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences); early
childhood studies, health education, and family and consumer
sciences education (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education and Illinois State Board of Education); nutrition and
dietetics (Commission on Accreditation of Dietetics Educators);
nursing (Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education). Other
programs in the college are accredited at the graduate level when
that is the entry level for the profession.
College Mission Statement
The mission of the College of Health and Human Sciences is to
promote health and well-being through scholarship that integrates
teaching, research, and service. The vision of the college is to
enhance the lives of individuals, families, and communities
across the lifespan.
Department/School Names and
Undergraduate Programs Offered
School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
B.S. in medical laboratory sciences
1
B.S. in communicative disorders
B.S. in health sciences
School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
B.S. in nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality management
B.S. in early childhood studies
1
B.S. in family and child studies
1
B.S. in fashion merchandising
Department of Military Science
School of Nursing and Health Studies
B.S.Ed. in health education
B.S. in nursing
1
B.S. in public health
Academic Advising
Academic advisers in the college office assist students in
establishing academic goals and course selection and in interpreting
university and college policies and requirements. At the
department level, faculty advisers assist declared majors in
degree completion and setting professional goals.
Leave of Absence
Students in limited admission programs in the college who must
interrupt their enrollment from NIU must consult with their major
department or program regarding a leave of absence. Each
program maintains specic policies relative to leave of absence
requests.
Clinical and Practicum Assignments
Many of the programs in the college require students to complete
an internship or other professional experience. These experiences
may be on campus or in off-campus affiliated agencies and
institutions. Regulations governing such assignments are
available in the department/program offices.
Dean’s List Criteria
The College of Health and Human Sciences recognizes
undergraduates whose academic performance has been
outstanding through the Dean’s List. The Dean’s List recognizes
those students who achieve a GPA of 3.75 or higher (on a 4.00
scale) while completing a minimum of 12 graded semester hours
within a fall or spring semester.
Special Clinical/Practicum Requirements
Students who select majors in the College of Health and
Human Sciences may need to meet specic clinical/practicum
requirements for their academic programs and/or entry into their
chosen professions, such as a criminal background check, drug
testing, immunizations and u shots, proof of immunity, TB test,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certication, uniforms, and
equipment. The student is generally responsible for the costs of
meeting these requirements. Professional liability and general
liability insurance are generally included as part of course fees
when required. Students may be unable to progress in programs if
there is a positive drug screen, prior criminal record, or they do not
fulll other special clinical requirements such as immunizations.
Refer to the specic program for additional information on these
and other requirements.
1
This is a limited admissions program, placement in which is highly competitive. See “Limited Admissions Requirements” in the Admission
section of this catalog.
158 COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES
Policy on Dismissal
Students must make satisfactory progress in college programs to
be allowed to continue and can be dismissed from the program
or a class for academic reasons, behavior not accepted in the
profession, or actions that threaten the health and safety of
others. It is the responsibility of students to secure a copy of the
dismissal policy from the program.
Contract Major (B.S.)
The College of Health and Human Sciences offers students the
opportunity of constructing individualized programs of study
which are different from the university’s regular major and minor
programs. Such an individualized course of study, termed a
contract major, utilizes existing university courses and leads to
the degree Bachelor of Science (B.S.). To receive the degree,
a student must satisfy all university graduation requirements.
The requirement of the contract major replaces the requirement
of a regular departmental major. (See the section “University
Graduation Requirements.”)
The contract major program allows a student with unusual and
well dened academic interests to design a major with the advice
of a faculty sponsor. The program must be logically structured
around a meaningful and interesting theme or topic. The student
interested in pursuing a contract major should discuss the matter
with an adviser in the department offering the majority of the
academic work proposed for inclusion in the program. Program
proposals should be submitted to the associate dean of the
College of Health and Human Sciences and must be approved
by the College Contract Major Committee.
The student who wishes to propose a contract major must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
The college encourages curricula that are professional in
orientation and similar to those offered in accredited programs
at other universities.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. (The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
on or off campus, up to a maximum of 12 semester hours.)
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of
course work comprising courses basic to the area of study.
No more than 36 semester hours should be taken in any
one disciplinary area; at least 15 semester hours must be
committed to disciplines in the College of Health and Human
Sciences. These 15 semester hours may be included in the
contract or may be in addition to the contract. In either case,
none of these hours may also be counted toward the general
education requirement.
earn at least 30 semester hours of the contract major program
in upper-division courses.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor
of Science with a contract major in _______ (the theme specied
in the contract).
The college reserves the right to deny contract majors that
overextend the resources of a department.
B.G.S. Degree
The focus of this program is baccalaureate-level education for
health and human sciences professionals. This interdisciplinary
individualized program of study leads to the degree Bachelor
of General Studies (B.G.S.) in health and human sciences.
To receive the degree, a student must satisfy all university
graduation requirements. The requirement of the B.G.S. major
replaces the requirement of a regular departmental major. (See
“Other Graduation Requirements.”)
Applicants must be practicing health or human sciences
professionals who hold a current professional credential,
certicate, or license in a health or human sciences eld and have
completed an applied associates degree program or equivalent
number of credits. The professional credential, certicate or
license must be in the eld in which the applicant is working or
attempting to work.
The B.G.S. program allows a student with well-dened academic
interests to design a major in the health and human sciences with
the assistance of a B.G.S. adviser. The student who wishes to
apply for this the B.G.S. degree must
be admitted to NIU.
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
submit a B.G.S. application including a written professional
goals statement and copy of the professional credential. The
B.G.S. application is available through the College of Health &
Human Sciences advising office.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
B.G.S. Requirements (50)
Core Courses (42)
*AHRS 200 - Disability in Society (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
*PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health,
OR PHHE 206 - Contemporary Health Concepts (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
UHHS 310 - Introduction to Health and Human Sciences (3)
UHHS 350 - Critical Thinking for Health and Human Services
Professionals (3)
UHHS 410 - Legal and Ethical Issues for Health and Human
Sciences Professionals (3)
UHHS 430 - Working with Diverse Populations in Health and
Human Sciences (3)
UHHS 450 - Administration for Professionals in Health and Human
Sciences (3)
UHHS 455 - Management of Financial Resources in Health and
Human Sciences Organizations (3)
UHHS 460 - Introduction to Research in Health and Human
Sciences (3)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
UNIV 310 - Foundations in Homeland Security and Disaster
Preparedness (3)
OR TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
Electives (8)
Electives selected with the approval of a B.G.S. adviser.
In addition, B.G.S. students must complete 30 semester hours at
NIU, excluding prociency credit.
Upon successful completion of all B.G.S. requirements, the
student may be awarded up to 30 semester hours of prociency
credit for the learning experiences and education in the discipline
in which he or she holds certication and/or licensure. Students
in this program are exempt from the 30 semester hour university
residence requirement.
A student who completes an approved program and all other
graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor of
General Studies in health and human sciences.
* Available for general education credit.
COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES 159
NOTE: The degree Bachelor of General Studies is not as well
understood outside the university as traditional baccalaureate
degrees. Students earning this degree may be required to
convince prospective employers or graduate schools that the
degree will enable them to succeed in a health or human sciences
related position or pursuit of an advanced degree or certication.
Gerontology
The gerontology program is an interdisciplinary program that
fosters educational, research, and service activities pertinent
to aging. The program offers an interdisciplinary undergraduate
minor and an interdisciplinary certicate of graduate study. The
gerontology minor and certicate allow students to integrate
current knowledge and research on adulthood and aging into
their degree programs. A degree-program student must apply to
the gerontology program. Students must complete a minimum
of 15 semester hours with at least 9 semester hours from the
primary content area.
Minor in Gerontology (15)
Coordinator: Director, Gerontology Program
A student may take no more than 6 of the required 15 semester
hours from a single department. Credit hours applied to satisfy the
requirements for a major may not be counted again as satisfying
the requirements for an interdisciplinary minor.
Primary Content Area (9-12)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
Course work from the following (3-9)
UHHS 466
2
- Topics in Gerontology (3)
UHHS 467
2
- Fieldwork in Gerontology (3)
Other Courses Related to Gerontology (3-9)
ANTH 465 - Medical Anthropology (3)
*BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3)
FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3),
OR PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood Through
Adulthood (3)
FCNS 428 - Nutrition and Aging (3)
FCNS 486 - Aging and the Family (3)
KNPE 454 - Exercise Gerontology (3)
KNPE 493 - Supervised Clinical Experience in Exercise
Gerontology (2)
PHHE 410 - Death Education (3)
PHHE 433 - Principles of Long-Term Care Administration (3)
POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3),
OR PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3)
PSYC 425 - Adult Development and Aging (3)
PSYC 465 - Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3)
SOCI 451 - Medical Sociology (3)
SOCI 460 - Social Structure and the Life Course (3)
SOCI 482 - Sociology of Death and Dying (3)
UHHS 301
1
- Independent Study in Health and Human Sciences (3)
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Gerontology (15)
Drawing from relevant disciplines, this certicate is designed to
examine the multifaceted implications of aging. It is open to all
NIU undergraduates. Students must maintain a good academic
standing in the university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each
certicate course, achieve a GPA of 2.50 in all certicate courses,
and complete all certicate course work within six calendar years.
* Available for general education credit.
1
When topic is related to gerontology.
2
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours if topic changes.
Core Courses (6)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
UHHS 466 - Topics in Gerontology (3),
OR UHHS 465 - Fieldwork in Gerontology (3)
Additional Courses (9)
One course selected from each of the following sets (9):
SOCI 451 (3); SOCI 460 (3); SOCI 482 (3)
FCNS 280 (3); PSYC 225 (3); PSYC 425 (3); PSYC 465(3)
BIOS 109 (3); FCNS 310 (3); NURS 435 (2); NURS 463 (3)
OR With the approval of the Gerontology program director, a
student may substitute UHHS 301 (Independent Study in
Health and Human Sciences) for up to six (6) semester hours
of additional courses.
Leadership in Aging Services (15)
To prepare students for leadership positions within the senior
housing and health care industry, including long-term care
administration. These courses cover content related to laws and
regulations pertaining to long-term care, the aging process, and
administrative and nancial aspects of operation. For students
with a bachelor’s degree, satisfactory completion of this certicate
meets course work requirements for an Illinois license in Nursing
Home Administration and to sit for the licensing examination.
Core Courses
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3)
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
PHHE 433 - Principles of Long-Term Care Administration (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care Organizations
(3)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
UHHS 468 - Leadership in Aging Services (3)
Interdisciplinary Courses Offered by the
College of Health and Human Sciences
(UHHS)
101. ORIENTATION TO HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES (1).
Introduction to majors within the College of Health and Human
Sciences. Evaluation of students’ interests, abilities, and expectations
in relation to requirements for completion of majors within the College
of Health and Human Sciences.
200. EXPERIENCES IN HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES I (3-30).
Approved introductory experiences and related training programs
supervised by a professional specialist. When credit is earned in
conjunction with UHHS 300, Experiences in Health and Human
Sciences II, total credit hours in both courses may not exceed 30
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of college.
300. EXPERIENCES IN HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES II (3-30).
Approved experiences and related training programs supervised by
a professional specialist. When credit is earned in conjunction with
UHHS 200, Experiences in Health and Human Sciences I, total credit
hours in both courses may not exceed 30 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of college.
301. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES
(1-3). Directed independent study and service learning with special
opportunities for interprofessional collaboration in health and human
sciences, gerontology, and related topics. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: At least junior standing and
consent of college.
310. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES (3).
Overview of health and human sciences including individual, family,
and community health and well-being; health and human sciences
organizations; and professional practice. PRQ: CHHS major with at
least junior standing or admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
160 COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES
350. CRITICAL THINKING FOR HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
PROFESSIONALS (3). Crosslisted as NURS 349X. Development
of critical thinking skills as applied to health and human services
professionals. PRQ: Admission to an academic program in the
College of Health and Human Sciences.
410. LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES FOR HEALTH AND HUMAN
SCIENCES PROFESSIONALS (3). Evaluation of complex legal
and ethical issues in health and human sciences service delivery.
Application of professional codes of ethics to clarify appropriate
responses to contemporary dilemmas in the health and human
sciences. Development of critical thinking about ethical issues. PRQ:
CHHS major with at least junior standing or admission to the HHS
B.G.S. major.
430. WORKING WITH DIVERSE POPULATIONS IN HEALTH
AND HUMAN SCIENCES (3). Examination of relationships among
culture, health, and well-being. Investigation of historical, cultural,
social, economic, political, and environmental factors that impact
health behavior and health status of diverse groups. Exploration of
strategies for culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery
addressing the needs of diverse populations. PRQ: CHHS major with
at least junior standing or admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
450. ADMINISTRATION FOR PROFESSIONALS IN HEALTH AND
HUMAN SCIENCES (3). Administrative principles as they pertain
to provision of services by professionals working in health and
human sciences settings. Topics include departmental supervision,
personnel issues, resource management, safety issues, and
governmental regulations. PRQ: CHHS majors with at least junior
standing or admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
455. MANAGEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES IN HEALTH
AND HUMAN SCIENCES ORGANIZATIONS (3). Survey of
accounting and nance techniques used by department-level
health and human sciences managers. Emphasis on third-party
reimbursement mechanisms, the regulatory environment, interpreting
nancial accounting statements, and applying managerial accounting
techniques. Topics include cost behavior analysis, budgeting,
planning, nancial ratios, cost-volume-prot analysis, discounted
cash-ow analysis and related applications of accounting and nance
in health and human sciences organizations. PRQ: CHHS major with
at least junior standing or admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
460. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN HEALTH AND HUMAN
SCIENCES (3). An introductory course in the research process
for students in health and human sciences. General concepts of
research and evidence-based practice. PRQ: STAT 208 or STAT
301or UBUS 223; and CHHS major with at least junior standing or
admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
465. ISSUES IN GERONTOLOGY (3). Interdisciplinary examination
of aging and the older adult population. Includes physiological,
psychosocial, health, and health promotion aspects of aging. PRQ:
Junior standing or consent of gerontology program director.
466. TOPICS IN GERONTOLOGY (3). Exploration of current topics
in the study of health and aging. Possible areas of coverage include:
Bio-psycho-social dimensions of age and aging, or the public policy
challenges of age and aging. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours if topic changes. PRQ: UHHS 465 and junior standing
or consent of college.
467. FIELDWORK IN GERONTOLOGY (3). Application of
gerontological concepts to a real-world setting through an internship
or other applied learning experience. Partners collaborating to provide
the eldwork experience might include long-term care facilities,
elder-service provider agencies, or other relevant organizational
settings outside the university with a focus on older people. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: UHHS 465 and
junior standing or consent of college.
468. LEADERSHIP IN AGING SERVICES (3). Study of the
administration of aging services emphasizing non-clinical leadership
roles and personnel management. Focus on provision and oversight
of quality services along the delivery continuum. Management and
leadership topics, including personnel policy, pertinent to institutional
and community needs. PRQ: PHHE 433 and UHHS 465.
470. WORKSHOP IN HEALTH AND HUMAN SCIENCES (1-3).
Study of interdisciplinary topics in health and human sciences and
application of principles to problems of special interest. Nature and
extent of workshop dependent upon topic and needs of students.
May be repeated or taken concurrently for a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: At least junior standing. PRQ: CHHS major with at least
junior standing or admission to the HHS B.G.S. major.
161
School of Allied Health and Communicative
Disorders (AHCD, AHLS, AHPT, AHRS, COMD)
Admission to the major in medical laboratory sciences is
limited. See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention
Requirements” in the front part of this catalog.
The School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders offers
majors in medical laboratory sciences (B.S.), communicative
disorders (B.S.), health sciences (B.S.), a minor in communicative
disorders, and a baccalaureate degree completion program.
Students interested in one of the school’s majors or minors
should contact the college advising office as early as possible.
Failure to do so could result in delayed graduation.
Majors in the School of Allied Health and Communicative
Disorders who are preparing for professional practice may
be dismissed from a program on the basis of either academic
deciencies or nonprofessional performance. Specic criteria
relating to these areas are made known to each student at the
time the professional phase of a program is initiated.
Medical Laboratory Sciences
General Information
Admission to the majors in medical laboratory sciences is limited.
See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements” in
the front part of this catalog.
The medical laboratory sciences program is accredited by the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences.
To become certied as a Medical Laboratory Scientist (MLS),
the graduate of the program must be examined for professional
competence by the Board of Certication. Completion of the
examination, however, is not a prerequisite for the B.S. degree.
Once admitted into the medical laboratory sciences program, a
student must maintain a grade of C or better in required courses in
the school or be subject to dismissal from the program. A student
also may be dismissed from the program for unprofessional
behavior or for actions which threaten the health and/or safety
of patients. All general education courses must be completed
before beginning the clinical courses in the hospital.
Clinical placements at affiliated hospitals require the student to
provide and incur cost for the following:
student liability insurance;
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certication;
drug screen;
blood titers for hepatitis B, Rubella, Rubeola, Mumps, Varicella
zoster;
completion of a 3-dose series of Hepatitis B immunization
unless proof of immunization is provided. The series should
begin as soon as the new transfer student is accepted into
the medical laboratory sciences major or before students at
NIU enroll in AHLS 211, Introduction to the Medical Laboratory
Sciences;
transportation and room/board for clinical courses.
Before enrolling in AHLS 481, AHLS 482, AHLS 483, AHLS 484,
and AHLS 485, students must have completed all other university
and program requirements for graduation. Additionally, they must
have been admitted to the medical laboratory sciences major
and all AHLS 300-level courses must have been completed with
a grade of C or better. AHLS 300- and 400- level designated
courses are open only to students admitted to the medical
laboratory sciences program and are current majors.
B.S. Degree Completion for Clinical/Medical
Laboratory Technicians
Clinical or medical laboratory technicians with an associate’s
degree and appropriate certication as granted by the Board
of Certication or equivalent and a minimum of two years of
experience working full-time as a CLT/MLT, must demonstrate
the competencies required of all preclinical laboratory sciences
majors. Once formally admitted into the major, students must
complete the following courses, with a grade of C or better: AHCD
440 or AHLS 446, AHLS 301, AHLS 302, AHLS 303, AHLS 308,
AHLS 336, AHLS 344; AHLS 448 or UHHS 460; and 12 semester
hours of AHLS 481, AHLS 482, AHLS 483, AHLS 484, and AHLS
485. Upon successful completion of these courses, the degree
completion student may be awarded up to 16 semester hours of
prociency credit. Students in this program are exempt from the
30-semester-hour university graduation residence requirement.
Individuals who are certied as clinical or medical laboratory
technicians and who desire to complete the requirements for
the B.S. in clinical or medical laboratory sciences are advised to
contact the program coordinator for specic information.
Major in Medical Laboratory Sciences (B.S.)
The medical laboratory sciences program is accredited by the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (60-62)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
AHCD 440 - Introduction to Teaching in the Allied Health
Professions (1)
AHLS 211 - Introduction to the Medical Laboratory Sciences (3)
AHLS 300 - Urinalysis (2)
AHLS 301 - Medical Immunology (2)
AHLS 302 - Hematology/Hemostasis (3)
AHLS 303 - Immunohematology (2)
AHLS 308 - Body Fluids (1)
AHLS 311 - Medical Immunology Laboratory (1)
AHLS 312 - Hematology/Hemostasis Laboratory (2)
AHLS 313 - Immunohematology Laboratory (1)
AHLS 336 - Medical Diagnostic Microbiology /Mycology/
Parasitology (4)
AHLS 337 - Medical Diagnostic Microbiology /Mycology/
Parasitology Laboratory (2)
AHLS 344 - Medical Diagnostic Biochemistry (3)
AHLS 345 - Medical Diagnostic Biochemistry Laboratory (2)
AHLS 446 - Principles of Laboratory Management and Practice (1),
OR UHHS 450 - Administration for Professionals in Health and
Human Sciences (3)
162 ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
AHLS 448 - Introduction to Research in Medical Laboratory
Sciences (2),
OR UHHS 460 - Introduction to Research in Health and Human
Sciences (3)
AHLS 471 - Molecular Testing and Avanced Lectures (6)
AHLS 475 - Medical Laboratory Sciences Competency (1)
And 18 hours from the following courses:
AHLS 481 - Hematology/Hemostasis/Body Fluids Practicum
(2-4)
AHLS 482 - Microbiology/Parasitology/Mycology Practicum (2-4)
AHLS 483 - Medical Diagnostic Biochemistry Practicum (2-4)
AHLS 484 - Medical Immunology Practicum (2-3)
AHLS 485 - Immunohematology Practicum (2-3)
Requirements outside School (34-35)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3), and
BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology II (3), and
BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Biology II Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313 - Microbiology (4)
BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and
*CHEM 213 - General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 230 - Introductory Organic Chemistry (3)
CHEM 231 - Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
CHEM 370 - Introductory Biochemistry (3),
OR BIOS 303 - Cell Biology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Medical Laboratory Sciences: 94-97
Recommendations
Classes in allied health, natural and physical sciences,
mathematics, computer science, as well as the social sciences
and business may be benecial. Consultation with program
faculty is requested prior to course selection.
To become certied as a medical laboratory scientist, the
graduate of the program must be examined on professional
competence by a national certifying body. Completion of the
examination, however, is not a prerequisite for the B.S. degree.
Majors must maintain an ongoing active communication with the
coordinator for clinical laboratory sciences.
Contract major programs culminating with a B.S. degree in
alternative laboratory-related areas are available. See the
description of contract major programs in the general information
about the College of Health and Human Sciences.
Major in Communicative Disorders (B.S.)
Students in this major may combine interests in communicative
disorders with preparation for advanced study in elds as speech-
language pathology, audiology, medical sciences, dentistry,
physical or occupational therapy, community health, physiology,
psychology, linguistics, education, rehabilitation counseling, or law.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (43)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
*AHRS 200 - Disability in Society (3)
AHRS 493 - Counseling in Communicative Disorders (3)
COMD 220 - Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)
COMD 221 - Phonetics and Phonology (3)
COMD 300 - Introduction to Audiology (3)
COMD 305 - Language Development (3)
COMD 323 - Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing
Mechanisms (3)
COMD 325 - Introduction to Hearing and Speech Science (4)
COMD 330 - Neuroscience of Communication and Associated
Behaviors (3)
COMD 429 - Assessment Procedures in Communicative
Disorders (3)
COMD 435 - Clinical Methods (3)
Two of the following (6)
COMD 421 - Aural Rehabilitation (3)
COMD 423 - Developmental Speech and Language Disorders (3)
COMD 424 - Stuttering and Voice Disorders (3)
FLSL 101 - Beginning American Sign Language I (3)
Requirements outside School (18-21)
*BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
EPS 300 - Educational Psychology (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood Through Adulthood
(3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
One of the following (3)
PSYC 425 - Adult Development and Aging (3)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
One of the following (3-4)
*PHYS 150 - Physics (3)
*PHYS 180 - Acoustics, Music, and Hearing (3)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
Total Hours for a major in Communicative Disorders: 70-77
Major in Health Sciences (B.S.)
The Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences program is designed
to prepare the student to enter allied health and other health-
related elds. The health sciences program focuses on providing
the student with a strong foundation through general education
courses and a science-based curriculum. Students in the major
have the choice of two emphases: pre-physical therapy and
rehabilitation services.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1: Pre-Physical Therapy
Students choosing this emphasis are typically interested in
pursuing careers in health-related elds that require a graduate
degree for practice. The required course work provides
the foundation needed to enter health-related professional
programs.
Requirements in School (21)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
AHPT 405 - Physical Therapy and the Rehabilitation Process (3)
*AHRS 200 - Disability in Society (3)
AHRS 327 - Introduction to Rehabilitation Services (3)
AHRS 492 - Medical Aspects of Disability in Rehabilitation (3)
AHRS 493 - Counseling in Rehabilitation Services (3)
One of the following courses:
AHRS 472 - Occupational Therapy and the Rehabilitation
Process (3)
COMD 323 - Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and
Hearing Mechanisms (3)
COMD 330 - Neuropathologies of Speech and Language (3)
Requirements outside School (62 - 65)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology II (3)
BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Biology II Laboratory (1)
* Available for general education credit
ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS 163
BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5),
OR BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4)
BIOS 355 - Human Physiology (4)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 213 - General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus (4)
*PHHE 206 - Contemporary Health Concepts (3)
*PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health (3)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
*PHYS 211 - General Physics II (4)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood through Adulthood (3),
OR *FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family and Society (3)
PSYC 316 - Introduction to Psychopathology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
UHHS 310 - Introduction to Health and Human Sciences (3)
UHHS 460 - Introduction to Research in Health and Human
Sciences (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1. Pre-Physical Therapy: (83-86)
Emphasis 2: Rehabilitation Services
Students in this emphasis are usually preparing as
paraprofessionals or professionals providing human/social
services to persons with disabilities. The required courses provide
a basic background in disability and rehabilitation concepts,
psychological principles and statistics. Paraprofessional positions
(e.g., job coach, rehabilitation aide) can be obtained by students
with the baccalaureate degree. Students desiring professional
positions must obtain a master’s degree. The undergraduate
curriculum is preparatory to graduate study which meets the
course requirements of the Commission on Rehabilitation
Counseling Certication.
Requirements in School (22)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
*AHRS 200 - Disability in Society (3)
AHRS 327 - Introduction to Rehabilitation Services (3)
AHRS 426 - Introduction to Topics in Rehabilitation Services (1)
AHRS 482 - Post-Employment Services in Vocational
Rehabilitation (3)
AHRS 492 - Medical Aspects of Disability in Rehabilitation (3)
AHRS 493 - Counseling in Rehabilitation Services (3)
One of the following courses:
AHRS 472 - Occupational Therapy and the Rehabilitation
Process (3)
COMD 220 - Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)
FLSL 101 - Beginning American Sign Language I (3)
Requirements outside School (39-40)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood Through
Adulthood (3),
OR *FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family and Society (3)
PSYC 316 - Introduction to Psychopathology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
UHHS 460 - Introduction to Research in Health and Human
Sciences (3)
Course work chosen with adviser’s approval (24) at least 9 credits
at the 300-400 level
Note: Students considering Occupational Therapy graduate training
are encouraged to enroll in BIOS 311 and BIOS 357
Total Hours for Rehabilitation Services: (61-62)
Minor in Communicative Disorders (21)
Health Sciences and Medical Laboratory Sciences majors are
eligible to complete this minor.
COMD 220 - Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)
Electives in communicative disorders and/or rehabilitation services
chosen from the following: (18)
AHCD 494 - Workshop in Allied Health and Communicative
Disorders (1-3)
AHRS 493 - Counseling in Rehabilitation Services (3)
COMD 221 - Phonetics and Phonology (3)
COMD 300 - Introduction to Audiology (3)
COMD 305 - Language Development (3)
COMD 325 - Introduction to Hearing and Speech Science (4)
COMD 330 - Neuroscience of Communication and Associated
Behaviors (3)
COMD 429 - Assessment Procedures in Communicative
Disorders (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Deafness Rehabilitation (21)
Health Sciences Emphasis 1 and Emphasis 2, Medical Laboratory
Sciences, and COMD majors are eligible to complete this minor.
Requirements (21)
AHRS 200 - Disability in Society (3)
AHRS 327 - Introduction to Rehabilitation Services (3),
OR COMD 421 - Aural Rehabilitation (3)
COMD 300 - Introduction to Audiology
FLSL 101 - Beginning American Sign Language I (3)
FLSL 102 - Beginning American Sign Language II (3)
FLSL 201 - Intermediate American Sign Language I (3)
FLSL 202 - Intermediate American Sign Language II (3)
Course List
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders (AHCD)
318. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY (3). Study of Study of the basic
language related to medical science and to the allied health professions
incorporating anatomy and physiology and pathophysiology.
Emphasis on word analysis using case studies and medical reports.
440. INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING IN THE ALLIED HEALTH
PROFESSION (1) . Introduction to principles of learning, instructional
strategies, interpersonal relationships, evaluation and instructional
design as these topics relate to clinical instruction in the allied health
professions.
444. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN HEALTH SCIENCES (1-6).
Independent study of current topics in the health sciences under
faculty supervision. May be repeated or taken concurrently to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
480. INTERNSHIP: ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE
DISORDERS (3). Supervised internship in health and human
services to include agency/facility visits, discussion and observation
of service provision, and entry-level experiences. PRQ: Junior or
senior standing and consent of school.
490. SENIOR SEMINAR (3). Introduction to research topics in allied
health and communicative disorders with discussion of research
questions and methodologies. Participation in a research project
under faculty direction required. PRQ: Senior status, with a GPA of
3.30 or higher at the completion of 90 hours, or consent of school.
494. WORKSHOP IN ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE
DISORDERS (1-3). Application of principles of allied health and
communicative disorders to problems of special interest to the
participant. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Available for concurrent enrollment. S/U grading may be used.
* Available for general education credit
164 ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
498. TUTORIAL IN ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE
DISORDERS (1-3). Directed individual study and research in
special areas of allied health and communicative disorders. Speech
Language Pathology/Audiology, Clinical Laboratory Sciences, and
Pre-physical Therapy majors may repeat to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. Rehabilitation Services majors and Deafness Rehabilitation
minors may repeat to a maximum of 9 semester hours with adviser
approval. Available for concurrent enrollment. S/U grading may be
used. PRQ: Consent of school.
499. HONORS CAPSTONE PROJECT (3). Intensive study of a selected
topic in allied health or communicative disorders disciplines involving
experimental or other scholarly work that serves as the capstone
project in the University Honors Program. Open only to seniors within
the School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders who are
currently admitted to the University Honors Program. PRQ: Consent
of school and of the University Honors Program.
Medical Laboratory Sciences (AHLS)
211. INTRODUCTION TO THE MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
(3). Introduction to the profession of medical laboratory sciences and
to the medical laboratory scientist’s role in the delivery of health care.
Introduction to the major work components performed in the clinical
laboratory. To be taken by all pre-professional students or majors for
3 semester hours.
300. URINALYSIS (2). Principles and techniques of urinalysis and
basic renal function tests. Examination of the chemical and biological
bases for routine laboratory procedures for urine. Development
of prociency in the handling and testing of urine. PRQ: Medical
laboratory sciences major.
301. MEDICAL IMMUNOLOGY (2). Theory and application of general
immunology, genetics principles and investigative techniques to
medical immunology as would be applied in the clinical laboratory.
PRQ: Medical laboratory sciences major.
302. HEMATOLOGY/HEMOSTASIS (3). Principles and investigative
techniques of hematology and hemostasis. Examination of the
chemical, biological, and technical basis for clinical laboratory
procedures and quality assurance strategies. Development of
prociency in hematologic and coagulation procedures data
interpretation. PRQ: Medical laboratory sciences major.
303. IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY (2). Theory and application of genetics
principles and investigative techniques to clinical immunohematology
as it would be applied in the clinical laboratory. CRQ: AHLS 301. PRQ:
Medical laboratory sciences major.
308. BODY FLUIDS (1). Principles, techniques, and development
of prociency in handling spinal, seminal, amniotic, and serous
uids. Examination of the chemical and biological bases for routine
laboratory procedures for these uids. PRQ: Medical laboratory
sciences major.
311. MEDICAL IMMUNOLOGY LABORATORY (1). Practical
laboratory application of theory and analytical techniques related to
the medical immunology lectures. Includes manual and automated
procedures for assessment of clinical specimens. Clinical specimens
utilized in laboratory. CRQ AHLS 301.
312. HEMATOLOGY/HEMOSTASIS LABORATORY (2). Practical
laboratory application of theory and analytical techniques related
to the hematology and hemostasis lectures. Manual and automated
procedures for assessment of hematology and hemostatis will be
performed. Clinical specimens utilized in laboratory. CRQ: AHLS 302
313. IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY LAB (1). Practical laboratory application
of theory and analytical techniques related to the immunohematology
lectures. Includes manual and automated procedures for assessment
of clinical specimens. Clinical specimens utilized in laboratory. CRQ:
AHLS 303.
336. MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC MICROBIOLOGY/MYCOLOGY/
PARASITOLOGY (3). Theory and application of general microbiology
principles and laboratory techniques to diagnostic microbiology
practices as routinely applied in the clinical laboratory. Introductory
studies of the processes and clinical laboratory strategies for
cultivation/identication of pathogens in the human. Theory and
application of general principles and laboratory techniques for
the identication of pathogenic fungi and parasites in the clinical
laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 213 or BIOS 313; and medical laboratory
sciences major.
337. MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC MICROBIOLOGY/MYCOLOGY/AND
PARASITOLOGY LABORATORY (2). Practical laboratory application
of theory and analytical techniques related to the clinical microbiology,
mycology and parasitology lectures. Includes manual procedures for
the identication and assessment of pathogenic microorganisms
including fungi and parasites in the clinical laboratory. Clinical
specimens utilized in laboratory. CRQ: AHLS 336.
344. MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC BIOCHEMISTRY (3). Clinical
correlations of laboratory results and pathologic processes. Theory
of analytical techniques and interpretation of data as applied to
clinical conditions. PRQ: Medical laboratory sciences major.
345. MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2).
Practical laboratory application of theory and analytical techniques
in clinical chemistry. Manual and instrumental procedures for
assessment of chemical parameters of clinical specimens. CRQ:
AHLS 344.
446. PRINCIPLES OF LABORATORY MANAGEMENT AND
PRACTICE (1). Expansion of skills of the clinical laboratorian who is
an expert in the technical and professional operations of the laboratory
to include expertise necessary for administrative and management
roles for the laboratory. Didactic and practical experiences both in the
classroom and via off-campus activities.
448. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN MEDICAL LABORATORY
SCIENCES (3). Research in medical/clinical settings. Focus on
design and critique of scientic articles and research projects.
471. MOLECULAR TESTING AND ADVANCED LECTURES (3).
Advanced lectures and practical assessment in medical laboratory
sciences including molecular testing by faculty and invited guest
speakers with expertise in specialty topics. Course may be repeated
for up to 6 semester hours. PRQ: Grades of C or better in all AHLS
300-level courses, or consent of school.
472. DIAGNOSTIC MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (2). Theory and
application of nucleic acid testing used in forensics and diagnosis
of infectious disease, inherited disorders, cancer, transplantation,
mutations and polymorphisms. PRQ: Acceptance into the medical
laboratory sciences major.
475. MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES COMPETENCY (1).
Application of all previously learned skills in the clinical laboratory
and academic setting. Topics include hematology/hemostasis,
microbiology/mycology/parasitology, chemistry, immunology,
immunohematology, urinalysis/body uids. S/U grading. PRQ:
Consent of school.
480. TOPICS IN APPLIED NUCLEAR MEDICINE TECHNOLOGY
(1-9).
A. Nuclear Medicine Technology Procedures. Principles of asepsis;
patient handling and positioning; concepts of pathology and
examination indications; diagnostic imaging and nonimaging
procedures; tomography; and computer acquisition and processing
applications. Critique of case studies. Professional and ethical issues
related to the practice of nuclear medicine technology.
B. Clinical Nuclear Medicine. Principles and application of nuclear
medicine technology procedures involving the diagnostic, therapeutic,
and investigative uses of radionuclides. Supervised clinical practicum
at affiliated institutions.
ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS 165
C. Radiation Detection and Safety. Principles of natural and articial
radiation, biological effects, and radioactive decay; radionuclide
production; radiation detection, protection, and dosimetry;
radionuclide imaging and nonimaging instrumentation including
computer acquisition and image reconstruction algorithms; and
quality assurance and government regulations pertaining to
radioactive materials possession.
D. Radiopharmacy. Principles of radiopharmaceutical chemistry,
radiolabeling, preparation, and administration; pharmocokinetics,
radiopharmacy design, management, and documentation; and
safety issues pertaining to the clinical application of diagnostic and
therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals.
Topics offered at affiliated institutions accredited for programs in
nuclear medicine technology. PRQ: Acceptance into accredited
program in nuclear medicine technology at an affiliated institution.
481. HEMATOLOGY/HEMOSTASIS/BODY FLUIDS PRACTICUM
(2-4). Application of the theoretical-basis of hematology, hemostasis
and body uids in the practice setting. Focus on safety, regulatory
policies, techniques and skills in hematology, hemostasis and
body uids for competency building in evidence based practice
for laboratory medicine. Recognition of laboratory personnel’s role
as a member of the healthcare team. Participation in collaborative
relationships in the practice setting. PRQ: AHLS 302, AHLS 312, and
AHLS 308; or consent of school.
482. MICROBIOLOGY/PARASITOLOGY/MYCOLOGY PRACTICUM
(2-4). Application of the theoretical-basis of Microbiology, Parasitology
and Mycology in the practice setting. Focus on safety, regulatory
policies, techniques and skills in Microbiology, Parasitology and
Mycology for competency building in evidence based practice for
laboratory medicine. Recognition of laboratory personnel’s role as
a member of the health care team. Participation in collaborative
relationships in the practice setting. PRQ: AHLS 336 and AHLS 337;
or consent of school.
483. MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC BIOCHEMISTRY PRACTICUM (2-4).
Application of the theoretical-basis of medical biochemistry in the
practice setting. Focus on safety, regulatory policies, techniques and
skills in medical biochemistry for competency building in evidence
based practice for laboratory medicine. Recognition of laboratory
personnel’s role as a member of the health care team. Participation
in collaborative relationships in the practice setting. PRQ: AHLS 344
and AHLS 345; or consent of school.
484. MEDICAL IMMUNOLOGY PRACTICUM (2-3). Application of
the theoretical-basis of clinical immunology in the practice setting.
Focus on safety, regulatory policies, techniques and skills in clinical
immunology for competency building in evidence based practice
for laboratory medicine. Recognition of laboratory personnel’s role
as a member of the health care team. Participation in collaborative
relationships in the practice setting. PRQ: AHLS 301, AHLS 311; or
consent of program.
485. IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY PRACTICUM (2-3). Application
of the theoretical-basis of clinical immunohematology and blood
transfusion services in the clinical setting. Focus on safety, regulatory
policies, techniques and skills in clinical immunohematology and
blood transfusion services for competency building in evidence
based practice for laboratory medicine. Recognition of laboratory
personnel’s role as a member of the health care team. Participation
in collaborative relationships in the practice setting. PRQ: AHLS 303
and AHLS 313; or consent of program.
Communicative Disorders (COMD)
220. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS (3).
Overview of speech, language, and hearing processes and disorders.
Discussion of the professional and scientic roles of speech-language
pathologists and audiologists as well as the implications of assisting
individuals with communicative disorders in social, educational, and
vocational settings.
221. PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY (3). Speech sound production
and structure of the sound system of the English language. Phonetic
transcription and analysis of phonological patterns for clinical
application.
300. INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY (3). Introduction to the
profession of audiology and clinical procedures; etiology and
diagnosis of auditory disorders.
305 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT (3). Crosslisted as LTLA 305X.
Overview of oral language acquisition including phonological,
morphological, syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic development in
children from infancy through adolescence. CRQ: ENGL 207.
323. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SPEECH AND
HEARING MECHANISMS (3). Human anatomy and physiology
of those structures and functions involved in the expressive and
receptive aspects of oral communication. PRQ: BIOS 109 or BIOS
357.
325. INTRODUCTION TO HEARING AND SPEECH SCIENCE (4).
Physical acoustics, the normal auditory process, and psychophysical
processes relevant to audition as well as perceptual, physiological,
and acoustical analysis of speech. PRQ: COMD 221; and MATH
155 or MATH 210; and PHYS 150 or PHYS 180 or PHYS 210. CRQ:
COMD 323.
330. NEUROSCIENCE OF COMMUNICATION AND ASSOCIATED
BEHAVIORS (3). Overview of the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
underlying communication and associated behaviors including
sensory organization (auditory, visual, somatosensory), neuromotor
control and higher-level language and cognitive mechanisms.
Discussion of clinical syndromes associated with central and
peripheral nervous system dysfunction. Note: Previous coursework
in an anatomy class is strongly recommended. PRQ: At least
sophomore standing.
421. AURAL REHABILITATION (3). Theory and methods of
habilitation/rehabilitation for communication disorders associated
with hearing impairment across the life span. PRQ: COMD 300 and
COMD 305.
423. DEVELOPMENTAL SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS
(3). Disorders of speech and language in special populations;
observations and clinical problem solving. PRQ: COMD 221 and
senior standing and admission to deafness rehabilitation minor or
communicative disorders major.
424. STUTTERING AND VOICE DISORDERS (3). Introduction to
the identication, measurement, and treatment of stuttering and
voice disorders. Course will provide an overview of these disorders
including a focus on diagnosis and suggestions for treatment.
429. ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES IN COMMUNICATIVE
DISORDERS (3). Fundamental concepts underlying the evaluation
of communicative disorders. PRQ: COMD 220 and STAT 208 or STAT
301. CRQ: Junior status.
435. CLINICAL PROCEDURES AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES (3).
Presents general information concerning intervention principles and
professional issues in communication disorders; including scopes of
practice, clinical terminology, evaluation tools, construction of therapy
plans, and report writing. PRQ: At least senior standing COMD major.
Physical Therapy (AHPT)
405. PHYSICAL THERAPY AND THE REHABILITATION PROCESS
(3). Examination of the history, philosophy, practice settings and
professional roles, ethical and legal issues, and current issues of
physical therapy and rehabilitation. Supervised clinical observations
at selected clinical sites. PRQ: Health sciences major and senior
standing, or consent of school.
Rehabilitation Services (AHRS)
200. DISABILITY IN SOCIETY (3). Overview of disability from
personal, philosophical, sociological, psychological, medical, and
legal perspectives. Emphasis on understanding disability within
a minority-group model as dened by shared experiences of
stigmatization and oppression.
327. INTRODUCTION TO REHABILITATION SERVICES (3). Survey
of various elds and professions providing rehabilitation and related
services to persons with disabilities.
166 ALLIED HEALTH AND COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
426. INTRODUCTION TO TOPICS IN REHABILITATION SERVICES
(1). Introduction and discussion of topics related to clinical procedures
employed in provision of rehabilitation and related service to persons
with disabilities. PRQ: Consent of school.
472. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY AND THE REHABILITATION
PROCESS (3). Introduction to the eld of occupational therapy
including history, philosophy, scope and areas of practice, ethics,
training, credentialing and roles and responsibilities of occupational
therapists, occupational therapy assistants, and occupational
therapy aides. Special attention given to occupational therapy as
part of an interdisciplinary team with disciplines including speech-
language pathology, physical therapy and rehabilitation services.
PRQ: Consent of school.
482. POST-EMPLOYMENT SERVICES IN VOCATIONAL
REHABILITATION (3). Overview of the systems and accommodative
techniques for providing post-employment services (e.g., job
coaching) to people with the most severe disabilities.
492. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF DISABILITY IN REHABILITATION (3).
Introduction to the anatomy and physiology of select body systems
and associated impairments. An emphasis is placed on medical
terminology as it relates to comprehension and the provision of
rehabilitation services.
493. COUNSELING IN REHABILITATION SERVICES (3). Counseling
principles and techniques as related to assessment, treatment, parent
conferences, staffings, and eliciting parent/client cooperation.
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
Faculty
Sherrill R. Morris, Ph.D., University of Kansas, associate professor,
chair
Hamid Bateni, Ph.D., McGill University, associate professor
Mary Jo Blaschak, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate
professor
Daniel L. Boutin, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, associate
professor
King Chung, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate professor
Cristine F.C. Dos Santos, Ph.D., UNESP, assistant professor
Prisca Collins, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant professor
Bryan K. Dallas, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Carbondale,
assistant professor
Danai C. F. Fannin, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, assistant
professor
Allison Gladfetter, Ph.D., Purdue University, assistant professor
Jeanne M. Isabel, M.S.Ed., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
In-Sop Kim, Ph.D., Florida State University, assistant professor
Gregory A. Long, Ph.D., University of Kansas, Presidential Teaching
Professor
Natalie Maurin, M.A., C.R.C., LP.C., Northern Illinois University,
clinical coordinator
Jamie F. Mayer, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
Amanda K. McCarthy, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Raymundo Munguia Vazquez, Ph.D., McGill University, associate
professor
Christine Odeh, D.H.Sc., University of Indianapolis, assistant
professor
Janet L. Olson, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant professor
Masih Shokrani, Ph.D., Meharry Medical College, associate professor
Patricia Tattersall, Ph.D., Western Michigan University, assistant
professor
Miriam VanMersbergen, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, assistant
professor
Matthew J. Wilson, Ph.D., University of Tennessee Health Science
Center, assistant professor
167
School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences (FCNS)
Admission to the major in family and child studies and to the
interdisciplinary major in early childhood studies is limited.
See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements”
in the Admission section of this catalog.
The School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
prepares professionals who support families and individuals in
meeting their basic human needs. The programs are based on an
interdisciplinary approach, drawing on the behavioral sciences,
natural sciences, and the humanities. Students learn theories and
their application to professions in nonprot organizations, private
practice, government, education, and business. Graduates
have the necessary foundation for a career as well as further
study. Students majoring in a program offered by the school may
obtain licensure to teach family and consumer sciences/home
economics at the secondary level.
School Requirement
The student must be in good standing at NIU to declare a major
or premajor in the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences.
Policy on Dismissal
University policy requires that students be informed of the
possibility of being dismissed from practicums, internships, and
early eld experiences. In the School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences, such a possibility exists in FCNS 240, FCNS
256, FCNS 293, FCNS 294, FCNS 295, FCNS 296, FCNS 341,
FCNS 344, FCNS 356, FCNS 393, FCNS 394, FCNS 395, FCNS
396, FCNS 398, FCNS 431, FCNS 474, FCNS 475, FCNS 490,
FCNS 493, FCNS 495, FCNS 497, SEEC 485A, and SEEC
485B. A statement of grounds for dismissal is available from the
coordinator of each internship.
The School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences standards
committee may review a student who displays behavior that
threatens the health and/or safety of others in settings such as a
major class, practicum, internship, or school-related activity.
Recommendation
Students who plan to major in a program offered by the School of
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences should take chemistry
and biology in high school.
Comprehensive Major in Family and Child
Studies (B.S.)
All emphases in this major have an applied as well as a theoretical
orientation. The major emphasizes a developmental life-span
approach to individual and family change. The inuence of
family and individual development on one another is the guiding
principle in all programs.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Family and Individual Development
This emphasis provides career enhancement for students who
have prior work experience with individuals and/or families, or
who plan to pursue a career in secondary education, or higher
education in family and child studies and related elds. It is
recommended as preparation for advanced degrees in related
elds with a research rather than a service focus.
Requirements in School (30)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR *FCNS 207 - The Consumer (3),
OR FCNS 285 - Introduction to Family Life Education (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3),
OR PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3),
*FCNS 230 - Child Development (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 343 - Family Financial Planning (3)
FCNS 445 - Management of Human and Family Resources (3)
FCNS 484 - Family Theories (3)
Three of the following (9)
FCNS 180 - Personal Development and the Family (3)
FCNS 398 - Cooperative Education for Family and Individual
Development (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
FCNS 432 - Theories of Child Development (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent-Child Interaction From Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 438 - Parent Education (3)
FCNS 482 - Child Abuse and Neglect (3)
FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3)
FCNS 486 - Aging and the Family (3)
FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and
Families in the U.S. (3)
Requirements outside School (21-23)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
*PHIL 105 - Critical Reasoning (3)
PSYC 305 - Research Methods (3)
UHHS 350 - Critical Thinking for Health and Human Services
Professionals (3)
EPS 307 - Development of the Adolescent (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSYC 316 - Introduction to Psychopathology (3),
OR PSYC 465 - Advanced Developmental Psychology (3),
OR CAHC 400 - Exploration in the Counseling Profession (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
*SOCI 260 - Introduction to Social Psychology (3),
OR PSYC 372 - Social Psychology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1. Family and Individual
Development: 51-53
Special Requirements
Prior to enrolling in FCNS 398, the following must be completed:
ngerprint-based criminal background check;
completed application required to meet posted deadlines
Professional liability insurance is provided through a course fee.
* Available for general education credit
168 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
Emphasis 2. Family Social Services
This emphasis is intended for students who seek entry-level
employment in family service, family life education, mental
health, or community welfare agencies which serve primarily
older children, adolescents, adults, couples, and/or the elderly. It
is recommended as preparation for advanced degrees in social
work, family and child studies, marriage and family therapy, and
related elds.
Requirements in School (46)
*FCNS 180 - Personal Development and the Family (3)
FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR *FCNS 207 - The Consumer (3),
OR FCNS 285 - Introduction to Family Life Education (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3),
OR PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3),
*FCNS 230 - Child Development (3)
OR EPS 307 - Development of the Adolescent (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 343 - Family Financial Planning (3)
FCNS 382 - Group Process and Personal and Family Functioning (3)
FCNS 383 - Clinical Applications in Family Social Services (3)
FCNS 431 - Internship: Family Social Services (7)
FCNS 445 - Management of Human and Family Resources (3)
FCNS 481 - Professional Practices in Family Social Services (3)
FCNS 484 - Family Theories (3)
FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and Families
in the U.S. (3),
OR FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3),
One of the following (3)
FCNS 438 - Parent Education (3)
FCNS 482 - Child Abuse and Neglect (3)
FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3)
FCNS 486 - Aging and the Family (3)
PSYC 316 - Introduction to Psychopathology (3)
Requirements outside the School (15-17)
One of the following (3-4)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
*PHIL 105 - Critical Reasoning (3)
PSYC 305 - Research Methods (3)
UHHS 350 - Critical Thinking for Health and Human Services
Professionals (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
*SOCI 260 - Introduction to Social Psychology (3),
OR PSYC 372 - Social Psychology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2. Family Social Services: 61-63
Special Requirements
Students must be admitted to the emphasis before enrolling
in FCNS 382. Students should apply for admission prior to the
second semester of their sophomore year or upon entry to the
university to allow for a more timely graduation without delays
due to course sequences.
Complete a total of 100 certied hours of approved community
service, at least 50 hours completed prior to enrolling in FCNS
383 and the balance completed prior to enrolling in FCNS 431.
Prior to registering for FCNS 431, NIU must have a signed
affiliation agreement with the agency where the student will be
serving their internship.
A grade of C or better in FCNS 180 is a prerequisite for enrolling
in FCNS 382, a grade of C or better in FCNS 382 is a prerequisite
for enrollment in FCNS 383. Prerequisites for enrollment in the
internship FCNS 431 are an overall GPA of at least 2.20 in
NIU course work at the time of application for the internship,
completion of FCNS 180, FCNS 382, and FCNS 383 with a grade
of C or better, completion of FCNS 481, senior standing, and
consent of the school. Professional liability insurance is provided
through a course fee. Application is required in September for
internships during the following spring and summer terms. In the
semester prior to enrollment in FCNS 431, students are required
to attend monthly meetings. Students must complete FCNS 431
with a grade of C or better.
Students not meeting the requirements for entry into the
internship may, with the consent of the school, change to
Emphasis 1, Family and Individual Development, in order to
complete graduation requirements.
B.S. Completion in Emphasis 2
This completion program is limited to students with an Applied
Associate of Science degree in human development and
family studies from City Colleges of Chicago. Upon successful
completion at NIU of at least 7 semester hours of FCNS 431
with a grade of C or better, the student will receive a total of 12
semester hours credit for: PHHE 306, FCNS 488, FCNS 431
and one 3 credit upper division elective. The required community
service hours will be waived for students who have completed
an Associates of Applied Science in Human Development and
Family Studies from the City Colleges of Chicago. Graduates of
other community colleges with similar programs can petition the
School of Family, Consumer and Nutrition Sciences for a review
of their transcripts.
Emphasis 3. Child Development
This emphasis provides preparation for professionals who serve
infants, toddlers, and young children and their parents in parent-
child programs both home- and community-based, in programs
for parents and expectant parents, in child-life, early intervention,
and early childhood education programs, and in leadership/
advocacy positions. With this preparation, graduates are qualied
to apply for an Early Childhood Core Credential Level V, the Infant/
Toddler Credential Level V, the Illinois Director Credential Level
II, and an Early Intervention Developmental Therapist credential.
Students can apply for the rst three credentials by contacting the
Illinois Network of Child Care and Resources Referral Agencies.
Students can apply for the fourth credential by contacting
Provider Connections. Students interested in the Illinois Director
Credential must take: FCNS 434, FCNS 438, FCNS 445, and
FCNS 483. The Child Development Emphasis is recommended
as preparation for advanced degrees in child development, family
and child studies, and related elds.
Requirements in School (51)
*FCNS 230 - Child Development (3)
FCNS 231 - An Observational Approach to the Study and
Assessment of Young Children (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 330 - Principles of Guiding Young Children (3)
FCNS 331 - Inclusive Program Planning for Infants, Toddlers, and
Their Parents (3)
FCNS 332 - Inclusive Program Planning for Children 3-8 Years of
Age and Their Parents (3)
FCNS 432 - Theories of Child Development (3)
FCNS 482 - Child Abuse and Neglect (3)
FCNS 490 - Practicum in Infant and Child Development
Laboratories (12)
FCNS 498 - Professional Seminar in Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences (3)
* Available for general education credit
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 169
One of the following areas of study (9)
Parent/Infant Specialist (9)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3),
OR FCNS 434 - Administration and Supervision of Quality
Programs for Young Children from Diverse Backgrounds (3),
OR FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and
Families in the U.S. (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent-Child Interaction From Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 439 - Infant Development in the Family: Typical and Atypical (3)
Child Life Specialist (9)
FCNS 433 - Introduction to Child Life Theory and Practice (3)
Two of the following (6)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
EPS 307 - Development of the Adolescent (3)
FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
FCNS 439 - Infant Development in the Family: Typical and
Atypical (3)
SOCI 482 - Sociology of Death and Dying (3)
Leadership Studies (9)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3),
OR FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and
Families in the U.S. (3),
FCNS 434 - Administration and Supervision of Quality Programs for
Young Children from Diverse Backgrounds (3)
FCNS 445 - Management of Human and Family Resources (3)
Requirements outside School (15-16)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
One of the following (3-4)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3)
*MATH 201 - Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
*PHIL 105 - Critical Reasoning (3)
PSYC 305 - Research Methods (3)
UHHS 350 - Critical Thinking for Health and Human Services
Professionals (3)
Total Hours of Emphasis 3, Child Development: 66-67
Special Requirements
Students must earn a grade of C or better in FCNS 230 or EPS
304 or PSYC 324 in order to enroll in FCNS 330, FCNS 331, and
FCNS 332. Students are required to attend mandatory meetings
every fall and spring semester prior to enrollment in FCNS 490.
At the time of enrolling in FCNS 490, the following prerequisites
must be completed:
declaration as a major in emphasis 3;
an overall GPA of at least 2.20 in all NIU course work;
completion of 50 hours of approved community service in
a child development agency (completed after admission to
program and prior to admission to FCNS 490);
completion of FCNS 230 and FCNS 330 with a grade of C or
better, FCNS 331 and FCNS 332 with a grade of C or better,
and FCNS 432 and FCNS 498;
meet DCFS licensing requirements for personnel, including:
physical and mental competencies that do not interfere
with child care responsibilities,
verication of a nonreactive two step tuberculin skin test
and physical exam within the last 6 months,
* Available for general education credit
1
When topic is related to fashion merchandising.
ngerprint-based criminal background check,
three letters of reference,
certication in rst aid and cardiac pulmonary resuscitation
(CPR),
and proof of Illinois Network of Childcare Resource and
Referral Agencies’ Gateway Registry,
and consent of the school.
Professional liability insurance is provided through a course
fee.
Students must complete FCNS 490 with a grade of C or better.
Students electing the study area of parent/infant or child life
specialist must have taken FCNS 439 or be concurrently
enrolled in it when taking FCNS 490. Students not meeting the
requirements for entry into the practicum or internship may, with
the consent of the school, change to the emphasis in family
and individual development in order to complete graduation
requirements.
Major in Fashion Merchandising (B.S.)
This program is designed to prepare students to enter fashion
merchandising positions in the apparel and textile industry.
These positions include various aspects of design, purchasing,
distribution, quality control, and promotion of fashion products.
The program provides students with product knowledge of textiles
and apparel as well as an understanding of socioeconomic
inuences and business skills relevant to merchandising fashion
products.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (33-37)
FCNS 152 - Fiber and Fabric Analysis I (3)
FCNS 258 - Introduction to the Fashion Industry (3)
FCNS 262 - Design Trends in Western Costume (3)
FCNS 353 - Apparel Products Analysis (3)
FCNS 355 - Merchandising Mathematics (3)
FCNS 457 - Professional Development for Apparel Fashion
Merchandising (3)
FCNS 466 - Economics of Apparel and Textile Industries (3)
FCNS 468 - Consumer Behavior Related to Apparel (3)
FCNS 474 - Fashion Merchandising Internship (7),
OR FCNS 356E - Cooperative Education II: Fashion
Merchandising (3)
Two of the following (6)
FCNS 272 - Merchandising Promotion (3)
FCNS 369 - Fashion Design and Illustration (3)
FCNS 450
1
- Workshop in Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences (3)
FCNS 456 - Apparel Product Development (3)
FCNS 458 - Fashion E-Commerce (3)
FCNS 464 - Social Psychology of Dress and Appearance (3)
FCNS 469 - Computer-Aided Fashion Design (3)
FCNS 471 - Advanced Buying and Sourcing in the Fashion
Industry (3)
Requirements outside School (34-35)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3),
OR *ARTH 282 - Introduction to the World Art (3)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
170 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3)
One of the following (3)
FCNS 365X - Principles of Retailing (3),
OR MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance(3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 364 - Product Planning and Development (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Fashion Merchandising: 64-69
Special Requirements
Students must earn a grade of C or better in FCNS 152 and
FCNS 258 before they can enroll in any FCNS course requiring
either FCNS 152 or FCNS 258 as a prerequisite or in any fashion
merchandising elective or 400-level course
B. S. in Fashion Merchandising Degree Completion
Program
This program is designed to facilitate completion of the B. S. in
Fashion Merchandising for individuals holding an AAS in Fashion
Merchandising or related degree. To receive the B. S. degree, a
student must satisfy all university graduation requirements and
major requirements. Students in this program are exempt from
the 30 semester hour university residence requirement.
Those interested in the B. S. degree completion program in
Fashion Merchandising should contact a program adviser for
a pre-admission advising meeting, where coursework to be
completed at the AAS degree institution as well as at NIU will be
conrmed. Contingent upon the curriculum of the individual AAS
degree institution, students may receive prociency credit for the
following Fashion Merchandising major coursework: FCNS 152,
FCNS 258, FCNS 262, FCNS 272.
Additional prociency credit may be awarded as determined
at the pre-admission advising session, to be posted upon
completion of degree requirements. Students must complete
30 semester hours at NIU, excluding prociency credit. In this
completion program, students are exempt from the 30 semester
hour residency requirement.
Comprehensive Major in Nutrition, Dietetics,
and Hospitality Management (B.S.)
Majors in nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality management may
prepare for positions in dietetics, in hospitality management, in
community nutrition programs, and in the food industry, as well
as in other related areas.
It is highly recommended that students see their advisers to plan
their sequence of courses.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Special Requirements
Students must obtain the Illinois State Sanitation Certicate and
meet current Illinois Department of Public Health requirements
for food handlers and certication in rst aid, cardiac pulmonary
resuscitation (CPR), and 2-step tuberculin (TB) test. Students
must earn a grade of C or better in FCNS prerequisite courses
before they can enroll in any successive FCNS course to
meet the requirements for a nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality
management major. Liability insurance for internships is provided
through a course fee.
For Emphasis 2, Nutrition and Dietetics, major GPA will be
calculated using Requirements in and outside of the school.
Refer to all courses listed in Emphasis 2.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Required only when taking FCNS 200A and FCNS 200B.
Emphasis 1. Hospitality Management
The mission of the Hospitality Management emphasis is to engage
students to develop the foundational knowledge, demonstrated
skills and professional attitudes required for contemporary and
future practice or advanced study in the elds of hospitality.
Majors in this emphasis engage in practical experiences such
as operating a dining facility, observing hotel operations, and
completing internships in the hospitality industry.
Requirements in School (48-50)
FCNS 202 - Introduction to the Hospitality Industry (3)
FCNS 316 - Hospitality Service (3)
FCNS 320 - Quantity Food Production (4)
FCNS 418 - Managing Human Resources in the Hospitality
Industry (3)
FCNS 425 - Hospitality Management (3)
FCNS 426 - Strategic Management in the Hospitality Industry (3)
FCNS 430 - Data Analysis for the Hospitality Industry (3)
FCNS 491 - Leadership Seminar in Hospitality and Tourism (2)
FCNS 492 - Distinguished Speaker Series (1-2)
FCNS 495 - Internship in Hospitality Management (8)
FCNS 498 - Professional Seminar in Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences (1)
Select two of the following (5-6) in consultation with adviser:
FCNS 303 - Hospitality Law (3)
FCNS 315 - Casino and Gaming Management (3)
FCNS 319 - Foundations of Tourism (3)
FCNS 424 - Cultural and National Food Patterns (3)
FCNS 427 - Catering Operations Practicum (2-3)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations (3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
Select one of the following areas of study.
Hotel Management (9)
FCNS 302 - Lodging Operation (3)
FCNS 314 - Hospitality Facility Management (3)
FCNS 411 - Yield Management in the Hospitality Industry (3)
Restaurant, Meeting, and Event Management (9)
FCNS 304 - Food and Beverage Operations (3)
FCNS 413 - Meeting, Event, and Convention Management (3)
FCNS 417 - Trade Show and Exhibition Management (3)
Requirements outside School (27-28)
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics(3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
MKTG 425 - Services Marketing (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR *STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Hospitality Management: 75-78
B. S. Degree Completion Program in Nutrition,
Dietetics, and Hospitality Management with an
emphasis in Hospitality Management
The focus of this program is baccalaureate-level education
for Hospitality Management. This degree program is uniquely
designed for individuals who have nished their A.A.S. (Associate
in Applied Science) in Hospitality Management or related degree.
The degree program is offered primarily online.
To receive the degree, a student must satisfy all university
graduation requirements and must have completed an applied
associate degree.
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 171
Students interested in the B.S. degree completion program
in Nutrition, Dietetics, and Hospitality Management with an
emphasis in Hospitality Management should contact a program
adviser for a pre-admission interview and course counseling
session. Upon completion of the pre-admission interview and
admission to NIU, prociency credit may be awarded for FCNS
202, FCNS 302, FCNS 316, and FCNS 320.
Additional prociency credit may be awarded as determined
at the pre-admission advising session, to be posted upon
completion of degree requirements. Students must complete
30 semester hours at NIU, excluding prociency credit. In this
completion program, students are exempt from the 30 semester
hour residency requirement.
Emphasis 2. Nutrition, Health, and Wellness
Completion of the Dietetics focus satises the academic
requirements of the Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD) of the
Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (the Academy). The program
is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education of
Nutrition and Dietetics (ACEND). Students seeking verication of
DPD completion must maintain a grade point average (GPA) of
at least 3.00 in DPD program courses (see adviser). In addition
these students must achieve a grade of B or better in both of
the following DPD courses: FCNS 310 and FCNS 415. The
major GPA for the students pursuing DPD verication will be
calculated using Requirements in and outside of the school. DPD
verication is a prerequisite to securing placement in an ACEND-
accredited dietetic internship program. Students are also strongly
recommended to acquire work experience in patient care and
food service to enhance eligibility for the internship program.
Postbaccalaureate students
Postbaccalaureate students without degrees from an ACEND
accredited nutrition degree program who wish to complete DPD
verication by NIU must consult with the DPD director prior to
NIU enrollment to determine required course work. Additional
course work may be required to earn a second baccalaureate
degree. Students should consult with an academic adviser.
Requirements in School (33-36)
FCNS 200A - Principles of Food Preparation (3)
FCNS 200B - Food Preparation Laboratory (2)
FCNS 309 - Science of Nutrition (3)
FCNS 310 - Applied Nutrition through the Lifecycle (3)
FCNS 320 - Quantity Food Production (4)
FCNS 409 - Nutrition Education for Health Promotion (3)
FCNS 410 - Community Nutrition (3)
FCNS 498 - Professional Seminar in Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences (1)
Select one of the following areas of study:
Nutrition, Health, and Wellness (11-14)
FCNS 419 - Nutrition for Health Promotion and Chronic Disease
Prevention (3)
FCNS 497 - Internship in Nutrition, Health, and Wellness (3)
Two of the following (5-8)
FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise (3)
FCNS 404 - Nutrition and Community Food Systems (2-5)
*FCNS 406 - Global Food and Nutrition Issues (3)
FCNS 420 - Management of Food and Nutrition Services (3)
FCNS 424 - Cultural and National Food Patterns (3)
FCNS 427 - Catering Operations Practicum (3)
FCNS 428 - Nutrition and Aging (3)
Dietetics with DPD (12)
FCNS 415 - Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3)
FCNS 416 - Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3)
FCNS 420 - Management of Food and Nutrition Services (3)
CHEM 370 - Introductory Biochemistry (3)
Requirements outside School (40-42)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3)
BIOS 105 - General Biology Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313 - Microbiology (4)
BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 230 - Introductory Organic Chemistry (3),
OR CHEM 330 - General Organic Chemistry I (3)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3),
OR EPS 300 - Educational Psychology (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3),
OR *ANTH 120 - Anthropology and Human Diversity (3),
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Nutrition, Health and Wellness:
73-78
Educator Licensure Family and Consumer
Sciences
Students with a major in the School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences who want to be licensed to teach family and
consumer sciences in middle/junior high and high school must:
plan their programs of study in consultation with an educator
licensure adviser in the school at the earliest possible date.
Early selection of appropriate general education courses
will eliminate course duplication. See “Educator Licensure
Requirements.”
obtain consent of family and consumer sciences educator
licensure adviser for enrollment in early eld experiences.
obtain school approval for admission into the educator
licensure program. School approval for admission to the
educator licensure program requires admission to the major or
a degree in family and consumer sciences from an accredited
institution; passing the Test of Academic Prociency in the
Illinois Licensure Testing System (ILTS); and a cumulative
GPA of at least 2.75 in all NIU course work and 3.00 in
FCNS course work with a minimum grade of C or better in
each course used to fulll the requirements of the Family and
Consumer Sciences Educator Licensure program. Admission
to a degree program does not guarantee admission to the
licensure program.
obtain the Illinois State Sanitation Certicate prior to FCNS
200A.
obtain school approval for admission into student teaching
which requires passing the family and consumer sciences
content test in the Illinois Licensure Testing System.
maintain a minimum 2.75 GPA in all NIU course work with a
3.00 GPA in FCNS 344 and FCNS 345 for retention with a
minimum grade of C or better in each course used to fulll the
requirements of the Family and Consumer Sciences Educator
Licensure program.
Discipline course work must be approved by the school’s educator
licensure adviser.
Upon admission to the Family and Consumer Sciences Educator
Licensure program, student coursework related to licensure must
have been taken no more than 5 years prior to admission to the
licensure program. Once admitted, students must continue to
make satisfactory progress toward licensure.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Required for DPD verication.
172 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
Professional liability insurance for eld experience and student
teaching is paid through course fees.
Requirements in School (61-65)
FCNS 152 - Fiber and Fabric Analysis I (3),
OR FCNS 258 - Introduction to the Fashion Industry (3)
FCNS 200A - Principles of Food Preparation (3)
FCNS 200B - Food Preparation Laboratory (2)
FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
FCNS 230 - Child Development (3)
FCNS 240 - Teaching and Learning in Family and Consumer
Sciences Education (3)
FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 344 - Curriculum Development in Family and Consumer
Sciences (3)
FCNS 345 - Methods and Resources for Teaching Family and
Consumer Sciences (3)
FCNS 438 - Parent Education (3)
FCNS 475 - Student Teaching in Family and Consumer Sciences
(Secondary) (12)
One of the following (3)
FCNS 180 - Personal Development and the Family (3)
FCNS 285 - Introduction to Family Life Education (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3)
FCNS 484 - Family Theories (3)
FCNS 489 - Topical Issues in Family and Child Studies (3)
Two of the following (6)
FCNS 330 - Principles of Guiding Young Children (3)
FCNS 332 - Inclusive Program Planning for Children 3-8 Years of
Age and Their Parents (3)
FCNS 432 - Theories of Child Development (3)
FCNS 434 - Administration and Supervision of Quality Programs
for Young Children from Diverse Backgrounds (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent-Child Interaction From Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 482 - Child Abuse and Neglect (3)
FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and
Families in the U.S. (3)
Two of the following (6)
FCNS 207 - The Consumer (3)
FCNS 343 - Family Financial Planning (3)
FCNS 445 - Management of Human and Family Resources (3)
One of the following content areas (3-6)
Apparel and Textiles (6)
FCNS 152 - Fiber and Fabric Analysis I (3),
OR FCNS 258 - Introduction to the Fashion Industry (3),
OR FCNS 262 - Design Trends in Western Costume (3)
FCNS 353 - Apparel Products Analysis (3)
Living Environments (6)
Courses taken with approval of program adviser.
Nutrition, Wellness, and Hospitality (3)
FCNS 202 - Introduction to the Hospitality Industry (3),
OR FCNS 308 - Current Problems and Trends in Nutrition and
Foods (3),
OR FCNS 406 - Global Food and Nutrition Issues (3),
OR FCNS 424 - Cultural and National Food Patterns (3),
Requirements outside School (31-34)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3)
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
ETR 440 - Secondary Classroom Assessment (3)
ETT 229 - Computers in Education (3),
OR pass ETT prociency exam
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTRE 310 - Teaching Reading in the Secondary School (3)
PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Additional course work required for licensure depends on major
selected.
Interdisciplinary Major in Early Childhood
Studies (B.S.)
The School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences and the
Department of Special and Early Education offer a collaborative
program leading to the B.S. degree with a major in early
childhood studies. The program is designed to prepare personnel
for professional roles serving children from birth through eight
years of age and their families. This program includes the
concepts, competencies, and skills required by teachers, child
care workers, and other professionals involved in the education
and care of young children.
Graduates in either of the emphases qualify for Illinois Early
Childhood Educator Licensure enabling them to teach children
from birth through grade three in Illinois public schools. Students in
the professional educator license with Early Childhood Education
endorsement emphasis are prepared to teach a diverse student
population in inclusive classrooms. Strong emphasis is placed
on understanding the child in family and community contexts.
The early childhood studies program has been approved by the
Illinois State Board of Education and the National Association for
the Education of Young Children.
Admission to either of the emphases in the interdisciplinary major
in early childhood studies is limited. University admission does not
necessarily constitute eligibility for admission into this program.
Admission policies are described in the “Limited Admissions
Requirements” section of this catalog.
Students must be admitted to the early childhood studies program
before they can enroll in any of the professional course work.
To continue to enroll, students must maintain a minimum overall
GPA of 2.50.
Students should carefully read the section entitled “Educator
Licensure Requirements.”
As part of educator licensure, students are required to pass Illinois
Licensure Testing System (ILTS) examinations as required by the
Illinois State Board of Education. These requirements include
obtaining a passing score on the Test of Academic Prociency
(TAP) prior to formal admission into the program, and a passing
score on the subject matter knowledge test (Early Childhood
Studies) prior to student teaching. The Test of Academic
Prociency may be waived by ISBE based on the applicant’s ACT
or SAT scores. See an adviser for current testing requirements.
Due to the comprehensive nature of the program and required
course sequence, all students must plan their program of study
with an early childhood studies adviser.
The major GPA in the interdisciplinary major is calculated using
course work completed in the School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences and the Department of Special and Early
Education.
Students enrolled in the interdisciplinary major as a declared
major or pre-major are not permitted to count FCNS courses
toward fullling general education requirements or to declare a
minor in the School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Not required for students who have earned an A.A.T. in Early Childhood.
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 173
Emphasis in Professional Educator License with
Early Childhood Education Endorsement
Students who successfully complete the emphasis will have
completed all required ISBE and CAEP standards for licensure.
Core Requirements (58-62)
COMD 305/LTLA 305X - Language Development (3)
*EPFE 201
1
- Education as an Agent for Change (3)
ETT 229
1
- Computers in Education (3),
OR pass the ETRA Skills Compentency Examination (0)
*FCNS 230
1
- Child Development (3)
FCNS 284
1
- Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 331 - Inclusive Program Planning for Infants, Toddlers, and
Their Parents (3)
*HIST 260
1
- American History to 1865 (3),
OR *HIST 261
1
- American History Since 1865 (3)
LTRE 309 - Emerging Literacy and Beginning Reading Instruction
Through Age 8 (3)
*MATH 201
1
- Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*PSYC 102
1
- Introduction to Psychology (3)
SEEC 282 - Educational Participation in Clinical Experiences: Early
Childhood Education (1-2)
SEEC 340 - The Language Arts and Social Studies for the Primary
Child (3)
SEEC 343 - Teaching Science and Mathematics to Children Ages
5-8 (3)
SEEC 382 - Practicum in Early Childhood Studies (3)
SEEC 403 - Primary Curriculum (3)
SEEC 430 - Preschool and Kindergarten Curriculum (3)
SEEC 485A - Student Teaching in Preschool-Kindergarten (6)
SEEC 485B - Student Teaching in Primary (6)
SEEC 240
1
- Introduction to Special Education (3)
Requirements in School (22)
FCNS 231 - An Observational Approach to the Study and
Assessment of Young Children (3)
FCNS 330 - Principles of Guiding Young Children (3)
FCNS 331A - Practicum in Early Childhood Studies: Infants and
Toddlers (1)
FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
FCNS 432 - Theories of Child Development (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent-Child Interaction From Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 439 - Infant Development in the Family: Typical and Atypical (3)
FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and Families
in the U.S. (3)
Requirements outside School (9-10)
*BIOS 103
1
- General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109
1
- Human Biology (3)
*POLS 100
1
- American Government and Politics (3),
OR *POLS 150
1
- Democracy in America (3)
STAT 208
1
- Basic Statistics (3)
Total hours for Emphasis in Professional Educator License
with Early Childhood Education Endorsement: 89-93
Minors
Prospective minors should consult with the school’s undergraduate
academic adviser so the school may plan to accommodate
students in required courses. These minors are not open to
students majoring in a program offered by the School of Family,
Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences.
General Minor (18)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
*FCNS 207 - The Consumer (3)
FCNS 258 - Introduction to the Fashion Industry (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Minor in Family and Child Studies (21)
*FCNS 230 - Child Development (3),
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3)
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships (3)
FCNS 343 - Family Financial Planning (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Two of the following, including at least one upper-division course (6)
FCNS 207 - The Consumer (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent-Child Interaction From Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 438 - Parent Education (3)
FCNS 482 - Child Abuse and Neglect (3)
FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3)
FCNS 486 - Aging and the Family (3)
FCNS 488 - Working with Ethnically Diverse Children and
Families in the U.S. (3)
FCNS 489 - Topical Issues in Family and Child Studies (3)
Minor in Nutrition, Health, and Wellness (24-26)
FCNS 200A - Principles of Food Preparation (3)
FCNS 200B - Food Preparation Laboratory (2)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3)
*BIOS 103 - General Biology (3),
OR *BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3),
OR BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) and *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3) and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
And three of the following:
FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and Exercise (2)
AND KNPE 306 - Sports Nutrition (1)
OR FCNS 306 - Nutrition in Relation to Health and
Exercise (3)
FCNS 308 - Current Problems and Trends in Nutrition and
Foods (3)
FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
FCNS 406 - Global Food and Nutrition Issues (3)
FCNS 424 - Cultural and National Food Patterns (3)
PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health (3)
Minor in Fashion Merchandising (19)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3),
OR *ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3)
*CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1)
FCNS 152 - Fiber and Fabric Analysis I (3)
FCNS 258 - Introduction to the Fashion Industry (3)
FCNS 353 - Apparel Products Analysis (3)
One additional course is required from the upper-level courses in
fashion merchandising (3)
* Available for general education credit
1
Not required for students who have earned an A.A.T. in Early Childhood.
174 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Illinois Director Credential Certicate – Level 2 (15)
This certicate is designed to meet the standards for the Illinois
Director Credential (IDC) (Level 2) of the Illinois Network of Child
Care Resource & Referral Agencies (INCCRRA). The Illinois
Director’s Credential is recognized by the National Association
for the Education of Young Children’s (NAEYC) leadership criteria
for NAEYC Accreditation and by the Program Administration
Scale used to assess for the highest star rating in the state
Quality Rating System for child care centers. Upon successful
completion of this certicate, students will be eligible to apply for
the IDC from INCCRRA.
Applicants for the IDC certicate must hold a bachelor’s degree in
a child-related major and must meet INCCRRA Early Childhood
Education (ECE) credential requirements for Level 5. To earn the
certicate, students must maintain a good academic standing in
the university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each certicate
course, achieve a GPA of 2.50 in all certicate courses, and
complete all certicate course work within ve academic years.
Core Courses (15)
FCNS 434 - Administration and Supervision of Quality Programs for
Young Children from Diverse Backgrounds (3)
FCNS 438 - Parent Education (3)
FCNS 445 - Management of Human and Family Resources (3)
FCNS 483 - Social Policy, Children and Families (3)
FCNS 493 – Internship in Child Development (3)
Infant Toddler Credential Certicate – Level 5 (12)
This certicate is designed to meet the standards for the Infant
Toddler Credential (ITC) (Level 5) of the Illinois Network of Child
Care Resource & Referral Agencies (INCCRRA). The Infant
Toddler Credential is recognized by the National Association for
the Education of Young Children’s (NAEYC) teachers’ criteria for
NAEYC Accreditation and by the Program Administration Scale
used to assess for the highest star rating in the state Quality
Rating System for child care centers. Upon successful completion
of this certicate, students will be eligible to apply for the ITC from
INCCRRA.
Applicants for the ITC certicate must hold a bachelor’s degree in
a child-related major and must meet INCCRRA Early Childhood
Education (ECE) credential requirements for Level 5. To earn the
certicate, students must maintain a good academic standing in
the university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each certicate
course, achieve a GPA of 2.50 in all certicate courses, and
complete all certicate course work within ve academic years.
Core Courses (12)
FCNS 331 - Inclusive Program Planning for Infants, Toddlers and
Their Parents (3)
FCNS 393 - Cooperative Education II for Child Development (3)
FCNS 437 - Parent Parent-Child Interaction from Birth to 8 Years (3)
FCNS 439 - Infant Development in the Family: Typical and Atypical (3)
Course List
General
198. ORIENTATION IN FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION
SCIENCES (1). Introduction, philosophy, and history of the eld,
choosing a major area of study, purpose of core and general education
courses, contribution of volunteer work and campus experiences to
employability. Exploration of career choices.
431. INTERNSHIP IN FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES (1-15). Supervised
participation in professional settings. Students will be assigned to
experiences appropriate to their professional interest in family social
services. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 semester hours.
When taken in conjunction with FCNS 394, Cooperative Education II
for Family Social Services, total enrolled credit hours in both courses
may not exceed 15 hours. S/U grading basis may be used. See
special requirements as may apply to internships according to major.
450. WORKSHOP IN FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION
SCIENCES (1-3). Advanced studies of various areas in family,
consumer, and nutrition sciences. Nature and length of workshop
dependent upon needs of students. May be repeated for a maximum
of 6 semester hours. See special requirements as may apply to
internships according to major. PRQ: At least junior standing.
460. PROBLEMS IN FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION
SCIENCES (1-3). Work in individual problems in the student’s special
area. Requires approval of a supervising faculty member and school.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Junior or
senior standing.
498. PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR IN FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND
NUTRITION SCIENCES (1-3). Professional career development,
opportunities for employment, organization affiliations, and legislation
as it affects the programs in family, consumer, and nutrition sciences.
PRQ: At least junior standing in School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences.
Nutrition, Dietetics, and Hospitality Management
200A. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PREPARATION (3). Principles of food
preparation as related to the chemical, physical, and organoleptic
properties of food. PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM 111, or CHEM 210
and CHEM 212; and current State of Illinois Sanitation Certicate.
200B. FOOD PREPARATION LABORATORY (2). Designed to
accompany FCNS 200A. Two 3-hour periods a week. PRQ or CRQ:
FCNS 200A.
201. HUMAN NUTRITION (3). Role of nutrition in human biological
systems: properties of nutrients; interaction with other environmental
and genetic factors; quality of the current food supply. Not open for
credit to students having previous credit in FCNS 309. PRQ: BIOS
103, BIOS 109, BIOS 208, or equivalent.
202. INTRODUCTION TO THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (3).
Exploration of related elds and career opportunities in the hospitality
industry, travel and tourism, lodging, foodservice, meetings and
conventions, leisure and recreation, and beverage operations.
Description of specic positions including requirements of job duties,
skills, knowledge, personality attributes, and working conditions.
Overview of current regional, national, and global trends in the industry.
295. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION I FOR NUTRITION, HEALTH,
AND WELLNESS (1-3). Cooperative work experience for students in
the nutrition, health, and wellness emphasis in family, consumer, and
nutrition sciences. Participation and work site must be approved by
the school and the cooperative education program coordinator. S/U
grading. PRQ: Declared nutrition, health, and wellness major.
296. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION I FOR HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT (1-3). Cooperative work experience for students
in the hospitality management emphasis in family, consumer, and
nutrition sciences. Participation and work site must be approved by
the school and the cooperative education program coordinator. S/U
grading. PRQ: Declared hospitality management major.
299. EXPERIENCES IN HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT I (3-30).
Approved introductory experiences and related training programs
supervised by a professional specialist. When credit is earned in
conjunction with FCNS 399, Experiences in Hospitality Management
II, total credit hours in both courses may not exceed 30 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
302. LODGING OPERATIONS (3). Study of operational issues
of lodging facilities including housekeeping, reservations, and
front desk. Focus on revenue management, forecasting, and
property management systems. On-site observations with practical
applications. PRQ: FCNS 202 with a grade of C or better.
* Available for general education credit
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 175
303. HOSPITALITY LAW (3). Introduction to the principles of hotel,
restaurant, and travel law. Case studies of industry related regulations
on duty of innkeepers, dram shop laws, truth in menu laws, and
service contracts in the hospitality industry. PRQ: MGMT 217 and
FCNS 202. CRQ: FCNS 302.
304. FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS (3). Principles of food
and beverage operations. Application of established standards,
techniques, and practices of food and beverage management
including styles of dining room services, menu design, purchasing,
storing, and controlling restaurant supplies and equipment, legal
issues on serving alcoholic beverages, food sanitation, revenue and
cost control, restaurant facility design, customer service, and labor
management. PRQ: FCNS 202.
306. NUTRITION IN RELATION TO HEALTH AND EXERCISE (2-
3). Essentials of normal nutrition with application to exercise and
individualized sports nutrition plans. PRQ: BIOS 311 or BIOS 357
and one course in chemistry. If taken for 2 semester hours, CRQ:
KNPE 306.
308. CURRENT PROBLEMS AND TRENDS IN NUTRITION
AND FOODS (3). Readings in and discussion of selected classic
studies and recent developments in the eld of nutrition and foods.
Implications for dietitians, nutritionists, teachers, extension workers,
and others. PRQ: At least junior standing.
309. SCIENCE OF NUTRITION (3). Study of various nutrients; their
chemistry, properties, classication, digestion, absorption, transport,
metabolism, functions, dietary allowances, food sources, and
deciency symptoms. Introduction of the exchange system for dietary
planning. Offered fall semester only. PRQ: BIOS 103 and BIOS 105,
CHEM 230 or CHEM 330. CRQ: BIOS 357.
310. APPLIED NUTRITION THROUGH THE LIFECYCLE (3).
Application of the principles of nutrition in managing the nutritional
needs of individuals throughout the life cycle. Evaluation of current
nutritional practices and nutritional status. PRQ: FCNS 309 with a
grade of C or better. Offered spring semester only.
314. HOSPITALITY FACILITY MANAGEMENT (3). An overview of
the operation of hospitality facilities, including operating costs for
various types of facilities, types and characteristics of major building
systems, renovation and design issues specically related to the
hospitality industry. Environmentally sustainable hotel management is
discussed with a broad range of topics including global certications.
PRQ: FCNS 302. CRQ: MGMT 333.
315. CASINO AND GAMING MANAGEMENT (3). Emphasis on the
structure and operating protocols for gaming, including onshore
and offshore venues. Focus on internal/external auditing, gaming
regulations, economic impact, e-commerce, nancial control, and
responsible gaming. PRQ: FCNS 202.
316. HOSPITALITY SERVICE (3). Principles and practices of service
excellence within the hospitality industry. Presents an overview of
service management in the hospitality industry including design,
evaluation, and management of hospitality service delivery systems.
PRQ: FCNS 202 and hospitality management major.
319. FOUNDATIONS OF TOURISM (3). Introduction to the principles,
practices, and philosophies of tourism, with emphasis upon global
impacts, delivery and development of products and services, tourist
behavior, and economic aspects of the tourism industry. Examines
travel and tourism from an interdisciplinary perspective. PRQ:
Sophomore standing.
320. QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION (4). Application of principles
of food preparation to quantity food production and service, including
operation and care of equipment, procurement of goods, scheduling
of employees, costing of menus, and management responsibilities
for a day of service in a student-operated dining facility. PRQ: FCNS
200A with a grade of C or better and FCNS 200B with a grade of
C or better, or FCNS 316 with a grade of C or better, and current
State of Illinois Sanitation Certicate, certications in rst aid and
cardiac pulmonary resuscitation (CPR), 2-step tuberculin (TB) test,
and verication of 100 hours work experience in food production.
395. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION II FOR NUTRITION, HEALTH,
AND WELLNESS (1-3). Advanced cooperative work experience for
students in the nutrition, health, and wellness emphasis in family,
consumer, and nutrition sciences. Participation and work site must
be approved by the school and the cooperative education program
coordinator. Enrollment is restricted to students participating in
a second course experience or equivalent. S/U grading. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: FCNS 295 or
equivalent, declared nutrition, health, and wellness major, and
consent of school.
396. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION II FOR HOSPITALITY
MANAGEMENT (1-3). Advanced cooperative work experience
for students in the hospitality management emphasis in family,
consumer, and nutrition sciences. Participation and work site must
be approved by the school and the cooperative education program
coordinator. Enrollment is restricted to students participating in
a second course experience or equivalent. S/U grading. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: FCNS 296 or
equivalent, declared hospitality management major, and consent of
school.
399. EXPERIENCES IN HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT II (3-30).
Approved advanced experiences and related training programs
supervised by a professional specialist. When credit is earned in
conjunction with FCNS 299, Experiences in Hospitality Management
I, total credit hours in both courses may not exceed 30 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
404. NUTRITION AND COMMUNITY FOOD SYSTEMS (2-5).
Interdisciplinary examination of current trends in the food industry,
agriculture, and community environment in relation to food
sustainability, social and nutritional health and wellness. Organized
service learning component requires participation in local community
food systems. PRQ: Junior standing or consent of school.
405. CHILD HEALTH AND NUTRITION (3). Application of the principles
of health and nutrition to meet the physiological, sociological, and
psychological needs of individuals from the prenatal period through
adolescence. Consideration of the interaction of physiological factors
with the inuence of family, school, and community on the health
and nutrition of children. Not available for credit to majors in nutrition,
dietetics, and hospitality management. PRQ: FCNS 230 or FCNS
280 or EPS 304 or PSYC 225 or PSYC 324.
406. GLOBAL FOOD AND NUTRITION ISSUES (3). Interdisciplinary
study of issues related to hunger and malnutrition in the world
setting; causes of food crises in less developed nations, as well as
in technologically advanced countries. PRQ: BIOS 103 or BIOS 109;
and ANTH 120 or SOCI 170 or equivalent.
409. NUTRITION EDUCATION FOR HEALTH PROMOTION (3).
Development of strategies for nutrition education. Emphasis on
health promotion theory and guidelines to optimize nutrition-related
behaviors. Participation in activities that address health promotion/
disease prevention for the general population. PRQ: FCNS 310 with
a grade of C or better.
410. COMMUNITY NUTRITION (3). Examination of nutrition needs
of populations, intervention services, and public policy issues for
community-based nutrition programs. Planning, implementing, and
evaluating community nutrition programs. Includes eld experiences
and hands-on learning. PRQ: FCNS409 with a grade of C or better.
411. YIELD MANAGEMENT IN THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (3).
Exploration of competitive benchmarking, demand forecasting and
distribution using case analysis, internal and external measurement
tools, tactical pricing and packaging in the hospitality operation.
Topics include demand forecasting in hospitality operation, channel
and hotel room inventory management, and yield management
software application. PRQ: FCNS 302 and ECON 260.
176 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
413. MEETING, EVENT, AND CONVENTION MANAGEMENT
(3). Fundamental concepts of meeting, event, and convention
management. Includes the foundation and structure of the meeting
industry, site selection, facility contractual issues, meeting budget
management, industry associations, Convention and Visitors
Bureaus, meeting destinations, sponsors, meeting technology,
convention and conference centers, and catering management.
Career exploration is also discussed. PRQ: FCNS 202 with a grade
of C or better.
415. MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY I (3). Introduction to
therapeutic nutrition. An understanding of the metabolic and
pathologic changes during chronic disease condition and adaptation
of the principles of normal nutrition to promote optimum nutrition
during disease states. Offered fall semester only. PRQ: FCNS 310
with a grade of C or better, and CHEM 370.
416. MEDICAL NUTRITION THERAPY II (3). Discussion of current
research of the role of nutrition during clinical care with emphasis
on acute conditions requiring special nutrition support and alternate
nutrient delivery routes. This course is required for the Didactic
Program in Dietetics Verication. Offered spring semester only. PRQ:
FCNS 415 with a grade of C or better.
417. TRADE SHOW AND EXHIBITION MANAGEMENT (3). Study
of tradeshow and exhibition management. Includes varieties of
exhibitions, trade show planning, on-site operations, and design
of exhibitor prospectus, marketing materials, oor plans, legal
considerations, registration and data management, specication
and work orders, service contractors, housing management, and
international exhibitions. PRQ: FCNS 413 with a grade of C or better
and at least junior standing.
418. MANAGING HUMAN RESOURCES IN THE HOSPITALITY
INDUSTRY (3). Fundamental concepts, techniques, and tools of
human resources management in the hospitality industry. Includes
legislative and technical aspects of managing hospitality employees,
roles and responsibilities of hospitality managers in employee
selection, performance appraisals, training, compensation, and
benets. Global issues and other current topics. in hospitality human
resource management are covered. PRQ: FCNS 202 with a grade of
C or better and MGMT 333.
419. NUTRITION FOR HEALTH PROMOTION AND CHRONIC
DISEASE PREVENTION (3). Study of the role that dietary
modications play in the prevention and treatment of chronic disease
based on the fundamentals of nutrition science and current nutrition
research. Apply traditional and emerging nutrition therapies to menu-
planning strategies including lifestyle, cultural, and genetic factors for
health promotion. PRQ: FCNS 310 with a grade of C or better.
420. MANAGEMENT OF FOOD AND NUTRITION SERVICES (3).
Principles of food and nutrition services management with emphasis
on personnel management, cost controls, marketing, and menu
analysis. PRQ: MGMT 333 and FCNS 320.
424. CULTURAL AND NATIONAL FOOD PATTERNS (3). Food
practices as inuenced by social, cultural, and economic factors.
PRQ: Junior or senior standing, or consent of school.
425. HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (3). Application of cost control
principles to hospitality industry with focus on nancial statement
analysis, management of assets, ratio analysis, operating budgeting,
and cash management. PRQ: ACCY 206 or ACCY 288, and MATH
110 or satisfactory performance on the mathematics placement
examination.
426. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT IN THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY
(3). Analysis of environments associated with a product/market
domain and implementation of the proper mix of competitive strategy
and organization structure in the hospitality industry. Opportunity to
explore the process and content of strategic management as applied
to the administration of hospitality organizations. Attention is given to
specic strategies for building competitive advantage and generating
superior value for customers in the hospitality industry. PRQ: FCNS
425 with a grade of C or better, and MGMT 333.
427. CATERING OPERATIONS PRACTICUM (2-3). Study and
application of catering functions and services. Plan, organize,
implement and execute catering activities at the Chandelier Dining
Room and other locations. Laboratory to be announced. CRQ: FCNS
320.
428. NUTRITION AND AGING (3). Physiological aspects of nutrition
for older adults. Understanding of physiological changes that occur
during aging; the impact of these changes on nutrition needs and how
nutrition impacts aging process. Emphasis on assessment of dietary
factors and relation to chronic diseases associated with aging in this
population. Participation in local programs that address the needs
of the older adult population. Design and implementation of one
program per semester to foster community awareness of the needs of
this population. PRQ: At least junior standing and FCNS 201.
429. STRATEGIES FOR MODIFYING NUTRITION BEHAVIORS (3).
Exploration of various strategies for assisting individuals and families
to make changes in their behaviors related to food and nutrition.
Attention given to nutrition counseling and nutrition education. Active
participation in applying strategies to case studies and hypothetical
situations. PRQ: FCNS 409, or consent of schoo
430. DATA ANALYSIS FOR THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (3).
Acquaint students with a variety of data, including the hotel industry
performance reports and restaurant industry operations report, that
can be turned into useful information for sound hospitality decision
making. PRQ: FCNS 425; and MATH 210 or MATH 211.
491. LEADERSHIP SEMINAR IN HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM (2).
Address key characteristics and practices of hospitality leaders and
leadership skills required to develop high-performance teams and
employee empowerment. PRQ: FCNS 418.
492. DISTINGUISHED SPEAKER SERIES (1-2). Industry leaders
representing the hospitality and tourism industries are invited to
speak on their vision and the challenges that they face. May be
repeated to a maximum of two semester hours when subjects vary.
PRQ: Consent of school.
495. INTERNSHIP IN HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (1-15).
Supervised participation in professional settings. Includes
experiences appropriate to professional interests in the hospitality
industry. PRQ: FCNS 302 with a grade of C or better or FCNS 316
with a grade of C or better, and FCNS 498 with a grade of C or better.
497. INTERNSHIP IN NUTRITION, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS
(1-15). Supervised participation in professional settings. Experiences
appropriate to professional interest in nutrition, health, and wellness.
May be repeated to a maximum of 15 semester hours. When taken
in conjunction with FCNS 395, Cooperative Education II for Nutrition,
Dietetics, and Hospitality Management, total enrolled credit hours
in both courses may not exceed 15 hours. S/U grading basis may
be used.
Family Economics and Management
207. THE CONSUMER (3). Role of family members as consumers;
inuence of values and goals upon consumption practices; information
and protection for the consumer.
343. FAMILY FINANCIAL PLANNING (3). Principles of management
as related to family nances.
407. CONSUMER PROTECTION (3). Current trends in consumption;
consumer movement in the United States; laws and agencies
protecting and serving the consumer; product analysis using
appropriate materials and skills. PRQ: Senior standing.
445. MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN AND FAMILY RESOURCES (3).
Integration of theory and research for practice related to management
of resourcesby individuals and families. Exploration of multicultural
perspectives on resource management. PRQ: FCNS major, FCNS
180 or FCNS 280, and at least junior standing.
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 177
Family and Consumer Sciences Education
240. TEACHING AND LEARNING IN FAMILY AND CONSUMER
SCIENCES EDUCATION (3). Introduction to family and consumer
sciences education and the role of the teacher in planning and
implementing instruction for middle/junior high school and high
school level students. Twenty clock hours of early eld experience.
See “Educator Licensure Requirements.” PRQ: Minimum 2.75 GPA
and passing the Test of Academic Prociency in the Illinois Licensure
Testing System.
344. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN FAMILY AND CONSUMER
SCIENCES (3). Planning critical science-based curriculum for family
and consumer sciences programs in middle/junior high school and
high school settings to meet individual, community, and societal
needs. Fifty clock hours of early eld experience. PRQ: FCNS 240, at
least 18 semester hours of FCNS course work, and admission to the
school’s educator licensure program.
345. METHODS AND RESOURCES FOR TEACHING FAMILY AND
CONSUMER SCIENCES (3). Selection, development, and use of
teaching methods and materials in family and consumer sciences
programs in middle/junior high school and high school settings. Fifty
clock hours of early eld experience. PRQ: FCNS 344.
398. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION FOR FAMILY AND INDIVIDUAL
DEVELOPMENT (3). Advanced cooperative work experience for
students in the family and individual development emphasis in
family, consumer, and nutrition sciences. Participation and work
site must be approved by the school and the cooperative education
program coordinator. S/U grading may be used. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. Open only to declared Family
and Child Studies majors in the Family and Individual Development
emphasis with senior standing. PRQ: A grade of C or better in FCNS
280 or PSYC 225; and a grade of C or better in FCNS 284; and
declared family and individual development major, senior standing;
and at least two of the following: FCNS 437, FCNS 438, FCNS 482,
FCNS 483, FCNS 488; and consent of school.
446. ORGANIZATION OF COOPERATIVE WORKFORCE
EDUCATION (3). Introduction of organizational principles,
development, and structure of cooperative workforce education
programs in school settings.
447. SUPERVISION OF COOPERATIVE WORKFORCE EDUCATION
(3). Examines coordination and operation of cooperative workforce
education programs in school settings, including selection of
students, selection and maintenance of training stations, student
placement, related instruction and program management.
475. STUDENT TEACHING IN FAMILY AND CONSUMER
SCIENCES (SECONDARY) (12). Student teaching for a period of
time agreed upon by student and adviser but for a total of no less
than one semester. Includes required attendance at on-campus
seminars. Applications are made through a family and consumer
sciences teacher certication adviser. See “Educator Licensure
Requirements.” PRQ: FCNS 344 and FCNS 345, minimum 3.00 GPA
in FCNS 344 and FCNS 345.
493. INTERNSHIP IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT (1-15). Supervised
participation in professional settings. Experiences appropriate to
professional interest in child development. May be repeated to a
maximum of 15 semester hours. When taken in conjunction with
FCNS 393, Cooperative Education II for Child Development, total
enrolled credit hours in both courses may not exceed 15 hours. S/U
grading basis may be used.
Fashion Merchandising
152. FIBER AND FABRIC ANALYSIS I (3). Study of basic textile
bers, yarns, fabric construction and nishes; their origin, processing,
and properties. Emphasis on textile terminology, selection, and care.
PRQ or CRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM 111.
252. APPAREL PRODUCTION (3). Fundamentals of mechanics of
apparel production including raw material analysis, cutting production
analysis, and assembly and nishing processes. PRQ: FCNS 152 with
a grade of C or better and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better.
256. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION I FOR FASHION
MERCHANDISING (1-3). Cooperative work experience for students in
fashion merchandising. Participation and work site must be approved
by the school and the cooperative education program coordinator.
S/U grading. PRQ: Declared fashion merchandising major.
258. INTRODUCTION TO THE FASHION INDUSTRY (3). Survey
of the workings and interrelationships of the various industries and
services that comprise the fashion business. Career opportunities in
the fashion eld.
262. DESIGN TRENDS IN WESTERN COSTUME (3). Survey of
western costumes and textiles of past periods and their relationship
to contemporary fashion.
272. MERCHANDISING PROMOTION (3). Study of merchandising
promotion as it relates to the apparel and fashion industry, with
emphasis on coordination of forecasting, display, and promotional
events. PRQ: ART 102 or ARTH 282, or consent of school.
289. EXPERIENCES IN TEXTILES, APPAREL, AND
MERCHANDSING I (3-30). Approved introductory learning
experiences and related training programs supervised by a
professional specialist. When credit is earned in conjunction with
FCNS 389 Experiences in Textiles, Apparel, and Merchandising II,
total credit hours in both courses may not exceed 30 semester hours.
PRQ: Consent of school.
351. FIBER AND FABRIC ANALYSIS II (3). Emphasis on ber
properties resulting from chemical and physical structures of the
bers; experience in executing and reporting ber performance
evaluations. PRQ: CHEM 110, CHEM 111, FCNS 152 with a grade of
C or better, and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better.
353. APPAREL PRODUCTS ANALYSIS (3). Analysis of the principles
and elements of creative and technical design for the ready-to-wear
market. Identication of factors that inuence quality, selection, and
use of apparel products including ber and fabric analysis. PRQ:
FCNS 152 with a grade of C or better, FCNS 258 with a grade of C
or better, and ART 102 or ARTH 282; and CHEM 110 and CHEM 111.
354. TAILORING (3). Professional methods and techniques for
making suits and coats. PRQ: FCNS 252 or consent of school.
355. MERCHANDISING MATHEMATICS (3). Application of
mathematical concepts and calculations in fashion merchandising.
PRQ: FCNS 152 with a grade of C or better and FCNS 258 with a
grade of C or better; and MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
356. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION II FOR FASHION
MERCHANDISING (1-3). Advanced cooperative work experience
for students in fashion merchandising. Participation and work site
must be approved by the school and the cooperative education
program coordinator. Enrollment is restricted to students participating
in a second course experience or equivalent. S/U grading. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: FCNS 152 with
a grade of C or better and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better, an
overall GPA of 2.00 or above, declared fashion merchandising major.
365X. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING (3). Crosslisted as MKTG 365.
Study of retail institutions; store organization, location strategy,
merchandising, inventory control, customer communication, price
determination, and the management of retail salespersons. PRQ:
MKTG 310 or UBUS 310.
367. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR FASHION MERCHANDISING
(3). Exploration of computers and software applications used in
fashion merchandising. Emphasis on how computer technology
impacts the fashion merchandising industry. PRQ: FCNS 353.
369. FASHION DESIGN AND ILLUSTRATION (3). Study of
design elements as applied to textiles, apparel, and accessories.
Examination and application of methods used to design, illustrate,
and communicate fashion. PRQ: ART 102 or ARTH 282, FCNS 262,
and FCNS 353, or consent of school.
178 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
389. EXPERIENCES IN TEXTILES, APPAREL, AND
MERCHANDSING II (3-30). Approved advanced learning
experiences and related training programs supervised by a
professional specialist. When credit is earned in conjunction with
FCNS 289, Experiences in Textiles, Apparel, and Merchandising I,
total credit hours in both courses may not exceed 30 semester hours.
PRQ: Consent of school.
452. APPAREL DESIGN I (3). Apparel design through the fundamental
principles and processes of at pattern methods. Emphasis on
the development of a master pattern and original design. May be
repeated once for advanced projects. PRQ: FCNS 152 with a grade
of C or better, FCNS 252, and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better,
or consent of school.
453. EXPERIMENTAL TEXTILES (3). Standard textile testing methods
used in determining the physical and chemical characteristics of
bers, yarns, and fabrics, and the statistical methods employed in
data analysis and evaluation. PRQ: CHEM 110, CHEM 111, FCNS
152 with a grade of C or better, FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better,
and FCNS 351.
454. APPAREL DESIGN II (3). Draping based upon the interrelating
factors of form, design, and material. Emphasis on experimentation
with materials, techniques, and original design ideas. May be
repeated once for advanced projects. PRQ: FCNS 152 with a grade
of C or better, FCNS 252, and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better,
or consent of school.
456. APPAREL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (3). Fundamentals of
apparel manufacturing including management decisions involved
in the design, production, merchandising, and marketing of apparel
products. Factors affecting the cost, price, quality, performance, and
value of garments from the perspectives of apparel manufacturers
and marketers. PRQ: FCNS 353 or consent of school.
457. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR FASHION
MERCHANDISING (3). Exploration of topics in preparation for
employment in the fashion industry, including career opportunities
in fashion merchandising, job search strategies and skills, and
self-assessment as a step toward successful career planning.
Ethical issues pertaining to the fashion industry. Development of
workplace skills and examination of customer service and leadership
philosophies. PRQ: At least junior standing and must have completed
15 semester hours in the major including FCNS 152 with a grade of
C or better and FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better.
458. FASHION E-COMMERCE (3). In-depth examination of multiple
channels of fashion retailing comparing traditional brick-and-mortar
stores, e-tailing, and social media. Emphasis on the enhancement
of consumers’ online shopping experiences and the engagement of
consumers in an online retail environment. PRQ: FCNS 152 with a C
or better and FCNS 258 with a C or better.
464. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF DRESS AND APPEARANCE (3).
Analysis of sociocultural inuences on fashion change. Dress as
nonverbal communication, the appearance perception process, and
the role of dress in social interaction. Body image and satisfaction,
gender issues and dress, dress and appearance issues across the
life cycle. PRQ: FCNS 152 with a grade of C or better, FCNS 258 with
a grade of C or better, FCNS 262, PSYC 102, SOCI 170, or consent
of school.
466. ECONOMICS OF APPAREL AND TEXTILE INDUSTRIES
(3). Factors affecting the production, distribution, and consumption
of apparel and textile products; the role of the apparel and textile
industries in the national economy. PRQ: ECON 260 and FCNS 353.
468. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR RELATED TO APPAREL (3). Analysis
of acquisition and consumption of apparel from perspectives of
motivation, perception, learning, and attitude formation. Effects of
factors constituting life style of families in various socioeconomic,
ethnic, and age groups. PRQ: FCNS 152 with a grade of C or better,
FCNS 258 with a grade of C or better, PSYC 102, SOCI 170, STAT
208, and at least junior standing.
469. COMPUTER-AIDED FASHION DESIGN (3). The use of
computer software in rendering fashion images, including textile
patterns, ats, and fashion gures. PRQ: FCNS 369.
470. FASHION MERCHANDISING (3). Functions and practices of
retail fashion store management and organization. Observation of
the operation of stores. PRQ: FCNS 353, MATH 210 or MATH 211 or
MATH 229, and MKTG 310.
471. ADVANCED BUYING AND SOURCING IN THE FASHION
INDUSTRY (3). Solving strategic problems in fashion industry
using technology applications for buying and sourcing. Assortment
planning, market purchase and sales promotion planning, inventory
management, pricing and markdown strategies, timing and sourcing.
PRQ: FCNS 355 and MKTG 310 and MGMT 333.
474. FASHION MERCHANDISING INTERNSHIP (7). Off-campus
supervised and coordinated training-work program in a cooperating
industry/retailing establishment. Applications for an internship are
due March 15 prior to the summer session. PRQ: FCNS GPA of 3.00
or above, and a minimum of 9 semester hours in major, and at least
a junior standing and consent of school.
Family and Child Studies
180. PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND THE FAMILY (3). Self-
concept in relation to family. Inuence upon personality development
and the maturing person. Development of intimate relationships.
230. CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3). Understanding of developmental
principles of children under 8 years of age. Includes observation.
CRQ: PSYC 102.
231. AN OBSERVATIONAL APPROACH TO THE STUDY AND
ASSESSMENT OF YOUNG CHILDREN (3). Observational
techniques and other assessment methods used in the study of young
children (0-8 years) in inclusive natural and experimental settings.
Emphasis on children from 0-5 years of age, diverse learners and
learning environments. CRQ: FCNS 230 or EPS 304 or PSYC 324.
280. HUMAN DEVELOPMENT, THE FAMILY, AND SOCIETY (3).
Survey of human growth and development from conception to death
with emphasis on interaction and socialization processes. CRQ:
PSYC 102.
284. INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS (3). Family
development and internal family social processes using systemic
perspectives. Family strengths and diversity. Interaction and
communication patterns. PRQ: PSYC 102 or SOCI 170.
285. INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION (3). Introduction
to and history of the profession and practice of family life education,
including needs assessment, evaluation of programs, understanding
group process, and contexts of family life education. PRQ: FCNS 284.
293. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION I FOR CHILD DEVELOPMENT
(1-3). Cooperative work experience for students in the child
development emphasis in family, consumer, and nutrition sciences.
Participation and work site must be approved by the school and
the cooperative education program coordinator. S/U grading. PRQ:
Declared child development or pre-major.
294. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION I FOR FAMILY SOCIAL
SERVICES (1-3). Cooperative work experience for students in the
family social services emphasis in family, consumer, and nutrition
sciences. Participation and work site must be approved by the school
and the cooperative education program coordinator. S/U grading.
PRQ: Declared family social services or pre-major.
330. PRINCIPLES OF GUIDING YOUNG CHILDREN (3). Based on a
knowledge of normal developmental sequence of young children, the
course is designed to help the student identify, analyze, synthesize,
and evaluate the purposes and techniques of working with young
children. Behavior and guidance principles are studied through
observation in the child development laboratory and through other
media. Cannot be taken concurrently with FCNS 331. PRQ: FCNS
230 or EPS 304 or PSYC 324 with a grade of C or better.
FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES 179
331. INCLUSIVE PROGRAM PLANNING FOR INFANTS, TODDLERS,
AND THEIR PARENTS (3). Principles underlying the development of
planned inclusive programs for young children (conception through
2 years) and their parents. Emphasis on the selection, presentation,
and use of materials and experiences consistent with current theory
and research in human development. PRQ: FCNS 230 or EPS 304
or PSYC 324 with a grade of C or better.
331A. PRACTICUM IN EARLY CHILDHOOD STUDIES: INFANTS
AND TODDLERS (1). Participation and observation in infant-toddler
settings for a minimum of 30 clock hours. S/U grading. PRQ: At least
junior standing and completion of FCNS 230 or EPS 304 or PSYC
324 with a grade of C or better.
332. INCLUSIVE PROGRAM PLANNING FOR CHILDREN 3-8
YEARS OF AGE AND THEIR PARENTS (3). Principles underlying
the development of planned inclusive programs outside traditional
school settings for children ages 3-8 years and their parents.
Emphasis on selection, presentation, and use of materials and
experiences consistent with current theory and research in human
development. PRQ: FCNS 230 or EPS 304 or PSYC 324 with a grade
of C or better.
382. GROUP PROCESS AND PERSONAL AND FAMILY
FUNCTIONING (3). Employment of group interaction in studying
the ways personality limits and/or enhances personal and family
functioning. See special requirements under Family Social Services
emphasis. PRQ: FCNS 180 with a grade of C or better, admission to
the family social services emphasis, and at least junior standing.
383. CLINICAL APPLICATIONS IN FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
(3). Introduction to theory and techniques of family intervention with
exposure to interviewing. See special requirements under Family
Social Services emphasis. PRQ: FCNS 382 with a grade of C or
better; and 50 hours of approved community service in social service
agencies.
384. ASIAN AMERICAN FAMILIES (3). Analysis of Asian American
families using theories, methods, and research ndings. Emphasis
on the process of immigration, family formation in the United States,
family dynamics, family obligations and intergenerational relationship,
interracial families, changing gender roles, marriage, identity
formation, family and the life cycle, and family strengths. PRQ: FCNS
284 or SOCI 170.
393. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION II FOR CHILD DEVELOPMENT
(1-3). Advanced cooperative work experience for students in the child
development emphasis in family, consumer, and nutrition sciences.
Participation and work site must be approved by the school and the
cooperative education program coordinator. S/U grading. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: FCNS 293 or
equivalent, declared child development major, and consent of school.
394. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION II FOR FAMILY SOCIAL
SERVICES (1-3). Advanced cooperative work experience for
students in the family social services emphasis in family, consumer,
and nutrition sciences. Participation and work site must be approved
by the school and the cooperative education program coordinator.
S/U grading. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: FCNS 294 or equivalent, declared family social services major,
and consent of school.
432. THEORIES OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT (3). Analysis of the
major theories of child development and their implications in working
with young children. PRQ: FCNS or ECS major, FCNS 230 or EPS
304 or PSYC 324 andFCNS 280 or PSYC 225 and at least junior
standing.
433. INTRODUCTION TO CHILD LIFE THEORY AND PRACTICE
(3). Educate and prepare students for working with pediatric patients
and families in the healthcare setting. Through reviewing of the
theoretical framework and exploration of the clinical role of the Child
Life practice, students will gain knowledge of the importance of play
and preparation for the child and family in the healthcare setting.
PRQ: FCNS 230 or EPS 304 or PSYC 324, and FCNS 284.
434. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF QUALITY
PROGRAMS FOR YOUNG CHILDREN FROM DIVERSE
BACKGROUNDS (3). Planning the total inclusive program: the
administration and supervision of various types of quality inclusive
group care for children from diverse backgrounds. Topics to promote
quality care and education, including program philosophy, program
assessments, personnel supervision and management, nancial
management, leadership, and advocacy. Service learning and
professional association components. PRQ: FCNS 230 or EPS 304
or PSYC 324, and FCNS 280 or PSYC 225.
437. PARENT-CHILD INTERACTION FROM BIRTH TO 8 YEARS
(3). Parent-child interactions in the home and in institutions (e.g.,
early childhood care and educational settings in public and private
schools, community service agencies, hospitals, and parent-child
centers). Survey of theory, research, and professional early childhood
practice regarding parent-child interaction, and parent education and
involvement. PRQ: FCNS 284; and one of the following: FCNS 230 or
FCNS 280 or EPS 304 or PSCY 225 or PSYC 324.
438. PARENT EDUCATION (3). Basic principles in organization,
formulation, and presentation of parent study programs. Experiences
in ways of working with parents of children from preschool through
adolescence. Uses of group dynamics and mass media. PRQ: FCNS
284, at least junior standing, and FCNS 230 or PSYC 324 or EPS 304.
439. INFANT DEVELOPMENT IN THE FAMILY: TYPICAL AND
ATYPICAL (3). The typical and atypical development of infants in the
context of the family. Study of major scientic ndings concerning
typical and atypical prenatal and postnatal development of the child
from conception through the rst two years of life. PRQ: FCNS 230 or
EPS 304 or PSYC 324 and FCNS 284.
481. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
(3). Introduction to typical community family social service agencies.
Includes internal function and structures and networking with other
agencies, the role of the intern and entry-level worker, selected
legislative statutes which relate to clients, and ethical behavior of
employees and interns. PRQ: FCNS major and FCNS 180 and FCNS
280 and FCNS 284.
482. CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT (3). Overview of child
maltreatment, neglect, and family violence. Consequences of child
maltreatment for child development. Summary of laws regarding child
maltreatment. The professional’s role in prevention and mandated
reporting. PRQ: FCNS 284; and FCNS 230 or FCNS 280 or EPS 304
or PSYC 225 or PSYC 324.
483. SOCIAL POLICY, CHILDREN AND FAMILIES (3). Impact of
social policy on children and families with a focus on the U.S. Roles
and responsibilities of family professionals regarding policy that
affects families. Application to current issues. PRQ: FCNS 284; and
FCNS 230 or FCNS 280 or EPS 304 or PSYC 225 or PSYC 324.
484. FAMILY THEORIES (3). Micro and macro theoretical approaches
to family relationships; integration and application of theories and
research to family processes and the practice of family science and
family life education. PRQ: FCNS major, FCNS 280 or PSYC 225,
and FCNS 284, and at least junior standing.
485. METHODOLOGY IN FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION (3). Provides
training in Family Life Educator methodology for aspiring family life
educators. Introduction to the history of the profession and practice
of family life education, instruction on how to effectively develop,
implement, and evaluate family life education programs in a variety of
community settings. PRQ: Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
major, a grade of C or better in FCNS 180 and FCNS 284, a grade of
C or better in FCNS 280 or PSYC 225, and senior standing.
486. AGING AND THE FAMILY (3). Family roles of the middle aged
and elderly, including care giving and receiving; cultural variation;
workforce and leisure participation; nancial status; health status;
housing needs; and the role of public and private agencies and
institutions in the provision of services for the elderly. PRQ: FCNS
280 or PSYC 225, and FCNS 284, or consent of school.
180 FAMILY, CONSUMER, AND NUTRITION SCIENCES
488. WORKING WITH ETHNICALLY DIVERSE CHILDREN AND
FAMILIES IN THE U.S. (3). Inuences of culture and ethnicity on
family dynamics and child development. Historical, social, economic,
political, and environmental factors that impact family processes
and child rearing practices of ethnically diverse groups. Professional
skills for effectively interacting with and serving culturally diverse
populations. PRQ: FCNS 284 and one of the following: FCNS 230, or
FCNS 280/PSYC 225, and at least junior standing.
489. TOPICAL ISSUES IN FAMILY AND CHILD STUDIES (3).
Selected topics affecting child development and family life. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic changes.
PRQ: FCNS 284; and one of the following: FCNS 230 or FCNS 280
or EPS 304 or PSYC 225 or PSYC 324.
490. PRACTICUM IN INFANT AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT
LABORATORIES (12). Supervised on-campus practicum in child
development. Opportunities for planning and supervising inclusive
programs for infants and children of diverse backgrounds and
abilities, up to 7 years of age. No more than 15 semester hours from
eld experiences in FCNS 393 and FCNS 490 may be applied toward
graduation. PRQ: FCNS 498 and see emphasis 3, child development,
special requirements.
Family Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
Faculty
Thomas Pavkov, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor, chair
Sheila Barrett, Ph.D., Florida International University, assistant
professor
Susan P. Bowers, Ph.D., Ohio State University, associate
professor
Priyanka Chakraborty, Ph.D., The University of Georgia-Athens,
assistant professor
Sarah L. Cosbey, Ph.D., Iowa State University, associate
professor
Barb Cuppett, M.A., St. Mary’s College of Minnesota, supportive
professional staff
Shi-Ruei Sherry Fang, Ph.D., Michigan State University,
professor
Bryan Flower, M.S., Robert Morris University, Chicago, supportive
professional staff
Beverly Henry, Ph.D., Loyola University, associate professor
Nicholas Hryhorczuk, Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, assistant professor
Hyun-Mee Joung, Ph.D., Iowa State University, associate
professor
Lan Li, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University,
professor
Xiaohui (Sophie) Li, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Twin Cities,
assistant professor
Judith Lukaszuk, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, professor
Clarissa Luke, M.S., Northern Illinois University, supportive
professional staff
J. Elizabeth Miller, Ph.D., University of Georgia, associate
professor
Bette Montgomery, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Eunha Myung, Ph.D., University of Nevada-Las Vegas, associate
professor
Jane Rose Njue, Ph.D., Iowa State University, associate
professor
Amy Ozier, Ph.D., University of Alabama, associate professor
Nancy Prange, M.S., Northern Illinois University, supportive
professional staff
Julie Ramisch, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant
professor
Jessica Ridgway, Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia,
assistant professor
Lisa Schmidt, M.S., Northern Illinois University, supportive
professional staff
Lin Shi, Ph.D., Texas Tech University, professor
Florensia Flora Surjadi, Ph.D., Iowa State University, assistant
professor
Josephine Umoren, Ph.D., University of Nebraska, associate
professor
Charline Xie, Ph.D., University of Nebraska at Lincoln, professor
181
Department of Military Science (MILS)
Army ROTC at NIU is specically designed to give college students
training and experience in the art of organizing, motivating, and
leading others, while completing their studies for a baccalaureate
degree in an academic discipline of their own choice. Completion
of the program leads to a commission in the U.S. Army. The
Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) is open to all eligible full-
time students, both male and female. A total of 28 semester hours
of academic credit is available and is applicable to graduation
requirements as elective credit. The curriculum is centered on an
applied leadership training program which is designed to develop
personal traits and qualities essential to successful leadership
in civilian life as well as the military environment. Students who
enroll in the rst two years (basic course) of Army ROTC have
no military service obligation. Those who complete the advanced
program and are commissioned serve in the active Army, Army
National Guard, or U.S. Army Reserves.
Army ROTC Programs
Basic Course. The basic course, normally completed during
the freshman and sophomore years, provides the student with
a general knowledge of the military’s role in society and the
missions of the Army. Subjects include leadership, land navigation,
marksmanship, military history, and basic military skills. Students
enroll in one military science course each semester. Additionally,
a weekend eld training exercise is required each semester. It is
possible for a sophomore to complete the basic course in one
year through prior arrangement with the department. The basic
course consists of the rst two years of Army ROTC classes
including MILS 101, MILS 102, MILS 201, and MILS 202. Non-
scholarship students who participate in or complete the basic
program have no military service obligation.
Advanced Course. The advanced course is the professional
phase of the ROTC program. Upon satisfactory completion of the
required ROTC courses and the professional military education
(PME) component, the student is eligible for a commission as a
Second Lieutenant in the active Army, the Army National Guard, or
the U.S. Army Reserve. The professional phase includes courses
in leadership skills, training, personnel management, ethics,
military justice, and military tactics. During the two years of the
advanced course, students enroll in one military science course
per semester. Additionally, a weekend eld training exercise is
required each semester. The advanced course consists of the
nal two years of Army ROTC classes including MILS 301, MILS
302, MILS 401, MILS 402, HIST 379, and attendance at the
Leadership Development and Assessment Course (Advanced
Internship in Military Science, MILS 350).
Placement into the advanced course requires credit for the basic
course, but this requirement can be satised several different ways.
Completion of the basic course classes (MILS 101, MILS 102,
MILS 201, and MILS 202), or completion of the Basic Internship
in Military Science (MILS 325), or completion of an armed
services basic training course, or credit for JROTC satises the
requirement for up to two years of basic course credit. Additionally,
a student must have a minimum of 60 semester hours.
Leadership Laboratory. Leadership laboratories are taught
in conjunction with military science classes. Each laboratory is
two hours long; the rst hour and a half consists of basic military
skills training and the last 30 minutes is the orders process. The
primary objective of leadership labs is to serve as a vehicle
for leadership development. During leadership labs, MSIV and
MSIII cadets perform respective supervisory roles as officers
and noncommissioned officers (NCOs), while MS I and II cadets
perform hands-on tasks that complement classroom instruction.
Pay
Stipend. Cadets who have contracted (agreed to receive a
commission in active Army, Army National Guard, or U.S. Army
Reserves), or have received a federal scholarship will receive
a monthly tax-free stipend for up to 10 months a school year.
Contact department for current stipend amounts.
Cadets will receive pay for attending the Basic Internship in
Military Science (MILS 325) at Fort Knox, Kentucky, and the
Advanced Internship in Military Science (MILS 350) at Fort Lewis,
Washington.
Veterans are permitted to receive G.I. Bill benets and state
benets as well as the monthly subsistence allowance while
enrolled in the advanced course.
Scholarships
Four-, three-, and two-year Army ROTC scholarships are available
and awarded on a competitive basis. These scholarships will
pay graduate and undergraduate student tuition, fees listed in
the course catalog, and provide an allowance each semester
for textbooks, supplies, and equipment. Scholarship students
must meet university admission criteria, pass the Army Physical
Fitness Test (APFT), and pass a Department of Defense (DOD)
medical exam. All federal scholarship students will incur a military
service obligation. Students desiring to apply for a scholarship
should contact the department chair. Any student selected for a
federal scholarship may request assignment with the U.S. Army
Reserves, National Guard, or Active Duty after commissioning.
Typically, federal scholarship students receive Active Duty
assignments.
Guaranteed Reserve Forces Duty (GRFD) scholarships are
available for two- or three-year terms for a student or active
reservist. A GRFD scholarship allows a student to request
assignment with the U.S. Army Reserves or National Guard after
commissioning. With rare exception can a student with a GRFD
scholarship request Active Duty. The advantage to this scholarship
is that the student will serve in a drilling reservist status in a
location and unit of their choosing. Cadets commissioned into the
Reserves can maintain a civilian profession and military profession.
These scholarships will pay graduate and undergraduate student
tuition, as well as required fees, and provide an allowance per
semester for textbooks, supplies, and equipment. Students
who are awarded this scholarship are required to serve in the
Simultaneous Membership Program (SMP), and incur an eight-
year service obligation in the Army National Guard or Army
Reserves.
182 MILITARY SCIENCE
Simultaneous Membership Program (SMP)
Any nonfederal scholarship advanced course cadet may
participate in the SMP by enlisting in the Army National Guard
or U.S. Army Reserve. The purpose of the SMP is to provide an
off-campus officer training experience and familiarize advanced
course cadets with opportunities for commissioned service in
Reserve Component units. Soldiers participating in the SMP
will attend drill one weekend per month and two weeks per year
(typically in the summer) with a respective reserve unit as a
cadet, and are entitled to pay in the grade of sergeant (E-5) for
drill attendance.
Illinois Tuition and Housing Waivers
Army ROTC offers 40 tuition waivers and 20 housing waivers
each semester. These waivers are available on a competitive
basis to students without incurring a military obligation. The
tuition waiver is offered by the State of Illinois and exempts the
holder from payment of full tuition and limited fees. Similarly, the
housing waiver exempts the holder from payment of room costs
based on standard double room occupancy rates. To be eligible
for the waiver, a student must be: a resident of the State of Illinois,
a full-time student, at least 17 and not more than 29 years old at
time of graduation, and have a 2.50 GPA (male applicants must
be registered for the selective service). The waiver applications
are available at the department office in the Chick Evans Field
House. Waivers must be reapplied for each semester and will be
granted on merit.
Eligibility
To enroll in the military science basic program leading to an
officer’s commission the student must be
a citizen of the United States or lawfully admitted to the U.S.
for permanent residence under applicable provisions of the
Immigration and Naturalization Act, and at least 17 years of
age. Parental consent is necessary if a student is under 17.
a full-time enrolled student at NIU.
able to complete the ROTC program and receive a
baccalaureate degree prior to reaching 30 years of age. The
age requirements may be waived in some cases, especially
for those with prior military service and those majoring in
nursing.
physically and mentally qualied and of good moral character.
Interested personnel should contact the department chair for
more information concerning the eligibility requirements, as
waiver requests will be accepted on a case-by-case basis.
Students who do not meet the above criteria, and cannot receive
a waiver, may enroll in military science classes for academic
credit but will not be eligible for appointment as commissioned
officers. Entering freshmen should register for MILS 101 at the
same time they register for other classes. Sophomores with no
previous ROTC experience may register for both the freshman
and sophomore courses and become eligible to enter the
advanced course at the beginning of the junior year. Juniors and
seniors who wish to register for the basic program are requested
to confer with the chair of the Department of Military Science
prior to enrollment.
Minor in Military Science (28)
The department offers a structured curriculum incorporating the
U.S. Army’s Basic Officer Leadership Course (BOLC) I program
and academic studies that meet the U.S. Army’s precommissioning
requirements. Students pursue academic majors in colleges
of their choice. Award of the minor will be linked to successful
completion of core requirements and two approved elective
courses.
This academic minor is open to all students, both those seeking
a commission in the U.S. Army and those desiring to expand their
knowledge of military science. The minor is not a requirement to
obtain a commission.
MILS 101 - Introduction to the Army and Critical Thinking (2),
MILS 102 - Introduction to the Profession of Arms (2), MILS 201
- Innovative Tactical Leadership (2), MILS 202 - Foundations of
Tactical Leadership (2),
OR MILS 325 - Basic Internship in Military Science (8) (may
substitute for MILS 101, MILS 102, MILS 201, and MILS 202.)
MILS 301 - Adaptive Tactical Leadership (3)
MILS 302 - Leadership in Changing Environments (3)
MILS 401 - Mission Command and the Army Profession (4)
MILS 402 - Mission Command and the Company Grade Officer (4)
Course work from the following (6)
MILS 350
1
- Advanced Internship in Military Science (3),
OR MILS 495 - Independent Study (3)
Military history
HIST 379 - American Military History (3)
2
HIST 425 - World War II (3)
HIST 476 - American Foreign Relations to 1914 (3)
HIST 477 - American Foreign Relations Since 1914 (3)
POLS 382 - Topics in Contemporary Security (3)
POLS 388 - U.S. National Security Policy (3)
SOCI 363 - Sociology of the Military (3)
Management/National security studies
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
MGMT 335 - Managing Individuals, Teams, and Organizations
(3)
MGMT 355 - Human Resource Management (3)
OMIS 327 - Operations Analysis (3)
OMIS 351 - Information Systems in Organizations (3)
POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
POLS 380 - American Foreign Policy (3)
TECH 402 - Industrial Training and Evaluation (3)
TECH 404 - Supervision in Industry (3)
Special Requirements
Students interested in pursuing a commission in the United States
Army should contact the Department of Military Science chair
concerning contract eligibility and advanced course requirements
as early as possible but preferably not later than the second
semester of their sophomore year. Elective course selection
for contracted students must include as a minimum 3 semester
hours in military history (HIST 379) or an approved equivalent.
Course List
Basic
101. INTRODUCTION TO THE ARMY AND CRITICAL THINKING
(2). Introduces the Army Profession, Professional Competence,
Adaptability, Teamwork, Lifelong Learning, and Comprehensive
Fitness. Focus on developing basic knowledge and comprehension
of Army leadership dimensions, attributes and core leader
competencies while gaining an understanding of the Reserve Officer
Training Corps Program, its purpose in the Army, and its advantages.
102. INTRODUCTION TO THE PROFESSION OF ARMS (2).Study
of the professional challenges and competencies needed for effective
execution of the profession of arms and Army communication.
Continuation of Army ethics and values that shape the army and the
specic ways that these ethics are inculcated into Army culture.
1
Available to contracted cadets only.
2
Also meets PME requirement for commissioning.
MILITARY SCIENCE 183
201. INNOVATIVE TACTICAL LEADERSHIP (2). Explores the
dimensions of creative and innovative tactical leadership strategies
and styles by examining team dynamics and two historical leadership
theories that form the basis of the Army leadership framework.
Cadets practice aspects of personal motivation and team building in
the context of planning, executing, and assessing team exercises and
participating in leadership labs. Focus is on continued development
of the knowledge of leadership values and attributes through an
understanding of Army rank, structure, duties, and basic aspects
of land navigation and squad tactics. Case studies provide tangible
context for learning the Soldier’s Creed and Warrior Ethos as they
apply in the contemporary operating environment (COE).
202. FOUNDATIONS OF TACTICAL LEADERSHIP (2). Examines
the challenges of leading tactical teams in complex, contemporary
operational environments. The course highlights dimensions of
patrolling and operations orders. Further study of the theoretical basis
of the Army leadership framework explores the dynamics of adaptive
leadership in the context of military operations. Cadets develop
greater self-awareness as they assess their own leadership styles
and practice communication and team building skills. COE case
studies give insight into the importance and practice of teamwork and
tactics in real-world scenarios. PRQ: MILS 201, or military science
minor, or consent of department.
Advanced
301. ADAPTIVE TACTICAL LEADERSHIP (3). Challenges cadets
to study, practice, and evaluate adaptive leadership skills as they
are presented with challenging scenarios related to squad tactical
operations. Cadets receive systematic and specic feedback on
their leadership attributes and actions. Based on such feedback,
as well as their own self-evaluations, cadets continue to develop
their leadership and critical thinking abilities. The focus is on cadets’
tactical leadership abilities to enable them to succeed at ROTC’s
summer Leader Development and Assessment Course (LDAC).
PRQ: MILS 201 and MILS 202, or military science minor, or consent
of department.
302. LEADERSHIP IN CHANGING ENVIRONMENTS (3). Uses
increasingly intense situational leadership challenges to build cadet
awareness and skills in leading tactical operations up to platoon level.
Cadets review aspects of combat, stability, and support operations.
Cadets are expected to apply basic principles of the Law of Land
Warfare, Army training, and motivation to troop leading procedures.
They also conduct military briengs and develop prociency in
garrison operations orders. Focus is on exploring, evaluating, and
developing skills in decision-making, persuading, and motivating
team members in the contemporary operating environment (COE).
Cadets are evaluated on what they know and do as leaders as they
prepare to attend the ROTC summer Leader Development and
Assessment Course (LDAC). PRQ: MILS 301, or military science
minor, or consent of department.
325. BASIC INTERNSHIP IN MILITARY SCIENCE (8). An internship
with Military Science, primarily oriented toward the assessment
of leadership potential and the development of basic leadership
skills, consisting of general military subjects, physical training,
familiarization with individual and crew served weapons, individual
and small unit tactics, and an introduction to leadership. Follows
the program of instruction for Reserve Officer Training Corps Cadet
Cadet Initial Entry Training, normally held at Fort Knox, Kentucky.
PRQ: Consent of department.
350. ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN MILITARY SCIENCE (3). An
internship in military science with the U.S. Army. Designed for
students to apply Basic Officer Leadership Course I subjects
including operations and tactics, preventive medicine and rst aid,
weapons, and leadership skills. Follows the program of pnstruction
for Reserve Officer Training Corps Cadet Leader Course, normally
held at Fort Knox, Kentucky. PRQ: MILS 301 and MILS 302.
401. MISSION COMMAND AND THE ARMY PROFESSION (4).
Develop military knowledge and skills; understand responsibilities of
ROTC battalion leadership and staff responsibilities; effectively lead
fellow cadets and prepare cadets for future success. Both classroom
and battalion leadership experiences prepare Mission Set IV Cadets
for the rst unit of assignment. Identication of responsibilities of key
staff, coordinate staff roles and use situational opportunities to teach,
train and develop subordinates.
402. MISSION COMMAND AND THE COMPANY GRADE OFFICER
(4). Explore the dynamics of leading in the complex situations during
Unied Land Operations I, II, and III. Use mission command case
studies and scenarios to prepare cadets to face the complex ethical
demands of serving as a commissioned officer in the United States
Army. PRQ: MILS 401, or military science minor, or consent of
department.
495. INDEPENDENT STUDY (3). Individual study involving special
readings, topics, and a research project in military science under
the direction of a faculty member. Written report required. May be
repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
Air Force ROTC
NIU students may enroll in Air Force ROTC through the Illinois
Institute of Technology (IIT). The four-year and two-year
programs allow qualied men and women the opportunity to
earn commissions as Second Lieutenants in the U.S. Air Force
upon graduation and completion of Air Force ROTC. Federal
scholarships are available to qualied students and pay up to
full tuition and fees and a monthly subsistence allowance. Illinois
State Tuition Waivers are also available to qualied students.
All members of the professional officer course also receive the
monthly subsistence allowance. The Air Force ROTC courses are
taught at IIT. For more information on Air Force ROTC, call (312)
567-3525/3526 or stop by the Stuart Building (IIT campus) in
Chicago. The IIT detachment website is http://www.afrotc.iit.edu/.
Military Science Faculty
Lieutenant Colonel Jay Morrison, M.A., Webster University,
professor of military science, chair
Master Sergeant Rufus Beamon, B.A., American Military
University, senior military instructor
Major Amahdy Bradley, M.B.A., Loyola University, adjunct
instructor
Captain Derrek Montoya, M.S., Embry-Riddle Aeronautical
University, assistant professor of military science
Staff Sergeant Brandon Tabor, adjunct instructor
Rodney Williams, M.B.A., Strayer University, scholarship and
enrollment officer/instructor
Staff Sergeant Justin Wolfe, adjunct instructor
184
School of Nursing and Health Studies
(NURS, PHHE)
Admission to the major in nursing in the School of Nursing
and Health Studies is limited. See “Limited Admissions and
Limited Retention Requirements” in the Admission section of
this catalog.
The School of Nursing and Health Studies offers majors in nursing
(B.S.), public health (B.S.), and health education (B.S.Ed.), minors
in public health and health education, and baccalaureate degree
completion. Students interested in one of the school’s majors
or minors should contact the college advising office as early
as possible. Failure to do so could result in delayed graduation.
Majors in the School of Nursing and Health Studies who are
preparing for professional practice may be dismissed from
a program on the basis of either academic deciencies or
nonprofessional performance. Specic criteria relating to these
areas are made known to each student at the time the professional
phase of a program is initiated.
Nursing Program
The School of Nursing and Health Studies offers the B.S. degree
with a major in nursing, successful completion of which qualies
the graduate to take the National Council Licensure Examination
(NCLEX-RN) required for licensure as a registered professional
nurse (R.N.). The Illinois Department of Professional and
Financial Regulation requires a criminal background check prior
to taking the NCLEX-RN examination. A nal determination of
eligibility for licensure can only be made after an application for
license by examination has been submitted by the graduate. An
R.N. degree-completion option is offered to registered nurses
who want to earn a baccalaureate degree in nursing.
The nursing program at NIU prepares the professional nurse for
leadership roles in patient care within the entire spectrum of health
care agencies and settings. A variety of agencies in northern
Illinois are used as clinical laboratory facilities for students.
Experiences in the clinical settings are chosen to augment and
demonstrate selected aspects of nursing theory. Graduates
are prepared to function with baccalaureate competencies in
the delivery of nursing care, in the improvement of health care
delivery systems, in utilizing the knowledge of the physical and
social sciences as integral aspects of nursing, and in entering
graduate programs to increase their nursing competencies
and skills. The baccalaureate curriculum is approved by the
Committee on Nursing of the Illinois Department of Financial and
Professional Regulation and accredited by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education.
Clinical Requirements
All students are admitted to the nursing program provisionally
until they have provided proof of meeting the clinical
requirements outlined in the Undergraduate Nursing Student
Handbook and then they will be fully admitted. Full admission
to the nursing program is required to enroll in nursing courses.
All undergraduate nursing majors are required to submit proof
of having met clinical requirements when requested and must
maintain clinical requirements for continued enrollment in the
nursing major. If requirements are not met, the student might
not be able to complete the program of required courses, which
includes clinical practice experiences. The Undergraduate
Nursing Student Handbook contains additional policies related to
admission and progression through the nursing program.
Clinical requirements include documentation of immunizations/
immunity, criminal background checks, drug screening, Standard
Precautions/Universal Precautions training, CPR Healthcare
Provider certication, and health insurance. Professional Liability
Insurance is provided as part of student fees.
Students are required to undergo criminal background checks
and drug screenings and are evaluated for a disqualifying
criminal offense under Illinois regulations for health care workers.
A student with a disqualifying offense will be unable to complete
the program. Those who commit a crime while enrolled in the
nursing program may be unable to complete the program.
Students with a positive drug screen for illegal or unauthorized
drugs may be unable to complete the program.
All clinical requirements are to be maintained throughout the
nursing program as outlined in the Undergraduate Nursing
Student Handbook.
General Information
Only students admitted as undergraduate nursing majors may
enroll in the undergraduate nursing courses, with the exception
of NURS 302 which is open to non-nursing majors. Admitted
students must have all prerequisite courses completed with a
grade of C or better to begin nursing courses. Transfer students
are encouraged to contact a program adviser before enrolling
to determine whether prior course work satises prerequisites.
Exceptions may be considered on a case-by-case basis for
graduate students in nursing who need to eliminate deciencies.
New freshman and transfer students who enroll as full-time
students must plan on a minimum of ve semesters to complete
the required nursing courses.
In addition to the usual costs for a university student, the nursing
major will be responsible for the costs involved in
student nurse uniforms to be worn in all clinical courses;
equipment, e.g., a watch with sweep second hand and a
stethoscope;
providing own transportation for the clinical courses (NURS
303, NURS 313, NURS 323, NURS 333, NURS 343, NURS
433, NURS 443, NURS 453, and NURS 463);
professional liability insurance;
criminal background checks and drug screening;
clinical requirement fees; and
fees for certain courses.
Students enrolled in clinical nursing courses must complete all
prerequisites.
R.N.-B.S. in Nursing Completion Option
The R.N.-B.S. in nursing completion option is designed to award
credit to registered nurses for their recent education and previous
learning experiences in the eld of nursing. Registered nurse
degree-completion students must plan on a minimum of at least
three semesters to complete the required nursing courses. See
NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES 185
“Admission” for further information. Upon successful completion
of NURS 347, the R.N. student will receive 33 semester hours of
credit for NURS 303, NURS 305, NURS 313, NURS 314, NURS
315, NURS 318, NURS 319, NURS 323, NURS 333, NURS 336,
NURS 343, NURS 422, and NURS 433. This credit will be held
in “escrow” and will be posted to the student’s transcript upon
successful completion of 12 semester hours of nursing credit with
a grade of C or better. Students in this option are exempt from the
30 semester hour university residence requirement.
Registered nurses who graduated over ve years ago from a
nursing program will automatically be granted the appropriate
number of escrow credits provided they have practiced as a
registered nurse within the last two years. Registered nurses who
graduated more than ve years ago who have not practiced as a
registered nurse within the last two years will need to demonstrate
competency through successful completion of the Regents
Examinations for Medical-Surgical Nursing, Psychiatric Mental
Health Nursing, and Pediatric and Obstetrical Nursing. In order to
receive a baccalaureate degree, the R.N.-B.S. completion student
is required to complete the following courses with a grade of C
or better: NURS 304, NURS 307, NURS 308, NURS 312; NURS
347; NURS 408, NURS 419, NURS 425, NURS 432, NURS 435,
NURS 463, and NURS 488.
It is highly recommended that students intending to transition
into the master’s program see the academic adviser to plan their
sequence of courses early in their program of study.
Academic Standing
Nursing applicants and nursing majors must achieve a minimum
grade of C or better in all nursing prerequisite courses that are
taken before and after admission to the nursing major.
Freshman nursing students must achieve a 2.75 GPA at the
completion of the second semester or be dismissed from the
nursing program. R.N. students whose cumulative GPA falls
below 2.75 after completing 9 semester hours at NIU will be
dismissed from the nursing major. All other nursing students
whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.75 will be dismissed
from the nursing program. A nursing student who receives two
grades of D or F or U in any combination of NURS courses will
be dismissed from the School of Nursing and Health Studies.
A student also may be dismissed from the nursing major for
unprofessional behavior or actions which threaten the health and
safety of patients. It is the responsibility of students to secure
a copy of the dismissal policy from the office of the School of
Nursing and Health Studies.
Students must repeat any required nursing course in which they
receive a grade of D or F or U. Students must receive a grade of
at least C or a grade of S to progress in the nursing curriculum.
See “Repeating a Course.”
To graduate as a nursing major, a student must earn a grade of
at least C or S in each course required in the major and all pre-
requisite courses for the major.
Essential Performance Components
All students interested in enrolling and remaining in the
undergraduate or graduate nursing program at NIU must
possess performance component skills necessary to assess
a patient’s biopsychosocial needs and to analyze collected
data in order to identify patient problems, plan and implement
independent and collaborative interventions, and evaluate the
care provided and the patient’s responses to care. Specic
observation, communication, motor cognitive, psychosocial, and
behavioral requirements provide candidates with the ability to
carry out the responsibilities of a student nurse providing direct or
indirect patient care. A student must, with or without reasonable
accommodation, possess these performance component skills
upon admission to the nursing program and maintain these
essential components throughout the program.
Manual Dexterity–use sterile technique; insert catheters
(Foley, NG, IV); perform venipunctures; prepare medications
and administer (PO, IM, IV); manipulate small objects (lancet,
stopcock); open and close medication containers.
Mobility–remain at patient’s side for a prolonged period of time
for purposes of monitoring and frequent assessments; perform
CPR; assist in lifting and moving patients and patient care
materials (bed, chair); move independently to and from patient
care areas.
Processing Patient Information–respond to communication by
patients with or without direct view of patient’s face; respond to
monitor alarms, emergency signals, call bells from patients, and
orders in a rapid and effective manner; accurately assess blood
pressures, heart, lung, vascular, and abdominal sounds; accurately
read a thermometer; identify cyanosis, absence of respirations,
and movements of patients rapidly and accurately; accurately
process information on medical containers, physicians’ orders,
and monitor and equipment calibrations, printed documents, ow
sheets, graphic sheets, medication administration records, and
other medical records.
Math Competency–tell time; use measuring tools (tape measure,
scale); add, subtract, multiply, and divide; record numbers;
calculate medication dosages (PO, IM, IV) and intravenous
solution rates.
Emotional Stability–provide emotional support to patients;
adapt rapidly to environmental changes and multiple task
demands (new admission, patient going to therapy or surgery);
maintain adequate concentration and attention in patient care
settings; maintain behavioral decorum in stressful situations
(avoid inappropriate laughter, jokes, comments).
Cognitive Processing–transfer knowledge from one situation to
another (classroom to patient care); assess patient needs based
on understanding and synthesis of patient information (know
comorbidities, complex problems); develop effective care plans
based on assessments; prioritize tasks to ensure patient safety
and standards of care (administer medications and treatments
on time); organize and retain information in basic knowledge and
skills areas (frequently administer medications and treatments).
Critical Thinking–identify cause and effect relationships
(religious, ethnic, cultural); sequence information in a manner
that is logical and understood by others; make sound clinical
judgments and decisions based on standards of nursing care;
seek assistance when clinical situation requires a higher level of
expertise/experience.
Interpersonal/Communication Skills–respect differences in
patients; establish and maintain effective working relations with
patients and co-workers; teach and provide information in an
accurate and effective manner; report critical patient information
to other caregivers; convey information to others through
graphic, print, and/or electronic media in an accurate, timely, and
comprehensible manner.
Major in Nursing (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (61-65)
NURS 302 - Professional Nursing (2),
OR NURS 347
1
- Concepts of Professional Nursing (4)
NURS 303 - Foundations of Nursing Clinical (2)
NURS 304 - Health Assessment (1)
NURS 305 - Foundations of Nursing (3)
NURS 307 - Health Assessment Laboratory (1)
* Available for general education credit.
1
For Registered Nurse students only.
186 NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES
NURS 308 - Alterations in Biological Systems (3)
NURS 312 - Nursing Research and Evidenced-Based Practice (3)
NURS 313 - Adult Health Nursing I Clinical (2)
NURS 314 - Mental Health Nursing (3)
NURS 315 - Adult Health Nursing I (3)
NURS 318 - Adult Health Nursing II (3)
NURS 319 - Nursing Care of the Childbearing Family (3)
NURS 323 - Mental Health Nursing Clinical (2)
NURS 333 - Adult Health Nursing II Clinical (2)
NURS 336 - Pharmacology (3)
NURS 343 - Childbearing Family Clinical (2)
NURS 349X - Critical Thinking for Health and Human Services
Professionals (3),
OR UHHS 350 Critical Thinking for Health and Human
Services Professionals (3)
NURS 408 - Genetics and Human Genomics for Nurses (1)
NURS 419 - Population-Focused Nursing (3)
NURS 422 - Child Health Nursing (3)
NURS 425 - Nursing Informatics (1)
NURS 431
2
- Transition to Professional Nursing (3),
OR NURS 488
3
- Nursing Ethics and the Law (3)
NURS 432 - Processes for Nursing Leadership (3)
NURS 433 - Child Health Nursing Clinical (2)
NURS 435 - Gerontological Nursing (2)
NURS 443 - Population-Focused Nursing Clinical (2) and NURS
453 Capstone Clinical (4),
OR NURS 463 - Practicum in Leadership and Population-
Focused Nursing (3)
Requirements outside School (31-33)
BIOS 103 - General Biology (3) and BIOS 105 - General Biology
Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313 - Microbiology (4)
BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3), and CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*ENGL 203 - Rhetoric and Composition II, Researched Writing in
the Domains (3),
OR *ENGL 204 - Rhetoric and Composition, Accelerated
Reserached Writing in the Domains (3)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3)
*FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and Society (3),
OR *PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood Through
Adulthood (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for a Major in Nursing: 92-98
Off-Campus Degree R.N.-B.S. Courses
Registered nurses who are seeking baccalaureate preparation
leading to a B.S. degree with a major in nursing are served by
courses offered at a number of off-campus sites. Off-campus
course requirements coincide with on-campus requirements
in the degree completion option. Students wishing additional
information should contact the School of Nursing and Health
Studies.
Public Health and Health Education Programs
General Information
Practical eld training is required as part of the public health
curriculum and student teaching is a required part of the health
education curriculum. Students are advised that they are
responsible for their own transportation to and from the training
facilities and all costs associated with these activities.
Major in Public Health (B.S.)
The public health program prepares students for professional
positions in general public health, health administration,
environment and health, and health promotion. Depending
on their particular interests, graduates will be involved in
developing and communicating health information to the public,
planning and managing health service programs and facilities,
and investigating and evaluating specic environmental and
community health problems. Degree completion in public health
is available to practicing health care professionals. See emphasis
I for details. Students aspiring to major in public health should
contact a program adviser as early as possible, preferably during
their freshman year, for an academic advising session. Failure to
do so could result in a delayed graduation.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (25-28)
PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health (3)
PHHE 325 - Biostatistical Applications in Public Health (3)
PHHE 351 - Elements of Environmental Health (3)
PHHE 455 - Public Health Epidemiology (3)
PHHE 461 - Public Health and the U.S. Health Care System (3)
PHHE 467 - Public Health Research and Evaluation (3)
PHHE 469 - Principles of Health Planning (3)
PHHE 487 - Public Health Pre Practicum Seminar (1)
PHHE 489 - Practicum in Public Health (3-6)
Requirements outside School (17-19)
BIOS 103 - General Biology (3) and BIOS 105 - General Biology
Laboratory (1),
OR BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3) and BIOS 210 -
Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 313 - Microbiology (4)
*CHEM 110 - Chemistry (3) and *CHEM 111 - Chemistry
Laboratory (1),
OR *CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3) and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Sciences (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
One of the following emphases: General Public Health, Health
Administration, Environment and Health, or Health Promotion
Emphasis 1. General Public Health
The general public health emphasis allows students to complete
a broad educational foundation in public health while choosing
a minor outside the school, or qualifying for the public health
degree completion program.
Requirements in School (9)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Health Promotion (3)
Two of the following (6)
PHHE 431 - Applied Health Promotion Programming (3)
PHHE 433 - Principles of Long-term Care Administration (3)
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health Professionals (3)
PHHE 437 - Assessment, Treatment and Prevention of Drug and
Alcohol Addiction (3)
PHHE 439 - Funding for Programs in Public Health (3)
PHHE 441 - Introduction to Health Care Administration (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care
Organizations (3)
PHHE 463 - Public Health Informatics (3)
* Available for general education credit
1
If not used to fulll requirements outside school above.
2
Prelicensure students only.
3
For Registered Nurse students only.
NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES 187
Requirements outside School (21-39)
*BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3),
OR *SOCI 250 - Contemporary Social Institutions (3)
One of the following (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3)
SOCI 451 - Medical Sociology (3)
SOCI 482 - Sociology of Death and Dying (3)
UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
One of the following designations (12-30)
A minor offered by the School of Family, Consumer, and
Nutrition Sciences, or a minor in biological sciences, chemistry,
communication studies, communicative disorders, gerontology,
environmental management systems, military science,
community leadership and civic engagement, environmental
studies, Spanish, or psychology.
OR Qualied for the public health degree completion program.
B.S. in Public Health Degree Completion Program
The B.S. public health degree completion program in the general
public health emphasis is designed to award credit to practicing
health care professionals for their recent education and previous
learning experiences in the elds of dental hygiene, respiratory
care, radiologic technology, long-term care administration, health
information technology, nursing, occupational therapy assistant,
physical therapy assistant, speech-language pathology assistant,
and surgical technology. With the consent of the departmental
adviser, up to 25 semester hours of credit in PHHE 481 may
be applied to the area of study in applied professional health
sciences. The credit will be held in “escrow” and will be posted
to the student’s transcript upon the completion of all designated
400-level course work for the public health major, at which time
the student will receive credit in PHHE 487, PHHE 489, variable
credit in PHHE 481, as well as credit to be determined by the
department based on professional course work of the student.
Students in this program are exempt from the 30 semester hour
university residence requirement. Students interested in the
B.S. in public health degree completion program should contact
a program adviser for a pre-admission interview and course
counseling session.
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, General Public Health: 72-95
Emphasis 2. Health Administration
The health administration emphasis teaches students
administrative, supportive, planning, and assessment skills
that prepares students for careers in managed-care settings;
long-term care; hospitals; federal, state, and community
health agencies, and other health-related organizations. With
appropriate electives, students qualify to take the Illinois Nursing
Home Administrators Licensing Examination. For details contact
the public health program office.
Requirements in School (15)
PHHE 441 - Introduction to Health Care Administration (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care Organizations (3)
Two of the following (6)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Health Promotion (3)
PHHE 431 - Applied Health Promotion Programming (3)
PHHE 433 - Principles of Long-term Care Administration (3)
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health Professionals (3)
PHHE 437 - Assessment, Treatment and Prevention of Drug and
Alcohol Addiction (3)
PHHE 439 - Funding for Programs in Public Health (3)
PHHE 463 - Public Health Informatics (3)
Requirements outside School (30-36)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3),
and ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
*BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3),
OR OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3),
OR *SOCI 250 - Contemporary Social Institutions (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3),
OR SOCI 451 - Medical Sociology (3),
OR SOCI 482 - Sociology of Death and Dying (3),
OR UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3)
UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Health Administration: 87-98
Emphasis 3. Environment and Health
The requirements in the school for the environment and health
emphasis prepare students to work in a variety of environmental
settings that focus on eliminating health disparities of the public.
Requirements in School (9-10)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Health Promotion (3)
Two of the following (6-7)
PHHE 409X - Water Quality (4)
PHHE 431 - Applied Health Promotion Programming (3)
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health Professionals (3)
PHHE 439 - Funding for Programs in Public Health (3)
PHHE 441 - Introduction to Health Care Administration (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care
Organizations (3)
PHHE 463 - Public Health Informatics (3)
Requirements outside School (28-31)
CHEM 230 - Introductory Organic Chemistry (3) and CHEM 231 -
Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
*PHYS 150 - Physics (3),
OR *PHYS 150A - Physics (4),
OR *PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
*TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
Two of the following:
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 302 - Soil Science (4)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 432 - Geography of Health (3)
Two of the following:
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
TECH 434 - Human Factors in Industrial Accident Prevention (3)
TECH 435 - Legal Aspects of Safety (3)
One course in science approved by the public health adviser (3-4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Environment and Health: 79-88
Emphasis 4. Health Promotion
The requirements for the health promotion emphasis prepare
students to become health educators in health care or social
assistance settings. They educate individuals and communities
about behaviors that can prevent diseases, injuries, and other
health issues. In addition, the health promotion emphasis prepares
students to take the Certied Health Education Specialist Exam
(CHES) given by the National Commission for Health Education
Credentialing, Inc.
* Available for general education credit
188 NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES
Requirements in School (18)
PHHE 304 - Drug Use and Abuse (3),
OR PHHE 437 - Assessment, Treatment, and Prevention of Drug
and Alcohol Addiction (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Health Promotion (3)
PHHE 431 - Applied Health Promotion Programming (3)
One of the following (3)
PHHE 408 - Mental and Emotional Health (3)
PHHE 410 - Death Education (3)
PHHE 412 - Consumer Health (3)
One of the following (3)
PHHE 433 - Principles of Long-term Care Administration (3)
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health Professionals (3)
PHHE 439 - Funding for Programs in Public Health (3)
PHHE 441 - Introduction to Health Care Administration (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care
Organizations (3)
PHHE 463 - Public Health Informatics (3)
Requirements outside School (12)
*BIOS 109 - Human Biology (3),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 406 - Global and Nutrition Issues (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3),
OR *SOCI 250 - Contemporary Social Institutions (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3),
OR SOCI 451 - Medical Sociology (3),
OR SOCI 482 - Sociology of Death and Dying (3),
OR *FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family, and
Society (3),
OR UHHS 465 - Issues in Gerontology (3),
OR *PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood through
Adulthood (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 4, Health Promotion: 72-79
Major in Health Education (B.S.Ed.)
Graduates with a B.S.Ed. in health education are qualied to
apply for educator licensure and to teach in public or private
schools. Those completing the 6-12 entitlement program leading
to licensure are eligible to be licensed to teach grades 6-12. In
addition to teaching within the major, graduates of this program
may also be qualied to teach other academic areas based on
approved minors leading to endorsements. Approved minors
extend professional competencies while allowing exible teaching
options for middle and secondary schools.
Students are encouraged to complete an endorsement or a
recognized minor in an area such as biology, English, foreign
language (French, German, or Spanish), science, mathematics,
physical education, psychology, or a social science.
The B.S.Ed. in health education is the initial professional degree
for licensed health educators. Primary emphasis is placed on
development of the knowledge, concepts, clinical experiences,
and professional competencies required of a health education
teacher in public and private schools.
Successful completion of the Illinois Licensure Testing System
(ILTS) Test of Academic Prociency is required for entry into the
health education educator licensure program. The test bulletins
and applications are available at the Office of Testing Services
and in the public health and health education programs office.
Students who intend to enter a educator licensure program need
to take the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency at the earliest
possible date.
All students seeking admission to the health education educator
licensure program are required to have a minimum cumulative
GPA of 2.75, a grade of C or better in PHHE 220, and pass the
ILTS Test of Academic Prociency. These requirements must be
met prior to admission to PHHE 300. Admission to PHHE 300
constitutes admission to the health education educator licensure
program.
Students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 and
must obtain a grade of C or better in each of the following courses
for retention in the health education educator licensure program:
FCNS 201 or FCNS 405, and PHHE 300, PHHE 402, PHHE 404,
PHHE 406, and PHHE 408, PHHE 410, PHHE 412 or PHHE 472.
Students are encouraged to maintain close contact with their
adviser as the educator licensure program in health education is
tightly sequenced.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (40-42)
PHHE 206 - Contemporary Health Concepts (3)
PHHE 220 - Introduction to Health Education (3)
PHHE 300 - Health Education in the Middle and High School (3)
PHHE 400 - Methods and Materials in School Health Education (3)
PHHE 402 - Community Health Programs and Issues (3)
PHHE 404 - Drug Education (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHHE 408 - Mental and Emotional Health (3)
PHHE 482 - Clinical/Field Experience in Health Education (1-3)
PHHE 484 - Middle School Student Teaching in Health Education (6)
PHHE 486 - Secondary School Student Teaching in Health
Education (6)
One of the following (3)
PHHE 302 - Colloquium in School Health Education (3)
PHHE 304 - Drug Use and Abuse (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 410 - Death Education (3)
PHHE 412 - Consumer Health (3)
PHHE 472 - Current Issues: Health Education (1-3)
Requirements outside School (37-41)
BIOS 311 - Functional Human Anatomy (4),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3),
OR EPFE 321 - History of American Education (3),
OR EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
EPS 419 - The Middle School (3)
ETR 440 - Secondary Classroom Assessment (3)
ETT 229 - Computers in Education (3),
OR pass ETT prociency examination (0)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
LTIC 301 - Teaching with a Multicultural Perspective (3)
LTRE 310 - Teaching Reading in the Secondary School (3),
OR LTRE 311 - Content Area Literacy Instruction (3)
PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development: Childhood Through
Adulthood (3),
OR PSYC 219 - Positive Psychology (3)
TLCI 422 - Middle School Organization and Instruction (3)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Additional Requirements
See “Educator Licensure Requirements” and health education
educator licensure coordinator.
Total Hours for Major in Health Education (B.S.Ed.): 77-83
Minor in Public Health (18)
The minor in public health is recommended for students in the
social, behavioral, and physical sciences; education; or other
elds who wish to understand the basic principles, methods, and
practices of public health. The program reserves the right to limit
* Available for general education credit.
NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES 189
the number of minors accepted in any term due to class size
limitations. Nursing and health education majors are eligible to
complete this minor.
Requirements (18)
PHHE 295 - Introduction to Public Health (3)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Public Health Programs and Issues (3)
PHHE 455 - Public Health Epidemiology (3)
PHHE 461 - Principles of the Organization of Public Health and
Health Care Programs (3)
Two of the following (6)
AHCD 318 - Medical Terminology (3)
PHHE 351 - Elements of Environmental Health (3)
PHHE 431 - Applied Health Promotion Programming (3)
PHHE 437 - Assessment, Treatment, and Prevention of Drug and
Alcohol Addiction (3)
PHHE 439 - Funding for Programs in Public Health (3)
PHHE 451 - Economic Issues in Public Health (3)
PHHE 453 - Financial Management of Health Care
Organizations (3)
PHHE 467 - Public Health Research and Evaluation (3)
PHHE 469 - Principles of Health Planning (3)
Minor in Health Education (32)
This minor prepares the student for health education teaching
positions in schools. It also can serve as a foundation for further
academic work in school health services and instruction, and
in maintenance of a healthful school environment. The minor is
designed to meet the minimum standards of the state of Illinois
for health educators. Students in a teaching major are permitted
to declare this program as a minor. Students planning to minor in
health education must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75,
a grade of C or better in PHHE 220, and passed the ILTS Test of
Academic Prociency prior to enrolling in 300-level professional
health education courses.
Students should plan their programs of study in cooperation with
faculty in health education.
KNPE 262 - First Aid and CPR (2)
*PHHE 206 - Contemporary Health Concepts (3)
PHHE 220 - Introduction to Health Education (3)
PHHE 300 - Health Education in the Middle and High School (3)
PHHE 400 - Methods and Materials in School Health Education (3)
PHHE 402 - Community Health Programs and Issues (3)
PHHE 404 - Drug Education (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHHE 408 - Mental and Emotional Health (3)
TLCI 422 - Middle School Organization and Instruction (3)
One of the following (3)
*FCNS 201 - Human Nutrition (3),
OR FCNS 405 - Child Health and Nutrition (3)
PHHE 302 - Colloquium in School Health Education (3)
PHHE 304 - Drug Use and Abuse (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 410 - Death Education (3)
PHHE 412 - Consumer Health (3)
PHHE 472 - Current Issues: Health Education (1-3)
Course List
Nursing (NURS)
302. PROFESSIONAL NURSING (2) Overview of systems within
nursing and healthcare, including collaborative roles of the healthcare
team. Introduction to the major concepts related to the roles of the
professional nurse as implemented in today’s healthcare environment
to provide safe, effective, quality, holistic, patient-centered healthcare.
Introduction to historical and cultural healthcare trends and the
professional standards with legal, and ethical responsibilities of the
nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care, and
member of a profession. Not open to students with R.N. status. PRQ:
PSYC 102. CRQ: ENGL 203 or ENGL 204.
303. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING CLINICAL (2). Acquisition of
foundational psychomotor, psychosocial, and critical thinking skills
necessary for providing safe, holistic, patient-centered nursing care
to a diverse patient population while integrating the legal and ethical
responsibilities as a provider of care. Application of these skills in a
laboratory and structured clinical setting. CRQ: NURS 305.
304. HEALTH ASSESSMENT (1). Theoretical basis for assessing
the health status of individuals emphasizing cultural diversity, age-
related differences, and lifestyle factors. Introduction to the role of the
professional nurse in identifying and communicating normal ndings
and common deviations from normal. Introduction to healthcare
information management principles. CRQ: NURS 305 or R.N. status;
and NURS 307.
305. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING (3). Foundational concepts
necessary for providing safe, holistic, patient-centered care to a
diverse patient population while integrating the legal and ethical
responsibilities as a provider of care. Introduction to critical thinking,
evidence-based practice, and the nursing process. Identication of
communication techniques used when interacting with patients and
members of the interdisciplinary team. PRQ: BIOS 213 and BIOS
357 and FCNS 201; and FCNS 280 or PSYC 225. CRQ: UHHS 350
or NURS 349X; and NURS 302.
307. HEALTH ASSESSMENT LABORATORY (1). Application of
cognitive, psychomotor, communication, and critical thinking skills
in the performance of a systematic, holistic health assessment by
nurses. Emphasis on cultural diversity, age-related differences, and
lifestyle factors of patients. CRQ: NURS 304.
308 ALTERATIONS IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS (3). Introduction
to the functional changes in cells, tissues, organs, and individuals
altered by disease and/or injury. Examines both descriptive evidence
and an evaluative component of diseases to understand the scientic
basis for planning patient-centered care. Introduces the role of the
nurse in using clinically-related sciences to plan nursing care. CRQ:
NURS 305 or R.N. status.
312. NURSING RESEARCH AND EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE
(3). Principles, methodology, and appraisal of the research process
for the development of nursing science knowledge as related to
critical thinking skills and evidence-based nursing practice. Research
principles and methodologies as they relate to the nurse’s role in the
identication of practice issues. Critique and integration of research
ndings related to evidence-based nursing practice and evaluation
of patient outcomes. Strategies for collaborative research with the
interprofessional team. PRQ: STAT 208 or STAT 301; and NURS 303
and NURS 304 and NURS 305 and NURS 307 and NURS 308; and
UHHS 350 or NURS 349X; or R.N. status.
313. ADULT HEALTH NURSING I CLINICAL (2). Application of
the theoretical basis for safe evidence-based, quality, holistic,
patient-centered nursing care for patients with various medical/
surgical conditions. Focus on care that is developmentally and
culturally appropriate. Emphasis on the nurse’s skill as caregiver,
communicator, and critical thinker in a structure clinical setting.
Integration of legal and ethical responsibilities of the nurse as
provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care and member
of a profession. Introduction to information management principles,
techniques, and systems when providing collaborative nursing care.
S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 312.
314. MENTAL HEALTH NURSING (3). Theoretical basis of safe
nursing care for the enhancement of mental health, prevention of
mental illness, and care of patients with mental health disorders.
Focus on individuals, families, and groups of a diverse population.
Integration of critical thinking skills, evidence-based practice, legal
aspects, and ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care,
designer/manager/coordinator of care and member of a profession.
CRQ: NURS 312.
315. ADULT HEALTH NURSING I (3). Application of knowledge and
critical thinking skills necessary for safe, quality, holistic, patient-
centered nursing care to a diverse adult population. Focus on
selected medical/surgical conditions. Includes standards of practice
and legal and ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care,
designer/manager/coordinator of care, and member of a profession.
CRQ: NURS 312.
* Available for general education credit.
190 NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES
318. ADULT HEALTH NURSING II (3). Acquisition of nursing theory
and critical thinking skills necessary for safe, quality, holistic,
patient-centered nursing care to a diverse adult population. Focus
on medical-surgical conditions. Includes standards of practice and
legal and ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care,
designer/manager/coordinator of care, and member of a profession.
PRQ: NURS 312 and NURS 313 and NURS 314 and NURS 315 and
NURS 323.
319. NURSING CARE OF THE CHILDBEARING FAMILY (3).
Acquisition of essential content and critical thinking skills necessary
for safe, quality, and patient/family-centered nursing care during the
reproductive experience. Applies the professional standards with
legal and ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care,
designer/manager/coordinator of care and member of a profession.
CRQ: NURS 318.
323. MENTAL HEALTH NURSING CLINICAL (2). Application of the
theoretical basis of safe, evidence-based, quality, holistic nursing
care for the enhancement of mental health, prevention of mental
illness, and the care of patients with mental health disorders.
Focus on individuals, families, and groups of diverse populations.
Integration of evidenced-based practice, legal aspects, and ethical
responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/
coordinator of care, and member of a profession. Recognition of the
nursing leadership role for the purpose of providing and improving
patient care. Participation in collaborative relationships with members
of the interdisciplinary team. S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 312.
333. ADULT HEALTH NURSING II CLINICAL (2). Application of the
theoretical basis of safe, evidence-based, quality, holistic, patient-
centered nursing care for patients with various medical/surgical
conditions. Focus on care that is developmentally and culturally
appropriate for patients and their families. Emphasis on the nurse’s
skill as caregiver, communicator, critical thinker, teacher, and
collaborator in a structured clinical setting. Integration of legal and
ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/
manager/coordinator of care, and member of a profession. Application
of information management principles, techniques, and systems
when providing collaborative nursing care. Recognition of the nursing
leadership role for the purpose of providing and improving patient
care. S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 318.
336 PHARMACOLOGY (3). Application of general principles of
pharmacology as they relate to safe, quality, patient-centered and
evidence-based nursing care of individuals. Focus on developmentally
and culturally appropriate interventions. Emphasis on safety, critical
thought, and quality improvement factors in the administration of
medications. CRQ: NURS 318.
343. CHILDBEARING FAMILY CLINICAL (2). Application of knowledge
and critical thinking skills necessary for safe, quality, patient/family-
centered nursing care during the reproductive experience. Focus on
care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate. Integration
of standards of practice with legal and ethical responsibilities of the
nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care
and member of a profession. Recognizes the nursing leadership
role for the purpose of providing and improving patient care. Applies
information management principles, techniques, and systems when
providing collaborative nursing care. S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 318.
347. CONCEPTS OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING (4). Evaluation
of characteristics and roles of the professional nurse as provider
of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care, and member of a
profession, based on examination of historical, legal, theoretical, and
professional trends. Social and political dimensions of professional
practice and leadership. Renement of critical thinking and
therapeutic communication skills with patients and collaboration skills
with members of the interprofessional team. Focus on the healthcare
system’s impact on providing safe, evidence-based, quality, holistic,
patient-centered nursing care. PRQ: R.N. status.
349X. CRITICAL THINKING FOR HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
PROFESSIONALS (3). Crosslisted as UHHS 350. Development
of critical thinking skills as applied to health and human services
professionals. CRQ: NURS 305.
350. INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN NURSING (1-3). Qualied students
pursue an in-depth study into particular problems or areas of nursing.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Written
permission of school chair.
353. CLINICAL INTERNSHIP: FOCUSED EXPERIENCES IN
NURSING (1-3). Clinical experiences related to the role of the nurse
in providing safe, effective, quality, holistic, collaborative, patient-
centered health care in an identied area of nursing focus under the
direction of a nursing faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 credit hours. PRQ: NURS 313 and consent of program.
380. PROMOTING ACADEMIC AND CAREER SUCCESS IN
NURSING (1). Identication of student strengths and areas for
improvement to promote academic achievement and career success
in nursing. Emphasis on targeted content areas, critical thinking,
learning strategies, and study and test-taking skills. May be repeated
to a maximum of 3 credits. PRQ: Consent of school.
408. GENETICS AND HUMAN GENOMICS FOR NURSES (1).
Introduction to genetics and human genomics and their impact
on prevention, diagnosis and treatment of diseases, illnesses
and conditions. Focus on the nurse’s use of this knowledge in the
provision of health care for individuals, families and communities.
CRQ: NURS 422 or R.N. status.
419. POPULATION-FOCUSED NURSING (3). Application of
nursing theory, public health theory, and the critical thinking skills
necessary for the enhancement of the health of families, populations
and communities with developmentally and culturally appropriate
strategies. Emphasis on collaboration with both the interdisciplinary
team and diverse populations. Integration of public health nursing
standards of practice with legal and ethical responsibilities of the
nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care, and
member of a profession. CRQ: NURS 422 or R.N. status.
422. CHILD HEALTH NURSING (3). Acquisition of nursing theory and
critical thinking skills necessary for safe, child/family-centered nursing
care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate. Includes the
professional standards with legal and ethical responsibilities of the
three roles of the professional nurse as provider of care, designer/
manager/coordinator of care, and member of a profession when
interacting with children and families. PRQ: NURS 318 and NURS
319 and NURS 333 and NURS 336 and NURS 343.
425. NURSING INFORMATICS (1). Acquisition of nursing theory and
critical thinking skills necessary for clinical application of information
systems to improve patient outcomes and provide safe patient care.
Consideration of ways in which nursing informatics inuences and
is inuenced by fundamental concepts such as ethics, values,
communication, and leadership in professional nursing practice.
CRQ: NURS 422 or R.N. status.
431. TRANSITION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING (3). Synthesis
of theories, principles, concepts and processes relating to quality
patient outcomes of individuals, families, groups and communities
across the lifespan. Transition to role of the professional nurse as
provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care and member
of a profession. Integrates critical thinking skills within the nursing
process. Focus on the leadership role for the purpose of providing
and improving holistic collaborative nursing care. Available for
prelicensure students only. PRQ: NURS 408 and NURS 419 and
NURS 422 and NURS 425 and NURS 433 and NURS 443.
432. PROCESSES FOR NURSING LEADERSHIP (3). Application of
the theoretical basis for the processes used in the nurse’s leadership
role in a variety of healthcare settings for the purpose of providing
and improving patient care that is developmentally and culturally
appropriate. Application of critical thinking skills and evidence-based
practice as they relate to the nature and functioning of the healthcare
system and its impact on nursing practice. Evaluation of procedures
used in the leadership role in a variety of healthcare settings. CRQ:
NURS 431 or R.N. status.
NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES 191
433. CHILD HEALTH NURSING CLINICAL (2). Application of
knowledge and critical thinking skills necessary for safe, child/
family-centered nursing care that is developmentally and culturally
appropriate. Integration of standards of practice with legal and
ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/
manager/coordinator of care and member of a profession. Individual
transportation required. S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 422.
435. GERONTOLOGICAL NURSING (2). Examines current
evidence-based practice related to the aging population and health-
care. Theoretical basis for safe, evidence-based, patient-centered
nursing care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate for the
older adult. Integration of legal and ethical responsibilities of nurse as
provider of care, designer/manager/coordinator of care, and member
of a profession. CRQ: NURS 431 or R.N. status.
443. POPULATION-FOCUSED NURSING CLINICAL (2). Application
of nursing theory, public health theory, and critical thinking skills
necessary for the enhancement of the health of families, populations,
and communities. Practice in diverse community settings, participating
in developmentally and culturally appropriate care. Emphasis on
both collaborative and independent practice using critical thinking
skills. Integration of standards of practice with legal and ethical
responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/
coordinator of care, and member of a profession. Participation in
the leadership role for the enhancement of community health. S/U
grading. CRQ: NURS 419; and NURS 422 or R.N. status.
453. CAPSTONE CLINICAL (4). Synthesis of the theoretical basis
for safe, evidenced-based, quality patient-centered nursing care
for acutely ill patients and their families that is developmentally
and culturally appropriate in a healthcare setting. Emphasis on the
transition to practice as a professional nurse. Integration of legal and
ethical responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/
manager/coordinator of care, and member of a profession. Evaluates
critical thinking and clinical reasoning skills when providing safe,
evidence-based, quality nursing care. Participates in the leadership
role for the purpose of providing and improving collaborative patient
care. S/U grading. CRQ: NURS 432; and NURS 431 or R.N. status.
463. PRACTICUM IN LEADERSHIP AND POPULATION-FOCUSED
NURSING (3). Synthesis of the process for enhancement of health
across the lifespan. Emphasis on leadership and management
applied to healthcare organizations and the care of culturally diverse
aggregates in a community setting. PRQ: NURS 347; and NURS 419
and NURS 432 and R.N. status.
480. SPECIAL TOPICS IN NURSING (1-3). Exploration of topics of
special interest in a particular area of nursing. May be repeated to a
maximum of 9 semester hours if topic changes.
488. NURSING ETHICS AND THE LAW (3). Critical appraisal of legal
and ethical aspects of issues and problems in healthcare related
to professional nursing practice. Integration of legal and ethical
responsibilities of the nurse as provider of care, designer/manager/
coordinator of care, and member of a profession. PRQ: R.N. status.
499. SENIOR PROJECT IN NURSING (1-3). Individual study in
nursing for students seeking an Honors capstone experience. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Public Health and Health Education (PHHE)
201. SOCIAL AND INDIVIDUAL PATTERNS OF DRUG USE (3).
Historic and cross-cultural use of drugs, pharmacology, and the
effects of drug use and addiction on individuals and social systems.
206. CONTEMPORARY HEALTH CONCEPTS (3). Investigation
of the complexities of health issues related to lifestyles and the
subsequent impact on the family, community, and a pluralistic society
at large. Examination of aspects of biomedical and psychosocial
theories and practice.
220. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION (3). Philosophy,
aims, objectives, and principles of health education. Emphasis on the
school health education program and educator licensure standards.
PRQ: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.50. CRQ: PHHE 206 or consent
of school.
295. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HEALTH (3). Presentation of a
conceptual model of health including psychosocial, socioeconomic,
sociocultural, and environmental components. Overview of the U.S.
health care system and introduction to concepts of public health
promotion.
300. HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE MIDDLE AND HIGH SCHOOL
(3). Emphasis on learning and identifying health needs and
problems of middle and high school students. Study of teacher
candidate standards and coordinated school health programs.
Clinical experiences in school health education. PRQ: Cumulative
GPA of 2.75 or better and completion of PHHE 206 and PHHE 220
with a grade of C or better and successful completion of ILTS Test of
Academic Prociency.
302. COLLOQUIUM IN SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION (3). Review
and critical analysis of health problems and programs, and the
development of possible solutions. Emphasis on the planning and
execution of instruction and evaluation of learning during clinical
experiences. PRQ: PHHE 220, PHHE 300, or consent of school.
304. DRUG USE AND ABUSE (3). Comprehensive study of legal
and illegal drug use and abuse including psychological, sociological,
and pharmacological aspects. Emphasis on psychoactive drugs and
nondrug alternatives that modify mood and behavior.
306. HUMAN SEXUALITY (3). Development of positive attitudes
regarding sexuality with emphasis on clarifying values and attitudes
about sexuality, and increasing knowledge about human sexual
anatomy and physiology, reproduction, and healthful sexual
behaviors.
315. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROMOTION (3). An overview
of individual and community-level interventions designed to prevent
illness/injury and promote well-being; principles and techniques for
promoting and maintaining health; emphasis on the acquisition and
maintenance of health enhancing behaviors, the design of health
promoting interventions, and their environments. PRQ: PHHE 295.
325. BIOSTATISTICAL APPLICATIONS IN PUBLIC HEALTH (3).
Fundamental methods and concepts of biostatistics and their
application to problems in public health. Exercises and analyses of
data from public health settings, the role of statistical principles and
analysis in public health and health sciences research, interpretation
and utilization of data for public health problem solving and decision
making. CRQ: MATH 210, MATH 211, STAT 208, STAT 301, or UBUS
223 and declared public health major, declared public health minor,
or consent of school.
351. ELEMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH (3). Analysis
and control of current environmental health problems. Discussion
of the effects of environmental factors on human health, and the
organization and administration of environmental health programs.
CRQ: BIOS 213 or BIOS 313; and CHEM 110 or CHEM 210; and
MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229; or consent of school.
400. METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION (3). Health education programs in middle and high
schools. Methodologies, strategies, materials, and resources for
teaching health education. PRQ: Grade of C or better in each of the
following courses: PHHE 220, PHHE 300, and three content courses
chosen from FCNS 201 or FCNS 405, PHHE 402, PHHE 404, PHHE
406, PHHE 408, PHHE 410, PHHE 412, or PHHE 472, or consent of
school. CRQ: PHHE 482.
402. COMMUNITY HEALTH PROGRAMS AND ISSUES (3).
Provides conceptual tools for understanding community health
issues, introduces principles and methods for promoting health,
emphasizes community health perspectives based on the multilevel
nature of health, discusses development of effective health promotion
programs based on interaction and interdependence of factors. PRQ:
PHHE 220 or consent of school.
404. DRUG EDUCATION (3). Development and evaluation of
curricula appropriate for school and other settings. Emphasis on
issues, techniques, and resources necessary for the health educator
to interact within the school, community, and home environments.
Examination of theories underlying preventive and rehabilitative
substance abuse programs.
192 NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES
406. SEXUALITY EDUCATION (3). Emphasis on understanding
values and beliefs concerning sexuality and on developing and
implementing educational programs in school and community
settings.
408. MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL HEALTH (3). Study of personality
traits and interpersonal relationships. Emphasis on development and
maintenance of positive mental and emotional health.
409X. WATER QUALITY (4). Crosslisted as BIOS 409X, ENVS 409,
and GEOL 409X. Survey of microbiological and chemical parameters
affecting water quality and their associated public health aspects.
Topics include microbial detection methods, waterborne disease,
organic and inorganic parameters, drinking water, wastewater
treatment plants, source water, and risk assessment. Lectures,
laboratories, and a eld trip. PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM 111; or
consent of the department.
410. DEATH EDUCATION (3). Study of death as an integral phase of
the life cycle. Examination of values and coping behaviors related to
death and dying.
412. CONSUMER HEALTH (3). Examination of issues, information,
products, and services that inuence the quality of life for the
individual and community. Emphasis on skills necessary to assess
and select appropriate products and services to maintain or improve
health.
431. APPLIED HEALTH PROMOTION PROGRAMMING (3).
Discussion of the complex approaches to implementing health
promotion programs in the public health eld. Material is directed
toward individuals anticipating positions in the area of health
promotion. PRQ: PHHE 315 or PHHE 402.
433. PRINCIPLES OF LONG-TERM CARE ADMINISTRATION
(3). Overview of long-term care services, personnel, and the roles
of the administrator. Emphasis on organizational management
and operations control. Resident care issues, federal and state
regulations, and licensing and certication.
435. ETHICAL DECISION MAKING FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONALS
(3). Introduction to common ethical dilemmas involved in health
services delivery. Emphasis on applied ethical decision making.
Formal organizational structures related to ethical dilemmas such
as written policies, committee composition, and reporting and
documentation requirements.
437. ASSESSMENT, TREATMENT, AND PREVENTION OF DRUG
AND ALCOHOL ADDICTION (3). Drug and alcohol addiction viewed
from physiological, interpersonal, and cultural perspectives. Treatment
techniques and programs to prevent drug and alcohol addiction.
439. FUNDING FOR PROGRAMS IN PUBLIC HEALTH (3). Seminar
in identifying signicant public health problems and preparing
competitive grant proposals. Students gain experience in writing
and evaluating grant proposals and identifying potential funding
agencies.
441. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH CARE ADMINISTRATION (3).
Study of the administration of health care programs with emphasis
on the development of administrative and leadership skills, including
analysis of problems in supervision for clinical department heads,
supervisors, and other health-related mid-management personnel.
451. ECONOMIC ISSUES IN PUBLIC HEALTH (3). Overview of
economic issues in health services delivery. Health care system
presented as a market mechanism wherein forces of supply strive to
achieve an equilibrium with health needs and consumer demands.
Description and analysis of relationships between elements of the
system such as availability, accessibility, quality of care, and nancial
efficiency. PRQ: PHHE 295 and ECON 260 or equivalent.
453. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OF HEALTH CARE
ORGANIZATIONS (3). Study of topics in nancial management
of health care organizations. Included are important concepts,
issues, and skills that administrators need to manage a health care
organization effectively. PRQ: ACCY 206 or ACCY 288.
455. PUBLIC HEALTH EPIDEMIOLOGY (3). Principles, concepts,
and uses of public health epidemiology. Discussion and application
of epidemiological approaches to studying public health problems.
CRQ: MATH 210, MATH 211, or MATH 229 with a grade of C or
better, and PHHE 325.
461. PUBLIC HEALTH AND THE U.S. HEALTH CARE SYSTEM
(3). Comprehensive examination of the organization and functions
of health care programs with emphasis on the public health policy
issues involved with health care problems. PRQ: PHHE 295.
463. PUBLIC HEALTH INFORMATICS (3). Systematic application of
information and computer science and technology to public health
practice, theory, and research. Information on the various aspects of
public health informatics including surveillance, digital literacy, data
management, and ethical issues regarding health data. PRQ: PHHE
206 or PHHE 295 or consent of school.
467. PUBLIC HEALTH RESEARCH AND EVALUATION (3). Study of
the process and models used in research and evaluation in public
health. PRQ: PHHE 295 and PHHE 325.
469. PRINCIPLES OF HEALTH PLANNING (3). Study of the
principles and techniques of health planning at both the community
and institutional levels. Emphasis on comprehensive public health
planning through the formulation of priorities, goals, and objectives.
Discussion of procedures for collecting and interpreting data in public
health planning. PRQ: PHHE 467.
472. CURRENT ISSUES: HEALTH EDUCATION (1-3). Topics
announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours
when topic varies. PRQ: Consent of school.
473. TOPICS IN PUBLIC HEALTH AND HEALTH EDUCATION (1-3).
Examination of contemporary issues and problems in public health
and health education. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours.
481. APPLIED PROFESSIONAL HEALTH SCIENCES (10-25).
A. Dental Hygiene
B. Respiratory Care
C. Radiologic Technology
D. Long-Term Care Administration
E. Health Information Technology
G. Nursing
J. Occupational Therapy Assistant
K. Physical Therapy Assistant
M. Speech-Language Pathology Assistant
N. Surgical Technology
O. Other appropriate health care area
Clinical application for practicing health care professionals with an
Associate of Applied Science degree in an appropriate health care
area. PRQ: Consent of school.
482. CLINICAL/FIELD EXPERIENCE IN HEALTH EDUCATION (1-
3). Clinical/eld experience in public school health programs and
related health resources under university and public school personnel
supervision. Emphasis on health instruction, health environment,
and health service. Thirty clock hours of participation required for
each semester hour of credit. May be repeated once for a total of 3
semester hours. PRQ: PHHE 300 or consent of school. CRQ: PHHE
400.
484. MIDDLE SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN HEALTH
EDUCATION (6). Student teaching for eight weeks in middle school
health education. Also includes seminars of current issues in teaching.
Assignments to be arranged with the health education educator
licensure coordinator. See “Educator Licensure Requirements.” S/U
grading. PRQ: Pass ILTS Subject Area Test of Content Knowledge
in Health Education, complete all major requirements, grade of C or
better in each of the following courses: PHHE 220, PHHE 300, PHHE
400, PHHE 402, PHHE 404, PHHE 406, and PHHE 482, minimum
cumulative overall GPA of 2.75, or consent of school.
NURSING AND HEALTH STUDIES 193
486. SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENT TEACHING IN HEALTH
EDUCATION (6). Student teaching for eight weeks in secondary school
health education. Also includes seminars of current issues in teaching.
Assignments to be arranged with the health education educator
licensure coordinator. See “Educator Licensure Requirements.” S/U
grading. PRQ: Pass ILTS Subject Area Test of Content Knowledge
in Health Education, complete all major requirements, grade of C or
better in each of the following courses: PHHE 220, PHHE 300, PHHE
400, PHHE 402, PHHE 404, PHHE 406, and PHHE 482, minimum
cumulative overall GPA of 2.75, or consent of school.
487. PUBLIC HEALTH PRE-PRACTICUM SEMINAR (1). Preparation
for eld practicum placements. Ethical and professional conduct,
formulation of career goals and practicum objectives, and formalization
of practicum site arrangements. PRQ: Consent of school.
489. PRACTICUM IN PUBLIC HEALTH (1-6). Assignments in a
health agency under the supervision of an experienced public health
professional. Can be repeated up to 6 semester hours. S/U grading.
PRQ: PHHE 487 with a grade of C or better and consent of school.
494. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PUBLIC HEALTH AND HEALTH
EDUCATION (1-3). Independent study under direction of a faculty
member in the public health and health education programs. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when subject varies.
PRQ: Consent of school.
Nursing and Health Studies Faculty
Jan Strom, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, professor, chair
Maryann Abendroth, Ph.D., University of Florida, assistant
professor
Nailya Almagambetova, Ph.D., Syracuse University, assistant
professor
Jaeyong Bae, Ph.D., Emory University, assistant professor
Laura Beamer, DNP, Purdue University, assistant professor
Lucy Bilaver, Ph.D., University of Chicago, assistant professor
Derryl Block, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, professor
Wendy Bostwick, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, assistant
professor
Karen Brandt, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Pat Braun, D.Sc., Rocky Mountain University, assistant professor
Catherine Carlson, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
Jie Chen, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati, assistant professor
James R. Ciesla, Ph.D., University of South Carolina, professor
Manja Daniel, Ph.D., Rush University, assistant professor
Carolinda Douglass, Ph.D., RAND Graduate School of Policy
Studies, professor
Sarah Geiger, Ph.D., West Virginia University, assistant professor
Jennifer Gray, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Joanne Haeffele, Ph.D., University of Utah, assistant professor
Lynn Herrmann, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign,
assistant professor
Judith E. Hertz, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, professor
Kari Hickey, Ph.D., Illinois State University, assistant professor
Arlene Keddie, Ph.D., University of Texas, associate professor
Jinsook Kim, Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles,
associate professor
Mary Koren, Ph.D., Rush University, associate professor
Catherine Maney, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Kathleen Musker, Ph.D., Loyola University, assistant professor
Nancy Oldenburg, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Christina Papdimitriou, Ph.D., Boston University, associate
professor
Donna Plonczynski, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago,
associate professor
Jeanette Rossetti, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Tomoyuki Shibata, Ph.D., University of Miami, assistant professor
David Stone, Ph.D., Boston University, associate professor
Ping Yao, Ph.D., University of Missouri, Columbia, assistant
professor
194
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Christopher K. McCord, Ph.D., dean
Sue Warrick Doederlein, Ph.D., associate dean
Michael Peddle, Ph.D., associate dean for academic
administration
Lesley Rigg, Ph.D., associate dean for research and graduate
affairs
The departments of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
offer baccalaureate programs leading to the degrees Bachelor of
Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Science (B.S.). The College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences offers a contract major leading to a B.A. or B.S.
degree or to the degree Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.).
Department/School Names and
Undergraduate Programs Offered
School of Public and Global Affairs (NGOLD, POLS, PSPA)
See also the Center for Non-Governmental Organization Leadership
and Development; the Department of Political Science, and the
Department of Public Administration.
Department of Anthropology
B.A. and B.S. in anthropology
Department of Biological Sciences
B.S. in biological sciences
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
B.S. in chemistry
Department of Communication
B.A. and B.S. in communication studies
B.A. and B.S. in journalism
Department of Computer Science
B.S. in computer science
Department of Economics
B.A. and B.S. in economics
Department of English
B.A. in English
Environment Sustainablity and Energy Institute
B.A. and B.S. in Environmental Studies
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
B.A. in French
B.A. in German
B.A. in Spanish
Department of Geography
B.A. and B.S. in geography
B.S. in meteorology
Department of Geology and Environmental Geosciences
B.S. in geology and environmental geosciences
Department of History
B.A. and B.S. in history
Department of Mathematical Sciences
B.S. in mathematical sciences
Center for Non-Governmental Organization Leadership and
Development
B.A. and B.S. in community leadership and civic engagement
Department of Philosophy
B.A. and B.S. in philosophy
Department of Physics
B.S. in physics
Department of Political Science
B.A. and B.S. in political science
Department of Psychology
B.A. and B.S. in psychology
Department of Public Administration
(See School of Public and Global Affairs)
Department of Sociology
B.A. and B.S. in sociology
College Mission Statement
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences fosters the generation,
dissemination, and preservation of knowledge as the foundation
of a liberal education. The mission of the college is to provide
high-quality education that contributes to the intellectual growth,
self-discovery, and enhanced expertise of all members of
the university community. The college makes available to the
widest possible audience the rich cultural and scientic legacy
represented by the disciplines that make up the liberal arts and
sciences. Because bodies of knowledge do not exist in isolation,
the college promotes interdisciplinary inquiry and is committed
to the integration of teaching, scholarship, and service. The
research and scholarship in the college permeate teaching and
service, generating a wide range of opportunities for faculty
and students to work together in transmitting, expanding, and
applying knowledge. The college programs are designed to serve
the university, its students, and the residents of the region, the
country, and the world. These programs link basic and applied
research and scholarly endeavors to the interests and needs of
individuals and society.
Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising and
Counseling Office
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences maintains an Advising
and Counseling Office to assist students in establishing their
academic goals, planning their schedules, and interpreting
university, college, and departmental policies and requirements.
All freshmen and sophomores enrolled in a program in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences or undecided on a major within the
college are advised by this office. Juniors and seniors are advised
by the college’s departments; the Advising and Counseling Office
offers these students auxiliary advising services.
Special Requirements in the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences
In addition to the general university requirements, a student
seeking a baccalaureate degree in the College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences must complete the requirements for a major as set
forth by the department in which the major is offered. A student
declaring a major must be in good academic standing at the time
of the application for the major.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 195
A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science
degree who wishes to obtain a secondary educator licensure
should fulll the professional education requirements for educator
licensure outlined under “Educator Licensure Requirements,” and
should have a second teaching area. Preparation in a second
teaching area both facilitates securing appropriate student
teaching assignments and enhances the opportunities for
employment. Majors in anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, and sociology who expect to teach
history in the secondary schools are advised to take at least 8
semester hours of American history.
A student may not count more than 50 semester hours from a
single department toward the 120-semester-hour baccalaureate
requirement. Any hours in excess of 50 in a single department
must be balanced by an equal number of excess hours over the
120-hour minimum to be taken from outside that department. For
example, if a student earns 55 semester hours of credit from the
offerings of the Department of Anthropology, then that student
must complete at least 125 semester hours to graduate. There
are exceptions to this regulation in the case of students majoring
in Mathematical Sciences with an emphasis in mathematics
education or with an emphasis in actuarial science, and in
different divisions of the Department of Communication, the
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, and the
department of Geography. For example, the 50-semester-hour
maximum applies to course work offered for a major in French,
but does not exclude additional hours in another foreign language
in the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. ENGL
103, ENGL 203, and ENGL 204 are not counted toward the
50-semester-hour maximum hours taken in the major in the
Department of English. COMS 100 is not counted toward the
50-semester-hour maximum hours taken in the communication
studies major in the Department of Communication. Students
majoring in Meteorology in the Department of Geography may
accumulate additional hours beyond the 50-semester-hour
maximum in order to complete requirements for the Minor in
Geography or Certicate of Undergraduate Study in Geographic
Information Systems. Students having questions about this
regulation should contact the college’s Advising and Counseling
Office.
Some courses in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
indicate that the course may be repeated to a specied maximum
number of semester hours. The statement “May be repeated to a
maximum of [number] semester hours,” means that the semester
hours earned both from the initial enrollment and any permitted
subsequent enrollments cannot exceed that maximum. Unless
otherwise prohibited, enrollments in such a course may take place
in any combination of semesters, including multiple enrollments
during a single semester.
For some students, in-service exposure to their academic
discipline may be desirable through courses identied as
internships or courses which are part of the cooperative education
program. In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, no more
than 6 semester hours of credit in these courses may be applied
toward the baccalaureate degree.
Grading policy – College Requirement for
Multisection Courses
Current university policy stipulates that “Multi-section courses are
expected to require similar levels of competence in all sections.”
To achieve this goal, the policy further states that a “Department
and College Curriculum committees shall be responsible for
implementing these policies.”
In order to assist students in their academic preparation and
provide guidance to instructional faculty, a consistent and public
statement of competencies should be developed for relevant
multisection courses. Departments will determine which courses
are to be included in this policy, but may include those multisection
courses that teach clearly dened competencies (including,
but not limited to, foundational studies courses and general
education courses). Courses that serve as gateway courses and
those that focus on particular skills or content mastery should
also be considered. In courses whose stated competencies
are required to progress in a sequence, competencies are to
be clearly articulated. Departments are encouraged to develop
common syllabi, select common texts, and ensure that the overall
distribution of grades be reasonably consistent across multiple
sections.
Implementation of the policy should fall under the regular
due diligence of departmental curriculum committees in their
regular evaluation and assessment of relevant courses. While
measures of competencies are expected to be evaluated on a
regular basis, it is not intended or expected that departments
undertake curricular change that requires signicant new
resources. Departments are encouraged to work with the Office
of Assessment Services to determine reasonable and effective
mechanisms to meet evaluation needs.
College Requirement for the B.S. Degree
Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Science in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences must demonstrate competence in
laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills equivalent
to that attained through two years of regular college instruction
(10-15 semester hours). This requirement may be met by
completing one of the sequences listed below with at least a 2.00
GPA in the sequence. Students should note that the sequences
listed below are intended to be minimum requirements for the
B.S. degree and that some departments have additional course
requirements in the laboratory/mathematical sciences for their
majors. Students seeking the B.S. degree should check the
catalog for the requirements of a particular major to determine
which one of the following sequences to complete and what
additional courses may be required for that major.
1. *MATH 206 or *MATH 210, *MATH 211, STAT 301, and one
course chosen from CSCI 210, CSCI 220, CSCI 230, CSCI 240,
CSCI 250
2. *MATH 229, MATH 230, and one course chosen from MATH
240, CSCI 210, CSCI 220, CSCI 230, CSCI 240, CSCI 250,
STAT 350
3. *MATH 206 or *MATH 210, *MATH 211, and a two-semester
laboratory sequence in other than the major department to be
met by one of the following sequences.
*BIOS 103 and *BIOS 105, BIOS 209 and BIOS 211, BIOS 213,
OR BIOS 357
*CHEM 210 and *CHEM 212, *CHEM 211 and
*CHEM 213
*GEOG 101 and *GEOG 102, GEOG 302
GEOG 256, GEOG 359
*GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, GEOL 320
*PHYS 210, *PHYS 211
*PHYS 253, *PHYS 273
4. *MATH 229 and a two-semester laboratory sequence in other
than the major department to be met by one of the following
sequences.
*BIOS 103 and *BIOS 105, BIOS 209 and BIOS 211, BIOS 213,
OR BIOS 357
*CHEM 210 and *CHEM 212, *CHEM 211 and
*CHEM 213
*GEOG 101 and *GEOG 102, GEOG 302
*GEOG 105 and *GEOG 106, MET 300
GEOG 256, GEOG 359
*GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, GEOL 320
*PHYS 210, *PHYS 211
*PHYS 253
*PHYS 273
* Available for general education credit
196 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
5. *MATH 211, STAT 301, and a two-semester laboratory sequence
in other than the major department to be met by one of the
following sequences.
*BIOS 103 and *BIOS 105, BIOS 209 and BIOS 211, BIOS 213,
OR BIOS 357
*CHEM 210 and *CHEM 212, *CHEM 211 and
*CHEM 213
*GEOG 101 and *GEOG 102, GEOG 302
GEOG 256, GEOG 359
*GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, GEOL 320
*PHYS 210, *PHYS 211
*PHYS 253, *PHYS 273
The Office of Testing Services administers a Mathematics
Placement Examination to each student at the time of admission,
interprets the test, and noties the student of the result and the
appropriate initial mathematics course. The student should also
note that it is possible to take a prociency test in any of the
courses listed in the above sequences.
College Requirements for All Minors
In addition to the university requirement of a minimum GPA of
2.00, in order for the university to record on a student’s transcript
that a minor in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences was
successfully completed during the student’s undergraduate
program, 6 or more semester hours of the minor must have been
earned at NIU.
Contract Major
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers students
opportunities for constructing two types of individualized
programs of study which differ from the university’s regular major
and minor programs. These individualized programs, the B.A. or
B.S. contract major and the general program in which a student
earns a Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.) degree, utilize
existing university courses.
Each of the two programs offered by Liberal Arts and Sciences
addresses a different set of educational objectives. The contract
major allows a student with unusual and well dened academic
interests to design a major with the advice of a faculty sponsor.
The general program, by contrast, requires no formal major; it is
a minimally structured program built around a general curriculum
of courses offered or approved by the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences. The general program is expected to appeal primarily
to mature students with broad academic interests whose
educational objectives do not include preparation for a specic
professional career.
NOTE: The degree Bachelor of General Studies is not as well
understood outside the university as traditional baccalaureate
degrees. Students earning this degree may be required to
convince prospective employers or graduate schools that the
degree will enable them to succeed in a particular job or a future
educational endeavor.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
Admission
Students seeking admission to one of these programs in Liberal
Arts and Sciences must have at least sophomore standing and
must le an application for admission to the program with the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Forms can be obtained from
the Advising Office of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Requirements for the B.A. or B.S. Contract Major
A student may formulate a proposal for a major program of study,
appropriate to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, which
differs substantially from existing major programs but utilizes
existing courses. The student must select a faculty sponsor from
the college’s faculty and formulate the proposal in consultation
with this sponsor. The program must be logically structured
around a meaningful and interesting theme or topic. Some topics
which have been proposed are environmental economics, noise
control technology, Judaic studies, and biophysics. Other students
have based contract major proposals on existing interdisciplinary
minors such as environmental studies, Latin American studies,
and international studies. Students desiring to build programs of
this kind using a core of courses offered by either the College of
Visual and Performing Arts or the College of Education should
consult with those colleges. An example of such a program would
be a contract major in scientic illustration, based on the School
of Art’s B.F.A. emphasis in illustration coupled with a considerable
amount of course work from the Department of Biological
Sciences. Students desiring programs involving a substantial
amount of course work in colleges other than Education or Visual
and Performing Arts should work with the College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences, and will be required to secure a cosponsor from
the discipline housing such course work. Programs proposals
must be submitted through the Advising Office of the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences and must be approved by the college’s
Contract Major Committee.
The student who wishes to propose a contract major must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. (The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
on or off campus, but no more than 12 semester hours of
course work for these kinds of activities will be permitted in
the contract.)
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of credit in
courses basic to the area of study. These 50 semester hours
may not be used to fulll general education requirements,
must include at least 15 semester hours of course work
offered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences,
must include at least 30 semester hours of course work at
the 300-400 level, and
must not include more than 24 semester hours from the
offerings of a single department.
complete either the university foreign language requirement
for the B.A. degree or the college requirement for the B.S.
degree.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive either the B.A. degree
or the B.S. degree with a contract major in ______ (the theme
specied in the contract).
Requirements for the B.G.S. Degree
To receive the degree Bachelor of General Studies, a student
must satisfy all university graduation requirements except those
of a major. All courses in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
and any other courses specied on the B.G.S. Evaluation of
Credit form which were taken at NIU will be used to calculate the
minimum 2.00 GPA required for graduation.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 197
The student who wishes to earn a degree through the general
program must
earn at least 85 semester hours of credit in courses offered or
approved by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences with at
least 30 of these hours in upper-division courses and at least
50 of these hours earned at NIU or at other baccalaureate
institutions.
successfully complete at least 15 semester hours in behavioral
and social science courses. These include all courses offered
by the Departments of Anthropology, Economics, Geography
(except physical geography and meteorology courses),
Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.
successfully complete at least 15 semester hours in life,
mathematical, and physical science courses. These include
all courses offered by the Departments of Biological Sciences,
Chemistry and Biochemistry, Computer Science, Geology
and Environmental Geosciences, Mathematical Sciences,
and Physics, as well as courses in physical geography and
meteorology. The course used to satisfy the foundational
studies quantitative literacy requirement of the General
Education Program will not count in this area, however. (See
“General Education Requirements.”)
successfully complete 15 semester hours in humanities
courses. These include all courses offered by the Departments
of Communication, English, Foreign Languages and
Literatures, History, and Philosophy, except for ENGL 103,
ENGL 203, ENGL 204, and COMS 100.
complete at least 30 semester hours after formal admission to
the general program.
Students following this program may apply no more than 25
semester hours in any one department toward the 120 semester
hours required for graduation. Students following this program
must also complete at least 50 of the distributive studies
hours (humanities, social sciences, sciences) at NIU or other
baccalaureate institutions.
Students completing the general program will not receive formal
recognition of the completion of a major or a minor on their
permanent academic records.
Courses used to fulll area requirements for the university’s
General Education Program may also be used to meet
requirements in the second, third, and fourth areas above.
Dean’s List Criteria
Through the Dean’s List, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
recognizes undergraduates whose academic performance has
been outstanding. The Dean’s List recognizes those students
who achieve a GPA of 3.75 or higher (on a 4.00 scale) while
completing a minimum of 12 graded semester hours within a fall
or spring semester.
Interdisciplinary Minors
Any student completing the requirements for a baccalaureate
degree may elect also to complete the requirements of
an interdisciplinary minor. Successful completion of such
requirements will be appropriately indicated on the transcript in
conjunction with the student’s major at the time of graduation.
An interdisciplinary minor is not a baccalaureate requirement
and may not be substituted for the requirement of a major in a
student’s degree program. Credit hours applied to satisfy the
requirements for a major may not be counted again as satisfying
the requirements for an interdisciplinary minor.
Students with a second major may, with the approval of the
coordinator, count semester hours applied to satisfy the
requirements for one of the majors toward the requirements for
an interdisciplinary minor. Students electing an interdisciplinary
minor should contact the coordinator at an early point to make
application and to receive guidance. Additional information about
these minors can be obtained from the Advising Office of the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Departments in the college also participate in the interdisciplinary
minors in black studies, environmental management systems,
and gerontology.
Minor in Classical Studies
Coordinator: Assistant Chair, Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures
The interdisciplinary minor in classical studies offers
undergraduates a structured curriculum covering various aspects
of the study of classical antiquity. Completion of the minor requires
satisfactory completion of at least 24 semester hours from the
following courses. Courses must be focused on no more than
three different subject areas. No course may be counted toward
both the minor and the student’s major. Total semester hour
requirements may be reduced if language courses are waived on
the basis of high school preparation or placement examination.
No more than 6 semester hours of courses offering general
education credit may be counted towards electives.
Requirements (24)
FLCL 101, and FLCL 102
1
- Beginning Latin I and II (3)
FLCL 201, and FLCL 202
1
- Intermediate Latin I and II (3)
HIST 303 - History of Ancient Rome (3)
Three of the following (9)
No more than 6 semester hours may be taken in any one
nonlanguage area.
ENGL 307 - Drama and Conict (3) (classical focus)
ENGL 337 - Western Literature: Classical and Medieval (3)
*FLCL 271 - Classical Mythology (3)
FLCL 481 - Special Topics in Classical Literature and Civilization (3)
FLCL 483 - Directed Readings in Classical Languages (1-3)
FLST 381
2
- Special Studies in Language I (3)
FLST 382
2
- Special Studies in Language II (3)
FLTR 271
2
- Literature in Translation (3)
HIST 301 - History of Ancient Greece (3)
HIST 490A - Special Topics in History: Ancient
IDSP 291 - Art and Literature in the Ancient World (3)
PHIL 321 - Ancient Philosophy (3)
POLS 350 - Classical and Medieval Political Theory (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Cognitive Studies
Coordinators: Giovanni Bennardo, Department of
Anthropology; Betty Birner, Department of English;
Reva Freedman, Department of Computer Science; and
Katja Wiemer, Department of Psychology
Cognitive Studies is the study of the mind. A minor in cognitive
studies indicates that a student has studied issues such as
knowledge acquisition, language, reasoning, and articial
intelligence from an interdisciplinary perspective and using a
variety of methods. This degree may be particularly benecial
to students who seek a career in interdisciplinary elds such as
cognitive neuroscience, psycholinguistics, articial intelligence,
human factors engineering, educational technology, or related
areas within the participating departments.
The departments participating in this minor are Anthropology,
Biological Sciences, Communicative Disorders, Computer
Science, English, Philosophy, and Psychology.
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be waived on the basis of high school preparation or placement examination.
2
May be counted toward the minor when topic is appropriate.
3
When topic is appropriate, with approval of coordinator.
198 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
The Cognitive Studies Minor is open to students of any major
area leading to a baccalaureate degree. Students should have at
least sophomore standing and hold a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or
higher. Students who wish to enroll in the minor need to register
with one of the program coordinators.
Requirements (18-19)
*ILAS 261 - Language, Mind, and Thought (3)
At least ve of the following, from at least three departments (15-16)
*ANTH 230 - Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)
ANTH 331 - Language and Culture (3)
ANTH 433 - Fundamentals of Cognitive Anthropology (3)
ANTH 435 - Space in Language and Culture (3)
ANTH 438 - Cultural Models: The Language of Culture (3)
ANTH 491
3
- Current Topics in Anthropology (3)
ANTH 498
3
- Independent Study in Anthropology(1-6)
BIOS 359 - Human Neurobiology (4)
COMD 305 - Language Development (3)
COMD 330 - Neuropathologies of Speech and Language (3)
CSCI 461
3
- Techniques of Computer Programming and
Algorithmic Processes (3)
CSCI 490B
3
- Topics in Computer Science: Articial Intelligence (3)
CSCI 490K
3
- Topics in Computer Science: Programming
Languages (3)
CSCI 497
3
- Undergraduate Readings in Computer Science (1-3)
ENGL 318 - Dynamics of Our Living Language (3)
ENGL 321 - Structure of Modern English (3)
ENGL 432
3
- Topics in General Linguistics (3)
ENGL 433 - Discourse Analysis (3)
ENGL 497
3
- Directed Study (1-3)
ENGL 497H
3
- Honors Directed Study (3)
FLSL 101 - Beginning American Sign Language I (3)
*PHIL 105 - Critical Reasoning (3)
*PHIL 205 - Symbolic Logic (3)
PHIL 311 - Problems of Knowledge (3)
PHIL 363 - Philosophy of Mind (3)
PHIL 404 - Philosophy of Language (3)
*PSYC 245 - Thinking (3)
PSYC 300 - Introduction to Brain and Behavior (3)
PSYC 345 - Cognitive Psychology (3)
PSYC 400 - Psychology of Language (3)
PSYC 481 - Drugs and Behavior (3)
PSYC 485
3
- Individual Study in Psychology (1-3)
PSYC 495
3
- Seminar in Special Topics (3)
PSYC 498
3
- Honors Independent Study (1-3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Comparative Literature
Coordination: Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising and
Counseling Office
The Departments of English and Foreign Languages and
Literatures cooperate in offering a minor in comparative literature.
This minor is open to students throughout the university. The minor
in comparative literature requires the successful completion of 18
semester hours including three required courses and 9 additional
hours chosen from selected courses. The three required courses
listed below contain perspectives that are essential to the study
of comparative literature: a focus on themes, or on genres, or on
a time period.
Requirements (18)
ILAS 341 - Thematic Studies in Comparative Literature (3)
ILAS 342 - Genre Studies in Comparative Literature (3)
ILAS 343 - Period Studies in Comparative Literature (3)
At least one of the following (3-6)
ENGL 307 - Drama and Conict (3)
*ENGL 310 - Uncensored Classics (3)
ENGL 483 - Renaissance Literature (3)
ENGL 489 - European Novel (3)
At least one of the following (3-6)
*FLCL 271 - Classical Mythology (3)
*FLIT 272 - The Italian Renaissance (3)
FLST 481 - Special Topics in Literature I (3)
FLTR 271 - Literature in Translation (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Global Studies
Coordinator: Mikel L. Wyckoff, Department of Political Science
The minor in global studies offers students the opportunity to
acquire a strong global focus for their program of studies. Such
a global focus is important for making students competitive in
the increasingly globalized economy and society. The global
studies minor is open to students in all disciplines and elds
and is appropriate for students planning careers in business,
government, foreign service, social science teaching at the
secondary level, and law, or graduate study in international
studies or a related discipline. It may be especially useful for
business, foreign language, and journalism students wishing to
supplement their credentials.
Students in the minor select courses from the foundation courses
and then choose courses from within one of the several options
that provide greater depth through study in either global studies
in commerce, global political studies, global development studies,
or global arts studies.
Students taking the global studies minor are strongly encouraged
to participate in a study-abroad program and to complete the
four-semester sequence in a relevant foreign language. Course
credit earned through an approved NIU study-abroad program
or a globally-focused engaged learning opportunity through an
independent study or internship is also strongly encouraged as
an option towards satisfying the minor requirements.
Requirements (24)
Foundation Courses (9-12)
Three of the foundation courses need to be from different disciplines
(i.e., ANTH, GEOG, POLS, HIST).
Three or four courses from the following
*ANTH 220 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3)
*GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3)
*GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
*HIST 171 - World History II: Problems in the Human Past (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
Option (12-15)
Four of ve courses from one of the following
Global Commerce Studies
1
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
COMS 454 - Transnational Communication and Media (3)
ECON 330 - International Economics (3)
FINA 470
2
- International Finance (3)
HIST 486 - Poverty and Progress in Latin America (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
MGMT 487
2
- Multinational Management (3)
MKTG 367
2
- Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 387
2
- International Study in Marketing (3)
MKTG 467
2
- Global Marketing Management (3)
POLS 383 - International Political Economy (3)
INTL 301/INTL 401 - Study Abroad Programs (3-6 semester hours
with approval of minor coordinator)
Global Politics Studies
ANTH 426 - Political Anthropology (3)
BKST 219 - Introduction to African Studies (3)
COMS 454 - Transnational Communication and Media (3)
GEOG 335X/SOCI 335 - Immigration (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
Recommended for business majors.
2
See catalog for prerequisites.
3
When topic is appropriate, with approval of coordinator.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 199
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
HIST 343 - History of Southeast Asia Since ca. 1800 (3)
HIST 382 - Modern Latin America (3)
HIST 387 - History of Genocide (3)
HIST 425 - World War II (3)
HIST 435 - Stalinism (3)
HIST 441 - African Diaspora (3)
HIST 469 - The Vietnam War (3)
HIST 476 - American Foreign Relations to 1914 (3)
HIST 477 - American Foreign Relations since 1914 (3)
HIST 482 - Mexico Since 1810 (3)
HIST 485 - Modern Latin American Revolutions (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
POLS 360 -Government and Politics of Western Europe (3)
POLS 361 - British Government and Politics (3)
POLS 362 - Politics of Developing Areas (3)
POLS 368 - Governmental Systems in Africa (3)
POLS 371 - Politics in Southeast Asia (3)
POLS 375 - Middle East Politics (3)
POLS 376 - Political Violence (3)
POLS 380 - American Foreign Policy (3)
POLS 383 - International Political Economy (3)
POLS 386 - Global Terrorism (3)
POLS 388 - U.S. National Security Policy (3)
POLS 480 - International Law and Organization (3)
SEAS 225 - Southeast Asia: Crossroads of the Worlds (3)
SOCI 352 - Population (3)
INTL 301/INTL 401 - Study Abroad Programs (3-6 semester hours
with approval of minor coordinator)
Global Development Studies
ANTH 361 - Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Women (3)
ANTH 407 - Peoples and Cultures of Insular Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 408 - Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 467 - Applied Anthropology (3)
ANTH 468 - Anthropology of Gender (3)
COMS 454 - Transnational Communication and Media (3)
ECON 330 - International Economics (3)
*FCNS 406 - Global Food and Nutrition Issues (3)
*GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
GEOG 332 - Geography of Latin America (3)
GEOG 338 - Geography of Asia (3)
GEOG 408 - Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
GEOG 451 - Political Geography (3)
HIST 470 - America and Asia (3)
HIST 475 - The United States and Southeast Asia and the Indian
Subcontinent (3)
HIST 486 - Poverty and Progress in Latin America (3)
ILAS 444 - Comparative Urbanization (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
POLS 362 - Politics of Developing Areas (3)
POLS 383 - International Political Economy (3)
SOCI 352 - Population (3)
INTL 301/INTL 401 - Study Abroad Programs (3-6 semester hours
with approval of minor coordinator)
Global Arts Studies
*ARTH 294 - Art History Survey IV: Arts of the East (3)
ENGL 335 - Non-Western and Third-World Literature (3)
ENGL 474 - The International Short Story (3)
ENGL 477 - Postcolonial and New Literatures in English (3)
HIST 352 - Popular Culture in Japan (3)
HIST 383 - Latin America Through Film (3)
MUHL 326 - Survey of World Music (3)
MUHL 431 - Music of Southeast Asia (3)
MUHL 432 - Music of China (3)
INTL 301/INTL 401 - Study Abroad Programs (3-6 semester hours
with approval of minor coordinator)
* Available for general education credit
Minor in Latino/Latin American Studies
Coordinator: Kristin Huffine, acting director, Center for
Latino and Latin American Studies
The minor in Latino and Latin American studies provides students
with detailed knowledge of the Latino experience in the United
States as well as Latin American civilization, enriches the general
educational experience of students, and offers several practical
applications. It prepares future teachers to lecture in Latino and
Latin American studies and provides them with knowledge of the
cultural heritage of their Latino students. The minor also provides
other future professionals with knowledge to maximize their job
performance in regions with Latino populations. Latino students
enrolled in the minor also acquire a broader understanding of
their history and culture.
Requirements (18)
*ILAS 100 - Introduction to Latin American Civilization (3),
OR HIST 382 - Modern Latin America (3)
Five of the following (15)
ANTH 405 - Peoples of Mesoamerica (3)
ANTH 414 - Archaeology of Mesoamerica (3)
ANTH 417 - Archaeology of South America (3)
ANTH 469 - Archeology of Empires (3)
ARTH 380 - Studies in African, Oceanian, Native American, Pre-
Columbian Art, and Latin-American Art (3)
ARTH 458 - Topics in Art History: African, Oceanian, Native-
American, Pre-Columbian and Latin-American Art (3)
ECON 341D - Economic Area Studies: Latin America (3).
ENGL 381B - American Ethnic Literature: Latina/Latino Literature (3)
FLPO 461 - Brazilian Civilization (3)
FLSP 215 - Spanish Grammar for Spanish Speakers (3)
FLSP 301 - Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
FLSP 322 - Masterpieces of Spanish-American Literature (3)
FLSP 361 - Introduction to Spanish Cultures (3)
FLSP 362 - Introduction to Spanish American Cultures (3)
FLSP 380 - Gender and Hispanic Business Practice (3)
FLSP 439 - Women Authors in Hispanic Literature (3)
FLSP 440 - Spanish American Poetry and Theater (3)
FLSP 441 - Spanish American Novel (3)
FLSP 445 - Latin American Women Writers (3)
FLSP 452 - Literature of the Caribbean (3)
FLSP 454 - Mexican Literature (3)
FLSP 455 - Spanish-American Short Story (3)
FLSP 456 - Colonial Latin American Literature (3)
FLSP 457 - 19th Century Spanish American Literature (3)
FLSP 458 - Spanish American Modernismo and Vanguardias:
1880-1945 (3)
FLSP 459 - Spanish American Historical Novels (3)
FLSP 460 - Contemporary Spanish American Literature (3)
FLSP 461 - Special Topics in Spanish Civilization (3)
FLSP 462 - Special Topics in Spanish-American Civilization (3)
FLSP 480 - Introduction to Hispanic Linguistics (3)
FLSP 482 - Foundations in Spanish Sociolinguistics (3)
FLSP 487 - Hispanic Dialectology (3)
GEOG 332 - Geography of Latin America (3)
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
HIST 374 - Latinos in the United States (3)
*HIST 381 - Colonial Latin America (3)
*HIST 382 - Modern Latin America (3)
HIST 383 - Latin America Through Film (3)
HIST 459 - The Atlantic World, 1492-1860s (3)
HIST 481 - Indigenous Mexico (3)
HIST 482 - Mexico Since 1810 (3)
HIST 483 - Africans in Colonial Latin America (3)
HIST 484 - History of Brazil (3)
HIST 485 - Modern Latin American Revolutions (3)
HIST 486 - Poverty and Progress in Latin America (3)
HIST 487 - The Latin American City ( 3)
*ILAS 100 - Introduction to Latin American Civilization (3)
ILAS 411 - Latin American Studies: 20th Century Hispanic
America (3)
200 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
MGMT 487 - Multinational Management (3)
POLS 381 - Regional Security (3)
SOCI 361 - Race and Ethnicity (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in LGBT Studies
Coordinator: Kristen Myers, Director of Women’s, Gender
and Sexuality Studies
The interdisciplinary minor in LGBT Studies is recommended for
all students interested in examining historical and contemporary
issues related to identity, power, citizenship, and contributions
of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgendered people. Complex
problems surrounding gender and sexuality are explored in
depth, in a variety of contexts. Such exploration should broaden
students’ understanding of current societal expectations for both
gay and straight people, thereby increasing their effectiveness and
sensitivity in a variety of interpersonal and professional settings.
The minor is particularly appropriate for students preparing for
advanced study in a variety of disciplines or careers in business,
communications, sciences, education, health, humanities, and
human services.
Elective courses for the minor are chosen to complement the
student’s background, interests, and career plans and, in some
instances, also help satisfy distributive studies area requirements
in the general education program. Faculty members from a
wide variety of departments participate in the core and special
topics courses of the minor. Students interested in declaring this
interdisciplinary minor should contact the Women’s, Gender and
Sexuality Studies Program, Reavis Hall 103, early in their college
careers for information and advisement.
Students may enroll in a variety of internships combining their
professional interests with their preparation in LGBT studies.
Independent study and topics courses in a variety of departments
may meet the minor requirements, with the approval of the
coordinator of the LGBT studies program, when substantial
treatment of LGBT studies is included in the course.
Students must complete 18 semester hours for this minor and
are urged to complete WGST 101, LGBT 350 and LGBT 400 as
early as possible.
Requirements (18)
LGBT 350 - Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Studies (3)
WGST 101 - Women, Sex, and Gender Today (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Three of the following (9) to be chosen in consultation with the
director
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 468 - Anthropology of Gender (3)
ARTH 451
1
- Topics in Art History: Ancient and Middle-Eastern
Art (3)
COMS 230
2
- Rhetoric and the Media (3)
COMS 410 - Communication and Gender (3)
ENGL 383 - Gay and Lesbian Literature (3)
ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics (3)
ENGL 434X/WGST 434
2
- Language and Gender (3)
HIST 367 - U.S. LGBT History (3)
HIST 402 - Gender and Sexuality in History (3)
HIST 413 - Family, Sexuality, and Society since 1400 (3)
ILAS 390
1
- Internship (3)
LGBT 351 - Research in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender
Studies (3)
LGBT 450 - Transgender Studies (3)
LGBT 460 - Special Topics in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and
Transgender Studies (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHIL 231
2
- Contemporary Moral Issues (3)
POLS 320
2
- Biopolitics and Human Nature (3)
POLS 414
1
Topics in Law and Social Problems (3)
POLS 495
1
- Seminar in Current Problems (3)
PSYC 474 - Psychological Basis of Sexuality (3)
SOCI 357 - The Sociology of Gender (3)
SOCI 450 - Social Inequality (3)
SOCI 495
1
- Proseminar in Sociology (3)
WGST 332
2
- Growing Up Female (3)
WGST 430
1
- Special Topics in Women’s Studies (3)
WGST 436
1
- Current Debates Seminar: Women and Gender (3)
Minor in Linguistics
Coordinator: Doris M. Macdonald, Department of English
The participating departments are anthropology, communicative
disorders, communication, computer science, English, foreign
languages and literatures, philosophy, and psychology.
The interdisciplinary minor in linguistics offers an opportunity to
study the nature of human language and theories, methods, and
applications of linguistics. It utilizes faculty and course resources
in several departments. The minor in linguistics is recommended
to students who want recognition for having focused their elective
courses on linguistics, particularly to students interested in
careers involving problems of language communication and the
role of language as it permeates human interactions.
Students in any undergraduate major leading to a baccalaureate
degree may choose to complete the requirements of the
interdisciplinary linguistics minor. Students who wish to minor in
linguistics must have at least sophomore standing and a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00 and must register with the program
coordinator. Those who have satised the minor will have this
fact noted on their academic transcripts.
The courses listed below survey approaches to the analysis of
language and also provide for specialized study in particular
areas related to language. Other courses of closely related subject
matter may be substituted with the approval of the coordinator.
The student must select courses from at least two departments.
Requirements (18-19)
Basic Courses (3-9)
*ANTH 230 - Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3),
OR ENGL 318 - Dynamics of Our Living Language (3),
OR ENGL 321 - Structure of Modern English (3)
Additional Courses (9-16)
COMD 221 - Phonetics and Phonology (3)
COMD 305 - Language Development (3)
COMD 325 - Introduction to Hearing Science (3)
ANTH 331 - Language and Culture (3)
ANTH 435/GEOG 435X - Space in Language and Culture (3)
ANTH 490J - Anthropological Research Training: Linguistic
Anthropology (3)
COMS 404 - Communication Theories (3)
CSCI 490B - Topics in Computer Science: Articial Intelligence (3)
CSCI 490K - Topics in Computer Science: Programming
Languages (3)
CSCI 497 - Undergraduate Readings in Computer Science (3)
ENGL 320 - History of the English Language (3)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
ENGL 432 - Topics in General Linguistics (3)
ENGL 433 - Discourse Analysis (3)
FLAL 483 - Applied Linguistics and the Romance Languages (3)
FLBU 103 - Beginning Burmese I (5)
FLCH 101 - Beginning Chinese I (3)
FLFR 301 - Advanced French Grammar and Composition (3)
FLFR 481 - French Phonetics and Phonemics (3)
FLGE 301 - Advanced German Grammar and Composition I (3)
FLGE 481 - The Structure of Modern German (3)
FLIN 103 - Beginning Indonesian I (5)
FLIS 481 - Independent Study in a Foreign Language (1-6)
FLJA 101 - Beginning Japanese I (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be counted toward the minor when topic is appropriate.
2
If there is signicant coverage of sexuality in course.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 201
FLSL 101 - Beginning American Sign Language I (3)
FLSP 301 - Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
FLSP 302 - Advanced Composition in Spanish (3)
FLSP 481 - Spanish Phonology (3)
FLST 181 - Elementary Language Instruction I (1-5)
FLST 483 - Special Topics in Linguistics (3)
FLTA 103 - Beginning Tagalog I (5)
FLTH 103 - Beginning Thai I (5)
*ILAS 261 - Language, Mind, and Thought (3)
*PHIL 205 - Symbolic Logic (3)
PHIL 404 - Philosophy of Language (3)
PSYC 345 - Cognitive Psychology (3)
WGST 434/ENGL 434X - Language and Gender (3)
Any one continuation course of the beginning non-Indo-European
language courses (FLBU 103, FLCH 101, FLIN 103, FLJA 101,
FLSL 101, FLTH 103) or any 200-level non-Indo-European language
course.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Professional Communication
Coordinators: Directors of Undergraduate Studies in the
Departments of English and Communication
This minor alone does not meet secondary certication
requirements in the areas of English or communication studies.
The minor in professional communication offers majors in elds
other than communication studies and English the opportunity
to develop communication skills that are valued in the typical
workplace environment. Courses focus on the theory and
practice of composition and design of both electronic and paper-
based professional documents, and on the theory and practice of
mediated and face to face interaction. The minor is recommended
to students in both technical and non-technical elds.
Requirements (18)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
Two of the following (6)
COMS 200 - Advanced Public Speaking (3)
COMS 300 - Speech Writing (3)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 303 - Introduction to Interpersonal Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3)
COMS 309 - Performance in Speech Communication (3)
COMS 355 - Media Writing (3)
COMS 446 - Designing for the Internet (3)
COMS 480 - Communication and Conict Management (3)
JOUR 200A - Basic News Writing (3)
JOUR 312 - Graphics of Communications (3)
JOUR 492 - Internship in Journalism (3)
Three of the following, including ENGL 308 and/or ENGL 403 (9)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300A - Advanced Essay Composition: General (3)
ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3)
ENGL 304 - Writing Arts Criticism (3)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 398 - Topics in the Practice and Theory of Composition (3)
ENGL 403 - Technical Editing (3)
ENGL 424 - Topics in Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 434X - Language and Gender (3)
ENGL 496 - Internship in Writing, Editing, or Training (1-6)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be counted toward the minor when topic is appropriate.
2
Demonstrated competence in an approved Southeast Asian language may be substituted for the required language courses, decided on a case-by-case basis
by the director of the Center for Southeast Asian Studies and the student’s primary adviser.
Minor in Southeast Asian Studies
Coordinator: Judy Ledgerwood, Director, Center for Southeast
Asian Studies
The primary functions of the center are the coordination of
undergraduate and graduate Southeast Asia courses offered
by various departments; development of specialized library and
research facilities; facilitation of research by graduate students
and faculty; promotion of exchange programs with universities
in Southeast Asia; administration of operational programs
concerned with Southeast Asia; and promotion of outreach
activities dealing with Southeast Asia.
The participating academic areas are anthropology; art history;
foreign languages and literatures; geography; history; music;
political science; and family, consumer, and nutrition sciences.
Knowledge of Southeast Asia is useful for students who anticipate
careers in government (particularly the foreign service), in
secondary school teaching, and in international business or
academic institutions which offer programs dealing directly or
peripherally with Southeast Asia.
Any student completing the requirements for a baccalaureate
degree may elect to complete the requirements for an
interdisciplinary minor focusing on Southeast Asia, as listed below.
Students electing this interdisciplinary minor should declare the
minor at the Center for Southeast Asian Studies.
Requirements (19-21)
Students must include 10 semester hours of an intensively taught
Southeast Asian language
2
(Burmese, Indonesian, Khmer, Malay,
Tagalog, or Thai) or 12 semester hours of Chinese language.
An additional 9 semester hours, from at least two departments,
of Southeast Asian language or nonlanguage credit must be
selected from the following list of courses.
ANTH 302 - Asian American Cultures (3)
ANTH 304 - Muslim Cultures in Anthropological Perspective (3)
ANTH 310 - The Archaeology of Oceania and Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 328
1
- Anthropology of Religion (3)
ANTH 363
1
- Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 407 - Peoples and Cultures of Insular Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 408 - Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 421 - Social Organization (3)
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 426 - Political Anthropology (3)
ANTH 428
1
- Ritual and Myth (3)
ANTH 462 - Museum Methods (3)
ANTH 491
1
- Current Topics in Anthropology (3)
ANTH 493
1
- Anthropology Field Study (1-6)
ANTH 498
2
- Independent Study in Anthropology (1-6)
ARTH 370
1
- Studies in Asian Art: India and Southeast Asia (3)
ARTH 457 - Topics in Art History: Asian Art (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
FLBU 103, FLBU 104 - Beginning Burmese I and II (5, 5)
FLBU 203, FLBU 204 - Intermediate Burmese I and II (5, 5)
FLCH 101, FLCH 102 - Beginning Chinese I and II (3, 3)
FLCH 201, FLCH 202 - Intermediate Chinese I and II (3, 3)
FLIN 103, FLIN 104 - Beginning Indonesian I and II (5, 5)
FLIN 203, FLIN 204 - Intermediate Indonesian I and II (5, 5)
FLIN 421 - Introduction to Indonesian Literature (3)
FLIS 481
1
- Independent Study in a Foreign Language (3)
FLST 181
1
- Elementary Language Instruction I (1-5)
FLST 182
1
- Elementary Language Instruction II (1-5)
FLST 381
1
, FLST 382
1
- Special Studies in Language I and II (3, 3)
FLST 481
1
, FLST 482
1
- Special Topics in Literature I and II (3, 3)
FLST 483
1
- Special Topics in Linguistics (3)
FLTA 103, FLTA 104 - Beginning Tagalog I and II (5, 5)
FLTA 203, FLTA 204 - Intermediate Tagalog I and II (3, 3)
FLTH 103, FLTH 104 - Beginning Thai I and II (5, 5)
202 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
FLTH 203, FLTH 204 - Intermediate Thai I and II (5, 5)
GEOG 338
1
- Geography of Asia (3)
GEOG 390
1
- Topics in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 408
1
- Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 491
1
- Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 498C
1
- Seminar in Current Problems: Meteorology/
Climatology (3)
HIST 342 - History of Southeast Asia to ca. 1800 (3)
HIST 343 - History of Southeast Asia Since ca. 1800 (3)
HIST 346
1
- Women in Asian History (3)
HIST 387
1
- History of Genocide (3)
HIST 442 - History of Buddhist Southeast Asia (3)
HIST 443 - History of Islamic Southeast Asia (3)
HIST 446 - History of Thailand (3)
HIST 447 - History of Burma (3)
HIST 448 - History of Indonesia (3)
HIST 449 - History of Malaysia and Singapore (3)
HIST 469 - The Vietnam War (3)
HIST 470 - America and Asia (3)
HIST 475 - The United States and Southeast Asia and the Indian
Subcontinent (3)
HIST 493
1
- Honors Independent Study (1-3)
HIST 490J
1
- Special Topics in History: Asian (3)
HIST 493
1
- Independent Study (1-4)
JOUR 482
1
- International News Communications (3)
MUHL 431 - Music of Southeast Asia (3)
MUSE 370 - Gamelan (1)
POLS 362
1
- Politics of Developing Areas (3)
POLS 365 - Origins of Political Order (3)
POLS 371 - Politics in Southeast Asia (3)
POLS 376
1
- Political Violence (3)
POLS 384
1
- Contemporary Foreign Policy (3)
POLS 395
1
- Contemporary Topics in Political Science (3)
POLS 495
1
- Seminar in Current Problems (3)
POLS 496
1
- Independent Study in Political Science (1-6)
*SEAS 225 - Southeast Asia: Crossroads of the World (3)
SEAS 490
2
- Advanced Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Urban Studies
Coordination: Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising and
Counseling Office
The participating departments are anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and sociology.
The interdisciplinary minor in urban studies offers students an
opportunity to study urban problems more comprehensively
than possible within a single discipline. The courses listed below
survey the approaches and tools of different disciplines to an
array of urban problems and issues, as well as probing in depth
particular urban topics.
The minor is recommended to those students interested in
entering urban-oriented elds of study or careers. These include
such elds as public administration, planning, social services,
journalism, and marketing. Students who wish to participate in
the urban studies minor should register with the Liberal Arts and
Sciences Advising and Counseling Office.
Requirements (21)
ECON 385 - Introduction to Urban and Regional Economics (3)
GEOG 463 - Urban Geography (3)
POLS 303 - State and Local Government (3),
OR PSPA 303X - State and Local Government (3),
Four courses chosen from at least two departments outside of the
major department (12)
ECON 454 - State and Local Finance (3)
ECON 485 - Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3)
GEOG 304 - Transportation Geography (3)
GEOG 362 - Geography of Urban Systems (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
HIST 368 - The History of Chicago (3)
ILAS 444 - Comparative Urbanization (3)
POLS 302 - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3),
OR PSPA 302X - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3)
POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3),
OR PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3)
POLS 331 - Public Administration (3),
OR PSPA 331X - Public Administration (3)
SOCI 352 - Population (3)
SOCI 361 - Race and Ethnicity (3)
SOCI 441 - The Urban Community (3)
SOCI 459 - Political Sociology (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Women’s and Gender Studies
Coordinator: Kristen Myers, director, Women’s, Gender and
Sexuality Studies Program
The minor in women’s and gender studies is recommended for
all students interested in examining historical and contemporary
roles, perceptions, and contributions of women and in exploring
other gender-related issues. Such exploration should broaden
students’ understanding of current societal expectations for both
women and men, thereby increasing their effectiveness and
sensitivity in a variety of interpersonal and professional settings.
The minor is particularly appropriate for students preparing for
advanced study in a variety of disciplines or careers in business,
communications, education, health, humanities, and human
services.
Elective courses for the minor are chosen to complement the
student’s background, interests, and career plans and, in some
instances, also help satisfy distributive studies area requirements
in the general education program. Faculty members from a
wide variety of departments participate in the core and special
topics courses of the minor. Students interested in declaring this
interdisciplinary minor should contact the Women’s, Gender and
Sexuality Studies Program, Reavis Hall 103, early in their college
careers for information and advisement.
Students may enroll in a variety of internships combining their
professional interests with their preparation in women’s and
gender studies. Past interns have worked with the Cook County
victim’s assistance program, the local shelter for battered women,
the Governor’s Commission on the Status of Women, a medical
school research grant on women’s wellness, a high school girls’
leadership project, and other organizations’ activities.
Students must complete 18 semester hours for this minor and are
urged to complete *WGST 101, *WGST 202, and WGST 432 as
early as possible.
Independent study and topics courses in a variety of departments
may meet the minor requirements, with the approval of the director
of the women’s and gender studies program, when substantial
treatment of women’s studies is included in the course.
Requirements (18)
WGST 101 - Women, Sex, and Gender Today (3)
WGST 202 - Women and Cultural Expression (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Three of the following (9)
ANTH 361 - Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Women (3)
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 441 - Sex and Gender in Primates (3)
ANTH 468 - Anthropology of Gender (3)
ARTH 485D - Topics in Art History: Images of Women (3)
BIOS 324X - Women in Science (3)
BKST 402 - The Africana Woman (3)
*COMS 410 - Communication and Gender (3)
ENGL 309 - Popular Genres (3),
OR ENGL 381
1
- American Ethnic Literature (3),
OR ENGL 399H
1
- Topics in American Literature: Honors (3),
OR ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics (3),
OR ENGL 499H
1
- Topics in English Literature: Honors (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be counted toward the minor when topic is appropriate.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 203
ENGL 382 - Women Writers: The Tradition in English (3)
ENGL 383 - Gay and Lesbian Literature (3)
ENGL 434X - Language and Gender (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
*FCNS 406 - Global Food and Nutrition Issues (3)
FCNS 464 - Social Psychology of Dress and Appearance (3)
FLFR 445 - French Women Writers (3)
FLSP 380 - Gender and Hispanic Business Practices (3)
FLSP 439 - Women Authors in Hispanic Literature (3)
FLSP 445 - Latin American Women Writers (3)
FLST 481
1
- Special Topics in Literature I (3)
GEOG 324X - Women in Science (3)
HIST 322 - Women in Modern Europe (3)
HIST 346 - Women in Asian History (3)
HIST 353 - Women in African History (3)
HIST 369 - Women in United States History (3)
HIST 402 - Gender and Sexuality in History (3)
HIST 407 - Medieval Women (3)
HIST 413 - Family, Sexuality, and Society Since 1400 (3)
HIST 473 - Topics in Women’s History (3)
LGBT 350 - Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies (3)
LGBT 450 - Transgender Studies (3)
LGBT 460
2
- Special Topics in LGBT Studies (3)
MGMT 498 - Equal Opportunity and Employment (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHIL 355 - Feminism and Philosophy (3)
POLS 373 - Women and Politics (3)
POLS 411 - Constitutional Law II (3)
PSYC 424 - Adolescent Development (3)
PSYC 474 - Psychological Basis of Sexuality (3)
SOCI 354 - Families and Social Change (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3)
SOCI 357 - The Sociology of Gender (3)
SOCI 450 - Social Inequality (3)
SOCI 487 - Gender and Crime (3)
WGST 240 - Issues in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 324 - Women in Science (3)
WGST 332 - Growing Up Female (3)
WGST 390 - Internship in Women’s and Gender Studies (1-3)
WGST 424 - Topics in Gender and STEM (3)
WGST 430 - Special Topics in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 434 - Language and Gender (3)
WGST 436 - Current Debates Seminar: Women and Gender (3)
WGST 439 - Independent Study in Women’s and Gender
Studies (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Interdisciplinary Concentration
Concentration in Medieval Studies
Coordinators: Nicole Clifton and Susan Deskis (Department
of English) and Valerie Garver (Department of History)
The medieval studies concentration offers undergraduates a
course of study in medieval culture and civilization. Students in
any baccalaureate degree program who have at least sophomore
standing and a GPA of 2.00 or better can complete the requirements
for a concentration in medieval studies by selecting their general
education and elective courses from those listed below. Students
in medieval studies must register with one of the coordinators of
medieval studies for approval of the program of study.
Requirements (21)
*IDSP 225 - Introduction to Medieval Society and Culture (3)
IDSP 425 - Seminar in Medieval Studies (3)
This course should be taken after all or most other course
requirements have been completed.
Five of the following from at least three departments (15)
ARTH 310H - Studies in Ancient and Middle Eastern Art: Islamic
Art (3)
ARTH 320 - Studies in Medieval Art (3)
ARTH 330A - Studies in Early Modern European Art: Early
Italian Renaissance Art (3)
OR ARTH 330B - Studies in Early Modern European Art:
Early Northern Renaissance Art (3)
ARTH 452 - Topics in Art History: Medieval Art (3)
ARTH 453 - Topics in Art History: Early Modern European Art (3)
ENGL 320 - History of the English Literature (3)
ENGL 337 - Western Literature: Classical and Medieval (3)
ENGL 340 - The Bible as Literature (3)
ENGL 405 - Early English Literature (3)
ENGL 406 - Chaucer (3)
ENGL 420 - Arthurian Literature (3)
FLCL 101, FLCL 102 - Beginning Latin I and II (3, 3)
FLCL 201 - Intermediate Latin I (3)
*FLCL 271 - Classical Mythology (3)
FLFR 441 - Medieval French Literature (3)
FLFR 482 - History of the French Language (3)
FLGE 485 - History of the German Language (3)
FLSP 432 - Medieval Spanish Literature (3)
FLSP 491 - History of the Spanish Language (3)
*HIST 110 - Western Civilization to 1500 (3)
HIST 304 - Late Antiquity and the Fall of Rome (3)
HIST 305 - Europe in the Early Middle Ages (3)
HIST 306 - Europe in the Later Middle Ages (3)
HIST 319 - The Early Islamic World (3)
*HIST 323 - History of Science to Newton (3)
HIST 336 - Medieval Russia: Origins to 1682 (3)
HIST 407 - Medieval Women (3)
HIST 408 - Medieval Everyday Life (3)
HIST 420 - The Renaissance (3)
HIST 490B - Special Topics in History: Medieval (3)
MATH 304 - History of Mathematics Through the 17th Century (3)
MUHL 321 - History and Literature of Music I (3)
PHIL 321 - Ancient Philosophy (3)
PHIL 423 - Medieval Philosophy (3)
POLS 350 - Classical and Medieval Political Theory (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Asian American Studies (12)
Coordination: Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising and
Counseling Office
This certicate is designed to provide interested students with a
strong sense of the Asian American experience and its impact on
individuals, their communities, and this nation.
The certicate of undergraduate study is open to all students
admitted to NIU. Students must maintain good academic standing
within the university, achieve a minimum of C in each course
applied toward the certicate, and complete all certicate work
within a period of six calendar years. Some courses may have
prerequisites that are not part of the certicate curriculum.
Students are strongly encouraged to take HIST 378, Asian
American History, early in the certicate curriculum. Students
pursuing the certicate should meet with the coordinator for this
certicate of undergraduate study early in their program of study.
Requirements
HIST 378 - Asian-American History (3)
Two of the following (6)
ANTH 302 - Asian American Cultures (3)
FCNS 384 - Asian American Families (3)
HIST 470 - America and Asia (3)
One of the following (3)
ANTH 407 - Peoples and Cultures of Insular Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 408 - Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asia (3)
ARTH 294 - Art History Survey IV: Arts of the East (3)
ENGL 335
1
- Non-Western and Third-World Literature (3)
ENGL 381
1
- American Ethnic Literature (3)
GEOG 338 - Geography of Asia (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
When a substantial part of the course is devoted to Asian or Asian American topics, with approval of the coordinator.
2
May be counted toward the minor when topic is appropriate.
204 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
HIST 346 - Women in Asian History (3)
POLS 371 - Politics in Southeast Asia (3)
POLS 372 - Politics of China, Japan, and Korea (3)
SEAS 225 - Southeast Asia: Crossroads of the World (3)
A course in Asian music, with approval of the coordinator (3)
An independent study course on an Asian or Asian American
topic, with approval of coordinator (3)
Film and Television Studies (15)
This interdisciplinary certicate is intended to provide a broad
background in the area of media literacy and critical thinking. The
certicate is designed to complement undergraduate course work
in a variety of majors. The certicate is particularly appropriate
for students preparing for, or currently working in, a variety of
disciplines or careers in media production, broadcasting, public
relations, marketing, advertising, visual arts, critical studies,
politics, and literature.
Students must maintain good academic standing in the university,
achieve a minimum grade of C in each certicate course, achieve
a GPA of at least 2.00 in all certicate courses, and complete
all certicate course work within six calendar years. Some
courses may have prerequisites that are not part of the certicate
curriculum. All course requirements for the certicate must be
completed at NIU.
In addition to the approved elective courses listed below, any
undergraduate-level special topics course focusing on lm or
television studies may be counted toward the certicate with the
approval of the coordinator of the Film and Television Studies
Certicate of Undergraduate Study. No transfer credit is allowed
for the certicate. Students pursuing a certicate in Film and
Television Studies should meet with the certicate director in the
Department of Communication early in their academic careers.
Requirements (15)
COMS 356 - Critical Interpretation of Film/Television (3)
ENGL 363 - Literature and Film (3)
Three of the following from two different departments (9)
COMS 390 - Major Directors (3)
COMS 456C - History of Film (3)
COMS 456D - History of Film (3)
COMS 457 - The Documentary Tradition (3)
COMS 459/JOUR 459X - History of Broadcasting (3)
COMS 460 - Television Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 462 - Film Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 466 - Narrative Scriptwriting (3)
COMS 493
2,3
- Special Topics in Media Studies (3)
ENGL 400
2,3
- Literacy Topics (3)
HIST 383 - Latin America through Film (3)
HIST 390
2
- Film and History (3)
POLS 306 - The Mass Media in American Politics (3)
POLS 312 - Law and Film (3)
POLS 392 - Politics and Film (3)
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies (12)
Coordinator: Kristen Myers (Women’s, Gender and Sexuality
Studies Program))
This certicate is designed for students interested in examining
issues of gender and sexual orientation in order to function as
informed citizens and successful professionals in the 21st century.
Such exploration should broaden students’ understanding of
societal expectations about and the historical and contemporary
contributions of sexual minorities, thereby increasing their
effectiveness and sensitivity in a variety of interpersonal and
professional settings. The certicate is particularly appropriate for
students preparing for or currently working in a variety of disciplines
or careers in business, communications, the arts, education,
health, humanities, social sciences, and human services.
To pursue the certicate, students must be admitted to the
university but need not be enrolled in a degree program. Students
must consult with the coordinator of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and
transgender studies for approval of the course of study.
All requirements for the certicate must be completed within
a period of six consecutive years. In addition to the approved
elective courses listed below, any undergraduate-level special
topics course or independent or directed study course focused on
sexual orientation and/or gender identity may be counted toward
the certicate with the approval of the coordinator of lesbian, gay,
bisexual, and transgender studies.
Requirements
LGBT 350 - Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies (3)
Three of the following (9)
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asian (3)
ANTH 468 - Anthropology of Gender (3)
COMS 230 - Rhetoric and the Media (3)
COMS 410 - Communication and Gender (3)
ENGL 383 - Gay and Lesbian Literature (3)
ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics (3)
HIST 367 - U.S. LGBT History (3)
HIST 402 - Gender and Sexuality in History (3)
LGBT 351 - Research in Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender
Studies (3)
LGBT 390
1
- Internship (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PSYC 474 - Psychological Basis of Sexuality (3)
SOCI 357 - Sociology of Gender (3)
WGST 101 - Women, Sex, and Gender Today (3)
WGST 202 - Women and Cultural Expression (3)
WGST 430
1
- Special Topics in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Religious Studies (15)
Coordinator: Shane Sharp (Department of Sociology)
This certicate is designed to provide students with an
understanding of the interdisciplinary academic study of religious
phenomena from around the globe. It is recommended for all
students interested in examining the religious belief systems
of the world as well as issues associated with the patterns,
correlates, and explanations of religious beliefs and practices.
The certicate program is open to all NIU undergraduates.
Students must maintain good academic standing in the university
and complete all certicate course work within six calendar years.
All students attempting to obtain a Religious Studies certicate
must take ILAS 170, World Religions. ILAS 170 is the core course
in the certicate; ideally it should be taken prior to registering for
other course work in the certicate. A working knowledge of the
beliefs and practices of major world religions will help students
succeed in upper-level courses in the certicate program.
In addition to taking ILAS 170, students must take at least one
(1) course from the following main areas: 1) Humanistic Study
of Religion, 2) Social Scientic Study of Religion, and 3) Artistic
Study of Religion. The other course to fulll the requirement for
the certicate will be at the discretion of the student. Students
will be required to take at least one course in all three areas so
that they will be exposed to the interdisciplinary nature of the
eld of Religious Studies and because this reects the course
requirements for Religious Studies majors at other accredited
colleges and universities.
General Study of Religion
ILAS 170 - World Religions (3)
Humanistic Study of Religion
Must take at least one of the following:
ENGL 340 - The Bible as Literature (3)
ENGL 409 - Milton (3)
1
May be counted toward the certicate when topic is appropriate.
2
May be repeated with change of topic up to 6 semester hours.
3
Topic must deal with television or lm.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 205
FLCL 271 - Classical Mythology (3)
HIST 140 - Asia to 1500 (3)
HIST 319 - The Early Islamic World (3)
HIST 340 - Ancient India (3)
HIST 342 - History of Southeast Asia to ca. 1800 (3)
HIST 344 - History of Ancient China (3)
HIST 348 - African History to 1600 (3)
HIST 364 - Religion in American to 1865 (3)
HIST 365 - Religion in American since 1865 (3)
HIST 370 - Introduction to American Indian History (3)
HIST 414 - European Wars of Religion, 1520-1660 (3)
HIST 421 - The Catholic and Protestant Reformations (3)
HIST 440 - Islam and Colonialism in Africa (3)
HIST 442 - History of Buddhist Southeast Asia (3)
HIST 443 - History of Islamic Southeast Asia (3)
PHIL 370 - Philosophy of Religion (3)
Social Scientic Study of Religion
Must take at least one of the following:
ANTH 304 - Muslim Cultures in Anthropological Perspective (3)
ANTH 328 - Anthropology of Religion (3)
ANTH 428 - Ritual and Myth (3)
POLS 358 - Religion and the Constitution (3)
POLS 378 - Political Islam (3)
SOCI 355 - Sociology of Religion (3)
Artistic Study of Religion
Must take at least one of the following:
ARTH 310 - Studies in Ancient and Middle Eastern Art (3)
ARTH 320 - Studies in Medieval Art (3)
ARTH 330 - Studies in Early Modern European Art (3)
ARTH 370 - Studies in Asian Art (3)
ARTH 380 - Studies in African, Oceanian, Native American, Pre-
Columbian Art, and Latin-American Art. (3)
ARTH 451 - Topics in Art History: Ancient and Middle-Eastern
Art (3)
ARTH 452 - Topics in Art History: Medieval Art (3)
ARTH 453 - Topics in Art History: Early Modern European Art (3)
ARTH 457 - Topics in Art History: Asian Art (3)
ARTH 458 - Topics in Art History: African, Oceanian, Native
American, Pre-Columbian Art, and Latin-American Art (3)
Women’s and Gender Studies
Coordinator: Kristen Myers (Women’s, Gender and
Sexuality Studies Program)
This certicate is designed for students interested in examining
issues of historical and contemporary gender inequality, both
within the U.S. and abroad. Students will be able to critically
assess the ways that gender has been used to constrain people’s
opportunities as well as ways that it has been harnessed as a tool
for change. The certicate will help students function as informed
citizens and successful professionals in the 21st century. Course
material will increase students’ sensitivity and effectiveness in a
variety of interpersonal and professional settings. The certicate
is particularly appropriate for students preparing for or currently
working in a variety of disciplines or careers in business,
communications, the arts, education, health, humanities, social
sciences, and human services.
To pursue the certicate, students must be admitted to the
university but need not be enrolled in a degree program. Students
must consult with the coordinator of Women’s, Gender and
Sexuality Studies for approval of the course of study.
All requirements for the certicate must be completed within
a period of six consecutive years. In addition to the approved
elective courses listed below, any undergraduate-level special
topics course or independent or directed study course focused
on sexual orientation and/or gender identity may be counted
toward the certicate with the approval of the Director of Women’s
Studies.
Requirements
WGST 101 - Women, Sex, and Gender Today (3)
WGST 201 - Gender and Justice in Global Perspectives (3)
WGST 202 - Women and Cultural Expression (3)
LGBT 400 - Queer Theory (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Two of the following courses in any eld, focused on women and/
or gender, to be selected in consultation with the director of the
Women’s, Gender and Sexuality Studies Program.
ANTH 361 - Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Women (3)
ANTH 422 - Gender in Southeast Asia (3)
ANTH 441 - Sex and Gender in Primates (3)
ANTH 468 - Anthropology of Gender ( 3)
BIOS 324X/GEOG 324X/WGST 324 - Women in Science (3)
*COMS 410 - Communication and Gender (3)
ENGL 309 - Popular Genres (3)
OR ENGL 381
1
- American Ethnic Literature (3)
OR ENGL 399
1
- Topics in American Literature (3)
OR ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics (3)
OR ENGL 499
1
- Topics in English Literature (3)
ENGL 382 - Women Writers: The Tradition in English (3)
ENGL 383 - Gay and Lesbian Literature (3)
ENGL 434X/WGST 434 - Language and Gender (3)
FLFR 445 - French Women Writers (3)
FLSP 380 - Gender and Hispanic Business Practices (3)
FLSP 439 - Women Authors in Hispanic Literature (3)
FLSP 445 - Latin American Women Writers (3)
FLST 481
1
- Special Topics in Literature I (3)
HIST 322 - Women in Modern Europe (3)
HIST 346 - Women in Asian History (3)
HIST 353 - Women in African History (3)
HIST 369 - Women in United States History (3)
HIST 402 - Gender and Sexuality in History (3)
HIST 407 - Medieval Women (3)
HIST 413 - Family, Sexuality, and Society since 1400 (3)
HIST 473 - Topics in Women’s History (3)
PHHE 306 - Human Sexuality (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHIL 355 - Feminism and Philosophy (3)
POLS 373 - Women and Politics (3)
POLS 411 - Constitutional Law II (3)
PSYC 424 - Adolescent Development (3)
PSYC 474 - Psychological Basis of Sexuality (3)
SOCI 354 - Families and Social Change (3)
SOCI 356 - Health, Aging, and Society (3)
SOCI 357 - The Sociology of Gender (3)
SOCI 450 - Social Inequality (3)
SOCI 487 - Gender and Crime (3)
WGST 240 - Issues in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 324 - Women in Science (3)
WGST 332 - Growing Up Female (3)
WGST 390 - Internship in Women’s and Gender Studies (1-3)
WGST 424 - Topics in Gender and STEM (3)
WGST 430 - Special Topics in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 436 - Current Debates Seminar: Women and Gender (3)
WGST 439 - Independent Study in Women’s and Gender
Studies (3)
Course Selection
In addition to completing a college major, many students nd
it benecial in their future careers and other lifetime activities
to have completed a program of study which broadens their
knowledge and experience in a cohesive way. This objective
can be achieved by a careful and informed choice of general
education and elective courses.
For example, by carefully selecting the courses taken to fulll
the requirements of the General Education Program, students
can discover their interests and abilities and thereby identify
appropriate educational goals or, if these goals have already
been decided, seriously test their suitability. In addition, an
informed selection of courses taken to fulll the requirements of
the General Education Program can develop into a minor or even
a second major area of study.
1
May be counted toward the certicate when topic is appropriate.
206 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Students majoring in a degree program in the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences may have as many as 42 hours of elective
courses, depending on their particular majors. The choice of
courses taken to ll these elective hours is among the most
important decisions a student will make while at NIU.
Students are strongly encouraged to use these hours to complete
a minor area of study. Students with a major in the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences should use the offerings of the college
as well as those of other colleges in the university in designing
suitable programs of study–ones that will reinforce their intellectual
and professional goals.
The college’s Advising and Counseling Office is available to
students in need of advice and assistance.
Pre-professional Studies
Professional schools such as those offering degrees in dentistry,
law, and medicine usually require specic courses and/or an
undergraduate degree from an accredited college or university
for admission to their professional programs. Students interested
in applying for admission into such programs are advised by the
Advising and Counseling Office of the college and should register
their interest in such programs with this office at the earliest
possible date.
Admission to professional schools generally is highly competitive,
with the number of qualied applicants far exceeding the number
of students that can be admitted. A great deal of information
is required by the admissions committees. Many professional
schools require applicants to take special standardized tests,
such as the Law School Admission Test (LSAT), the Medical
College Admission Test (MCAT), and the Dental Aptitude Test
(DAT), to measure the performance of applicants against national
standards. Some professional schools use national application
services (e.g., the Law School Data Assembly Service) to
standardize the materials they are reviewing. Therefore, the
application process is complex and time-consuming. To assist
applicants, the Advising and Counseling Office has available
detailed guidelines for completing each type of professional
school application.
The Advising and Counseling Office also operates a
recommendation service for applicants to professional schools.
Applicants who use this service receive recommendation forms
to be submitted to faculty members and others who can speak of
their qualications for professional study. These recommendations
are submitted to the Advising and Counseling Office. They are
sent to professional schools at the student’s request. Students
are encouraged to request these recommendations early, so that
their performance will still be fresh in the minds of the persons
writing the recommendations. Students may begin collecting
recommendations as early as they deem appropriate, regardless
of when they begin to apply to professional schools.
A pre-professional association for students interested in medically
related elds has been active on campus for several years.
This association sponsors a variety of informational programs
throughout the year for tentative and declared pre-professional
students in medically related areas. A similar group has been
organized for pre-law students. Information about both of these
organizations is available in the Advising and Counseling Office.
Degree Affiliation Agreement NIU/UIC College of
Pharmacy—Guaranteed Admission Program
The University of Illinois College of Pharmacy will admit 10
students from NIU who meet the following conditions prior to
matriculation:
Conditions of Affiliation Program Admission:
Completion of a minimum of 3 full-time semesters of university
course work at NIU, with at least 4 semesters of course work
remaining in their program. Preference will be given to students
who have completed some pre-pharmacy course work.
Minimum GPA of 3.50/4.00 (cumulative) at NIU.
Successful completion of an on-site interview (UIC campus).
Expressed interest in the profession of pharmacy/healthcare
as demonstrated by work or volunteer activities.
Involvement in extracurricular activities at the collegiate level.
Conditions for retention and matriculation:
Baccalaureate degree from NIU within 5 years.
Minimum cumulative pre-pharmacy GPA of 3.50/4.00, checked
each semester.
Completion of all pre-pharmacy course work at NIU.
Receive a grade of C or better in every prerequisite course.
[Courses in which a grade below C is obtained must be
retaken. Both grades will be used in the GPA calculation.]
Attend meetings every semester with the program contact at
NIU.
Participation in a portfolio project assigned by UIC.
Take the Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT).
Students given a guaranteed spot at UIC will be asked for
their campus preference (Chicago or Rockford) at the time of
matriculation; these preferences will be honored.
For additional information regarding the program at NIU, contact
the Advising and Counseling Office at the beginning of the rst
semester of enrollment at NIU.
Degree Possibilities for Students Gaining Early
Admission to a Professional School
An NIU student who transfers to an accredited school of dentistry,
law, medicine, optometry, podiatry, or veterinary medicine may
receive a baccalaureate degree from Northern Illinois University
on the basis of course work completed successfully at the
professional school in one of two ways.
The degree Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.) will be awarded
to any student who presents evidence of successful completion
of one year of full-time study, i.e., the equivalent of 30 semester
hours, at an accredited professional school of one of the types
listed above, provided that the student fullled the following
requirements prior to transferring to the professional school.
The university’s general education requirements.
At least 30 semester hours of NIU course credit during junior
and senior years.
At least 90 semester hours of college credit applicable to a
degree program.
Students who have been admitted to professional schools of the
types mentioned above and who are enrolled on a part-time basis
may be eligible for this degree under the same conditions upon
completion of 30 semester hours (or the equivalent) in course
work at the professional school. Students otherwise eligible
for this degree under the above policy who have not met one
or more of the four requirements listed or who may be enrolled
in the professional school on a part-time basis may earn the
B.G.S. degree by completing the remaining requirements after
enrollment in the professional school but prior to earning the
professional degree.
A baccalaureate degree other than the B.G.S. may be earned by
an NIU student who transfers to the type of professional school
listed above if the student’s major department determines that
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 207
course work taken at the professional school may be substituted
for any unfullled graduation requirements in the major and if the
student has met all other graduation requirements.
A student who wishes to earn the B.G.S. degree as outlined above
should le a change of major request with the assistant dean of
the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences one semester prior to
fullling all requirements. A student who wishes to earn the B.A.
or B.S. degree on the basis of professional school work should
contact the chair of the major department at the earliest possible
date to establish in writing the professional school courses which
will be permitted to meet the major requirements. The Office of
Registration and Records should also be notied of a student’s
intent to complete degree requirements in this way and be
provided with a list of the professional school courses designated
by the major department as fullling major requirements.
Pre-Professional Advisement
The Advising and Counseling Office, in cooperation with
selected faculty members within the college, is responsible
for the advisement of students interested in pre-dentistry,
pre-engineering, pre-law, pre-medicine, pre-optometry, pre-
pharmacy, pre-podiatry, and pre-veterinary medicine. Students
interested in the health science programs listed above should
also consult with the designated pre-professional adviser in the
Department of Biological Sciences. The Advising and Counseling
Office of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences maintains a
library of catalogs from professional schools, and other written
information about professional schools and about the professions
themselves, and assists applicants throughout the application
process.
Pre-law
Law schools do not usually recommend specic courses of study.
They are primarily concerned with a well developed major and
the study of the basic tools of the law: logic, the ability to speak
with clarity and force and the ability to write. The courses listed
below are suggestions selected with the development of an
appreciation of the nature of the law and legal study in mind. Many
of these courses may also assist the student in rening the basic
skills just mentioned. Students should feel free to incorporate in
their programs of study as many or as few of these as they desire.
ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3), and
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3),
OR ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3),
OR COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
ENGL 300 - Advanced Essay Composition (3) (special sections
designated for pre-law)
HIST 478 - American Legal History to 1865 (3)
HIST 479 - American Legal History since 1865 (3)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
MGMT 438 - Human Resource Planning and Staffing (3)
PHIL 105 - Critical Reasoning (3)
PHIL 231 - Contemporary Moral Issues (3)
PHIL 353 - Philosophy of Law (3)
POLS 356 - American Political Thought I (3)
POLS 410 - Constitutional Law I (3)
POLS 411 - Constitutional Law II (3)
POLS 412 - Constitutional Law III (3)
Course Selection for Biomedical Pre-professional
Students
In addition to the courses required of all students gaining a B.S.
degree, the following courses are recommended for students
pursuing a biomedical pre-professional program. Specic
requirements can vary from school to school, so students should
also contact the specic schools to which they intend to apply
as they plan their undergraduate program. It is important for pre-
professional students to consult with the pre-professional adviser
early in their rst semester of enrollment at NIU to formulate a
plan that takes into account the individual student’s background
and goals. Beyond the courses listed below, it will be important
for students to gain experience outside the classroom through
laboratory research, student organizations, volunteer activities,
and exposure to their chosen biomedical profession.
Math: Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (MATH 155) and
Calculus I (MATH 229)
Chemistry: General Chemistry I and II with labs (CHEM 210/212
and CHEM 211/213)
Organic Chemistry I and II with labs (CHEM 330/332 and CHEM
331/333)
Physics: General Physics I and II (PHYS 210 and 211)
Fundamentals of Physics I and II (PHYS 253 and PHYS 273)
Biology: Fundamentals of Biology I and II with labs (BIOS 208/
BIOS 210 and BIOS 209/BOIS 211), Molecular Biology (BIOS
302), Microbiology (BIOS 313), and Human Physiology (BIOS
355)
Additional recommended classes include Statistics (STAT 301),
Biological Chemistry (CHEM 470 or CHEM 472 and CHEM
473), and Genetics (BIOS 308).
Beyond this core, which will meet most professional school
requirements and prepare students for the professional school
entrance exams (e.g., MCAT, PCAT, DAT, OAT), individual
biomedical programs may also have unique requirements. These
include:
Pre-dentistry
Most dental schools require PSYC 102, PSYC 225, STAT 301,
and two semesters of English composition.
Pre-medicine
Additional classes in sociology and psychology are recommended
and these include PSYC 102, and classes in social, cognitive, and
abnormal psychology. Additional useful classes for MCAT preparation
include Cellular Physiology (BIOS 465) and Immunobiology (BIOS
440).
Pre-optometry
Many optometry schools require Elementary Statistics - STAT
301 and Lifespan Development - PSYC 225.
Pre-pharmacy
Most pharmacy programs require an economics class (ECON
260) and an anatomy class (BIOS 311 or BIOS 357). NIU also
maintains an affiliation program with the UIC College of Pharmacy
that will guarantee admissions to highly qualied students.
Consult the pre-professional adviser for details on this program.
Pre-veterinary Medicine
Many veterinary programs require one semester of animal
science. Applied animal science classes are not offered at NIU,
but can typically be taken at a community college over the
summer. Most veterinary programs have biological chemistry as
a requirement (CHEM 472 and CHEM 473).
Combined Degree Program in Physics and Engineering
A combined program–beginning with courses at NIU and with
nal course work at the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign
or Chicago)–leading to baccalaureate degrees in physics and
engineering, is available to interested students. During the years
at NIU the student will be expected to complete most of the
general education requirements and the usual rst three years
of a physics major. Any remaining NIU requirements and the
courses necessary for the B.S. degree in the student’s chosen
engineering eld must be completed at the University of Illinois.
208 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
A student will have advisers at both institutions to aid in planning
the program of study. The student becomes eligible for degrees
in both physics and engineering when the entire program is
completed.
This program provides students an excellent opportunity to
increase the breadth of their education while allowing them
to develop a specialty. Students wishing to participate in this
program are required to enroll at NIU as physics majors and
should consult with the college’s Advising and Counseling Office
or the Department of Physics for advisement.
Admission to the University of Illinois School of Engineering is
not automatic upon completion of the rst three years at NIU. The
applicant must meet the same standards as any other student
transferring into the School of Engineering. A student majoring in
physics may also seek a degree in a chosen eld of engineering
from the College of Engineering and Engineering Technology
at Northern Illinois University either as a second major or as a
second baccalaureate degree. A student interested in either of
these alternatives should see the catalog sections on second
major and second baccalaureate degree and consult with both
the Department
External Education
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, through ILAS 250,
External Education, awards from 3 to 30 semester hours of
college credit to individuals who have successfully completed
training or inservice programs offered by off-campus agencies.
Students interested in applying for credit on the basis of an
approved off-campus program should contact the Liberal Arts
and Sciences office.
Program outlines and supporting documents from the offering
agency must be submitted to the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences. The curriculum committee of Liberal Arts and Sciences,
in consultation with appropriate departments and the university’s
Undergraduate Coordinating Council, will decide on the amount
of credit extended.
Foreign Language Residence Program
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures participates in the conduct
of a foreign language residence program, which provides NIU
students interested in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, or
Spanish with the opportunity to live together for an academic
year in contact with native speakers and to engage in various
educational, cultural, and social activities related to the foreign
country in which they are interested. The Foreign Language
Residence Program is part of the Housing and Dining special
interest option and is currently conducted in Douglas Residence
Hall. For further information, contact the program’s coordinator.
Interdisciplinary Courses Offered by the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Inter-Liberal Arts and Sciences (ILAS)
100. INTRODUCTION TO LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION (3).
Introduction to Latin American civilization with consideration of
anthropology, archaeology, art, history, literature, music, politics,
international relations, and linkages with Latinos in the United States.
101. PRECEPTORIAL (1). Designed to provide new students with
an understanding of the ways in which the three divisions of the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (humanities, social sciences,
and sciences) address questions of personal identity and the value
of the collegiate experience.
123. CULTURAL PLURALISM IN THE UNITED STATES (3).
Introduction to the multicultural background of American civilization
which assists students in gaining a greater understanding of the
cultural differences within a plural society. Analysis of the adaptation
experiences of cultural groups in the United States and examination
of their goals, aspirations, problems, and achievements.
170. WORLD RELIGIONS (3). Survey of the philosophical
and theological foundations of the major religions of the world.
Consideration of such religions as Christianity, Judaism, Buddhism,
Taoism, Islam, and Hinduism in the light of their own religious writings
as well as critical and comparative examinations of their meaning
and signicance.
201. INTRODUCTORY CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (1). Discipline
related early clinical experiences for prospective middle/junior and
senior high school teachers. Designed to provide an overview of
teaching as a profession and of contemporary problems in public
schools. Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and
formally evaluated participation in a variety of discipline settings,
and formal sessions on topics such as assessment and evaluation
of public school students, classroom management methods of
instruction, multiculturalism, or other current educational issues. S/U
grading. PRQ: Consent of discipline department.
250. EXTERNAL EDUCATION (3-30). Credit for approved
apprenticeships and related training programs supervised by
professional specialists. A maximum of 30 semester hours may be
accumulated if approved. Applications for credit must be made in the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences office.
261. LANGUAGE, MIND, AND THOUGHT (3). Functioning of the
human mind from the perspectives of anthropology, computer
science, linguistics, neuroscience, philosophy, and psychology.
Interdisciplinary consideration of perception, language, reasoning,
articial intelligence, culture, and models of cognition.
290. TOPICS IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES (3). Use of
concepts, methods, and objectives of two or more disciplines
to explore selected problems and issues. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
300. DISCIPLINE-BASED CLINICAL EXPERIENCES FOR THE
ILLINOIS STANDARD HIGH SCHOOL LICENSURE (1-3). Discipline-
based clinical experiences for students admitted to educator
licensure programs in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Activities take place on and off campus and in a variety of school/
classroom settings. Each semester hour of course credit requires 30
hours of clinical experiences. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of student’s licensure
program and of College of Liberal Arts and Sciences coordinator of
educator licensure.
301. SECOND CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (2). Discipline-based early
clinical experiences for prospective middle/junior and senior high
school teachers. Focuses on the practical application of theories
of adolescent learning, developmental stages of reading, stages of
English language acquisition, and differentiated instruction. Includes
a minimum of 50 clock hours of supervised and formally evaluated
participation in middle school and high school instructional settings,
and seminars on topics such as lesson planning, assessment and
evaluation, diversity, middle school theory and curriculum, reading
in the content area, teaching English language learners, and other
current educational issues. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of discipline
department.
341. THEMATIC STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3).
Study in two or more national literatures of a signicant, common
theme: for example, the Absurd, Justice, Utopia-Dystopia, Faust,
King Arthur, or the use of mythology or a mythic character.
342. GENRE STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3). Study
in two or more national literatures of epic, drama, novel, short ction,
pastoral, or romance.
343. PERIOD STUDIES IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (3). Study
in two or more national literatures of a distinct historical-literary period:
for example, the Renaissance, the baroque, the Enlightenment,
romanticism, realism-naturalism, or modernism.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES 209
390. INTERNSHIP (3). Work as an intern in an off-campus agency
in activities related to one of the majors in the college. Reading and
paper preparation under the supervision of a faculty member in the
college. May be repeated once. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of major
department and college; junior or senior standing.
399. TOPICS IN LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES (3). Varied honors
topics in the Liberal Arts and Sciences that are interdisciplinary in
nature or can be fruitfully approached from multiple disciplinary
perspectives. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours
as the topic varies.
401. THIRD CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (1-2).
A. Secondary
B. Middle School
Discipline-based early clinical experiences for prospective middle/
junior and senior high school teachers. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. ILAS 401B may be used in partial fulllment
of middle grades endorsement requirements. S/U grading. PRQ:
Consent of discipline department.
405. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS COLLOQUIUM (3). This course
will permit advanced international relations students to discuss,
with guest specialists from academia, government, and business,
subjects which are not ordinarily part of a structured international
relations curriculum. Among the subjects which may be covered are
aspects of international scientic cooperation, international efforts
to deal with environmental concerns, international planning for the
peaceful uses of atomic energy, international nancial and monetary
questions, and the multinational corporation. PRQ: Consent of the
international relations coordinator.
410. LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES: BRAZIL: NEW WORLD IN
THE TROPICS (3). Interdisciplinary study of Brazil and its major
problems in the 20th century. Emphasis on habitat, culture, economic
development, and political systems. PRQ: One year of Portuguese
and consent of director.
411. LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES: 20TH CENTURY HISPANIC
AMERICA (3). Interdisciplinary study of the 20th century Hispanic
America and its most vexing problems. Emphasis on habitat, culture,
economic development, and political systems. PRQ: One year of
Spanish and consent of director.
420. INSTITUTE FOR INTERDISCIPLINARY INSTRUCTION OF
GIFTED CHILDREN (3).
A. General Introduction
B. Elementary School
C. Middle School
D. High School
Design of interdisciplinary instruction for gifted children. Topics
include the characteristics, identication, and evaluation of gifted
children, the rationale for gifted education, program prototypes, and
an introduction to differentiated curriculum. PRQ: Consent of college.
421. INTRODUCTION TO THE GIFTED EDUCATION NETWORK
(3). Training in use of technology with the gifted and talented,
designing and developing materials for use as either stand alone or
with an Internet connection to the World Wide Web. New skills put
into practice by developing teaching units. Open only to teachers who
have received level 1 and 2 gifted institute training. PRQ: Permit only.
440. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Independent research on a topic
approved by faculty members in two or more departments within the
college. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
Junior or senior standing and consent of college.
444. COMPARATIVE URBANIZATION (3). Cross-cultural and
interdisciplinary analysis of urbanization focusing on selected
developing areas and the United States. Topics include cross-cultural
denitions of urbanism, functions and services of secondary cities,
and cross-cultural comparison of problems associated with urban
growth and rural developments. PRQ: Junior or senior standing.
494X. WRITING CENTER PRACTICUM (1-3). Crosslisted as ENGL
494. Theoretical and practical instruction in tutoring, required for all
undergraduate writing consultants in the University Writing Center.
Includes research on cross-curricular writing tasks in a supervised
on-the-job situation. S/U grading. May be repeated to a maximum of
3 semester hours with consent of department.
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies (LGBT)
350. LESBIAN, GAY, BISEXUAL, AND TRANSGENDER STUDIES
(3). Survey of issues and theories in lesbian, gay, bisexual, and
transgender studies. Interdisciplinary study of sexual orientation and
gender identity, with attention to race, ethnicity, and class.
351. RESEARCH IN LESBIAN, GAY, BISEXUAL, TRANSGENDER
STUDIES (3). Survey and practical exploration of methods, issues,
and problems in formulating and conducting research in lesbian, gay,
bisexual, and transgender studies, both within specic academic
elds and as an interdisciplinary effort, with attention to evaluation
and interpretation of source materials, eld research methods, and
critical issues. PRQ: ILAS 350.
390. INTERNSHIP (3). Work as an intern in activities related to
LGBT issues, or with organizations that serve the LGBT community.
Reading and paper preparation under supervision of a faculty
member in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U grading.
400. QUEER THEORY (3). Exploration of complex politics of identity
categories: how they are created and used in different contexts,
including who benets from these categories, and how they change
over time and in different places. PRQ: WOMS 101 or LGBT 350, or
consent of the coordinator of LGBT Studies.
450. TRANSGENDER STUDIES (3). Examines the T in LGBT
Studies from an interdisciplinary framework, addressing multiple
issues including trans identities, bodies, and rights.
460. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LGBT STUDIES (3). Special problems,
methods, or applications related to LGBT issues. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
Southeast Asian Studies (SEAS)
225. SOUTHEAST ASIA: CROSSROADS OF THE WORLD (3).
Interdisciplinary introduction to the varied cultures of Southeast Asia
focused on the general theme of unity within diversity. Examination
of the linkage of Southeast Asian art, music, dance, literature, and
architecture with other segments of the Buddhist, Islamic, Christian,
and animistic societies of the region.
490. ADVANCED TOPICS IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES (3).
Topics from the sciences, social sciences, and/or humanities treated
from an interdisciplinary perspective. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies (WGST)
101. WOMEN, SEX, AND GENDER TODAY (3). Introduction to the
study of women, gender, and sexuality in the contemporary U.S.,
with an emphasis on diversity, feminisms, and social change.
201. GENDER AND JUSTICE IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES (3).
Introduction to the study of women’s rights and their struggles to
access resources globally, as well as what it is like to be a woman in
different societies around the world.
202. WOMEN AND CULTURAL EXPRESSION (3). Explores women
and their roles as producers of and subjects in various cultural
expressions in the U.S. and other societies. Culture includes visual
and performing arts, literature, lm, and other expressions throughout
history.
240. ISSUES IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (3).
Interdisciplinary introduction to selected problems and issues in
womens studies. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours as topic changes.
210 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
324. WOMEN IN SCIENCE (3). Crosslisted as GEOG 324X and
BIOS 324X. Why women are underrepresented in many scientic
elds. The history of women in science, the current status of women
in science, and the representation of women in various scientic
disciplines.
332. GROWING UP FEMALE (3). Examination of the experience of
growing up female from an interdisciplinary perspective, with attention
to differences and similarities in ethnicity, race, class, and sexual
orientation. Theories and research on female development from such
disciplines as psychology, literature, biology, and sociology. Topics
may include gender socialization, family relationships, education,
communication and the media, sexuality and romance. PRQ: At least
sophomore standing; ANTH 361, SOCI 357, WGST 101, or WGST
202; or consent of department.
390. INTERNSHIP IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (1-3).
Work as an intern in activities related to women’s studies. Reading
and paper preparation under supervision of a faculty member. May
be repeated in subsequent semesters to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Junior or senior standing and consent of
director.
1
424. TOPICS IN GENDER AND STEM (3). Selected issues and
topics pertaining to gender and science, technology, engineering, and
mathematics; how gender and sexuality are dened by and dene
these elds; contributions of women to scientic developments.
430. SPECIAL TOPICS IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES
(3). May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours as topic
changes. PRQ: Junior or senior standing or consent of director.
432. FEMINIST THEORY (3). Concepts, methods, and concerns
of feminist theory; systematic overview of contemporary feminist
thought; theoretical approaches to key feminist issues. PRQ: WGST
101 or WGST 202, or consent of director.
434. LANGUAGE AND GENDER (3). Crosslisted as ENGL 434X.
Examination of empirical evidence pertaining to language variation
by sex and gender identity within the framework of sociolinguistics.
Focus on characteristics of feminine and masculine speech and
conversational styles, societal attitudes towards them, and their
implications for men and women in society. Biological foundations
and sociogenesis of sex differences in language; interaction effects
on language variation of other social variables such as age, class,
and ethnic identity; and crosscultural differences.
436. CURRENT DEBATES SEMINAR: WOMEN AND GENDER (3).
Examination of issues in contemporary politics, culture, and society
related to women and gender from an interdisciplinary perspective.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours as topic changes.
PRQ: Junior or senior standing or consent of director.
439. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER
STUDIES (3). Independent research on an approved topic in
women’s studies. Student must present research prospectus
approved by a faculty member before a permit is granted. May be
repeated in subsequent semesters only. PRQ: 9 semester hours in
the minor, including WGST 101 and WGST 202.
1
1
Complete proposals must be submitted for the program director’s approval a minimum of two weeks before classes begin. Proposal forms are available from
the Women’s, Gender and Sexuality Studies office and web site.
211
School of Public and Global Affairs
The School of Public and Global Affairs spans academic
boundaries within the university to foster interdisciplinary
programs and collaborative relationships among students,
staff, and faculty throughout Northern Illinois University.
Membership in the school includes the Department of Political
Science (POLS), Department of Public Administration (PSPA),
the Non-Governmental Leadership and Development Center
(NGOLD) (see also those individual sections in the catalog), and
individual memberships, especially faculty engaged with specic
interdisciplinary degree programs.
The school is focused on the interdisciplinary nature of
governance problems and issues with an emphasis on public,
private, and nonprot collaborative relationships that seek to
improve communities and individuals in the United States and
around the world. The school fosters and supports collaboration
by member units and individuals to address public affairs
challenges with interdisciplinary curricula, scholarship, training,
and professional and public services with a local, national, and
global perspective. The school supports the degrees, minors, and
certicates offered by member units.
Minor in Public Administration
Coordination: Liberal Arts and Sciences Advising
and Counseling Office and the Department of Public
Administration
The interdisciplinary minor in public administration is designed
to allow liberal arts students, primarily in the humanities and the
social sciences, to develop a knowledge and an appreciation of
basic issues and concepts in public administration. The student
is introduced to a basic understanding of contemporary problems
encountered in the administration of public agencies. The minor
is not intended to provide vocational or professional competency.
Requirements (24-25)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3),
OR ENGL 300 - Advanced Essay Composition (3)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3)
POLS 331 - Public Administration (3),
OR PSPA 331X - Public Administration (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOCI 375 - Sociology of Organizations (3)
One of the following (3-4) (Students who satisfy this requirement in
the process of meeting other major or minor requirements should
select an additional course from the list below this one.)
CSCI 250 - Computer Programming in COBOL (4)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Two of the following chosen in consultation with an adviser (6)
ECON 320 - Government and Business (3)
PHIL 337 - Business Ethics (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3),
OR PSPA 330X - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy
Process (3)
PSYC 472 - Group Processes (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
* Available for general education credit.
212
Department of Anthropology (ANTH)
The Department of Anthropology offers both a B.A. and a
B.S. degree for majors in anthropology. Either degree may be
obtained with honors and can be used to gain licensure to teach
social sciences at the junior and senior high school levels. The
department also offers a minor in anthropology, which should be
of special interest to students in art history, biological sciences,
business management, foreign languages and literatures,
geology, humanities, social sciences, and visual communications.
Some of the department’s lower-division courses can be used
by non-majors toward fullling the distributive studies area
requirements in the university’s general education program. The
department participates in the interdisciplinary minors in black
studies, international studies, Latino/Latin American studies,
linguistics, Southeast Asian studies, urban studies, and women’s
studies.
Major in Anthropology (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at http://
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (36-37)
*ANTH 210 - Exploring Archaeology (3)
*ANTH 220 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3)
*ANTH 230 - Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)
*ANTH 240 - General Physical Anthropology (3)
At least one 300- or 400-level course in each of the following
categories (12-13)
Archaeology
Cultural anthropology
Linguistic anthropology
Physical anthropology
At least two 300- or 400-level courses selected from the following
categories (6)
History and theory of anthropology
Special or multidisciplinary
At least 6 additional hours of electives chosen in anthropology in
consultation with faculty adviser (6)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 9-21; B.S., 19-24)
Either completion of a minor or at least 9 semester hours of course
work at the 200 level or above in a single discipline other than
anthropology to be chosen in consultation with faculty adviser. Work
taken to meet the special requirements for the B.A. or B.S. degree will
not be counted toward the 9 hours. (9)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree.”)
Total Hours for a Major in Anthropology: 45-58 (B.A.) OR 55-61
(B.S.)
Recommendation
Students seeking an advanced degree here or elsewhere should
work closely with a faculty adviser and be aware of graduate
school entrance requirements, such as satisfactory completion
of a course in statistics.
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Anthropology
Students who want to be licensed to teach anthropology at the
secondary level must declare their intention to do so with the
History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in anthropology.
Admission
Students are admitted to the licensure History and Social
Sciences Secondary Teacher Education Program when they
have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of anthropology at
NIU and earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all anthropology
courses taken at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure program;
and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program.
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in
anthropology. In addition, they must complete ANTH 496X,
History and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators.
Except in unusual circumstances, ANTH 496X must be taken in
the semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching in History/
Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in unusual
circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400 only upon
satisfactory completion of all other work required for graduation
and licensure.
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History & Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
* Available for general education credit.
ANTHROPOLOGY 213
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including student
teaching. All placements are arranged through the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Degree with Honors
Majors with at least a 3.30 overall GPA and a minimum 3.50 GPA
in anthropology courses are eligible for the Anthropology Honors
Program. Additional requirements for earning the baccalaureate
degree in anthropology with honors include taking 15 semester
hours of honors courses in anthropology, taking 6 semester
hours of ANTH 499H (senior thesis) in lieu of 6 semester hours
of electives in anthropology, and presenting an acceptable senior
thesis.
Minor in Anthropology (18)
Two of the following (6)
*ANTH 210 - Exploring Archaeology (3)
*ANTH 220 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3)
*ANTH 230 - Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)
*ANTH 240 - General Physical Anthropology (3)
Four additional courses in anthropology at the 200 level or above in
consultation with a faculty adviser.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
Prerequisites for courses may be waived with the consent of the
department. Courses numbered 200 and above in anthropology
are grouped in the following categories.
–00 through –09: Ethnology
–10 through –19: Archaeology
–20 through –29: Cultural anthropology
–30 through –39: Linguistic anthropology
–40 through –49: Physical anthropology
–50 through –59: History and theory of anthropology
–60 through –69: Special or multidisciplinary
–70 through –79: Archaeology
–90 through –99: General
101. HUMAN ORIGINS (3). A survey of human physical origins and
early cultural development. Analysis of the fossil record of humans
and differentiation into modern populations. The origin of major stone
tool traditions. Examination of early cultural developments such as
art, agriculture, city life, and ancient states.
102. RISE OF CIVILIZATION (3). Forces leading to the emergence
of early civilizations in the Near East, Egypt, China, Mesoamerica,
and South America. Aspirations, problems, and needs addressed
in the art, literature, history, and other enduring contributions of the
civilizations of antiquity. Examination of ancient achievements and
values from humanistic and artistic perspectives.
103. THE GREAT APES – OUR CLOSEST RELATIVES (3). Introduction
to the Great Apes from the perspective of biological anthropology.
Review of the anatomy, evolution, taxonomy, social organization,
feeding ecology, evidence of culture and tool use, language skills,
and conservation status of the chimpanzees, bonobos, gorillas and
orangutans.
120. ANTHROPOLOGY AND HUMAN DIVERSITY (3). Survey
of human cultural diversity throughout the world. Anthropological
approaches to understanding multiculturalism. Examination of factors
underlying human diversity.
210. EXPLORING ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Survey of the basic concepts
and principles employed by archaeologists with illustrations from
world prehistory.
220. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). The
concept of culture; its origin, development, and diversity. Culture as
an adaptive mechanism. Theory and method of cultural anthropology
applied to the analysis of selected cultures.
230. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTIC ANTHROPOLOGY (3).
Nature and function of language; anthropological motivations for
the study of language; contributions of anthropological linguistics;
distribution and relationships of languages of the world.
240. GENERAL PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Outline of the
principles and subject matter of human evolutionary history, biological
variation among human populations, genetics, evolutionary theory,
and interrelations between cultural and physical anthropology.
301. AMERICAN CULTURE (3). Examination of a series of topics in
American culture including the impact of industrialism, the rise of
feminism, the current popularity of sports, the role of advertising,
and the changes in the structure of the family. Focus on what
anthropological culture theory can tell us about our own culture.
302. ASIAN AMERICAN CULTURES (3). Introduction to the study of
Asian American cultures. Review of the history of migration from Asian
countries to the United States, and examination of the contemporary
ethnographic portrayals of different Asian communities. Emphasis
on the lives of Southeast Asian refugees and migrants who have
come to the U.S. in the last 25 years. Uses anthropological writings
on changing patterns of kinship, social organization, economics and
religion, as well as rst-person literary accounts.
303. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA (3). Description and analysis
of the cultures of native peoples of North America. Social, economic,
and religious life; languages and arts of representative North
American Indian groups.
304. MUSLIM CULTURES IN ANTHROPOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE
(3). Cultures and social issues of the Islamic regions in the Middle
East and Southeast Asia. History, development, and spread of Islam.
Anthropological aspects of selected Middle Eastern and Southeast
Asian cultures, including social organization, gender, marriage, and
law in an Islamic context.
310. THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF OCEANIA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
(3). Descriptive and comparative study of the origins and rise of
complex societies in Oceania and Southeast Asia.
312. THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF ANCIENT EGYPT (3). Early Neolithic
times to the Greco-Roman period, including Neolithic agriculture,
society, and brutal ritual; political formation and unication under
the early Pharaohs; the building and use of monumental burial
architecture; and societal collapse and reformation.
313. ARCHAEOLOGY THROUGH FICTION (3). Introduction to ancient
world cultures, including Egypt, the Middle East, Rome, Europe, and
North America through novels that use archaeological data and
characters. Topics include assessing the accuracy of data, borrowing
from scholarly literature, and connections to current controversies
over looting, site destruction, and the faking of antiquities.
326X. SURVEY OF WORLD MUSIC (3). Crosslisted as MUHL 326.
Survey of traditional music (both folk and classical/court) in world
cultures. Examination of the relationship of music to selected aspects
of the peoples and cultures of East, South, Central, and Southeast
Asia, Australia, Polynesia, the Middle East, Europe, Africa, the
Caribbean, and Latin America. PRQ. Junior standing or consent of
school. There is no prerequisite for musical ability.
328. ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION (3). Description and analysis
of religious and ritual activities and how they articulate with other
aspects of culture. PRQ: ANTH 220.
329. ANTHROPOLOGY AND CONTEMPORARY WORLD
PROBLEMS (3). Examination of selected contemporary world
problems such as hunger and food systems, population, inequality,
colonialism and underdevelopment, human conict, environmental
degradation, the challenges of indigenous peoples and peasants,
and globalization. Application of a deep temporal cultural evolutionary
context and a broad cross-cultural framework to the study of
contemporary world problems not inherent to the human condition.
* Available for general education credit.
214 ANTHROPOLOGY
331. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3). Relationships of language to
other forms of cultural behavior; inuence of linguistic structure and
categories on modes of thought and cognition; reections of cultural
emphases in language; forms of language and their distribution.
PRQ: ANTH 230 or consent of department.
341. PRIMATOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 341X. Study of living
nonhuman primates. Topics include primate taxonomy, behavior,
natural history traits, ecology, reproduction, feeding and locomotor
adaptations, and anatomy. Lectures and laboratory. PRQ: ANTH
240 or consent of department.
342. FORENSIC ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Detailed survey of the
methods and techniques used by forensic anthropologists.
Topics include crime scene investigation, body exhumation, body
decomposition, age at death, sex determination, ancestry, and
individual identication. Discussion of individual case reports and
mass disaster cases.
343. EXTINCTION: WHERE THE WILD THINGS WERE (3).
Crosslisted as ENVS 343X. Examination of the processes of natural
selection, genetic drift, the formation of new species, and extinction.
Review of natural extinction events due to environmental change
as well as human-induced extinctions of prehistoric, historic and
modern species.
361. CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES ON WOMEN (3).
Examination of the diversity of women’s lives cross-culturally from an
experiential and structural viewpoint. Emphasis on the interlocking
dimensions of women’s experiences including nationality, ethnicity,
class, sexual orientation, and religion. Drawing on examples from
Latin America, Africa, the Middle East, Asia, and ethnic populations
within the U.S., course readings explore commonalities and
differences in women’s social positions, cultural knowledges, life-
cycle changes, and gender relationships.
363. GLOBALIZATION AND CORPORATE CULTURES (3).
Broad overview of anthropological perspectives on development,
globalization, and corporate culture in the international setting.
Population shifts, global trade, ideology, technology, and organizational
cultures with special attention to applied problems of intercultural
communication in Western and non-Western corporate settings.
391. DOMESTICATING THE PLANET (3). Crosslisted as ENVS
391X. Examines the critical problems of human interactions with their
environment, such as climate change, resource intensication and
depletion, resource conict, disasters, and demographic impacts on
the environment using a conceptual background in human ecology
and cultural evolution. PRQ: Departmental or University Honors
Student.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ECON 401X,
GEOG 401X, HIST 401, POLS 401X, PSYC 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
402. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS (3).
Ethnographic and ethnological survey and analysis of the societies
and cultures of the Pacic Islands. Primary focus on the lifeways of
the indigenous peoples of the area with a secondary focus on the
role which information about the lifeways of peoples of the Pacic
Islands has played in the development of anthropological theory.
PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of department.
403. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF AFRICA SOUTH OF THE
SAHARA (3). Descriptive and analytic examination of representative
African societies dealing with their culture, histories, economic,
political, and social organization, as well as religion and arts.
Contemporary problems of culture change and social transformation
within the context of decolonization. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of
department.
404. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE CARRIBEAN (3). A holistic
view of the Caribbean region examining scholars and outsiders’
representations. Topics include slavery and its impacts on racial/
ethnic identities and categories, economies, food production, trade
and the region’s rich and diverse expressive culture. Contemporary
socio-political and economic aspects are discussed.
405. PEOPLES OF MESOAMERICA (3). Cultural background
of Mesoamerican ethnic groups; historical and contemporary
sociocultural systems of Indian, black, and mestizo groups in
rural and urban areas. Attention to the processes of acculturation,
urbanization, and current cultural modications inuenced by
contemporary society. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of department.
407. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF INSULAR SOUTHEAST ASIA
(3). Introduction to the social and cultural diversity of insular Southeast
Asia, especially Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines. Emphasis
on the region’s geography, colonial experience, and patterns of social
organization kinship, religious belief, ethnic pluralism, and authority.
408. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF MAINLAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA (3). Introduction to the social and cultural diversity of mainland
Southeast Asia–Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, and Vietnam.
Emphasis on the area’s geography, history, kinship and social
organization, religious beliefs (especially Theravada Buddhism),
ethnic diversity, and contemporary problems.
409. CULTURES AND SOCIETIES OF THE MIDDLE EAST (3).
Studies the peoples and societies of the Middle East and North
Africa from an anthropological perspective. Explores problems
of crosscultural examination and the role of anthropology in the
formation of the idea of the “Middle East” as an area of study.
Examines and problematizes key themes commonly linked with
the region, such as tribe and state, family and kinship, gender and
sexuality, honor and shame, tradition and modernity, and religion
and secularism. Includes ethnographies based on eld work in the
region, contemporary news reports, and lms.
410. ARCHAEOLOGY OF AFRICA (3). Detailed, analytical survey of
African prehistory from the earliest evidence of human occupation to
the time of contact with people from other continents. PRQ: ANTH
210 or consent of department.
411. ARCHAEOLOGY OF EUROPE (3). Origins and development of
prehistoric cultures in Europe from the Paleolithic to the Neolithic.
PRQ: ANTH 210.
412. ANCIENT NORTH AMERICA (3). Survey of ancient peoples
and archaeological cultures throughout North America with attention
to their lifeways, artifacts, and natural settings. PRQ: ANTH 210 or
consent of department.
413. ILLINOIS ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Examination of the current state of
knowledge of Illinois archaeology. Recent archaeological discoveries
in our state provide a much improved picture of prehistoric life here.
Time covered is from the rst arrival of people in what is now Illinois
until the establishment of cities during the last century. Emphasis on
the technology, natural setting, chronology, subsistence, population,
settlement, and social structure for each archaeological tradition and
time period. PRQ: ANTH 210 or consent of department.
414. ARCHAEOLOGY OF MESOAMERICA (3). Descriptive and
analytical examination of pre-Columbian cultures of Mexico and
Central America. PRQ: ANTH 210.
415. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE AMERICAN SOUTHWEST (3).
Origins and diversication of prehistoric cultures in the Southwest.
PRQ: ANTH 210.
417. ARCHAEOLOGY OF SOUTH AMERICA (3). Description and
analysis of human occupation of the South American continent from
its initial occupation to the arrival of the Spanish conquistadores.
Emphasis on interrelationships between areas and models purporting
to explain sociopolitical evolution. PRQ: ANTH 210.
418. APPLIED ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Detailed examination of
the operational framework, methods, and techniques of applied
archaeology and scrutiny of their rationales. Instruction in the skills
needed in the working environment of most of the archaeology that
is done within the United States.
ANTHROPOLOGY 215
419. ARCHAEOLOGY OF MEDITERRANEAN CIVILIZATIONS (3).
Detailed analysis of the rise of civilizations in the Mediterranean
basin from the Neolithic to the Iron Age. Comparative course focusing
on the regions of the Balkans, Egypt, Greece, the Levant, and Italy.
PRQ: ANTH 210 or consent of department.
421. SOCIAL ORGANIZATION (3). Description of social systems;
exploration of the regularities and variations in the several facets of
social structure emphasizing the interrelatedness of the parts of culture
and culture as a functioning entity. PRQ: ANTH 120 or ANTH 220.
422. GENDER IN SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). Detailed analysis of
conceptions of gender across Southeast Asia. Review of theoretical
approaches in gender studies and ethnographic material from the
region. PRQ: ANTH 120 or ANTH 220, or consent of department.
423. ENVIRONMENTAL ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE MIDDLE EAST:
CULTURAL AND POLITICAL ECOLOGIES (3). Anthropological
approaches to humans in their environments, particularly cultural
ecology and political ecology, to examine the Middle East and
North Africa. Study of the particular political systems, livelihoods,
landscapes, and belief systems that have developed there.
424. ANTHROPOLOGY OF PEACE AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION
(3). Looks at the anthropological and crosscultural literature on peace
and conict, including the debate over human nature and innate
tendencies toward aggression and violence Critical discussions on
a wide range of theories drawing on political anthropology, the state,
globalization, ethnicity and identity for analyzing conict, looking
especially at the role of culture, religion and indigenous forms of
dispute management.
425. ENVIRONMENT AND ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Crosslisted
as ENVS 425X. Human adaptation to the natural environment,
including interconnections between ideologies, social systems,
economics, political structures, and ecology. Historical development
of environmental studies in anthropology, particularly ecological
anthropology, up through and including the emergence of political
ecology and environmental anthropology. Topics include ecological
adaptation of non-industrial societies, communal resources,
world food and population, industrial food systems, contemporary
environmentalism, and the relationship between science, policy and
the state. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of the department.
426. POLITICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). An examination of politics
and dynamically interactive power relations between global, regional,
national and local cultural contexts. Discussion of how power relations
are an aspect of all institutions and social relationships within a
society. Presentation of on politics and power. PRQ: ANTH 220.
427. ECONOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Analysis of economic
behavior and institutions and how they articulate with other aspects
of culture. PRQ: ANTH 220.
428. RITUAL AND MYTH (3). In-depth examination of the approaches,
theories, and methodologies in the anthropological study of ritual
and myth. Topics include the feasibility of distinguishing ritual from
non-ritual both cross-culturally and within particular societies, most
recent studies of ritual focusing on sacrice, ritual as performative
action, ritual symbolism, ritual function vs. form, types of rituals,
the study of myths, structural-symbolic analysis of sacred myths,
phenomenological-symbolic analysis of myths, myths of origin and
myths of death, and the relationship between myth and ritual. Ritual
and myth also considered in relation to ideas about the maintenance
of cosmological and sociopolitical systems. PRQ: ANTH 220 or
consent of department.
429X. INTERNATIONAL NGOS AND GLOBALIZATION (3).
Crosslisted as CLCE 429 and SOCI 329X. Review of the history of
international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs), particularly
changes since the advent of neoliberal globalization beginning in the
late 1980s that heralded an “NGO boom.” Examination of the political
roles of INGOs and challenges negotiating multiple relationships
with communities, governments, and social movements. PRQ: Junior
standing or consent of department.
432 NATURE AND THE ENVIRONMENT ACROSS CULTURES (3).
Crosslisted as ENVS 432X. Investigation of the different ways people
conceptualize nature and the environment across cultures. Focus is
on out-of-awareness cultural models, that is, intermediary mental
organizations of meaning that stand between universal concepts
and culturally bound realizations. Critical evaluation of a number
of projects that attempt to use local and/or indigenous knowledge
in managing the relationship between people, nature, and the
environment is included.
433. FUNDAMENTALS OF COGNITIVE ANTHROPOLOGY (3).
Examination of relationship between human mind and human culture.
Critical analysis of major areas of cognitive anthropological research
in kinship, ethnobiology, cultural models, distributed cognition, and
spacial relationships. Consideration of the interface of contemporary
cognitive anthropology and general cognitive science. PRQ: ANTH
230 or consent of department.
435. SPACE IN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3). Crosslisted as
GEOG 435X. Exploration of how various languages express spatial
relationships by using different parts of speech, how culture shapes
ways of organizing and using space in daily and ritual behavior, and
the mental organization of spatial knowledge, with emphasis on
universal patterns that generate cultural and individual realizations.
PRQ: ANTH 230 or consent of department.
438. CULTURAL MODELS: THE LANGUAGE OF CULTURE (3).
Cultural models as intermediary mental organizations of meaning that
stand between universal concepts and culturally bound realizations.
Origin of the concept in various disciplines such as anthropology,
articial intelligence, linguistics, and cognitive psychology. Research
on cultural models in various cultures. PRQ: ANTH 230 or consent
of the department.
440. FOSSIL HUMANS (3). A survey of the human fossil record.
Emphasis on interpretation of morphology and theory in human
paleontology. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of department.
441. SEX AND GENDER IN PRIMATES (3). Theories of the evolution of
sex differences and associated gender roles in human and nonhuman
primates including primate mating systems, sperm competition, mate
choice, parental care, aggression, and cooperation. PRQ: ANTH 240
or consent of department.
442. BIOCULTURAL PERSPECTIVES ON THE HUMAN SKELETON
(3). Topical and interpretative study of the human skeleton with
relation to the study of past human populations, especially in
relation to the analysis of prehistoric economy, social behavior, and
physical interaction with the biocultural environment. Reconstruction
of paleodiet, impact of undernutrition on growth and development,
bone microstructure, dental disease, other markers of stress,
impact of specic behavioral repertoires on the human skeleton,
and masticatory and nonmasticatory adaptations of the craniofacial
complex. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of department.
443. HUMAN ADAPTATION AND VARIATION (3). History of the
concept of race; current approaches to human variability. Selective
aspects of continuous and discontinuous traits: blood groups,
hemoglobins, etc.; race and I.Q.; sex differences. Ecological
inuences on human variation. PRQ: ANTH 240.
444. PRIMATE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION (3). Crosslisted
as ENVS 444X. Study of living nonhuman primates with an
understanding of how primates have adapted to their environment
and how this information is essential for conservation planning. PRQ:
ANTH 240 or consent of department.
445. PRIMATE EVOLUTION (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 435X. A survey
of the primate fossil record, with an emphasis on adaptation and
phylogeny. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of department.
446. THE HUMAN SKELETON (3). Detailed study of human bones
and teeth, including growth, sex identication, aging and stature
estimation, and bone pathologies. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of
department.
447. PRIMATE ANATOMY (3). Detailed study of the skeletal anatomy
of living primates including primate dental and skeletal adaptations,
phylogeny, speciation, and biogeography. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent
of department.
216 ANTHROPOLOGY
450. ETHICS AND RESEARCH DESIGN IN ANTHROPOLOGY (3).
Examination of ethical decision making in anthropological procedures
and an introduction to research designs and organizational skills
in the practice of anthropology. PRQ: One 200-level anthropology
course or consent of department.
451. HISTORY AND THEORY OF ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Overview
of the history of anthropological institutions and the historical
development of anthropological concepts. Attention given to schools
of thought and associated leading anthropologists in all major elds
of anthropology. PRQ: ANTH 220.
452. CONTEMPORARY CULTURE THEORY (3). Examination of
the development of anthropological culture theory starting with
structuralism and moving on through symbolism to postmodernism.
Focus on the writings of the major theorists. PRQ: ANTH 220.
453. ARCHAEOLOGICAL THEORY (3). Development of archaeological
theory from the mid-19th century to the present. Connections of
archaeological theory to major anthropological issues. PRQ: ANTH
210 or consent of department.
454. USES AND ABUSES OF EVOLUTIONARY THEORY (3). Review
of the history of evolutionary theory, challenges to evolutionary
theory, and the concept of biological determinism as applied to the
human species. Examination of how contemporary anthropological
research in human behavioral ecology and gene-culture evolution
contributes to understanding human behavior.
460. METHODS IN ETHNOGRAPHY (3). Theory and practice in
methods of ethnographic research. Problems and techniques in
participant observation, structured and nonstructured interviews,
questionnaires, indirect measures, documentation, and recording.
Ethics of ethnographic research. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of
department.
461. METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY (3). Introduction to the analysis
of ceramics, lithics, botanical and faunal remains, settlements, and
other archaeological material. Emphasis on selecting techniques
for analysis and interpreting analytical results. PRQ: ANTH 210 or
consent of department.
462. COLLECTIONS MANAGEMENT (3). Lectures and practical
experience in various aspects of museum work, particularly those
related to the handling and care artifacts. Original research will be
carried out on an artifact in the museum collection.
463. ETHNOHISTORY (3). Approaches to locating, evaluating, and
utilizing oral and written historical sources in ethnographic and
anthropological investigations. PRQ: ANTH 220.
464. DISASTERS WITHOUT BORDERS (3). Crosslisted with CLCE
464X. Social construction of disasters with an emphasis on the
disaster response and forces that contribute to the vulnerability of a
community, nation, or region. Covers social policy, humanitarian aid,
media coverage, and a range of local, national, or global forces such
as inequality, land tenure, social exclusion, and mass urbanization.
465. MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Survey of interactions
between infectious and parasitic diseases, genetic predispositions,
and specic cultural habits, attitudes, and beliefs. Includes cognitive
systems as they relate to disease theory in various cultures and
examples of folk medical practices and beliefs. PRQ: ANTH 220 or
ANTH 240 or consent of department.
466. HUNTERS-GATHERERS AND THE TRANSITION TO FOOD
PRODUCTION (3). Detailed study of hunter-gatherers as a societal
type and the foraging of wild foods as an economic activity. Topics
include dening
“hunter-gatherers,” the origins and evolution of
hunting and gathering, optimal foraging theory, the cross-cultural
analysis of foraging societies, the origins of food production, and
the persistence of foraging as an economic activity among food
producing societies. The scope and limits of diversity among
societies and practices associated with the exploitation of wild food
resources are also considered. PRQ: ANTH 220 or 210 or consent
of the department.
467. APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Uses of anthropological
concepts, knowledge, and insights to maintain or change cultures
and societies combined with a consideration of the ethical problems
in programs of directed culture change. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent
of department.
468. ANTHROPOLOGY OF GENDER (3). Survey of current theory
and research on gender, sexuality, and representations of the
body. Examination of debates about the signicance of gender and
sex in primate and human evolution, physical anthropology, and
sociobiology. In seminar format, students also explore cross-cultural
notions of gender and analyze the intersection of race/class/gender
and the historical construction of sexuality and conceptions about
the body in the sciences, the arts, ethnography, and popular culture.
PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of department.
469. ARCHAEOLGY OF EMPIRES (3). An archaeological
perspective on the formation, character, and fall of ancient empires,
including militarism, urbanism, state ideology, provincial life,
infrastructure, social and ethnic relations, economic interactions, and
collapse. The course is comparative, drawing from both Old World
and New World empires. PRQ: ANTH 210 or consent of department.
470. CHINESE ARCHEOLOGY (3). China’s prehistory from Peking
Man to the kingdom of Qin. Development of agriculture, pottery,
bronze and iron metallurgy, and comparison with other ancient
civilizations.
471. ANCIENT ENVIRONMENTS AND HUMAN TECHNOLOGY (3).
Crosslisted as ENVS 471X. In-depth anthropological perspective on
ancient human interaction with the environment, with emphasis on
the role the environment plays in cultural change. Experience in the
synchronization of environmental and archaeological research and
understanding how ancient societies manipulated their environments
to foster ecological change.
490. ANTHROPOLOGICAL RESEARCH TRAINING (3-6).
A. Cultural Anthropology
B. Ethnology
C. Archaeology
D. Physical Anthropology
E. Ethnohistory
J. Linguistic Anthropology
Training and experience in eld and/or laboratory research. Students
participate, under supervision, in basic research projects. Any
lettered section may be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Total credit may not exceed 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
491. CURRENT TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY (3). May be repeated
to a maximum of 9 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
492. PROSEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Intensive seminar
work on selected topics in anthropology. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
493. ANTHROPOLOGY FIELD STUDY (1-6).
A. Cultural Anthropology
B. Ethnology
C. Archaeology
D. Physical Anthropology
E. Ethnohistory
J. Linguistic Anthropology
Directed eld study or eld school. Each topic may be repeated to a
maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ECON 496X,
GEOG 496X, HIST 496, POLS 496X, PSYC 496X, and SOCI 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the
history or social science secondary teacher education program
and permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary
teacher education.
498. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ANTHROPOLOGY (1-6). Special
readings, topics, and research projects in anthropology. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
ANTHROPOLOGY 217
Anthropology Faculty
Kendall M. Thu, Ph.D., University of Iowa, Presidential Engagement
Professor, chair
Giovanni Bennardo, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Presidential
Research Professor
Kristen Borre, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, adjunct assistant
professor
Judith Calleja, Ph.D., Wayne State University, adjunct assistant
professor
Winifred Creamer, Ph.D., Tulane University, Distinguished
Research Professor
Daniel L. Gebo, Ph.D., Duke University, Distinguished Research
Professor, Distinguished Teaching Professor, Board of
Trustees Professor
Mitchell Irwin, Ph.D., Stony Brook University, assistant professor
Michael J. Kolb, Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles,
Presidential Teaching Professor
Sibel Kusimba, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate professor
Judy L. Ledgerwood, Ph.D., Cornell University, professor
Emily McKee, Ph.D., University of Michigan, assistant professor
Mark W. Mehrer, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate professor
Andrea K. Molnar, Ph.D., Australian National University,
Presidential Engagement Professor
Leila Porter, Ph.D., Stony Brook University, associate professor
Susan D. Russell, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Presidential
Engagement Professor
Kerry Sagebiel, Ph.D., University of Arizona, adjunct assistant
professor
Mark Schuller, Ph.D., University of California, assistant professor
Katharine Wiegele, Ph.D., University of Illinois, adjunct assistant
professor
218
Department of Biological Sciences (BIOS)
The Department of Biological Sciences offers a B.S. degree
which can be used to prepare for graduate studies in the
biological sciences and to gain licensure to teach general
science and biology at the middle school and high school levels.
It has been designed so students can conveniently obtain a
minor in chemistry. A departmental honors program is available
for outstanding students.
The department also offers a minor in biological sciences and
several courses that can be used by non-majors toward fullling
the science area requirement in the university’s general education
program. In addition, courses offered by the department are
required in several majors across the university and in the
interdisciplinary minor in environmental studies. Students in
preprofessional health-related programs are required to have
course work in the biological sciences. Students interested in
pursuing such careers should seek assistance early in their
studies from a pre-professional adviser in the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences. (See “Pre-professional Studies.”)
Major in Biological Sciences (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
A minimum of 15 of the 46 semester hours of biology required for
the major must be taken at NIU.
Requirements in Department (46)
1
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Cellular Biology (3), and BIOS 210 -
Fundamentals of Cellular Biology Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology (3), and
BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology Laboratory (1)
BIOS 308 - Genetics (5)
BIOS 494 - Biology Senior Assessment (1)
Electives from biological sciences courses at the 300 or 400 level (32)
Biology electives are offered in four primary areas of departmental
specialization and include:
1) Biomedical Pre-Professional
2) Cell and Molecular Biotechnology
3) Microbiology
4) Biodiversity: Ecology, Evolution and Conservation
Students should consult with the departmental adviser for assistance
in selecting the appropriate sequence of courses within one of these
elds of study. Lists of biology upper-level elective courses that
are particularly relevant for each of the tracks are available in the
Department of Biological Sciences office and website.
Requirements outside Department (31-33)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratories I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry I (3), and
*CHEM 213 - General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 330 - General Organic Chemistry I (3),
OR CHEM 336 - Organic Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 331 - General Organic Chemistry II (3),
OR CHEM 337 - Organic Chemistry II (3)
*MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3),
OR satisfactory performance on the Mathematics Placement
Exam
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4), and MATH 230 - Calculus II (4),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
and STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
*PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8),
OR *PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4) and
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
Total Hours for a Major in Biological Sciences: 78-80
Recommendation
Many graduate programs in the biological sciences, such as those
at NIU, require the Graduate Record Examinations (including the
Subject Test in biology or biochemistry) for admission. Students
intending to pursue graduate study in the biological sciences
should take these examinations early in their senior year.
Transfer Credit
Students will receive upper level credit for BIOS transfer courses
articulated as a “BIOS EL” in the Community College Articulation
Handbook.)
Educator Licensure
All students who seek licensure to teach biology in Illinois
schools should consult with the departmental licensure adviser
as soon as possible and also refer to the “Educator Licensure
Requirements” section of this catalog.
Undergraduate biology majors may apply for admission to
educator licensure in biology at the end of the sophomore year,
except in the case of transfer students who normally apply at the
end of their rst semester at NIU. Students who already possess
the baccalaureate or higher degree and wish to pursue licensure
without becoming a candidate for a degree should consult with
the biology licensure adviser as early as possible.
It is strongly recommended that students completing these
emphases obtain a secondary endorsement in at least one
subject other than biology.
Admission and Retention Requirements in the
Discipline
Students interested in pursuing licensure in biology must apply
in writing to the departmental licensure adviser. Students must
complete a program of study approved by the departmental
licensure adviser designed to provide a broad background in the
discipline meeting requirements for the undergraduate major in
biological sciences at NIU. Core course requirements remain
the same as for all majors in biological sciences. In addition,
those seeking licensure must complete the equivalent of the
mathematics sequence MATH 211 and STAT 301, BIOS 305,
BIOS 313, BIOS 316, BIOS 317, BIOS 355, and BIOS 484, and a
selection of elective biology courses chosen in close consultation
with the departmental licensure adviser to ensure adequate
breadth and depth of discipline background. Students pursuing
a degree in secondary science educator licensure must have
a grade of C or better in all course work specically required
for licensure. This includes all biology chemistry, physics, and
math courses, pedagogy, and written communication, oral
communication, and psychology general education classes.
Higher numbered courses may be substituted if approved by the
departmental licensure adviser.
* Available for general education credit.
1
There is a 50-semester-hour limit of biology courses whether or not they apply to the major.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 219
Undergraduates must have an overall NIU GPA of at least
2.50 and a minimum GPA in applicable biology, chemistry, and
physics courses of 2.80. Students with a baccalaureate degree
in biological sciences obtained elsewhere must have a combined
GPA of at least 2.80 across the applicable biology, chemistry,
and physics course work in their previous major and complete at
least two upper-level courses in biology at NIU with a minimum
GPA of 3.00.
All potential licensure candidates must
have a satisfactory review of progress with the departmental
licensure adviser each semester after admission to the
licensure program.
take and pass the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency prior to
applying to the licensure program.
take and pass the ILTS Biology Content Test prior to applying
to student teaching.
take and pass the ILTS Assessment of Professional Teaching
test before completion of the program.
Professional Development Phase and Student Teaching
The state of Illinois requires a minimum of 100 clock hours of
relevant early clinical experiences prior to student teaching. This
requirement may be satised by successfully completing the
following courses.
ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience (1)
ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (1)
BIOS 401 - Third Clinical High School/Middle School Experience
in Biology (2)
Students must satisfactorily complete a series of discipline-based
pedagogy course work.
BIOS 402X - Interdisciplinary Teaching of Science in Secondary
Education (3)
BIOS 403 - Methods in Teaching Biology (3)
BIOS 485 - Student Teaching in Biology (10)
BIOS 486 - Transition to the Professional Biology Teacher (2)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
Additional Requirements
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
The State of Illinois has moved from a course-based set of
requirements for licensure to course and standards-based
requirements. Approved licensure programs must have
requirements that meet or exceed the state requirements. A
list of current state minimum requirements is available from the
Illinois State Board of Education web page. The biology licensure
program requirements are designed to prepare candidates for
licensure both to meet state requirements and to demonstrate
that they meet state teaching standards.
At this time, State requirements include the possession of
an appropriate baccalaureate degree from an accredited
institution, a minimum of 32 semester hours in the eld, pre-
student teaching, clinical experiences at the 6-12 level or proof
of teaching experience at the 6-12 level, student teaching or an
approved teaching experience, passage of the Test of Academic
Prociency and secondary licensure subject matter examinations
of the Illinois Licensure Testing System, passage of the
Assessment of Professional Teaching test, and demonstration
that the candidate has met teaching standards for the biology
teacher. Contact the discipline coordinator for information on
the necessary criteria that experiences must meet to be used to
meet licensure requirements.
Additional course work may be required as determined and
approved by the biology licensure coordinator to meet state
standards for the preparation of teachers, licensure requirements
and student needs.
Degree with Biology Honors
The degree Bachelor of Science with Honors in Biological
Sciences will be awarded to students satisfying the following
requirements.
1) Maintain a GPA of at least 3.50 in all departmental BIOS,
CHEM, MATH, and PHYS course requirements;
2) Gain approval for admission into the program from the
Department of Biological Sciences Honors adviser, as well as
the faculty member under whom the student will engage in
research;
3) Complete BIOS 370, Directed Research in Biology and
6 semester hours of BIOS 495, Honors Biology Directed
Research under the faculty member’s supervision
2
;
4) Present and explain the results of the honors project at
either the departmental or university undergraduate research
symposium; and,
5) Submit an approved senior thesis to the departmental honors
adviser.
Minor in Biological Sciences (19)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Cellular Biology (3),
and BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Cellular Biology Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology (3),
and BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology
Laboratory (1)
Electives from biological sciences courses at the 300 or 400 level (11)
A minimum of 6 hours of the electives must be completed at NIU.
Course List
101. PLANT PRODUCTS AND HUMAN AFFAIRS (3). Includes
basic botany and the geographic origins of economically important
plants which produce products used by various peoples worldwide.
Emphasis on plant products having an inuence on societies (cereal
crops, medicines, drugs, etc.). Not open for credit toward the major
in biological sciences.
103. GENERAL BIOLOGY (3). Chemistry of living systems, cell
structure and function, energetics, classical and molecular genetics,
information ow, reproduction, evolution and diversity of life, and
ecology. Not open for credit for majors in biological sciences.
105. GENERAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY (1). Optional laboratory
designed to accompany BIOS 103. Not open for credit for majors in
biological sciences. CRQ: BIOS 103.
106. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (3). Biological basis of
environmental science and human inuence on the ecosystem.
Emphasis on the biological relations among natural resources,
pollution, and human population dynamics. Not open for credit for
majors in biological sciences.
107. EVOLUTION FOR EVERYONE (3). Beginning with core
principles, exploration of evolutionary theory from an integrative and
interdisciplinary perspective, with topics ranging from the biological
sciences to all aspects of humanity. Not open for credit for majors in
the biological sciences.
109. HUMAN BIOLOGY (3). Includes evolution, ecology, physiological
regulation, nutrition, genetics, immune responses, reproduction,
development, aging, and cancer. Not open for credit for majors in
biological sciences.
2
Collectively, a maximum of 6 hours of credit (9 in the case of students admitted to the department honors program) in BIOS 370, BIOS 490, BIOS 495, and
BIOS 499 may be applied to the major.
220 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
201. THE PROFESSIONAL SECONDARY SCIENCE TEACHER
(1). Introduction to the role of the professional science teacher.
Includes philosophical trends in teaching (and how they affect the
science teacher), major factors affecting how science is taught, and
introduction to science content/teaching standards. S/U grading.
PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: ILAS 201.
208. FUNDAMENTALS OF CELLULAR BIOLOGY I (3). Introduction
to fundamental processes of organisms operating at the molecular
and the cellular level of organization. Topics include chemical and
molecular aspects of life, cellular metabolism, genetic information ow,
theory of inheritance, genetic engineering, and principles of cellular
physiology. Three hours of lecture per week. CRQ: CHEM 210, CHEM
212, and BIOS 210.
209. FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANISMAL BIOLOGY (3). Introduction
to higher levels of biological organization from organism to the
ecosystem. Topics include organismal diversity, mechanisms of
micro- and macro-evolution, animal behavior, and the dynamics and
organization of populations, communities and ecosystems. Three
hours of lecture per week. PRQ: BIOS 208 and BIOS 210, or BIOS
103 and BIOS 105. CRQ: BIOS 211.
210. FUNDAMENTALS OF CELLULAR BIOLOGY LABORATORY
(1). Designed to accompany BIOS 208. One 3-hour period per week.
CRQ: BIOS 208.
211. FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANISMAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY
(1). Designed to accompany BIOS 209. One 3-hour period per week.
CRQ: BIOS 209.
213. INTRODUCTORY BACTERIOLOGY (3). Fundamental principles
of bacteriology including morphological, chemical, and nutritional
aspects and the role of bacteria in medicine, industry, and pubic
health. Not avaible for credit for majors in biological sciences. Two
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: CHEM
110 or CHEM 210; and either BIOS 103 and BIOS 105, or BIOS 208
and BIOS 210.
301X. THE INTERDISCIPLINARY SECONDARY SCIENCE
TEACHER (1). Crosslisted as CHEM 301X, GEOL 301, and PHYS
301X. Seminar on the role of a science teacher in an interdisciplinary
and/or integrated science class and how a science curriculum
is designed based on state and national standards. Focus on
skills all science teachers must possess regardless of specic
discipline including knowing how to apply the following topics in
ways appropriate to the age and development of the students in a
classroom; safety procedures, classroom management, designing
and conducting demonstrations, experiments, performance
assessments, differentiated curriculum, and uses of technology.
PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: BIOS 402X and ILAS 301.
302. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3). Fundamentals of molecular
biology including the structure of DNA and RNA, mechanisms of DNA
replication, transcription and translation, gene organization, genetic
variation and repair, and regulation of gene expression. PRQ: BIOS
208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM 211, and CHEM 213.
303. CELL BIOLOGY (3). Cell structure and function including
macromolecules, biochemistry, energy conversions, membranes,
cellular organelles, cytoskeleton, signal transduction, and cell death.
Not available for credit to students with previous credit in BIOS 300.
PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM 211, and
CHEM 213.
304. MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY LABORATORY (3). Laboratory
course designed to give students experience in the broad range of
modern experimental methods, procedures, and techniques required
in the eld. One hour of lecture and two 3-hour laboratory periods per
week. CRQ: BIOS 302 and BIOS 303.
305. BIOLOGY OF LAND PLANTS (4). Land plants studied in an
evolutionary sequence. Basic anatomy, morphology, and physiology.
Emphasis on the probable selective advantage of structures unique
to each group of plants. Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS
211, CHEM 211, and CHEM 213.
308. GENETICS (5). Principles of heredity, including Mendelian
inheritance, molecular nature of the gene, and quantitative and
population genetics. Three hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, CHEM 211, and
CHEM 213. CRQ: BIOS 209 and BIOS 211.
311. FUNCTIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY (4). Regional approach to the
study of structure and function of the muscular and skeletal systems
of the extremities, trunk, neck, and head including the nervous and
vascular systems as they pertain to the muscular systems. Gross
dissection. Lecture and laboratory. Not available for credit for majors
in biological sciences who have credit for BIOS 357 or BIOS 446.
PRQ: Sophomore standing.
313. MICROBIOLOGY (4). Fundamental characteristics of bacteria
and their viruses, including their biochemical, molecular, genetic,
immunological, and economic signicance. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210,
BIOS 209, BIOS 211, CHEM 211, and CHEM 213.
316. GENERAL ECOLOGY (4). Structure and dynamics of biotic
populations, communities, and ecosystems. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210,
BIOS 209, and BIOS 211.
317. EVOLUTION (3). Principles of organic evolution as illustrated
by molecular, developmental, ecological, morphological, and
paleontological data. Mechanisms of microevolution and
macroevolution are compared. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209
and BIOS 211.
320X. BIOPOLITICS AND HUMAN NATURE (3). Crosslisted as
POLS 320. The moral and political debates provoked by Darwinian
biology in explaining human nature. Possible topics include sex
differences, crime, the IQ debate, the moral sense, and the neurology
of social behavior.
322X. POLITICS AND THE LIFE SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted as
POLS 322. Analysis of the major social problems and political issues
emerging from rapid advances in the life sciences with emphasis on
biotechnology and biomedical policy. PRQ: POLS 100 or consent of
department. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
324X. WOMEN IN SCIENCE (3). Crosslisted as WGST 324 and
GEOG 324X. Why women are underrepresented in many scientic
elds. The history of women in science, the current status of women
in science, and the representation of women in various scientic
disciplines.
340. FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I
(3). On-line course presenting the functional design and homeostatic
physiological mechanisms for all major human organ systems.
Includes lecture videos, animations, study guides, and course notes.
Not open for credit for majors in biological sciences or for students
with previous credit in BIOS 355 or BIOS 357. PRQ: BIOS 103 and
BIOS 105, or BIOS 208; and either CHEM 110 or CHEM 210.
341. FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
II (3). On-line course presenting a regional approach to anatomical
structure in the skeletal, muscular, nervous, vascular, and organ
systems. Includes anatomical images and dissection videos along
with study guides and course notes. Not open for credit for majors in
biological sciences or for students with previous credit in BIOS 311.
PRQ: BIOS 103 and BIOS 105, or BIOS 208; and either CHEM 110
or CHEM 210.
341X. PRIMATOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 341. Study of living
nonhuman primates. Topics include primate taxonomy, behavior,
natural history traits, ecology, reproduction, feeding and locomotor
adaptations, and anatomy. Lectures and laboratory. PRQ: ANTH 240
or consent of department.
355. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY (4). Functions of human organ systems
at the organ, cellular, and molecular levels, with emphasis on
integration of functions in the human body. Either BIOS 355 or BIOS
357, but not both, may be counted for credit toward the minor in
biological sciences. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS
211, CHEM 211, and CHEM 213. CRQ: PHYS 211 or PHYS 273.
1
Collectively, a maximum of 6 hours of credit (9 in the case of students admitted to the department honors program) in BIOS 370, BIOS 490, BIOS 495, and
BIOS 499 may be applied to the major.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 221
357. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY (5). Functional and
structural relationships of organ systems in humans. Three hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory. Not open for credit for majors in
biological sciences. Students may not receive credit toward the minor
for both BIOS 355 and BIOS 357. PRQ: CHEM 110 or CHEM 210; and
either BIOS 103 and BIOS 105, or BIOS 208 and BIOS 210.
359. HUMAN NEUROBIOLOGY (4). Biology of the human nervous
system, with emphasis on the anatomy and physiology of the central
nervous system. PRQ: BIOS 355 or BIOS 357.
370.
1
DIRECTED RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY (1-3). Experimental
laboratory and eld research under the guidance of a faculty member.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: At least
a B average in biological sciences and permission of department.
401. THIRD CLINICAL HIGH SCHOOL/MIDDLE SCHOOL
EXPERIENCE IN BIOLOGY (2). Discipline-based early clinical
experience for students seeking educator licensure in biology and
general science. Observations, evaluation, methods, and problems
practicum in subject discipline teaching. Includes a minimum of 40
clock hours of supervised and formally evaluated experiences. PRQ:
Consent of department. CRQ: BIOS 403.
402X. INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION (3). Crosslisted as CHEM 493X, ENVS
483X, GEOL 483, and PHYS 493X. Methods and theory for the
teaching of interdisciplinary science in grades 6-12. Exploration of
the nature and purpose of science and its underlying assumptions,
the social and cultural challenges in science teaching, and the
potential solutions to these challenges through research, discussion,
and reection. Use of state and national science standards to develop
student learning objectives and to design inquiry-based lesson plans,
micro-teaching, construction and use of assessment rubrics, and
ongoing development of a professional portfolio. PRQ: Consent of
department.
403. METHODS IN TEACHING BIOLOGY (3). Methods and materials
and theory for teaching secondary biology and middle school
science. Emphasis on goal-setting, and planning logically sequenced
learning experiences that are multisensory, interactive and that
include opportunity for evaluation of on-going learning. Discussion
and microteaching. Does not count as credit for the undergraduate
major in biological sciences. PRQ: Minimum overall GPA of 2.70 in all
applicable biology, chemistry, and physics courses, and consent of
department. CRQ: BIOS 401. Students with a baccalaureate degree
in biological sciences from elsewhere must complete at least two
upper-level biology courses at NIU with a minimum GPA of 3.00.
405. AMERICAN ECOSYSTEMS (1-8). Laboratory and eld analysis
of environments. Lectures and laboratories on campus plus extensive
eld experience. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours.
PRQ: BIOS 316 and consent of department.
406. CONSERVATION BIOLOGY (4). Ecological bases for
conservation of biological diversity, resource management,
ecosystem restoration, and relationship of conservation practices
to human welfare. Laboratory includes computer simulations and
applied conservation eld work in local nature preserves. Field trips
required. PRQ: BIOS 316 or BIOS 317 or ENVS 302.
409X. WATER QUALITY (4). Crosslisted as ENVS 409, GEOL 409X,
and PHHE 409X. Survey of microbiological and chemical parameters
affecting water quality and their associated public health aspects.
Topics include microbial detection methods, waterborne disease,
organic and inorganic parameters, drinking water, wastewater
treatment plants, source water, and risk assessment. Lectures,
laboratories, and a eld trip. PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM 111; or
consent of the department.
410. FOOD AND INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (3). Fundamental
aspects of microorganisms (including viruses and prions) associated
with foods and the food industry. Topics will include isolation and
enumeration of microorganisms in food, microbial species that
are important to the food industry, techniques for preventing and
controlling microbial contamination of foods, and procedures for
reducing health hazards associated with food contamination. PRQ:
BIOS 313.
411. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (4). Physical and chemical aspects of the
functions of higher plants. Two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM
211, and CHEM 213.
412. MYCOLOGY (4). Culture, morphology, and economic
signicance of the fungi. Two hours of lecture and four hours of
laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM
211, and CHEM 213.
413. MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY (4). Physical and chemical aspects
of the functions of bacteria and other microorganisms. Three hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 313.
415. WATER MICROBIOLOGY (3). Designed to acquaint the student
with normal and pollutional microorganisms found in water, their
sources and control. Standard methods of detection and enumeration
as well as new experimental approaches will be stressed in the
laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 313.
417. PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY (4). Consideration of human
viruses, bacteria, and fungi and their host-parasite relations. Two
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 313.
418. HUMAN HEREDITY (3). Inheritance in humans. Not open for
credit toward the major in biological sciences. PRQ: BIOS 103 or
BIOS 109.
419. MICROBIAL SYSTEMATICS AND DIVERSITY (3).
Understanding the metabolic diversity of bacteria and archaea
through selective culturing, isolation, and determinative testing.
Cultivate and characterize microbial species of importance to the
environment, human health, and the food and biofuel/bioenergy
industries. One weekly lecture and two three-hour laboratory
sessions. PRQ: BIOS 313.
420. PLANT PATHOLOGY (3). Specic causal agents of plant
diseases, their identication and control measures. Parasitism and
the economy of crop disease. Two hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM
211, and CHEM 213.
422X. PLANT-SOIL INTERACTIONS (4). Crosslisted as GEOG
422. Chemical and physical properties of soils affecting vegetation,
segregation of natural plant communities, and managed systems.
Lecture, laboratory, and eld experience. PRQ: BIOS 103 and GEOG
302, or consent of department.
423. PRINCIPLES OF VIROLOGY (3). Essential principles of viral
biology including the foundations of virology, elements of virus life
cycle, viral pathogenesis, and means of virus control and evolution,
with the emphasis on molecular structures and processes. PRQ:
BIOS 302, BIOS 303, BIOS 313, and CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
430. PLANT SYSTEMATICS (4). Systematics and evolution of higher
plants including contemporary phylogeny. Six hours of lecture with
scheduled laboratory periods. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209,
and BIOS 211.
431X. NEUROPSYCHOLOGY (4). Crosslisted as PSYC 431.
Understanding the physiological functioning of the body as it affects
normal and dysfunctional behavior with an emphasis on examining
clinical cases and neural pathologies. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ:
At least junior standing, PSYC 305, and PSYC 300; or consent of
department.
432. RADIATION BIOLOGY (3). The effects of radiation upon cells
and organisms. PRQ: BIOS 302 and BIOS 303.
433. BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY (3). Examples and theories of
how behavior inuences survival and reproduction in different
environments. PRQ: : BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211.
435X. PRIMATE EVOLUTION (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 445. A
survey of the primate fossil record, with an emphasis on adaptation
and phylogeny. PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of department.
437X. PRIMATE ANATOMY (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 447. The
skeletal anatomy of living primates including primate dental and
skeletal adaptations, phylogeny, speciation, and biogeography. PRQ:
ANTH 240 or consent of department.
1
Collectively, a maximum of 6 hours of credit (9 in the case of students admitted to the department honors program) in BIOS 370, BIOS 490, BIOS 495, and
BIOS 499 may be applied to the major.
222 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
438. MOLECULAR GENETICS OF PROKARYOTES (3).
Mechanisms of molecular, bacterial, and viral genetics including
genetic recombination, mutagenesis, gene regulation and expression,
transposons, genetic engineering, and genomics. Emphasis on
recent literature. PRQ: BIOS 302, BIOS 308, and BIOS 313.
439. MOLECULAR EVOLUTION (3). Evolution of nucleic acids and
proteins and the modifying actions of mutational events. Survey of
different types of molecular data and methods of determination and
analysis. Consideration of the broader implications of molecular
changes for our improved understanding of macroevolution and
phylogeny retrieval. Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
per week. PRQ: BIOS 308 or BIOS 317.
440. IMMUNOBIOLOGY (3). Biochemistry and interactions of antigens,
antibodies, and lymphocytes; development of the immune system;
and medical applications and current immunological techniques.
PRQ: BIOS 302 and BIOS 303, or BIOS 313 and CHEM 330 or
CHEM 336.
441. PRACTICAL BIOINFORMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS (3). Hands-
on experience using bioinformatics software for applications that
include database searches, sequence alignment, phylogeny building,
protein structure analysis, protein function annotation, regulatory
motif prediction, and next generation sequence analysis. PRQ: BIOS
302 or BIOS 308
442. EVOLUTION AND THE CREATIONIST CHALLENGE (3).
Evolutionary theory and tenets of present-day anti-evolutionists with
emphasis on providing students with the skills to articulate the theory
of evolution as it applies to the biological sciences. Not a substitute for
a formal course in evolutionary theory. Recommended for students
pursuing careers in secondary science education.
443. BIOINFORMATICS (3). Introduction to theory, strategies, and
practice of data management and analysis in molecular biology.
Topics include DNA and protein sequence analysis, biological
databases, genomic mapping, and analysis of gene expression data.
PRQ: BIOS 302 or BIOS 308.
444. CELL AND TISSUE CULTURE (3). Basic laboratory techniques
in plant and animal tissue culture. Topics include growth analysis,
mutation induction, hybridoma production, cell cycle analysis, and
cell fusion. Topics and experiments from recent literature will be
emphasized. One hour of lecture and two 3-hour laboratories per
week. PRQ: BIOS 302 and BIOS 303, and CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
445. HUMAN HISTOLOGY (4). Microscopic anatomy of human cells
and tissues. Emphasis on correlating cell structure at the light and
ultramicroscopic level with physiology in individual tissue and organs
of the human body. Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory.
PRQ: BIOS 303 and BIOS 355.
446. ADVANCED HUMAN ANATOMY (4). Gross anatomy of the
human body, including the examination of prosected cadavers, with
functional, evolutionary, histological, developmental, and clinical
correlates. Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.
PRQ: BIOS 355.
447. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY (4). Relationships of
vertebrate classes as demonstrated by embryological, morphological,
and paleontological evidence. Three hours of lecture and four hours
of laboratory. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211..
448. AQUATIC ECOLOGY (4). Structure and function of freshwater
communities as inuenced by biotic and abiotic interactions. Two
hours of lecture and ve hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS
208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211, or ENVS 301 and ENVS
302.
450. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF CANCER (3). Topics include
carcinogenesis, metastasis, angiogenesis, cancer genetics (DNA
damage/repair, genetic instability, oncogenes, tumor suppressor
genes), regulation of cell proliferation, apoptosis, treatment of
cancer (radiation, chemotherapy, and surgery). PRQ: BIOS 302
and BIOS 303.
453. ENTOMOLOGY (3). Insects and other terrestrial arthropods:
anatomy, behavior, classication, ecology, economic importance,
and physiology. Two hours of lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per
week. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211.
454. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY (4). Mechanisms of eukaryotic
development. Emphasis on model animal systems. Two hours of
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 302 and
BIOS 303, and CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
455. COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY (3). General physiological
principles and functions in vertebrates and invertebrates. Three
hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS
208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM 211, and CHEM 213.
456. BIOLOGY OF FISHES, AMPHIBIANS, AND REPTILES (4).
Evolution, taxonomy, physiology, behavior, ecology, and distribution
of shes, amphibians, and reptiles. Laboratory work and eld trips
emphasize identication of Illinois forms. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210,
BIOS 209, and BIOS 211.
457. BIOLOGY OF BIRDS AND MAMMALS (4). Evolution, taxonomy,
physiology, behavior, ecology, and distribution of birds and mammals.
Laboratory work and eld trips emphasize identication of Illinois
forms. PRQ: BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211.
458. VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL
458X. Survey of the history of vertebrates, focusing on key
evolutionary innovations such as the evolution of bone, the invasion
of land, and the origin of endothermy. Examination of fossils and the
interpretation of them in the context of their geological settings. PRQ:
BIOS 208, BIOS 210, BIOS 209, and BIOS 211; or GEOL 320.
461. ENDOCRINOLOGY (3). Classic mammalian endocrine systems
examined with emphasis on cellular and molecular mechanisms of
action. Topics include endocrine cell signaling, molecular mechanisms
of hormone action, and some discussion of endocrine pathology.
Lecture material and readings from the current professional literature.
PRQ: BIOS 355.
462. BIOGEOGRAPHY (3). Crosslisted as GEOG 462X. Role of
ecological, evolutionary, and historical factors in explaining the past
and current distributions of plants and animals. Current theory and
applications to species preservation and nature reserve design. Three
hours of lecture. PRQ: BIOS 316.
463. PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY (3). Topics include
principles of drug distribution, drug metabolism, drug-receptor
binding, mechanisms of drug action and toxicity, and strategies for
therapeutic drug design. Several specic examples of therapeutic
drugs and environmental toxins will be discussed in detail to illustrate
basic principles. PRQ: BIOS 303 and BIOS 355.
464. CELL SIGNALLING (3). Principles of chemical communication
between cells. Detailed examination of chemical messengers,
receptors, and intracellular signal transduction mechanisms involved
in regulation of cell function, growth and development. PRQ: BIOS
302 and BIOS 303, and CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
465. CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY (3). Principles underlying cellular
activity. Topics include the biochemistry of cells, cell organelles, cell
environment, membranes, and energy conversions. PRQ: BIOS 302
and BIOS 303.
466X. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted
as GEOL 471. Morphology, classication, paleogeography,
stratigraphic application, and geochemistry of calcareous, siliceous, and
phosphatic microfossils. PRQ: GEOL 322 or consent of department.
467. ADVANCED MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3). Mechanisms of
gene expression, and regulation of gene activity in eukaryotic and
prokaryotic systems. PRQ: BIOS 302, BIOS 303, BIOS 313, and
either CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
468X. GEOMICROBIOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL 468. Role of
microorganisms in diverse environments at and below the surface of
the earth. Topics include life in extreme environments, biodegradation
and remediation, biogeochemical cycling, and astrobiology examined
from the perspectives of geochemistry, microbial ecology, molecular
biology, and ecosystem studies. PRQ: GEOL 120 or BIOS 313, or
consent of department.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 223
469X. INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL
470. Principal invertebrate fossil forms of the geologic record, treated
from the standpoint of their evolution, and the identication of fossil
specimens. Several eld trips required. Two hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory. PRQ: Major in biological sciences or geology.
470X. GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Crosslisted as
CHEM 470. Overall view of biochemistry including structure,
properties, function, and metabolism of biologically important
compounds. PRQ: CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
471X. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (3). Crosslisted
as CHEM 471. Experiments in the isolation, purication, and
characterization of biomolecules by chromatographic, electrophoretic,
and centrifugation techniques; enzyme kinetics; electron transport in
mitochondria and microsomes. One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory
periods per week. PRQ: CHEM 325. CRQ: BIOS 470X, BIOS 472X,
CHEM 470, or CHEM 472.
472X. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Crosslisted as CHEM
472. Detailed study of the structure and properties of proteins,
carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids. Properties of enzymes.
Bioenergetics, including oxidative phosphorylation and
photosynthesis. PRQ: CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
473X. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY II (3). Crosslisted as CHEM
473. Detailed study of the metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids,
and nitrogenous compounds, including proteins and nucleic acids.
Metabolic regulation. Genetic information. PRQ: CHEM 472 or BIOS
472X or consent of department.
475. NEURAL DEVELOPMENT (3). Examination of the principles
that govern the development of the nervous system from a single
fertilized cell in various organisms. PRQ: BIOS 355 and PHYS 211
or PHYS 273.
476. PLANT GENETICS (3). Topics in modern plant genetics,
including genome organization and function, mechanisms of
reproduction, barriers to inbreeding, transgenic plant methodology,
genetically-modied crops, traditional and molecular methodologies
in plant breeding, future of plant biotechnology. PRQ: BIOS 302 or
BIOS 308.
477. HUMAN GENETICS (3). Study of human genes, genome
organization, and genetic diseases, with emphasis on DNA-based
techniques. PRQ: BIOS 308.
479. BIOTECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS AND TECHNIQUES (3).
Detailed study of the methodology, techniques, and applications of
biotechnology in both plant and animal systems with emphasis on the
use of genomics and genetic engineering approaches in agricultural
and medical biotechnology. PRQ: BIOS 302 or BIOS 308.
481. VISION AND THE VISUAL SYSTEM (3). Anatomy and physiology
of the human and animal visual system, including descriptions of
phototransduction, retinal representation in the cortex, perception of
motion and depth, motion blindness, color vision, face recognition,
and interpretation and processing of information in the brain. PRQ:
BIOS 208, BIOS 209, BIOS 210, BIOS 211, CHEM 211, and CHEM
213.
482. BIOLOGY OF FORENSIC ANALYSIS (4). Topics include
DNA analysis, forensic pathology, forensic dentistry, ngerprints,
craniofacial reconstruction, and blood spatter analysis. Three hours
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. PRQ: BIOS 302.
483. ANIMAL RESEARCH AND COMPARATIVE MEDICINE (3).
Fundamental concepts in animal research and comparative medicine,
including genetically modied animals, infectious disease monitoring,
ethics, biocontainment, and regulatory oversight of common
laboratory animals. PRQ: BIOS 313 or BIOS 355 or PSYC 300.
484X. SCIENCE ACROSS TIME AND CULTURE (2). Crosslisted as
CHEM 490X, ENVS 475X, GEOL 475, and PHYS 490X. Examination
of major concepts of science and how they evolved. Comparison
and contrast of the role and practice of science in various cultures
and examination of the interaction between science, technology, and
culture. PRQ: GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, or consent of department.
485. STUDENT TEACHING IN BIOLOGY (10). Student teaching in
the discipline for a full semester. Assignments to be arranged by the
department. Not available for credit in the major. PRQ: BIOS 400 with
a grade of C or better and consent of department.
486. TRANSITION TO THE PROFESSIONAL BIOLOGY TEACHER
(2). Transitioning experience in which the licensure candidate
achieves closure on the initial phase of professional preparation and,
upon that foundation, charts a path for continuing professional growth
as a practicing teacher. Candidate will reect on the preparatory
experience and complete documentation demonstrating ability to
perform as a qualied biology teacher. Such documentation will
include, but not be limited to, the teacher performance assessment,
a professional development plan, and a resume. PRQ: Consent of
department. CRQ: BIOS 485.
487. CONSERVATION GENETICS (3). Examination of the genetic
characteristics of organisms and their environments. Application of
genetic principles to conservation biology. Topics include genetics of
small populations, genetic monitoring, and genetic restoration. PRQ:
BIOS 308.
488. APPLIED MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY (3). Topics include
applications of microorganisms for industrial processes related to the
production of energy, food, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, as well as
bioremediation. Two hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
per week. PRQ: BIOS 313.
490
1
. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION/INTERNSHIP (3). Biological
experience gained in a formal internship or associated with
biologically relevant employment. A minimum of 150 hours of contact
time is required and students must gain prior approval from the
departmental Director of Undergraduate Studies. Students will be
required to submit a formal written report along with an assessment
from the internship supervisor. S/U grading.
491. RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNIQUES LABORATORY (4).
Advanced experiments using recombinant DNA technology. Two
three-hour laboratories per week plus required, unsupervised
research TBA outside normal class times. PRQ: BIOS 302 and BIOS
308.
493. TOPICS IN BIOLOGY (1-3).
A. Physiology
B. Development and Morphogenesis
C. Genetics
D. Microbiology
E. Ecology/Environmental Biology
G. Evolution Systematics
K. Molecular Biology
M. Research Methods
Lectures, discussions, and reports on topics of special interest in
a particular eld of biology. Topics may be selected in one or more
elds of biology to a total of 6 semester hours toward any one degree.
494. BIOLOGY SENIOR ASSESSMENT (1). Assessment of the
scientic competence of graduating seniors. Includes development of
career planning and placement skills. Required for graduation. PRQ:
Senior status and biological sciences major.
495.
1
DIRECTED RESEARCH BIOLOGY HONORS (1-3).
Experimental laboratory or eld research under the guidance of
a faculty member. Eligible students must be admitted into the
Department of Biological Sciences Honors Program. May be repeated
to maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Permission of department.
499.
1
DIRECTED RESEARCH UNIVERSITY HONORS (1-3).
Experimental laboratory or eld research under the guidance of a
faculty member. Eligible students must be admitted into the Honors
Program. May be repeated to maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
Permission of department.
1
Collectively, a maximum of 6 semester hours of credit (9 in the case of students admitted to the department honors program) in BIOS 370, BIOS 399H, BIOS
490, BIOS 495H, and BIOS 499H may be applied to the major.
224 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Biological Sciences Faculty
Barrie P. Bode, Ph.D., University of Florida, professor, chair
Nicholas A. Barber, Ph.D., University of Missouri, St. Louis,
assistant professor
Richard J. Becker, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
chair for business and operations
C. Jackson Bennett, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, adjunct
professor
Neil W. Blackstone, Ph.D., Yale University, professor
W. Elwood Briles, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, adjunct
professor
Jozef J. Bujarski, Ph.D., Adam Mickiewicz University (Poznan,
Poland), Distinguished Research Professor
Ana Calvo, Ph.D., University of Alcala (Madrid), Presidential
Teaching Professor
Melvin Duvall, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, St. Paul, professor
Sherine Elsawa, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, assistant
professor
Kenneth W. Gasser, Ph.D., Washington State University,
associate professor
Richard Hahin, Ph.D., University of Maryland, adjunct professor
Stuart Hill, Ph.D., University of Montana, associate professor
Gabriel P. Holbrook, Ph.D., University of York (U.K.), associate
professor
Christopher J. Hubbard, Ph.D., Wake Forest University, adjunct
professor
Mitrick A. Johns, Ph.D., University of Oregon, associate professor
Holly Jones, Ph.D., Yale University, assistant professor
Bethia H. King, Ph.D., Purdue University, professor
Richard B. King, Ph.D., Purdue University, Presidential Research
Professor
Rangaswamy Meganathan, Ph.D., Oklahoma State University,
Distinguished Research Professor
Peter L. Meserve, Ph.D., University of California, Distinguished
Research Professor, emeritus
Jon Miller, Ph.D., University of Nebraska at Lincoln, Presidential
Engagement Professor
Virginia L. Naples, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, professor
Karen Samonds, Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony
Brook, assistant professor
Thomas L. Sims, Ph.D., University of Oregon, associate professor
Paul D. Sorensen, Ph.D., University of Iowa, adjunct professor
Joel P. Stafstrom, Ph.D., University of Colorado, associate
professor
Wes Swingley, Ph.D., Arizona State University, assistant professor
Ronald Toth, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, professor,
adjunct
Patricia S. Vary, Ph.D., Stanford University, Distinguished
Research Professor, adjunct
Carl N. von Ende, Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, adjunct
professor
Linda Yasui, Ph.D., Florida State University, associate professor
Yanbin Yin, Ph.D., Peking University (Beijing, China), assistant
professor
Jerrold H. Zar, Ph.D., University of Illinois, adjunct professor
Shengde Zhou, Ph.D., Auburn University, associate professor
1
Collectively, a maximum of 6 semester hours of credit (9 in the case of students admitted to the department honors program) in BIOS 370, BIOS 399H, BIOS
490, BIOS 495H, and BIOS 499H may be applied to the major.
225
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
(CHEM)
The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry offers a major
leading to the B.S. degree with a choice of ve different emphases,
each of which requires courses in calculus, physics, and certain
core courses in chemistry. Students who intend to pursue
advanced degrees in chemistry or biochemistry, or who are
planning careers as professional chemists or biochemists, should
select emphasis 1 or emphasis 2, respectively. With appropriate
electives, either emphasis 1 or emphasis 2 will be appropriate for
students interested in forensic science. Emphasis 3 is designed
to prepare students for a career in teaching at the senior high
school levels. Emphasis 4 is designed for students intending to
use training in chemistry as a preparation for professional school.
An honors program is available for outstanding students.
The department also offers a minor in chemistry as well as several
courses which can be used by non-majors toward fullling the
science area requirement in the university’s general education
program. A number of its courses are required for majors in other
departments.
Chemistry Placement Examination Policy
Students planning to take CHEM 210 must take the Chemistry
Placement Examination, so they may begin their study of
chemistry at the appropriate level.
Major in Chemistry (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are locaed at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Chemistry
Certied by the Committee on Professional Training of the
American Chemical Society.
Requirements in Department (43-44)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 325 - Analytical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 336 - Organic Chemistry I (3), and CHEM 338 - Organic
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 337 - Organic Chemistry II (3), and CHEM 339 - Organic
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 425 - Analytical Chemistry II (4)
CHEM 440 and CHEM 441 - Physical Chemistry I and II (6)
CHEM 442 and CHEM 443 - Physical Chemistry Laboratory I and
II (2)
CHEM 460 - Inorganic Chemistry of the Transition Metals (3)
CHEM 461 - Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
CHEM 470 - General Biological Chemistry (3)
CHEM 498 - Research (2),
OR CHEM 499 - Honors Research (2)
Electives chosen with the advice of the chemistry faculty from
400-level classes excluding classes numbered 490 to 497 or an
appropriate advanced course in mathematics or physics (3-4)
Requirements outside Department (22-26)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4),
OR MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4), and *PHYS
273 Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4),
OR, *PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8),
and PHYS 252 - Intermediate General Physics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Chemistry: 65-70
Recommendations
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
FLGE 101 and FLGE 102 - Beginning German 1 and II (6),
OR FLRU 101 and FLRU 102 - Beginning Russian I and II (6)
MATH 334 - Foundations of Applied Mathematics (4)
Students interested in forensic science are encouraged to take at
least one of the following.
BIOS 355 - Human Physiology (4)
BIOS 440 - Immunobiology (3)
BIOS 477 - Human Genetics (3)
CHEM 471 - Biological Chemistry Laboratory (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Students should meet with a departmental adviser to determine the
appropriate electives for their program of study.
Emphasis 2. Biochemistry
Certied by the Committee on Professional Training of the
American Chemical Society.
Requirements in Department (42)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 325 - Analytical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 336 - Organic Chemistry I (6), and CHEM 338 Organic
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 337 - Organic Chemistry II (3), and CHEM 339 - Organic
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 425 - Analytical Chemistry II (4)
CHEM 440 - Physical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 442 - Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 460 - Inorganic Chemistry of the Transition Metals (3)
CHEM 461 - Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
CHEM 471 - Biological Chemistry Laboratory (3)
CHEM 472 - Biological Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 473 - Biological Chemistry II (3)
CHEM 498 - Research (2),
OR CHEM 499 - Honors Research (2)
Requirements outside Department (30-33)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3), and BIOS 210 -
Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology II (3), and BIOS 211 -
Fundamentals of Biology II Laboratory (1)
BIOS 302 - Molecular Biology
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4), and PHYS
273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4),
OR *PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8),
and PHYS 252 - Intermediate General Physics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Biochemistry: 72-75
* Available for general education credit.
226 CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
Recommendations
Students are encouraged to take at least one of the following:
CHEM 462 - Inorganic Chemistry of the Main Group Elements (3),
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4)
Students planning on pursuing graduate degrees in chemistry or
biochemistry are strongly encouraged to take the following.
CHEM 441 - Physical Chemistry II (3)
CHEM 443 - Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
Students interested in forensic science are encouraged to take at
least one of the following.
BIOS 355 - Human Physiology (4)
BIOS 440 - Immunobiology (3)
BIOS 477 - Human Genetics (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Students should meet with a departmental adviser to determine the
appropriate electives for their program of study.
Emphasis 3. Secondary Teaching
Students seeking certication should consult with the discipline
coordinator as early as possible to make certain they meet
certication requirements as well as those set by the university
for graduation.
Requirements in Department (52-58)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 325 - Analytical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 336 Organic Chemistry I (3), and CHEM 332 - General
Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 337 - Organic Chemistry II (3), and CHEM 333 - General
Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 401X - Third Clinical High School/Middle School Experience
in Chemistry (2) (must be taken concurrently with CHEM 495X)
CHEM 425 - Analytical Chemistry II (4),
OR CHEM 460 - Inorganic Chemistry of the Transition Metals (3),
OR CHEM 470 - General Biological Chemistry (3)
CHEM 440 - Physical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 442 - Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 490X - Science Across Time and Culture (2)
CHEM 493X - Interdisciplinary Teaching of Science in Secondary
Education (3)
CHEM 495X (PHYS 495) - Teaching of Physical Sciences (3)
CHEM 496 - Transition to the Professional Chemistry Teacher (1)
CHEM 497 - Student Teaching (Secondary) in Chemistry/Physical
Sciences (7-12)
Electives chosen from 400-level classes (4-9)
Requirements outside Department
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience (1)
ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (1)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
*PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Recommendations
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Biology I (3), and BIOS 210 -
Fundamentals of Biology I Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology II (3)
BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Biology II Lab (1)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
*GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3),
OR GEOL 325 - Solid Earth Composition (4)
Emphasis 4. Chemistry for Pre-Professional Students
1
Requirements in Department (32-33)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
CHEM 325 - Analytical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 336 - Organic Chemistry I (3) and CHEM 337 - Organic
Chemistry II (3),
OR CHEM 330 - General Organic Chemistry I (3) and CHEM
331 - General Organic Chemistry II (3)
CHEM 338 - Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) and CHEM 339 -
Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1),
OR CHEM 332 - General Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
and CHEM 333 - General Organic Chemistry Laboratory
II (1)
CHEM 440 - Physical Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 442 - Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 470 - General Biological Chemistry (3), and two electives
chosen from 400-level classes excluding classes numbered 490
to 497 (6-7),
OR CHEM 472 AND CHEM 473 - Biological Chemistry I
and II (6) and one elective chosen from 400-level classes
excluding classes numbered 490 to 497 (3-4)
No more than 3 semester hours of CHEM 498/CHEM 499 will be
counted toward requirements in department
Requirements outside Department (38)
Students seeking admission to professional schools should consult
their adviser as early as possible to make certain they meet entrance
requirements for their chosen eld.
BIOS 208 and BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Biology I and II (6),
and BIOS 210 and BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Biology I and II
Laboratory (2)
BIOS 355 - Human Physiology (4)
ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
*PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8),
OR *PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4), and
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
Electives in biology at the 300-400 level (7)
Total Hours for Emphasis 4, Chemistry for Pre-Professional
Students: 70-71
Educator Licensure
Students interested in emphasis 3 should consult with the
departmental licensure adviser as soon as possible and also
refer to the “Educator Licensure Requirements” section of this
catalog.
Undergraduate chemistry majors may apply for admission to
educator licensure in emphasis 3 at the end of the sophomore
year.
Please note: Graduate students and students who already
possess the baccalaureate or higher degree and wish to pursue
certication and/or endorsement with or without becoming
a candidate for a degree, should apply for admission to the
coordinator of chemistry education as early as possible.
It is strongly recommended that students completing this
emphasis obtain a secondary endorsement in at least one
subject other than chemistry.
Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the licensure program, students in emphasis 3
must have
established a le with the discipline coordinator in the Department
of Chemistry and Biochemistry and completed satisfactory
reviews of progress each semester after establishment of the le,
attained junior standing,
* Available for general education credit.
1
Successful completion of the course of study for emphasis 4 fullls the requirements for a minor in biological sciences.
CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 227
completed at least 12 semester hours at NIU with a minimum
GPA of 2.50,
completed at least 6 semester hours of chemistry at NIU,
earned a minimum GPA of 2.50 in all chemistry courses taken
at NIU,
completed 6 semester hours of written communication and 3
semester hours of oral communication with grades of C or
better,
completed at least 20 clock hours of approved early clinical
experiences,
submitted an application and obtained approval from the
discipline coordinator in the Department of Chemistry and
Biochemistry, and
passed the ILTS Test of Academic Prociency.
Retention Requirements
Students admitted to the licensure program must
Students pursuing a degree in secondary science educator
licensure must have a grade of C or better in all course work
specically required for licensure. Higher number courses may
be substituted if approved by the department.
maintain a GPA of 2.50 in all course work undertaken at NIU;
maintain a minimum combined GPA of 2.70 in NIU courses
numbered 200 and above in physical and biological sciences
and mathematics;
complete a satisfactory review of progress each semester with
the discipline coordinator in the Department of Chemistry and
Biochemistry;
prior to student teaching complete 8 semester hours of
biological sciences, including at least 3 semester hours in
courses numbered 200 and above;
take and pass the ILTS Chemistry Content Test prior to
applying to student teaching; and,
take and pass the ILTS Assessment of Professional Teaching
test before completion of the program.
General Requirements and Information
The program of courses for meeting licensure requirements must
be approved by the discipline coordinator in the Department of
Chemistry and Biochemistry each semester prior to registration.
Students are responsible for timely submission of all applications
and permits required during the licensure program.
The State of Illinois has established course and standards-based
requirements for licensure. Approved licensure programs must
have requirements that meet or exceed the state requirements.
A list of the current state minimum requirements is available
from the Illinois State Board of Education’s web page. The
department’s licensure program requirements are designed to
prepare candidates both to meet state course requirements and
to demonstrate that they meet state teaching standards.
At this time, state requirements include the possession of an
appropriate baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution,
a minimum of 32 semester hours in the eld, pre-student
teaching, clinical experiences at the 6-12 level or proof of teaching
experience at the 6-12 level, student teaching or an approved
teaching experience, passage of the Test of Academic Prociency
and secondary licensure subject matter examinations of the
Illinois Licensure Testing System, passage of the Assessment of
Professional teaching test, and demonstration that the candidate
has met teaching standards for the chemistry or environmental
science teacher.
Contact the discipline coordinator for information on the
necessary criteria that experiences must meet to demonstrate
fulllment of licensure requirements.
Degree with Honors
The B.S. degree with honors in chemistry will be awarded to
students who have a minimum 3.20 overall GPA and a 3.20
GPA in all requirements, both in and outside the department; and
who complete 13 semester hours of honors chemistry courses
numbered CHEM 325 and above (not including CHEM 370).
The honors chemistry course work must include CHEM 499 (2-4
credits) and the presentation of a capstone thesis
Minor in Chemistry (19)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
Electives from chemistry courses numbered CHEM 325 and above,
excluding CHEM 370 (11)
No more than 3 credits of CHEM 498/499 may be applied toward
the Minor in Chemistry.
A minimum of 9 hours of the electives must be completed at NIU.
Course List
100. CHEMISTRY IN EVERYDAY LIFE (3). The principles of
chemistry, with emphasis on the role of chemistry in the modern
world. Includes topics such as energy resources, environmental
issues, health and nutrition, and modern materials. Three hours of
lecture/week.
110. CHEMISTRY (3). Development of the fundamental principles
and concepts of chemistry by lecture-demonstration, as well as
the development of an appreciation of the nature of chemistry as a
science. An historical development of the most important concepts
and ideas. Methods and limitations of chemistry, its evolution and
discussions of the problems currently being solved and created.
Three hours of lecture per week. Not available for credit for students
with previous credit in CHEM 210.
111. CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1). Designed to accompany CHEM
110. One 3-hour period a week. CRQ: CHEM 110.
201X. THE PROFESSIONAL SECONDARY SCIENCE TEACHER
(1). Crosslisted as GEOL 201 and PHYS 201X. Introduction to the
role of the professional science teacher. Includes philosophical
trends in teaching (and how they affect the science teacher), major
factors affecting how science is taught, and an introduction to science
content/ teaching standards. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ:
ILAS 201.
210. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Fundamental laws and principles
of chemistry; atomic structure and chemical bonding; stoichiometry;
kinetic theory; gases; liquids; solids; solutions. Three hours of
lectures and one recitation per week. PRQ: MATH 110, or MATH 155,
or MATH 229, or satisfactory performance on the Math Placement
Examination; and CHEM 110, or satisfactory performance on the
Chemistry Placement Examination, or consent of department. CRQ:
CHEM 212.
211. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (3). Continuation of CHEM 210.
Kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics, electrochemistry; descriptive
chemistry of the elements. Three hours of lectures and one recitation
per week. PRQ: CHEM 210 and CHEM 212. CRQ: CHEM 213.
212. GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1). Designed to
accompany CHEM 210. One 3-hour period per week. CRQ:
CHEM 210.
213. GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (1). Designed to
accompany CHEM 211. One 3-hour period per week. CRQ: CHEM 211.
230. INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). Beginning
organic chemistry for non-chemistry majors designed to follow
CHEM 110 to provide a one-year sequence in general and organic
chemistry. PRQ: CHEM 110.
* Available for general education credit.
228 CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
231. INTRODUCTORY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1).
Designed to accompany CHEM 230. One 3-hour period a week.
PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM 111. CRQ: CHEM 230.
301X. THE INTERDISCIPLINARY SECONDARY SCIENCE
TEACHER (1). Crosslisted as BIOS 301X, GEOL 301, and PHYS 301X.
Seminar on the role of a science teacher in an interdisciplinary and/
or integrated science class and how a science curriculum is designed
based on state and national standards. Focus on skills all science
teachers must possess regardless of specic discipline including
knowing how to apply the following topics in ways appropriate to the age
and development of the students in a classroom: safety procedures,
classroom management, designing and conducting demonstrations,
experiments, performance assessments, differentiated curriculum,
and uses of technology. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: CHEM
494 and ILAS 301.
325. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Fundamentals of measurement,
treatment of data and analysis of error. Emphasis on classical
quantitative analysis and instrumental separation methods. Two hours
of lecture and one 4-hour laboratory period a week. PRQ: CHEM 211
and CHEM 213, and MATH 229 or equivalent.
330. GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (3). First semester of a
two-semester course in general organic chemistry for minors and
preprofessional students. Not available for credit for chemistry majors
except in emphasis 4. Three hours of lectures a week. PRQ: CHEM
211 and CHEM 213.
331. GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3). Second semester of
a two-semester course in general organic chemistry for minors and
preprofessional students. Not available for credit for chemistry majors
except in emphasis 4. Three hours of lectures a week. PRQ: CHEM
330.
332. GENERAL ORGANIC LABORATORY I (1). Basic organic
laboratory techniques, including compound synthesis and analysis
of products. Not available for credit for emphasis 1 or emphasis 2
majors. One 3-hour period a week. CRQ: CHEM 330 or CHEM 336.
333. GENERAL ORGANIC LABORATORY II (1). Continuation
of CHEM 332. Laboratory techniques. Not available for credit for
emphasis 1 or emphasis 2 majors. One 3-hour period a week. CRQ:
CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
336. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (3). Modern structural organic
chemistry with emphasis on a mechanistic approach to both classical
and modern synthetic methods. Chemistry majors only or consent of
department. Three hours of lectures a week. PRQ: CHEM 211 and
CHEM 213.
337. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3). Continuation of CHEM 336.
Chemistry majors only or consent of department. Three hours of
lectures a week. PRQ: CHEM 336.
338. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1). Introduction
to modern laboratory techniques in organic chemistry, including
compound synthesis and analysis of products, for students interested
in careers in professional chemistry and biochemistry. One 3-hour
period a week. Not available for credit for those having credit for
CHEM 332. CRQ: CHEM 336 or consent of department.
339. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (2). Continuation of
CHEM 338. Two 3-hour periods a week. PRQ: CHEM 338 or consent
of department.
370. INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY (3). Terminal course in
beginning biochemistry for non-chemistry majors. Three lectures a
week. PRQ: CHEM 230.
400. SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (3)
A. Inorganic
B. Analytical
C. Organic
D. Physical
E. Biological
G. Nanochemistry
Lecture and discussions of special topics. Three semester hours as
scheduled; course may be repeated up to a maximum of 6 semester
hours when topic varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
401. THIRD CLINICAL HIGH SCHOOL/MIDDLE SCHOOL
EXPERIENCE IN CHEMISTRY (2). Discipline-based early clinical
experience for students seeking educator licensure in chemistry and
general science. Observations, evaluation, methods, and problems
practicum in subject discipline teaching. Includes a minimum of 40
clock hours of supervised and formally evaluated experiences. PRQ:
Consent of department. CRQ: CHEM 495X.
422. ANALYTICAL SEPARATIONS (3). Fundamental principles
of chemical separations and measurements with emphasis on
instrumental methods. Survey of both traditional and emerging
techniques. PRQ: Consent of department.
423. MASS SPECTROMETRY (3). Fundamentals of mass
spectrometry, including modern ionization techniques, major types
of mass analyzers, and interface to separation techniques. Survey of
biochemical, pharmaceutical, and environmental applications. PRQ:
CHEM 441 and CHEM 425, or consent of department.
424. OPTICAL METHODS IN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (3).
Theoretical and practical applications of spectral measurements
to research and chemical analysis, with emphasis on absorption,
emission, and luminescence techniques in the principal regions
of the electromagnetic spectrum. PRQ: CHEM 425 or consent of
department.
425. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II (4). Fundamentals of physico-
chemical techniques of chemical analysis focusing on spectrometric
and electrochemical techniques. Fundamentals, instrumentation,
and applications of optical and mass molecular and atomic
spectrometries, and electrochemical methods. Three hours of lecture
and one 4-hour laboratory period a week. PRQ: CHEM 325 and
CHEM 440, or consent of department.
426. ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Theory, practice,
and applicability of electroanalytical measurements in analysis and
research. Traditional and emerging techniques of electroanalytical
chemistry and electrochemical kinetics are emphasized. PRQ: CHEM
425 and either MATH 232 or MATH 336, or consent of department.
427. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (3). Crosslisted as ENVS
427X. Exploration of atmospheric chemistry, air pollution, and
water pollution, with particular emphasis on the impact of organic
compounds in the environment. Three hours of lecture/week. PRQ:
GEOG 101 or GEOL 105 or ENVS 301, and CHEM 211 and 213, or
consent of the department.
431. ORGANIC SYNTHESIS (3). Systematic presentation of methods
of assembling carbon skeletons, functional group interconversions,
and analysis of synthetic pathways. PRQ: CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
432. PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (3). Mechanism
and structure in organic chemistry including structural theory,
stereochemistry, and the study of the reactive intermediates of
organic chemistry. PRQ: CHEM 331 or CHEM 337, and CHEM 441
or consent of department.
435. SPECTROSCOPIC IDENTIFICATION OF ORGANIC
MOLECULES (3) Application of spectroscopic techniques to the
determination of organic structures. PRQ: Senior standing and
CHEM 440.
438. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (2).
Lab activities involving multi-step synthetic reactions, advanced
laboratory techniques, and use of spectroscopic methods to identify
products from organic reactions. Two 3-hour periods a week. PRQ:
CHEM 339 or consent of department.
440. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Study of the gaseous, liquid, and
solid states; thermodynamics; chemical equilibrium; kinetic theory.
Three lectures a week plus a recitation section. PRQ: CHEM 211 and
CHEM 213, MATH 230, and PHYS 211 or PHYS 273. CRQ: CHEM
442.
441. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3). Atomic and molecular structure,
spectroscopy, kinetics, chemical statistics. Three lectures a week
plus a recitation section. PRQ: CHEM 440 and either MATH 232 or
MATH 336. CRQ: CHEM 443.
CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY 229
442. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I (1). Modern
experimental techniques and underlying theoretical principles for
thermodynamics and chemical kinetics. Introduction to computer
methods in physical chemistry. One four-hour laboratory per week.
PRQ or CRQ: CHEM 440.
443. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II (1). Modern
experimental techniques and underlying theoretical principles for
spectroscopy and quantum mechanics. One four-hour laboratory per
week. PRQ or CRQ: CHEM 441.
444. CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS (3). Fundamental laws of
thermodynamics and applications to chemical problems. Calculation
of thermodynamic quantities. PRQ: CHEM 441 or consent of
department.
445. KINETICS (3). Theories and applications of rates of chemical
reactions including reactions in the gas phase and in solution.
Thermodynamic foundations of chemical reaction rates. Applications
of kinetics in the determination of reaction mechanisms. PRQ:
Consent of department.
446. THEORETICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Continuation of CHEM 440
and CHEM 441. Atomic structure, chemical bonding, and introduction
to elementary quantum mechanics. Three lectures a week. PRQ:
CHEM 441.
450. NANOCHEMISTRY (3). Fundamental theory and experimental
techniques underlying the fabrication methods and applications of
nanoscale materials and devices. PRQ: CHEM 441, or consent of
department.
460. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF THE TRANSITION METALS (3).
Introduction to symmetry elements and point group classication.
Structures, bonding, and physical properties of transition metal
complexes, as identied by electronic, vibrational, and diffraction
methods. Kinetics and thermodynamics of transition metal reactions.
Organometallic chemistry and catalysis. Bioinorganic transition metal
chemistry. Three lectures per week. PRQ: CHEM 325, CHEM 337,
and CHEM 440, or consent of department.
461. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (1). Microscale
synthesis and characterization of compounds of both main group
elements and transition elements. Experimental examination of
magnetic and spectroscopic properties of inorganic complexes. Use
of glovebox techniques in the handling of air-sensitive materials.
One 4-hour laboratory per week. PRQ: CHEM 332 or CHEM 338 or
consent of department. CRQ: CHEM 460 or consent of department.
462. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF THE MAIN GROUP ELEMENTS
(3). Atomic structure and periodicity. Theories of ionic and covalent
bonding, including ionic lattices. Acid-base theories and their
application to synthesis. Descriptive chemistry and bioinorganic
chemistry of main group elements. Three lectures per week. PRQ:
CHEM 336, or consent of department.
463. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III (3). Chemical applications of
group theory including vibrational spectra, molecular orbitals and
ligand eld theory. Theoretical basis for physical methods in inorganic
chemistry. Selected topics in modern structural inorganic chemistry:
organometallic compounds, cluster compounds including rings and
polymers, and bioinorganic chemistry. Three lectures a week. PRQ:
CHEM 460.
470. GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
470X. Overall view of biochemistry including structure, properties,
function, and metabolism of biologically important compounds. PRQ:
CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
471. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (3). Crosslisted
as BIOS 471X. Experiments in the isolation, purication, and
characterization of biomolecules by chromatographic, electrophoretic,
and centrifugation techniques; enzyme kinetics; electron transport
in mitochondria and microsomes. One lecture and two 3-hour
laboratory periods per week. PRQ: CHEM 325. CRQ: CHEM 470 or
CHEM 472.
472. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
472X. Detailed study of the structure and properties of proteins,
carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids. Properties of enzymes.
Bioenergetics including oxidative phosphorylation and photosynthesis.
PRQ: CHEM 331 or CHEM 337.
473. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY II (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 473X.
Detailed study of the metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and
nitrogenous compounds, including proteins and nucleic acids.
Metabolic regulation. Genetic information. PRQ: CHEM 472 or BIOS
472X or consent of department.
474. ENZYMES (3). Basic principles of the concepts of enzyme
kinetics, theory and design of experimental methods, and
interpretation of enzyme mechanisms. PRQ: Consent of department.
Recommended: CHEM 445.
475. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF MACROMOLECULES (3).
Comprehensive introduction to the use of physical chemistry in the
study of macromolecules. PRQ: Consent of department.
490X. SCIENCE ACROSS TIME AND CULTURE (2). Crosslisted as
BIOS 484X, ENVS 475X, GEOL 475, and PHYS 490X. Examination
of major concepts of science and how they evolved. Comparison
and contrast of the role and practice of science in various cultures
and examination of the interaction between science, technology, and
culture. PRQ: Junior standing or consent of department.
493X. INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 402X, ENVS
483X, GEOL 483, and PHYS 493X. Methods and theory for the
teaching of interdisciplinary science in grades 6-12. Exploration of the
nature and purpose of science and its underlying assumptions, the
social and cultural challenges in science teaching, and the potential
solutions to these challenges through research, discussion, and
reection. Use of state and national science standards to develop
student learning objectives and to design inquiry-based lesson
plans, micro-teaching, construction and use of assessment rubrics,
and ongoing development of a professional portfolio. PRQ: Consent
of department.
494. USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT
AND CHEMISTRY TEACHING (3). Use of web-based teaming
technology to track, design, and implement new science curricula.
Includes use of SharePoint to collaboratively develop a standards-
aligned instructional module on the web as part of a three-semester
project including ILAS 300 and/or ILAS 401, and CHEM 497. PRQ:
Consent of department. CRQ: CHEM 301X and ILAS 301.
495X. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted
as PHYS 495. Preparation for licensure in grades 6-12 in one or
more of the elds of physical science: physics, chemistry, earth
science, and general science. Examination and analysis of modern
curricula; classroom and laboratory organization; microteaching and
observation of teaching; lesson planning; multicultural education;
teaching science to the exceptional child; reading and the teaching of
science; methods of evaluation. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ:
ILAS 401.
496. TRANSITION TO THE PROFESSIONAL CHEMISTRY
TEACHER (2). A transitioning experience in which the licensure
candidate achieves closure on the initial phase of professional
preparation and, upon that foundation, charts a path for continuing
professional growth as a practicing teacher. The candidate reects on
the preparatory experience and provides complete documentation
demonstrating ability to perform as a qualied chemistry teacher.
Such documentation must include, but not be limited to, the teacher
performance assessment, the electronic portfolio, a professional
development plan, and a resume. CRQ: CHEM 497 or consent of
department.
497. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN CHEMISTRY/
PHYSICAL SCIENCES (10). Student teaching for a minimum of 10
weeks. Assignments to be arranged with the discipline coordinator
of educator licensure after approval by the Department of Chemistry
and Biochemistry. Not available for credit in the major. PRQ: CHEM
495X and consent of the department.
230 CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
498. RESEARCH (1-6). Individual study of problems in experimental
or theoretical chemistry. Includes laboratory safety training,
instruction in the use of electronic library materials, and ethical
conduct of research. Presentation of research results (oral seminar
and/or poster) and written project report in terminal semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
499. HONORS RESEARCH (1-6). Individual study of problems in
experimental or theoretical chemistry. Includes laboratory safety
training, instruction in the use of electronic library materials, and
ethical conduct of research. Presentation of research results (oral
seminar and/or poster) and a written capstone thesis in terminal
semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours
Chemistry and Biochemistry Faculty
Jon W. Carnahan, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati, professor,
chair
Marc J. Adler, Ph.D., Duke University, assistant professor
Gary M. Baker, Ph.D., Purdue University, associate professor
David S. Ballantine, Jr., Ph.D., University of Maryland, associate
professor
Robert F. Cunico, Ph.D. Purdue University, professor emeritus
James E. Erman, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Distinguished Research Professor, professor emeritus
Elizabeth R. Gaillard, Ph.D., University of Texas, Presidential
Research Professor
Thomas M. Gilbert, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
associate professor
Stephen K. Gray, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
adjunct associate professor
Timothy Hagen, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee,
assistant professor
Heike Hofstetter, Ph.D., University of Tübingen, adjunct associate
professor
Oliver Hofstetter, Ph.D., University of Tübingen, associate
professor
James Horn, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Narayan S. Hosmane, Ph.D., Edinburgh University, Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Dennis Kevill, Ph.D., University College, London, Distinguished
Research Professor, professor emeritus
Douglas Klumpp, Ph.D., Iowa State University, professor
Chhiu-Tsu Lin, Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles,
Distinguished Teaching Professor, Distinguished Research
Professor, Board of Trustees Professor, professor emeritus
W. Roy Mason, Ph.D., Emory University, professor emeritus
Victor V. Ryzhov, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University,
associate professor
Lee Sunderlin, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, associate
professor
Petr Vanýsek, Ph.D., Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences,
professor emeritus
Lidia B. Vitello, Ph.D., Clarkson College of Technology, adjunct
associate professor
Tao Xu, Ph.D., University of Alabama, associate professor
Chong Zheng, Ph.D., Cornell University, professor
231
The Department of Communication offers both a B.A. degree
and a B.S. degree for majors in communication studies and in
journalism. Students may pursue a double major in communication
studies and journalism or a major in one area and a minor in
the other. Further, communication studies majors can pursue
emphases 1 and 2 or emphases 2 and 3.
In addition, the department offers courses of study leading
to a minor in communication studies, which can be tailored
to meet a variety of interests including educator licensure; a
minor in journalism; and an interdisciplinary minor in applied
communication which is offered jointly with the Department of
English. Several of the department’s lower-division courses can
be used by non-majors toward fullling area requirements in the
university’s general education program.
Internship opportunities are available for academic credit and/
or transcript recognition for both communication studies and
journalism students in related areas such as advertising, sales,
promotions, human resources, special events, public relations,
writing/editing, creative/technical production, web design, graphic
design, broadcasting, marketing, education, politics, newspaper/
management, photojournalism, lm, consulting, training, and
public speaking. Interested students should consult with the
departmental director/coordinator of internships.
Certain communication studies courses are also offered for the
interdisciplinary minors in applied communication, international
studies, linguistics, public administration, and women’s studies.
In no case does the Department of Communication allow a
course to count twice in any double major, double emphasis, or
major-minor combination.
Major in Communication Studies (B.A. or B.S.)
Three emphases are available to students majoring in
communication studies. The emphasis in rhetoric and public
communication is a broad-based program of study that allows
students to take courses from across the eld of communication.
By becoming more articulate communicators and more alert
critics of information and argument, students gain the leadership
skills and knowledge essential in a variety of business and civic
settings. The emphasis also provides a strong preparation for
students who intend to pursue graduate and/or law school.
The emphasis in media studies combines courses in general
communication with courses in mass communication theory,
history, criticism, and production.
The emphasis in organizational/corporate communication
combines a common core of courses in communication with
courses which examine communication systems, training
and consulting, advertising, as well as corporate advocacy in
business, community, and governmental organizations.
Under no circumstances will the Department of Communication
accept more than 18 semester hours of transfer credit for
application to the major in communication studies at NIU.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Rhetoric and Public Communication
Requirements in Department (36-37)
COMS 200 - Advanced Public Speaking (3),
OR COMS 300 - Speech Writing (3),
OR COMS 309 - Performance in Speech Communication (3),
OR COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 252 - Introduction to Communication Studies (3)
COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3)
COMS 400 - Rhetorical Theory (3)
COMS 401 - Criticism of Public Rhetoric (3),
OR COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3),
OR COMS 496R - Special Topics in Rhetoric (3)
COMS 403 - Freedom of Speech and Communication Ethics (3),
OR COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3),
OR JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3)
One of the Following (3)
COMS 200
1
- Advanced Public Speaking (3)
COMS 201 - Group Discussion Skills (3)
COMS 203 - Interpersonal Communication Skills (3)
COMS 300
1
- Speech Writing (3)
COMS 309
1
- Performance in Speech Communication (3)
COMS 355 - Media Writing (3)
COMS 357 - Introduction to Studio Production (4)
COMS 359 - Interactive Media Production I (4)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Speaking (3)
COMS 497 - Internship (3)
JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B - Basic News Writing (3)
JOUR 312 - Graphics of Communication (3)
Five of the Following (15)
*COMS 220 - Rhetoric and Public Issues (3)
*COMS 230 - Rhetoric and the Media (3)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 303 - Introduction to Interpersonal Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
*COMS 356 - Critical Interpretation of Film/Television (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
COMS 370 - Principles of Advertising (3)
COMS 380 - Corporate Advocacy and Issue Management (3)
COMS 401 - Criticism of Public Rhetoric (3)
COMS 402 - Group Communication (3)
COMS 404 - Communication Theories (3)
COMS 405 - Advanced Interpersonal Communication (3)
*COMS 410 - Communication and Gender (3)
COMS 419
1
- Political Communication in America (3)
COMS 460 - Television Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 462 - Film Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 465 - Computer-Mediated Communication (3)
COMS 470 - Campaign Strategies and Development (3)
COMS 480 - Communication and Conict Management (3)
COMS 481 - Communication Ethics in Organizations (3)
COMS 491 - Methods of Research in Communication (3)
COMS 492 - Special Topics in Media Production (3)
COMS 493 - Special Topics in Media Studies (3)
COMS 496C - Special Topics in Communication Theory (3)
COMS 496R
1
- Special Topics in Rhetoric (3)
COMS 498A
2
- Independent Study (1-3)
COMS 498B - Media Production Independent Study (1-3)
JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
JOUR 435 - Advanced Public Relations (3)
JOUR 483 - Mass Media in Modern Society (3)
Department of Communication (COMS, JOUR)
* Available for general education credit.
1
If not used to fulll requirement above.
2
Course must be taken for 3 semester hours to be counted in choice block.
232 COMMUNICATION
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Mathematics/laboratory science sequence (10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”.)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Rhetoric and Public
Communication: 36-49 (B.A.) OR 46-52 (B.S.)
Emphasis 2. Media Studies
Requirements in Department (35-37)
COMS 251 - Introduction to Media Studies (3)
COMS 252 - Introduction to Communication Studies (3)
COMS 355 - Media Writing (3)
*COMS 356 - Critical Interpretation of Film/Television (3)
COMS 357 - Introduction to Studio Production (4),
OR COMS 358 - Introduction to Field Production (4),
OR COMS 359 - Interactive Media Production I (4)
COMS 407 - Practicum (1)
COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3),
OR COMS 403 - Freedom of Speech and Communication
Ethics (3),
OR JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3)
Five courses from the following (15-17)
Of these 15-17 semester hours, no more than 9 may be at the
300 level. Students should choose additional courses up to the
limit of 50 semester hours in the major which will enhance their
own program. Proles of suggested courses of study are available
for students interested in corporate video production, corporate
interactive video, broadcast production, and cultural studies.
COMS 309 - Performance in Speech Communication (3)
COMS 357
1
- Introduction to Studio Production (4),
COMS 358
1
- Introduction to Field Production (4)
COMS 359
1
- Interactive Media Production I (4)
COMS 364X - Television News Producing and Directing (3)
COMS 370 - Principles of Advertising (3)
COMS 380 - Corporate Advocacy and Issue Management (3)
COMS 390 - Major Directors (3)
COMS 392 - Special Topics in Media Production (3). This course
can only be tanke once.
COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3)
COMS 426 - Advanced Document Field Production (3)
COMS 427 - Advanced Narrative Field Production (3)
COMS 436 - Advanced Post Production (3)
COMS 446 - Designing for the Internet (3)
COMS 449 - Advanced Audio Production (3)
COMS 454 - Transnational Communication and Media (3)
COMS 456C - History of Film (3)
COMS 456D - History of Film (3)
COMS 457 - The Documentary Tradition (3)
COMS 459 - History of Broadcasting (3)
COMS 460 - Television Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 462 - Film Theory and Criticism (3)
COMS 463 - Advanced Studio Production (3)
COMS 465 - Computer-Mediated Communication (3)
COMS 466 - Narrative Scriptwriting (3)
COMS 469 - Interactive Media Production II (3)
COMS 470 - Campaign Strategies and Development (3)
COMS 491 - Methods of Research in Communication (3)
COMS 492 - Special Topics in Media Production (3)
COMS 493 - Special Topics in Media Studies (3).
COMS 497 - Internship (3)
COMS 498A - Independent Study (1-3)
COMS 498B - Media Production Independent Study (1-3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Mathematics/laboratory science sequence (10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Media Studies: 35-49 (B.A.) OR
45-52 (B.S.)
Emphasis 3. Organizational/Corporate
Communication
Requirements in Department (34-36)
COMS 200 - Advanced Public Speaking (3),
OR *COMS 220 - Rhetoric and Public Issues (3),
OR COMS 300 - Speech Writing (3),
OR COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3),
OR COMS 309 - Performance in Speech Communication (3),
OR COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 252 - Introduction to Communication Studies (3)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication Theory (3)
COMS 303 - Introduction to Interpersonal Communication Theory (3)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
COMS 370 - Principles of Advertising (3),
OR COMS 380 - Corporate Advocacy and Issue Management (3),
OR COMS 461B - Organizational Communication: External (3),
OR COMS 496D - Special Topics in Persuasion and Social
Inuence (3),
OR JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
COMS 400 - Rhetorical Theory (3),
OR COMS 401 - Criticism of Public Rhetoric (3),
OR COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3),
OR COMS 496R - Special Topics in Rhetoric (3)
COMS 402 - Group Communication (3),
OR COMS 404 - Communication Theories (3),
OR COMS 405 - Advanced Interpersonal Communication (3),
OR COMS 461A - Organizational Communication: Internal (3),
OR COMS 480 - Communication and Conict Management (3),
OR COMS 496A - Special Topics in Interpersonal
Communication and Personal Relationships (3)
COMS 403 - Freedom of Speech and Communication Ethics (3),
OR COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3),
OR COMS 481 - Communication Ethics in Organizations (3),
OR JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3)
COMS 407 - Practicum (1)
OR COMS 497 - Internship (3)
Electives from COMS courses numbered 300 and above (3)
Electives from COMS courses numbered 400 and above (3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
For the B.S. degree
Mathematics/laboratory science sequence (10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree.”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Organizational/Corporate
Communication: 35-47 (B.A.) OR 45-50 (B.S.)
Recommendations
See departmental adviser for recommended courses in areas such
as economics, English, journalism, political science, psychology, and
sociology.
Degree with Honors
The degree with honors will be awarded to majors who have
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.30 and a 3.50 GPA or above in
communication studies and have, in their senior year, successfully
completed 7 semester hours of communication studies honors
work culminating in an approved senior thesis. The 7 semester
hours of honors work shall consist of a capstone-designated
course and COMS 498H taken over two semesters of the senior
year, and COMS 495AH. Details concerning application for a
degree with honors in communication studies can be obtained
from the department’s undergraduate studies director.
* Available for general education credit.
1
If not used to fulll requirement above.
COMMUNICATION 233
Major in Journalism (B.A. or B.S.)
The non-journalism requirements comply with standards of
the Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass
Communications. To reect the move towards convergence in
the journalism professions, as well as the types of skills news
media professionals value most, the journalism program offers
students the opportunity to gain experience working in specic
media (such as print journalism, broadcast journalism, and digital
photography) and encourages them to develop expertise in more
than one area of the eld. The curriculum also emphasizes
ethics, critical thinking skills, and the important role journalists
play in society.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (36)
Required Courses: (6)
JOUR 200A OR JOUR 200B - Basic News Writing (3)
JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3),
OR COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3)
Constructing Media Narratives: Choose 4 of the following: (12)
JOUR 301 - Article Writing (3)
JOUR 302 - News Reporting (3)
JOUR 315 - Press Photography (3)
JOUR 354 - Fundamentals of Broadcast News (3)
JOUR 355 - Television Newswriting and Reporting (3)
JOUR 357 - Advanced Practices in Television News (3)
JOUR 360 - Public Relations Writing (3)
JOUR 401 - Editorial and Opinion Writing (3)
JOUR 402 - Advanced Reporting (3)
JOUR 415 - Advanced Photojournalism (3)
JOUR 435 - Advanced Public Relations (3)
JOUR 460 - Specialized Press Writing (3)
JOUR 485A - Topics in Journalism Writing (3)
Editing and Management: Choose 2 of the following: (6)
JOUR 210 - Information Gathering in the Digital Age (3)
JOUR 312 - Graphics of Communications (3)
JOUR 356 - Electronic News Gathering and Editing (3)
JOUR 364 - Television News Producing and Directing (3)
JOUR 410 - News Editing (3)
JOUR 461 - Specialized Press Editing (3)
JOUR 492 - Internship in Journalism (3)
News in Society: Choose 4 of the following: (12)
JOUR 201 - Issues in Journalism (3)
JOUR 295 - Reading News Critically (3)
JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
JOUR 350 - Environment, Health, and the Media (3)
JOUR 407 - Media Convergence (3)
JOUR 436 - Public Relations Problems (3)
JOUR 449 - Media Management and Society (3)
JOUR 481 - History of Journalism (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
JOUR 483 - Mass Media in Modern Society (3)
JOUR 485B - Topics in Journalism and Society (3)
JOUR 486 - Journalism Ethics (3)
JOUR 487 - News and Entertainment (3)
JOUR 490 - Ethnic Minorities and the News Media (3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Mathematics/laboratory science sequence (10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Major in Journalism: 30-42 (B.A.)
OR 40-45 (B.S.)
Special Requirements
At least 80 semester hours of the total hours required for the
baccalaureate degree must be taken in subjects other than
journalism, with at least 65 of those hours in the liberal arts. The
department currently considers liberal arts courses to be most of
the courses offered in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
and courses in art history and appreciation, music history and
literature, and theater history and criticism. Students considering
courses in communication studies or computer science should
consult a department adviser to determine whether the courses
can be included in the liberal arts category.
Students must also fulll the requirements of a minor or a second
major, which must be selected in consultation with a department
adviser. Since disciplinary academic standards limit the number
of professional courses that journalism majors may take, students
thinking of including major or minor work in communication studies
(with courses, for example, in media studies or organizational/
corporate communication) are particularly urged to see a
department adviser before proceeding.
Journalism majors must earn a grade of C or S or better in
all required journalism courses. Journalism prerequisites are
deemed to be met only by obtaining a grade of C or S or better.
It is necessary to repeat a journalism course in which a grade
below C or S is earned before taking any course for which it is a
prerequisite.
A student’s program of courses must be designed in consultation
with, and periodically reviewed by, a department adviser.
Recommendations
Students interested in international affairs are advised to develop
a high degree of competence in one or more foreign languages,
to become familiar with political systems other than that found
in the United States, to take JOUR 482, International News
Communications, and to enroll in the interdisciplinary international
studies minor. Students interested in ethnic studies are advised
to take JOUR 490, Ethnic Minorities and the News Media, and
to enroll in a minor such as black studies, Latino/Latin American
studies, or Southeast Asian studies.
The following courses are recommended for all journalism majors
and students are advised to include at least four of them among
their elective courses.
*ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3) ()
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
POLS 303 - Local Government and Politics (3)
POLS 305 - Political Parties and Elections (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
Degree with Honors
The degrees B.A. and B.S. with honors in journalism will be
awarded to students who complete all degree and major
requirements and who also complete JOUR 496H, Journalism
Honors Seminar, with a grade of at least B. Students are eligible
to register for JOUR 496H if they have at least 90 semester hours
of credit, a minimum GPA of 3.25 in all work, a minimum GPA in
journalism courses of 3.25, and the consent of the department.
Minor in Communication Studies
No more than 6 hours of transfer credit will be accepted for credit
toward the minor in communication studies at NIU.
* Available for general education credit.
234 COMMUNICATION
Option 1. Communication Studies (18)
Students may pursue a minor in the eld of communication
studies by successfully completing 18 semester hours from the
department’s communication studies course offerings numbered
200 or above; these hours may include a maximum of 6 hours of
200-level courses.
Because of the wide range of elds that are appropriate as areas
of study, including lm studies, public communication, media
studies, media production, and communication studies, students
are encouraged to secure information about these areas from the
department.
Twelve or more semester hours in this option for the minor in
communication studies must be taken at NIU.
Option 2. Communication Education (24)
Students wishing to teach speech communication at the secondary
level must have a declaration of minor in communication
studies led and approved, earn a grade of C or better in all
communication courses in the minor, and successfully complete
all of the requirements for initial educator licensure in another
eld of study. See list of initial educator licensure programs in
the “Educator Licensure Requirements” section of this catalog. It
is strongly recommended that the initial licensure be in English.
COMS 100 - Fundamentals of Oral Communication (3)
Five of the following (15)
COMS 200 - Advanced Public Speaking (3)
COMS 201 - Group Discussion Skills (3)
COMS 203 - Interpersonal Communication Skills (3)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3)
COMS 309 - Performance in Speech Communication (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
English rhetoric and composition course work (6)
Students completing the above requirements, who also are
recommended by the NIU licensure officer for initial educator licensure
in another eld of study or who already possess a valid secondary
educator licensure (6-12), will have met the state’s requirements for
endorsement to teach speech communication at the secondary level.
Eighteen or more semester hours in this option for the minor in
communication studies must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Journalism (21)
Journalism minors must earn a grade of C or S or better in
all required journalism courses in their minor. Journalism
prerequisites are deemed to be met only by obtaining a grade of
C or S or better. (It is necessary to repeat a journalism course in
which a grade below C or S is earned, before taking any course
for which it is a prerequisite.)
Required courses (6)
JOUR 200A - Basic News Writing (3),
OR JOUR 200B - Basic News Writing (3)
JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3),
OR COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3)
News Writing: Choose one of the following (3)
JOUR 301 - Article Writing (3)
JOUR 302 - News Reporting (3)
JOUR 355 - Television Newswriting and Reporting (3)
JOUR 360 - Public Relations Writing (3)
JOUR 401 - Editorial and Opinion Writing (3)
JOUR 485A - Topics in Journalism Writing (3)
Constructing Media Narratives: Choose one of the following (3)
JOUR 315 - Press Photography (3)
JOUR 354 - Fundamentals of Broadcast News (3)
JOUR 357 - Advanced Practices in Television News (3)
JOUR 402 - Advanced Reporting (3)
JOUR 415 - Advanced Photojournalism (3)
JOUR 435 - Advanced Public Relations (3)
JOUR 460 - Specialized Press Writing (3)
Editing and Management: Choose one of the following (3)
JOUR 210 - Information Gathering in the Digital Age (3)
JOUR 312 - Graphics of Communications (3)
JOUR 356 - Electronic News Gathering and Editing (3)
JOUR 364 - Television News Producing and Directing (3)
JOUR 410 - News Editing (3)
JOUR 461 - Specialized Press Editing (3)
News in Society: Choose one of the following (3)
JOUR 201 - Issues in Journalism (3)
JOUR 295 - Reading News Critically (3)
JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
JOUR 350 - Environment, Health, and the Media (3)
JOUR 407 - Media Convergence (3)
JOUR 436 - Public Relations Problems (3)
JOUR 449 - Media Management (3)
JOUR 481 - History of Journalism (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
JOUR 483 - Mass Media in Modern Society (3)
JOUR 485B - Topics in Journalism and Society (3)
JOUR 486 - Journalism Ethics (3)
JOUR 487 - News and Entertainment (3)
JOUR 490 - Ethnic Minorities and the News Media (3)
Elective from JOUR courses listed above (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Digital Media Production
This certicate is designed to provide preprofessional study
in digital media production including narrative, documentary,
television, and interactive media production arts. It is open to all
NIU undergraduates. Students must maintain good academic
standing in the university, achieve a minimum grade of C in each
certicate course, achieve a GPA of at least 2.00 in all certicate
courses, and complete all certicate course work within six
calendar years. Some courses may have prerequisites that are
not part of the certicate curriculum. All course requirements
for the certicate must be completed at NIU. With department
approval, some or all of the certicate courses may be applied
toward undergraduate degree requirements in the department.
The Department of Communication reserves the right to limit
enrollment in any of the certicate courses.
Requirements in Department (14)
Two of the following:
COMS 349 - Introduction to Audio Production (4)
COMS 357 - Introduction to Studio Production (4)
COMS 358 - Introduction to Field Production (4)
COMS 359 - Interactive Media Production I (4)
COMS 392 - Special Topics in Media Production (3)
Course work from the following, with consent of production faculty
adviser, as needed to complete a minimum of 14 credit hours.
COMS 426A - Advanced Documentary Field Production (3)
COMS 426B - Advanced Narrative Field Production (3)
COMS 463 - Advanced Studio Production (3)
COMS 466 - Narrative Scriptwriting (3)
COMS 469 - Interactive Media Production II (3)
COMS 492 - Special Topics in Media Production (3)
COMS 498B - Media Production Independent Study (1-3)
COMMUNICATION 235
Course List
Communication Studies (COMS)
100. FUNDAMENTALS OF ORAL COMMUNICATION (3). Listening
and speaking competencies with focus on skills of invention,
organization, language and style, and delivery in public and other
settings. Does not count for credit toward the major in communication
studies.
195. PLANNING YOUR COMMUNICATION CAREER AND LIFE’S
PATH (1). Explores programs of study available for communication
majors for their future careers within a liberal arts and sciences
framework and results in a plan of study for each student. Not
available to those with senior standing.
200. ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING (3). Training in the preparation
and delivery of informative, entertaining, and persuasive speeches.
Sources of material, patterns of organization, and the extemporaneous
and composite methods of presentation. Application of psychological
principles in adapting to audience situations. PRQ: COMS 100.
201. GROUP DISCUSSION SKILLS (3). Principles and aims of
discussion, sources and organization of material; study of the logical
processes of reasoning. Opportunity for discussion of contemporary
problems in problem-solving groups.
203. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION SKILLS (3). Promotes
the study, development, and practice of basic interpersonal and
relational skills for effective personal relationships in private and
public spheres.
220. RHETORIC AND PUBLIC ISSUES (3). Role of public discourse
and persuasive campaigns in selecting, structuring, and presenting
versions of reality. Nature and impact of rhetoric in public controversy.
Emphasis on rhetorical criticism of advocacy on controversial matters
of public policy through critical analysis of speeches, debates,
editorials, argumentative essays, and political and social changes.
230. RHETORIC AND THE MEDIA (3). Role of media messages in
selecting, structuring, and presenting versions of reality. Effects on
individuals and society.
240. RHETORIC OF INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (3). How
interpersonal communication constructs our sense of self, determines
the quality of enduring relationships with family, colleagues, and
friends, and inuences decisions about social responsibility and
action.
251. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA STUDIES (3). Focus on theoretical
contexts, research methodologies, technologies, analytical
perspectives, and historical backgrounds which dene the eld of
media studies. Emphasis on nonprint media.
252. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION STUDIES (3).
Comprehensive survey of theoretical contexts, critical and analytical
perspectives, research methodologies, and historical backgrounds
which dene the eld of communication studies.
300. SPEECH WRITING (3). Preparation, revision, and presentation
of manuscripts with particular attention to developing and organizing
ideas and to clarity and language. Emphasis on speeches for
organizations, public affairs, and radio-television. PRQ: COMS 100.
302. INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION
THEORY (3). Theoretical examination of the development of
organizational communication within a global framework as a
foundation for more advanced coursework. Encourages a multilayered
consideration of the ethics of organizations’ communication practices.
Not available for credit to students with prior credit in COMS 461,
COMS 461A, or COMS 461B.
303. INTRODUCTION TO INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
THEORY (3). Studies the theoretical bases of the formation,
development, maintenance, and termination of personal relationships
in the common private and public contexts. Considers verbal
and nonverbal communication practices within these theoretical
frameworks that facilitate and hinder the development of effective
interpersonal relationships. Not available for credit to students with
prior credit in COMS 405.
304. INTRODUCTION TO PERSUASION THEORY (3). Basic
theories of persuasion and their application to typical communicative
situations and problems in today’s society.
305. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE (3). Examines the role of
debate in a democratic society and aims to develop critical thinking
and reasoned advocacy. To make functional a knowledge of the tests
of evidence and the modes of logical reasoning, participation in
various forms of debate is required. Because a signicant portion of
the course grade is based on student team projects.
309. PERFORMANCE IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION (3).
Multidimensional approach to oral communication. Emphasis on
developing effective speech habits: voice production, voice quality,
and articulation. Oral communication in speech performance for radio/
television, teaching, and other professions where oral performance is
particularly important. PRQ: COMS 100.
349. INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL AUDIO PRODUCTION (4).
Introduction to digital audio recording; audio editing and enhancement;
eld recording techniques and introduction to digital mixing.
355. MEDIA WRITING (3). Writing for visual and aural presentation
in the broadcast media with emphasis on program continuity,
commercials, public service, and promotional campaigns.
356. CRITICAL INTERPRETATION OF FILM/TELEVISION (3).
Inuences of aesthetics, genre, mode of production, visual grammar,
and individual artistic vision on the rhetorical interpretation of lm.
Selected masterpieces viewed and analyzed.
357. INTRODUCTION TO STUDIO PRODUCTION (4). Examination
and application of principles of studio production, including
articulation of visual and audio media, as well as an introduction to
digital editing.
358. INTRODUCTION TO FIELD PRODUCTION (4). Examination
of basic theories and principles of video production in the eld
beginning with an understanding of visual aesthetics and image
analysis. Application exercises include still photography, digital image
manipulation, video production, and digital editing.
359. INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRODUCTION I (4). Technologies and
techniques of interactive and multimedia production. Critical readings
of interactive media in both CD-ROM and web-page formats and
practice in the production process, designing, writing, and producing
interactive programs. Emphasis on content design for a variety of
applications (i.e. entertainment, education, corporate communication)
and platforms (Web page, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM).
361. BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (3).
Development of communication skills commonly used in
governmental, corporate, and nonprot agencies. Emphasis on
report generation, information interviewing, and the presentation of
proposals. PRQ: COMS 100.
362. INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION (3). Focus in
communicative interactions, patterns, and practices that lead to
constructive and destructive consequences when disparate cultures
come into close contact with one another.
370. PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING (3). Communicative, persuasive,
and social functions. Focus on advertising media, messages,
strategies, creative planning, execution, and societal effects.
380. CORPORATE ADVOCACY AND ISSUE MANAGEMENT (3).
Objectives, development, and implementation of campaigns of
public information, image, and advocacy by corporations. Emphasis
on corporate image creation, public issue debate, and corporate
advocacy advertising.
390. MAJOR DIRECTORS (3). Focus on the work of a major
lm director using the auteur theory. Artistry, vision, and social
importance will be examined against the institutional background of
lm production. Repeatable up to six hours if subject is different.
392. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MEDIA PRODUCTION (3). Topics will
vary. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
236 COMMUNICATION
400. RHETORICAL THEORY (3). Major trends and concepts
developed through treatises and authors in the history of rhetorical
theory from ancient Greece to the present. PRQ: COMS 252.
401. CRITICISM OF PUBLIC RHETORIC (3). Consideration of
specic methods of rhetorical analysis and evaluation of public
rhetoric representative of contemporary thought.
402. GROUP COMMUNICATION (3). Nature of group processes.
Leadership, communication, and decision-making problems in small
groups. PRQ: COMS 303 or consent of department.
403. FREEDOM OF SPEECH AND COMMUNICATION ETHICS (3).
Social responsibilities of the public and private oral communicator, as
sender and receiver; issues of freedom of speech and exploration of
problems of ethics in speech communication.
404. COMMUNICATION THEORIES (3). Role of spoken
communication in social adaptation. Relationships among thought,
language, and expression; verbal perception and cognition;
communication models. PRQ: COMS 252.
405. ADVANCED INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION (3).
Advanced examination and fundamental processes of interpersonal
communication theory utilizing in-depth analyses or research projects.
PRQ: COMS 303 or consent of department.
407. PRACTICUM (1-3). Experience in the cocurricular forensics and
individual events programs, the classroom, organizational settings,
research activities, and the media. May be taken for or repeated to a
maximum of 3 semester hours. Majors, minors, and approved others
only. S/U grading.
410. COMMUNICATION AND GENDER (3). Relationships among
communication, gender, and culture through a variety of theoretical
and critical perspectives. Examination of research on verbal and
nonverbal aspects of communication as they interact with gender in
contexts such as interpersonal, organizational, political, and media.
419. POLITICAL COMMUNICATION IN AMERICA (3). Communication
theory and practices within the context of American politics. Modern
campaigns, political communication consultants, issue denition and
dissemination, communication strategies of administrative control,
and communication within the presidency and within Congress.
Special focus on the mass media.
426. ADVANCED DOCUMENTARY FIELD PRODUCTION (3).
Video production based on application of appropriate theories and
aesthetics for documentary production. Projects utilize digital editing,
audio track mixing, digital video camera(s), and locations as needed.
PRQ: COMS 358 and COMS 457 and successful portfolio review or
consent of department.
427. ADVANCED NARRATIVE FIELD PRODUCTION (3). Video
production based on application of appropriate theories and
aesthetics for narrative production. Projects utilize digital editing,
audio track mixing, digital video camera(s), and locations as needed.
PRQ: COMS 358 and successful portfolio review or consent of
department.
435X. ADVANCED PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). Crosslisted as JOUR
435. Analysis of public relations problems and procedures through
use of case studies and other materials. Positions public relations
practice and process within context of integrated marketing
communication. PRQ: COMS 370 or COMS 380 or JOUR 335 and
junior standing, or consent of department.
436. ADVANCED POST PRODUCTION (3). Aesthetics and
techniques of digital nonlinear video editing including the aesthetics
of continuity editing, montage editing and editing the narrative, as
well as the techniques of nonlinear editing. PRQ: COMS 357 or
COMS 358, or consent of department.
446. DESIGNING FOR THE INTERNET (3). Conceptualization of
appropriate design criteria for an attractive and efficient Internet site.
Techniques for site construction. Appropriate software used for image
manipulation and page construction and design. Not open to B.F.A.
studio art majors. PRQ: COMS 359.
449. ADVANCED AUDIO PRODUCTION (3). Advanced production of
radio programs or other advancedaudio projects of a complex nature,
emphasizing recording, editing, and mixing techniques. PRQ: COMS
349 and successful portfolio review, or consent of department.
450X. INSTRUCTIONAL VIDEO I (3). Crosslisted as ETT 450.
Practical methods for the production and use of video in educational
settings. Preparation and presentation of televised instructional
materials. Not open to students with credit in COMS 357 or COMS
358 or equivalent.
454. TRANSNATIONAL COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (3).
Crosslisted as JOUR 454X. Study of the development, structure,
functions, and control of international communications media systems
and activities as they affect world relations.
455. MEDIA LAW AND ETHICS (3). Development, structure, theory,
and functions of legal controls and ethical constraints on media
production and programming.
456C. HISTORY OF FILM (3). History of lm before 1950.
456D. HISTORY OF FILM (3). History of lm after 1950.
457. THE DOCUMENTARY TRADITION (3). Theories, techniques,
history, and criticism of the documentary.
459. HISTORY OF BROADCASTING (3). Crosslisted as JOUR 459X.
History of radio and television broadcasting in the United States from
its inception to the present.
460. TELEVISION THEORY AND CRITICISM (3). Major theoretical
and critical perspectives for analysis of television.
461A. ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: INTERNAL (3).
Advanced analysis of contemporary practices of internal organizational
communication from diverse disciplinary perspectives covered in
COMS 302. Detailed examination of actual communication practices
inside the organization. PRQ: COMS 302.
461B. ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: EXTERNAL (3).
Focus placed on communication in the contexts of advertising,
marketing, public relations, sales, media relations, lobbying, and crisis
management with special consideration of the ethical dimension.
Examines the communication of an organization and its members
with stakeholders such as clients, potential customers, suppliers,
investors, or others experiencing some impact from the organization.
PRQ: COMS 302.
462. FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM (3). Major theoretical and
critical perspectives for analysis of lm.
463. ADVANCED STUDIO PRODUCTION (3). Production of studio-
based programs utilizing multiple cameras in a live or live-on-tape
format. PRQ: COMS 355 and COMS 357 and COMS 358 and
successful portfolio review, or consent of department.
465. COMPUTER-MEDIATED COMMUNICATION (3). Critical
investigation of computer-mediated communication technologies,
including but not limited to the Internet, cyberspace, and virtual
reality. Examination of economic, social, political, and philosophical
aspects of technology as well as practical experience with computer-
based communication and information systems.
466. NARRATIVE SCRIPTWRITING (3). Focus on structure,
development, and execution of a 100-page narrative ction script
for media. Creativity, critical ability, and discipline in writing stressed.
PRQ: COMS 355.
469. INTERACTIVE MEDIA PRODUCTION II (3). Advanced
technologies and techniques for creating Web-based interactive
multimedia. Theories of media integration and interaction design,
development of practical skills with Web-based production
technologies beyond basic HTML (i.e., CSS, ASP, XML, Flash,
and JavaScript), and creation of several interactive projects for
e-commerce, education, and public service applications. PRQ:
COMS 359 or consent of department.
COMMUNICATION 237
470. CAMPAIGN STRATEGIES AND DEVELOPMENT (3).
Development and presentation of public communication campaigns
to include advertising, promotion, publicity, and corporate advocacy
for business, public service, and political endeavors. PRQ: COMS
370 or COMS 380 or JOUR 335.
480. COMMUNICATION AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT (3).
Communication principles and techniques in relation to conict
management and negotiation; emphasis on interpersonal and
organizational contexts. PRQ: COMS 303.
481. COMMUNICATION ETHICS IN ORGANIZATIONS (3). Study
of communication ethics in organizational contexts. Examines major
communication ethics issues and strategies for addressing unethical
communication in the workplace.
491. METHODS OF RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION (3). Research
in communication with emphasis on methodology. Methodological
focus varies. Course requires a research paper or project. PRQ:
Junior standing and COMS 252.
492. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MEDIA PRODUCTION (3) May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
493. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MEDIA STUDIES (3) May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
495A. SENIOR THESIS (1-3). Synthesis of theories, methods, and
skills in the discipline of communication studies as exhibited through
a thesis. Majors only. PRQ: COMS 252 and senior standing.
495B. SENIOR PORTFOLIO (1-3). Synthesis of competencies,
abilities, and accomplishments during student careers using portfolio
production methods and techniques with particular focus on digital
formats for distribution by CD, DVD, or the Web. Especially relevant
for those seeking employment. Majors only. PRQ: COMS 252 and
senior standing.
496A. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
AND PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS (1-3). May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 hours when topic varies. PRQ: COMS 303.
496B. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION
(1-3). May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours when topic varies.
PRQ: COMS 302.
496C. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION THEORY (1-3). May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
496D. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PERSUASION AND SOCIAL
INFLUENCE (1-3). May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours when
topic varies. PRQ: COMS 304.
496R. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RHETORIC (3). May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
497. INTERNSHIP (3-9). Junior and senior declared communication
studies majors, minors, and approved others only. May be repeated.
No more than 3 semester hours may be included in the major. No
more than 6 semester hours may be included in the baccalaureate
degree. Not available for credit to students having credit for ILAS 390.
May not be taken concurrently with ILAS 390. S/U grading.
498A. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Directed study and research.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
498B. MEDIA PRODUCTION INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3).
Directed study and research in media production. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Journalism (JOUR)
200A. BASIC NEWS WRITING (3). Principles and practices of
gathering, evaluating, and presenting information for mass audiences,
with attention to print and electronic media. Covers a variety of news
formats equally. Not available for credit to students with credit in
JOUR 200B. PRQ: ENGL 104 or ENGL 105.
200B. BASIC NEWS WRITING (3). Principles and practices of
gathering, evaluating, and presenting information for mass audiences,
with attention to print and electronic media. Covers a variety of news
formats stressing radio/TV news. Not available for credit to students
with credit in JOUR 200A. PRQ: ENGL 104 or ENGL 105.
201. ISSUES IN JOURNALISM (3). Introduction to journalism as
a professional activity. Topics include the relationship between
journalism and democracy, current debates about the role and
performance of journalism organizations, the changing organization
and structure of journalistic labor, and basic conventions of journalism
as a form of information gathering and writing.
210. INFORMATION GATHERING IN THE DIGITAL AGE (3).
Strategies for gathering research information ethically and legally from
a variety of sources: libraries, government and private institutions and
think tanks, human rights web sites, statistical databases, historical
documentary sources, photographic collections, media collections,
polls/surveys, and subject specialists. Special attention to Internet
databases as journalistic tools for nding and accessing information
efficiently. Critical thinking skills will be employed to select, evaluate,
synthesize, organize, edit, and present information.
295. READING NEWS CRITICALLY (3). Introduction to a number
of critical perspectives on the structural elements of news and of
the organizations that produce it. Examination of news narratives
in order to identify familiar storylines and examination of how these
stories create and maintain cultural and political beliefs. Exploration
of patterns in the production and consumption of news, and their
relationship to social power arrangements.
301. ARTICLE WRITING (3). Practice in planning and writing features
for newspaper and for other general, class and trade publications.
Feature story markets. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B.
302. NEWS REPORTING (3). Experiences and practices in news
gathering and reporting. Laboratory work based on live campus and
community assignments. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B.
312. GRAPHICS OF COMMUNICATIONS (3). Introduction to
typography and page design. Design of logos, columns, newsletters,
yers, magazines, posters, newspaper packages, and ads. Review of
the history of various design practices with emphasis on accurate and
ethical presentation of graphics and illustrations. PRQ: Sophomore
standing.
315. PRESS PHOTOGRAPHY (3). Basic principles of photojournalism.
Introduction to the fundamentals of digital camera operation,
photo composition, photo editing in Photoshop, and color printing.
Introduction to the ethical visual representation of documentary
photographs, as well as to ethical photo editing practices required
in professional photography. Students are supplied with professional
equipment. No previous experience required.
335. PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). Introduction to
the fundamental principles and techniques of public relations,
communication theories, and principles of human motivation and
persuasion. PRQ: Sophomore standing.
350. ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH, AND THE MEDIA (3). Introduction
to techniques for analyzing environmental and health news.
Exploration of methods for evaluating various information sources
and the scientic validity of environmental and health news, while
understanding the social and political impact of environmental and
health journalism in perceiving risk and deriving solutions.
354. FUNDAMENTALS OF BROADCAST NEWS (3). Basic
principles of reporting, writing, and scripting news for radio and
television. Students write and report community news. Laboratory to
be arranged. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B. CRQ: JOUR 356.
355. TELEVISION NEWSWRITING AND REPORTING (3). Study
and practice of writing to videotape. Student experiences include
eld reporting with camera team, newscast anchoring, and producing
reports for television newscasts. Laboratory arranged. PRQ: JOUR
354 and JOUR 356. CRQ: JOUR 357.
356. ELECTRONIC NEWS GATHERING AND EDITING (3).
Study and practice of techniques employed in shooting and editing
television news. Students cover assignments in the community and
prepare stories for use in nightly TV newscasts. PRQ: JOUR 200A or
JOUR 200B (or COMS 355 for COMS majors only). CRQ: JOUR 354.
238 COMMUNICATION
357. ADVANCED PRACTICES IN TELEVISION NEWS (3). Study
and practice of electronic newsgathering and reporting. Experiences
include preparing on-camera eld reports and newscast scripts,
interviewing news gures, editing videotaped news reports, and
anchoring newscasts. PRQ: JOUR 354 and JOUR 356. CRQ:
JOUR 355.
360. PUBLIC RELATIONS WRITING (3). Theory and preparation of
public relations materials such as news releases, features, media
kits, interviews, and fact sheets. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B
and JOUR 312 and JOUR 335.
364. TELEVISION NEWS PRODUCING AND DIRECTING (3). Study
and practice of television newscast production and direction in both
scripted and unscripted formats, using digital and analog studio
equipment and an Electronic News Room computer network. Focus
on the special concepts, problems, and skills of airing TV news in
an increasingly automated, technological environment. Explores
centralization both of newscast production responsibilities and of
newscast director and line producer roles. Students produce and
direct “live” TV newscasts that air on DeKalb community Cable TV
System. PRQ: COMS 357 or JOUR 357.
401. EDITORIAL AND OPINION WRITING (3). Principles and
practices of developing interpretative articles and series as well as
editorials and opinion columns. Experience in carrying out research
on current issues, in writing, and in evaluating the work of others.
Examination of the opinion function of the mass media. PRQ: JOUR
200A or JOUR 200B.
402. ADVANCED REPORTING (3). Off-campus investigative
news reporting, including reporting on taxes, the courts, religion,
science, and on local stories with an international angle. Use of
Internet to research census data and write census-based articles.
PRQ: JOUR 302 or consent of department.
407. MEDIA CONVERGENCE (3). Development, structure, and
future of converged media. Examination of how media have changed
and the future of media with focus on social, political, and economic
effects of convergence. Techniques for reporting, producing, and
managing news in multiple platforms.
410. NEWS EDITING (3). Advanced practice in editing and headline
construction for print media, and in newspaper and newsletter page
design. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B.
415. ADVANCED PHOTOJOURNALISM (3). Advanced techniques
of digital photography. This course builds on the skills taught in
JOUR 315 (Digital camera operation, photo composition, photo
editing in Photoshop, and color printing.) Students are introduced
to specialized color photography under different conditions, such as
night photography, snow photography, and close-up photography.
Students write illustrated papers on well-known photographers.
Students are supplied with professional equipment. PRQ: JOUR 315
or consent of department.
416. PHOTOGRAPH EDITING (3). Digital editing and layout of
photographs. Selection of photographs from various electronic news
sources and editing them for use as singles, spreads, and essays.
History of newspaper and magazine design as well as the ethics of
photographic selection, editing, and presentation. PRQ: JOUR 312 or
consent of department.
435. ADVANCED PUBLIC RELATIONS (3). Crosslisted as COMS
435X. Analysis of public relations problems and procedures through
use of case studies and other materials. Positions public relations
practice and process within context of integrated marketing
communication. PRQ: COMS 370 or COMS 380 or JOUR 335 and
junior standing, or consent of department.
436. PUBLIC RELATIONS PROBLEMS (3). Investigation in depth of
problems in public relations in a number of specialized areas, based
on new developments, primary sources, and cases. Emphasis on
individual investigation and oral and written reports with discussion.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topics
vary. PRQ: JOUR 435.
449. MEDIA MANAGEMENT (3). Management of mass
communications organizations, with emphasis on general
administration, advertising, promotion, production, research, and
planning. PRQ: Junior standing.
454X. TRANSNATIONAL COMMUNICATION AND MEDIA (3).
Crosslisted as COMS 454. Study of the development, structure,
functions and control of international communications media systems
and activities as they affect world relations.
459X. HISTORY OF BROADCASTING (3). Crosslisted as COMS
459. History of radio and television broadcasting in the United States
from its inception to the present.
460. SPECIALIZED PRESS WRITING (3). Writing for specialized
publications: research for articles, writing in the style of specialized
publications, and the marketing of articles. Includes study of the
specialized press. PRQ: JOUR 200A or JOUR 200B. or consent of
department.
461. SPECIALIZED PRESS EDITING (3). Practical work in managing,
planning, editing, and producing specialized publications. Includes
reporting, copywriting, and picture editing. PRQ: JOUR 312.
471. TEACHING JOURNALISM: SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL
PUBLICATIONS (3). Methods and materials for teaching journalism
and supervising publications in secondary schools and junior
colleges; courses of study; organization; attention to exceptional
students; planning for multicultural classes and staffs; and production
of publications. Includes 15 clock hours of clinical experience. PRQ:
Junior standing or consent of department.
480. JOURNALISM LAW AND REGULATION (3). Law and regulation
affecting the concept of freedom of the press, access to information,
free press–fair trial, libel, privacy, copyright, access to the media,
and legal concepts and restrictions related to the press, publishing,
electronic media, photojournalism, and public relations. PRQ: Junior
standing.
481. HISTORY OF JOURNALISM (3). Development of a free
press from its origins in Europe through the emergence of modern
journalism. Includes study of early newspapers, periodicals, and
broadcast news programs. PRQ: Junior standing.
482. INTERNATIONAL NEWS COMMUNICATIONS (3). Survey of
the news media and international affairs; foreign correspondence
and coverage; international news agencies; and country-by-country
historicalsocietal study of foreign journalism. PRQ: Junior standing.
483. MASS MEDIA IN MODERN SOCIETY (3). Concept and role of
mass communications; rights, restrictions and responsibilities of the
mass media; and interactions of mass communications and society.
PRQ: Junior standing.
485A. TOPICS IN JOURNALISM WRITING (3). In-depth study and
discussion of current topics of special importance and interest in the
eld of journalism writing, including the background of the topics and
their relationship to other elds. May not be repeated. PRQ: Written
permission from the faculty member coordinating the work.
485B. TOPICS IN JOURNALISM AND SOCIETY (3). In-depth study
and discussion of current topics of special importance and interest in
the eld of journalism and society, including the background of the
topics and their relationship to other elds. May not be repeated.PRQ:
Written permission from the faculty member coordinating the work.
486. JOURNALISM ETHICS (3). Conceptual perspectives for
ethical decision making in a journalistic setting. Surveys of
historical examples of media criticism from an ethical perspective.
Consideration of contemporary controversies in journalism ethics.
PRQ: Junior standing.
487. NEWS AND ENTERTAINMENT (3). Intersection of news
and entertainment and its implications for journalists and media
practitioners through media analyses and criticism. Examination
of the intersection as it relates to cultural citizenship, politics, and
journalistic norms and practices. PRQ: Junior standing.
COMMUNICATION 239
490. ETHNIC MINORITIES AND THE NEWS MEDIA (3). Development
of the press of various European ethnic groups in the 19th and early
20th centuries, the needs it fullled, and its role in helping ethnic
groups adjust to American society. The press of ethnic groups such
as African Americans and Native Americans is also examined. PRQ:
Junior standing.
492. INTERNSHIP IN JOURNALISM (3). Work experience for
students planning to enter the eld of mass communication. Students
work for a semester or a summer as interns with appropriate
organizations under the supervision and advisement of a department
faculty coordinator. S/U grading.
495. DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY (1-4). May be repeated to
a maximum of 4 hours. PRQ: Written permission from the faculty
member with whom students are doing the work and the course
coordinator.
496. JOURNALISM HONORS SEMINAR (3). Seminar meetings and
independent study for students pursuing the B.A. or B.S. degree with
Honors in Journalism. Work culminates in honors paper or project.
PRQ: Senior standing and minimum GPA of 3.25 in all work and in
all journalism courses.
Communication Faculty
Communication Studies
Gary Burns, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor, chair
Gretchen Bisplinghoff, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor
emeritus
Ferald J. Bryan, Ph.D., University of Missouri, associate professor
Kate Cady, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Randy Caspersen, M.F.A., Columbia College, assistant professor
Jeffrey P. Chown, Ph.D., University of Michigan, Distinguished
Teaching Professor, Board of Trustees Professor, emeritus
David Gunkel, Ph.D., DePaul University, Distinguished Teaching
Professor
Janice D. Hamlet, Ph.D., Ohio State University, associate
professor
David Henningsen, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, professor
Mary Lynn Henningsen, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Richard Holt, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
Betty La France, Ph.D., Michigan State University, professor
Jimmie Manning, Ph.D., University of Kansas, associate professor
Robert Miller, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor emeritus
Joseph Scudder, Ph.D., Indiana University, Presidential Teaching
Professor
Kathleen S. Valde, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Laura Vazquez, Ph.D., Northwestern University, Board of
Trustees Professor
Karen Whedbee, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Kerith Woodyard, Ph.D., University of Utah, associate professor
Journalism
William Cassidy, Ph.D., University of Oregon, associate professor
Mehdi Semati, Ph.D.,University of Missouri-Columbia, professor
Craig Seymour, Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park,
associate professor
240
Department of Computer Science (CSCI)
Admission to the major in the Department of Computer Science
is limited. See “Limited Admissions and Limited Retention
Requirements” in this catalog.
The Department of Computer Science offers a program leading
to the B.S. degree with a major in computer science. A student
must choose an emphasis in software development, enterprise
software, or computational software.
Students who intend to major or minor in computer science are
requested to contact the departmental office during the early
weeks of their rst semester on campus to obtain additional
information on admission to the computer science major or minor.
The department offers a course (CSCI 205) which partially fullls
the university’s sciences requirement in the general education
program and courses which count toward the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences’ requirements for the B.S. degree.
Department Regulations
Students may not audit computer science courses without
obtaining prior permission from the Department of Computer
Science.
Major in Computer Science (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Software Development
Requirements in Department (45-48)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 241 - Intermediate Programming (4)
CSCI 330 - UNIX and the Network Programming (4)
CSCI 340 - Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (4)
CSCI 360 - Computer Programming in Assembler Language (4)
CSCI 463 - Computer Architecture and Systems Organization (4)
CSCI 466 - Databases (4)
CSCI 467 - Introduction to Software Engineering (4)
CSCI 480 - Principles of Operating Systems (4)
One additional computer science course numbered CSCI 300 (3-4)
Two additional computer science courses numbered CSCI 390 or
above (6-8)
Requirements outside Department (9-15)
MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3)
MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Software Development: 54-63
Emphasis 2. Enterprise Software
Requirements in Department (46-48)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 241 - Intermediate Programming (4)
CSCI 330 - UNIX and the Network Programming (4)
CSCI 340 - Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (4)
CSCI 360 - Computer Programming in Assembler Language (4)
CSCI 463 - Computer Architecture and Systems Organization (4)
CSCI 465 - Enterprise Application Environments (4)
CSCI 466 - Databases (4)
CSCI 467 - Introduction to Software Engineering (4)
CSCI 480 - Principles of Operating Systems (4)
One additional computer science course numbered above CSCI
300 (3-4)
One additional computer science course numbered above CSCI
390 or above (3-4)
Requirements outside Department (18-27)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3),
OR ACCY 206 - Introductory Financial Accounting (3), and
ACCY 207 - Introductory Cost Management (3)
MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3)
MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Two of the following (6)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3)
MGMT 320 - Foundations of Business and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 327 - Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Enterprise Software: 64-75
Emphasis 3. Computational Software
Requirements in Department (45-47)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 241 - Intermediate Programming (4)
CSCI 330 - UNIX and the Network Programming (4)
CSCI 340 - Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (4)
CSCI 360 - Computer Programming in Assembler Language (4)
CSCI 462 - Foundations of Computer Science (3)
CSCI 463 - Computer Architecture and Systems Organization (4)
CSCI 466 - Databases (4)
CSCI 467 - Introduction to Software Engineering (4)
CSCI 480 - Principles of Operating Systems (4)
One additional computer science course numbered above CSCI
300 (3-4)
One additional computer science course numbered CSCI 390 or
above (3-4)
Requirements outside Department (32-33)
MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3)
MATH 229, MATH 230, and MATH 232 - Calculus I, II, and III (12)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Two of the following (6-7)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
MATH 444 - Linear Programming and Network Flows (3)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3), and
STAT 473A - Statistical Computing Packages (1)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Computational Software: 77-80
COMPUTER SCIENCE 241
Minor in Computer Science (21-24)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 241 - Intermediate Programming (4)
One CSCI course numbered 290 or above (3-4)
One CSCI course numbered 400 or above (3-4)
MATH 110 - College Algebra (3)
MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3), MATH 210
- Finite Mathematics (3), MATH 211 - Calculus for Business
and Social Science (3), OR MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
One of the following courses:
CSCI 330 - UNIX and the Network Programming (4)
CSCI 360 - Computer Programming in Assembler Language (4)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Mobile Programming
This certicate is designed to provide study in programming
mobile devices such as the iPhone, iPad, Droid phones, and
Microsoft phones. The certicate is open to all undergraduates.
Students must maintain good academic standing in the university,
achieve a minimum grade of C in each certicate course, and
complete all certicate course work within six calendar years.
All course requirements for the certicate must be completed at
NIU. Depending upon a student’s prior programming background,
successful completion of deciency courses may be required
before the student is allowed to enroll in any certicate courses.
With department approval, some or all of the certicate courses
may be applied toward undergraduate degree requirements in the
department. The Department of Computer Science reserves the
right to limit enrollment in any of the certicate courses. Students
should consult with the undergraduate certicate advisor prior to
registering for any courses.
Requirements (14)
CSCI 427 - Advanced Application Design for Mobile Devices (3)
CSCI 428 - Advanced Programming Topics for Mobile Devices (3)
Two of the following:
CSCI 321 - iOS Mobile Device Programming (4)
CSCI 322 - Android Mobile Device Programming (4)
CSCI 323 - Microsoft Mobile Device Programming (4)
Course List
180. COMPUTERS AND TECHNOLOGY (3). Role and function of
computers and information technology in the world today. Principles
underlying everyday software, the World Wide Web, open source
and copyright issues, and database privacy and security. Laboratory
experiences will include use of commonly used software.
205. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING (3). Introduction to
computers, computer science, and programming techniques. Not
available for credit toward the major in computer science or for
students with prior credit in CSCI 210, CSCI 230, CSCI 240, CSCI
250, or OMIS 259. PRQ: MATH 110, MATH 155, MATH 206, MATH
210, MATH 211, or MATH 229; or consent of department.
210. ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING (4). Laboratory course in
computer programming using a major high-level computing language
such as C and statistical packages such as SAS and SPSS. Not
available for credit to students with prior credit in CSCI 230 or CSCI
240. PRQ: MATH 110, MATH 155, MATH 206, MATH 210, MATH 211,
or MATH 229; or consent of department.
215. VISUAL BASIC (4). Laboratory course in computer programming
using Visual Basic. Not available for credit to students with prior credit
in courses numbered above CSCI 465. PRQ: MATH 110, satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination, or consent
of department.
230. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN FORTRAN (4). In-depth
laboratory course in computer programming using the FORTRAN
language. Applications to mathematical problems in the physical
sciences. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: MATH 211 or MATH 229.
240. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C++ (4). Emphasis on
algorithm development and structured programming design and
testing. Topics include input and output, decisions, loops, functions,
arrays, text manipulation, les, and data abstraction. PRQ: MATH
110, 155, 206, 210, 211, or 229; or consent of department.
241. INTERMEDIATE PROGRAMMING (4). A second course
in programming techniques with emphasis on design and
implementation of data structures applied to large-scale projects.
Topics include static and dynamic implementation of linear and
nonlinear data structures, recursion, searching and sorting
algorithms, and algorithmic complexity analysis. PRQ: CSCI 240 with
a grade of C or better, or consent of department.
250. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN COBOL (4). A laboratory
course in computer programming using the COBOL language.
Emphasis on applications which require data management and the
solution of problems involving evaluation of large amounts of data.
Extensive laboratory work. Not available for credit to students with
credit in CSCI 360. PRQ: MATH 110 or consent of department.
275. ELEMENTARY WEB DESIGN (3). Practical techniques for
building web sites using HTML, CSS, and an integrated development
environment. Aesthetic topics include designing an effective user
interface with color, graphics, navigation, and layout. Not available for
credit toward the major in computer science or for credit to students
who have prior credit for COMS 359 or CSCI 475.
290. TOPICS AND INNNOVATIONS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
(3). Topics of interest to non-majors in computer science. Contact
department for specic topic in a given semester. Examples include
computers in art, music, and dance; the myth of the paperless
office; the facts about computerized voting machines; and game
programming for non-majors. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours as subject varies. PRQ: MATH 110 or consent of
department.
297. DIRECTED STUDY (1-3). Selected readings or projects to
supplement lower-division CSCI courses. May be repeated to a
maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
321. iOS MOBILE DEVICE PROGRAMMING (4). Comprehensive
introduction to building applications for mobile devices that use
Apple’s iOS operating system. Topics covered will include application
of Model-View-Controller design architecture, database and web
services, graphics, multithreading, networking and interaction with
hardware sensors. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 241 or
consent of department.
322. ANDROID MOBILE DEVICE PROGRAMMING (4). Android
application programming including use of a standard integrated
development environment, debugging, user interface creation, and
multithreading and network applications. Instruction in codinge,
running, and debugging a variety of applications using software
emulators as well as tethered hardware devices. Extensive laboratory
work. PRQ: CSCI 241 or consent of department.
323. MICROSOFT MOBILE DEVICE PROGRAMMING (4).
Comprehensive introduction to building Microsoft phone applications.
Includes extensive programming in C#. Technical topics include user
interface design, navigation, debugging, hardware sensors and web
services. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 241 or consent of
department.
330. UNIX AND NETWORK PROGRAMMING (4). UNIX system
usage and commands. Shell script programming. Network
programming concepts and protocols. System call level and basic
network programming in C++. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ:
CSCI 240.
340. DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM ANALYSIS (4).
Application of analysis and design techniques to nonnumeric
algorithms acting on data structures. Utilization of algorithmic
analysis and design criteria in the selection of methods for data
manipulation. Computing projects done in a high-level computing
language. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 241, or consent of
department.
242 COMPUTER SCIENCE
350. COMPUTER SECURITY BASICS (3). Hands-on course
covering basic computer security problems, and the tools (including
encryption) available for dealing with them.
360. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
(4). In-depth study of assembler language programming on a third-
generation computer, including internal and external subroutines,
conditional assembly, and the macro language. Students required to
write a number of substantial programs. Extensive laboratory work.
PRQ: CSCI 230, CSCI 240, or CSCI 250.
390. INTERNSHIP (3). Work as an intern for a minimum of 20 hours
per week in an off-campus agency. Reading and preparation of a
paper under faculty supervision. May be repeated once. S/U grading.
No more than 6 semester hours of CSCI 390 and/or CSCI 496 credit
can be counted toward NIU’s required hours for graduation or toward
NIU’s 40 upper-division hour requirement. PRQ: Declared computer
science major, CSCI 340 or CSCI 360, and consent of department.
427. ADVANCED APPLICATION DESIGN FOR MOBILE DEVICES
(3). Principles of advanced application design for mobile devices.
Focus on the application’s user experience and value to the user.
Includes design principles for applications that are intended to run
on multiple mobile device platforms. Includes extensive programming
in Objective-C, Java, or C#. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: Two
of the following: CSCI 321, CSCI 322, or CSCI 323, or consent of
department.
428. ADVANCED PROGRAMMING TOPICS FOR MOBILE
DEVICES (3). In-depth coverage of advanced topics in programming
mobile devices. Topics include exception handling, memory and
thread management, and external data portals. Design principles
for applications that are intended to run on multiple mobile device
platforms. Includes extensive programming in Objective-C, Java, or
C#. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: Two of the following: CSCI 321,
CSCI 322, or CSCI 323, or consent of department.
446. FOUNDATIONS OF ENTERPRISE COMPUTING (3). Survey of
major topics and the state of the art in the eld of modern enterprise
computing including enterprise-level system architecture, system
integration, interoperation, security, end-to-end enterprise solution
delivery, XML, Web services and SOA, Grid computing, and mobile
computing. PRQ: CSCI 340.
461. TECHNIQUES OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND
ALGORITHMIC PROCESSES (3). Advanced course in algorithmic
processes and computer programming. A major higher-level language
used in developing applications and the solutions of current problems.
Knowledge of programming required. PRQ: Consent of department.
462. FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE (3). Introduction
to mathematical languages, automata theory, and the theory of
recursive functions and computability. PRQ: MATH 206 or MATH 211
or MATH 229; and CSCI 240.
463. COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND SYSTEMS
ORGANIZATION (4). Organization and use of computer systems.
Basic concepts and examples from microcomputers and networks,
peripheral components, data communications, and the relationship
between hardware components and the operating system. Extensive
laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 360 or consent of department.
464. DATA STRUCTURES IN ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE (4). In-depth
study of the theory and the programming techniques related to the
storage and management of various forms of data. Programming
assignments require an advanced understanding of assembler
language. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 360 or consent of
department.
465. ENTERPRISE APPLICATION ENVIRONMENTS (4). File,
organization, job control languages, le access methods and utilities.
Security. High-throughput data-intensive applications. Extensive
laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 360 or consent of department.
466. DATABASES (4). Software development in a representative
current database system. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 241
or equivalent or consent of department.
467. INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (4). Phases
of the systems development life cycle and the tools used by the analyst
in planning, specifying, and implementing a complex computer-based
system. Related topics include documentation standards, interaction
with users, and design of interfaces. Assignments include at least
one major group project. PRQ: CSCI 340 or consent of department.
468. SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING (4). Detailed study of systems
programming on a third-generation computer. Emphasis on the
logical organization of the computer used. Extensive laboratory work.
PRQ: CSCI 464 or equivalent.
470. PROGRAMMING IN JAVA (3). Intermediate-level course in
object-oriented programming in Java, including multi-threading,
graphical applets, and Internet-based distributed client-server
database applications. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 340 or
consent of department.
473. .NET PROGRAMMING (3). Comprehensive introduction to
building Windows and web applications and web services using the
Microsoft .NET development platform. Includes programming in the
C# language, graphics programming, the .NET Common Language
Runtime, the .NET Framework classes, ADO.NET, ASP.NET, and
web services. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 340, or consent
of department.
475. WEB DEVELOPMENT (3). Examination of client-side web
development. Technical topics include HTML, Cascading Style
Sheets, JavaScript, and cross-browser compatibility. Includes
designing an effective user interface with color, graphics, navigation,
and related topics. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 340, or
consent of department.
476. WEB DEVELOPMENT (SERVERSIDE) (3). Examination of
serverside web application development. Technical topics include
a survey of serverside programming languages and frameworks.
Includes designing and implementing a web application system
using one of the frameworks. Extensive laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI
340, or consent of department.
480. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS (4). Principles and
practices of modern operating system design. Includes le systems
organization; memory management; multitasking; windowing
interfaces; interprocess communication, including communications
across a network; and client-server models of processing. Extensive
laboratory work. PRQ: CSCI 340 and CSCI 463, or consent of
department.
490. TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (3).
A. Algorithms. Crosslisted as MATH 490AX.
B. Articial Intelligence
C. Automata, Computability, and Formal Languages. Crosslisted as
MATH 490CX.
D. Compiler Design and Implementation
E. Computer Systems
G. Database Concepts
J. Information Systems
K. Programming Languages
M. Computer Applications
N. Computer Graphics
Q. Computer Security
R. Computer Networks
U. Web Development
Each lettered topic may be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours when subject changes. Students may repeat multiple lettered
topics, each to its maximum. PRQ: Senior standing and consent of
department.
496. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT INTERNSHIP (1-6). Work
as a paid intern. Reading and preparation of a paper under faculty
supervision. May be repeated. No more than 3 semester hours in
CSCI 496 may be included in the baccalaureate degree. S/U grading.
PRQ: Declared computer science major and consent of department.
Consent is competitive.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 243
497. UNDERGRADUATE READINGS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (1-
3). Individual readings in computer science. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
499. SENIOR HONORS CAPSTONE (1-3). Preparation of an
independent study honors project under the guidance of a faculty
mentor. Will not count toward credit in the major. PRQ: Admission to
the university honors program and consent of department.
Computer Science Faculty
Nicholas T. Karonis, Ph.D., Syracuse University, professor, acting
chair
Kirk Duffin, Ph.D., Brigham Young University, associate
professor
Raimund K. Ege, Ph.D., Oregon Graduate Institute of Science
and Technology, associate professor
Reva Freedman, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate
professor
Barnett Glickfeld, Ph.D., Columbia University, associate
professor
Minmei Hou, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, assistant
professor
Ibrahim Onyuksel, Ph.D., University of Michigan, professor
Robert Zerwekh, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate professor
Jie Zhou, Ph.D., Concordia University, associate professor
244
Department of Economics (ECON)
The Department of Economics offers two degree programs. The
B.A. degree program provides students with a strong intuitive
understanding of the role economic incentives play in shaping
society, and in the role society plays in shaping incentives.
The B.S. degree program, in addition, stresses statistical and
quantitative methods used to model and evaluate human action,
particularly as those actions are carried out by governments or
businesses.
Both degree programs provide excellent preparation for
employment in business, government, or the foreign service, for
law school, or for graduate studies in business administration
or in public policy studies. The B.S. degree program provides
stronger preparation for graduate studies in economics.
The Department of Economics welcomes minors from any
discipline. Some lower division economics courses can be used
by nonmajors toward fullling the social sciences area requirement
in the university’s general education program. The department
also participates in the interdisciplinary minors in black studies,
Chinese/Japanese studies, environmental studies, international
studies, Latino/Latin American studies, public administration, and
urban studies.
Department Requirement
The Department of Economics requires all economics majors to
complete a capstone research paper in conjunction with ECON
492 or any other 400-level economics course. In this paper
the student is expected to demonstrate a satisfactory ability to
analyze an economic issue or problem and explain their ndings
effectively in writing. The research paper will be evaluated and
jointly approved by the professor of the corresponding 400-level
economics course and the director of undergraduate studies.
Major in Economics (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (33-34)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
ECON 360 - Intermediate Microeconomics (3)
ECON 361 - Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)
For the B.A. Degree
Select from economics courses at the 300 or 400 levels (21)
For the B.S. Degree
ECON 390 - Basic Econometrics and Economic Applications (3),
and ECON 390A - Basic Econometrics Laboratory (1),
OR ECON 393 - Introduction to Mathematical Methods in
Economics (3) and ECON 393A - Mathematical Economics
Laboratory (1)
Select from economics courses at the 300 or 400 levels (18)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 3-16; B.S., 11-14)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4),
OR UBUS 223 - Introduction to Business Statistics (3)
For the B.S. degree
One of the following groups (11-14)
CSCI 210 - Elementary Programming (4),
OR CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
OR
*MATH 229, and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Economics: 36-49 (B.A.) OR 44-47 (B.S.)
Recommendations
The Department of Economics strongly recommends that
students planning to pursue an advanced degree in economics
select group 2 from the requirements outside the department.
Such students are also urged to take: ECON 490 and ECON
491.
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Economics
Students who want to be licensed to teach economics at the
secondary level must declare their intention to do so with the
History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in economics.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education program when they have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program and completed satisfactory reviews
of progress each semester after establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of economics at NIU
and earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all economics courses
taken at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure program;
and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program.
* Available for general education credit.
ECONOMICS 245
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in
economics. In addition, they must complete ECON 496X, History
and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, ECON 496X must be taken in the
semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching in History/
Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in unusual
circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400 only upon
satisfactory completion of all other work required for graduation
and licensure.
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Degree with Honors
Students who wish to work toward a B.A. or B.S. degree with honors
in economics should discuss the matter with the departmental
undergraduate adviser. Admission to the department’s honors
program requires the approval of the departmental undergraduate
adviser and the chair and will be considered only for economics
majors in their junior and senior year. These students must have
a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all work.
The following are the minimum requirements for successful
completion of honors work in economics.
A minimum GPA of 3.00 in all work.
A 3.50 GPA or above in economics courses.
Completion of all requirements for an economics major.
A score of 90% or higher on the capstone research paper,
which can be satised in ECON 492 or with the permission
of the Undergraduate Director when taking ECON 492 is not
possible, a grade of 90% or higher in ECON 498 or ECON 497.
Minor in Economics (18)
*ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
*ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
Electives from economics courses at the 300 or 400 levels (12)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
160. CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC ISSUES (3). Economic approach
to analysis of problems such as poverty, crime, unemployment, and
ination. Insights and evaluation of policy proposals. Not open for
credit toward the major or minor in economics.
260. PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS (3). Introductory study
of market and nonmarket mechanisms in the allocation of productive
resources and in the distribution of income. Includes the study of
monopolies, oligopolies, and labor unions as well as applications
to selected current economic problems. Sophomore standing
recommended unless student is majoring or minoring in economics.
261. PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS (3). Introductory study
of factors determining aggregate income, employment, and general
price level. Such factors include roles of government, the banking
system, and international monetary relations. Sophomore standing
recommended unless student is majoring or minoring in economics.
300. LABOR ECONOMICS (3). Wage determination and the structure
of wages, the institution of unions in the United States, and problems
and treatment of economic insecurity. PRQ: ECON 260.
301. LABOR PROBLEMS (3). Aims, methods, and policies of
organized labor; collective bargaining; and regulation of industrial
relations. PRQ: ECON 260.
302. MINORITY ECONOMIC PROBLEMS (3). Economic status
of minority groups in the United States; productivity and economic
theories of discrimination; and public and private programs to achieve
minority economic development. PRQ: ECON 260.
310. MONETARY POLICY (3). Roles of monetary theory and policy
with emphasis on their implications for dealing with current economic
problems within the structure of the U.S. monetary system. PRQ:
ECON 261.
320. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS (3). Introductory analysis
of the structure, conduct, and performance of American industry.
Emphasis on role of government policy through such measures as
antitrust, regulation, and public ownership. PRQ: ECON 260.
330. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (3). International trade, foreign
exchange markets, balance of payments, and international monetary
relations. Includes relevant theoretical foundations, institutions, and
policy alternatives. PRQ: ECON 260 and ECON 261.
341. ECONOMIC AREA STUDIES (3).
A. Asia
B. Europe
C. Africa, South of the Sahara
D. Latin America
May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours, but each topic
may be taken only once. PRQ: ECON 260 and ECON 261.
360. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS (3). Exposition of
economic price theory and resource allocation; commodity and factor
price and output determination. PRQ: ECON 260.
361. INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS (3). Theory of aggregate
income, output, and employment; the price level and interest rates;
and economic stabilization policy. PRQ: ECON 261.
370. CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES (3).
A. Health Economics
B. Income Distribution and Poverty
C. Economics and Equity
D. Economic Analysis of Recent Legislation
E. Game Theory
F. Industrial Organization
G. Topics in Modern Economics
Topics of current importance to consumers, resource owners,
business, and government. May be repeated up to 9 hours as topics
change and can be taken concurrently. PRQ: ECON 260 and ECON
261.
371. HEALTH ECONOMICS (3). Applies microeconomic analysis
to the behavior of individuals, health care providers, managed care
organizations, insurers, pharmaceutical rms, and government to
strengthen students’ understanding of the health care system and
health care policy. PRQ: ECON 260.
* Available for general education credit.
246 ECONOMICS
372. INCOME DISTRIBUTION AND POVERTY (3). Introduction
with emphasis on conditions in the United States, past and present.
Understanding the link between inequality and the performance of
an economy is an integral part of understanding the very process of
development and the effects of different policies. Introduction to the
complex issues facing policy makers. PRQ: ECON 260.
373. ECONOMICS AND EQUITY (3). How different forms of economic
activities, policies, and methods of government resource allocations
affect the distribution of welfare, income, and resources across and
among various groups of people and businesses. Understanding
how to measure and analyze the poverty, discrimination, equity, and
efficiency effects of government programs. PRQ: ECON 260 and
ECON 261.
374. GAME THEORY (3). Analysis of decision makers who are aware
that their actions and any assumptions made by others about their
actions will affect the actions of those others. In the last 25 years,
game theory has become the core of economic theory, both micro and
macro. Introduction to the tools of game theory and the usefulness
of this approach by analyzing several examples. PRQ: ECON 260.
375. INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS (3). Theoretical aspects of
Industrial Organization (IO),the eld of economics that studies the
structure of markets and the behavior of rms, as well as empirical
examples that come from “real life” business practice. Additoinal
focus on industry policies and regulations. Topics include: Theory
of the rm and market structure, monopoly practice, oligopoly and
collusion, entry deterrence, product differentiation, advertising, and
industry regulation. PRQ: ECON 260.
385. INTRODUCTION TO URBAN AND REGIONAL ECONOMICS
(3). Emphasis on the economic aspects of urban and regional
problems and issues. PRQ: ECON 260.
386. ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS (3). Theoretical foundations
and economic analyses of pollution, congestion, resource depletion,
and other environmental problems accompanying economic
growth, population growth, technological change, and urbanization.
Environmental policies and quality control, resource and energy
conservation, population, technology, and economic growth policies.
PRQ: ECON 260.
390. BASIC ECONOMETRICS AND ECONOMIC APPLICATIONS
(3). Introduction to econometric concepts. Topics include simple
linear estimation of consumption functions and of demand and
supply functions; multiple regression as applied to money demand
functions; prediction; and distributed lag models. PRQ: STAT 301 or
STAT 350 or UBUS 223. CRQ: ECON 390A.
390A. BASIC ECONOMETRICS LABORATORY (1). Econometric
applications. CRQ: ECON 390.
393. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN
ECONOMICS (3). Descriptions of static economic models by
means of elementary calculus and matrix algebra; application and
interpretation of the general linear model in economics. PRQ: MATH
211 or MATH 229; ECON 260 and ECON 261. CRQ: ECON 393A.
393A. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS LABORATORY (1).
Computational, numerical, or graphical applications. CRQ: ECON
393.
397. DIRECTED STUDY (1). Selected readings and study taken
in conjunction with an upper division economics course. May be
repeated to a maximum of 4 semester hours. PRQ: ECON 260 and
ECON 261.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
GEOG 401X, HIST 401, POLS 401X, PSYC 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
403. ECONOMICS OF HUMAN RESOURCES (3). Analysis of
factors affecting demand for and supply of labor. Human capital
analysis, discrimination, labor market operations, and public policy.
PRQ: ECON 360 or consent of department.
420. ANTITRUST ECONOMICS (3). Detailed analysis of monopoly,
near monopoly, and various business practices. Examination of legal
and economic foundations of current and past public policies toward
monopoly. PRQ: ECON 360 or consent of department.
423. PUBLIC UTILITIES (3). General economic characteristics of and
governmental policy toward public utilities. Problems such as pricing,
nance, and private, cooperative, and public ownership. PRQ: ECON
360 or consent of department.
425. ECONOMIC EDUCATION (1-3). Exploration of selected
economic concepts, topics, and classroom materials/applications
to assist elementary or secondary teachers in developing K-12
economics curricula and instructional activities that meet State of
Illinois standards. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester
hours when topic varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
443. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT (3). Analysis of major problems
and issues of a theoretical and a policy nature concerning
developing economies. PRQ: ECON 360 or ECON 361, or consent
of department.
450. PUBLIC ECONOMICS (3). Analysis of the structure and effects
of national, state, and local revenue and outlay systems. PRQ: ECON
360 or consent of department.
452. FISCAL POLICY (3). Examination of the role of the federal budget
in scal policy. Public expenditures, taxes, and debt management are
evaluated as tools of economic stabilization since World War II. PRQ:
ECON 361.
454. STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE (3). Analysis of the expenditure
revenue process in state and local governments. Effect of
intergovernmental grants and future of scal federalism. PRQ: ECON
360 or consent of department.
466. BUSINESS CYCLES (3). History of business uctuations;
theories and techniques of analysis; counter cyclical monetary and
scal policies; and survey of selected forecasting techniques. PRQ:
ECON 361 or consent of department.
470. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (3). Development of
economic thought to the mid 19th century. Emphasis on Adam Smith,
Ricardo, Malthus, Mill, and Marx. PRQ: ECON 260 and ECON 261,
or consent of department.
474. ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES (3). Evolution
and development of American economic institutions and processes
from colonial times to the 20th century. Modern economic approach
developed and applied to various topics. PRQ: ECON 260 and ECON
261, or consent of department.
484X. FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES (3). Crosslisted with STAT 484.
Review of nancial derivatives including futures, European and
American options, Exotic options. Greeks, trading and hedging
strategies. Pricing derivative security with appropriate boundary
conditions, including Black-Scholes formula, binomial trees, lattice
models and nite difference methods. Simulation and variance
reduction techniques. Interest rate models. PRQ: STAT 483 or
consent of department.
485. URBAN ECONOMIC PROBLEMS AND POLICIES (3).
Economic analysis of urban growth and land use and selected urban
problems such as urban transportation, public nance, housing,
poverty, and environmental quality. PRQ: ECON 360 and ECON 385,
or consent of department.
489. SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (3). Economic analysis
of a topic beyond the level usually reached in undergraduate
courses. Examples of topics include aspects of economic growth and
development, industrial organization, international economics, labor
economics, health economics, monetary economics, public nance,
agricultural economics, quantitative economics, nancial economics,
and economic theory. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours when topics change. PRQ: ECON 360, ECON 361, and MATH
211 or MATH 229.
ECONOMICS 247
490. ECONOMIC STATISTICS AND ECONOMETRICS (3). Topics
include descriptive statistics, probability, estimation, hypothesis
testing, correlation, and regression analysis, as applied to economic
models. PRQ: MATH 230 or consent of department.
491. MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ECONOMICS (3).
Mathematical methods used in economics with applications. PRQ:
ECON 360, ECON 361, and MATH 229, or consent of department.
492. RESEARCH METHODS IN ECONOMICS (3). Analysis of
societal issues in an economic framework; use of library, Internet, and
computer resources to conduct research; and organizing and writing
an effective research paper. Students write a substantial research
paper on a topic of their choice and present their ndings to the class.
PRQ: ECON 360 and ECON 361, and consent of department.
494. INTERNSHIP IN ECONOMICS (3). Student works for a rm or
government agency under the sponsorship of an economics faculty
member. Work experience must be approved by NIU’s Cooperative
Education/Internship Program and the Department of Economics.
Student prepares a written report under the direction of the faculty
member in the economics department. S/U grading. May not be
repeated. PRQ: Junior or senior standing with a declared major in
economics and consent of a department faculty member.
495. SEMINAR IN CURRENT PROBLEMS (3). Issues and policies
in government, politics, and economics. PRQ: ECON 360 and ECON
361 or consent of department.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 496X,
GEOG 496X, HIST 496, POLS 496X, PSYC 496X, and SOCI 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the
history or social science secondary teacher education program
and permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary
teacher education.
497. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ECONOMICS (3). Individually
arranged study within the various elds of economics. Not open to
economics graduate students. PRQ: ECON 360, ECON 361, and
senior standing.
498. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (3). Independent work in
economics under the direction of a faculty member. Open only to
seniors. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of department.
Economics Faculty
Virginia Wilcox Gök, Ph.D., Washington University, professor,
chair
Evan Anderson, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Carl Campbell III, Ph.D., Princeton University, associate professor
Ai-ru Cheng, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, assistant
professor
Jeremy Groves, Ph.D., Washington University, associate
professor
Stephen Karlson, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Eliakim Katz, Ph.D., London University, professor
Mohammad Mirhosseini, Ph.D., University of Illinois, assistant
professor
Khan A. Mohabbat, Ph.D., State University of New York, professor
Stephen Nord, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor emeritus
George Slotsve, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Wei Zhang, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant professor
248
Department of English (ENGL)
The Department of English offers a major leading to the B.A.
degree. English majors are required to take courses in several
areas but are encouraged to explore the range of literary and
linguistic study and allowed to proportion their work as they
and their department advisers nd appropriate through course
selection within groups. Because of the number of courses
available and the variety of professional opportunities related to
the English major, students are encouraged to plan their curricula
in consultation with the department adviser for majors.
The department offers a minor in English and participates with
the Department of Communication in offering a minor in applied
communication and with the Department of Foreign Languages
and Literatures in offering a minor in comparative literature. The
department also participates in the interdisciplinary minors in
black studies, classical studies, Latino/Latin American studies,
linguistics, and women’s studies.
The department offers internship opportunities in writing, editing,
and training. Students may receive credit and, in some cases,
payment for these internships. Interested students should consult
the department coordinator of internships.
The department offers an honors program for its majors and
regularly offers courses for the University Honors Program. Several
English courses can be used by non-majors toward fullling the
humanities and the arts area requirement in the university’s
general education program. The department also offers several
courses in composition beyond the required freshman English
courses for both majors and non-majors.
Department Requirements
The GPA in the English major and minor is calculated by using all
and only those English courses at NIU numbered 110 or higher,
specically excluding ENGL 103, ENGL 203, and ENGL 204.
Students with a major or minor in English must demonstrate
competence in the fundamentals of English grammar by
successfully completing ENGL 207 or by passing an exemption
examination. Students should satisfy this requirement as early
as possible. Students who pass the exemption examination will
be required to substitute another English course at the 100-400
level, taken at NIU or elsewhere, to complete the 39 required
semester hours in the major or the 18 semester hours required
in the minor. Failure to pass the exemption examination on the
rst attempt necessitates that a student successfully complete
ENGL 207.
ENGL 103, ENGL 203, and ENGL 204 are not counted toward
the 50-semester-hour maximum hours allowed in a single
department, as described in “Special Requirements in the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.”
Major in English (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Track 1. English Studies
Requirements in Department (39)
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300A, ENGL 300B, OR ENGL 300C - Advanced Essay
Composition (3)
One of the following:
ENGL 318 - Dynamics of Our Living Language (3)
ENGL 320 - History of the English Language (3)
ENGL 321 - Structure of Modern English (3)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
ENGL 432 - Topics in General Linguistics (3)
ENGL 433 - Discourse Analysis (3)
ENGL 434X - Language and Gender (3)
Two of the following including one of ENGL 330, ENGL 331,
ENGL 332, or ENGL 375 (6)
ENGL 330 - American Literature to 1830 (3)
ENGL 331 - American Literature: 1830-1860 (3)
ENGL 332 - American Literature: 1860-1910 (3)
ENGL 333 - American Literature: 1910-1960 (3)
ENGL 334 - American Literature: 1960-Present (3)
ENGL 374 - The American Short Story (3)
ENGL 375 - The American Novel (3)
ENGL 376 - American Drama Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 377 - American Poetry Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 381 - American Ethnic Literature (3)
One course from each group below, including one of
ENGL 406, ENGL 407, or ENGL 409 (12)
ENGL 405 - Early English Literature (3),
OR ENGL 406 - Chaucer (3),
OR ENGL 420 - Arthurian Literature (3)
ENGL 407 - Shakespeare (3),
OR ENGL 408 - The English Renaissance: 1500-1603 (3),
OR ENGL 409 - Milton (3) ,
OR ENGL 410 - 17th Century English Literature: 1603-1660 (3)
ENGL 412 - Restoration and 18th Century English Literature (3),
OR ENGL 413 - The Romantic Period (3),
OR ENGL 414 - The Victorian Age (3),
OR ENGL 470 - The English Novel to 1900 (3)
ENGL 471 - The English Novel Since 1900 (3),
OR ENGL 475 - British Poetry Since 1900 (3),
OR ENGL 476 - British Drama Since 1900 (3),
OR ENGL 477 - Postcolonial and New Literatures in English (3)
Three courses at the 300-400 level, selected from the above courses not
used to fulll area requirements and/or from other English courses (9)
Requirements outside Department (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
Total Hours for a Major in English, Track 1: 39-51
Track 2. English Studies Leading to Secondary
Licensure in English Language Arts
These are minimum requirements. Meeting these requirements
will not guarantee students admission to the program or to
particular courses.
Students majoring in English who seek licensure to teach
English Language Arts at the secondary level should consult
with the coordinator of educator licensure in English at the
earliest possible date. Undergraduate majors normally apply
for admission to the program for licensure in secondary English
Language Arts at the end of the sophomore year, except in the
case of transfer students, who normally apply during their rst
semester at NIU. Graduate students should see the appropriate
section of the entry in the Graduate Catalog for the Department
ENGLISH 249
of English. Students who already possess the baccalaureate or
higher degree and wish to pursue licensure without becoming a
candidate for a degree should consult the coordinator of educator
licensure in English as early as possible.
Admission Requirements
Application in writing to the coordinator.
Passing score on the Test of Academic Prociency, or equivalent
recognized by the Illinois State Board of Education.
Completion of at least 9 semester hours of English beyond
ENGL 103-ENGL 203 or ENGL 204 at NIU, including ENGL 200,
ENGL 207, and ENGL 300C, with an English GPA of at least 3.00
including a minimum grade of B in ENGL 300C and a minimum
grade of C in all other English classes used in the calculation of
the ENGL GPA. All undergraduate educator licensure candidates
in English Language Arts are required to complete ENGL 207
with a minimum grade of C.
Completion of at least 15 hours of work at NIU with a GPA of at
least 2.75.
Completion of the foundational studies requirements in writing,
oral communication, and quantitative literacy with a grade of C or
better in each course used to satisfy these requirements.
Satisfactory interview with the coordinator.
Retention
Students must have a minimum GPA of 2.75 in all work at NIU
with a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all English courses beyond
ENGL 103-ENGL 203 or ENGL 204 at NIU. They must obtain a
grade of B or better in ENGL 404, ENGL 479, ENGL 480, and
ENGL 482 and have a satisfactory review of progress with the
coordinator each semester. Courses listed below are aligned with
Illinois Professional Teaching Standards and the National Council
of Teachers of English standards for preparation of teachers of
Secondary English Language Arts. Educator licensure candidates
should save appropriate evidence of content-area knowledge.
Requirements in Department (39)
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300C - Advanced Essay Composition (3)
*ENGL 310 - Uncensored Classics (3)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 330 - American Literature to 1830 (3)
ENGL 331 - American Literature: 1830-1860 (3)
ENGL 332 - American Literature: 1860-1910 (3)
ENGL 375 - The American Novel (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 333 - American Literature: 1910-1960 (3)
ENGL 334 - American Literature: 1960-Present (3)
ENGL 374 - The American Short Story (3)
ENGL 376 - American Drama Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 377 - American Poetry Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 381 - American Ethnic Literature (3)
ENGL 407 - Shakespeare (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 405 - Early English Literature (3)
ENGL 406 - Chaucer (3)
ENGL 408 - The English Renaissance: 1500-1603 (3)
ENGL 409 - Milton (3)
ENGL 410 - 17th Century English Literature: 1603-1660 (3)
ENGL 412 - Restoration and 18th Century English Literature (3)
ENGL 420 - Arthurian Literature (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 413 - The Romantic Period (3)
ENGL 414 - The Victorian Age (3)
ENGL 470 - The English Novel to 1900 (3)
ENGL 471 - The English Novel Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 475 - British Poetry Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 476 - British Drama Since 1900 (3)
ENGL 477 - Postcolonial and New Literatures in English (3)
ENGL 404 - Theory and Research in Written Composition for
English Language Arts (3)
ENGL 479 - Theory and Research in Literature for English
Language Arts (3)
ENGL 480 - Materials and Methods of Teaching Secondary English
Language Arts (3)
ENGL 485 - Student Teaching in Secondary English Language
Arts (3)
ENGL 404, ENGL 479, ENGL 480, and ENGL 485 must be taken
in sequence. ENGL 480 must be taken in the semester immediately
prior to enrollment in ENGL 485. Students are admitted to ENGL 485
only upon application, review of their academic record and of their
professional tness, and satisfactory completion of all other work
required for graduation, including all other work in the major.
Requirements Outside Department (9-21)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12).
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
Students seeking licensure should consult the coordinator as
early as possible.
Total Hours for a Major in English, Track 2: 48-60
Additional Requirements
The Illinois State Board of Education species that candidates
earn a grade of C or better in each course required for
ecucator licensure. This requirement includes courses used
to fulll Educator Licensure in English Language Arts as an
additional endorsement (see below) as well as professional
education courses offered in the College of Education. NOTE:
The Department of English requires that candidates for Track
2: English Studies Leading to Secondary Licensure in English
Language Arts, Grades 9-12 and candidates for Middle School
Licensure in English Language Arts, Grades 5-8 (see below)
maintain a 3.00 English GPA (excluding First Year Composition).
Track 2 candidates must maintain a 2.75 NIU cumulative GPA.
The state of Illinois requires a minimum of 100 clock hours of
substantial, varied, and sequential clinical experiences prior
to student teaching. This requirement may be satised by
successfully completing the following courses.
ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience (1) (must be taken
concurrently with ENGL 404)
ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (2) (must be taken
concurrently with ENGL 479)
ENGL 482 - Clinical Experience in Secondary English Language
Arts (1-2) (must be taken concurrently with ENGL 480)
A course in the teaching of English Language Learners
A course in the methods of teaching exceptional children (3)
Students are also required to have course work in reading
instruction at the secondary level and in human growth and
development. Students should consult with the educator
licensure coordinator in English to determine which courses are
approved for satisfying the additional requirements. Students
must also pass the Illinois examination for licensure for teaching
in English Language Arts and fulll any additional state of Illinois
requirements.
Requirements for Middle School Licensure in English
Language Arts (27)
The following are minimum requirements. The Illinois State
Board of Education strongly recommends at least 33 hours of
preparation in the candidate’s primary subject area of middle-
school licensure.
* Available for general education credit.
250 ENGLISH
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300C - Advanced Essay Composition: Licensure in
Teaching (3)
*ENGL 310 - Uncensored Classics (3)
*ENGL 315 - Shakespeare for Non-Majors (3),
OR ENGL 407 - Shakespeare (3),
OR a 300 or 400- level course in British literature (3)
A 300 or 400- level course in American literature (3)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
ENGL 404 - Theory and Research in Written Composition for
English Language Arts (3)
ENGL 479 - Theory and Research in Literature for English
Language Arts (3)
Plus a culminating methods course leading to middle-school
educator licensure that aligns with the National Council of
Teachers of English standards for teaching English Language
Arts (3)
Requirements for Educator Licensure in English Language
Arts as an Additional Endorsement (24)
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300C - Advanced Essay Composition: Licensure in
Teaching (3)
*ENGL 315 - Shakespeare for Non-Majors (3),
OR ENGL 407 - Shakespeare
A 300 or 400-level course in British literature (3)
A 300 or 400-level course in American literature (3)
ENGL 404 - Theory and Research in Written Composition for
English Language Arts (3)
ENGL 479 - Theory and Research in Literature for English
Language Arts (3)
This additional endorsement will also satisfy the requirement for
an English minor. The candidate must apply to the coordinator of
educator licensure in English to declare the English minor.
Track 3. English Studies in Writing
Students majoring in English Studies in Writing will have
exibility to develop a general focus on professional writing,
creative writing, or both. They will ground their written practice
in a substantive understanding of language analysis, literary
analysis, critical thinking, and the major literary genres. Students
in creative writing may also earn the Certicate of Undergraduate
Study in Creative Writing.
Requirements in Department (39)
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300A - Advanced Essay Composition: General (3),
OR ENGL 300B - Advanced Essay Composition: Pre-Law (3),
OR ENGL 300C - Advanced Essay Composition: English
Teacher Certication (3)
Two of the following (6)
ENGL 301 - Writing Poetry I (3)
ENGL 302 - Writing Fiction I (3)
ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 403 - Technical Editing (3)
Two of the following (6)
ENGL 304 - Writing Arts Criticism (3)
*ENGL 350 - Writing Across the Curriculum (3)
ENGL 398 - Topics in the Practice and Theory of Composition
(3-6)
ENGL 401 - Writing Poetry II (3)
ENGL 402 - Writing Fiction II (3)
ENGL 424 - Topics in Technical Writing (1-3)
ENGL 493 - Writing Creative Nonction II (3)
ENGL 496 - Internship in Writing, Editing, or Training (3-6)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 318 - Dynamics of Our Living Language (3)
ENGL 321 - Structure of Modern English (3)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
ENGL 432 - Topics in General Linguistics (3)
ENGL 433 - Discourse Analysis (3)
ENGL 434X - Language and Gender (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 374 - The American Short Story (3)
ENGL 384 - Literary Nonction (3)
ENGL 474 - The International Short Story (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 363 - Literature and Film (3)
ENGL 376 - American Drama since 1900 (3)
ENGL 407 - Shakespeare (3)
ENGL 476 - British Drama since 1900 (3)
One of the following (3)
ENGL 377 - American Poetry since 1900 (3)
ENGL 406 - Chaucer (3)
ENGL 409 - Milton (3)
ENGL 475 - British Poetry since 1900 (3)
Two other ENGL literature courses at the 300-400 level, selected
from the above courses not used to fulll area requirements and/
or from other English courses (6)
Requirements outside department (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
Total hours for a Major in English, Track 3: 39-51
Degree with Honors
Students in the University Honors Program are automatically
eligible for English honors work, as are students who have at least
a 3.00 GPA in their English courses. Students who wish to earn a
baccalaureate degree with honors in English must graduate with
a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the English major and complete 12
semester hours or more of English honors work (including ENGL
497H) with a GPA of at least 3.20 in those courses.
Minor in English (18)
The minor in English is designed to allow students majoring in
other elds to supplement their studies in a manner that best
meets their needs and interests. Possibilities include a general
survey of British and American literature, a focus on a single
period or genre, a focus in writing or linguistics, or some other
coherent selection of courses.
ENGL 200 - Literary Study: Research and Criticism (3)
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3)
ENGL 300 - Advanced Essay Composition (3)
Three additional courses at the 300-400 level (9)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Creative Writing (12)
This certicate is designed to provide interested students the
opportunity to study the craft of writing poetry, ction, or creative
nonction. Students in any baccalaureate degree program who
have at least sophomore standing and a GPA of 2.00 or better
can complete the requirements for the certicate. Students must
select a single genre, and register with one of the coordinators of
creative writing for approval of the program of study.
Each student will take four three-credit, upper-level (300 or higher)
courses, including the introductory and advanced workshops
in sequence in the chosen genre, one course in reading and
analysis of the literature of that genre, and one course (excluding
workshop) in a second genre.
* Available for general education credit.
ENGLISH 251
The introductory and advanced workshop (in sequence) in the
chosen genre, which serves as the foundational courses:
ENGL 301 - Writing Poetry I (3) and ENGL 401 - Writing Poetry II (3),
OR ENGL 302 - Writing Fiction I (3) and ENGL 402 - Writing
Fiction II (3),
OR ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3) and ENGL 493,
- Writing Creative Nonction II (3)
Two from the following (one course must be in your selected genre,
and one must be from outside your selected genre):
ENGL 304 - Writing Arts Criticism (3)
ENGL 374 - The American Short Story (3)
ENGL 375 - The American Novel (3)
ENGL 377 - American Poetry since 1900 (3)
ENGL 384 - Literary Nonction (3)
ENGL 471 - The English Novel since 1900 (3)
ENGL 475 - British Poetry since 1900 (3)
ENGL 400 - Literary Topics, as applicable (3-6)
Course List
Writing Courses
102. COMPOSITION SKILLS (3). Developmental composition with
an emphasis on frequent writing and extensive revision of expressive,
expository, and persuasive essays accompanied by critical reading
of both professional and peer nonction prose. Weekly tutorials and
writing in electronic environments required. Preparation for ENGL
103. Does not count as credit for graduation.
103. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION I (3). Writing and revising
expressive, expository, and persuasive essays accompanied by the
reading of nonction prose. Weekly writing assignments. Not used in
calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or better required
to satisfy English core competency requirement.
203. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION II, RESEARCHED WRITING
IN THE DOMAINS (3). Critical reading and research-based writing
with emphasis on the writing process and preparing students to
participate in professional and academic discussions in the three
domains: Creativity and Critical Analysis, Nature and Technology,
and Society and Culture. Basic research methodology, source
evaluation, and collaborative projects required in all sections. Not
used in calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or better
required to satisfy English core competency requirement. PRQ:
ENGL 103 with a grade of C or better.
203A. Researched Writing Across the Three Domains
203B. Researched Writing in Creativity and Critical Analysis
203C. Researched Writing in Nature and Technology
203D. Researched Writing in Society and Culture
204. RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION, ACCELERATED
RESEARCHED WRITING IN THE DOMAINS (3). Concentrated
rhetorical approach to critical reading and research-based writing
with emphasis on the writing process and preparing students to
participate in professional and academic discussions in the three
domains: Creativity and Critical Analysis, Nature and Technology, and
Society and Culture. Basic research methodology, source evaluation,
and collaborative projects required in all sections. Students with credit
for ENGL 204 may not take ENGL 103 or ENGL 203. Not used in
calculating English major or minor GPA. Grade of C or better required
to satisfy English core competency requirement. PRQ: Placement
only through English Core Competency Examination or a score of 30
or higher on the ACT combined English/Writing Test.
300. ADVANCED ESSAY COMPOSITION (3).
A. General. Writing expressive, persuasive, and informative
essays and developing appropriate stylistic and organizational
techniques. Open to majors, minors, and non-majors.
B. Pre-Law. Designed to meet special writing needs of the pre-law
student.
C. Licensure in Teaching. Designed to meet the special writing
needs of advance the writing prociencies especially important to
students seeking licensure in either middle or high school English
Language Arts. Aligned with the Common Core Standards, the
Illinois Professional Teaching Standards, and the National Council of
Teachers of English standards for teaching English Language Arts.
301. WRITING POETRY I (3). Beginning course in writing poetry.
302. WRITING FICTION I (3). Beginning course in writing ction.
303. WRITING CREATIVE NONFICTION (3). Writing informal and
formal nonction essays, emphasizing a literary approach to language
and exibility of form. Essay models include memoir, personal essay,
nature essay, segmented essay, and travel essay, and may include
biography and history. PRQ: Any writing course beyond the freshman
level or consent of department.
304. WRITING ARTS CRITICISM (3). Practice in writing critical
reviews of visual art, music, lm, and other art forms. Designed for
students who have some knowledge of the art form they choose to
write on and who seek guidance in organizing and communicating
their judgments.
308. TECHNICAL WRITING (3). Principles and strategies for
planning, writing, and revising technical documents common in
government, business, and industry (e.g., manuals, proposals,
procedures, newsletters, brochures, specications, memoranda, and
formal reports). Topics include analysis of audience and purpose,
simplifying complex information, document design, and project
management.
350. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM (3). Practice in writing
skills conventions, organization and structuring of prose forms
appropriate to the humanities, social sciences, and sciences (e.g.,
proposals, lab reports, case studies, literature reviews, critiques).
Open to majors and non-majors.
398. TOPICS IN THE PRACTICE AND THEORY OF COMPOSITION
(3). Selected aspects of composition such as advanced rhetorical
argumentative writing and writing for publication. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
401. WRITING POETRY II (3). Advanced course in writing poetry.
PRQ: ENGL 301.
402. WRITING FICTION II (3). Advanced course in writing ction.
PRQ: ENGL 302.
403. TECHNICAL EDITING (3). Principles and strategies for preparing
technical documents for publication, including editing for content,
organization, style, and correctness. Topics include the editor’s
roles and responsibilities, the levels of editing, proofreading and
copyediting, readability, format, production, and usability testing.
424. TOPICS IN TECHNICAL WRITING (1-3). Studies in selected
topics of special interest to students, teachers, and practitioners of
written technical communication. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours when topic varies.
451. ESL RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION I (3). Only for graduate
students whose native language is not English. Exploration of
academic discourse in a cross-disciplinary context. Writing and
revising essays with special support for grammar and mechanics.
Reading of academic prose. Weekly writing assignments. PRQ:
Placement by testing.
452. ESL RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION II (3). Only for graduate
students whose native language is not English. Exploration of critical
strategies and documented writing in the disciplines. Documented
writing required in all sections. Special support for grammar and
mechanics. PRQ: ENGL 451.
453. ESL RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION (3). Only for graduate
students whose native language is not English. A concentrated
approach to disciplinary writing with special support for grammar
and mechanics. Reading of academic prose. Documented writing
required in all sections. PRQ: Placement by testing.
493. WRITING CREATIVE NONFICTION II (3). Advanced
workshop in writing creative nonction. The writing of personal and
autobiographical essays with attention paid to extensive revision,
formal and thematic experimentation, and considerations about
the implications of the self as author and subject. Continues and
advances the work begun in Writing Creative Nonction. PRQ: ENGL
303.
252 ENGLISH
494. WRITING CENTER PRACTICUM (1-3). Crosslisted as ILAS
494X. Theoretical and practical instruction in tutoring, required for all
undergraduate writing consultants in the University Writing Center.
Includes research on cross-curricular writing tasks in a supervised,
on-the-job situation. S/U grading. May be repeated to a maximum of
3 semester hours with consent of department.
495. PRACTICUM IN ENGLISH (1-3). Practical writing and other
professional experience in supervised on-the-job situations. May be
repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. S/U grading.
496. INTERNSHIP IN WRITING, EDITING, OR TRAINING (1-6).
Involves primarily writing, editing, or training in business, industry,
or government setting, and that is jointly supervised by the English
department’s internship coordinator and an individual from the
sponsoring company or organization. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours. Up to 3 semester hours may be applied toward
the English department’s program requirements. S/U grading. PRQ:
Prior approval by the Department of English, a minimum of 120 contact
hours, and other requirements as specied by the department.
Language and Linguisitics Courses
207. FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR (3). Introduction
to modern English pedagogical grammar. Traditional terminology
and analytical tools used to describe the grammar and use of written
Standard English.
318. DYNAMICS OF OUR LIVING LANGUAGE (3). Introduction
to principles of linguistic analysis. Additional topics may include
biological foundations of language, linguistic variation and change,
language acquisition, and classication of world languages.
320. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3). Survey of the
English language from its Indo-European origins to the modern
period. Topics include phonology and grammar, the relationships
between English and other languages, and the social, political, and
cultural forces affecting linguistic change.
321. STRUCTURE OF MODERN ENGLISH (3). Survey of Modern
English and contemporary linguistic methods of analyzing and
describing its major structures and their functions.
322. LANGUAGE IN AMERICAN SOCIETY (3). Introduction to
the study of language in its social context. Focus on varieties of
American English with attention to the status of minority languages.
Sociolinguistic approach to language variation by region, social class,
ethnicity, gender, and social context. Standardization and attitudes
toward dialects and minority languages. Relationship between
language and power and social control. Aligned with the Common
Core Standards, the Illinois Professional Teaching Standards, and
the National Council of Teachers of English standards for teaching
English Language Arts.
432. TOPICS IN GENERAL LINGUISTICS (3). Selected problems
in descriptive, theoretical, applied, or historical linguistics. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
433. DISCOURSE ANALYSIS (3). Survey of approaches to the study
of language above the level of the sentence. Structural and functional
analysis of a variety of oral and written genres, such as oral narrative
and conversation, literary texts, and written expository prose.
434X. LANGUAGE AND GENDER (3). Crosslisted as WGST 434.
Examination of empirical evidence pertaining to language variation
by sex and gender identity within the framework of sociolinguistics.
Focuses on characteristics of feminine and masculine speech and
conversational styles, societal attitudes towards them, and their
implications for men and women in society. Biological foundations
and sociogenesis of sex differences in language; interaction effects
on language variation of other social variables such as age, class,
and ethnic identity; and crosscultural differences.
Courses Leading to Licensure in English
Language Arts
404. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN WRITTEN COMPOSITION
FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS (3). Theory and research applied
to principled practices in teaching and evaluating composition in
English Language Arts with emphasis on meeting Common Core
Standards for writing in the multicultural classroom. Aligned with the
Illinois Professional Teaching Standards and the National Council of
Teachers of English standards for teaching English Language Arts.
PRQ: ENGL 300C or consent of department. CRQ: ILAS 201.
479. THEORY AND RESEARCH IN LITERATURE FOR ENGLISH
LANGUAGE ARTS (3). Theory and research applied to principled
practices in teaching the reading of complex texts, including
canonical, multicultural, young adult, and informational literature in
English Language Arts. Aligned with the Common Core Standards,
the Illinois Professional Teaching Standards, and the National Council
of Teachers of English standards for teaching English Language Arts.
PRQ: ENGL 200, 9 semester hours of literature at the 300 and 400
level, and senior standing; or consent of department.
480. MATERIALS AND METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH
LANGUAGE ARTS (3). Methods, curriculum materials, and
technologies essential to the teacher of English Language Arts.
Emphasis on designing coherent and integrated units of instruction,
including the strategic use of assessments to foster learning.
Developing a variety of activities and multiple representations of
concepts to accommodate diverse students’ characteristics and
abilities. Aligned with the Common Core Standards, the Illinois
Professional Teaching Standards, and the National Council of
Teachers of English standards for teaching English Language Arts.
PRQ: ENGL 479 or consent of department. CRQ: ENGL 482.
482. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS (1-2).
Discipline-based clinical experience for students seeking licensure in
English Language Arts. Practicum in teaching methods, assessment,
problem solving, and on-site research. Minimum of 50 clock hours of
supervised and formally evaluated experiences in the setting likely
for student teaching. Includes regular on-campus meetings. PRQ:
Consent of department.CRQ: ENGL 480.
485. STUDENT TEACHING IN SECONDARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE
ARTS (7-12). Student teaching for one semester. Assignments
arranged through the office of clinical experiences in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences, in consultation with the coordinator of
educator licensure in English Language Arts. Ongoing assessment
of candidate’s development. Candidates must satisfactorily complete
a formal teacher performance assessment. Monthly on-campus
seminars. Not available for credit in the major. S/U grading. PRQ:
ENGL 480, ENGL 482, and consent of department.
Literature Courses
110. TRANSFORMATIVE FICTIONS (3). How can reading ction
transform our understanding of reality? Explore novels, short stories,
and plays to see how writers convince us to enter the worlds and
believe in the characters they create. Survey with selected authors.
115. BRITISH IDENTITIES, BRITISH LITERATURE (3). Discover
Britain’s literary traditions and cultures through novels, poetry, drama,
non-ction, and short stories that have captivated readers from early
times to now. Historical survey with selected authors.
116. AMERICAN IDENTITIES, AMERICAN LITERATURE (3).
American writers from the nation’s beginning have shown the world
who Americans are and what shapes their beliefs. Explore ction,
poetry, nonction, and dramatic works that have challenged or
complicated what it means to be “American.” Historical survey with
selected authors.
200. LITERARY STUDY: RESEARCH AND CRITICISM (3).
Introduction to methods and terms used in the study of literature
from a broad range of historical periods. Emphasis on a variety of
approaches to literary analysis; terminology used in the study of
literary genres of poetry, prose, and drama. Intensive practice writing
analytical essays on literature. Required of all majors and minors no
later than the rst semester of upper-division work in literature.
ENGLISH 253
305. PRINCIPLES OF CRITICISM (3). Readings in literary theory,
relationship between literary theory and critical methods and modes,
and principles of evaluation, appreciation, and understanding.
307. DRAMA AND CONFLICT (3). World drama, from Lysistrata
to Angels in America, focusing on themes of struggle, reform, and
compassion. Selected authors may represent a specic literary
period or include several periods.
309. POPULAR GENRES (3). . Study of how literature constantly
evolves into popular genres such as gothic mysteries, westerns,
fantasy, science ction, young adult adventures, horror, fan ction,
and graphic novels. Explore examples of a selected genre and nd
out about the social conditions that trigger these texts. Check with
department for specic genre and authors covered.
310. UNCENSORED CLASSICS (3). Read translations of epics,
treatises on love, myths, novels, essays, and plays--ancient to
modern, Eastern and Western. Learn how “classics” are dened and
why people nd them so provocative. Survey with selected authors.
311. TRANSFORMATIVE POETRY (3). How poetic forms
and language persuade readers to see the world in new and
unconventional ways, and what makes poems powerful in different
cultures and times. Survey with selected poets.
315. SHAKESPEARE FOR NON-MAJORS (3). Shakespeare’s plays
and poetry continue to excite modern audiences because of their
sexual escapades, political intrigue, and tragic violence. Read some
of his most entertaining works to learn why “The Bard” focused
on these themes and why he is still considered a must-read. Not
available for credit in the major.
330. AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1830 (3). American literature
from the beginnings through the early national period, including such
writers as Bradstreet, Taylor, Edwards, Franklin, Equiano, Rowson,
and Cooper.
331. AMERICAN LITERATURE: 1830-1860 (3). Literature of the
American Romantic period, including such writers as Emerson,
Hawthorne, Poe, Fuller, Stowe, Thoreau, and Melville.
332. AMERICAN LITERATURE: 1860-1910 (3). Includes such writers
as Dickinson, Twain, James, Chopin, Chesnutt, and Wharton.
333. AMERICAN LITERATURE: 1910-1960 (3). Includes such writers
as Cather, Stevens, Eliot, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Hurston, and Williams.
334. AMERICAN LITERATURE: 1960-PRESENT (3). Includes such
writers as Bellow, Rich, Morrison, Pynchon, Ashbery, and Kushner.
335. NON-WESTERN AND THIRD-WORLD LITERATURE (3). Study
of one non-Western or Third-World literary tradition or a survey of
literary traditions, such as African, Asian, Caribbean, Middle Eastern,
or Latin American. May focus on the classic texts produced by these
cultures (in translation) or on contemporary texts. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when subject varies.
337. WESTERN LITERATURE: CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL (3).
Intensive study of representative selections translated from the
works of Greek, Roman, and other European writers, such as Homer,
Sappho, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Virgil, Ovid, Dante, Tasso,
Rabelais, and Cervantes.
338. WESTERN LITERATURE: RENAISSANCE TO 1900 (3).
Comparative study of representative works from the early modern
period through the 19th century, read in translation, by authors such
as Ariosto, Racine, Diderot, Goethe, Baudelaire, and Tolstoy.
339. RECENT WESTERN LITERATURE (3). Comparative study of
representative modern works, read in translation, by authors such as
Chekov, Proust, Kafka, Rilke, Dinesen, Duras, and Calvino.
340. THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE (3). Introduction to the Bible
as literature, the history and the historical circumstances of its
composition, and the structure and style of its principal parts.
360. LITERATURE AND OTHER DISCIPLINES (3). Interrelationships
between the study of literature and other disciplines. Pertinence of
other disciplines to literature, for example, literature and psychology,
literature and sociology, literature and philosophy, and literature and
theology. Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours when subject varies.
363. LITERATURE AND FILM (3). Relationship between lm and
literature, with specic attention to the aesthetic impact of narrative,
drama, and poetry on lm and to the signicance in lm of romanticism,
realism, and expressionism as literary modes. Nature and history of
the adaptation of literary works to lm.
374. THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY (3). Shaping and development
of the modern short story as a literary form by American writers, from
the early 19th century to the present.
375. THE AMERICAN NOVEL (3). Development of the American
novel from the 18th century to the present.
376. AMERICAN DRAMA SINCE 1900 (3). Selected works by
representative American playwrights since 1900.
377. AMERICAN POETRY SINCE 1900 (3). Selected works by
representative American poets since 1900.
381. AMERICAN ETHNIC LITERATURE (3).
A. Native American Literature. Historical survey of the ction, drama,
poetry, and prose of Native American writers such as Zitkala Sa,
McNickel, Momaday, Welch, King, and Erdrich.
B. Latina/Latino Literature. Historical survey of the ction, drama,
poetry, and prose of Latina/Latino writers writing in English in the
United States.
C. African American Literature. Historical survey of the ction, drama,
poetry, and prose of African American writers such as Wheatley,
Douglass, Chesnutt, Cullen, Hughes, Baldwin, and Morrison.
D. Special Topics. Study of one or more ethnic traditions in American
literature not covered in ENGL 381A, ENGL 381B, or ENGL 381C.
Topic announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours when topic varies.
Study of one or more ethnic traditions in American literature.
382. WOMEN WRITERS: THE TRADITION IN ENGLISH (3). Literary
accomplishments of women writing in English, covering a range of
genres such as ction, poetry, essays, and drama. Effects of gender
on the reading and writing of literature.
383. GAY AND LESBIAN LITERATURE (3). Historical survey of
lesbian and gay ction, drama, poetry, and prose by American and
British writers such as Shakespeare, Behn, Whitman, Hall, Forster,
Ortiz-Taylor, Kushner, Leavitt, and Winterson.
384. LITERARY NONFICTION (3). Representative readings in literary
nonction, from autobiography and memoir to the personal and lyric
essay, focusing either on a period, such as modern/contemporary,
or on a theme. Attention paid to literary qualities fostered in personal
writing, and to form, theory, and historical and cultural contexts.
399. TOPICS IN AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
400. LITERARY TOPICS (3). Topics announced. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
405. EARLY ENGLISH LITERATURE (3). English literature to 1500.
Modernized texts used for works which might otherwise present
language problems.
406. CHAUCER (3). The poetry, with emphasis on The Canterbury
Tales.
407. SHAKESPEARE (3). Representative comedies, tragedies, and
historical plays. Attention given to Shakespeare’s growth as a literary
artist and to the factors which contributed to that development; his
work evaluated in terms of its signicance for modern times.
408. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: 1500-1603 (3). Literature during
the Early Tudor and Elizabethan periods, as reected in the work of
such writers as More, Spenser, Sidney, Marlowe, and Shakespeare.
254 ENGLISH
409. MILTON (3). Poetry and prose, with emphasis on Paradise
Lost.
410. 17TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE: 1603-1660 (3).
Literature during the Jacobean, Caroline, and Commonwealth
periods, as reected in the work of such authors as Bacon, Donne,
Jonson, Browne, Milton, and Marvell.
412. RESTORATION AND 18TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE
(3). Later 17th and 18th century literature, including selections from
such representative writers as Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson.
413. THE ROMANTIC PERIOD (3). Earlier 19th-century English
literature, including selections from such representative authors as
Blake, Wollstonecraft, Wordsworth, Austen, Byron, the Shelleys, and
Keats.
414. THE VICTORIAN AGE (3). Later 19th-century English literature,
including such writers as the Brownings, Tennyson, the Brontës,
Dickens, Eliot, Arnold, and Pater.
420. ARTHURIAN LITERATURE (3). Representative medieval works,
in both Middle English and translation from European languages,
with consideration of their inuence on later Arthuriana.
470. THE ENGLISH NOVEL TO 1900 (3). Development of the
English novel in the 18th and 19th centuries, including works by
such representative authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Austen,
Thackeray, the Brontës, Eliot, and Hardy.
471. THE ENGLISH NOVEL SINCE 1900 (3). Includes works by such
representative authors as Conrad, Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence, Murdoch,
Amis, Naipaul, and Drabble.
474. THE INTERNATIONAL SHORT STORY (3). Birth and
development of the short story as an international literary form.
Studies short ction by writers from around the world, from the early
19th century to the present.
475. BRITISH POETRY SINCE 1900 (3). Includes works by such
representative authors as Hopkins, Yeats, Sitwell, Eliot, Smith,
Thomas, and Heaney.
476. BRITISH DRAMA SINCE 1900 (3). Includes works by such
representative playwrights as Wilde, Shaw, Beckett, Osborne, Pinter,
Stoppard, and Churchill.
477. POSTCOLONIAL AND NEW LITERATURES IN ENGLISH (3).
Representative works of new literatures in English by postcolonial
South Asian, African, Australian, and Caribbean writers, such as
Arundhati Roy, Buchi Emecheta, Ben Okri, Peter Carey, Michelle
Cliff, and Derek Walcott.
483. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE (3). Comparative study of works,
read in translation, by such continental gures as Petrarch, Erasmus,
Machiavelli, Marguerite de Navarre, Rabelais, and Cervantes.
489. EUROPEAN NOVEL (3). Selected works since 1700, read
in translation, by such novelists as Goethe, Dostoevsky, Flaubert,
Tolstoy, Kafka, Duras, and Calvino. Organization may be thematic or
chronological.
499. TOPICS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE (3). Topics announced. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
PRQ: Consent of department.
General
490. SENIOR SEMINAR IN ENGLISH STUDIES (3).
A. Literature
B. Linguistics
C. Rhetoric
D. Creative Writing
E. English Pedagogy
Intensive study of selected topics within one area in English studies.
Directed study to prepare a seminar project for presentation to the
seminar participants. Topics announced. PRQ: Senior standing.
491. HONORS DIRECTED STUDY (3). Directed study in an area of
English studies. Open to all department honors students. May be
repeated once. PRQ: Consent of department.
497. DIRECTED STUDY (1-3). Directed study in any area of English
studies. PRQ: Consent of department.
498. TOPICS IN ENGLISH STUDIES (1-3). Exploration of a topic or
theme in English studies via lectures, discussions, and reports. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies.
English Faculty
Amy K. Levin, Ph.D., City University of New York, professor, chair
Melissa Adams-Campbell, Ph.D., Indiana University, assistant
professor
Gulsat Aygen, Ph.D., Harvard University, associate professor
William Baker, Ph.D., University of London, Distinguished Research
Professor, Board of Trustees Professor, professor emeritus
Scott Balcerzak, Ph.D., University of Florida, assistant professor
Alexandra G. Bennett, Ph.D., Brandeis University, associate
professor
Betty J. Birner, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor
Joseph W. Bonomo, Ph.D., University of Ohio, assistant professor
Edward Callary, Ph.D., Louisiana State University, professor
emeritus
Jeffrey P. Chown, Ph.D., University of Michigan, adjunct professor
emeritus
Nicole Clifton, Ph.D., Cornell University, associate professor
Lara Crowley, Ph.D., associate professor, University of Maryland
Timothy Crowley, Ph.D., associate professor, University of Maryland
Michael J. Day, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, professor
Deborah C. De Rosa, Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill, associate professor
Susan E. Deskis, Ph.D., Harvard University, associate professor
Jeffrey Einboden, Ph.D., University of Cambridge, associate
professor
Philip E. Eubanks, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
Ibis Gómez-Vega, Ph.D., University of Houston, associate professor
David Gorman, Ph.D., Columbia University, associate professor
John V. Knapp, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, professor emeritus
Doris M. Macdonald, Ph.D., Louisiana State University, associate
professor
Brian T. May, Ph.D., University of Virginia, associate professor
Thomas McCann, Ph.D., University of Chicago, assistant professor
Amy Newman, Ph.D., University of Ohio, Distinguished Research
Professor
Bradley T. Peters, Ph.D., University of Iowa, professor
Kathleen Renk, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
Jessica L. Reyman, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, associate
professor
Timothy Ryan, Ph.D., University of Nevada-Reno, assistant
professor
John D. Schaeffer, Ph.D., St. Louis University, professor
Diana L. Swanson, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, associate
professor
Mark W. Van Wienen, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
255
Environmental Studies (ENVS)
Environmental Studies seeks to (1) evaluate the nature and
magnitude of environmental and climatic change at local,
regional, and global scales; (2) understand and explore solutions
to energy challenges; and (3) assess the impact of environmental,
climatic, and energy challenges on society and contribute toward
the development of a public policy that promotes sustainability.
Environmental Studies offers both a B.A. and a B.S. degree for
a major in environmental studies. The major in environmental
studies is designed primarily for students seeking a career in
identifying the causes, scales, and remediation and mitigation
approaches to major local, regional, and global environmental
problems. Each student must complete the required courses of
the major along with an emphasis eld. Courses used to satisfy
the requirements for the major may have prerequisites that are
not part of the major curriculum. Several university departments
participate in the major in environmental studies including
anthropology, biological sciences, geography, geology, history,
industrial and systems engineering, philosophy, political science,
sociology, and technology.
Major in Environmental Studies (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Environmental Studies (19)
ENVS 100 - Exploring the Environmental Studies Major (1)
ENVS 301 - Environmental Science I: Physical Systems (3)
ENVS 302 - Environmental Science II: Biological Systems (3)
ENVS 303 - Environment in the Social Sciences and Humanities (3)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy and Economics (3)
ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
Three semester hours from the following (3)
ENVS 450 - Issues in Environmental Studies (3)
ENVS 490 - Undergraduate Research (1-3)
ENVS 491 - Special Topics in Environmental Studies (1-3)
ENVS 492 - Internship in Environmental Studies (1-6)
ENVS 498 - Senior Thesis (1-3)
ENVS 499 - Senior Thesis: Honors (1-3)
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (B.A., 9; B.S.,
15-16)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
CHEM 100 - Chemistry in Everyday Life (3),
OR PHYS 140 - Physics and Society (3),
OR IYSE 100 - Fundamentals of Manufacturing Systems (3)
MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3),
OR MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3)
For the B.S. degree
CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3)
CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
CHEM 213 - General Chemistry Laboratory II (1),
MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR MATH 229 - Calculus I (4) and MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Emphasis 1. Biodiversity and Environmental
Restoration (35)
The diversity of life on earth (Biodiversity) represents a resource
of unknown potential for improving human welfare that is
increasingly put at risk by human activities. Perhaps the most
signicant challenge of the 21st century is to resolve how to best
utilize this resource while providing effective stewardship such
that biodiversity resources are maintained for future generations.
Meeting this challenge requires a detailed understanding of the
processes that promote, maintain, and diminish biodiversity at all
levels of biological organization, from molecules to ecosystems,
a theme that unites the many subdisciplines within biology.
Organisms are intimately connected to their environments and
environments vary on multiple spatial and temporal scales.
Hence, utilization and stewardship of biodiversity requires
understanding its connection to both natural and human-induced
environmental change. This emphasis is offered for the B.S. only.
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (14)
BIOS 103 - General Biology (3) AND BIOS 105 - General Biology
Laboratory (1),
OR BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology (3)
AND BIOS 211 Fundamentals of Organismal Biology
Laboratory (1)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
GEOG 322 - Geography of World Plant Communities (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
Select one of the following humanities and social sciences courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 324 - Politics of Environmental, Health, and Safety
Regulation (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Electives (18)
Students must select at least six of the following electives. At least
one course must be selected from each of the following: conceptually-
based courses, methods-based courses, and taxonomically-based
courses. The remaining three courses must be selected from the
courses listed below; if not previously used to fulll the requirements
for those categories.
Select at least one of the following conceptually-based courses (3)
ANTH 343/ENVS 343X - Extinction: Where the Wild Things
Were (3)
ANTH 444/ENVS 444X - Primate Ecology and Conservation (3)
ANTH 445/BIOS 435X - Primate Evolution (3)
BIOS 317 - Evolution (3)
BIOS 433 - Behavioral Ecology (3)
BIOS 439 - Molecular Evolution (3)
BIOS 448 - Aquatic Ecology (4)
BIOS 487 - Conservation Genetics (3)
GEOG 422 - Plant-Soil Interactions (4)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life Through Time (4),
OR GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology,
Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 488 - Environmental Change (3)
256 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Select at least one of the following methods-based courses (3)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X - Water Quality (4)
GEOG 302 - Soil Science (4)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 413 - Forest Ecology and Management (3)
GEOL 390 - Introduction to Groundwater (3)
GEOL 421 - Environmental Geochemistry (3)
GEOL 477 - Field Methods in Environmental Geosciences (4)
MET 430 - Micrometeorology (3)
Select at least one of the following taxonomically-based courses (3)
ANTH 341/BIOS 341X - Primatology (3)
BIOS 305 - Biology of Land Plants
BIOS 415 - Water Microbiology (3)
BIOS 430 - Plant Systematics (4)
BIOS 453 - Entomology (3)
BIOS 456 - Biology of Fishes, Amphibians, and Reptiles (4)
BIOS 457 - Biology of Birds and Mammals (4)
BIOS 458/GEOL 458X - Vertebrate Paleontology (3)
GEOL 468/BIOS 468X - Geomicrobiology (3)
GEOL 470/BIOS 469X - Invertebrate Paleontology (3)
GEOL 471/BIOS 466X - Introduction to Micropaleontology (3)
Emphasis 2. Energy Studies (34)
This emphasis combines courses in the colleges of Liberal Arts
and Sciences and Engineering and Engineering Technology
and will introduce students to the world of green technology and
energy related issues. The focus of the emphasis includes, but is
not limited to, green concepts in power production, processing,
manufacturing, ecologically friendly materials, and transportation.
Students will also take courses on the humanities and social
sciences to better understand the role that energy plays in society.
This emphasis is offered for the B.S. only.
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (13)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
ISYE 421 - Introduction to Green Engineering (3)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4),
OR PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
TECH 484 - Energy Management (3)
Select three of the following technology/engineering-based
courses (9)
ISYE 453 - Integrated Product and Process Design (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
TECH 411 - Environmental Sustainability Practices for Industrial
Operations (3)
TECH 417 - Design for Energy Efficiency and Green Materials (3)
TECH 419 - Energy Auditing (3)
TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
Select three of the following applications and natural science-
based courses (9)
BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology (3)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
ENVS 315/GEOG 315X - Geography of Energy (3)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X/PHHE 409X - Water Quality (4)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOL 421 - Environmental Geochemistry (3)
GEOL 425 - Engineering Geology (3)
GEOL 496 - Geophysics (3)
MET 430 - Micrometerology (3)
PHYS 434 - Nuclear Energy and Radiation (3)
Select one of the following humanities and social sciences
courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures (3
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Select one of the following law/policy courses (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 324 - Politics of Environmental, Health, and Safety
Regulation (3)
Emphasis 3. Human Experience (33-34)
This emphasis is designed to give students broad exposure
to how the environment is represented and researched in
the social sciences and humanities. This includes a wide-
ranging examination of environmental issues through time
and from diverse perspectives in order to provide students the
ability to better understand and critically assess contemporary
environmental challenges. An underlying theme is the critical
examination of the notion of sustainability as a potential principle
underlying and guiding human interaction with the environment.
Throughout the emphasis, issues of sustainability as they relate
to rural/urban linkages will be emphasized.
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (15)
Select one of the following humanities courses (3)
ENGL 360
1
- Literature and other Disciplines (3)
ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics1 (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
Select one of the following social science courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Select one of the following policy courses (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
PHIL 361 - Social and Political Philosophy (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
Select two of the following communication and writing courses (6)
COMS 355 - Media Writing (3)
COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3)
ENGL 403 - Technical Editing (3)
JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
JOUR 350 - Environment, Health, and the Media (3)
JOUR 360 - Public Relations Writing (3)
JOUR 401 - Editorial and Opinion Writing (3)
JOUR 490 - Ethnic Minorities and the News Media (3)
Electives (15)
Students must select at least ve of the following electives from at
least four different departments in the social sciences and humanities.
Select at least two of the following social science courses (6)
ANTH 343/ENVS 343X - Extinction: Where the Wild Things
Were (3)
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 404 - Peoples and Cultures of the Caribbean (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures (3)
ANTH 444/ENVS 444X - Primate Ecology and Conservation (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
ANTH 466 - Hunters-Gatherers and the Transition to Food
Production (3)
ANTH 491
1
- Current Topics in Anthropology (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
1
Course taught on an intermittant basis and will count toward ENVS when the topic is appropriate.
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 257
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-use Planning (3)
POLS 306 - The Mass Media in American Politics (3)
POLS 322/BIOS 322X - Politics and the Life Sciences (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
POLS 480 - International Law and Organization (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
SOCI 379 - Collective Behavior and Social Movements (3)
SOCI 386 - Peace and Social Justice (3)
SOCI 392 - Organizing for Social Action (3)
Select at least two of the following humanities courses (6)
ENGL 322 - Language in American Society (3)
ENGL 360
1
- Literature and Other Disciplines (3)
ENGL 400
1
- Literary Topics (3)
HIST 359 - History of Illinois (3)
HIST 376 - Evolution of American Capitalism (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
HIST 386 - History of Human Rights (3)
HIST 465 - Industrial America: 1877-1901 (3)
PHIL 331 - Ethics (3)
PHIL 361 - Social and Political Philosophy (3)
PHIL 430
1
- Topics in Ethics (3)
PHIL 450
1
- Topics in Social and Political Philosophy (3)
WGST 430
1
- Special Topics in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Select one of the following science, engineering, and technology
courses (3-4)
BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology (3)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X - Water Quality (4)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 455 - Land Use Planning (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life through Time (4),
OR GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology,
Paleoecology (4)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
Emphasis 4. Environmental Policy (30-31)
This emphasis is designed to give students an understanding of
how American law and policy have responded to environmental
problems. This includes how environmental law operates and the
goals of specic laws, equipping students to evaluate and better
understand environmental legal issues they might encounter in
their subsequent studies and professional lives
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (9)
Select one of the following policy/social science courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
POLS 410 - Constitutional Law I (3)
Select one of the following social science courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters Without Borders (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Select one of the following humanities courses (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
PHIL 352 - Philosophy of Science (3)
* Avaialbe for general education credit.
1
Course taught on an intermittent basis and will count towards ENVS when the topic is appropriate
Electives (21-22)
Select at least two of the following policy courses (6-9)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
POLS 302 - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3)
POLS 303 - State and Local Government (3)
POLS 304 - American Public Opinion (3)
POLS 307 - The U.S. Congress (3)
POLS 320 - Biopolitics and Human Nature (3)
POLS 322/BIOS 322X - Politics and the Life Sciences (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
POLS 331 - Public Administration (3)
POLS 360 - Government and Politics in Western Europe (3)
POLS 362 - Politics of Developing Areas (3)
POLS 365 - Government and Politics in Eastern Europe (3)
POLS 366 - Politics of Russia and Eurasia (3)
POLS 368 - Governmental Systems in Africa (3)
POLS 371 - Politics in Southeast Asia (3)
POLS 372 - Politics of China, Japan and Korea (3)
POLS 410 - Constitutional Law I (3)
POLS 480 - International Law and Organization (3)
Select at least two of the following communication and writing
courses (6-9)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3)
ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 403 - Technical Editing (3)
JOUR 335 - Principles of Public Relations (3)
JOUR 360 - Public Relations Writing (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Select at least two the following humanities courses (6-9)
HIST 323 - History of Science to Newton (3)
HIST 324 - History of Science since 1650 (3)
HIST 361 - History of Health and Medicine in the United States (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 331 - Ethics (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
PHIL 352 - Philosophy of Science (3)
PHIL 361 - Social and Political Philosophy (3)
PHIL 362 - Philosophy of Law (3)
PHIL 430
1
- Topics in Ethics (3)
PHIL 450
1
- Topics in Social and Political Philosophy (3)
WGST 432 - Feminist Theory (3)
Select one of the following science, engineering, and technology
courses (3-4)
BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology (3)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X/PHHE 409X - Water Quality (4)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 315X/ENVS 315 - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 455 - Land Use Planning (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life through Time (4),
OR GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology,
Paleoecology (4)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
Emphasis 5. Non-Government Organization (33-34)
This emphasis is linked with the new major in community
leadership and civic engagement (CLCE). This emphasis is
designed for students who are interested in seeking a career in
public affairs in government, voluntary social agencies, and public
interest groups that focus on environmental or energy issues.
258 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (9)
*CLCE 100 - Community Leadership and Civic Engagement (3)
CLCE 410 - Nonprots and Community Engagement (3)
POLS 326/PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3)
Select three of the following foundation courses (9)
ANTH 329 - Anthropology and Contemporary World Problems (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
ANTH 467 - Applied Anthropology (3)
CLCE 350 - Community Organizations in a Digital World (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
POLS 326/PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
PSPA 301 - Philanthropy and Volunteerism (3)
PSPA 402/MGMT402X - Resource Strategies for Nonprot
Organizations (3)
Select at least two of the following communication and writing
courses (6)
COMS 304 - Introduction to Persuasion Theory (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
COMS 419 - Political Communication in America (3)
ENGL 303 - Writing Creative Nonction (3)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
ENGL 493 - Writing Creative Nonctin II (3)
Select one of the following science, engineering, and technology
courses (3-4)
BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology (3)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 315X/ENVS 315 - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 455 - Land Use Planning (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life through Time (4),
OR GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology,
Paleoecology (4)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X - Water Quality (4)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
Select two of the following humanities and social sciences
courses (6)
ANTH 343/ENVS 343X - Extinction: Where the Wild Things
Were (3)
ANTH 404 - Peoples and Cultures of the Caribbean (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment Across
Cultures
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Emphasis 6. Water Sciences (37-41)
Whether it is for agriculture, industry, or personal consumption,
current use of fresh water by humans is unsustainable. In many
parts of the world, access to clean, safe drinking water is lacking.
With the human population predicted to expand for the next 40-50
years demand for water will increase dramatically in the coming
decades. It is essential that students pursuing environmental
studies are well grounded in the economic, legal, physical, and
biological facets of water resources. This emphasis is offered for
the B.S. only.
Requirements outside Environmental Studies (13)
GEOG 101 - Survey of Physical Geography (3) AND GEOG 102 -
Survey of Physical Geography Laboratory (1),
OR GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3) AND GEOL 121 -
Introductory Geology Laboratory (1)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOL 390 - Introduction to Groundwater (3)
ENVS 409/BIOS 409X/GEOL409X/PHHE 409X - Water Quality (4)
Select three of the following conceptually-based courses (9-11)
ANTH 343/ENVS 343X - Extinction: Where the Wild Things
Were (3)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
GEOG 492/GEOL 492X - Hydrology (3)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
BIOS 415 - Water Microbiology (3)
BIOS 448 - Aquatic Ecology (4)
GEOL 421 - Environmental Geochemistry (3)
GEOL 442/GEOG 442X - Geomorphology (3)
GEOL 468/BIOS 468X - Geomicrobiology (3)
GEOL 490 - Hydrogeology (3)
GEOL 493 - Groundwater Geophysics (3)
GEOL 496 - Geophysics (3)
Select three of the following methods-based courses (9-11)
GEOG 302 - Soil Science (4)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life through Time (4) OR
GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 425 - Engineering Geology (3)
GEOL 477 - Field Methods in Environmental Geosciences (4)
GEOL 491 - Geophysical Well Logging (3)
GEOL 491 - Geophysical Well Logging (3)
MET 430 - Micrometeorology (3)
PHHE 351 - Elements of Environmental Health (3)
Select one of the following engineering/technology-based courses (3)
GEOG 315X/ENVS 315 - Geography of Energy (3)
ISYE 421 - Introduction to Green Engineering (3)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
Select one of the following humanities and social sciences courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 432/ENVS 432X - Nature and the Environment
Acrossacross Cultures (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 324 - Environmental Law and Policy (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Environmental Studies: 58-81 (B.A.);
OR 63-75 (B.S.)
Minor in Environmental Studies (21-22)
Requirements (21-22)
ENVS 301 - Environmental Science I: Physical Systems (3)
ENVS 302 - Environmental Science II: Biological Systems (3)
ENVS 303 - Environment in the Social Sciences and Humanities (3)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy and Economics (3)
TECH 305/ENVS 305X - Green Technologies (3)
Select from one of the following natural science, engineering, and
technology courses (3-4)
BIOS 406 - Conservation Biology (4)
CHEM 427 - Environmental Chemistry (3)
ENVS 315/GEOG 315X - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 455 - Land Use Planning (3)
GEOL 320 - Environments Life Through Time (4),
OR GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, and
Paleoecology (4)
MEE 101 - Energy and the Environment (3)
TECH 245 - Pollution Prevention and Sustainable Production (3)
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 259
Select one of the following humanities and social sciences
courses (3)
ANTH 425/ENVS 425X - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
HIST 377- American Environmental History (3)
PHIL 335- Environmental Ethics (3)
POLS 220/PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 324 - Politics or Environmental Health and Safety
Regulation (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3))
Course List (ENVS)
100. EXPLORING THE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES MAJOR
(1). Discussion of different emphasis and career options. Includes
advising. Internships and research opportunities on campus will be
explored. Guest lectures by faculty. Library and literature research
skills. S/U grading. PRQ: Declared major in environmental studies.
301. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES I: PHYSICAL SYSTEMS (3).
Physical scientic foundations to facilitate understanding of current
environmental issues. Spatially, material includes local, regional,
and global scale processes. Temporally, provides context for current
environmental changes by supplying an understanding of the Earth’s
environment in geologic time. Topics covered are primarily those that
relate to environmental processes that have been most subject to
human manipulation over the past millennia. Includes at least two
Saturday eld trips.
302. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE II: BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS (3).
Introduction to the biological component of environmental science,
focusing on understanding the functioning of ecosystems, the
patterns of biological diversity, the processes that inuence those
patterns over space and time, and how human activities can disrupt
those processes. At least two Saturday eld trips are required.
303. ENVIRONMENT IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES
(3). Focus on human interaction with, and representation of, the
environment with particular attention to how human communities and
political institutions respond to and serve as agents of environmental
change. Divided into three basic components intended to provide an
understanding of trends in prehistoric and historic human adaptation,
contemporary environmental challenges linked to industrialization,
and the ways in which contemporary human communities and
political institutions respond to and contest environmental challenges
within the context of complex state and global changes.
304. ENVIRONMENTAL LAW, POLICY, AND ECONOMICS (3)
Overview of how American society has responded to environmental
problems through law and policy. Examination of the public policy
debates that have animated the environmental movement in general,
and environmental law in particular, including risk assessment and risk
management. Includes an overview of environmental law, including
the regulatory process, judicial review, and a brief examination of
basic environmental statutes. Introduction to an economic analysis of
environmental problems and proposed market-based solutions.
305X. GREEN TECHNOLOGIES (3). Crosslisted as TECH 305.
Introduction to environmentally friendly engineering and technological
and new technologies that utilize green principles and green
transportation. Includes topics in new areas of green manufacturing
and materials used today and planned for the future, including the
operation and manufacture of solar cells and the production of wind,
thermal, and hydroelectric power. Topics will vary depending upon
new trends in industry. Several on-site visits to green industries in
the region. PRQ: MATH 155 with a C or better or MATH 211 or MATH
229 or MATH 230; and CHEM 100 or CHEM 110 or CHEM 210 or
PHYS 140.
315. GEOGRAPHY OF ENERGY (3). Crosslisted with GEOG 315X.
Interdisciplinary overview of the geography of energy. Basics of
energy literacy, including unit conversions and net energy analysis.
Geographic components of current energy production, consumption
and transportation, including fossil fuels and renewable energy
resources. Major geographic, energetic, environmental and/or
economic issues related to the continued production of energy.
Comparison and contrast of energy options from a net energy
perspective.
343X. EXTINCTION: WHERE THE WILD THINGS WERE (3).
Crosslisted as ANTH 343. Examination of the processes of natural
selection, genetic drift, the formation of new species, and extinction.
Review of natural extinction events due to environmental change
as well as human-induced extinctions of prehistoric, historic and
modern species.
391X. DOMESTICATING THE PLANET (3). Crosslisted as ANTH
391. Examines the critical problems of human interactions with their
environment, such as climate change, resource intensication and
depletion, resource conict, disasters, and demographic impacts on
the environment using a conceptual background in human ecology
and cultural evolution. PRQ: Departmental or University Honors
Student.
400. CAREERS IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (1). Exploration
of career options for environmental studies majors based on
emphasis. Assists students with the identication of career paths, the
development of skills (e.g., resume creation, interviewing techniques,
adopting professional attitudes and behavior), and provides coaching
and mentoring opportunities. Graduate school and other non-
traditional options will be explored. S/U grading. PRQ: Environmental
studies major and junior or senior standing.
401. THIRD CLINICAL HIGH SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (2). Discipline-based early clinical
experience for students seeking teacher licensure in environmental
science. Observations, evaluation, methods, and problems practicum
in subject discipline teaching. Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours
of supervised and formally evaluated experiences. PRQ: Consent
of department.
409. WATER QUALITY (4). Crosslisted as BIOS 409X and GEOL
409X, and PHHE 409X. Survey of microbiological and chemical
parameters affecting water quality and their associated public health
aspects. Topics include microbial detection methods, waterborne
disease, organic and inorganic parameters, drinking water,
wastewater treatment plants, source water, and risk assessment.
Lectures, laboratories, and a eld trip. PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM
111; or consent of the department.
410. FIRE AND PESTICIDE CERTIFICATION (1). Introduction and
foundations of wildland re behavior, reghting, and pesticide
application. Online training and eld exercises leading to National
Wildre Coordinating Group (NWCG) reghter type 2 certication in
conjunction with NWCG-certied course administrator. Preparation
for Illinois Department of Agriculture pesticide applicator competency
examination. S/U grading. CRQ: ENVS 302 or BIOS 406.
421X. INTRODUCTION TO GREEN ENGINEERING (3). Crosslisted
as ISYE 421. Basic principles of green engineering, impact of
engineering activities on the global environment and ways to
minimize the impact through better selection of materials, design
of products and processes, distribution and reuse of products, and
management of life cycles, etc. Life cycle analysis concepts and their
applications to product and process life cycles. Environmental ethics
and environmental auditing, including ISO environmental standards.
PRQ: Consent of the department.
425X. ENVIRONMENT AND ANTHROPOLOGY (3). Crosslisted
as ANTH 425. Human adaptation to the natural environment,
including interconnections between ideologies, social systems,
economics, political structures, and ecology. Historical development
of environmental studies in anthropology, particularly ecological
anthropology, up through and including the emergence of political
ecology and environmental anthropology. Topics include ecological
adaptation of non-industrial societies, communal resources,
world food and population, industrial food systems, contemporary
environmentalism, and the relationship between science, policy and
the state. PRQ: ANTH 220 or consent of the department.
427X. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY (3). Crosslisted as CHEM
427. Exploration of atmospheric chemistry, air pollution, and
water pollution, with particular emphasis on the impact of organic
compounds in the environment. Three hours of lecture/week. PRQ:
GEOG 101 or GEOL 105 or ENVS 301, and CHEM 211 and 213, or
consent of the department.
260 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
432X. NATURE AND THE ENVIRONMENT ACROSS CULTURES
(3). Crosslisted as ANTH 432. Investigation of the different ways
people conceptualize nature and the environment across cultures.
Focus on out-of-awareness cultural models, that is, intermediary
mental organizations of meaning that stand between universal
concepts and culturally bound realizations. Critical evaluation of
a number of projects that attempt to use local and/or indigenous
knowledge in managing the relationship between people, nature,
and the environment is included.
444X. PRIMATE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION (3). Crosslisted
as ANTH 444. Study of living nonhuman primates with an
understanding of how primates have adapted to their environment
and how this information is essential for conservation planning.
PRQ: ANTH 240 or consent of department.
450. ISSUES IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (3). Interdisciplinary
approaches and perspectives on selected issues in environmental
studies. Independent study and seminars. PRQ: Completion of 15
semester hours comprising the ENVS core (ENVS 301, ENVS 302,
ENVS 303, ENVS 304, and ENVS 305X).
471X. ANCIENT ENVIRONMENTS AND HUMAN TECHNOLOGY
(3). Crosslisted as ANTH 471. In-depth anthropological perspective
on ancient human interaction with the environment, with emphasis on
the role the environment plays in cultural change. Experience in the
synchronization of environmental and archaeological research and
understanding how ancient societies manipulated their environments
to foster ecological change.
475X. SCIENCE ACROSS TIME AND CULTURE (2). Crosslisted as
BIOS 484X, CHEM 490X, GEOL 475, and PHYS 490X. Examination
of major concepts of science and how they evolved. Comparison
and contrast of the role and practice of science in various cultures
and examination of the interaction between science, technology, and
culture. This course is only available to educator licensure candidates.
PRQ: GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, or consent of department.
482. TRANSITION TO THE PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCE TEACHER (2). A transitioning experience, in which the
educator licensure candidate achieves closure on the initial phase
of professional preparation and, upon that foundation, charts a path
for continuing professional growth as a practicing teacher. Reection
on the preparatory experience and completion of documentation
demonstrating ability to perform as a qualied environmental science
teacher. Such documentation will include, but not be limited to, the
electronic portfolio, a professional development plan, and a resume.
CRQ: ENVS 487 or consent of the department.
483X. INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 402X, CHEM
493X, GEOL 483, and PHYS 493X. Methods and theory for the
teaching of interdisciplinary science in grades 6-12. Exploration of the
nature and purpose of science and its underlying assumptions, the
social and cultural challenges in science teaching, and the potential
solutions to these challenges through research, discussion, and
reection. Use of state and national science standards to develop
student learning objectives and to design inquiry-based lesson
plans, microteaching, construction and use of assessment rubrics,
and ongoing development of a professional portfolio.
487. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN ENVIRONMENTAL
SCIENCE (10). Assignments made by Environmental Studies. Also
see “Emphasis 7, Educator Licensure” for other regulations. PRQ:
ENVS 495X and consent of department.
490. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-3). Independent work in
environmental studies under the direction of a faculty member. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department
491. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (1-3).
Lectures, discussion, readings, and reports on topics of special
interest in a particular eld of environmental studies. May be
repeated for a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of the
department.
492. INTERNSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (1-6). Students
work for a semester or a summer as interns with appropriate
organizations under the supervision and advisement of a faculty
adviser. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
495. METHODS IN TEACHING ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
(3). Methods and materials and theory for teaching secondary
environmental science. Emphasis on goal-setting, and planning
logically sequenced learning experiences that are multisensory,
interactive and that include opportunity for evaluation of on-going
learning. Discussion and microteaching. Does not count as credit for
the undergraduate major in environmental sciences. CRQ: ENVS 401.
498. SENIOR THESIS (1-3). Independent research on an
environmental studies problem under the direction of a faculty adviser
leading to the completion of a written report and oral presentation to
a thesis committee. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of the department.
499. SENIOR THESIS: HONORS (1-3). Independent research for
honors students on an environmental studies problem under the
direction of a faculty adviser leading to the completion of a written
report and oral presentation to a thesis committee. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of the department.
Environmental Studies Faculty
Buyung Agusdinata, Ph.D., Delft University of Technology,
assistant professor in Industrial and Systems Engineering
Holly Jones, Ph.D., Yale University, assistant professor in
Biological Sciences
Melissa Lenczewski, Ph.D., University of Tennessee, associate
professor in Geology and Environmental Geosciences
Kevin Martin, Ph.D., Missouri University of Science and
Technology, assistant professor in Technology
Emily McKee, Ph.D., University of Michigan, assistant professor
in Anthropology
David Murphy, Ph.D., State University of New York, assistant
professor in Geography
261
Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures (FL--)
The Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures offers
major programs leading to the B.A. degree in French, German,
and Spanish. There are two emphases available for each major.
Foreign language majors may gain licensure to teach at the
secondary level in French, German, and Spanish.
The department offers minors in Chinese, French, German,
Italian, Japanese, Russian, and Spanish, participates in the
interdisciplinary minors in classical studies, comparative literature,
Latino/Latin American studies, linguistics, Southeast Asian
studies, and women’s studies, and offers FLCL 271, Classical
Mythology, FLFR 371, Masterpieces of French Literature in
Translation, FLIT 272, The Italian Renaissance, and FLRU 261,
Russian Culture and Literature, in the humanities and the arts
area of distributive studies. French majors may not take FLFR
371 for general education credit.
Department Requirements
Students with high school credit in French, German, or Spanish
who wish to continue in that language must gain placement
into the appropriate course in the desired sequence by taking
the foreign language placement examination. On the basis of
this examination, the student must begin the chosen language
sequence in the course indicated by the placement examination,
disregarding that course’s prerequisites. For example, a student
gaining placement into FLFR 201 does not have to complete
FLFR 101 or FLFR 102. Students with high school credit in one
of the other languages offered by the department for which no
placement test is available should see the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures. Transfer students with college-level
credit in a foreign language who wish to continue in that language
should register for the course that follows the highest level course
for which transfer credit has been granted. Prerequisites must be
followed in all other cases.
With the consent of the department, native speakers of Spanish
may substitute FLSP 215 for any and all levels of FLSP 101
through FLSP 202, as well as for FLSP 211.
Majors in Foreign Languages
Students majoring in one foreign language may complete a
second major in another language.
Foreign language majors may complete minors in languages
other than that of their major.
Recommendation for Foreign Language Majors
Majors in French, German, and Spanish are urged to spend a
minimum of one semester in study abroad. NIU currently maintains
appropriate programs in France, Austria, and Spain.
French and German majors in a translation and business
emphasis are strongly advised to take additional course work in
business and international relations.
Major in French (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Language and Literature
Requirements in Department (37)
FLFR 301 - Advanced French Grammar and Composition (3)
FLFR 302 - Advanced French Grammar and Translation (3)
FLFR 311 - French Conversation (3)
FLFR 320 - Analyse de Texte (3)
FLAL 400 - Design and Creation of Electronic Portfolios for Foreign
Language Majors (1)
Choose 3 courses from the following (9)
FLFR 321 - Masterpieces in French Literature I (3)
FLFR 322 - Masterpieces in French Literature II (3)
FLFR 323 - Special Topics in French Language, Literature, or
Culture (3)
FLFR 411 - Advanced Composition in French (3)
FLFR 415 - Advanced French Conversation (3)
FLFR 481 - French Phonetics and Phonemics (3)
Course work from 400-level French courses including FLAL 483 (15)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Language and Literature: 37
Emphasis 2. Translation and Business French
Requirements in Department (34)
FLFR 301 - Advanced French Grammar and Composition (3)
FLFR 302 - Advanced French Grammar and Translation (3)
FLFR 311 - French Conversation (3)
FLFR 320 - Analyse de Texte (3)
FLFR 412 - Commercial French (3)
FLFR 483 - Theme et Version (3),
OR FLFR 484 - Advanced Translation (3)
FLAL 400 - Design and Creation of Electronic Portfolios for Foreign
Language Majors (1)
Choose ve courses from the following (15)
FLFR 321 - Masterpieces in French Literature I (3),
OR FLFR 322 - Masterpieces in French Literature II (3),
OR FLFR 323 - Special Topics in French Language,
Literature, or Culture (3)
FLAL 415 - Internship in Foreign Languages (3)
FLAL 420 - Introduction to Translation Theory (3)
FLAL 483 - Applied Linguistics and the Romance Languages (3)
Elective from 400-level French courses (3)
Requirements outside Department (15)
Choose ve of the following (15)
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 427 - Economic Anthropology (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 345 - Business Marketing (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 355 - Multichannel Direct Marketing (3)
1
May be waived on the basis of high school preparation or placement examination.
262 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Translation and Business French: 49
Major in German (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Language and Literature
Requirements in Department (34)
FLGE 301 - Advanced German Grammar (3)
FLGE 311 - Advanced German Conversation (3)
Choose three of the following (9)
FLGE 302 - Advanced German Composition and Translation (3)
FLGE 320 - German Texts and Media (3)
FLGE 321 - Masterpieces of German Literature I (3)
FLGE 322 - Masterpieces of German Literature II (3)
FLGE 323 - Special Topics in German Language, Literature, or
Culture (3)
A minimum of 6 semester hours must be from literature courses.
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Language and Literature: 34
Emphasis 2. Translation and Business German
Requirements in Department (34)
FLGE 301 - Advanced German Grammar (3)
FLGE 311 - Advanced German Conversation (3)
FLAL 400 - Design and Creation of Electronic Portfolios for Foreign
Language Majors (1)
Choose three of the following (9)
FLGE 302 - Advanced German Composition and Translation (3)
FLGE 320 - German Texts and Media (3)
FLGE 321 - Masterpieces of German Literature I (3)
FLGE 322 - Masterpieces of German Literature II (3)
FLGE 323 - Special Topics in German Language, Literature, or
Culture (3)
Choose two of the following (6)
FLGE 412 - Practical Business German (3),
OR FLGE 414 - German Business Communication (3)
FLGE 482 - Approaches to Translation (3),
OR FLGE 484 - Translation Practice (3)
Course work from 400-level German courses (12)
Requirements outside Department (15)
Choose ve courses from the following:
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 427 - Economic Anthropology (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs & Globalization (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 345 - Business Marketing (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 355 - Direct Marketing (3)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Translation and Business
German: 49
Major in Spanish (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Language and Literature
Requirements in Department (40)
FLSP 211 - Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3),
OR FLSP 215 - Spanish Grammar for Spanish Speakers (3)
FLSP 301 - Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
FLSP 302 - Advanced Composition in Spanish (3)
FLSP 311 - Advanced Spanish Conversation (3)
FLSP 320 - Intensive Reading and Introduction to Literary Analysis (3)
FLSP 321 - Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (3)
OR FLSP 322 - Masterpieces of Spanish-American Literature (3)
FLSP 361 - Introduction to Spanish Cultures (3),
OR FLSP 362 - Introduction to Spanish American Cultures (3)
FLSP 480 - Introduction to Hispanic Linguistics (3)
FLAL 400 - Design and Creation of Electronic Portfolios for Foreign
Language Majors (1)
Choose ve of the following (15)
FLSP 431 - Spanish Golden Age Poetry (3)
FLSP 432 - Medieval Spanish Literature (3)
FLSP 433 - Classical Spanish Drama (3)
FLSP 434 - Cervantes: The Quixote (3)
FLSP 435 - Spanish Golden Age Prose (3)
FLSP 436 - Spanish Romanticism and Realism (3)
FLSP 437 - The Generation of 1898 (3)
FLSP 438 - Contemporary Spanish Literature (3)
FLSP 439 - Women Authors in Hispanic Literature (3)
FLSP 440 - Spanish American Poetry and Theater (3)
FLSP 441 - Spanish American Novel (3)
FLSP 445 - Latin American Women Writers (3)
FLSP 452 - Literature of the Carribean (3)
FLSP 454 - Mexican Literature (3)
FLSP 455 - Spanish-American Short Story (3)
FLSP 456 - Colonial Latin American Literature (3)
FLSP 457 - 19th Century Spanish American Literature (3)
FLSP 458 - Spanish American Modernismo and Vanguardias:
1880-1945 (3)
FLSP 459 - Spanish American Historical Novels (3)
FLSP 460 - Contemporary Spanish American Literature (3)
FLSP 461 - Spanish Civilization (3)
FLSP 462 - Spanish-American Civilization (3)
FLSP 463 - Hispanic Culture Through Film (3)
FLSP 481 - Spanish Phonology (3)
FLSP 482 - Foundations in Spanish Sociolinguistics (3)
FLSP 485 - Spanish Syntax (3)
FLSP 486 - Contrastive Grammatical Structures in Spanish and
English (3)
FLSP 487 - Hispanic Dialectology (3)
FLSP 491 - History of the Spanish Language (3)
FLAL 483 - Applied Linguistics and the Romance Languages (3)
One elective from Spanish, Emphasis 2
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Language and Literature: 40
Emphasis 2. Translation and Business Spanish
Requirements in Department (34)
FLSP 211 - Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3),
OR FLSP 215 - Spanish Grammar for Spanish Speakers (3)
FLSP 301 - Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
FLSP 302 - Advanced Composition in Spanish (3)
FLSP 311 - Advanced Spanish Conversation (3)
FLSP 320 - Intensive Reading and Introduction to Literary Analysis (3)
FLSP 361 - Introduction to Spanish Cultures (3),
OR FLSP 362 - Introduction to Spanish-American Cultures (3)
FLSP 414 - Spanish Business Communications (3)
FLSP 480 - Introduction to Hispanic Linguistics (3)
FLSP 483 - Techniques of Translation (3),
OR FLSP 484 - Advanced Translation (3)
FLAL 400 - Design and Creation of Electronic Portfolios for Foreign
Language Majors (1)
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 263
Choose two of the following (6)
FLSP 321 - Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (3),
OR FLSP 322 - Masterpieces of Spanish-American Literature
(3)
FLSP 380 - Gender and Hispanic Business Practices (3)
FLSP 412 - Applied Spanish Conversation (3)
FLSP 489 - Consecutive Interpretation: Theory & Practice (3)
FLAL 415 - Internship in Foreign Languages (3)
FLAL 420 - Introduction to Translation Theory (3)
One elective from Emphasis 1
Requirements outside Department (9)
Choose three of the following (9)
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 427 - Economic Anthropology (3)
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communication (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
MKTG 325 - Buyer Behavior (3)
MKTG 345 - Business Marketing (3)
MKTG 348 - Integrated Marketing Communications (3)
MKTG 350 - Principles of Selling (3)
MKTG 355 - Direct Marketing (3)
MKTG 365 - Principles of Retailing (3)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
MKTG 370 - Internet Marketing (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Translation and Business
Spanish: 43
Educator Licensure - Foreign Languages
Students majoring in French, German, or Spanish who seek
licensure to teach a language in grades K-12 should consult with
the Foreign Language Teacher Licensure office at the earliest
possible in addition to university general education requirements.
opportunity. Teacher licensure involves signicant requirements
in addition to the completion of a language degree and university
general education requirements.
Procedures
Declare a major in French, German, or Spanish; usually with an
emphasis in language and literature. Consult each semester with
the adviser for courses in the specic language major.
Consult with the Foreign Language Teacher Licensure office
at the time the major is declared and at the beginning of each
semester thereafter.
Apply for the rst clinical course, ILAS 201, in the March or
October prior to the semester in which you wish to take it.
A study abroad experience is highly recommended for all students
in the foreign language educator licensure program.
Students are admitted to the educator licensure program when
they have:
completed the written application for admission to the program,
and a satisfactory interview,
passed the Illinois Test of Academic Performance (TAP,
formerly, Basic Skills Test) or the ACT score substitution (22
composite or higher with a combined English/Writing score of
19 or above),
attained a cumulative GPA of 2.75 at the time of application,
and a GPA of 3.00 in the language in which the applicant
hopes to be certied,
successfully completed ILAS 201, and
earned a grade of at least B in the FLFR 301, or FLGE 301, or
FLSP 301 Advanced Grammar course.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements of 2.75 overall and 3.00 in the foreign language
major, and display appropriate professional dispositions at all
times.
Requirements in Department
2
Educator licensure students are required to take all the regular
courses for a French, German, or Spanish major, in addition to
choosing specic culture and linguistics courses as upper-level
electives. Educator licensure students consult regularly with
both the language advisor adviser and the Foreign Language
Educator Licensure office when choosing courses.
For all majors: FLMT 401, FLMT 490, FLMT 491, and FLPT 485
(student teaching).
Requirements outside Department
Prerequisites:
For students who do not have an ACT+ writing score of 22 or
above for substitution and who have not passed the TAP/Basic
Skills Test, a course in Test of Academic Prociency preparation
may be required. Consult the Foreign Language Educator
Licensure office.
The following prerequisites should be taken as part of the B.A.:
ENGL 207 - Fundamentals of English Grammar (3) or test out;
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3);
Other requirements outside of department
One course from another department with cultural content
in the target culture (consult with the Foreign Language
Educator Licensure office about which courses are available
for each language).
Education course work in foundations of education, human
development and learning, assessment, teaching exceptional
students, and teaching English Language Learners. Consult
with the Foreign Language Educator Licensure office about
which courses are approved for satisfying this requirement.
Clinical courses: ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience
(1) and ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (1-2)
Degree with Honors
Students who wish to earn a baccalaureate degree with honors
in foreign languages and literatures must consult with the
departmental honors adviser. To be eligible, students must have
a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major, a minimum university
GPA of 3.00, and recommendations to the program by at least
two professors in the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures.
Honors in foreign languages and literatures requires the
completion of a minimum of 3 hours of FLIS 499, Honors
Independent Study (3), which must be taken in the senior year
and the maintenance of an overall minimum GPA of 3.00 and a
GPA of 3.50 or above in the major.
Minors in Foreign Languages
Foreign language majors may complete minors in languages
other than that of their major.
* Available for general education credit.
2
These courses are in addition to those required of non-educator licensure majors with an emphasis in language and literature.
264 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Minor in Chinese Studies (24)
Required (18)
FLCH 101 - Beginning Chinese I (3)
FLCH 102 - Beginning Chinese II (3)
FLCH 201 - Intermediate Chinese I (3)
FLCH 202 - Intermediate Chinese II (3)
FLCH 311 - Advanced Chinese Conversation (3)
FLCH 361 - Introduction to Chinese Culture (3)
Electives (6)
Two of the following from departments other than the student’s
major (6):
ECON 341A - Economic Area Studies: Asia (3)
FLCH 320 - Advanced Chinese Reading (3)
FLCH 381 - Introduction to Chinese Language and Business
Practices (3)
HIST 344 - History of Ancient China (3)
HIST 345 - History of China Since The T’ang Dynasty (3)
HIST 346 - Women in Asian History (3)
HIST 445 - The Chinese Revolution (3)
HIST 470 - America and Asia (3)
HIST 490J - Special Topics in History: Asian (3)
MUHL 432 - Music of China (3)
POLS 372 - Politics of China, Japan, and Korea (3)
Nine or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in French (18)
Check departmental information for any additional requirements.
Choose 5 courses from among the following (15)
FLFR 301 - Advanced French Grammar and Composition (3)
FLFR 302 - Advanced French Grammar and Translation (3)
FLFR 311 - French Conversation (3)
FLFR 320 - Analyse de Texte (3)
FLFR 321 - Masterpieces in French Literature I (3)
FLFR 322 - Masterpieces in French Literature II (3)
FLFR 323 - Special Topics in French Language, Literature, or
Culture (3)
Elective from 400-level FLFR courses (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in German (18)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Check departmental information for any additional requirements.
Requirements (18)
Choose six courses from among the following (18)
FLGE 301 - Advanced German Grammar (3)
FLGE 302 - Advanced German Composition and Translation (3)
FLGE 311 - Advanced German Conversation (3)
FLGE 320 - German Texts and Media (3)
FLGE 321 - Masterpieces in German Literature I (3)
FLGE 322 - Masterpieces in German Literature II (3)
FLGE 323 - Special Topics in German Language, Literature or
Culture (3)
Elective from 400-level FLGE course (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be waived on the basis of high school preparation or placement examination.
Minor in Italian (24)
FLIT 101 and FLIT 102
1
- Beginning Italian I and II (6)
FLIT 201 and FLIT 202
1
- Intermediate Italian I and II (6)
FLIT 301 - Advanced Italian Grammar and Composition (3)
FLIT 311 - Advanced Italian Conversation (3)
FLIT 321 - Masterpieces of Italian Literature (3)
FLIT 481 - Special Topics in Italian Literature (3),
OR FLIT 482 - Special Topics in Italian Linguistics (3)
Three hours from the following may be selected to substitute for
either FLIT 301 or FLIT 311:
ENGL 318 - Dynamics of Our Living Language (3)
ENGL 483 - Renaissance Literature (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Japanese Studies (24)
Required courses (18):
FLJA 101 - Beginning Japanese I (3)
FLJA 102 - Beginning Japanese II (3)
FLJA 201 - Intermediate Japanese I (3)
FLJA 202 - Intermediate Japanese II (3)
FLJA 311 - Advanced Japanese Conversation (3)
FLJA 361 - Introduction to Japanese Culture (3)
Electives (6):
Two of the following from departments other than the student’s
major (6)
ECON 341A - Economic Area Studies: Asia (3)
FLJA 301 - Advanced Japanese Grammar and Composition I (3)
FLJA 302 - Advanced Japanese Grammar and Composition II (3)
FLJA 321 - Introduction to Japanese Literature (3)
FLJA 381 - Introduction to Japanese Language and Business
Practices (3)
FLJA 411 - Modern Japanese (3)
HIST 346 - Women in Asian History (3)
HIST 350 - Japan to 1600 (3)
HIST 351 - Japan since 1600 (3)
HIST 352 - Popular Culture in Japan (3)
HIST 444 - Japanese Empire (3)
HIST 470 - America and Asia (3)
HIST 490J - Special Topics in History: Asian (3)
POLS 372 - Politics of China, Japan, and Korea (3)
Nine or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Russian (24)
FLRU 101 - Beginning Russian I (3)
FLRU 102 - Beginning Russian II (3)
FLRU 201 - Intermediate Russian I (3)
FLRU 202 - Intermediate Russian II (3)
FLRU 311 - Russian Conversation and Composition (3)
Three elective to be chosen from the following; one must be from
FLRU (9):
FLRU 301 - Advanced Russian Grammar and Composition (3)
FLRU 321 - Introduction to Russian Literature (3)
FLRU 412 - Business Russian (3)
FLRU 431 - 19th Century Russian Literature (3)
FLRU 432 - Russian Literature and Culture (3)
FLRU 433 - Russian Modernist Literature: 1881-1930 (3)
FLRU 434 - 20th Century Russian Literature (3)
FLRU 461 - Contemporary Russian Culture (3)
FLRU 480 - Modern Russian (3)
HIST 336 - Medieval Russia: Origins to 1682 (3)
HIST 337 - Russian Empire to 1917 (3)
HIST 338 - The Soviet Union and Beyond (3)
HIST 434 - The Russian Revolution (3)
HIST 435 - Stalinism (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 265
Minor in Spanish (18)
Check departmental information for any additional requirements.
FLSP 211 - Intermediate Spanish Conversation (3),
OR FLSP 215 - Spanish Grammar for Spanish Speakers (3)
FLSP 301 - Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
FLSP 320 - Intensive Reading and Introduction to Literary Analysis
(3)
Choose three of the following (9)
FLSP 302 - Advanced Composition in Spanish (3)
FFLSP 311 - Advanced Spanish Conversation (3)
FLSP 321 - Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (3)
FLSP 322 - Masterpieces of Spanish-American Literature (3)
FLSP 361 - Introduction to Spanish Cultures (3)
FLSP 362 - Introduction to Spanish American Cultures (3)
Elective from 400-level FLSP courses (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
French (FLFR)
101. BEGINNING FRENCH I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, and conversation. Intended for students with less than
one year of high school French.
102. BEGINNING FRENCH II (3). Continuation of FLFR 101. PRQ:
FLFR 101 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I (3). Continuation of FLFR 102 to
further develop language mastery. PRQ: FLFR 102 or consent of
department.
202. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II (3). Further developing skills
of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Study of French and
Francophone culture and civilization through a variety of media.
PRQ: FLFR 201 or consent of department.
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED FRENCH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION (3).
Theory and practice of grammatical structure and stylistics. Practice
in written French through the preparation of short compositions.
PRQ: FLFR 202.
302. ADVANCED FRENCH GRAMMAR AND TRANSLATION
(3). Theory and practice of grammatical structure and stylistics.
Introduction to skills and techniques of translation from French to
English and English to French. PRQ: FLFR 202.
311. FRENCH CONVERSATION (3). Intensive practical training in
conversational skills to achieve uency of expression. PRQ: FLFR
202.
320. ANALYSE DE TEXTE (3). Introduction to the principles of textual
analysis and critical writing as applied to a variety of genres. PRQ:
FLFR 202 or consent of department.
321. MASTERPIECES IN FRENCH LITERATURE I (3). Study of
authors and literary genres from the Middle Ages to the 17th Century.
PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
322. MASTERPIECES IN FRENCH LITERATURE II (3). Study of
authors and literary genres from the 18th to the 20th century. PRQ:
FLFR 320 or consent of department.
323. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent
of department.
371. MASTERPIECES OF FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
(3). Study of masterpieces of French literature in translation from the
Middle Ages to the modern period with emphasis on their social and
cultural context; introduction to critical analysis.
381. READING EXPOSITORY FRENCH I (3). Development of reading
skills through the study of grammar and vocabulary. Translation and
discussion of representative texts in the humanities, sciences, and
social sciences as appropriate. Open only to graduate students with
no prior knowledge of French. S/U grading.
382. READING EXPOSITORY FRENCH II (3). Continuation of FLFR
381. Open only to graduate students with credit for FLFR 381. S/U
grading.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FRENCH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
411. ADVANCED COMPOSITION IN FRENCH (3). PRQ: FLFR 301
or FLFR 302, or consent of department.
412. COMMERCIAL FRENCH (3). Practice in business and
administrative correspondence in French. PRQ: FLFR 301 or FLFR
302; or consent of department.
415. ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION (3). Continuation of
FLFR 311 that focuses on a broader range of conversation topics
related to many areas of French popular culture, current events, and
short readings. PRQ: FLFR 311 or consent of department.
431. 17TH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3). PRQ: FLFR 320
or consent of department.
433. 18TH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3). PRQ: FLFR 320
or consent of department.
435. 19TH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3). PRQ: FLFR 320
or consent of department.
437. AUTHOR IN CONTEXT (3). Interdisciplinary study of literary
works within their historical and cultural contexts. Close readings
of texts combined with a cross-section approach to their cultural
landscape to map out the interplay between literature and other
cultural agents (visual arts, music, architecture, science, philosophy,
politics, etc.). PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
438. 20TH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3). PRQ: FLFR 320
or consent of department.
440. STUDIES IN FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE (3). General
treatment of the works of Francophone writers from one of the
following regions: French Caribbean, the Maghreb, or French-
speaking Americas. PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
441. MEDIEVAL FRENCH LITERATURE (3). Literary expression in
France to the end of the 15th century, with emphasis on the 12th and
13th centuries. PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
443. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE RENAISSANCE (3). PRQ:
FLFR 320 or consent of department.
445. FRENCH WOMEN WRITERS (3). Works of selected French
women writers from the Middle Ages to the present. Course taught in
English with readings in English or French according to the student’s
background. PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
446. STUDIES IN FRENCH GENRES (3). Focus on major genres in
French literature and an overview of important literary texts belonging
to that genre across the centuries. Content will vary each term but
may include genres such as theatre, poetry, romance, epistolary
texts, and short narratives. PRQ: FLFR 320 or consent of department.
463. LA FRANCE CONTEMPORAINE (3). Political, social, and
cultural development of France since 1945. PRQ: FLFR 301 or FLFR
302 or FLFR 311; or consent of department.
464. PARIS: CITY OF LIGHTS (3). Study of urban changes in Paris
from the Middle Ages to the present. PRQ: FLFR 301 or FLFR 302 or
FLFR 311; or consent of department.
465. VERSAILLES ET LOUIS XIV (3). Examination of the relationship
between different cultural forms (e.g. architecture, art, spectacle,
and literature) associated with Versailles and power at the court of
Louis XIV. PRQ: FLFR 301 or FLFR 302 or FLFR 311; or consent of
department.
266 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
480. FRENCH PUBLISHING ATELIER (3). Writing course focused
on creating and publishing a collaborative web magazine in French.
While all activities revolve around writing and speaking in French,
student contributions involve a variety of forms: written text, video
(including translation and overdubbing), sound les, visual art, etc.,
in any web-supported format. Students manage, edit, and select
materials for publication. PRQ: FLFR 301 or FLFR 302 or FLFR 311;
or consent of department.
481. FRENCH PHONETICS AND PHONEMICS (3). PRQ: FLFR 301
or FLFR 302 or FLFR 311; or consent of department.
482. HISTORY OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE (3). Internal
development of the French language from its origins to the present
with considerations of external social inuences. Attention given to
the relationship of French to the other Romance languages through
elements of phonology, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary. PRQ:
FLFR 301 or FLFR 302 or FLFR 311; or consent of department.
483. THEME ET VERSION (3). Translation of selected literary
passages, alternating between French and English. PRQ: FLFR 302
or consent of department.
484. ADVANCED TRANSLATION (3). Intensive training in accurate
translation of business, administrative, and technical texts. PRQ:
FLFR 302 or consent of department.
Italian (FLIT)
101. BEGINNING ITALIAN I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, and conversation. Intended for students with less than
one year of high school Italian.
102. BEGINNING ITALIAN II (3). Continuation of FLIT 101. PRQ: FLIT
101 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN I (3). Continuation of FLIT 102. Review
of grammar, work in composition and the reading of modern Italian
authors, to develop language mastery. PRQ: FLIT 102 or consent of
department.
202. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN II (3). Further developing reading,
writing, listening and speaking. Study of Italian culture and civilization
through a variety of media. PRQ: FLIT 201 or consent of department.
272. THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE (3). Birth of humanism and its
contribution to Western thought through the literature of Italy during
the Renaissance. Some attention given to painting, sculpture, and
music. No knowledge of Italian required.
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED ITALIAN GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION (3).
PRQ: FLIT 202 or equivalent.
311. ADVANCED ITALIAN CONVERSATION (3). Practical training in
conversational skills to achieve uency of expression. PRQ: FLIT 202
or equivalent.
321. MASTERPIECES OF ITALIAN LITERATURE (3). Introduction to
literary analysis of masterpieces representing the principal periods
and genres. PRQ: FLIT 202 or equivalent.
381. READING EXPOSITORY ITALIAN I (3). Development of reading
skills through the study of grammar and vocabulary. Translation and
discussion of representative texts in the humanities, sciences, and
social sciences as appropriate. Open only to graduate students with
no prior knowledge of Italian. S/U grading.
382. READING EXPOSITORY ITALIAN II (3). Continuation of FLIT
381. Open only to graduate students with credit for FLIT 381. S/U
grading.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
481. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LITERATURE (3). Study of a
major author, genre, theme, period, or literary movement. Topics
announced. PRQ: FLIT 321 or equivalent.
482. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ITALIAN LINGUISTICS (3). Focus on
linguistic topics such as the history of the Italian language, Italian
dialectology, or Italian structure. PRQ: FLIT 301 and FLIT 311 or
equivalent.
Spanish (FLSP)
Except as noted below in some course descriptions, all Spanish
classes are conducted exclusively in Spanish.
101. BEGINNING SPANISH I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, conversation, and culture. Intended for students with
less than one year of high school Spanish.
102. BEGINNING SPANISH II (3). Continuation of FLSP 101. PRQ:
FLSP 101 or consent of department.
109. INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH FOR HEALTH CARE
PROFESSIONALS (3). Medical Spanish for health care professionals
including Hispanic cultural background and language skills, with
emphasis on medical vocabulary. Although no previous knowledge
of Spanish required, conducted primarily in Spanish.
201. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I (3). Further development of
grammar, composition, reading, and cultural awareness to increase
language mastery. PRQ: FLSP 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II (3). Further developing skills of
reading, writing, listening and speaking. Study of Hispanic culture
and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLSP 201 or
consent of department.
209. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH FOR HEALTH CARE
PROFESSIONALS (3). Medical Spanish for health care professionals
including Hispanic cultural background and language skills, which
builds on FLSP 109. Conducted primarily in Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 109
or consent of department.
211. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH CONVERSATION (3). Conversational
practice. Drill in correct pronunciation, articulation and intonation.
Vocabulary and idiom study--conducted in Spanish. Not available for
credit to native speakers of Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 201 or three years
of high school Spanish and appropriate score on the placement test
and consent of department.
215. SPANISH GRAMMAR FOR SPANISH SPEAKERS (3). For
native speakers of Spanish. Emphasis on understanding grammatical
concepts and terminology, recognition of grammatical forms and
structures, and understanding their use to communicate meaning.
Attention also given to conventions of orthography. Taught in Spanish.
Not available to persons with prior credit in FLSP 202 or FLSP 301.
May be used to satisfy the foreign language requirement for the B.A.
degree. PRQ: Consent of department.
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED SPANISH GRAMMAR (3). PRQ: FLSP 202 or FLSP
215, or equivalent.
302 ADVANCED COMPOSITION IN SPANISH (3). PRQ: FLSP 301.
311. ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION (3). Intensive practical
training in conversational skills to achieve uency of expression.
PRQ: FLSP 202 and FLSP 211, or FLSP 215.
320. INTENSIVE READING AND INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY
ANALYSIS (3). Introduction to the principles of literary analysis
and critical writing, reading skills, and vocabulary building, through
selected readings in Spanish and Latin American literature in prose
narrative, poetry, and drama. PRQ: FLSP 202 or FLSP 215.
321. MASTERPIECES OF SPANISH LITERATURE (3). Introduction
to literary analysis of masterpieces representing the principal periods
and genres. PRQ: FLSP 320.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 267
322. MASTERPIECES OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE (3).
Introduction to literary analysis of masterpieces representing the
principal periods and genres. PRQ: FLSP 320.
361. INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH CULTURES (3). Overview
of Spanish culture from the medieval period to the present, with
emphasis on art, music, cinema, and the diverse customs that
constitute Spanish culture. PRQ: FLSP 202 or FLSP 215.
362. INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURES (3).
Overview of Spanish American culture from the pre-Hispanic period
to the present, with emphasis on art, music, cinema, and the diverse
customs that constitute Latin American culture. PRQ: FLSP 202 or
FLSP 215.
380. GENDER AND HISPANIC BUSINESS PRACTICES (3). Study of
the cultural impact on business practices in Hispanic worlds, focused
through the evolution of gender roles. Taught in English. Readings
and assignments are either in Spanish or English depending upon
student’s eld. PRQ: FLSP 302.
381. READING EXPOSITORY SPANISH I (3). Development of reading
skills through the study of grammar and vocabulary. Translation and
discussion of representative texts in the humanities, sciences, and
social sciences as appropriate. Open only to graduate students with
no prior knowledge of Spanish. S/U grading.
382. READING EXPOSITORY SPANISH II (3). Continuation of FLSP
381. Open only to graduate students with credit for FLSP 381. S/U
grading.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
412. APPLIED SPANISH CONVERSATION (3). Development of
conversational skills applied to occupational situations dealing with
native Spanish speakers. PRQ: FLSP 311.
414. SPANISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3). Practice in
contemporary business and administrative communications and
correspondence in Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 302.
431. SPANISH GOLDEN AGE POETRY (3). Study and analysis of the
major poetic works of the Spanish 16th and 17th centuries. Includes
Spanish Petrarchists of the Renaissance, Mannerist, and Baroque
periods, including some of the greatest poets of all Spanish literature.
PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322.
432. MEDIEVAL SPANISH LITERATURE (3). Through the 15th
century. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
433. CLASSICAL SPANISH DRAMA (3). PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP
322, or consent of department.
434. CERVANTES: THE QUIXOTE (3). PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322,
or consent of department.
435. SPANISH GOLDEN AGE PROSE (3). Study and analysis of the
prose of the Spanish Golden Age, including the chivalric, picaresque,
and mystic genres. Includes the works of Miguel de Cervantes (with
the exception of Don Quixote). PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or
consent of department.
436. SPANISH ROMANTICISM AND REALISM (3). PRQ: FLSP 321
or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
437. THE GENERATION OF 1898/FIN DE SIGLO (3). PRQ: FLSP
321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
438. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE (3). PRQ: FLSP
321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
439. WOMEN AUTHORS IN HISPANIC LITERATURE (3). Study of
literary works written by women in Spanish-speaking worlds. Taught
in English. Readings in Spanish or English according to student’s
eld. PRQ: Consent of department.
440. SPANISH AMERICAN POETRY AND THEATER (3). Critical
study of poetry and theater as literary genres; in-depth study of
representative works which may date from the period of European
contact to the present day. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent
of department.
441. SPANISH AMERICAN NOVEL (3). Critical study of the novel as
genre, accompanied by an in-depth study of representative works by
Spanish American writers of the 19th, 20th, and 21st centuries. PRQ:
FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
445. LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN WRITERS (3). General study of the
works of Latin American women writers and the evolution of feminist
thought in Latin America. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent
of department.
452. LITERATURE OF THE CARIBBEAN (3). General treatment
of the literature of Colombia, Venezuela, Central America, and the
Spanish-speaking West Indies with emphasis on the 19th and 20th
centuries. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
454. MEXICAN LITERATURE (3). General treatment of Mexican
literature, with emphasis on the 20th century. PRQ: FLSP 321 or
FLSP 322, or consent of department.
455. SPANISH-AMERICAN SHORT STORY (3). General treatment
of this genre in the various Spanish-American countries including
different authors, with emphasis on the 20th century. PRQ: FLSP 321
or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
456. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE (3). General
treatment of literature of Spanish America during the colonial period
(before 1900), including pre-Columbian literature. PRQ: FLSP 321 or
FLSP 322, or consent of department.
457. 19TH CENTURY SPANISH AMERICAN LITERATURE (3).
Adaptation and development of periods such as romanticism,
realism, and naturalism in the Spanish American cultural context,
involving issues such as the politics of national identity and the effect
of language and history. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent
of department.
458. SPANISH AMERICAN MODERNISMO AND VANGUARDIAS:
1880-1945 (3). Overview of Latin American poetry and prose from
1880 to 1945, focusing on issues such as the inuence of modernity,
the politics of literary expression, and the artistic movements in
Europe that led Spanish American writers to dene their role in a
globalized world. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of
department.
459. SPANISH AMERICAN HISTORICAL NOVELS (3). Study of
historical novels depicting such important events from the history
of Spanish America as the discovery and conquest, the wars of
independence, and other important historical events or time periods.
Issues of verisimilitude, historical and historiographical criticism, and
the concept of history. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of
department.
460. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH AMERICAN LITERATURE
(3). Spanish American prose, poetry, and theater from 1945 to the
present. PRQ: FLSP 321 or FLSP 322, or consent of department.
461. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH CIVILIZATION (3). Topics in
Spanish culture and civilization. PRQ: FLSP 320 or FLSP 361 or
FLSP 362, or consent of department.
462. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPANISH-AMERICAN CIVILIZATION (3).
Topics in Spanish-American culture and civilization. PRQ: FLSP 320
or FLSP 361 or FLSP 362, or consent of department.
463. HISPANIC CULTURE THROUGH FILM (3). Introduction to
contemporary Hispanic culture through the study of lm. Taught in
Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 361 or FLSP 362 or consent of department.
480. INTRODUCTION TO HISPANIC LINGUISTICS (3). Introduction
to core areas of the linguistic study of Spanish language: phonology,
morphology, syntax, semantics, history of the language, and
dialectology. Provides necessary background for advanced studies in
Spanish linguistics or general linguistics. PRQ: FLSP 301, or consent
of department.
268 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
481. SPANISH PHONOLOGY (3). Introduction to the sound patterns
of the Spanish language and the linguistic principles underlying them.
Focus on how these patterns and principles apply across languages
of the world as well as on the normative rules of pronunciation. PRQ:
FLSP 311 or consent of department.
482. FOUNDATIONS IN SPANISH SOCIOLINGUISTICS (3).
Introduction to basic principles of Spanish sociolinguistics.
Provides necessary background for advanced studies in Spanish
sociolinguistics. PRQ: FLSP 480.
483. TECHNIQUES OF TRANSLATION (3). Development of skill
and techniques of translation from Spanish to English and English to
Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 302.
484. ADVANCED TRANSLATION (3). Intensive training in accurate
and idiomatic translation of business, administrative, and technical
texts from Spanish to English and English to Spanish. PRQ: FLSP 302.
485. SPANISH SYNTAX (3). Introduction to the patterns of sentence
structure of the Spanish language and the linguistic principles
underlying them. Emphasis on the functionality of syntactical patterns
and their relationship to normative rules of writing. PRQ: FLSP 302.
486. CONTRASTIVE GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURES IN SPANISH
AND ENGLISH (3). Provides knowledge of basic structural
differences between Spanish and English. Taught in both languages
to demonstrate fundamental interrelationships between the two
languages. Emphasis on sensitivity to language interference and
other problems of language acquisition. PRQ: FLSP 301.
487. HISPANIC DIALECTOLOGY (3). Introduction to the study of
variation within the Spanish language in both Spain and the Americas.
Focus on the intricate mix of social, political, and historical factors
that underlie the natural processes of dialect formation, bilingualism,
and multilingualism across linguistic communities around the world.
PRQ: FLSP 480.
489. CONSECUTIVE INTERPRETATION: THEORY AND PRACTICE
(3). Provides practical instruction in consecutive interpretation from
English to Spanish and Spanish to English. Focus is on consecutive
interpretation techniques such as enhancing listening performance
and note-taking skills. PRQ: FLSP 302 or consent of department
491. HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LANGUAGE (3). Introduction to
the origin and evolution of the Spanish language. Emphasis on the
phonetic, phonological, and morphosyntactic changes that Latin
underwent and eventually gave rise to the Spanish language and on
the social, political, and historical circumstances that have shaped
the map of the Spanish-speaking world. PRQ: FLSP 480.
Portuguese (FLPO)
103. BEGINNING PORTUGUESE I (5). Development of skills in
comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.
104. BEGINNING PORTUGUESE II (5). Continuation of FLPO 103.
PRQ: FLPO 103 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE PORTUGUESE I (3). Deepening and
broadening of students’ knowledge of the Portuguese grammatical
structure and lexicon and of Portuguese, Brazillian, and Luso-African
culture in general. PRQ: FLPO 104 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE PORTUGUESE II (3). Further developing skills
in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Portuguese,
Brazilian, and Luso-African culture and civilization through a variety
of media. PRQ: FLPO 201 or consent of department.
461. BRAZILIAN CIVILIZATION (3). Contributions of the African and
Indian to the history and literature of Brazil. Classes conducted in
English with English and Portuguese bibliography.
German (FLGE)
101. BEGINNING GERMAN I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, and conversation. Intended for students with less than
one year of high school German.
102. BEGINNING GERMAN II (3). Continuation of FLGE 101. PRQ:
FLGE 101 or consent of department.
103. BEGINNING GERMAN CONVERSATION (1-2). German
conversation at the elementary level. PRQ: FLGE 101. CRQ: FLGE
102.
201. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I (3). Continuation of FLGE 102.
Review of grammar, structure, and syntax. Reading and discussion
of a variety of text types, with practice in speaking and writing. PRQ:
FLGE 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of German, Swiss,
and Austrian culture and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ:
FLGE 201 or consent of department.
203. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN CONVERSATION (1-2). Continuation
of FLGE 103. PRQ: FLGE 102, FLGE 103, and FLGE 201. CRQ:
FLGE 202 or consent of department.
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED GERMAN GRAMMAR (3). Theory and practice of
grammatical structure and stylistics. Emphasis on points of conict
between English and German. PRQ: FLGE 202 or consent of
department.
302. ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND TRANSLATION
(3). Emphasis on style in the written language in compositions and
basic techniques of translation from German to English and English
to German. PRQ: FLGE 202.
311. ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION (3). Intensive practical
training in conversational skills to achieve uency of expression.
PRQ: FLGE 202 or consent of department.
320. GERMAN TEXTS AND MEDIA (3). Emphasis on exposure
to a variety of text genres and media, while increasing vocabulary
acquisition and developing skills in reading, summarizing, and
analyzing. PRQ: FLGE 202.
321. MASTERPIECES IN GERMAN LITERATURE I (3). Study of
authors and literary genres from the Middle Ages to the 18th century.
PRQ: FLGE 202 or consent of department.
322. MASTERPIECES IN GERMAN LITERATURE II (3). Study of
authors and literary genres from the 19th century to today. PRQ:
FLGE 202 or consent of department.
323. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
OR CULTURE (3). Special topics in German. Topics announced.
PRQ: FLGE 202 or consent of department.
380. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LANGUAGE AND BUSINESS
PRACTICES (3). Includes German business etiquette, language,
and practices. No previous knowledge of German required. Cannot
be used in German major or minor.
381. READING EXPOSITORY GERMAN I (3). Development of reading
skills through the study of grammar and vocabulary. Translation and
discussion of representative texts in the humanities, sciences, and
social sciences as appropriate. Open only to graduate students with
no prior knowledge of German. S/U grading.
382. READING EXPOSITORY GERMAN II (3). Continuation of
FLGE 381. Open only to graduate students with credit for FLGE 381.
S/U grading.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
411. MODERN GERMAN (3). Current usages in spoken and written
German with emphasis on contemporary vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, and syntax. PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or
consent of department.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 269
412. PRACTICAL BUSINESS GERMAN (3). German language
study oriented toward business practices. Techniques of spoken and
written communication necessary in the German work environment.
PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or consent of department.
414. GERMAN BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3). Advanced
practice in business communication, with analysis of authentic
contemporary materials. Extensive practice in the writing of business
correspondence and formal presentations. PRQ: Two 300-level
German courses or consent of department.
432. ENLIGHTENMENT, THROUGH WEIMAR CLASSICISM (3).
Literary, philosophical, and political experience of Germany in the
18th century as reected in the works of Lessing, Herder, Wieland,
Goethe, Schiller, and others. PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or
consent of department.
433. GERMAN ROMANTICISM (3). Background, theory, and major
literary texts of German Romanticism. PRQ: Two 300-level German
courses or consent of department.
434. GERMAN REALISM AND NATURALISM (3). Realism and
naturalism in 19th century Germany as reected in the prose, poetry,
and drama of Stifter, Keller, Hebbel, Storm, Fontane, Hauptmann,
and others. PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or consent of
department.
435. MODERN GERMAN LITERATURE (3). Literary trends from 1890
to 1945, including impressionism, neo-romanticism, expressionism,
the new realism of the Weimar Republic, the Third Reich, the Inner
Emigration, and the Other Germany in exile. Includes representative
writers such as Wedekind, Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Thomas
Mann, Kafka, Hesse, and Brecht. PRQ: Two 300-level German
courses or consent of department.
437. CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE (3). German
literature from 1945 to the present, including the postwar period,
the East- West division of the Cold War, and the conicts since the
reunication of 1990, but also the separate developments in Austria
and Switzerland. Texts by such representative writers as H. Boll, G.
Grass, C. Wolf, and others. PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or
consent of department.
461. GERMAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION 800-1832 (3). Social
and cultural developments in the German-speaking lands from
800 to 1832. PRQ: Two 300-level German courses or consent of
department.
462. GERMAN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION 1832-1945 (3).
Critical approach to German culture and society from 1832-1945 with
emphasis on the Wilhelminian era, the Weimar Republic, and the
Third Reich. Analysis of essential texts and the lives of representative
Germans. Lectures, discussions, lms. PRQ: Two 300-level German
courses or consent of department.
463. DEUTSCHLAND HEUTE (3). Critical approach to postwar
and contemporary German culture, society, and everyday life from
1945 to the present, with emphasis on the developments since the
reunication of 1990. Analysis of essential texts and the lives of
representative Germans. Lectures, discussions, lms. PRQ: Two
300-level German courses or consent of department.
481. THE STRUCTURE OF MODERN GERMAN (3). Survey of
Modern German and the use of contemporary linguistic methods to
analyze and contrast its major structures and their functions. PRQ:
Two 300-level German courses or consent of department.
482. APPROACHES TO TRANSLATION (3). Theoretical approaches
to translation, history of translation, as well as the development of
skills and techniques of translation. PRQ: FLGE 302 or consent of
department.
484. TRANSLATION PRACTICE (3). Intensive training in accurate
and idiomatic translation from German to English and English to
German with emphasis on a variety of different text types. PRQ:
FLGE 302 or consent of department.
485. HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE (3). Survey of the
German language from its origins to the present with a consideration
of the political, social, and literary forces inuencing the language.
Topics include grammar and phonology, and the relationship of
German to other languages and to older Germanic dialects. PRQ:
Two 300-level German courses or consent of department.
Classic Languages (FLCL)
101. BEGINNING LATIN I (3). Grammar and simple readings from
Latin authors. Intended for students with no more than one year of
high school Latin.
102. BEGINNING LATIN II (3). Continuation of FLCL 101. PRQ: FLCL
101 or consent of department.
103. BEGINNING ANCIENT GREEK I (3). Introduction to ancient
Greek, comprising fundamentals of alphabet, grammar, structure,
syntax, and simple readings.
104. BEGINNING ANCIENT GREEK II (3). Continuation of FLCL 103.
PRQ: FLCL 103 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE LATIN I (3). Review of grammar, work in
composition, and the reading of Latin authors. Generally appropriate
for those with two or three years of Latin in high school. PRQ:
FLCL 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE LATIN II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of classical culture
and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLCL 201 or
consent of department.
203. INTERMEDIATE ANCIENT GREEK I (3). Review of grammar,
work in composition, and reading of Greek authors. Generally
appropriate for those with two or three years of Greek in high school.
PRQ: FLCL 104.
204. INTERMEDIATE ANCIENT GREEK II (3). Continuation of FLCL
203. PRQ: FLCL 203.
271. CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY (3). An interdisciplinary approach to
Greek and Roman myths, including their historical and contemporary
relevance.
481. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND
CIVILIZATION (3). Study of a major classical author, genre, theme,
cultural period, or cultural phenomenon. Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours as topic changes. PRQ:
Consent of department.
483. DIRECTED READINGS IN CLASSICAL LANGUAGES (1-
3). Independent study of a classical author under the direction of
a professor. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: Two years of college Latin or Greek or equivalent, or consent
of department.
Russian (FLRU)
101. BEGINNING RUSSIAN I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, and conversation. Intended for students with less than
one year of high school Russian.
102. BEGINNING RUSSIAN II (3). Continuation of FLRU 101. PRQ:
FLRU 101 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN I (3). Work in conversation,
composition, and the reading of modern Russian authors to develop
language mastery. PRQ: FLRU 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Russian culture
and civilization through a variety of media PRQ: FLRU 201 or consent
of department.
261. RUSSIAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE (3). Comprehensive
introduction to ancient and modern Russian culture and literature as
a major part of Western civilization. Taught in English.
270 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RUSSIAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED RUSSIAN GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION (3).
PRQ: FLRU 202 or consent of department.
311. RUSSIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION (3). Intensive
practical training in spoken and written Russian. PRQ: FLRU 202 or
consent of department.
321. INTRODUCTION TO RUSSIAN LITERATURE (3). Introduction
to literary analysis, based upon works chosen from the 19th and 20th
centuries representing the principal genres. Taught in English.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN RUSSIAN LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
412. BUSINESS RUSSIAN (3). Techniques of spoken and written
communication necessary to doing business in post-Soviet Russia,
with attention to linguistic etiquette. PRQ: FLRU 301 or consent of
department.
431. 19TH CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERATURE (3). Readings,
lectures, and discussion of classic writers in various genres. Taught
in English.
432. RUSSIAN LITERATURE AND CULTURE (3). Readings,
lectures, and discussion of works chosen on the basis of their genre
or particular thematic content. Taught in English.
433. RUSSIAN MODERNIST LITERATURE: 1881-1930 (3). Readings,
lectures, and discussion of masterpieces of the modernist period.
Taught in English.
434. 20TH CENTURY RUSSIAN LITERATURE (3). Readings,
lectures, and discussion of works by major authors of the 20th
century in various genres. Taught in English.
461. CONTEMPORARY RUSSIAN CULTURE (3). Application of
student’s linguistic skills in areas of topical interest relating to Soviet
culture. Better understanding of contemporary Soviet culture acquired
by following closely, and analyzing, media coverage of current events
of cultural interest. PRQ: FLRU 301 or consent of department.
480. MODERN RUSSIAN (3). Advanced study of contemporary
Russian. Emphasis on development of reading, writing and speaking
skills, and translation techniques with recent material from science,
economics, politics, and the arts. PRQ: FLRU 301 or consent of
department.
Polish (FLPL)
101. ELEMENTARY POLISH I (3). Fundamentals of grammar,
composition, conversation, and culture. Intended for students with
less than one year of high school Polish. Three hours per week
with additional participation time in the Foreign Language Learning
Center required.
102. ELEMENTARY POLISH II (3). Continuation of FLPL 101. Three
hours per week with additional participation time in the Foreign
Language Learning Center required. PRQ: FLPL 101 or one year of
high school Polish and appropriate score on placement test.
201. INTERMEDIATE POLISH I (3). Further development of skills in
grammar, composition, reading, and cultural awareness to increase
language mastery. Three hours per week with additional participation
time in the Foreign Language Learning Center required. PRQ: FLPL
102 or two years of high school Polish and appropriate score on
placement test.
202. INTERMEDIATE POLISH II (3). Further development of skills in
reading, writing, listening comprehension, and speaking. Grammatical
problems; reading of literary texts. Conducted in Polish. Three hours
per week with additional participation time in the Foreign Language
Learning Center required. PRQ: FLPL 201 or three years of high
school Polish and appropriate score on placement test.
301. ADVANCED POLISH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION
(3). Broaden pre-existing language skills by practicing advanced
communication and grammar. Intensive practical training in
conversational skills, emphasizing competence in understanding and
translating as well as the development of written and oral expression.
PRQ: FLPL 202 or consent of department.
302. ADVANCED POLISH COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
(3). Continuation of FLPL 301. Various aspects of modern Polish
based on examples from literature, journalism, and lm. Intensive
practical training in spoken Polish, emphasis on style in the written
language. PRQ: FLPL 301 or consent of department.
361. INTRODUCTION TO POLISH CULTURE (3). Polish culture and
ideology from the beginning of the Polish state to modern times.
Taught in English.
363. BUSINESS POLISH (3). Conversational and written business
Polish as well as the current business practices in Poland. May include
guest speakers from the Polish-American business community. Taught
primarily in Polish. PRQ: FLPL 302 or consent of department.
385. MODERN POLAND (3). Contemporary Poland through a study
of politics, culture, arts, and Poland as a part of the European Union
and NATO. Taught primarily in Polish. PRQ: FLPL 301 or consent of
department.
Japanese (FLJA)
101. BEGINNING JAPANESE I (3). Developing skills in listening,
speaking, reading, and writing.
102. BEGINNING JAPANESE II (3). Continuation of FLJA 101. PRQ:
FLJA 101 or consent of department.
201. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I (3). Review of grammar, work in
composition, and the readings of modern Japanese prose to develop
language mastery. PRQ: FLJA 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Japanese culture
and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLJA 201 or consent
of department.
300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN JAPANESE LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
301. ADVANCED JAPANESE GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION I (3).
Readings in simple expository Japanese, with emphasis on literature.
Kanji learning, vocabulary building, grammar, and reading skills.
PRQ: FLJA 202 or consent of department.
302. ADVANCED JAPANESE GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION II (3).
Continuation of FLJA 301. PRQ: FLJA 301 or consent of department.
311. ADVANCED JAPANESE CONVERSATION (3). Intensive practical
training in conversational skills to achieve uency of expression.
PRQ: FLJA 202 or equivalent.
321. INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE LITERATURE (3). Introduction
to literary analysis of Japanese modern literature in translation. Covers
major authors of the 19th and 20th centuries. Taught in English.
361. INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE CULTURE (3). Comprehensive
introduction to Japanese culture and ideology, from ancient to
modern times. Taught in English.
381. INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE LANGUAGE AND BUSINESS
PRACTICES (3). Includes Japanese business culture and etiquette.
400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN JAPANESE LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
411. MODERN JAPANESE (3). Review and improvement of reading
and writing skills. Readings center around modern newspaper
and periodical material. Kanji, vocabulary, grammar, and writing
exercises. PRQ: FLJA 301 and FLJA 302, or consent of department.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 271
Korean (FLKN)
103. BEGINNING KOREAN I (5). Prociency-based introduction
to speaking, reading, and writing Modern Korean. Emphasis on
oral prociency and on the acquisition of reading and writing skills.
Designed for students with little or no background in Korean.
104. BEGINNING KOREAN II (5). Continuation of FLKN 103. PRQ:
FLKN 103 or consent of department.
American Sign Language (FLSL)
101. BEGINNING AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I (3). Development
of receptive and expressive skills in American Sign Language.
Emphasis on developing skills in a non-English syntax system and
communication with deaf and hard of hearing people in activities of
daily living. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory.
102. BEGINNING AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II (3). Continuation
of FLSL 101 emphasizing the improvement of communicative skills.
Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory. PRQ: FLSL 101 or
consent of school.
201. INTERMEDIATE AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I (3).
Continuation of FLSL 102, with emphasis on developing uency in
American Sign Language. Three hours of lecture and one hour of
laboratory. PRQ: FLSL 102 or consent of department.
202. INTERMEDIATE AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II (3).
Continuation of FLSL 201, with emphasis on comprehension and
production of increasingly complex linguistic structures. Emphasis on
the development of uent conversational skills utilizing grammatical
nonmanual signals and markers. Students will learn how to narrate,
describe, compare, and comment. Taught in ASL (i.e., without voice).
Will include expanded discussion of Deaf Culture and its contribution
to the arts. Three hours of lecture and one hour of laboratory. PRQ:
FLSL 201 or consent of department.
Arabic (FLAR)
103. BEGINNING ARABIC I (5). Prociency-based introduction to
speaking, reading, and writing Modern Standard Arabic.
104. BEGINNING ARABIC II (5). Continuation of FLAR 103. PRQ:
FLAR 103 or consent of department.
Khmer (FLKH)
103. BEGINNING KHMER I (5). Introduction to modern Khmer
language and culture. Developing skills in listening, speaking,
reading, and writing.
104. BEGINNING KHMER II (5). Continuation of FLKH 103. PRQ:
FLKH 103 or consent of department.
203. INTERMEDIATE KHMER I (3). Continuation of developing
skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. PRQ: FLKH 104 or
consent of department.
204. INTERMEDIATE KHMER II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Cambodian culture
and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLKH 203 or
consent of department.
Asian Languages
FLBU 103. BEGINNING BURMESE I (5). Developing skills in listening,
speaking, reading, and writing.
FLBU 104. BEGINNING BURMESE II (5). Continuation of FLBU 103.
PRQ: FLBU 103 or consent of department.
FLBU 203. INTERMEDIATE BURMESE I (3). Developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. PRQ: FLBU 104 or consent
of department.
FLBU 204. INTERMEDIATE BURMESE II (3). Further developing
skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Burmese
culture and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLBU 203 or
consent of department.
FLBU 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BURMESE LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLBU 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BURMESE LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLCH 101. BEGINNING CHINESE I (3). Developing skills in listening,
speaking, reading, and writing.
FLCH 102. BEGINNING CHINESE II (3). Continuation of FLCH 101.
PRQ: FLCH 101 or consent of department.
FLCH 201. INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I (3). Review of grammar,
work in composition, and the readings of modern Chinese authors
to develop language mastery. PRQ: FLCH 102 or consent of
department.
FLCH 202. INTERMEDIATE CHINESE II (3). Further developing
skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Chinese
culture and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLCH 201 or
consent of department.
FLCH 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHINESE LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLCH 311. ADVANCED CHINESE CONVERSATION (3). Intensive
practical training in conversational skills to achieve uency of
expression. PRQ: FLCH 202 or equivalent.
FLCH 320. ADVANCED CHINESE READING (3). Intensive practical
training in Chinese reading. Readings center around modern
newspapers, periodicals, and other Chinese writing. PRQ: FLCH 202
or consent of department.
FLCH 361. INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE CULTURE (3).
Comprehensive introduction to Chinese culture, from ancient to
modern times. Taught in English.
FLCH 381. INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE LANGUAGE AND
BUSINESS PRACTICES (3). Basic language course with a general
introduction to Chinese business etiquette and practices from the
cultural perspective.
FLCH 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHINESE LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLIN 103. BEGINNING INDONESIAN I (5). Developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing.
FLIN 104. BEGINNING INDONESIAN II (5). Continuation of FLIN
103. PRQ: FLIN 103 or consent of department.
FLIN 203. INTERMEDIATE INDONESIAN I (3). Continuation of
developing skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. PRQ:
FLIN 104 or consent of department.
FLIN 204. INTERMEDIATE INDONESIAN II (3). Further developing
skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Indonesian
culture and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLIN 203 or
consent of department.
FLIN 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INDONESIAN LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLIN 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INDONESIAN LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLIN 421. INTRODUCTION TO INDONESIAN LITERATURE (3).
Survey of the development of Indonesian literature. Selected
readings in regional languages in translation using traditional and
contemporary Indonesian literature. PRQ: FLIN 204.
272 FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
FLTA 103. BEGINNING TAGALOG I (5). Developing skills in listening,
speaking, reading, and writing.
FLTA 104. BEGINNING TAGALOG II (5). Continuation of FLTA 103.
PRQ: FLTA 103 or consent of department.
FLTA 203. INTERMEDIATE TAGALOG I (3). Designed for students
with some knowledge of Tagalog who want to develop uency in
spoken and written Tagalog and understand and articulate Tagalog
linguistic features to at least the intermediate-high level. Emphasis
on speaking and listening comprehension, but reading and writing
Tagalog will be an integral part of instruction. PRQ: FLTA 104 or
consent of department.
FLTA 204. INTERMEDIATE TAGALOG II (3). Further developing skills
in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Philippine culture
and civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLTA 203 or consent
of department.
FLTA 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN TAGALOG LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLTA 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN TAGALOG LANGUAGE,
LITERATURE, LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic
varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLTH 103. BEGINNING THAI I (5). Developing skills in listening,
speaking, reading, and writing.
FLTH 104. BEGINNING THAI II (5). Continuation of FLTH 103. PRQ:
FLTH 103 or consent of department.
FLTH 203. INTERMEDIATE THAI I (3). Training to increase prociency
in spoken Thai beyond the elementary level; reading selections for
practice in comprehension of the written language; and composition
practice. PRQ: FLTH 104 or consent of department.
FLTH 204. INTERMEDIATE THAI II (3). Further developing skills in
listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Study of Thai culture and
civilization through a variety of media. PRQ: FLTH 203 or consent of
department.
FLTH 300. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THAI LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLTH 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN THAI LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
LINGUISTICS OR CULTURE (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ:
Consent of department.
General
FLAL 400. DESIGN AND CREATION OF ELECTRONIC
PORTFOLIOS FOR FOREIGN LANGUAGE MAJORS (1). Designed
to assist foreign language majors in the construction of their required
electronic portfolios. Uses of a variety of multimedia technologies to
maintain authentic samples of student work in a format best suited
to represent the assessment criteria outlined by the Department of
Foreign Languages and Literatures. S/U grading.
FLAL 410. SMALL-GROUP STUDY IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES (1).
Small groups of participants in the Foreign Language Residence
Program rene and strengthen their oral language skills under the
guidance of faculty members. Open only to residents of the program.
May be repeated to a maximum of 4 semester hours. Only 1 credit
can be taken per semester. Hours may not be applied towards the
major or minor.
FLAL 415. INTERNSHIP IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES (3). Credit
awarded upon completion of an internship experience and writing
assignments related to student’s eld of study. Open to declared
foreign language majors in French, German, or Spanish. Not
available for credit to students with credit in ILAS 390. S/U grading.
PRQ: Consent of department; junior or senior standing.
FLAL 420. INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION THEORY (3).
Introduction to contemporary translation theory. Readings and
training in different theoretical approaches in translation into English
from other languages. Taught in English. PRQ: Junior or senior
standing.
FLAL 483. APPLIED LINGUISTICS AND THE ROMANCE
LANGUAGES (3). Survey of the principles of linguistic theory as they
apply to the teaching of the major romance languages. Emphasis
on taxonomic and transformational linguistics. PRQ: Junior level
standing in French or Spanish, or consent of department.
FLIS 481. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE (1-
6). Independent research on a cultural, linguistic, or literary topic.
Detailed outline of proposed research required prior to enrollment.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Three
400-level courses in the language and consent of department.
FLIS 499. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY (3). Independent
research on a literary, cultural, or linguistic topic under the guidance
of a faculty member, for students pursuing the B.A. degree with
honors in foreign languages and literatures. Students must present
a detailed outline of proposed research to the honors adviser for
approval. PRQ: Three 400-level courses in the major language,
senior status, and consent of department.
FLMT 401. CLINICAL MIDDLE OR SECONDARY SCHOOL
EXPERIENCE IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES (1). Discipline-based
clinical experience for students seeking initial middle-school or
secondary licensure in French, German, or Spanish. Includes
observation, evaluation, methods, and problems practicum as a
component of a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and
formally evaluated experiences in the particular school setting in
which student teaching will likely take place. S/U grading. CRQ:
FLMT 491.
FLMT 490. TEACHING METHODOLOGIES FOR THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL FOREIGN LANGUAGE CLASSROOM (3). Development
of an effective foreign language program at the elementary school
level with emphasis on development of materials and techniques for
such programs. PRQ: Completion of the 301-302 level in any foreign
language; instructor permission. Enrollment in a teacher preparation
program strongly recommended.
FLMT 491. METHODS OF FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEACHING IN
THE MIDDLE AND HIGH SCHOOLS (3). Theoretical bases of the
teaching of modern foreign languages at the middle and high school
level, including an introduction to the most prominent theories of
second language acquisition. Introduction to instructional materials
and classroom methods and techniques employed in language
teaching at these levels. Attention to cultural diversity of students and
the needs of the exceptional student. Extensive practice in classroom
application of these methods and techniques. CRQ: ILAS 401. PRQ:
Consent of department.
FLPT 485. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN FOREIGN
LANGUAGES (6-12). Student teaching for one semester. Not available
for credit in the major. See “Educator Licensure Requirements” for
other regulations. S/U grading. PRQ: FLMT 491 and consent of
department.
FLST 181. ELEMENTARY LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION I (5).
Developing skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing in a less
commonly taught language.
FLST 182. ELEMENTARY LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION II (5).
Continuation of FLST 181. PRQ: FLST 181 in the same language or
consent of the department.
FLST 281. INTERMEDIATE LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION I (3-5).
Developing skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing in a less
commonly taught language at the intermediate level. PRQ: FLST 181
and FLST 182 in the same language, or consent of department.
FLST 282. INTERMEDIATE LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION II (3-
5). Developing skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing in
a less commonly taught language at the intermediate level. PRQ:
FLST 181, FLST 182, and FLST 281 in same language, or consent
of department.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 273
FLST 381. SPECIAL STUDIES IN LANGUAGE I (1-9). Special
topics in the various foreign languages. Topics announced. Multiple
enrollments in a single term are permissible. May be repeated to
a maximum of 9 semester hours per language. PRQ: Consent of
department.
FLST 382. SPECIAL STUDIES IN LANGUAGE II (1-9). Special
topics in the various foreign languages. Topics announced. Multiple
enrollments in a single term are permissible. May be repeated to
a maximum of 9 semester hours per language. PRQ: Consent of
department.
FLST 481. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE I (3). Study of a
major author, genre, theme, period, or literary movement. Topics
announced. Multiple enrollments in a single term are permissible.
May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours per language as
topic changes. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLST 482. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE II (3). Study of a
major author, genre, theme, period, or literary movement. Topics
announced. Multiple enrollments in a single term are permissible.
May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours per language as
topic changes. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLST 483. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LINGUISTICS (3). Topics
announced. Multiple enrollments in a single term are permissible.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours per language as
topics change. PRQ: Consent of department.
FLTR 271. LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3). Survey of a particular
foreign literature or the study of a major author, theme, genre, period
or literary movement. Topics announced. May be repeated once for
credit as the topic changes. Does not satisfy the foreign language
requirement for the B.A. and cannot be applied toward major credit
by majors in this department.
Foreign Languages and Literatures Faculty
Katharina Barbe, Ph.D., Rice University, associate professor, chair
John R. Bentley, Ph.D., University of Hawaii, professor, assistant
chair
Anne L. Birberick, Ph.D., University of Virginia, associate professor
Dennis E. Brain, Ph.D., University of Texas, associate professor
Louise Ciallella, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate professor
Jessamine Cooke-Plagwitz, Ph.D., Queen’s University, Kingston,
Ontario, associate professor
Mary L. Cozad, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, assistant
professor
Frances Jaeger, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate professor
Joanna Kot, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Karen Lichtman, Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
assistant professor
Eloy E. Merino, Ph.D., University of Miami, professor
Christopher Nissen, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
professor
Linda K. Saborio, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
associate professor
Francisco Solares-Larrave, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate
professor
Tharaphi Than, Ph.D., University of London, assistant professor
Stephen Vilaseca, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Twin Cities,
associate professor
274
Department of Geography (GEOG, MET)
The Department of Geography offers the B.A. and B.S. degrees
with a major in geography and the B.S. degree with a major in
meteorology. The major in geography has emphases in geography
and geomatics. An advanced studies certicate is also available
in GIS.
The major in meteorology provides training for students interested
in general meteorology, weather forecasting, and environmental
meteorology, and the education necessary for graduate work in
the atmospheric sciences. The program offers the student the
opportunity to participate in the NIU Weather Service. Students
may pursue a double major in geography and meteorology or the
major in meteorology and a minor in geography.
The department offers a minor in geography and a departmental
honors program and participates in the interdisciplinary
minors in black studies, environmental management systems,
environmental studies, global studies, Latino/Latin American
studies, Southeast Asian studies, and urban studies.
Major in Geography
The emphasis in geography offers the opportunity to develop
greater understanding of a specic aspect of geography by
choosing electives from one of four areas of study: in area studies,
geographic information systems (GIS), natural environmental
systems, or urban/economic systems. With the proper set of
electives, the student can meet federal civil service qualication
standards as a soil scientist or hydrologist. The emphasis in
geomatics integrates land surveying and mapping science.
Students pursuing the emphasis in geography may earn the B.A.
or the B.S. degree; those pursuing the emphasis in geomatics
must fulll requirements for the B.S. degree.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1: Geography (B.A. or B.S.)
Requirements in Department (36)
*GEOG 101 - Introduction to Environmental Geography (3)
*GEOG 102 - Introduction to Environmental Geography Laboratory
(1)
*GEOG 105 - Introduction to the Atmosphere (3)
*GEOG 106 - Introduction to the Atmosphere Laboratory (1)
*GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3)
*GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 300 - Proseminar (1)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 361 - Geographic Measurement and Quantitative Analysis (3)
Electives chosen from one of the following four course groupings or
any combination for 12 semester hours.
Both GEOG 391 and GEOG 491 may be included in these 12 hours
for no more than 3 semester hours of credit in each.
Area Studies
Course work from the following
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 315X - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 330 - Geography of the U.S. and Canada (3)
GEOG 332 - Geography of Latin America (3)
GEOG 335X - Immigration (3)
GEOG 336 - Geography of Africa (3)
GEOG 391D - Internship: Regional Geography (1-3)
GEOG 338 - Geography of Asia (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 408 - Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
GEOG 435X - Space in Language and Culture (3)
GEOG 451 - Political Geography (3)
GEOG 461 - Applied Statistics in Geographic Research (3)
GEOG 490 - Community Geography (3)
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 498D - Seminar in Current Problems: Regional
Geography (3)
GEOG 498E - Seminar in Current Problems: Human
Geography (3)
Geographic Information Systems
Course work from the following
GEOG 360 - Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
GEOG 391J - Internship: Methods and Techniques (1-3)
GEOG 391K - Internship: Mapping/Geovisualization (1-3)
GEOG 407 - Technical Hazards (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOG 458 - Geovisualization (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 460 - Remote Sensing of the Environment (3)
GEOG 465 - Geographic Field Work (3)
GEOG 467 - Workshop in Cartography (3)
GEOG 468 - Workshop in GIS (3)
GEOG 470 - Web Mapping (3)
GEOG 490 - Community Geography (3)
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 493 - Computer Methods and Modeling (3)
GEOG 498J - Seminar in Current Problems: Methods and
Techniques (3)
GEOG 498K - Seminar in Current Problems: Mapping/
Geovisualization (3)
Natural Environmental Systems
1
Course work from the following
GEOG 302 - Soil Science (4)
GEOG 303 - Water Resources and the Environment (3)
GEOG 306 - Severe and Hazardous Weather (3)
GEOG 315X - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 322 - Geography of World Plant Communities (3)
GEOG 324X - Women in Science (3)
GEOG 360 - Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
GEOG 368 - Climate Change: Science, Impacts, and Mitigation (3)
GEOG 370 - Regional Climatology (3)
GEOG 391A - Internship: Physical Geography (1-3)
GEOG 391B - Internship: Environmental Management (1-3)
GEOG 402 - Pedology (4)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 404 - Soil Description and Interpretation (2)
GEOG 406 - Natural Hazards and Environmental Risk (3)
GEOG 407 - Technical Hazards (3)
GEOG 408 - Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 413 - Forest Ecology and Management (3)
GEOG 422 - Plant-Soil Interactions (4)
GEOG 442X - Geomorphology (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOG 461 - Applied Statistics in Geographic Research (3)
GEOG 465 - Geographic Field Work (3)
GEOG 490 - Community Geography (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
Students will be better prepared for this area by fullling the B.S. degree requirements.
GEOGRAPHY 275
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 492 - Hydrology (3)
GEOG 498A - Seminar in Current Problems: Physical
Geography (3)
GEOG 498B - Seminar in Current Problems: Environmental
Management (3)
Urban/Economic Systems
Course work from the following
GEOG 304 - Transportation Geography Credits: 3
GEOG 315X - Geography of Energy (3)
GEOG 324X - Women in Science (3)
GEOG 362 - Geography of Urban Systems (3)
GEOG 391G - Internship: Urban/Economic Geography (1-3)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 407 - Technical Hazards (3)
GEOG 430 - Population Geography (3)
GEOG 453 - Environmental Management (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOG 461 - Applied Statistics in Geographic Research (3)
GEOG 463 - Urban Geography (3)
GEOG 464 - Location Analysis (3)
GEOG 490 - Community Geography (3)
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 498E - Seminar in Current Problems: Human
Geography (3)
GEOG 498G - Seminar in Current Problems: Urban/Economic
Geography (3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 7-20; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Fulllment of foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
(See “College Requirements for the B.S. Degree”)
Students should consult the undergraduate adviser for the appropriate
sequence for their course of study.
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Geography: 43-56 (B.A.)
OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Recommendations
Students interested in environmental studies are strongly advised
to complete at least two, one-year sequences of courses in a
laboratory science. Students should contact the undergraduate
adviser for career goal advisement early in their course of study.
Emphasis 2: Geomatics (B.S.)
Requirements in Department (41)
*GEOG 101 - Introduction to Environmental Geography (3)
*GEOG 102 - Introduction to Environmental Geography Laboratory
(1)
GEOG 150 - Introduction to Geomatics (3)
*GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3),
OR *GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
GEOG 250 - Civil Surveying (4)
GEOG 251 - Control Surveying (4)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 300 - Proseminar (1)
GEOG 350 - Land Surveying (4)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 450 - Legal Aspects of Geomatics and Land Surveying (3)
Course work from the following (9)
GEOG 360 - Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
GEOG 391M - Internship, Geomatics/Surveying (3)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 455 - Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 460 - Remote Sensing of the Environment (3)
GEOG 468 - Workshop in GIS (3)
GEOG 474 - Geomatics Design in Land Development (4)
GEOG 475 - Geomatics Planning and Computation (3)
GEOL 425 - Engineering Geology (3)
Requirements outside Department (15-16)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
OR *MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4)
*PHYS 211 - General Physics II (4)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Recommendations
Students interested in a career in land surveying will need to
satisfy curricular and course requirements for the surveyor
in-training examination. Students should consult with the
undergraduate adviser early in their course of study for advice on
fullling those requirements..
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Geomatics: 56-57 (B.S.)
Major in Meteorology (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (28)
*GEOG 105 - Introduction to the Atmosphere (3)
*GEOG 106 - Introduction to the Atmosphere Laboratory (1)
GEOG 300 - Proseminar (1)
MET 300 - Meteorology (4)
MET 360 - Radar Meteorology (3),
OR GEOG 360 - Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
MET 410 - Weather Dynamics I (4)
MET 411 - Weather Dynamics II (4)
MET 421 - Synoptic Meteorology (3)
MET 444 - Mesoscale Meteorology (3)
MET 475 - Practicum in Weather Analysis and Forecasting (2)
Course work from the following (6)
GEOG 370 - Regional Climatology (3)
GEOG 391C - Internship: Meteorology/Climatology (1-3)
GEOG 406 - Natural Hazards and Environmental Risk (3)
GEOG 408 - Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 460 - Remote Sensing of the Environment (3)
GEOG 461 - Applied Statistics in Geographic Research (3)
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 492 - Hydrology (3)
GEOG 498C - Seminar in Current Problems: Meteorology/
Climatology (3)
MET 291 - Field Experience in Meteorology (1-3)
MET 430 - Micrometeorology (3)
MET 431 - Applications in Climatology (3)
MET 444 - Mesoscale Meteorology (3)
MET 485 - Atmospheric Physics (3)
MET 491 - Undergraduate Research in Meteorology (1-3)
Requirements outside Department (31)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Total Hours for a Major in Meteorology (B.S.): 66
Recommendations
Students are advised to contact an adviser early in their course
of study. A suggested plan of study is available in the department
office.
* Available for general education credit.
276 GEOGRAPHY
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Geography
Students who want to be licensed to teach geography at the
secondary level must declare their intention to do so with the
History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in geography.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program when they have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of geography at NIU
and earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all geography courses
taken at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure program;
and
obtained approval from the of History and Social Sciences
Secondary of Teacher Program.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Program.
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in
geography. In addition, they must complete GEOG 496X, History
and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, GEOG 496X must be taken in the
semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching in History/
Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in unusual
circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400 only upon
satisfactory completion of all other work required for graduation
and licensure.
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Degree with Honors
The B.S. degree with Honors in Geography or Meteorology will be
awarded to students satisfying the following requirements.
Approval of the department chair for admission to the honors
degree program.
Senior standing with a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all course
work and of 3.50 in geography courses.
Completion of the requirements of the declared departmental
major.
Completion of a senior honors thesis under GEOG 491H or
MET 491H for 2-4 semester hours. The honors thesis must be
approved by the project faculty adviser and a faculty member
appointed by the department chair.
Minor in Geography (19)
Meteorology majors may declare the minor in geography.
*GEOG 101 and *GEOG 102 - Introduction to Environmental
Geography and Laboratory (4),
OR *GEOG 105 and *GEOG 106 - Introduction to the
Atmosphere and Laboratory (4)
*GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3),
OR *GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities (3)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
Electives from geography courses at the 300 or 400 level (9)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Geographic Information Systems (15)
This certicate is designed to provide pre-professional study in
the collection, management, analysis, and display (mapping) of
spatial data. It is open to all NIU undergraduates. Students must
maintain good academic standing in the university, achieve a
minimum grade of C in each certicate course, achieve a GPA of
at least 3.00 in all certicate courses, and complete all certicate
course work within six calendar years. All course requirements
for the certicate must be completed at NIU. With department
approval, some or all of the certicate courses may be applied
toward undergraduate degree requirements in the department.
The Department of Geography reserves the right to limit
enrollment in any of the certicate courses.
Requirements
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
Course work from the following with consent of adviser (6)
GEOG 360 - Introduction to Remote Sensing (3)
GEOG 391J - Internship: Methods and Techniques (1-6)
GEOG 391K - Internship: Mapping/Geovisualization (1-6)
GEOG 403 - Soils and Environmental Land Use Planning (3)
GEOG 432 - Geography of Health (3)
GEOG 455 - Land-Use Planning (3)
GEOG 460 - Remote Sensing of the Environment (3)
GEOG 464 - Location Analysis (3),
OR OMIS 379 - Business Applications of Geographic
Information Systems (3)
GEOG 467 - Workshop in Cartography (3)
GEOG 468 - Workshop in GIS (3)
GEOG 470 - Web Mapping (3)
GEOG 490 - Community Geography (3)
GEOG 491 - Undergraduate Research in Geography (1-3)
GEOG 493 - Computer Methods and Modeling (1-3)
GEOG 498J - Seminar in Current Problems: Methods and
Techniques (3)
GEOG 498K - Seminar in Current Problems: Mapping/
Geovisualization (3)
* Available for general education credit.
GEOGRAPHY 277
Course List
Geography (GEOG)
101. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY (3).
Elements of the physical environment, with emphasis on hydrology,
vegetation, landforms, and soils; processes involved in their
interactions, their spatial variations, and interrelationships between
these elements and humankind. Three hours of lecture.
102. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY
LABORATORY (1). Selected laboratory experiments to accompany
GEOG 101. Two hours of laboratory. CRQ: GEOG 101.
105. INTRODUCTION TO THE ATMOSPHERE (3). Introduction
to elements of weather and climate with emphasis on the
interrelationships between heat, pressure, and moisture including
the global radiation balance. Introduction to climate classication,
and atmospheric processes that control global climates and climatic
change. Three hours of lecture.
106. INTRODUCTION TO THE ATMOSPHERE LABORATORY (1).
Selected laboratory experiments to accompany GEOG 105. Two
hours of laboratory. CRQ: GEOG 105.
150. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMATICS (3). Introduction to geomatics
and the basic concepts, theories, and principles pertaining to land
surveying. Origins of the land surveying profession and the history and
role of land surveying in the U.S. Introduction to surveying equipment
and methods, the types of surveys performed by a land surveyor,
and the relationship of surveying to other mapping sciences. Basic
techniques and computations for measuring land characteristics,
including distance, direction, elevation and area. Lecture, laboratory
and eld experience.
202. WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (3). Geographic analysis of
the nations and regions of the world, emphasizing their economic,
political, and social organization. Attention given to contemporary
problems.
204. GEOGRAPHY OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES (3). A global
system approach to understanding the economic interdependence
among people, regions, and nations.
250. CIVIL SURVEYING (4). Elements of civil and engineering
projects as they relate to land surveying. Planning and methods of
data acquisition for topographic and landscape surveys. Elements
and interpretation of engineering site plans in relation to the
surveying needs. Use of imagery and 3-D scanning technologies.
Surveying principles and practices for roadway, utility, and building
layout. Lecture, laboratory and eld experience. PRQ. GEOG 150.
251. CONTROL SURVEYING (4). Establishment and calculation
of coordinate position by means of control surveys. Control and
benchmark systems. Datums and projected coordinate systems and
standards for converting between datums and coordinate systems.
The National Spatial Reference System. Principles and methods of
satellite positioning systems and their use in land surveying. Field
methods of coordinate establishment and computation. Lecture,
laboratory and eld experience. PRQ. GEOG 150.
253. ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY (3). Introduction to the study
of human-environment interactions from a geographic perspective,
with emphasis on the role of humans in changing the face of the
earth. Fundamentals of environmental science as well as global and
local issues related to human population growth, agriculture, water
resources, biodiversity, forest resources, energy use, climate change,
and environmental health.
256. MAPS AND MAPPING (3). Introduction to maps as models of
our earth, tools of visualization, and forms of graphic communication.
Use of satellite and aerial imagery, land surveying, and geographic
information systems in map production. Thematic maps and how they
are used. Map design for informational and persuasive purposes.
Two hours of lecture, two hours of laboratory.
300. PROSEMINAR (1). Professional development for students in
geography and meteorology. Educational opportunities and career
options. Library and literature research skills. S/U grading. PRQ:
Declared major in geography or meteorology.
302. SOIL SCIENCE (4). Lecture, eld and laboratory study of
physical, chemical, and biological properties of soils with emphasis
on soil development, classication, geography, management, and
conservation. Lecture, laboratory, and eld experience. PRQ: GEOG
101 or GEOL 120 or ENVS 301; or consent of department.
303. WATER RESOURCES AND THE ENVIRONMENT (3).
Evaluation of water as a resource; its availability, distribution, use,
and quality. Operation of the hydrologic cycle and relationships
between surface water and the soil, groundwater, and atmosphere.
Human impacts on water resources and the management of water-
related hazards, including ooding, drought, and the spread of
disease. Lecture and eld experience.
304. TRANSPORTATION GEOGRAPHY (3). Concepts and analysis
of distribution and movement systems as they relate to spatial
patterns of production and the consumption of goods and services.
PRQ: ECON 260 or GEOG 204, or consent of department.
306. SEVERE AND HAZARDOUS WEATHER (3). Examination
of fundamentals of atmospheric phenomena with an emphasis on
understanding concepts and processes behind severe manifestations
of weather and climate. Physical aspects of extratropical cyclones,
winter weather phenomena, thunderstorm phenomena, tropical
weather systems, and large-scale, longer-term weather events
are analyzed. Case studies are employed to investigate human,
economic, and environmental consequences of extreme weather
and climate events.
315X. GEOGRAPHY OF ENERGY (3). Crosslisted with ENVS 315.
Interdisciplinary overview of the geography of energy. Basics of
energy literacy, including unit conversions and net energy analysis.
Geographic components of current energy production, consumption
and transportation, including fossil fuels and renewable energy
resources. Major geographic, energetic, environmental and/or
economic issues related to the continued production of energy.
Comparison and contrast of energy options from a net energy
perspective.
322. GEOGRAPHY OF WORLD PLANT COMMUNITIES (3).
Spatial and temporal variations of vegetation communities, detailed
examination of world biomes, and emphasis on interrelationships
among vegetation, climate, and soil. Long-term changes in biome
extent and dominance from the Cretaceous to present. Recent
vegetation change and models of succession and vegetation
dynamics plus human impacts on plant communities.
324X. WOMEN IN SCIENCE (3). Crosslisted as WGST 324 and
BIOS 324X. Why women are underrepresented in many scientic
elds. The history of women in science, the current status of women
in science, and the representation of women in various scientic
disciplines.
330. GEOGRAPHY OF THE U.S. AND CANADA (3). Regional
analysis of the two countries. Cultural, economic, and political
patterns. Geographic perspectives applied to current issues and
problems.
332. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA (3). Selected topics in Latin
America’s social, economic, and political geography. Emphasizes
problems of regional development.
335X. IMMIGRATION (3). Crosslisted as SOCI 335. Examines
the national and international dynamics of migration, the causes
and effects of migration, migration policies, and the experiences
of immigrant communities in the United States and beyond. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of
department.
336. GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA (3). Spatial analysis of the human
and physical patterns of Africa.
278 GEOGRAPHY
338. GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA (3). Regional analysis of Asia.
Natural environment and resources, natural hazards, history and
cultures, agriculture and rural development, demographic changes,
urbanization and urban problems, industry and trade, tourism,
areas of political conicts. Geographic perspectives applied to
contemporary issues.
350. LAND SURVEYING (4). Discussion and history of the U.S.
Rectangular System. Principals and practices of the Northwest
Territory and Illinois State legal surveys including land acts and
instructions. Legal document research and preparation. Illinois Land
Survey System procedures and calculations. Retracement survey
analysis and methods. Lecture, laboratory, and eld experience.
PRQ. GEOG 150.
352. GEOSPATIAL DIMENSIONS OF HOMELAND SECURITY (3).
Planning and practicing homeland security and emergency response
from a geospatial perspective. Integrating homeland security across
jurisdictions and geographic scales, from local to national. Practical
value of GIS, spatial data, and geospatial methods in planning, risk
assessment and mitigation. Lecture and laboratory. Not open for
credit to students with previous credit in GEOG 256.
359. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS
(3). Study of the fundamental principles of Geographic Information
Systems (GIS). Emphasis on the development of these systems,
their components and their integration into mainstream geography.
Two hours of lecture, two hours of laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 256 or
GEOG 352 or consent of department.
360. INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING (3). Introduction to
the principles of acquiring and interpreting data from remote sensing
systems, focusing primarily on the use of aerial photography and
satellite imagery to study the environment. Physical processes
involved in reote sensing including electromagnetic radiation and
its interaction with atmosphere and land surface; common remote
sensing systems; basic principles of photogrammetry. Lecture and
laboratory. PRQ: MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
361. GEOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENT AND QUANTITATIVE
ANALYSIS (3). Description of measurement systems used in
geography and ways in which numerical data are presented.
Fundamentals of probability and statistical inference applied to
geographic problems. Introduction to computer applications in the
presentation and analysis of geographic data. Two hours of lecture,
two hours of laboratory. PRQ: STAT 301.
362. GEOGRAPHY OF URBAN SYSTEMS (3). Past and current
patterns of worldwide urbanization, urban hierarchies and systems
of cities, functional metropolitan and megalopolitan regions, the city’s
role in economic and social development
368. CLIMATE CHANGE: SCIENCE, IMPACTS, AND MITIGATION
(3). Overview of the science of climate change and an analysis of
the implications of this change on societies throughout the world.
Spatial dimensions of climate change will be examined from a holistic
perspective, taking into account interactions between the natural and
man-made environment, impacted societies and the development
of economic and social policies. Social and political ramications
of climate change have become apparent as local communities in
different parts of the world struggle to adapt to new patterns of urban
climate, excessive rainfall, prolonged droughts, and severe weather
events.
370. REGIONAL CLIMATOLOGY (3). Principles of climatic
classication; types and groups derived from a synthesis of the
climatic elements; major anomalies. PRQ: GEOG 105 and GEOG
106, or MET 300 and STAT 301.
390. TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY (1-3). Current or special interest
topics in the subelds of geography. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours as subject varies. Students may register for
multiple sections of GEOG 390 simultaneously. PRQ: Consent of
department.
391. INTERNSHIP (1-6).
A. Physical Geography
B. Environmental Management
C. Meteorology/Climatology
D. Regional Geography
E. Human Geography
G. Urban/Economic Geography
J. Methods and Techniques
K. Mapping/Geovisualization
M. Geomatics/Surveying
Work as an intern in an off-campus agency or rm. A student
completes intern tasks as assigned, does readings and prepare
a paper under the supervision of a faculty member. Each letter
category may be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U
grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
ECON 401X, HIST 401, POLS 401X, PSYC 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
402. PEDOLOGY (4). Soil genesis, distribution, and classication.
Environment, geomorphology, and soil formation relationships.
Soil description, mapping, and interpretation for land use. Lecture,
laboratory, and eld experience.
403. SOILS AND ENVIRONMENTAL LAND USE PLANNING (3).
Application of soil science to environmental issues; use of geospatial
data in mapping and utilizing the soil resource in agricultural, urban,
and natural systems; use of soils information in wetland delineations,
waste disposal, nutrient and contaminant cycling, erosion-
sedimentation, ecological restoration, and environmental quality.
Professional ethics, certication, and licensing of soil scientists.
404. SOIL DESCRIPTION AND INTERPRETATION (2). Lecture,
lab, and eld experience involving description, interpretation,
and classication of soil proles and soil-landscape geographic
relationships for agricultural, urban, and wildland use. Participate in
soil judging contests. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 semester
hours. PRQ: GEOG 302 or GEOG 402 or consent of department
406. NATURAL HAZARDS AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISK (3).
Examination of processes that create environmental and atmospheric
hazards, the spatial and temporal discontinuities associated with
hazards, and societal aspects that affect and compound disasters.
Historical and contemporary case studies are utilized to investigate
the interaction between society and natural hazards. PRQ: GEOG
101 or GEOG 105 or GEOG 306 or GEOL 120 or consent of the
department.
407. TECHNICAL HAZARDS (3). Study of the spatial problems
associated with technical (human-made) hazards and the geographic
scope of their impacts on human activities and the environment. Spatial
dimension of risk and the role of geospatial information in mitigation,
emergency response, planning, and management. Examination of
the social and cultural context associated with technical hazards and
regulatory issues in risk management. Emphasis on risk perception,
risk analysis, hazard assessment and hazard management from
geospatial and cultural perspectives. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ:
GEOG 359.
408. TROPICAL ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS (3). Examination of
natural hazards with a focus on Southeast Asia. Tsunamis, monsoons,
typhoons, ooding, droughts, and urban hazards are explored.
Interactions among the following three major systems are analyzed
with respect to shaping these hazards: the physical environment,
social and demographic characteristics, and components of the built
environment. PRQ: GEOG 101 or GEOG 105 or GEOG 306 or GEOL
120 or consent of the department.
GEOGRAPHY 279
413. FOREST ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (3). Forest species
regeneration, growth and mortality. Past and present environmental
conditions, disturbances, and forest processes. Tree identication,
forest measures, and eld methods. Lecture, laboratory, and eld
experience. PRQ: GEOG 322or BIOS 103, or consent of department.
422. PLANT-SOIL INTERACTIONS (4). Crosslisted as BIOS 422X.
Chemical and physical properties of soils affecting vegetation,
segregation of natural plant communities, and managed systems.
Lecture, laboratory, and eld experience. PRQ: BIOS 103, and
GEOG 302, or consent of department.
430. POPULATION GEOGRAPHY (3). Geographic perspective
on overpopulation, immigration, environmental degradation,
development, and human rights. Fundamentals of fertility, mortality,
migration, and composition. Discussion of both conceptual and
empirical approaches focusing on national and international
population and public policy issues. PRQ: 3 semester hours in
geography or sociology, or consent of department.
432. GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH (3). Geographic dimensions of
health in local and regional populations across the globe. Topics
include disease ecology, infectious and chronic diseases, geographic
mobility, biometeorology, nutrition, development and health,
geographic disparities in health, healthcare resources and access,
medical systems, concepts of health and place, therapeutic spaces,
GIS and public health. Introduction to measurement in vital statistics
and surveillance data will also be examined. Lecture and laboratory.
435X. SPACE IN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3). Crosslisted as
ANTH 435. Exploration of how various languages express spatial
relationships by using different parts of speech, how culture shapes
ways of organizing and using space in daily and ritual behavior, and
the mental organization of spatial knowledge, with emphasis on
universal patterns that generate cultural and individual realizations.
436. GEOGRAPHY AND FILM (3). Studies the intersection of
geography and lm through visual and critical examination of
landscape, culture and environment in the interpretation of world
cinema. Focus on lms whose location, culture or environment, are
an essential backdrop in the cinematic experience.
442X. GEOMORPHOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL 442.
Systematic study of geologic processes affecting the evolution of the
earth’s surface. Emphasis on glacial, uvial, and coastal processes
and their relationship to the development of landforms under diverse
climates of the past and present. Lecture, laboratory, and eld trips.
PRQ: GEOG 101 and GEOG 102, or GEOL 105, or GEOL 120, or
GEOL 120 and GEOL 121.
450. LEGAL ASPECTS OF GEOMATICS AND LAND SURVEYING
(3). Standards of practice and conduct for legal surveys. Rights,
liabilities, responsibilities and professional ethics for Professional
Land Surveyors. Common and statutory law as it pertains to land
and land ownership. Varying methods and types of conveyances and
title. Types and uses for evidence in litigation of legal surveys and
land boundaries. PRQ. GEOG 350.
451. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY (3). Study of political phenomena in
a real context. Emphasis on temporal and spatial attributes of the
state. Core areas and capitals, boundaries, administration of territory.
Geopolitics, power, multinational organizations, and modern theories
about states. Geographic concepts applied to in-depth analysis of
selected conict regions. PRQ: 3 semester hours in geography or
political science or consent of department.
453. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT (3). Human-environment
geography perspective on natural resource planning, environmental
conservation, and sustainable development throughout the world.
Advanced analysis of environmental issues in a variety of geographic
contexts and at scales ranging from local to global. Emphasis on
critical and analytical thinking skills. PRQ: GEOG 101 or GEOG 253
or ENVS 302 or ENVS 303 or ENVS 304, or consent of department.
455. LAND-USE PLANNING (3). Study of processes and policies
in land use and land development decisions. Mapping and GIS
decision-making techniques applied to the analysis of land-use
patterns and management conicts at national, state, regional, and
local government scales. Lecture, laboratory, and eld experience.
458. GEOVISUALIZATION (3). Theories, principles and approaches
of geographic visualization. Fundamentals of cartographic
representation, theoretical and practical issues of geovisualization,
and developing methods in exploratory spatial data analysis,
animation, 3-D representation, and virtual environments. Lecture and
laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 359 or consent of department.
459. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3). Study of the
conceptual framework and development of geographic information
systems. Emphasis on the actual application of a GIS to spatial
analysis. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory. PRQ:
GEOG 359 or consent of department.
460. REMOTE SENSING OF THE ENVIRONMENT (3). Computer-
based methods for extracting useful information from remotely sensed
data for geoscience/environmental applications; principles of digital
image processing techniques including radiometric and geometric
correction, image enhancement, image classication, and change
detection; principles of the latest remote sensing technologies and
their applications: LIDAR and GRACE. PRQ: GEOG 360 or MET 360.
461. APPLIED STATISTICS IN GEOGRAPHIC RESEARCH (3).
Application of descriptive and inferential statistics in geographic
research: the general linear model, spatial statistics, computer
analysis, and research design and presentation. PRQ: STAT 301.
462X. BIOGEOGRAPHY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 462. Role of
ecological, evolutionary, and historical factors in explaining the past
and current distributions of plants and animals. Current theory and
applications to species preservation and nature reserve design.
Three hours of lecture. PRQ: BIOS 316.
463. URBAN GEOGRAPHY (3). Examination of the internal patterns
and dynamics of urban areas. Spatial, economic, political, social, and
behavioral approaches to the study of cities. Major focus is on U.S.
cities.
464. LOCATION ANALYSIS (3). Examination of the location patterns
of human social and economic activities. Principles of optimal
location for agricultural, industrial, retail, transportation, and urban
functions. Use of GIS and other spatial methods in location analysis.
Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 256.
465. GEOGRAPHIC FIELD WORK (3-8). Field problems of urban
economic, cultural, and physical geography. Lecture, laboratory, and
eld experience. PRQ: Consent of department.
467. WORKSHOP IN CARTOGRAPHY (3). Problems and techniques
of map development. Projects vary but include the processes of design
and production, editing and quality control, and nal implementation
as printed product. Directed individual study. PRQ: GEOG 359 and
consent of department.
468. WORKSHOP IN GIS (3). Problems and techniques of GIS
prototype development. Emphasis on GIS development and spatial
database management for public sector applications such as land
parcel mapping, emergency services, facilities management, and
homeland security. The processes of design and production, editing
and quality control, and nal implementation of an operational
product are stressed through applied projects. PRQ: GEOG 359 and
consent of department.
469. EDUCATION METHODS AND MATERIALS IN GEOGRAPHY
(3). Strategies of presenting geographic concepts. Evaluation of
techniques and materials. PRQ: EPS 405, EPS 406, and senior
standing.
470. WEB MAPPING (3). Design and implementation of interactive,
web-based geovisualizations. Theory of map-based, human-computer
interaction and supporting data structures and communication
techniques. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory. PRQ:
GEOG 359 and GEOG 467 or consent of department.
474. GEOMATICS DESIGN IN LAND DEVELOPMENT (4). Concepts
and procedures for land development and land use. Discussion of
common subdivision laws and municipal codes. Covenants and
restrictions for protection of the public and design restrictions. Design
and legal concepts of land development for miscellaneous other land
development projects including industrial and recreational spaces.
Lecture and laboratory. PRQ. GEOG 350.
280 GEOGRAPHY
475. GEOMATICS PLANNING AND COMPUTATION (3). Techniques
and procedures for using information gathered during eld work.
Using previously collected eld data in preparation of topographic
maps. Preparing construction documents for eld crews relating
to civil or engineering project design. Interpreting subdivision
documents for boundary analysis. Application of land survey theory
to boundary analysis within a subdivision and the U.S. Public Land
Survey System. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 350, GEOG
450.
490. COMMUNITY GEOGRAPHY (3). Team research project
focusing on an issue of practical concern to the northern Illinois
community. Application of geography and/or meteorology tools and
methods to contemporary issues. Variable topics. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: GEOG 359, STAT 301, and at
least 15 semester hours in geography or meteorology.
491. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH IN GEOGRAPHY (1-3).
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Senior
standing and consent of department.
492. HYDROLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL 492X. Quantitative
examination of the properties, occurrence, distribution, and circulation
of water near the earth’s surface and its relation to the environment.
Emphasis on applying fundamental physical principles to understand
surface and subsurface hydrological processes. Lecture, laboratory,
and eld trip. PRQ: GEOG 101 and GEOG 102, or GEOL 120; and
MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
493. COMPUTER METHODS AND MODELING (3). Programming
topics in geographic or meteorological research problems, computer
graphics, simulation techniques, regional modeling, geographic
information systems applications, and climate modeling. Lecture and
laboratory. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours as
topic varies. PRQ: GEOG 459 or consent of department.
495X. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted as
PHYS 495. Preparation for licensure in grades 6-12 in one or more
of the elds of physical science: physics, chemistry, earth science,
and general science. Examination and analysis of modern curricula;
classroom and laboratory organization; microteaching and observation
of teaching; lesson planning; multicultural education; teaching science
to the exceptional child; reading and the teaching of science; methods
of evaluation. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: ILAS 401.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 496X,
ECON 496X, HIST 496, POLS 496X, PSYC 496X, and SOCI 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the
history or social science secondary teacher education program
and permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary
teacher education.
497. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN GEOGRAPHY/
EARTH SCIENCES (7-12). Student teaching for 10 weeks or for one
semester. Assignments to be made after approval by the Department
of Geography. Not available for credit in the major. See “Educator
Licensure Requirements.” PRQ: GEOG 496X and consent of
department.
498. SEMINAR IN CURRENT PROBLEMS (3).
A. Physical Geography
B. Environmental Management
C. Meteorology/Climatology
D. Regional Geography
E. Human Geography
G. Urban/Economic Geography
J. Methods and Techniques
K. Mapping/Geovisualization
Selected topics in the various subelds of geography. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours as the topic changes. Students
may register for multiple sections of GEOG 498 simultaneously. PRQ:
Consent of department.
Meteorology (MET)
291. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN METEOROLOGY (1-3). Use of
meteorological observations, maps, and remotely sensed imagery
in an experiential framework to understand real-time weather
conditions and weather system development. Emphasis on rapidly
forming systems, mesoscale events, and severe weather. May be
repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. S/U grading.
300. METEOROLOGY (4). Study of the physical and dynamic
processes involved in atmospheric science. Radiation and energy
budgets, thermodynamics, stability, water vapor and clouds, pressure,
winds, and circulation theorems. Three hours of lecture and two hours
of laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 105, GEOG 106, and MATH 229.
360. RADAR METEOROLOGY (3). Principles of acquiring and
interpreting atmospheric data from Doppler and polarimetric radars.
Applications of radar in detection of mesoscale and microscale
phenomena in operational meteorology and research. Two hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory. PRQ: GEOG 306 or MET 300.
410. WEATHER DYNAMICS I (4). Statics, conservation of mass,
linear momentum and energy, shallow water equations, scale
analysis, geostrophic, gradient, and thermal winds, circulation and
vorticity theorems, and introduction to the planetary boundary layer.
Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory. PRQ: MET 300,
MATH 232, and MATH 336. CRQ: CSCI 230 or CSCI 240.
411. WEATHER DYNAMICS II (4). Waves in the atmosphere,
quasigeostrophic ow theory, introduction to numerical weather
prediction and dynamic instability theory. Three hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory. PRQ: MET 410.
421. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY (4). Applications of synoptic
analysis, forecast techniques, and uid dynamics to the diagnosis
and forecasting of mid-latitude weather systems. Examination of the
life cycle of mid-latitude cyclones using quasi-geostrophic theory.
Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory. PRQ: MET 300.
CRQ: MET 360 or GEOG 360.
430. MICROMETEOROLOGY (3). Study of atmospheric and
biophysical processes near the surface of the earth, procedures
and methods in measuring interactions of soil-plant-air-water. Topics
including radiation uxes, turbulent transfer in momentum, heat,
water vapor, carbon dioxide, and pollutant dispersal, biometeorology,
agrometeorology, and local wind circulation. PRQ: MET 300 and CSCI
230 or CSCI 240, or consent of the department..
431. APPLICATIONS IN CLIMATOLOGY (3). Team research projects
that apply climatological theory and statistical approaches to develop
climate relationship-decision models for use in agriculture, water
resources, utilities, construction, transportation, and recreation.
Lecture and eld experience. PRQ: GEOG 370.
444. MESOSCALE METEOROLOGY (3). Structure, evolution,
forcing, and prediction of weather phenomena with short temporal
and spatial scales. Observing systems and numerical weather
predictions applied to mesoscale phenomena such as severe
thunderstorms, tornadoes, and heavy snow. Two hours of lecture and
two hours of laboratory. PRQ: MET 300.
475. PRACTICUM IN WEATHER ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING
(1). Application of meteorological observations, numerical weather
prediction models, and synoptic and mesoscale analysis and
forecasting techniques to produce site-specic weather forecasts.
Involves one hour of lecture. May be repeated to a maximum of four
semester hours but only two semester hours will count toward the
degree. PRQ: MET 300.
485. ATMOSPHERIC PHYSICS (3). Fundamentals of radiation
transfer theory, cloud and precipitation physics, satellite remote
sensing techniques, and physics of the middle and upper atmosphere.
Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: MATH 336 and MET 300, or consent
of department.
491. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH IN METEOROLOGY (1-3).
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Senior
standing and consent of department.
GEOGRAPHY 281
Geography Faculty
Andrew J. Krmenec, Ph.D., Indiana University, professor, chair
Walker S. Ashley, Ph.D., University of Georgia, associate professor
David Changnon, Ph.D., Colorado State University, Distinguished
Teaching Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Xuwei Chen, Ph.D., Texas State University, assistant professor
Courtney M. Gallaher, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant
professor
David Goldblum, Ph.D., University of Colorado, associate professor
Richard Greene, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, associate
professor
Ryan D. James, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Charlotte,
assistant professor
Michael E. Konen, Ph.D., Iowa State University, associate professor
Wei Luo, Ph.D., Washington University, professor
Thomas J. Pingel, Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara,
assistant professor
Lesley S. Rigg, Ph.D., University of Melbourne, professor
Jie Song, Ph.D., University of Delaware, professor
James L. Wilson, Ph.D., University of North Carolina, assistant
professor
282
Department of Geology and Environmental
Geosciences (GEOL)
The Department of Geology and Environmental Geosciences
offers a B.S. degree with emphases in geology, environmental
geosciences, and earth science teaching. The environmental
geosciences emphasis includes cross-disciplinary study with
other departments. The emphases are designed to prepare
students for a variety of careers in environmental geology, geology
and hydrogeology, secondary teaching, and other professions
that utilize geoscience information. The program also prepares
students for graduate study in geology, geochemistry, geophysics,
oceanography, hydrogeology, and other environmental elds. The
program is exible to accommodate the needs of students with
a variety of interests. For this reason, the student must consult
with a departmental adviser at the earliest possible opportunity
to plan a program of courses that will fulll her or his objectives.
The department’s 100-level courses can be used by non-majors
toward fullling the science area requirement of the university’s
general education program. A minor is offered in geology and
environmental geosciences which should be of interest to majors
in geography, biology, physics, and chemistry. The department
also participates in the interdisciplinary minor in environmental
studies. A departmental honors program is available for
outstanding students.
Major in Geology and Environmental
Geosciences (B.S.)
Students planning careers as professional geologists
normally complete the emphasis in geology. The emphasis in
environmental geosciences is designed for students seeking a
broad scientic base for pursuit of careers in professions that
may utilize environmental knowledge, such as land-use planning,
law, political science or economics and therefore includes several
courses in or related to a cross-disciplinary department of the
student’s choice. These courses may provide the basis for the
completion of a minor in that department. Students planning
to pursue initial educator licensure to teach in grades 6-12 will
usually select the emphasis in earth science education, but
completion of the emphasis does not fulll all the requirements
for initial educator licensure.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Geology
Requirements in Department (44)
*GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3), and *GEOL 121 -
Introductory Geology Laboratory (1)
GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 325 - Solid Earth Composition (4)
GEOL 330 - Global Cycles (4)
GEOL 335 - Dynamics and Structure of the Earth (4)
GEOL 405 - Stratigraphy (3)
GEOL 478 - Geologic Field Work (3) (or an approved substitute
taken at another university)
GEOL 479 - Geologic Field Work (3) (or an approved substitute
taken at another university)
Upper-division GEOL course work, which may include senior thesis,
selected in consultation with undergraduate adviser (15)
Requirements outside Department (24)
Please note corequisite information in course descriptions.
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and*CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4), and MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
*PHYS 210 and *PHYS 211 - General Physics I and II (8)
OR *PHYS 253 and *PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics I and
II (8)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Geology: 68
Emphasis 2. Environmental Geosciences
Requirements in Department (32-36)
*GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3), and *GEOL 121 -
Introductory Geology Laboratory (1)
GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 325 - Solid Earth Composition (4)
GEOL 330 - Global Cycles (4)
GEOL 335 - Dynamics and Structure of the Earth (4)
GEOL 477 - Field Methods in Environmental Geosciences (4),
OR an approved substitute taken at another university (4)
Upper-division GEOL course work (9-12) of which a minimum of 9
semester hours shall be in courses other than GEOL 489, GEOL
498,or GEOL 499H (except by approval of the undergraduate
advisor).
Requirements outside Department (32-36)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
Any of the two-semester laboratory science sequences, other
than CHEM or GEOL, listed under the College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree” in
the Undergraduate Catalog. These would normally be selected
to complement the cross-disciplinary focus. Substitutions for
special reasons, such as to satisfy a minor, may be approved by
the undergraduate adviser. (8)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4), and MATH 230 - Calculus II (4),
OR *MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3),
and STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Upper-division course work
3
selected with approval of
undergraduate adviser, from the Departments of Biological
Sciences, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Economics, Geography,
Physics, and/or Political Science. (9-12)
Additional Requirement: The 9-12 hours of upper-division GEOL
course work and 9-12 hours of upper-division approved course
work from the co-disciplinary departments must together total to
a minimum of 20 hours.
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Environmental Geosciences: 65-72
* Available for general education credit.
2
With written approval of the departmental undergraduate adviser, students with a special interest in ecology and/or paleontology may substitute BIOS 103 and
BIOS 105 and BIOS 209 and BIOS 211 for PHYS 210 and PHYS 211 (or PHYS 253 and PHYS 273).
3
A cross-departmental pre-law sequence is also available. Students desiring to pursue other disciplines may petition the department’s Undergraduate Committee.
GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES 283
Emphasis 3. Earth and Space Science Education
1,2
Requirements in Department (33)
*GEOL 103 – Planetary and Space Science (3),
OR *PHYS 162 – Elementary Astronomy (3)
*GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3), and *GEOL 121 -
Introductory Geology Laboratory (1)
GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 325 - Solid Earth Composition (4)
GEOL 330 - Global Cycles (4)
GEOL 335 - Dynamics and Structure of the Earth (4)
GEOL 401 - Third Clinical High School/Middle School Experience in
Earth and Space Science (2)
GEOL 429 – Inquiry-Based Field Experiences for Earth Science
Teachers (3)
GEOL 475 - Science Across Time and Culture(2)
GEOL 483 - Interdisciplinary Teaching of Science in Secondary
Education (3)
Additional Requirements for Earth and Space Science
Education (6)
One of the Following
GEOL 344X - Astronomy (3)
GEOL 419 - Elements of Geochemistry and Cosmochemistry (3)
GEOL 420 - Geochemistry of the Earth’s Surface (3)
GEOL 427 - Planetary Geoscience (3)
GEOL 458X - Vertebrate Paleontology (3)
GEOL 460 - Plate Tectonics (3)
GEOL 470 - Invertebrate Paleontology (3)
GEOL 496 - Geophysics (3)
Upper-division course work in geology and environmental
geosciences or, with approval of the licensure coordinator,
from other areas of earth science, usually physical geography,
meteorology, or astronomy (3)
Total Requirements in Department (39)
Requirements outside Department (46-52)
BIOS 208 - Fundamentals of Cellular Biology (3)
AND BIOS 210 - Fundamentals of Cellular Biology Laboratory (1)
BIOS 209 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology (3)
AND BIOS 211 - Fundamentals of Organismal Biology
Laboratory (1)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
*GEOG 105 - Introduction to the Atmosphere (3)
ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience (1)
ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (2)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4),
OR *MATH 155 - Trigonometry and Elementary Functions (3),
AND MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science
(3), AND STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4), and *PHYS 211 - General
Physics II (4),
OR *PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4),
and *PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II:
Electromagnetism (4)
*PSYC 102 – Introduction to Psychology (3)
SESE 457 – Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Earth and Space Scienc
e
Education: 85-91
Senior Thesis Requirements
Seniors having a cumulative GPA of 2.75 and having completed
at least 26 semester hours in geology and environmental
geosciences are eligible to undertake a senior thesis. It is the
student’s responsibility to nd a faculty member willing to serve as
project adviser. The Department of Geology and Environmental
Geosciences cannot guarantee any student an adviser. A course
permit number will not be issued until a project adviser approval
form has been led with the undergraduate adviser. A second
committee member will be appointed by the departmental
undergraduate committee. The thesis shall be a written report
prepared in accordance with accepted guidelines for published
scientic literature and reecting a research effort commensurate
with the hours of credit to be earned.
Educator Licensure
Students seeking initial licensure in earth and space science
to teach in grades 6-12 (Standard High School License) must
schedule an interview with the departmental licensure coordinator
to formulate a specic plan of study.
Because licensure requires additional courses beyond the major,
consulting the coordinator before registering for the initial term
will facilitate expeditious completion of the program.
Students seeking licensure will also major in geology and
environmental geosciences unless they already hold a
baccalaureate or higher degree in that discipline.
Students are responsible for timely submission of the several
applications and permits required during the program.
Undergraduate geology majors may apply for admission to
educator licensure in Earth and Space Science at the end of
their sophomore year, except in the case of transfer students who
normally apply at the end of their rst semester at NIU.
Students
3
transferring geology course credits from other
institutions will complete additional NIU courses as determined
by the departmental licensure coordinator.
Students who already possess a baccalaureate or higher degree
and wish to pursue licensure without becoming a candidate for a
degree should consult with the geology licensure adviser as early
as possible to plan a course of study.
Admission Requirements
1
Students will be admitted to the licensure program when they have:
Submitted an application in writing to the departmental licensure
coordinator.
Completed *COMS 100, *ENGL 103, *ENGL 203, *MATH
155, *PSYC 102 with a grade of C or better (higher numbered
courses may be substituted, if approved by the coordinator);
and 16 semester hours in geology and environmental
geosciences courses numbered 300 and above.
Earned a passing score on the ICTS TAP (formerly Basic
Skills) Test.
Earned a minimum GPA of 2.50 in all work at NIU.
Earned a minimum combined GPA of 2.70 in NIU courses
numbered 200 and above in physical and biological sciences
and mathematics.
Completed a satisfactory interview with the coordinator in
which the student demonstrates attitudes and motivations
appropriate to the professional educator.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Requirements listed in these sections are minimum requirements. Meeting these requirements will not guarantee students admission to the geology and
environmental geosciences educator licensure program or courses.
2
Completion of this emphasis does not fulll all requirements for initial educator licensure.
3
Individuals who want to obtain initial licensure as postgraduates or while majoring in another area should consult the departmental licensure coordinator.
Students who want to obtain initial licensure while enrolled in a graduate program or as students-at-large should consult the Graduate Catalog and the
departmental licensure coordinator.
284 GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES
Obtained approval from the department’s office of teacher
licensure.
Retention Requirements
1
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the department’s office of educator licensure.
A grade of C or better is required in all course work listed for the
Earth Science Education degree and educator licensure.
Completion Requirements
Earth and Space Science Educator Licensure
All requirements listed in Emphasis 3, Earth and Space Science
Education and the following:
GEOL 482 - Transition to the Professional Earth and Space Science
Teacher (2)
GEOL 487 - Student Teaching High School/Middle School Earth
and Space Science (10)
GEOL 495X - Teaching of Physical Sciences (3)
LTIC 420 - Methods and Materials for Teaching English to Speakers
of Other Languages in Content Areas (3)
Except in unusual circumstances GEOL 401 and GEOL 495X
must be taken in the semester immediately prior to enrollment
in GEOL 487 and students are admitted to GEOL 487 only upon
successful completion of the course work required for graduation
and licensure. In addition, students must pass the ILTS Subject
Matter test before student teaching.
The State of Illinois has established course- and standards-based
requirements for licensure. Approved licensure programs must
have requirements that meet or exceed the state requirements. A
list of the current state minimum requirements is available for the
Illinois State Board of Education web page.
Degree with Honors
Students who want to work toward a B.S. degree with honors
should discuss the matter with the faculty adviser and the chair of
the department’s Undergraduate Committee as soon as possible.
Admission to the honors degree program requires the approval
of the department chair and will be considered only for juniors or
seniors having a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all work and of 3.40 in
geology and environmental geosciences courses.
Honors in geology and environmental geosciences will be
awarded to the candidate who maintains a GPA of 3.40 in
department courses, fullls the normal requirements for the
major, and completes an honors thesis under GEOL 499. The
senior honors thesis must be approved by the project adviser and
a staff member appointed by the departmental undergraduate
committee.
Minor in Geology and Environmental
Geosciences (24)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3)
*CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology (3), and GEOL 121 -
Introductory Geology Laboratory (1)
GEOL 322 - Paleogeography, Paleoclimatology, Paleoecology (4)
GEOL 325 - Solid Earth Composition (4)
GEOL 330 - Global Cycles (4)
GEOL 335 - Dynamics and Structure of the Earth (4)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
103. PLANETARY AND SPACE SCIENCE (3). Exploration of
the bodies of our solar system, specically, what recent probes
reveal about the origin, evolution, and interaction of planetary
interiors, surfaces, and atmospheres, and their implications for our
understanding of the Earth, further space exploration, and the search
for extraterrestrial life.
104. INTRODUCTION TO OCEAN SCIENCE (3). Use of the basic
sciences in an examination of the use and abuse of the ocean
environment, including food and mineral resource exploitation,
pollution, coastal development and global climate change. Evaluation
of likely outcomes from human impacts on the ocean environment in
the context of a basic understanding of ocean processes.
105. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY (3). Exploration of both
constraints imposed by geology on human activities and human
impacts on natural processes. Includes fundamental geologic
processes and associated hazards (for example, earthquakes,
volcanic eruptions, ooding, landslides); occurrence and availability
of geologic resources (energy, minerals, water); and topics such
as pollution, waste disposal, and land-use planning viewed from a
geologic perspective.
120. INTRODUCTORY GEOLOGY (3). Exploration of the diverse
processes that continually shape our physical environment. Develops
an understanding of earth materials, how the earth works, the causes
of natural disasters, and the overriding importance of geologic time.
Includes minerals, rocks, volcanoes, radioactive dating, earthquakes,
plate tectonics, rivers and oods, ground water resources, and
glaciers. For a more comprehensive understanding of the subject,
concurrent registration in GEOL 121 is strongly recommended.
121. INTRODUCTORY GEOLOGY LABORATORY (1). Laboratory
experience with individual exploration of topics and subjects best
presented in a hands-on environment. CRQ: GEOL 120.
201. THE PROFESSIONAL SECONDARY SCIENCE TEACHER
(1). Crosslisted as CHEM 201X and PHYS 201X. Introduction to
the role of the professional science teacher. Includes philosophical
trends in teaching (and how they affect the science teacher), major
factors affecting how science is taught, and an introduction to science
content/ teaching standards. CRQ: ILAS 201.
203. GLOBAL CHANGE (3). Study of the evolution of terrestrial planets
with regard to geological, biological, and solar system processes which
lead to changes in planetary surfaces and atmospheres. Comparisons
between the geological histories and climates of Earth, Mars, and
Venus. Emphasis on anthropomorphic effects which may lead to future
changes in the earth’s atmosphere and climate.
301. THE INTERDISCIPLINARY SECONDARY SCIENCE TEACHER
(1). Crosslisted as BIOS 301X, CHEM 301X, and PHYS 301X. Seminar
on the role of a science teacher in an interdisciplinary and/or integrated
science class and how a science curriculum is designed based on
state and national standards. Focus on skills all science teachers
must possess regardless of specic discipline including knowing
how to apply the following topics in ways appropriate to the age and
development of the students in a classroom: safety procedures,
classroom management, designing and conducting demonstrations,
experiments, performance assessments, differentiated curriculum,
and uses of technology. CRQ: GEOL 483 and ILAS 301.
320. ENVIRONMENTS AND LIFE THROUGH TIME (4). Examination
of the geologic record to learn how to reconstruct past environments,
study environmental change, and discover the major events in the
history of life on earth. Survey of the evolutionary development of
modern life, the generation of the earth’s current surface, and the
development of modern earth environments. Lectures, laboratory,
and two one-day eld trips. Not available for credit for majors. Except
with departmental approval students may not receive credit from
both GEOL 320 and GEOL 322. PRQ: A 100-level or higher natural
science course.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Requirements listed in these sections are minimum requirements. Meeting these requirements will not guarantee students admission to the geology and
environmental geosciences teacher certication program or courses.
GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES 285
322. PALEOGEOGRAPHY, PALEOCLIMATOLOGY, PALEOECOLOGY
(4). Designed for Geology and Environmental Geosciences majors
and minors. Methods and techniques for analysis of geological
deposits, and records of geohistory of biological communities and
environments on the Earth’s surface. Discussion and application of
new and classical tools in reconstruction of past environments and
geography and fossil evidence of biotic evolution and analysis of
fossil communities over time. Lectures, laboratory, and a eld trip.
Except with departmental approval, students may not receive credit
from both GEOL 320 and GEOL 322. PRQ: GEOL 120 and GEOL
121, or consent of department.
325. SOLID EARTH COMPOSITION (4). Introduction to the
solid earth, particularly its chemistry, mineralogy, and lithologic
heterogeneity. Includes the basics of mineralogy, optical mineralogy,
and petrology. Lectures, laboratories centered around the use of the
petrographic microscope, and a three- or four-day eld trip. PRQ:
GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, or consent of the department.
330. GLOBAL CYCLES (4). Chemical, physical, and biological
interactions among earth’s atmosphere/hydrosphere, biosphere, and
lithosphere. Origin and evolution of the atmosphere and oceans;
biogeochemical cycles of carbon, oxygen, sulfur, and nutrients;
humans as geologic and geochemical agents. Cycles put in the
context of the global environmental system and examined in time
using specic examples from the geologic record. Laboratory
analysis of environmental data drawn from geochemistry, geology,
and contemporary sources such as earth observing satellites. PRQ:
GEOL 322, CHEM 210, and CHEM 212.
335. DYNAMICS AND STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH (4). Integrative
study of how dynamic tectonic processes create and shape the internal
structure and surface of the Earth. Movement of tectonic plates and
how interactions along plate boundaries create faults, folds, and
fractures. Earth’s gravity and magnetic elds, the mechanics of rock
deformation and how remote sensing techniques are used to explore
the Earth’s internal structure. Real-world data to introduce laboratory
techniques for describing and interpreting geologic structures. PRQ:
GEOL 322 and GEOL 325.
344X. ASTRONOMY (3). Crosslisted as PHYS 344. Modern views on
the structure of the universe. Our solar system, stars, galaxies, and
quasars. Astronomy as an interdisciplinary science, emphasizing the
underlying physical principles. PRQ: MATH 155 and PHYS 211 or
PHYS 273.
350. INTERNSHIP IN GEOSCIENCES (1-6). Internship in an off-
campus public or private agency, organization, or company in a
eld related to Geology and Environmental Geosciences, under the
academic supervision of department undergraduate adviser. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. Credit earned in
GEOL 350 may not be used to fulll department requirements for
undergraduate degrees. S/U grading. PRQ: GEOL 322 and GEOL
325 or consent of department.
390. INTRODUCTION TO GROUNDWATER (3). Introduction to
hydrologic, resource, and geochemical aspects of groundwater and
its interaction with surface water; environmental and groundwater
quality aspects; aquifers and resources of Illinois; quantitative
groundwater hydrology at precalculus level. PRQ: GEOL 120 and
GEOL 121; or GEOG 101 and GEOG 102; and MATH 155 or MATH
211 or MATH 229 or higher.
399. HONORS VOLCANOLOGY (3). The study of volcanoes and
volcanic eruptions designed for non-geology major honors students.
Includes considerations of magma, plate tectonics, pyroclastic
phenomena, extraterrestrial volcanism, and eruption prediction.
401. THIRD CLINICAL HIGH SCHOOL/MIDDLE SCHOOL
EXPERIENCE IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE (2). Seminar
directed to designing earth science instruction to meet state and
national standards. Attention given to skills geoscience teachers
must possess related to the design and use of instructional methods.
Includes a minimum of 40 hours of supervised and formally evaluated
experiences in the earth science classroom. CRQ: GEOL 495X.
402. SEDIMENTOLOGY (3). Introduction to the study of sediments
and sedimentary rocks: texture, structure, composition, and
interpretation. Emphasis on depositional processes, sedimentary
facies, and analysis of different environments and depositional
systems. Procedures for sedimentary analysis. Lectures, two hours
of laboratory, and eld trips. PRQ: GEOL 322 and GEOL 330, or
consent of department.
404. DEPARTMENTAL SEMINAR (1). Weekly presentations by
graduate students, staff, and guests. Credit earned in GEOL 404
may not be used to fulll department requirements for undergraduate
degrees. May be repeated a maximum of 4 semesters. S/U grading.
CRQ: GEOL 322 and GEOL 325 or consent of the department.
405. STRATIGRAPHY (3). Introduction to methods of stratigraphic
data gathering and analysis. Construction of stratigraphic cross-
sections and stratigraphic columns. Analysis of eld data and
virtual eld trips to collect data and synthesize it. Overview of the
stratigraphy of North America including development of the major
stratigraphic patterns of the continent, models for their development,
and sequences related to major natural resources. PRQ: GEOL 322
and GEOL 325, or consent of department.
407. GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE THROUGH TIME (3). Exploration
of past climate and how this is relevant to modern and future climate
change. Sedimentary rocks, ice, and a variety of organic remains are
libraries housing a diverse number of proxies that paleoclimatologists
can use for their detective work in deciphering how Earth’s climate
has changed in the past and to attribute causes that have driven
those changes. PRQ: Junior or senior standing, or consent of the
department.
409X. WATER QUALITY (4). Crosslisted as ENVS 409 and BIOS
409X and PHHE 409X. Survey of microbiological and chemical
parameters affecting water quality and their associated public health
aspects. Topics include microbial detection methods, waterborne
disease, organic and inorganic parameters, drinking water,
wastewater treatment plants, source water, and risk assessment.
Lectures, laboratories, and a eld trip. PRQ: CHEM 110 and CHEM
111; or consent of the department.
410. STRUCTURAL AND DETERMINATIVE MINERALOGY (3).
Crystal structures and the chemical and physical factors that govern
them. Mineralogical techniques including X-ray, thermal, infra-red
and microprobe analysis are emphasized in the laboratory. PRQ:
CHEM 211, CHEM 213, and GEOL 325.
411. OPTICAL MINERALOGY (3). Principles of optics, optical
properties of minerals, and the relationship between optical
properties and crystallography; measurement of optical properties
and mineral identication by the immersion method and in thin
section. PRQ: GEOL 325.
412. PETROGRAPHY (3). Study of igneous and metamorphic rocks
in both hand specimen and thin section. Detailed rock and mineral
identication. Lectures, laboratory, and eld experience. PRQ: GEOL
325 or consent of department.
415. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY (4). Introduction
to origin and properties of magma, magmatic differentiation,
geochemistry of igneous rocks, igneous textures and their origins,
agents and types of metamorphism, metamorphic textures and their
origins, metamorphic facies, metamorphic reactions and phase
equilibria. PRQ: GEOL 325 or consent of department.
419. ELEMENTS OF GEOCHEMISTRY AND COSMOCHEMISTRY
(3). Chemical principles applied to the study of mineral equilibria and
to solving geologic problems, with emphasis on high-temperature
(igneous and metamorphic) processes. Origin and abundances of
the elements; aspects of the composition of the solar system and of
the earth’s interior. PRQ: CHEM 211, CHEM 213, and GEOL 325, or
consent of department.
420. GEOCHEMISTRY OF THE EARTH’S SURFACE (3). Natural
chemical processes occurring at and near the earth’s surface.
Carbonate equilibria, chemical weathering, oxidation-reduction
reactions, and mineral stability relations. Introduction to geochemical
cycles and the evolution of sedimentary rocks. PRQ: CHEM 211,
CHEM 213, and GEOL 325.
286 GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES
421. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOCHEMISTRY (3). Exploration of topics
in pollution geochemistry including hydrologic and geochemical
framework; human-inuenced distribution and circulation of metals,
radioactive materials, and complex organic compounds; and
governmental response to current pollution problems. PRQ: Any 100-
or 200-level geology course, CHEM 211 and CHEM 213, or consent
of department.
425. ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3). Utilization and characterization
of earth materials for geotechnical and environmental engineering.
Assessment of soils and rock quality, Atterberg limits, soil and rock
mechanics, geotechnical testing, compaction theory, dewatering,
slope stability, and seismic hazards. Case histories and problem
solving. PRQ: GEOL 325, MATH 211 or MATH 229, and PHYS 210 or
PHYS 253, or consent of department.
427. PLANETARY GEOSCIENCE (3). Origin, evolution, surfaces,
and interiors of planetary bodies with emphasis on results from
recent space probe missions. Includes topics such as planetary
surface processes, structure and geodynamics of planetary interiors,
geophysical exploration of planets, planetary remote sensing,
engineering properties of planetary soils and rocks, water on Mars,
and the search for extraterrestrial life. PRQ: Any 100-level GEOL
class or consent of department.
429. INQUIRY-BASED FIELD EXPERIENCES FOR EARTH
SCIENCE TEACHERS (3). Field and library survey of the salient
geological features and landforms of northern Illinois and southern
Wisconsin. Open only to certied teachers and students pursuing
certication. PRQ: Introductory course in physical and historical
geology and consent of department.
442. GEOMORPHOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOG 442X.
Systematic study of geologic processes affecting the evolution of the
earth’s surface. Emphasis on glacial, uvial, and coastal processes
and their relationship to the development of landforms under diverse
climates of the past and present. Lecture, laboratory, and eld trips.
PRQ: GEOG 101 and GEOG 102, or GEOL 105, or GEOL 120, or
GEOL 120 and GEOL 121.
444. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY (3). Introduction to metallic and
nonmetallic resources, including coal, petroleum, and groundwater.
Investigation of ore-forming processes, including studies of ore
minerals and suites. Economic, geopolitical, and geological factors
related to resource development will be considered. Lectures,
laboratory, and eld trips. PRQ: GEOL 335 or consent of department.
447. QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES IN GEOLOGY (3). Survey of
methods and practices of quantifying, collecting, analyzing, and
summarizing geologic data. PRQ: MATH 211 or MATH 229, or
consent of department.
458X. VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
458. Survey of the history of vertebrates, focusing on key evolutionary
innovations such as the evolution of bone, the invasion of land, and
the origin of endothermy. Examination of fossils and the interpretation
of them in the context of their geological settings.
460. PLATE TECTONICS (3). History, fundamentals, and
consequences of plate tectonic theory. Early ideas, including
continental drift and seaoor spreading. Using magnetics and
seismicity to determine plate motions. Performing plate rotations.
Study of driving forces, and interactions at plate boundaries.
Competing ideas, such as the expanding Earth theory. PRQ: GEOL
335 or consent of department.
464. EARTHQUAKE GEOPHYSICS (3). Comprehensive overview
of earthquake causes and effects. Review of recent destructive
earthquakes and earthquake hazards. Locating earthquakes,
estimating magnitude and quantitative evaluation of earthquake
sources, rst-motions, and stress conditions along seismically-
active faults. Properties of the crust, mantle, and core deduced from
earthquake waves. Earthquake triggering mechanisms, reservoir-
induced seismicity, and earthquake prediction. PRQ: GEOL 335, or
consent of department.
468. GEOMICROBIOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 468X. Role of
microorganisms in diverse environments at and below the surface of
the earth. Topics include life in extreme environments, biodegradation
and remediation, biogeochemical cycling, and astrobiology, examined
from the perspectives of geochemistry, microbial ecology, molecular
biology, and ecosystem studies. PRQ: GEOL 120 or consent of
department.
470. INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
469X. Principal invertebrate fossil forms of the geologic record,
treated from the standpoint of their evolution, and the identication of
fossil specimens. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory. Several
eld trips required. PRQ: Major in biological sciences or geology and
environmental geosciences.
471. INTRODUCTION TO MICROPALEONTOLOGY (3). Crosslisted
as BIOS 466X. Morphology, classication, paleogeography,
stratigraphic application, and geochemistry of calcareous, siliceous,
and phosphatic microfossils. PRQ: GEOL 322, or consent of
department.
475. SCIENCE ACROSS TIME AND CULTURE (2). Crosslisted as
BIOS 484X, CHEM 490X, ENVS 475X, and PHYS 490X. Examination
of major concepts of science and how they evolved. Comparison
and contrast of the role and practice of science in various cultures
and examination of the interaction between science, technology, and
culture. PRQ: GEOL 120 and GEOL 121, or consent of department.
477. FIELD METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES (4).
Field camp designed to train students in eld methods and integrative
problem solving related to environmental geosciences covering
topics such as eld methods in hydrogeology, surface-water and
vadose-zone hydrology, water quality analysis, ecosystem health,
environmental surface geophysics, site evaluation and techniques,
and regional landscape history and environmental change. Offered
during summer session only. PRQ: GEOL 325, GEOL 330, GEOL
335, and either GEOL 390 or GEOL 490, or consent of department.
478. GEOLOGIC FIELD WORK (3). Field camp. Offered during
summer session only. PRQ: GEOL 330, GEOL 335, and GEOL 405.
CRQ: GEOL 479.
479. GEOLOGIC FIELD WORK (3). Continuation of eld camp. CRQ:
GEOL 478.
481. SEDIMENTARY PETROLOGY (3). Emphasis on laboratory
analysis of siliciclastic and carbonate rocks to determine depositional
and diagenetic histories. Lectures and two-hour laboratory per week.
PRQ: GEOL 325 and GEOL 330, or consent of department.
482. TRANSITION TO THE PROFESSIONAL EARTH AND SPACE
SCIENCE TEACHER (2). A transitioning experience in which
the licensure candidate achieves closure on the initial phase of
professional preparation and, upon that foundation, charts a path for
continuing professional growth as a practicing teacher. Candidate will
reect on the preparatory experience and complete documentation
demonstrating ability to perform as a qualied earth science teacher.
Such documentation will include, but not be limited to, the electronic
portfolio, a professional development plan, and a resume. CRQ:
GEOL 487 or consent of department.
483. INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 402X, CHEM
493X, ENVS 483X, and PHYS 493X. Methods and theory for the
teaching of interdisciplinary science in grades 6-12. Exploration of the
nature and purpose of science and its underlying assumptions, the
social and cultural challenges in science teaching, and the potential
solutions to these challenges through research, discussion, and
reection. Use of state and national science standards to develop
student learning objectives and to design inquiry-based lesson
plans, micro-teaching, construction and use of assessment rubrics,
and ongoing development of a professional portfolio.
GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCES 287
484X. USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN SECONDARY SCIENCE
TEACHING (2). Crosslisted as PHYS 494. Selected methods for
the evaluation and use of technology in both the instructional and
laboratory setting in secondary science education. Topics may include
the interfacing of computers for data acquisition in the laboratory,
strategies for integrating the Internet into the curriculum, and use of
video/multimedia equipment. PRQ: Consent of department.
485. VOLCANOLOGY (3). Examination of volcanoes, types of
volcanic eruptions, magma sources and storage, lava ows, and
pyroclastic deposits. PRQ: GEOL 325 or consent of department.
486X. SCIENCE TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY, MIDDLE, AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL: GRADES K-9 (3). Crosslisted as PHYS
492. Selected instructional methods and materials for teaching
science in elementary, middle, and junior high schools with emphasis
on the physical sciences. Analysis of modern curricula and practice
in the use of associated laboratory materials developed for use at
all level from grades K-9. Designed for the classroom teacher and
pre-teacher, but open to science supervisors and administrators.
PRQ: A general physical science course or equivalent and consent
of department.
487. STUDENT TEACHING HIGH SCHOOL/MIDDLE SCHOOL
EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE (7-10). Student teaching in
grades 6-12, assignments made by the Department of Geology
and Environmental Geosciences. Also see “Educator Licensure
Requirements” for other regulations. PRQ: GEOL 495X and consent
of department.
488. ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE (3). Examination of physical,
chemical, and biological processes that cause environments
to change naturally or under the inuence of human activities.
Consideration of environments at several different size scales,
from small water sheds/forests, to larger lake systems, to the global
atmospheric-ocean system. Emphasis on the roles of positive and
negative feedback in controlling the state of environments and their
susceptibility to change. PRQ: Any 100- or 200- level BIOS, GEOG,
GEOL course; CHEM 211 and CHEM 212; and MATH 229 or MATH
211; or consent of department.
489. UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH (1-3). Independent work
in geology under the direction of a faculty member. Open only to
seniors. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ:
Consent of department.
490. HYDROGEOLOGY (3). Comprehensive introduction to
hydrogeology: groundwater occurrence, physics of ow, aquifer
characteristics, basic groundwater chemistry, aspects of groundwater
contamination, resources, and environmental hydrogeology. PRQ:
GEOL 120 and GEOL 121 and MATH 211 or MATH 229, or consent
of department.
491. GEOPHYSICAL WELL LOGGING (3). Qualitative and
quantitative interpretation of electric, sonic, radioactive, and other
well logs. Physical and electrical properties of saturated rock and
soil applied to petroleum, mining, and groundwater exploration. PRQ:
GEOL 325, PHYS 210 or PHYS 253, or consent of department.
492X. HYDROLOGY (3). Crosslisted as GEOG 492. Quantitative
examination of the properties, occurrence, distribution, and circulation
of water near the earth’s surface and its relation to the environment.
Emphasis on applying fundamental physical principles to understand
surface and subsurface hydrological processes. Lecture, laboratory,
and eld trip. PRQ: GEOG 101 and GEOG 102, or GEOL 120; and
MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
493. GROUNDWATER GEOPHYSICS (3). Survey of geophysical
methods commonly employed in groundwater investigations.
Applications of geophysics to groundwater exploration, contaminant
migration, and aquifer evaluation as well as the theoretical basis for
surface and borehole geophysical measurements. Case histories to
illustrate eld procedures and interpretation methods. PRQ: MATH
211 or MATH 229, PHYS 210 or PHYS 253, or consent of department.
494. SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL
GEOSCIENCES (1-3). Lectures, discussion, readings, and reports
on topics of special interest in a particular eld of geology. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. Open to seniors only.
PRQ: Consent of department.
495X. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted
as PHYS 495. Preparation for licensure in grades 6-12 in one or
more of the elds of physical science: physics, chemistry, earth
science, and general science. Examination and analysis of modern
curricula: classroom and laboratory organization: microteaching and
observation of teaching; lesson planning; multicultural education;
teaching science to the exceptional child; reading and the teaching of
science; methods of evaluation. PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ:
ILAS 401.
496. GEOPHYSICS (3). Intended for majors in all areas of geology.
Introduction to the basic principles of geophysical techniques
applicable to the solution of geological and environmental problems
that range in scale from local to global. PRQ: MATH 211 or MATH 229
and PHYS 210 or PHYS 253, or consent of department.
497. REGIONAL FIELD GEOLOGY (1-3). Extended eld trips to
regions of broad geologic interest. Emphasis on understanding the
region as a whole, as well as its relationships to adjacent areas. May
be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
department.
498. SENIOR THESIS (1-3). Independent research on a geological
problem under the direction of a faculty adviser leading to the
completion of a written report and oral presentation to a thesis
committee. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
499. SENIOR THESIS - HONORS (1-3). Independent research for
honors students on a geological problem under the direction of a
faculty adviser leading to the completion of a written report and oral
presentation to a thesis committee. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours.
Geology and Environmental Geosciences
Faculty
Jonathan H. Berg, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts,
Distinguished Research Professor, professor emeritus
Philip J. Carpenter, Ph.D., New Mexico Institute of Mining and
Technology, professor
Justin P. Dodd, Ph.D., University of New Mexico, assistant
professor
Mark P. Fischer, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, professor
Mark R. Frank, Ph.D., University of Maryland, associate professor
Nicole D. LaDue, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant
professor
Melissa E. Lenczewski, Ph.D., University of Tennessee, associate
professor
Carla W. Montgomery, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, professor emeritus
Eugene C. Perry, Jr., Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
professor emeritus
Ryan M. Pollyea, Ph.D.,, University of Idaho, assistant professor
Ross D. Powell, Ph.D., Ohio State University, Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Reed P. Scherer, Ph.D., Ohio State University, Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Nathan D. Stansell, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant
professor
Paul R. Stoddard, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate
professor
James A. Walker, Ph.D., Rutgers University, professor
288
Department of History (HIST)
Major in History (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (40)
Two of the following (6)
*HIST 110 - Western Civilization to 1500 (3)
*HIST 111 - Western Civilization: 1500-1815 (3)
*HIST 112 - Western Civilization Since 1815 (3)
*HIST 140 - Asia to 1500 (3)
*HIST 141 - Asia Since 1500 (3)
*HIST 170 - World History I: Problems in the Human Past (3)
*HIST 171 - World History II: Problems in the Human Past (3)
Two of the following (6)
*HIST 260 - American History to 1865 (3)
*HIST 261 - American History Since 1865 (3)
HIST 270 - The African-American to 1865 (3)
HIST 271 - The African-American Since 1865 (3)
Seven courses at the 300-400 level with a minimum of one course
in each of Group A, B, and C; and four additional electives.
HIST 295 - Historical Methods (3) (Required of all majors in their
sophomore or junior year).
HIST 495
1
- Senior Thesis (4)
Group A: (HIST 300, HIST 301, HIST 302, HIST 303, HIST 304,
HIST 305, HIST 306, HIST 311, HIST 319, *HIST 323, HIST 336,
HIST 340, HIST 342, HIST 344, HIST 348, HIST 350, HIST 357,
HIST 360, HIST 407, HIST 408, HIST 414, HIST 416, HIST 420,
HIST 421, HIST 422, HIST 456, HIST 458, HIST 459, HIST
490A, HIST 490B)
Group B: (HIST 339, HIST 341, HIST 343, HIST 345, HIST 346,
HIST 349, HIST 351, HIST 352, HIST 353, *HIST 381, *HIST 382,
HIST 383, HIST 386, HIST 387, HIST 388, HIST 389, HIST 402,
HIST 428, HIST 440, HIST 441, HIST 442, HIST 443, HIST 444,
HIST 445, HIST 446, HIST 447, HIST 448, HIST 449, HIST 481,
HIST 482, HIST 483, HIST 484, HIST 485, HIST 486, HIST 487,
HIST 490G, HIST 490J, HIST 490N, HIST 490R, HIST 490U)
Group C: (HIST 312, HIST 313, HIST 315, HIST 322, HIST 324,
HIST 326, HIST 327, HIST 328, HIST 337, HIST 338, HIST 354,
HIST 355, HIST 356, HIST 358, HIST 359, HIST 361, HIST 362,
HIST 363, HIST 364, HIST 365, HIST 366, HIST 367, HIST 368,
HIST 369, HIST 370, HIST 371, HIST 372, HIST 373, HIST 374,
HIST 375, HIST 376, *HIST 377, HIST 378, HIST 379, HIST 380,
HIST 402, HIST 413, HIST 418, HIST 423, HIST 424, HIST 425,
HIST 426, HIST 429, HIST 434, HIST 435, HIST 452, HIST 453,
HIST 454, HIST 460, HIST 461, HIST 462, HIST 463, HIST 464,
HIST 465, HIST 466, HIST 467, HIST 468, HIST 471, HIST 472,
HIST 473, HIST 474, HIST 475, HIST 476, HIST 477, HIST 478,
HIST 479, HIST 490C, HIST 490D, HIST 490E, HIST 490M)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) (See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for a Major in History: 40-52 (B.A.) OR 50-55 (B.S.)
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: History
Students who want to be licensed to teach history at the secondary
level should declare their intention with the department’s History
and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education Program
at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure involves
signicant requirements in addition to the completion of a degree
in history.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program when they have:
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of history at NIU and
earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all history courses taken at
the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure program;
completed the foundational studies requirements in writing
and oral communication; and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in history,
including at least 8 semester hours in U.S. history. They also
must complete HIST 496, History and Social Science Instruction
for Secondary Educators, and HIST 400, Student Teaching in
History/Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in
unusual circumstances, HIST 496 must be taken in the semester
immediately prior to enrollment in HIST 400, and students are
admitted to HIST 400 only upon satisfactory completion of all
other work required for graduation and licensure.
Other Requirements
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
* Available for general education credit.
1
Students must successfully complete HIST 295, and at least one 400-level NIU history course (excluding HIST 400 and HIST 496) before taking HIST 495. At
least two such 400-level NIU history courses (excluding HIST 400, HIST 495, and HIST 496) are required to complete the major.
HISTORY 289
Placements
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
History Honors Program
A program of honors work in history is available to majors, which
is separate from but complementary to the University Honors
Program. Eligible students may enroll in one or both programs
simultaneously, since requirements are similar. Admission to
the departmental program is either by application of the student
or by nomination from History faculty. Students who enter
the program must have and maintain a cumulative GPA of at
least 3.00 in all course work at NIU and at least 3.50 in history
courses. Applications and nominations are made to the Director
of Undergraduate Studies and approved by the department’s
undergraduate committee. Ordinarily admission to the program
should not be postponed beyond the rst semester of the junior
year.
To graduate “With Honors in History,” a student must be a history
major, take a minimum of 18 semester hours of history honors
courses, earn a grade of B or better in HIST 495, and maintain the
GPA requirements stated above. Most history honors courses are
not separate courses but rather subsections of regular courses.
HIST 495 will count toward the required 18 semester hours of
honors work in history. With the approval of the undergraduate
committee, students can contract to do special work (study
abroad, eld schools, language training, internships, taking a
graduate course as an undergraduate, or other experience)
that will substitute for up to 6 semester hours of history honors
courses. For more information, contact the department’s Director
of Undergraduate Studies.
Minor in History (18)
Course work from the following (6-12)
*HIST 110 - Western Civilization to 1500 (3)
*HIST 111 - Western Civilization: 1500-1815 (3)
*HIST 112 - Western Civilization Since 1815 (3)
*HIST 140 - Asia to 1500 (3)
*HIST 141 - Asia Since 1500 (3)
HIST 170 - World History I: Problems in the Human Past (3)
*HIST 171 - The World Since 1500 (3)
*HIST 260 - American History to 1865 (3)
*HIST 261 - American History Since 1865 (3)
HIST 270 - The African-American to 1865 (3)
HIST 271 - The African-American Since 1865 (3)
Electives at the 300-400 level (6-12)
At least 6 semester hours of 300-/400-level courses must be taken
at NIU.
Foreign Study in History
The Department of History encourages students to take
advantage of study-abroad programs, which provide students of
history and allied disciplines an opportunity to study rst hand
the historical development and traditions of other peoples and
their cultures. Interested students should rst consult the Office
of International Programs for details of forthcoming programs
and then contact their undergraduate adviser in history about
including their study-abroad courses in their NIU program. For
further information, see “International Programs” in the Other
Academic Units Department.
Course List
110. WESTERN CIVILIZATION TO 1500 (3). Examination and
interpretation of major historical developments in the Ancient Near
East, Classical Greece and Rome, and Medieval Europe.
111. WESTERN CIVILIZATION: 1500-1815 (3). Examination and
interpretation of the major historical changes which took place in
Europe between the time of the Renaissance and the Age of the
French Revolution.
112. WESTERN CIVILIZATION SINCE 1815 (3). Examination and
interpretation of the European historical developments since the
French Revolution which have molded the world as we know it today.
140. ASIA TO 1500 (3). Political and cultural history of India,
China, and Japan with discussion of the origins, development, and
importance of major Asian religions.
141. ASIA SINCE 1500 (3). Major developments in Asia since the
arrival of the Europeans, with emphasis on the changes in Asian
civilizations resulting from European technology, political ideas, and
economic relations.
170. WORLD HISTORY I: PROBLEMS IN THE HUMAN PAST (3).
Thematic, comparative overview of major problems in human history
before ca. 1500. Emphasis varies by instructor.
171. WORLD HISTORY II: PROBLEMS IN THE HUMAN PAST (3).
Thematic, comparative overview of major problems in human history
since ca. 1500. Emphasis varies by instructor.
260. AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865 (3). Central developments in
American history from Old World backgrounds through the Civil War.
261. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865 (3). Central developments in
the history of the United States since the end of the Civil War.
270. THE AFRICAN-AMERICAN TO 1865 (3). Survey emphasizing
the heritage, culture, and historical role of African-Americans and the
problem of race relations in our national life to 1865.
271. THE AFRICAN-AMERICAN SINCE 1865 (3). Survey emphasizing
the heritage, culture, and historical role of African-Americans and the
problems of race relations in our national life since 1865.
295. HISTORICAL METHODS (3). Introduction of the basic tools
required by all history majors in researching and analyzing historical
materials and understanding historiographical trends. PRQ: History
major.
300. THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST (3). Introduction to the peoples
and cultures of Babylonia-Assyria, Egypt, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine,
and Persia. From the Early Bronze Age through the conquests of
Alexander the Great.
301. HISTORY OF ANCIENT GREECE (3). Survey of Ancient Greece
including the Bronze Age, Minoan-Mycenaean civilization, Hellenic
civilization and the Classical Age.
302. AGE OF ALEXANDER THE GREAT (3). Greek and Near
Eastern world from 404 B.C.E. to 31 B.C.E., centering on conquests
of Alexander and the spread of Greek culture throughout western
Asia and Egypt. Themes include individual human experience in the
Hellenistic Age, rise of new religious and philosophical movements,
interaction of Greco-Macedonian civilization with conquered
cultures, transformation of economy and society throughout eastern
Mediterrean and western Asia, and challenges presented by the
advent of Rome.
303. HISTORY OF ANCIENT ROME (3). Survey of the rise of Rome
from a small Latin village to a cosmopolitan empire embracing large
parts of Western Europe, Western Asia, and North Africa.
304. LATE ANTIQUITY AND THE FALL OF ROME (3). History of the
third to sixth centuries A.D., traditionally associated with the Fall of
Rome throughout the Mediterranean basin. Transformation of vibrant
classical and near eastern heritages of the late Roman Empire,
rst barbarian kingdoms, early Byzantine Empire, and early Islamic
caliphate.
* Available for general education credit.
290 HISTORY
305. EUROPE IN THE EARLY MIDDLE AGES (3). Survey of the
formation of Medieval Europe from the decline of the ancient world to
the late-10thcentury revival.
306. EUROPE IN THE LATER MIDDLE AGES (3). Continuation of
HIST 305. Survey of the renewal of town life, the age of scholasticism,
the development of monarchies and parliaments, the owering of art
and architecture.
311. EARLY MODERN FRANCE, 1500-1789 (3). French history from
the Renaissance to the outbreak of the Revolution. Examination
of France’s monarchic government, court society, noble culture,
merchant commerce, and agrarian economy. Special attention to
religious wars, state development, imperialism, and Enlightenment
movement that dened early modern France.
312. FRANCE SINCE 1815 (3). French society, government, and
culture from the fall of Napoleon I to the present, emphasizing the
revolutionary heritage, the coming of industrialism and democracy,
the rise and fall of the French colonial empire; the ordeal of France
in the 20th century.
313. MODERN GERMANY SINCE 1871 (3). German history from the
founding of the Second Reich, including state-building, imperialism,
social developments, world wars and genocide, national socialism,
the creation of two cold-war states and their unication in 1990, with
focus on how German identity has been dened across political
regimes.
315. SPAIN SINCE 1475 (3). Emphasis on the rise of Spain as a
great power and its decline in the 17th century, the Spanish struggle
for liberalization, the Spanish Civil War, and the social, economic,
and political problems of contemporary Spain.
319. THE EARLY ISLAMIC WORLD (3). Social, political, religious,
and economic history of the early Islamic world from c. 500 to c.
1500. Topics start with Arab culture and society just prior to the life
of Muhammad and end with the initial conquests of the Ottomans.
322. WOMEN IN MODERN EUROPE (3). Critical examination of the
experiences, achievements, and representations of women of all
classes as well as the gendering of politics and culture since the
18th century. Use of a comparative approach in studying women from
Great Britain in the west to Russia in the east whenever possible.
323. HISTORY OF SCIENCE TO NEWTON (3). Science in the
ancient Near East; Hellenic and Hellenistic science; the Arabs;
medieval science; the Copernican revolution; the new physics; and
the new biology. PRQ: At least sophomore standing.
324. HISTORY OF SCIENCE SINCE 1650 (3). Newtonian astronomy,
chemistry from Boyle to Mendeleer, the life sciences in 18th and 19th
centuries, geology and evolution, physics from the 18th to the early
20th centuries.
326. 19TH CENTURY EUROPE (3). Analytical survey of important
developments in the political, social, economic, and intellectual
history of Europe from the French Revolution to World War I, including
revolutions, revolutionary ideologies, industrialization, nationalism,
and changes in gender and class relations and the roles of women.
327. EUROPE, 1900-1945 (3). Cultural, diplomatic, political, and
social history of Europe from the beginning of the 20th century to the
end of the Second World War, emphasizing the origins of the First
World War, the Paris Peace Conference, the rise of fascism, and the
competing totalitarian ideologies of World War II, as well as changes
in gender and class relations and in the roles of women and families.
328. EUROPE, 1945-PRESENT (3). Culture, diplomacy, policy, and
society in Europe since the Second World War, including postwar
continuity and change in domestic and foreign policy, the domestic
implications of decolonization, student and other radical politics, the
changing role of women and family, the fall of Communism, and the
move toward European integration.
336. MEDIEVAL RUSSIA: ORIGINS TO 1682 (3). Survey of medieval
Russia, from the origins of Kievan Rus’ (claimed by the Russians,
the Belarus, and Ukrainians as their mother state) to the end of the
Muscovite period. Emphasis on politics, economics, culture, and
society.
337. RUSSIAN EMPIRE TO 1917 (3). History of the Russian Empire
from the principality of Muscovy to the collapse of the Romanov
monarchy. Topics include imperial expansion, cultural identities, and
social relations.
338. THE SOVIET UNION AND BEYOND (3). History of the Soviet
Unionfrom 1917-1991 and its successor states. Topics include the
Russian Revolution, experimental socialism, Stalinism, World War
II, the Cold War, the Thaw, late socialism, perestroika, the Soviet
collapse, and post-Soviet reforms.
339. FRENCH OVERSEAS EMPIRE (3). Examines major themes
in the history of imperialism through the case of France’s colonial
ventures in North America, the Caribbean, Southeast Asia, sub-
Saharan Africa, and North Africa. Spans the modern period, from
rst encounters with “New World” inhabitants during the age of
exploration to the present. Emphasis on motives and justications for
empire; dynamics of race, gender, and religion in France’s colonies;
forms of colonial violence; decolonization; and post-colonial political,
cultural, and economic interactions.
340. ANCIENT INDIA (3). Indian civilization from prehistory to the
beginnings of European colonialism. Emphasis on the growth of
Hindu political, social, philosophical, and artistic traditions; kings and
commoners, castes and tribes, gods and temples. Attention will also
be paid to the Buddhist and Islamic traditions.
341. HISTORY OF INDIA: 1740-1947 (3). The British challenge to the
traditional Indian society and the Indian response; the Mutiny; the
emergence of Indian nationalism; devolution of power and partition.
342. HISTORY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA TO CA. 1800 (3). Development
of several Southeast Asian civilizations from the earliest known
history through the end of the 18th century. Emphasis on the old
Indonesian kingdoms and the states of the Mekong River valley with
attention given to the cultural inuences associated with Hinduism,
Buddhism, and Islam.
343. HISTORY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA SINCE CA. 1800 (3). The
several nations of Southeast Asia in the 19th and 20th centuries with
emphasis on their reaction to European imperialism, Western science
and technology. Principal topics include nationalism, socialism, the
struggle for independence, and problems of modernization.
344. HISTORY OF ANCIENT CHINA (3). Formation of Chinese
society and civilization from its origin to the 10th century A.D.
345. HISTORY OF CHINA SINCE THE T’ANG DYNASTY (3). Chinese
civilization at its height and its crisis in the modern world under the
impact of the West.
346. WOMEN IN ASIAN HISTORY (3). Social roles, challenges,
and achievements of Asian women, primarily in the 19th and 20th
centuries. Emphasis within the larger Asian framework will reect
the knowledge of particular instructors, but typically will highlight two
or more contrasting Asian countries to be examined in detail: India,
Pakistan, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia, the Philippines, China,
or Japan; occasionally others. For a description of the focus of a
particular section, consult the department.
348. AFRICAN HISTORY TO 1600 (3). African history and civilization
before European colonization. Emphasis on ancient kingdoms,
kinship and social organization, religion and cosmology, intraregional
trade and migration, oral tradition, and the cultural unity of precolonial
Africa.
349. AFRICAN HISTORY SINCE 1600 (3). Modern African history.
Emphasis on colonization and the colonial empire. The ght
for independence and liberation; the development of economic
dependence and neocolonialism; and the emergence of modern
African nations.
350. JAPAN TO 1600 (3). Survey of ancient and medieval Japanese
civilization. Beginnings of the imperial institution, early inuences
from the Asian continent, political transformations from aristocratic to
warrior rule, and the development of what is now known as Japanese
tradition.
HISTORY 291
351. JAPAN SINCE 1600 (3). Survey of modern Japanese history.
The nation-building efforts since the Tokugawa Shogunate. Topics
include political centralization, encounters with the West, nationalism,
imperialist expansion in Asia, and the rise of Japan as a global power.
352. POPULAR CULTURE IN JAPAN (3). History of popular arts
and culture in Japan, from the owering of Genroku culture in the
17th century to the present, with an introduction to theories of
popular culture (mass culture theory, culture industry, feminism,
postmodernism) and issues of aesthetics. Topics include popular
theater (kabuki and puppet theater), graphic art and advertising,
cultural appropriations from the West, popular music and cinema,
manga (comics) and anime (animation), and fantasy and apocalyptic
themes.
353. WOMEN IN AFRICAN HISTORY (3). History of African women
from ancient times to the present, including gender roles in social,
economic, and political institutions.
354. HISTORY OF BLACK AMERICAN BUSINESS AND
ENTREPRENERSHIP (3). Analysis, synthesis, and interpretation
of the history of black business and entrepreneurship in the United
States from the colonial period to the present, including a look at
West African business antecedents.
355. HISTORY OF BLACK AMERICAN MUSIC (3). Examination and
exploration of issues under scholarly debate on the history of black
music in the United States. Emphasis on social and political contexts
for creation of music by black Americans.
356. MODERN IRELAND (3). Focus on developments since the
late 18th century including contemporary Northern Ireland; Anglo-
Irish relations; the complex links between religion, nationalism, and
identity; and the relationship between uneven economic development
and emigration.
357. BRITAIN TO 1688 (3). Survey of British history from the Norman
Conquest to the Glorious Revolution. Interaction between various
nations in the British Isles, English state development and law, and
the links between religion and popular culture.
358. BRITAIN SINCE 1688 (3). Survey of British history from the
Glorious Revolution to the present. Changing notions of citizenship,
industrialization and its impact on British men and women, and the
connections between nation, empire, and identity.
359. HISTORY OF ILLINOIS (3). Society, economy, and politics
of Illinois from prehistory to the present. Topics start with Native
Americans and the beginning of French exploration and colonization,
and end with Illinois in the 21st century.
360. EARLY ENCOUNTERS IN NATIVE NORTH AMERICA (3).
Examination of the earliest encounters between Native Americans
and newcomers to 1800. Topics include Native North America before
European arrival, how Native Americans made sense of newcomers
after 1492, the diversity of rst encounters and exchanges, the
development of a new world, and the conicts and wars that arose
over time.
361. HISTORY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE IN THE UNITED
STATES (3). Historical relationships between health care, society,
and politics in the United States. Changing conceptions of health and
illness; impact of infectious and chronic diseases since the colonial
period; traditional healing practices and their displacement by
medical professionalization; the creation of health care institutions;
medicine in wartime; history of racial, class, and gender differences
in health care practice and delivery.
362. THE HUNT FOR “UN-AMERICANS” IN U.S. HISTORY (3).
Examination of forces in U.S. society that initiated repression of
rights and surveillance campaigns against those deemed “un-
American” threats to U.S. society. Topics include immigration, labor,
and race panics; wars of the 20th century and the construction of
the surveillance state; repression of protest movements; response
to 9/11.
363. U.S. SPORT HISTORY (3). Development of sport in the United
States from the colonial era to the present, including the emergence
of sport cultures, professional sports, and racial, gender, class, and
political issues.
364. RELIGION IN AMERICA TO 1865 (3). The transplanting of
European denominations to the New World; their transformation
under American conditions; the rise of indigenous faiths; relations
between the churches and society and between church and state;
the impact of revivalism on social reform.
365. RELIGION IN AMERICA SINCE 1865 (3). Impact of modernism
upon traditional beliefs; rise of social concern; religious pluralism in
America and forces making for unity; 20th century theological trends.
Examination of denominations both mainstream and otherwise;
relationship of religion to social reform movements.
366. FARMS, FOOD, AND RURAL AMERICA (3). Introduction to
the history of United States agriculture from the colonial period
through today. Topics include adoption of technologies, crop
choices, commodity markets, political affiliations, interactions within
agricultural communities, relationship to governments, impact on the
environment, and development of industrialized agriculture.
367. U.S. LGBT HISTORY (3). Formation of modern lesbian, gay,
bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) identities, political movements,
cultures, and communities in the United States from the 17th to
21st centuries. Topics include the shifting line between “normal” and
“queer” sexualities and gender identities as well as average and
inuential LGBT Americans.
368. THE HISTORY OF CHICAGO (3). Survey of the history of
Chicago, emphasizing the city’s social structure, its economic,
political, and cultural development, and the changing meaning of
locality and community.
369. WOMEN IN UNITED STATES HISTORY (3). Social, economic,
and intellectual roles of women from the colonial period to modern
times. Organization and function of the women’s rights movement,
and the dynamics of change in the lives of ordinary women,
particularly in familial and occupational settings.
370. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN INDIAN HISTORY (3).
Introduction to traditional and contemporary American Indian
cultures. Emphasis on religion, literature and arts, Indian-white
contact, the Indians’ unique relationship to the federal government,
and contemporary issues facing American Indian reservations.
371. THE AMERICAN WEST (3). History of the American West
since 1500, emphasizing sociocultural, economic, environmental,
technological, and political change, with attention to the West as
myth and reality.
372. HISTORY OF THE SOUTH (3). Southern institutions and the
inuence of southern sectionalism in national affairs; particular
attention to social and political relations in the South from colonial
times to the present.
373. STRIKES, RIOTS, AND UPRISINGS IN U.S. HISTORY (3).
Focus on selected strikes, riots, insurrections in U.S. history. Topics
vary by semester. Explorationes of the meanings of specic events
to understand the role of conict in American life, their causes, and
long-term signicance.
374. LATINOS IN THE UNITED STATES (3). Historical experiences
of people of Mexican, Puerto Rican, and Cuban descent in the
United States. Themes include immigration, regional labor markets,
formation of internal colonies, and political and cultural developments.
375. CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT, 1954-1974 (3). The African-
American civil rights movement and the interrelationships among
organizations, leaders, communities, and governments.
376. EVOLUTION OF AMERICAN CAPITALISM (3). Historical
development of American capitalism through the stages of
mercantilism, laissez-faire, and contemporary corporate capitalism.
Emphasis on major economic ideas, institutions, and groups within
each stage.
377. AMERICAN ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY (3). History of the
ecosystems of the United States, 1600 to the present, and of the 20th
century conservation and environmental movements. Topics include
Indian ecology, farming and ecology, and the urban environment.
292 HISTORY
378. ASIAN-AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Comparative history of Asian
immigrants and their descendants in the United States from the
mid-19th century to the present. Focus on national and international
migration contexts; ethnic group formation, persistence, and change;
labor, class, gender, kinship, generation, race, and pan-Asian identity;
state policies, including exclusion, repatriation, internment, quotas
and preferences, refugee resettlement, and citizenship; interethnic
and pan-Asian interaction, and transnational citizenship.
379. AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY (3). History of the American
military experience from colonial times to the present.
380. U.S. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY (3). Examination of the
formation and adoption of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights
as well as the subsequent evolution of the U.S. constitutional
system of government. Emphasis on the impact of the Civil War, the
Progressive Era, the New Deal, and recent developments as well as
evolving government powers and responsibilities, citizens’ rights and
duties, and federalism.
381. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA (3). Spanish and Portuguese
colonial empires in America from their foundation through the wars
for Latin American independence.
382. MODERN LATIN AMERICA (3). The Latin American states
from the wars of independence to the present. Political, economic,
and social institutions examined with attention to patterns of Latin
American government.
383. LATIN AMERICA THROUGH FILM (3). Exploration of major
themes in Latin American history from conquest to the modern
day through lm. Topics, examined through feature-length lms and
selected readings, include physical and spiritual conquest of Latin
America, rural life, women, the family, the military, politics, capitalist
modernization, authoritarianism, and revolution.
385. HISTORY OF CHILDHOOD (3). Introduction to the history of
children and youth; temporal and regional focus varies by instructor.
Topics include: birth, growth, and maturation; family life; work;
education; play; religion; gender and sexuality; race and ethnic
identity.
386. HISTORY OF HUMAN RIGHTS (3). Historical emergence and
evolution of “human rights” as idea, aspiration, and socio-political
practice. Focus on debates about origins of human rights; whether
it expresses Western or universal values; development of human
rights advocacy; and roles played by states, non-governmental
organizations, individuals, and the media in globalization of human
rights over the past two centuries.
387. HISTORY OF GENOCIDE (3). Examination of the intertwined
issues of genocide and human rights focusing on the causes, course
of events, and consequences since the advent of the twentieth
century. Specic case studies will be examined along with the
historical and political foundations.
388. PACIFIC ISLES SINCE 1600 (3). The islands of Polynesia,
Melanesia, and Micronesia from earliest Euro-American contacts to
the present. Emphasis on early cultural encounters and their effects
on island peoples, the changing aims and perceptions of outsiders
(explorers, missionaries, colonizers, authors, artists, and seekers
of paradise), postcolonialism, and the contemporary issues facing
island peoples. Emphasis on the Pacic as mythic realm and troubled
reality.
389. GLOBAL CLIMATE HISTORY (3). Interaction of climate and
humans from the deep past to the present. Topics include the
inuence of climatic patterns on early human populations, the Little
Ice Age, the political and social ramications of volcanic eruptions
and El Niño events, and global warming.
390. FILM AND HISTORY (3). Historical analysis of lm as evidence
and representation. Examination of documentary, propaganda,
historical, and ctional feature lms across cultures, to explore
how lms recreate history for public consumption, the value and
implications of lm representation for national histories, and recent
debates about both the validity of lm as public history and the
impact of lm on historical writing.
395. INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY (3). Internship in history-related eld
(e.g., archive, museum, historical society, historical publishing and
editing). Minimum of 120 work hours per semester, plus periodic
meetings with faculty supervisor. Submission of substantial written
and/or oral report, addressing historical signicance of project.
Projects must be arranged and approved by faculty supervisor
and college coordinator of internships by start of semester. PRQ:
Declared history major or minor; and 60 credit hours or consent of
department.
398. THEMES IN WORLD HISTORY (3). Major themes or issues in
world history. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours
when subject varies.
399. HONORS SEMINAR (3). Topics announced. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours when topic varies. PRQ: Admission
to University Honors Program or departmental Honors Program.
400. STUDENT TEACHING IN HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES
FOR SECONDARY EDUCATORS (12). Student teaching for one
semester. Assignments arranged with the department’s office of
secondary teacher certication education. S/U grading. PRQ: HIST
496 and permission of the department’s office of secondary teacher
education.
401. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
ECON 401X, GEOG 401X, POLS 401X, PSYC 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
402. GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN HISTORY (3). Evolution of gender
and sexual identity, roles, and occupations in the industrializing
world. Topics include the production of femininities and masculinities,
sexual difference, interpersonal desire, kinds of friendship, romantic
love, sexual ethics, and sexual orientation in history.
407. MEDIEVAL WOMEN (3). Social, religious, cultural and economic
history of women during Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages c. 200
to c. 1500. Topics include effects of Christianity upon women in the
Roman world, motherhood, religion, life cycle, education, medicine,
work, power, and comparisons to Jewish and Muslim women.
408. MEDIEVAL EVERYDAY LIFE (3). Examination of economic and
social changes during the Middle Ages. Attention given to family life,
demographic change, urbanization, and social movements.
413. FAMILY, SEXUALITY, AND SOCIETY SINCE 1400 (3). History
of the family in Western society as seen in household structures,
marriage customs, childbirth and child rearing, sex roles, the life-
cycle, and attitudes towards sexual difference.
414. EUROPEAN WARS OF RELIGION, 1520-1660 (3). Cultural and
social aspects of religious and civil conict during the Dutch Revolt,
the French Wars of Religion, the Thirty Years’ War, and the English
Civil Wars. Multiple aspects of religious violence, from iconoclasm
and bookburning to executions of heretics and religious massacres.
416. THE AGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT (3). Various main aspects of
the intellectual revolution that preceded the American and French
Revolutions, including the growth of secularism and rationalism, the
rise of scientic thought, the formulation of political liberalism and
radicalism, and the enrichment of the humanist tradition.
418. MODERN EUROPEAN CULTURAL HISTORY (3). Intellectual
foundations and cultural dimensions of European modernity, with
particular focus on the modern self, mass culture, consumer society,
the avant-garde, and the intersection of culture and politics.
420. THE RENAISSANCE (3). Social, political, and ideological
breakdown of medieval Europe with consideration of the reaction of
the new class of artists and intellectuals to the special problems of
their age.
HISTORY 293
421. THE CATHOLIC AND PROTESTANT REFORMATIONS (3).
Examination of the religious reforms and institutional breaks, Catholic
and Protestant, official and heretical, which ended the medieval unity
of Christendom.
422. EARLY MODERN EUROPE (3). Analytical survey emphasizing
the changing role of European nobilities, the construction of absolute
monarchies, the rise of capitalism, baroque civilization, and the
interaction of learned and popular culture.
423. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON (3). Origins of
the Revolution of 1789; moderate and radical phases; the Terror and
the Thermidorian reaction; the rise of Napoleon; the Napoleonic wars
and the remaking of Europe; the revolutionary legacy.
424. HABSBURG MONARCHY, 1815-1918 (3). Cultural, political,
social, and diplomatic history of the Habsburg lands from the zenith
of the monarchy at the Congress of Vienna to its destruction at the
end of the First World War. Topics include the Congress of Vienna,
the revolutions of 1848, the growth of national identity and class
antagonisms, and cultural continuity and change.
425. WORLD WAR II (3). History of World War II, including objectives
and ideologies of Nazi Germany, Imperial Japan, and Allied Powers,
with attention to cultural and social developments.
426. EAST CENTRAL EUROPE, 1914-PRESENT (3). Cultural,
political, and social history of Austria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary,
Poland, and Romania from the beginning of the First World War to
the present. Topics include the First and Second World Wars, anti-
Semitism, fascism, modernism, and the Prague Spring.
428. GENDER AND WAR (3). History and historiography of gender
and war in comparative context. Emphasis on close reading of
selected secondary sources.
429. NAZI GERMANY (3). History of National Socialism from the
origins of the party to the end of World War II. Emphasis on the
means used for seizing and consolidating power; social, cultural, and
foreign policies of the Third Reich; anti-Semitism and the Holocaust.
434. THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION (3). History of Russia’s
revolutionary upheavals in the early 20th century. Emphasis on the
multiple and conicting ways that participants and scholars have
sought to make sense of the revolution.
435. STALINISM (3). History of the Soviet Union under the dictatorship
of Joseph Stalin, 1928-1953. Topics include rapid industrialization,
collectivization, state terror, communist culture, the gulag, World War
II, and the early Cold War.
440. ISLAM AND COLONIALISM IN AFRICA (3). Islamic encounters
with and resistance to European imperialism from the colonial
conquest and partition of Africa to the eve of African independence.
441. THE AFRICAN DIASPORA (3). Major themes in the historical
study of the African diaspora in the trans-Atlantic, trans-Saharan,
and Indian Ocean regions. Development of African communities,
cultures, ethnicities, religions, and identities under conditions of
enslavement or forced migration, and processes of identication in
the diaspora with the African homeland; New World developments
such as creolization, the construction of multiple identities, and the
positioning of enslaved Africans within the dynamics of the emergent
Atlantic World. Geographic focus may vary depending on instructor.
442. HISTORY OF BUDDHIST SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). History of
Southeast Asian countries whose rulers adopted Buddhism (Burma,
Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, and Vietnam), as well as parts of island
Southeast Asia. Colonialism, modernity, and conict are discussed,
with special attention to relationship between Buddhism and the
nationalist and popular movements of the twentieth century.
443. HISTORY OF ISLAMIC SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). Historical
development of Islam in Southeast Asia (Indonesia, Malaysia, Brunei)
and ongoing conicts between the state and Muslim minorities in
Burma, Thailand, and the Philippines.
444. JAPANESE EMPIRE (3). Rise and fall of Japan as an imperial
power, ca. 1870-1945. Emphasis on strategic, economic, and
ideological motivations for imperial expansion; mechanisms of
formal empire in Korea, Taiwan, and Micronesia; informal empire in
Manchuria, China, and Southeast Asia; Pan-Asian collaboration; and
Asian nationalist resistance to Japanese rule.
445. THE CHINESE REVOLUTION (3). Intellectual and social
backgrounds of the Nationalist revolutionary movement; political
history of the revolutionary period to the present.
446. HISTORY OF THAILAND (3). History and culture of Thailand
from the prehistoric period to the present, with appropriate references
to Thai relations with Laos and Cambodia.
447. HISTORY OF BURMA (3). History and culture of Burma from
prehistoric times to the present.
448. HISTORY OF INDONESIA (3). Indonesian political, social,
and cultural life from prehistory to the present. Attention given to
the cultures of various peoples of Indonesia and the efforts of the
modern state to create a national sense of identity.
449. HISTORY OF MALAYSIA AND SINGAPORE (3). The Malay
world from prehistory to the present. Topics include early Malay trade,
classical Malay culture, British imperialism, Chinese immigration,
and the modern states of Malaysia, Singapore, and Brunei.
452. EMPIRE AND NATION IN MODERN BRITAIN (3). Interaction
between empire and nation in Britain from the 18th century to the
present. Impact of the New British History on how we view the
British past, the relationship between industrialization and imperial
expansion, the gendering of nation and empire, and the impact of
decolonization on evolving notions of British identity.
453. HISTORY OF NORTHERN IRELAND (3). History of Northern
Ireland from 1920 to the present, with particular attention to the
origins, nature, and legacies of the so-called Irish Troubles.
454. INDUSTRY, STATE, AND SOCIETY IN MODERN BRITAIN (3).
Impact of industrialization on British society between 1750 and 1914.
Working class formation and elite reaction, urbanization, shifting
conceptions of gender and work, and the changing nature of the state.
456. ANCIENT MEDITERRANEAN (3). History of the ancient
Mediterranean world to c. 700 CE. Topics include rise of agriculture,
cities, and navigation; palace and temple societies, city-states, tribal
groups; the formation of maritime empires, and kingdoms; and
unication under the Roman Empire until its “fall.”
458. MEDITERRANEAN WORLD, 1450-1750 (3). History of
early modern North African, European, Anatolian, and Levantine
societies rimming the Mediterranean Sea. Themes include maritime
commerce, urbanization, gender relations, ethnic identities, and
political developments in the Mediterranean region.
459. THE ATLANTIC WORLD, 1492-1860s (3). Encounters among
African, European, and Native American men and women in the
Atlantic world during the early modern era. Examination of major
themes in political, economic, social, and cultural history in a
comparative, integrated way to provide students of African, Latin
American, European, and North American history with a broader
context for understanding those regions.
460. COLONIAL AMERICA (3). Native American, European, and
African contacts and the establishment of a colonial society based
upon conquest, slavery, and resistance, as well as struggles for
freedom and opportunity.
461. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION (3). The causes of the Revolution
and its impact on the political, economic, cultural, intellectual, and
social aspects of American life.
462. EARLY AMERICAN REPUBLIC (3). Tumultuous early years of
the United States, from the Constitution to the eve of abolitionism,
with a focus on politics, slavery, and conict.
463. ANTEBELLUM AMERICA (3). United States’ economic, political,
social, and cultural expansion in the mid-19th century, and the
explosive tensions that would plunge the nation into civil war.
294 HISTORY
464. CIVIL WAR AMERICA (3). The roots of the conict of war and
emancipation, national and regional reconstruction, and economics
and race in the postwar period.
465. INDUSTRIAL AMERICA: 1877-1901 (3). Impact of industry and
the city on vital aspects of American life and society, with emphasis
on the response of farmers, workers, politicians and intellectuals to
the problems of an emerging urban-industrial society.
466. CORPORATE AMERICA: 1900-1929 (3). The U.S. in the era of
Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, and Herbert Hoover. Topics
include the rising corporate order, labor militance, the origins of the
modern state, America’s response to war and revolution, 1920s style
prosperity, and the Great Crash.
467. THE U.S. IN DEPRESSION AND WAR, 1929-1960 (3). The U.S.
during the Great Depression, World War II, and the Cold War. Topics
include the New Deal, social and political change in mid-century
America, and the origins and meaning of the WWII and Cold War
conicts.
468. AMERICA SINCE 1960 (3). Analysis of social, economic,
political, cultural, and intellectual trends from the Kennedy years
through the post-Cold War era. Topics include the civil rights
movement, the Kennedy- Johnson foreign policies toward Cuba and
East Asia, the Great Society programs, the Vietnamese civil war,
the counterculture, Nixon and Watergate, the Reagan years, and the
Persian Gulf conict and the 1990s.
469. THE VIETNAM WAR (3). History of the American involvement
in Vietnam between 1940 and 1975 that examines the evolving
circumstances and policies leading to the American defeat.
470. AMERICA AND ASIA (3). Relationships between Asian nations
and the United States. Topics include cultural and economic
exchanges, experiences of Asian immigrants and their descendants
in the U.S., competing strategic aspirations and value systems,
and U.S. interventions in Asian wars. Emphasis varies according to
instructor.
471. WORKERS IN U.S. HISTORY, 1787-PRESENT (3). Role of
workers in U.S. history from the early national period to the present.
Emphasis on working class formation, labor conict, and power
relations in developing capitalist economy, how class, race and
gender shaped workers’ experiences; rise and decline of labor
unions; the role of law and government in limiting or expanding
workers’ power.
472. TOPICS IN AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY (3). Selected
problems in interpretation relating to the history of people of African
descent in the Americas. Emphasis on African-American populations
of the United States and some attention is given to the question of
race relations. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours
when subject varies.
473. TOPICS IN WOMEN’S HISTORY (3). Selected issues in
interpretation relating to the history of women and gender relations.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours when subject
varies.
474. HISTORY OF IMMIGRATION AND ETHNICITY (3). Survey
of the nature and impact of immigration in American history from
the colonial era to the present focusing on ethnic group origins,
persistence, modication, and interaction. Includes comparative
analysis of European, Latino, and Asian immigration. Examination of
assimilation, acculturation, and accommodation theories, nativism,
immigration legislation, multiculturalism, and minority relations.
475. THE UNITED STATES AND SOUTHEAST ASIA AND THE
INDIAN SUBCONTINENT (3). Focus on 20th century, including
American acquisition and governance of the Philippine Islands, the
American response to nationalism and independence movements,
the war in Vietnam, the successive tragedies in Cambodia, and U.S.-
China rivalries in the region.
476. AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS TO 1914 (3). Diplomacy
of the American Revolution and the new nation, diplomatic aspects
of the war with Mexico and continental expansion, and the rise of
the United States as a world power in the late 19th and early 20th
centuries, with emphasis on imperial expansion overseas.
477. AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS SINCE 1914 (3). Diplomatic
aspects of the two world wars, the origins and development of the
Cold War in Europe and Asia, and the American response to Third
World nationalism, including the war in Vietnam.
478. AMERICAN LEGAL HISTORY TO 1865 (3). American legal
development, including English backgrounds, the colonial and
revolutionary eras, and the evolution of the federal constitution to
1865, with consideration of the economic, political, and intellectual
factors which have contributed to its growth.
479. AMERICAN LEGAL HISTORY SINCE 1865 (3). American legal
development since 1865, including Reconstruction, the impact of the
Industrial Revolution, and such signicant 20th century constitutional
issues as civil liberties, segregation, and the government’s role in the
economy.
480. SPIES, LIES AND SECRET WARS: CIA IN THE WORLD (3).
Involvement of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) with various
peoples, governments and events around the globe.
481. INDIGENOUS MEXICO (3). Maya and Aztec cultures from
European contact to the end of the colonial period in 1821. Focus on
indigenous culture, religion, political life, conquest and resistance,
disease and population decline, and changes and continuities of
precolonial and colonial indigenous thought.
482. MEXICO SINCE 1810 (3). The quest for independence–political,
economic, and cultural–with attention to the revolution of 1910-1920.
483. AFRICANS IN COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA (3). Afro-Latin
Americans and their contributions to empire building as slaves,
litigants, conquistadors, militia members, Christians, and Spanish
and Portuguese imperial subjects. Emphasis on relations between
slaves and free people of color, African-indigenous alliances and
relationships, maroon communities, emergence of Afro-Creole and
Afro-Christian consciousness, and resistance, compliance, and
accommodation to the imperial project.
484. HISTORY OF BRAZIL (3). Survey of Brazilian history from
rst encounters between Europeans and Americans to the present;
evolution of Brazil’s politics, economy, society, and culture.
485. MODERN LATIN AMERICAN REVOLUTIONS (3). Major social
revolutions of the 19th and 20th centuries, with emphasis on Mexico,
Cuba, and Central America. Social, economic, and political causes,
ideology, international inuences, and current areas of conict.
486. POVERTY AND PROGRESS IN LATIN AMERICA (3).
Exploration of the persistent gap between rich and poor in Latin
America and the poverty of Latin America relative to the developed
world. Inquiry into how Latin America fell behind and other issues,
including the legacy of colonialism, opportunities and limitations of
the 19th century export booms, industrialization and urbanization in
the 20th century, and distribution of burdens and benets in Latin
American society, polity, and economy.
487. THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY (3). Urbanization and urban life in
Latin America from colonial times to the present, with an emphasis
on rapid rural-to-urban migration in the twentieth century and the rise
of mega-cities.
490. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY (3).
A. Ancient
B. Medieval
C. Early Modern European (including British)
D. Modern European (including British)
E. Russian and Eastern European
G. African
J. Asian
M. United States
N. Latin American
R. General/Comparative
U. Global
Selected themes or problems. Topics announced. May be repeated
when subject varies.
HISTORY 295
492. Introduction to Public History (3). Introduction to the practical
application of historical knowledge in such areas as historic
preservation, manuscript and archival management, editing,
genealogy and family history, oral history, and museum work.
493. INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4). Independent research for
qualied students. Consent of the faculty member with whom the
student wishes to study is necessary. May count toward appropriate
eld requirement in the History major, depending on topic. May not
be repeated.
494. ORAL HISTORY (3). Introduction to the theory and practice
of interviewing as a way of creating, documenting, and interpreting
historical evidence. Attention given to systematic analysis and the
practice of editing, indexing, recording, preserving, and transcribing
tapes and to the application of oral history to historical research and
writing.
495. SENIOR THESIS (4). Capstone of the history major, involving
advanced practice in the craft of the professional historian. All
sections of course organized as seminars, and participants engage
primarily in writing and presenting a paper based on their own
research. Extensive library/ archival work. In addition, each student
meets regularly with his or her research adviser. PRQ: History major,
senior standing, HIST 295, successful completion of at least one
400-level NIU history course (excluding HIST 400 and HIST 496, and
consent of department.
496. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 496X, ECON
496X, GEOG 496X, POLS 496X, PSYC 496X, and SOCI 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the
history or social science secondary educator licensure education
program and permission of the Department of History’s office of
secondary educator licensure education.
History Faculty
James D. Schmidt, Ph.D., Rice University, professor, chair
Anita M. Andrew, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, associate
professor
Stan Arnold, Ph.D., Temple University, associate professor
E. Taylor Atkins, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Presidential Teaching
Professor
Bradley Bond, Ph.D., Louisiana State University, associate
professor
Jerome Bowers, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
Andrew Bruno, Ph.D., University of Illinois, assistant professor
Kenton Clymer, Ph.D., University of Michigan, Distinguished
Research Professor
Sundiata Djata, Ph.D., University of Illinois, professor
Sean Farrell, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate professor
Heide Fehrenbach, Ph.D., Rutgers University, Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Damián Fernández, Ph.D., Princeton University, assistant
professor
Rosemary Feurer, Ph.D., Washington University, associate
professor
Aaron S. Fogleman, Ph.D., University of Michigan, professor
Valerie L. Garver, Ph.D., University of Virginia, associate
professor
Michael J. Gonzales, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
Distinguished Research Professor
Anne G. Hanley, Ph.D., Stanford University, associate professor
Beatrix Hoffman, Ph.D., Rutgers University, professor
Kristin Hufne, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, associate
professor
Trude Jacobsen, Ph.D., University of Queensland, associate
professor
Eric Jones, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, associate
professor
Natalie Joy, Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles, assistant
professor
Emma Kuby, Ph.D., Cornell University, assistant professor
Vera Lind, D. Phil., Christian-Albrechts-Universität Kiel, associate
professor
Amanda Littauer, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
assistant professor
Eric W. Mogren, Ph.D., University of Michigan, associate
professor
Ismael Montana, Ph.D., York University, associate professor
Barbara M. Posadas, Ph.D., Northwestern University, professor
Brian Sandberg, Ph.D., University of Illinois, associate professor
Andrea Smalley, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
J. Harvey Smith, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Nancy Wingeld, Ph.D., Columbia University, Presidential
Research Professor
296
Department of Mathematical Sciences
(MATH, STAT)
The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers the B.S. degree
with a major in mathematical sciences with emphases in general
mathematical sciences, applied mathematics, computational
mathematics, probability and statistics, mathematics education,
and actuarial science. Successful completion of the emphasis in
mathematics education leads to licensure to teach at the 6-12
grade levels.
The department also offers minors in mathematical sciences,
elementary mathematics education, applied probability and
statistics, and actuarial science. These minors should be of
interest to students majoring in the physical or social sciences or
in business. In addition, the department offers an honors program
in mathematical sciences and participates in the University
Honors Program.
Students interested in the emphasis in probability and statistics,
the emphasis in actuarial science, a degree with honors in
probability and statistics, a minor in applied probability and
statistics or a minor in actuarial science should contact the office
of the Division of Statistics.
Several of the department’s courses fulll the university
quantitative literacy foundational studies requirement, and others
can be used by non-majors toward fullling the nature and
technology knowledge domain requirement in the university’s
general education program. In addition, many of its courses are
included as requirements for other programs.
Department Regulations
Mathematical sciences majors are not permitted to count courses
in computer science (CSCI) toward fullling general education
area requirements.
For all majors in the department, the GPA in the major is
calculated by using only those mathematical sciences courses
numbered 229 or above which are available for credit toward the
major.
Department Requirements
Students majoring or minoring in mathematical sciences
must obtain a minimum GPA of 2.00 in those MATH/STAT and
professional education courses applicable to that major or minor.
Courses not applicable to the major or minor are identied in the
course descriptions. Some emphases and programs may have
a higher GPA requirement; see the appropriate section of the
catalog.
All majors are required to have a satisfactory portfolio of work
done during their undergraduate studies on le in the Department
of Mathematical Sciences. The contents of the portfolio are
to be used to assess the department’s program and are to be
accumulated largely through course work assignments and
examinations; students are expected to cooperate with instructors
as these items are collected. In addition, each student must submit
in his or her senior year a 250-300 word typed essay describing
the student’s experience in the major, including comments on
the connections of mathematics with other disciplines. Details on
the submission of materials and approval of the portfolio should
be obtained from the student’s adviser in the Department of
Mathematical Sciences.
With department permission, students are allowed to complete
certain combinations of the major and one or more minors in
the department, or multiple minors within the department. In all
such cases, for each minor in the department, the student must
earn at least 6 semester hours in MATH/STAT courses that are
not counted in fulllment of the major or any other minors in the
department.
Mathematics Placement Examination Policy
Students planning to take MATH 110, MATH 155, MATH 206,
MATH 210, MATH 211, or MATH 229 must take the Mathematics
Placement Examination, so they may begin their mathematical
studies at the appropriate level.
Prociency Examination Policy
Ordinarily students will not be allowed to attempt a prociency
examination for a course if they have received credit for a higher
numbered course (for exceptions, consult the department).
Major in Mathematical Sciences (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. General
Requirements in Department (40-42)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
MATH 421 - Abstract Algebra II (3),
OR MATH 423 - Linear and Multilinear Algebra (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
MATH 431 - Advanced Calculus II (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Two additional mathematical sciences courses numbered above
MATH 333 (6-8).
Requirement outside Department (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, General: 44-46
Recommendations
MATH 440 - Elements of Complex Analysis (3)
MATH 450 - Introduction to Topology (3)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
Emphasis 2. Applied Mathematics
Requirements in Department (40-43)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3),
OR MATH 334 - Foundations of Applied Mathematics (4)
* Available for general education credit.
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 297
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
MATH 431 - Advanced Calculus II (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Two of the following (6-7)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
MATH 438 - Theory of Differential Equations (3)
MATH 439 - Engineering Mathematics II (3),
OR MATH 442 - Elements of Partial Differential Equations (3)
MATH 440 - Elements of Complex Analysis (3)
MATH 444 - Linear Programming and Network Flows (3)
MATH 460 - Modeling Dynamical Systems (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 483 - Stochastic Processes I (4)
Additional mathematical sciences course (3-4)
One additional mathematical sciences course numbered above
MATH 333 (3)
Requirement outside Department (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Applied Mathematicsl: 44-47
Special Requirement
Students in this emphasis are required to complete a minor
selected with the approval of the department.
Emphasis 3. Computational Mathematics
Requirements in Department (40-42)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
One of the following (3-4)
MATH 380 - Elementary Combinatorics (3)
MATH 423 - Linear and Multilinear Algebra (3)
MATH 440 - Elements of Complex Analysis (3)
MATH 444 - Linear Programming and Network Flows (3)
MATH 496 - Seminar in Computational Mathematics (3)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3), and
STAT 473A - Statistical Computing Packages (1)
One additional course from CSCI 340 (4), and CSCI 464 (4), and
mathematical sciences (MATH/STAT) courses numbered above
333 (3-4)
Requirement outside Department (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Computational Mathematics: 44-46
Emphasis 4. Probability and Statistics
Requirements in Department (40-43)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 472 - Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3)
Two of the following (6-8)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3), and STAT 473A -
Statistical Computing Packages (1)
STAT 474 - Statistical Methods and Models II (3)
STAT 478 - Statistical Methods of Forecasting (3)
STAT 479 - Practice of Bayesian Statistics (3)
STAT 483 - Stochastic Processes I (4)
STAT 491 - Programming and Computing in Statistics (3)
At least 3 additional semester hours from among the following
courses (3-4)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
MATH 423 - Linear and Multilinear Algebra (3)
MATH 431 - Advanced Calculus II (3)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
MATH 440 - Elements of Complex Analysis (3)
MATH 444 - Linear Programming and Network Flows (3)
MATH 450 - Introduction to Topology (3)
STAT 382 - Theory of Interest and Financial Derivatives (4)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3), and STAT 473A -
Statistical Computing Packages (1)
STAT 474 - Statistical Methods and Models II (3)
STAT 478 - Statistical Methods of Forecasting (3)
STAT 479 - Practice of Bayesian Statistics (3)
STAT 481 - Probabilistic Foundations in Actuarial Science (3)
STAT 483 - Stochastic Processes I (4)
STAT 491 - Programming and Computing in Statistics (3)
STAT 493 - Special Topics in Statistics (1-3)
Requirement outside Department (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 4, Probability and Statistics: 44-47
Internship opportunities in statistics are available with many
employers, including pharmaceutical companies, insurance
companies, manufacturing companies, and government agencies.
Emphasis 5. Mathematics Education
The requirements listed below for the emphasis in Mathematics
Education apply to students who complete the program before
the fall semester 2014. Students who anticipate completing the
program after summer 2014 should consult their advisers.
Successful completion of the emphasis in mathematics education
leads to licensure to teach at the 6-12 grade levels. To be licensed
to teach secondary school mathematics (6-12 grade levels), the
Illinois State Board of Education requires that students must have
passed all the MATH/STAT and professional education courses
applicable to their major (Mathematics Education emphasis at
NIU) with a grade of C or better. In addition to the course work
and licensure requirements in the Department of Mathematical
Sciences, students must complete other course work and licensure
requirements outside the department. A minor that includes a
teaching endorsement in a teaching area outside of mathematics
is highly desirable to enhance placement opportunities. Students
who wish to pursue the emphasis in mathematics education
and to seek educator licensure should consult with an adviser
in the Department of Mathematical Sciences before enrolling
in ILAS 201. Transfer and postbaccalaureate students should
see an adviser in the Department of Mathematical Sciences
on arrival. Graduate students majoring in the mathematical
sciences, graduate students majoring in secondary education,
and students-at-large should consult the Graduate Catalog.
Requirements in Department (43)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 353 - Axiomatic Geometry (3)
* Available for general education credit.
298 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 401, OR MATH 411 Clinical (See “Clinical Experiences”
below)
MATH 410 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for the Middle School (3)
MATH 412 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for Secondary School (3)
MATH 413 - Student Teaching (Secondary) in Mathematics (7-12)
(See “Clinical Experiences” below)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
One of the following (3)
MATH 380 - Elementary Combinatorics (3)
MATH 416 - Topics in Mathematics for Teachers (3)
MATH 434 - Numerical Linear Algebra (3)
MATH 435 - Numerical Analysis (3)
MATH 440 - Elements of Complex Analysis (3)
MATH 444 - Linear Programming and Network Flows (3)
MATH 450 - Introduction to Topology (3)
MATH 480 - Number Theory (3)
One additional course from the following (3)
MATH 421 - Abstract Algebra II (3)
MATH 423 - Linear and Multilinear Algebra (3)
MATH 431 - Advanced Calculus II (3)
MATH 456 - Linear Geometry (3)
MATH 480 - Number Theory (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
Special Departmental Requirements for Licensure
Apply for admission to educator licensure in the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. This is usually done three semesters
prior to the semester of student teaching.
Pass all areas of the Test of Academic Prociency of the Illinois
Licensure Testing System in order to be formally admitted to
the educator licensure program. This should be accomplished
before enrolling in ILAS 301. The Mathematics Content Area Test
of the Illinois Licensure Testing System must be passed before
enrolling in MATH 401 and MATH 412. Information about the test
and registration for the test can be obtained from the Illinois State
Board of Education.
Obtain departmental approval for admission to educator
licensure. This is normally done through a conference with the
coordinator of educator licensure in mathematics two semesters
prior to the semester of student teaching. Departmental consent
must be given in the absence of this conference.
Satisfy the minimum GPA requirements established by the
department for the undergraduate emphasis in mathematics
education: an overall NIU GPA of at least 2.50, a GPA of 2.25 or
higher in all courses counted for credit toward the major, and a
GPA of 2.25 or higher in all courses counted for credit toward the
major numbered above MATH 231.
Requirements outside Department (26-32)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4),
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4),
OR an approved computer programming class focused on the
use of FORTRAN, C, or C++ that contains a laboratory
component (3-4)
Professional education requirements (23-28)
EPFE 400
1
- Foundations of Education (3) or a course in the
philosophy and/or history of education
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
1
, or a course in
human development and learning focusing on the middle
school and high school years
ETR 440 - Secondary Classroom Assessment (3)
1
, or a course
in the techniques of assessment
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary
Students with Exceptionalities in the General Education
Classroom (3)
Clinical experiences and student teaching (11-16). For Illinois
licensure students must complete 130 clock hours of clinical
experiences prior to student teaching. The requirement may be
satised by completing the following sequence of courses.
ILAS 201
2
- Introductory Clinical Experience (1)
ILAS 301
3
- Second Clinical Experience (2), or ILAS 300 -
Discipline-Based Clinical Experiences for the Illinois Standard
High School License (1-2) [usually taken in same semester
as EPS 406]
MATH 401
3, 4
- Clinical Secondary School Experience in
Mathematics (1-2)
MATH 413
5
- Student Teaching (Secondary) in Mathematics (7-12)
Additional Requirements (36-39)
In some cases these additional requirements exceed those
required by the university for a baccalaureate degree. Therefore,
students should consult with an adviser within the department as
early as possible about meeting these requirements.
The educator licensure requirements are the same for
undergraduate mathematical sciences majors with an emphasis
in mathematics education and for postbaccalaureate students
seeking licensure in mathematics without becoming a candidate
for a degree.
Foundational Studies (9)
Writing requirement, or equivalent of ENGL 204 (6)
Oral communication (3)
Humanities (12)
U.S. History (3)
English course or literature course taught in English (3)
Other approved course work (6)
Science (9)
Course work in at least two science elds with a minimum of
two courses in one science eld; must include at least one
science laboratory course
Social Science (6)
U.S. Government (3)
Other approved course work (3)
Cultural Diversity (3)
EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3),
OR BKST 211 - Educating for Cultural Sensitivity (3)
Documentation of the completion of a rst aid course, experience
with drug abuse education, or an education experience with other
social issues in schools (may be satised by course work or an
approved experience).
Other Requirements
See “Educator Licensure Requirements.”
Exit Examination
Students seeking licensure must pass the Illinois Assessment of
Professional Teaching Test. Information about this test may be
obtained from the Illinois State Board of Education.
1
Students should consult with an adviser in the Department of Mathematical Sciences before enrolling in courses to fulll this requirement.
2
Undergraduates must consult with the coordinator of educator licensure in mathematics about admission to ILAS 201. Students are eligible to enroll in ILAS 201
after passing MATH 230 with a grade of C or better. Postbaccalaureate students should consult with the coordinator of educator licensure in mathematics upon
arrival.
3
Students must consult with the coordinator of educator licensure in mathematics about admission to ILAS 300, ILAS 301, and MATH 401.
4
If MATH 401 is not completed at the student teaching school, MATH 411, Secondary School Mathematics Clinical Experience (0), may be required.
5
Admission to MATH 413 is dependent on the availability of resources. Students are normally admitted to MATH 413 only after satisfactory completion of MATH
412 at NIU and all other course work required for licensure.
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 299
Emphasis 6. Actuarial Science
This interdisciplinary track prepares students for careers in the
actuarial profession and helps them learn material included in
the Exams P / 1 (Probability), FM / 2 (Financial Mathematics)
and M / 3 (Actuarial Models) of the Society of Actuaries (SOA)
/ Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS). A few courses relevant to
Exam C / 4 (Construction and Evaluation of Actuarial Models) of
the SOA / CAS are also available to actuarial students. Interested
students should contact the Division of Statistics for advising in
this emphasis.
Note: A student seeking to attain membership with the SOA and/
or CAS is required to complete the Validation by Educational
Experience (VEE) requirements of the societies in three areas:
applied statistics, economics, and corporate nance. Although
not a requirement for completion of this emphasis, a student may
receive VEE credits by completing STAT 473, STAT 478, ECON
260, ECON 261, FINA 330 and FINA 340 with a grade of B or
better in each course.
Requirements in Department (49-52)
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 430 - Advanced Calculus I (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
STAT 382 - Theory of Interest and Financial Derivatives (4)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3), and STAT 473A -
Statistical Computing Packages (1)
STAT 478 - Statistical Methods of Forecasting (3)
STAT 481 - Probabilistic Foundations in Actuarial Science (3)
Three from the following (7-10)
STAT 483 - Stochastic Processes I (4)
STAT 485 - Life Contingencies and Payment Models I (3)
STAT 486 - Life Contingencies and Payment Models II (3)
STAT 495 - Special Topics in Actuarial Science (1-3)
Requirements outside Department (25)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
ACCY 306 - Financial Accounting Information for Business
Decisions (3)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3)
FINA 330 - Corporate Finance (3)
FINA 340 - Investments (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 6, Actuarial Science: 74-77
Special Requirement
At least 65 semester hours of the total hours required for the
baccalaureate degree must be taken in courses other than those
in the Department of Mathematical Sciences and the Division of
Statistics.
Recommendations for Actuarial Students
The following additional courses cover some of the important
topics in, and will help students who plan to take, Exam C / 4 of
the SOA / CAS.
STAT 472 - Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3)
STAT 479 - Practice of Bayesian Statistics (3)
STAT 491 - Programming and Computing in Statistics (3)
The skills from the following additional courses will help students
after they enter the actuarial profession.
COMS 361 - Business and Professional Communication (3)
CSCI 215 - Visual Basic (4)
ENGL 308 - Technical Writing (3)
GEOG 256 - Maps and Mapping (3)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
STAT 474 - Statistical Methods and Models II (3)
Students should see their advisors in the Division of Statistics before
scheduling these additional courses in their individual programs of
study.
Degree with Honors
The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers the exceptional
student an opportunity to earn a degree with honors in any of the
six emphases. Any mathematical sciences student may become
a candidate for an honors degree in mathematical sciences
at the end of the sophomore year provided the student has a
3.00 or higher overall GPA and has a 3.50 or higher GPA in all
mathematical sciences courses completed, including MATH 232
and MATH 240.
A student with these qualications who wishes to become
an honors degree candidate should go to the office of the
Department of Mathematical Sciences (or, in the case of students
in the emphasis in probability and statistics or in the emphasis in
actuarial science, to the office of the Division of Statistics) to ll
out a candidacy form and be assigned an honors adviser. After
the end of the sophomore year, a student showing exceptional
talent may also become an honors degree candidate by obtaining
consent.
Most 300-level and 400-level mathematical sciences courses
may be taken as honors courses.
Requirements
Maintain a 3.00 or higher overall GPA.
Maintain a 3.50 or higher GPA for mathematical sciences courses
numbered 300 and above.
Take at least four mathematical sciences honors courses
numbered 300 or higher, which must include a two-course
sequence of 400-level honors courses appropriate for the
student’s emphasis and approved by the honors degree adviser.
The honors sequences from which a sequence appropriate for
the student’s emphasis may be chosen are MATH 420H-MATH
421H, MATH 420H-MATH 423H, MATH 430H-MATH 431H, MATH
434H-MATH 435H, STAT 470H-STAT 472H, STAT 470H-STAT
481H, STAT 481H-STAT 483H.
In one of the 400-level honors courses, prepare and submit an
independent study paper on a suitable topic. The paper must
be approved by the instructor of the course and by the honors
degree adviser.
Minor in Mathematical Sciences
Option 1. General (22-23)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
At least two mathematical sciences courses chosen from STAT 350
or from MATH courses numbered above MATH 333. At least one
of these must be numbered above MATH 419 (6-7).
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
* Available for general education credit.
300 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Option 2. Applied Mathematics (21-22)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
Two courses from MATH 239 (or MATH 240), MATH 336, and STAT
350 (6-7)
At least one mathematics course numbered above MATH 419 (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Option 3. Mathematics Education (29-31)
The requirements listed below for the minor in Mathematics
Education apply to students who complete the minor before the
fall semester 2014. Students who anticipate completing the minor
after summer 2014 should consult their advisors.
Provided that MATH 416 is not chosen as an elective, this option
meets the minimal mathematics requirement for an endorsement
to teach mathematics in grades 9-12 in Illinois. Provided that
neither MATH 360 nor MATH 416 is chosen as an elective, and
provided that the student also completes MATH 410, this option
meets the minimal mathematics requirement for an endorsement
to teach mathematics in grades 6-8 in Illinois. The Illinois State
Board of Education (ISBE) requires that students must have
passed all the MATH and STAT courses applicable to their minor
in Mathematics Education with a grade of C or better. Students
should contact the department for information about alternative
ways of obtaining an endorsement which do not necessarily
involve a minor.
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
MATH 353 - Axiomatic Geometry (3)
MATH 412 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for Secondary School (3)
Select from the following (7-9)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4).
OR CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4) , but not
more than one
MATH 304 - History of Mathematics Through the 17th Century (3)
MATH 360 - Model Building in Applied Mathematics (3)
MATH 416 - Topics in Mathematics for Teachers (3)
MATH 420 - Abstract Algebra I (3)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Elementary Mathematics
Education (23)
The requirements listed below for the minor in Elementary
Mathematics Education apply to students who complete the
minor before the fall semester 2014. Students who anticipate
completing the minor after summer 2014 should consult their
advisers.
This minor is available only to undergraduates majoring in
elementary education. Students interested in pursuing the minor
in elementary mathematics education should consult with an
adviser in the Department of Mathematical Sciences before the
end of the sophomore year. Transfers and postbaccalaureate
students seeking a degree in elementary education should
consult with an adviser on arrival. Provided that MATH 303
or MATH 304 is chosen as an elective, this minor meets the
minimal mathematics requirement for an endorsement to teach
mathematics in grades 6-8 in Illinois. The Illinois State Board of
Education (ISBE) requires that students must have passed all the
MATH and STAT courses applicable to their minor in Mathematics
Education with a grade of C or better.
A minimum GPA of 2.25 in all courses counted for credit toward
the minor numbered above MATH 201 is required.
*MATH 201 - Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 302 - Introduction to Geometry (3)
MATH 402 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for Elementary School (3)
MATH 410 - Methods of Instruction in the Mathematics Curriculum
for the Middle School (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
One of the following courses (3)
*MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics (3)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
MATH 303 - Introduction to Number Theory (3)
MATH 304 - History of Mathematics Through the 17th Century (3)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Applied Probability and
Statistics (21-23)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
*MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
Three of the following (9-11)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 472 - Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (3)
STAT 473 - Statistical Methods and Models I (3),
STAT 473A - Statistical Computing Packages (1)
STAT 474 - Statistical Methods and Models II (3)
STAT 478 - Statistical Methods of Forecasting (3)
STAT 483 - Stochastic Processes I (4)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Minor in Actuarial Science (29)
This minor is designed to provide preparatory study in actuarial
science. Specically, students completing the required course
work can take the professional Exams P/1 (Probability) and FM/2
(Financial Mathematics) of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty
Actuarial Society.
MATH 229 - Calculus I (4)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 240 - Linear Algebra and Applications (4)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
STAT 382 - Theory of Interest and Financial Derivatives (4)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 481 - Probabilistic Foundations in Actuarial Science (3)
Ten or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU. For
students who have passed the four courses FINA 330, FINA 340,
FINA 350, and FINA 455, the STAT 382 requirement in the minor in
actuarial science will be waived.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Actuarial Science (12)
This certicate is open to all undergraduates. It is designed to
provide preparatory study in actuarial science. Specically,
students completing the required course work can take the
professional Exam P/1 of the Society of Actuaries (SOA)/the
Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS). Students must maintain good
academic standing in the university, achieve a minimum grade
of C in each certicate course, achieve a GPA of at least 3.00 in
all certicate courses, and complete all certicate course work
within six calendar years. With department approval, some or all
of the certicate courses may be applied toward undergraduate
degree requirements in the department.
* Available for general education credit.
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 301
Requirements
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 481 - Probabilistic Foundations in Actuarial Science (3)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
Please note that MATH 240 is a co-requisite for STAT 470.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
Mathematical Sciences (MATH)
101. CORE COMPETENCY IN MATHEMATICS (3). Mastery of
elementary skills and facts, understanding of logically correct
arguments, abstract thinking, and problem solving ability. Not intended
as preparation for MATH 110 or for courses numbered above MATH
110. Not available for credit to students who have previously received
credit with a grade of C or better in a MATH course numbered above
110 except MATH 201. Not open for credit toward the major or minor in
mathematical sciences. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation
for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: Intermediate
algebra and geometry.
108. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS I (3). Designed for and
restricted to rst-semester freshmen, specially admitted students.
Does not count as credit for graduation.
109. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS II (3). Designed for and
restricted to rst-year, specially admitted students. May be used to
continue MATH 108. Does not count as credit for graduation. Used as
preparation for MATH 101, MATH 110, or MATH 201.
110. COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3). Algebraic and exponential functions,
basic linear algebra. Requires skills and knowledge of intermediate
algebra and plane geometry. Does not count for credit toward the
major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not open for credit to
students having credit in MATH 155 or MATH 211 or MATH 229. Not
used in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical sciences
majors or minors. PRQ: KCMA 098 with a grade of C or better, or
MATH 109 with a grade of C or better, or previous credit in MATH
110, or satisfactory performance on the Mathematics Placement
Examination.
155. TRIGONOMETRY AND ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS (3).
Polynomials and rational functions, review of exponential and
logarithmic functions, trigonometry, and complex numbers. Does not
count for credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences.
Not open for credit to students who have obtained a grade of C or
better in MATH 229. PRQ: MATH 110 with a grade of C or better,
or previous credit in MATH 155, or satisfactory performance on the
Mathematics Placement Examination.
201. FOUNDATIONS OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS
(3). Introduction to sets, geometry, measurement, logic, structure
of mathematical systems, and the real number system. Open for
credit only toward the majors in early childhood studies, elementary
education, and special education. Does not count for credit toward the
major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not used in major or minor
GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ:
One year of high school algebra and one year of high school geometry.
206. INTRODUCTORY DISCRETE MATHEMATICS (3). Introduction
to sets, algorithms, induction, recursion, relations, graphs, trees, and
algebraic structure, with applications, many of which are in computer
science. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical
sciences majors or minors. PRQ: MATH 110 or satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination.
210. FINITE MATHEMATICS (3). Introduction to mathematical
topics with applications to business, social science, and other elds.
Includes such topics as functions and graphs, matrix algebra and
solutions of systems of linear equations, inequalities and linear
programming, elementary combinatorics, and probability. Not used
in major or minor GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors
or minors. PRQ: MATH 110 with a grade of C or better, or previous
credit in MATH 210, or satisfactory performance on the Mathematics
Placement Examination.
211. CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCE (3).
An elementary treatment of topics from differential and integral
calculus, with applications in social science and business. Students
may receive credit for both MATH 211 and MATH 229, but only one
of them will count toward the minimum number of hours required
for graduation. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation for
mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: MATH 110 with a
grade of C or better, or previous credit in MATH 211, or satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination.
229. CALCULUS I (4). A rst course in calculus. Students may
receive credit for both MATH 211 and MATH 229, but only one of
them will count toward the minimum number of hours required for
graduation. PRQ: MATH 155 with a grade of C or better or satisfactory
performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination.
230. CALCULUS II (4). Continuation of MATH 229. Techniques of
integration and applications of integrals, transcendental functions,
and applications of series. PRQ: MATH 229 with a grade of C or
better.
232. CALCULUS III (4). Continuation of MATH 230. Multivariable and
vector calculus. PRQ: MATH 230 with a grade of C or better.
239. MATRICES, VECTORS AND APPLICATIONS (3). Systems of
linear equations, matrix algebra, determinants, n-dimensional real
vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Least squares problems
and the singular value decompositions. Except with departmental
approval students may not receive credit for both MATH 239 and
MATH 240. Not used in major GPA calculation for mathematical
sciences majors. PRQ: MATH 232 or consent of department.
240. LINEAR ALGEBRA AND APPLICATIONS (4). Matrix algebra
and solutions of systems of linear equations, matrix inversion,
determinants. Vector spaces, linear dependence, basis and
dimension, subspaces. Inner products, Gram-Schmidt process. Linear
transformations, matrices of a linear transformation. Eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. Applications. Constructing and writing mathematical
proofs. A transition between beginning calculus courses and upper-
level mathematics courses. PRQ: MATH 232.
280. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL REASONING (3). An
introduction to the idea of mathematical proof. Emphasis on improving
students’ ability to construct, explain, and justify mathematical
arguments. Assists in the transition from the calculus sequence to
more abstract, proof-oriented courses. PRQ: MATH 230.
297. DIRECTED STUDY (1-5). Selected readings to supplement
lowerdivision mathematical sciences courses. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
302. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY (3). Basic concepts
in plane and solid geometry, measurement, congruence and
similarity, constructions, coordinate geometry, transformations and
tessellations, topology, and selected topics. Not used in major or
minor GPA calculations for mathematical sciences majors or minors.
PRQ: MATH 229 or consent of department.
303. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY (3). Problem solving,
methods of proof, divisibility, primes, congruences, Diophantine
equations, integer sequences, number-theoretic functions, and
selected topics. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation for
mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ: MATH 229 or consent
of department.
302 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
304. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS THROUGH THE 17TH CENTURY
(3). Mathematical developments from the ancients through the 17th
century. Emphasis on the development of an interrelationship among
special topics from arithmetic, algebra, geometry and calculus,
across different cultures and through time. Not used in major or minor
GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ:
MATH 229 or consent of department.
334. FOUNDATIONS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS (4). Solution
techniques for ordinary differential equations. Topics include
hyperbolic functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier series, partial
differential equations, and special functions. Not open for credit to
students who have received credit for MATH 336. PRQ: MATH 232.
336. ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3). Rudiments of the
theory of ordinary differential equations and techniques of solution.
Applications. Not available for credit to students who have received
credit for MATH 334. PRQ: MATH 230.
353. AXIOMATIC GEOMETRY (3). The study and development of
geometric axiomatic systems. Topics selected from Hilbert’s axioms
for Euclidean geometry; projective, affine and Euclidean spaces
over real vector spaces; convexity. Primarily intended for students
preparing to teach mathematics. PRQ: MATH 240 or consent of
department.
360. MODEL BUILDING IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS (3). An
introduction to the formulation, analysis and interpretation of
mathematical models in the study of selected problems in the natural
sciences, the social sciences, and management science. Not open for
credit to students having credit in MATH or STAT courses numbered
420 or above, except by consent of department. PRQ: MATH 230.
380. ELEMENTARY COMBINATORICS (3). Permutations,
combinations, generating functions, Dirichlet principle, Ramsey’s
theorem, principle of inclusion-exclusion. Graphs, trees, circuits,
Latin squares. PRQ: MATH 230.
401. CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
MATHEMATICS (1-2). A discipline-based clinical experience for
students seeking initial secondary licensure in mathematics. Includes
observations, evaluation, methods, and problems practicum as a part
of a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally evaluated
experiences in the particular setting likely for the student teaching
experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
402. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN THE MATHEMATICS
CURRICULUM FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3). Crosslisted
as TLEE 402X. Methods, techniques, materials, curricular issues,
learning theories, and research utilized in the teaching of elementary
school mathematics. Attention given to the teaching of exceptional
students and to planning for multicultural learning situations.
Intended for students in education. Accepted for credit as an
elementary mathematics methods course, but not as an upper-
division mathematical content course. Not open for credit toward the
major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not used in major or minor
GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors. PRQ:
MATH 201 with a grade of C or better and junior standing or consent
of department.
410. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN THE MATHEMATICS
CURRICULUM FOR THE MIDDLE SCHOOL (3). Objectives,
problems, strategies, and trends in teaching middle school and junior
high school mathematics. Applications of learning theory and research
focusing on remediation, presentation of new concepts, the needs of
exceptional students, planning for multicultural settings, and the use
of manipulatives. Accepted for credit as a middle school mathematics
methods course, but not as an upper-division mathematical content
course. Accepted as mathematical sciences credit only for those
preparing to teach. Not used in major or minor GPA calculations for
mathematical sciences majors or minors except for mathematics
education majors or minors. For those seeking or holding secondary
education licensure, completion of or concurrent enrollment in ILAS
301 is strongly recommended. PRQ: For those seeking or holding
elementary education licensure, MATH 229, MATH 402, and consent
of the department; for those seeking or holding secondary education
licensure, consent of department
411. SECONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
(0). Fifteen clock hours of pre-student teaching clinical experience.
PRQ: Consent of department.
412. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN THE MATHEMATICS
CURRICULUM FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL (3). Objectives
and organization of the curriculum and instructional materials
for mathematics programs for secondary school with attention to
methods of instruction, the needs of exceptional students, reading
techniques in mathematics, and planning for multicultural learning
situations. Accepted for credit toward the major or minor only for
those preparing to teach. Accepted for credit as a methods course
for secondary school, but not as an upper-division mathematical
content course. Not used in major or minor GPA calculation except
for mathematics education majors and minors. CRQ: MATH 353 and
consent of department.
413. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN MATHEMATICS (7-
12). Student teaching for 10 weeks or for one semester. Assignments
to be arranged with the Office of Educator Licensure in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences after approval by the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. Not available for credit in the major. See
“Educator Licensure Requirements.” S/U grading. PRQ: MATH 412
and consent of department.
415. USES OF TECHNOLOGY IN THE MATHEMATICS
CURRICULUM FOR GRADES K-12 (3). Hands-on experiences
working with current technology (scientic calculators, graphics
calculators, computers, and computer software) for elementary,
middle school, and secondary school mathematics. Presentation and
evaluation of methods and strategies for employing technology as a
regular part of instruction and assessment, including discussion of
educational foundations. Accepted as mathematical sciences credit
only for those preparing to teach. Not accepted for credit as an upper-
division mathematical content course for licensure purposes. Not
used in major or minor GPA calculations. CRQ: MATH 402, MATH
410, or MATH 412.
416. TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS FOR TEACHERS (3). Selected
topics in mathematical sciences. Intended primarily for students
preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary school. Not used
in major or minor GPA calculation except for emphasis 5 majors and
option 3 minors. PRQ: MATH 240 and consent of department.
420. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I (3). Introduction to group theory. Properties
of the integers, functions, and equivalence relations. A concrete
approach to cyclic groups and permutation groups; isomorphisms and
the theorems of Lagrange and Cayley. PRQ: MATH 240.
421. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3). Continuation of MATH 420.
Homomorphisms and factor groups; introduction to commutative
rings, with emphasis on polynomial rings; and elds, and algebraic
extensions. Applications to classical geometric problems. PRQ:
MATH 420.
423. LINEAR AND MULTILINEAR ALGEBRA (3). General theory of
vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. Topics selected
from determinants, tensor products, canonical forms, and bilinear
and quadratic forms. PRQ: MATH 240 and MATH 420, or consent of
department.
430. ADVANCED CALCULUS I (3). Re-examination of the calculus
of functions of one variable: convergence, continuity, differentiation,
the mean-value theorem, and the Riemann integral. PRQ: MATH 232
and MATH 240, or MATH 334.
431. ADVANCED CALCULUS II (3). Further study of sequences and
series of functions; functions of several variables. PRQ: MATH 430.
432. ADVANCED CALCULUS III (3). Line and surface integrals,
the Riemann-Stieltjes integral, gamma and beta functions, and
Fourier series and integrals. Applications to probability theory and
mathematical physics. PRQ: MATH 431 or both MATH 334 and
PHYS 385.
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 303
434. NUMERICAL LINEAR ALGEBRA (3). Roundoff errors and
computer arithmetic. Direct and iterative methods for solving linear
systems; norms and condition numbers, iterative renement. Linear
least squares problems: the normal equations and QR approach for
overdetermined systems. Numerical methods for eigenvalues: an
introduction to the QR iteration. Extensive use of computers. PRQ:
MATH 232, either MATH 239 or MATH 240, and either CSCI 230 or
CSCI 240 or approved equivalent.
435. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (3). Polynomial interpolation, numerical
solutions of nonlinear equations, least squares approximation by
polynomials, orthogonal polynomials, economization of power
series. Numerical integration including quadrature formulae,
adaptive quadrature, composite quadrature formulae, and Romberg
integration. Numerical methods for initial value problems including
Taylor series methods, Runge-Kutta methods, and multistep
methods. Extensive use of computers. PRQ: MATH 232, either MATH
239 or MATH 240, and either CSCI 230 or CSCI 240 or approved
equivalent.
438. THEORY OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3). Topics include
linear systems, existence and uniqueness of solutions, nonlinear
equations, and stability. PRQ: MATH 232, MATH 240, and either
MATH 334 or MATH 336, or consent of department.
439. APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR SCIENCES AND
ENGINEERING (3). Designed mainly for science and engineering
majors. Topics include the formulation of the basic partial differential
equations from engineering and classical physics, separation of
variables for the wave, heat, and Laplace equations, Fourier series
and Sturm-Liouville theory, applications of Laplace and Fourier
transform techniques to partial differential equation problems,
eigenfunction expansions, method of characteristics, perturbation
methods, Green’s functions, orthogonal expansions, and numerical
methods. PRQ: MATH 232 and MATH 336.
440. ELEMENTS OF COMPLEX ANALYSIS (3). Beginning course in
complex analysis emphasizing the applications of complex function
theory. PRQ: MATH 232 and MATH 240, or MATH 334, or equivalent.
442. ELEMENTS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
(3). Theory of partial differential equations emphasizes the basic
nature of solutions of hyperbolic, parabolic, and elliptic equations
as represented, respectively, by the wave, heat, and Laplace
equations. Solution techniques covered include the method of
characteristics, separation of variables, generalized eigenfunction
expansions, and the Fourier integral and transform. Theoretical
approaches are presented for the following topics: convergence and
uniform convergence of Fourier series, Bessel’s inequality, Green’s
identities, Sturm-Liouville theory, uniqueness of solutions, existence
of fundamental solutions, and the maximum principle. PRQ: MATH
232, MATH 240, and MATH 336.
444. LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND NETWORK FLOWS (3).
Introduction to linear programming, network ows, and applications.
PRQ: MATH 239 or MATH 240 or consent of department.
450. INTRODUCTION TO TOPOLOGY (3). Basic notions of metric
and topological spaces; additional topics from combinatorial and
algebraic topology may be included. PRQ: MATH 430.
456. LINEAR GEOMETRY (3). Treatment of affine and related
geometries using the techniques of linear algebra. PRQ: MATH 420.
460. MODELING DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS (3). Involves students in
the process of translating some questions about the observed world
into mathematical form, combining formal reasoning with intuitive
insights. Phenomena susceptible to formulation in terms of difference
equations and various kinds of differential equations are investigated.
Concepts of equilibrium, stability, bifurcation, limit cycles, and chaos
illustrated. PRQ: MATH 232, MATH 239, or MATH 240, MATH 336,
PHYS 253, and PHYS 273, or consent of department.
480. NUMBER THEORY (3). Divisibility, primes, congruences,
quadratic reciprocity, Diophantine equations, continued fractions,
and selected topics. PRQ: MATH 420 or consent of department.
490X. TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (3). Crosslisted as CSCI
490.
A. Algorithms
C. Automata, Computability, and Formal Languages
Selected topics from major areas in computer science. May be
repeated when subject varies. PRQ: Senior standing and consent
of department.
492. SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (1-6).
A. Elementary School
B. Junior High-Middle School
C. Secondary School
Intensive study of selected mathematical topics in curriculum and
instruction as they relate to the teaching of mathematics. Not open for
credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences. Course
may be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours as topic
changes. PRQ: Consent of department.
494. DIRECTED RESEARCH/INTERNSHIP IN MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES (1-3). May be either academic, consisting of a project
guided by a faculty member; or industrial, consisting of an approved
project in industry. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 semester
hours. S/U grading. PRQ: mathematical sciences majors, junior/
senior standing, and consent of department.
496. SEMINAR IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS (3). Builds on
the required courses in the computational mathematics emphasis to
give the student in-depth experience doing projects. PRQ: Consent
of department.
497. UNDERGRADUATE READINGS IN MATHEMATICS (1-3).
Selected readings from mathematical literature. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
Statistics (STAT)
208. BASIC STATISTICS (3). Designed to provide students with an
understanding of reasoning involved in the statistician’s approach
to a variety of problems in modern society. Topics include data
collection, descriptive statistics, graphical displays of data, the normal
distribution, elementary probability, elements of statistical inference,
estimation and hypothesis testing, and linear regression. Not open
for credit toward the major or minor in mathematical sciences. Not
open for credit to students with credit in an upper-division statistics
course or in OMIS 324 or UBUS 223. Not used in major or minor GPA
calculation for mathematical sciences majors or minors.
301. ELEMENTARY STATISTICS (4). Introduction to basic concepts
in statistical methods including probability, theoretical and empirical
distributions, estimation, tests of hypotheses, linear regression and
correlation, and single classication analysis of variance procedures.
Not available for credit toward the major in mathematical sciences.
Not used in major GPA calculation for mathematical sciences majors.
PRQ: MATH 206 or MATH 210 or MATH 211 or MATH 229.
350. INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (3).
Introduction to the basic ideas and fundamental laws of probability
including sample spaces, events, independence, random variables,
special probability distributions and elementary statistical inference.
PRQ: MATH 230.
382. THEORY OF INTEREST AND FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES (4).
Learning outcomes of the Exam FM / 2 of the Society of Actuaries
/ the Casualty Actuarial Society, including rates of interest, present
and future values, annuities-certain, perpetuities, stocks, bonds,
mutual funds and guaranteed investment contracts. Key techniques
in nancial mathematics including discounting, accumulation,
amortization, and yield rate determination. Modern nancial concepts
including yield curves, spot and forward rates, duration, convexity,
and immunization. Introduction to nancial derivatives, forwards,
options, futures, swaps, and the principle of no arbitrage. Practice
in solving typical problems encountered in the above-mentioned
actuarial examinations. PRQ: MATH 230 or consent of division.
304 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
470. INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY THEORY (3). Includes
probability spaces, random variables, discrete, continuous, mixed
probability distributions, moment generating functions, multivariate
distributions, conditional probability, conditional expectation, special
distributions, laws of large numbers, and central limit theorem. PRQ:
MATH 232 and STAT 350, or consent of division. CRQ: MATH 240 or
consent of division.
472. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3). Includes
distributions of functions of random variables, interval estimation,
sufficiency, completeness, point estimation, statistical hypotheses,
analysis of variance, and the multivariate normal distribution. PRQ:
STAT 470.
473. STATISTICAL METHODS AND MODELS I (3). A rst course in
statistical methods and models including exploratory data analysis
and graphical techniques, regression analysis, experimental design
and basic sampling techniques. Extensive use of statistical computer
packages. PRQ: MATH 211 and STAT 301, or STAT 350, or consent
of division. CRQ: STAT 473A.
473A. STATISTICAL COMPUTING PACKAGES (1). Introduction to
statistical computing with the aid of software packages. Data entry,
transformations, simple plots, summary statistics, and statistical
procedures. No previous computer experience is required. PRQ:
MATH 211 and STAT 301, or STAT 350, or consent of division. CRQ:
STAT 473 or consent of division.
474. STATISTICAL METHODS AND MODELS II (3). Continuation of
STAT 473. Topics include factorial experiments: interactions, nested
models, and randomized block designs. Categorical response data
analysis: ordinal data, measures of association, Cochran-Mantel-
Haenszel Test, logistic regression, and measures of agreement.
PRQ: STAT 473 and STAT 473A, or consent of division.
478. STATISTICAL METHODS OF FORECASTING (3). Introduction
to forecasting including use of regression in forecasting; removal and
estimation of trend and seasonality; exponential smoothing; stochastic
time series models; stochastic difference equations; autoregressive,
moving average, and mixed models; model identication and
estimation; diagnostic checking; and the use of time series models in
forecasting. PRQ: STAT 473 or consent of division.
479. PRACTICE OF BAYESIAN STATISTICS (3). Introduction to
Bayesian data analysis and applications with appropriate software.
Topics include Bayes Theorem, discrete and continuous single-
parameter models, comparison of Bayesian and non-Bayesian
inference, multi-parameter and hierarchical models, Bayesian
computation including Markov chain simulation, mixture models,
Bayesian sample-size determination and applications to modeling
data from a wide variety of areas in business, engineering and
science. PRQ: STAT 350 and STAT 473, or consent of division.
481. PROBABILISTIC FOUNDATIONS IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE (3).
Actuarial populations. Univariate parametric actuarial distributions
including Weibull and Pareto. Multivariate actuarial distributions.
Exact and asymptotic relationships among these distributions.
Mixtures of distributions. Jointly discrete, continuous, and mixed
distributions. Moment, cumulant, and probability generating functions.
Transformations of variables, and in-depth study of conditioning,for
multivariate distributions. Basic theory of individual and collective risk
models for aggregate loss from insurance policies. PRQ: STAT 470 or
consent of division.
483. STOCHASTIC PROCESSES I (4). Review of probabilistic
tools including conditioning for joint distributions. Random sums.
Finite-dimensional properties of discrete-time Markov chains.
Homogeneous, and non-homogeneous, Poisson and compound
Poisson processes. Thinning and summing of independent Poisson
processes. Brownian motion processes. Introduction to the SDE and
Ito’s lemma. PRQ: STAT 470 or consent of division.
484. FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES FOR ACTUARIES (3). Crosslisted
with ECON 484X. Review of nancial derivatives including futures,
European and American options and exotic options. Greeks, trading
and hedging strategies. Pricing derivative securities with appropriate
boundary conditions, including the Black-Scholes formula, binomial
trees, lattice models and nite difference methods. Simulation and
variance reduction techniques. Interest rate models. Covers the
learning outcomes regarding nancial models in the exam MFE of
the Society of Actuaries (SOA), which is also the Exam 3F of the
Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS). PRQ: STAT 483 or consent of
division.
485. LIFE CONTINGENCIES AND PAYMENT MODELS I (3).
Survival-time distributions, and their curtate versions, for one or two
lives, possibly dependent, truncated or censored. Mortality tables,
aggregate, select and ultimate, and their use in modeling continuous
life-time data. Present-value-of-benet distributions for life insurances
and annuities in the single and multiple-decrement models. PRQ:
STAT 382 and STAT 470, or consent of division.
486. LIFE CONTINGENCIES AND PAYMENT MODELS II (3).
Premium calculations for life insurances and annuities via percentiles
and the equivalence principle. Liability calculations for life insurances
and annuities via the prospective, retrospective methods. Calculation
of reserves for fully-discrete life insurances. Discuss the above for
single and multiple-decrement models. Extend the present-value-
of-benet, present-value-of-loss-at-issue, present-value-of-future-
loss random variables and liabilities to discrete-time Markov Chain
models. PRQ: STAT 485, or consent of division.
491. PROGRAMMING AND COMPUTING IN STATISTICS (3). A
study of algorithms useful for implementing computer intensive
techniques in statistical inference and probability. Topics include
computation of maximum likelihood estimators, bootstrap
approximation, randomization and permutation testing techniques,
Bayesian techniques, approximation of distribution functions and
quantiles, simulation of random variables and stochastic processes.
Implementation of the algorithms is achieved using the C++ (or C
or FORTRAN) and R programming languages, as well as other
specialized statistical computation software. PRQ: STAT 472 and
either CSCI 230 or CSCI 240, or consent of division.
493. SPECIAL TOPICS IN STATISTICS (1-3). Discussion and study
of readings on topics of special interest to undergraduate statistics/
probability students. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of division.
495. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE (1-3). Discussion
and study of readings on topics of special interest to undergraduate
actuarial students, including preparation for actuarial examinations.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent
of division.
Mathematical Sciences Faculty
Bernard Harris, Ph.D., University of Wales, professor, chair
John Wolfskill, Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, associate
professor, assistant chair
Gregory Ammar, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University,
professor
Sanjib Basu, Ph.D., Purdue University, professor
John A. Beachy, Ph.D., Indiana University, Distinguished Teaching
Professor
Hamid Bellout, Ph.D., Purdue University, professor
James Benson, Ph.D., University of Missouri, assistant professor
William D. Blair, Ph.D., University of Maryland, Distinguished
Teaching Professor
Harvey I. Blau, Ph.D., Yale University, Presidential Teaching
Professor
Richard Blecksmith, Ph.D., University of Arizona, professor
Frederick Bloom, Ph.D., Cornell University, Distinguished
Research Professor
Douglas Bowman, Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles,
professor
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 305
Biswa N. Datta, Ph.D., University of Ottawa, Distinguished
Research Professor
Paul Dawkins, Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington, assistant
professor
Sien Deng, Ph.D., University of Washington, professor
Nader Ebrahimi, Ph.D., Iowa State University, Distinguished
Research Professor
Alastair Fletcher, Ph.D., University of Warwick, associate
professor
Michael Geline, Ph.D., University of Chicago, assistant professor
Daniel Grubb, Ph.D., Kansas State University, associate professor
Kitty L. Holland, Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Yoo Pyo Hong, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, associate
professor
Balakrishna Hosmane, Ph.D., University of Kentucky, associate
professor
Helen A. Khoury, Ph.D., Florida State University, associate
professor
Qingkai Kong, Ph.D., University of Alberta, professor
Ilya Krishtal, Ph.D., Voronezh State University, associate
professor
Ying C. Kwong, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison,
associate professor
Rama T. Lingham, Ph.D., Purdue University, associate professor,
director, Division of Statistics
Anders Linnér, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University,
associate professor
Maya Mincheva, Ph.D., University of Waterloo, assistant professor
Deepak Naidu, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire, assistant
professor
Alan Polansky, Ph.D., Southern Methodist University, associate
professor
Alon Regev, Ph.D., University of California, San Diego, assistant
professor
Mary Shafer, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate professor
Peng Shi, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant professor
Gleb Sirotkin, Ph.D., Indiana University/Purdue University,
Indianapolis, associate professor
Linda R. Sons, Ph.D., Cornell University, Distinguished Teaching
Professor
Joseph B. Stephen, Ph.D., University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
associate professor
Jeffrey L. Thunder, Ph.D., University of Colorado, professor
Zhuan Ye, Ph.D., Purdue University, professor
Anton Zettl, Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Distinguished
Research Professor
Alan Zollman, Ph.D., Indiana University, associate professor
306
The Center for Non-Governmental Organization
Leadership and Development (NGOLD) (CLCE)
The Center for Non-Governmental Organization Leadership
and Development (NGOLD) is an interdisciplinary, faculty-
governed center that engages in a range of activities that support
leadership and development of domestic and international non-
governmental organizations (NGOs), with a particular focus on
regional and global NGOs that are headquartered in northern
Illinois. Faculty, staff, and students work with the NGO sector in
research, education and training, and engagement to promote
the professionalization of NGO management and to increase
their capacities to provide services to their clients. Faculty from
throughout the university participate in its activities.
The Center for Non-Governmental Organization Leadership
and Development offers both a B.A. and a B.S. degree for a
major in community leadership and civic engagement that is
designed primarily for students seeking a career in public affairs
in government, voluntary social agencies, and public interest
groups. Each student must complete the required courses
of the major along with an emphasis eld. Several university
departments participate in the major in community leadership
and civic engagement.
Major in Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Center (18)
*CLCE 100 - Community Leadership and Civic Engagement (3)
CLCE 302 - Introduction to Research in Non-Governmental
Organizations and Communities (3)
CLCE 350 - Community Organizations in a Digital World (3),
OR CLCE 390 - Special Topics in Community Leadership and
Civic Engagement (3)
CLCE 410 - Nonprots and Community Engagement (3)
CLCE 429/ANTH 429X/SOCI 329X - International NGOs and
Globalization (3)
CLCE 495 - Capstone Seminar in Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement (3)
Requirements outside center (B.A., 36-48; B.S., 46-51)
ANTH 220 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3),
OR ECON 160 - Contemporary Economic Issues (3),
OR HIST 171 - World History II: Problems in the Human Past (3),
OR PHIL 231 - Contemporary Moral Issues (3),
OR POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3),
OR SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3),
OR SOCI 270 - Social Problems (3)
ANTH 329 - Anthropology and Contemporary World Problems (3)
POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3)
PSPA 326X/POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
PSPA 301 - Philanthropy and Volunteerism (3)
PSPA 402 - Resource Strategies for Non-Pprot Organizations (3),
OR MGMT 402X - Resource Strategies for Non-prot
Organizations (3)
SOCI 392 - Organizing for Social Action (3)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of foreign language requirement (0-12) (See “Foreign
Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) (See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree.”)
Emphasis 1. Advocacy
Requirements outside Center (15)
Five of the following, from at least three different departments (15)
COMS 220 - Rhetoric and Public Issues (3)
COMS 300 - Speech Writing (3)
COMS 302 - Introduction to Organizational Communication
Theory (3)
COMS 305 - Argumentation and Debate (3)
COMS 401 - Criticism of Public Rhetoric (3)
COMS 403 - Freedom of Speech and Communication Ethics (3)
COMS 470 - Campaign Strategies and Development (3)
JOUR 401 - Editorial and Opinion Writing (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
PSPA 330X - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3),
OR POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
PSPA 331X - Introduction to Public Administration (3),
OR POLS 331 - Introduction to Public Administration (3)
SOCI 375 - Sociology of Organizations (3)
SOCI 379 - Collective Behavior and Social Movements (3)
SOCI 386 - Peace and Social Justice (3)
Emphasis 2. Arts and Humanities
Requirements outside Center (15)
Five of the following, from at least three different departments
ANTH 462 - Museum Methods (3)
ART 457 - Museum Education (3)
ART 465 - Introduction to Museum Studies (3)
HIST 352 - Popular Culture in Japan (3)
HIST 383 - Latin America through Film (3)
HIST 390 - Film and History (3)
MUHL 326 - Survey of World Music (3)
MUHL 431 - Music of Southeast Asia (3)
MUHL 432 - Music of China (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
THEA 203 - Introduction to Theatre (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
THEA 371 - History of Theatre and Drama II (3)
THEA 475 - Contemporary Theatre (3)
THEA 480 - Studies in American Theatre History (3)
Emphasis 3. Enterprise
Requirements outside Center (15)
Five of the following, from at least three different departments (15)
ACCY 288 - Introduction toFundamentals of Accounting (3)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
ECON 330 - International Economics (3)
ECON 385 - Introduction to Urban and Regional Economics (3)
HIST 354 - Black American Business and Entrepreneurship (3)
HIST 486 - Poverty and Progress in Latin America (3)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
MGMT 311 - Social Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
* Available for general education credit.
THE CENTER FOR NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION LEADERSHIP AND DEVELOPMENT 307
Emphasis 4. Environmental
Requirements outside Center (15)
Five of the following, from at least three different departments (15)
ANTH 425 - Environment and Anthropology (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
ECON 386 - Environmental Economics (3)
GEOG 253 - Environment and Society (3)
ENVS 301 - Environmental Science I: Physical Systems (3)
ENVS 302 - Environmental Science II: Biological Systems (3)
ENVS 303 - Environment in the Social Sciences and
Humanities (3)
ENVS 304 - Environmental Law, Policy, and Economics (3)
ENVS 305X - Green Technology Technologies (3)
HIST 377 - American Environmental History (3)
JOUR 350 - Environment, Health, and Media (3)
PSPA 201 - Environmental Sociology (3)
SOCI 364 - Environmental Sociology (3)
Emphasis 5. Global
Requirements outside center (15)
Five of the following, from at least three different departments (15)
ANTH 363 - Globalization and Corporate Cultures (3)
ANTH 426 - Political Anthropology (3)
ANTH 427 - Economic Anthropology (3)
ANTH 464/CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
ANTH 467 - Applied Anthropology (3)
COMS 362 - Intercultural Communications (3)
COMS 454 - Transnational Communication and Media (3)
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics (3)
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics (3)
ECON 330 - International Economics (3)
GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography (3)
JOUR 482 - International News Communications (3)
JOUR 490 - Ethnic Minorities and the News Media (3)
MKTG 367 - Principles of Global Marketing (3)
POLS 386 - Global Terrorism (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
PSPA 328 - Role of Nongovernmental Organizations in
Development (3)
SOCI 457 - Families in a Global Perspective (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement: 54-66 (B.A.) OR 64-69 (B.S.)
Minor in Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement (18)
Requirements in center (6)
CLCE 100 - Community Leadership and Civic Engagement (3)
CLCE 350 - Community Organizations in a Digital World (3),
OR CLCE 390 - Special Topics in Community Leadership and
Civic Engagement (3),
OR CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
Requirements outside center (12)
PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3),
OR POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
Three of the following from different departments (9)
ANTH 329 - Anthropology and Contemporary World Problems (3)
ANTH 429X - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
ANTH 464 - Disasters without Borders (3),
OR CLCE 464X - Disasters without Borders (3)
CLCE 350 - Community Organizations in a Digital World (3)
CLCE 390 - Special Topics in Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement (3)
CLCE 429 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
MGMT 217 - Legal Environment of Business (3)
MGMT 311 - Social Entrepreneurship (3)
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
PSPA 301 - Philanthropy and Volunteerism (3)
PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3),
OR POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
PSPA 328 - Nongovernmental Organizations and Development (3)
PSPA 402 - Resource Strategies for Nonprot Organizations (3),
OR MGMT 402X - Resource Strategies for Nonprot
Organizations (3)
SOCI 329 - International NGOs and Globalization (3)
SOCI 375 - Sociology of Organizations (3)
SOCI 392 - Organizing for Social Action (3)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Civic Engagement (12)
Coordinator: Nancy Castle (Director)
The Certicate of Undergraduate Study in Civic Engagement
is a pre-professional curriculum which will provide the student
with a credential and solid foundation for public service oriented
work. It is a good preparation for those who are seeking to work
in a variety of technical or professional elds with nonprots
and government. Through its course work the certicate
provides an understanding of the interrelationships among the
nonprot, private, and governmental sectors as well as the
policies, regulatory framework, and practical considerations that
govern them. Students will develop project analysis and public
presentation skills. The aim of the certicate is to provide a bridge
between theory and practical application.
The certicate consists of three core courses and a choice of
an elective from one of eight related areas. The core courses
focus on fundamental strategies for civic engagement and
effective citizenship and on various models for the solution of
social problems through nonprots, social enterprises, and
other vehicles of civic engagement. The core courses enable
practical application of knowledge and provide engaged learning
opportunities.
The certicate is open to all students admitted to degree and
non-degree study at Northern Illinois University. Students must
maintain good academic standing within the university and
achieve a minimum grade of C in each course. The certicate
courses may also be applied to satisfy requirements for B.A. and
B.S. degrees.
Required Courses (12)
CLCE 100 - Community Leadership and Civic Engagement (3)
ANTH 329 - Anthropology and Contemporary World Problems (3),
OR SOCI 392 - Organizing for Social Action (3)
PSPA 301 - Philanthropy and Volunteerism (3)
One course from the following (3)
MGMT 311 - Social Entrepreneurship (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
POLS 220 - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
PSPA 326 - Nonprot Management (3)
PSPA 328 - Role of Nongovernmental Organizations in
Development (3)
PSPA 402 - Resource Strategies for Nonprot Organizations (3)
SOCI 392 - Organizing for Social Action (3)
Course List (CLCE)
100. COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
(3). Introduction to community leadership and civic engagement
including avenues for making contributions to community and
society. Emphasis placed on nonprot organizations, public service,
volunteering, activism, and philanthropy, locally and globally.
302. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN NON-GOVERNMENTAL
ORGANIZATIONS AND COMMUNITIES (3). Work with communities
or in public service organizations to create, conduct, or oversee
research projects appropriate to the stage of existence of the
organization. Dene the issue, design a research plan and practice
using both qualitative and quantitative methods.
308 THE CENTER FOR NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION LEADERSHIP AND DEVELOPMENT
350. COMMUNITY ORGANIZATIONS IN A DIGITAL WORLD (3).
Examines digital and online efforts of community organizations to
build community leadership and civic engagement. Focus on how
technological applications may provide more effective and efficient
pathways for community organizations to communicate with their
stakeholders and reach their strategic goals including the use of
social media.
390. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND
CIVIC ENGAGEMENT (3). Intensive study of a major theory, issue
or movement in community leadership and civic engagement. May
be repeated provided no repetition in topics occurs. For community
leadership and civic engagement majors, no more than 6 credits will
count for the major.
410. NONPROFITS AND COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT (3). Provides
practical and theoretical understanding of nonprot sector and its role
in addressing community challenges. Application of public service
and community leadership concepts via service learning projects
with community agency partners. PRQ: CLCE majors only; at least
junior standing; CLCE 100 or PSPA 301; CLCE 302; or consent of
center.
429. INTERNATIONAL NGOS AND GLOBALIZATION (3).
Crosslisted with ANTH 429X and SOCI 329X. Review of the history
of international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs) particularly
changes since the advent of neoliberal globalization beginning in the
late 1980s that heralded an “NGO boom.” Examination of the political
roles of INGOs and challenges negotiating multiple relationships
with communities, governments, and social movements. PRQ: Junior
standing or consent of instructor.
464X. DISASTERS WITHOUT BORDERS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH
464. Social construction of disasters with an emphasis on the
disaster response and forces that contribute to the vulnerability of a
community, nation, or region. Covers social policy, humanitarian aid,
media coverage and a range of local, national, or global forces such
as inequality, land tenure, social exclusion, and mass urbanization.
490. CIVIC ENGAGEMENT INTERNSHP (1-3). Supervised
internship in civic engagement via placement in a community setting.
Writing assignments and reection activities required. Open to CLCE
majors only. May be taken up to 6 credits. S/U grading. PRQ: CLCE
100, CLCE 302, and consent of center.
495. CAPSTONE SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND
CIVIC ENGAGEMENT (3). Intensive case study, research paper or
other scholarly work in community leadership and civic engagement.
Includes regular meetings and a formal presentation of results at
completion. Serves as nal capstone project in the CLCE major.
PRQ: CLCE majors only, CLCE 100 and CLCE 302. CRQ: CLCE 410.
498. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP AND
CIVIC ENGAGEMENT (1-3). Special readings and/or research
projects in community leadership and civic engagement. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of center.
Community Leadership and Civic
Engagement Faculty
Nancy M. Castle, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, professor,
acting director
Laura Heideman, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant
professor
Alicia Schatteman, Ph.D., Rutgers University, assistant professor
Mark Schuller, Ph.D., University of California, assistant professor
309
Department of Philosophy (PHIL)
The Department of Philosophy offers a major leading to the B.A.
or B.S. degree. Philosophy is the attempt to think critically about
the nature of the world and of knowledge, to inquire about the
signicance of life, and to identify worthwhile goals for individuals
and society. Philosophers also inquire into reasons why one
point of view is preferable to another. This leads them to consider
standards by which reasons may be appraised.
Several departmental courses can be used toward fullling the
humanities and the arts area and the interdisciplinary studies
area requirements in the university’s general education program.
Major in Philosophy (B.A. or B.S.)
At least seven (7) semester hours of 400-level course work in
philosophy is required to complete the major.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (34)
*PHIL 205 - Symbolic Logic (3),
PHIL 301 - Junior Writing Seminar (3), with a grade of C or better
PHIL 321 - Ancient Philosophy (3)
PHIL 322 - Modern Philosophy (3)
PHIL 495 - Senior Capstone (1)
Electives in philosophy (15), no more than nine (9) hours of which
may be at the 100 or 200 level.
One course from each of the following two elds (6)
Ethics and political philosophy
PHIL 331 - Classical Ethical Theories (3)
PHIL 351 - Social and Political Philosophy (3)
PHIL 430 - Topics in Ethics (3)
PHIL 450 - Topics in Social and Political Philosophy (3)
Metaphysics and epistemology
PHIL 311 - Knowledge and Justication (3)
PHIL 312 - Introduction to Metaphysics (3)
PHIL 410 - Topics in Metaphysics or Epistemology (3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. Degree
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15)
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for a Major in Philosophy: 33-45 (B.A.)
or 43-48 (B.S.)
Degree with Honors
Admission to the departmental honors program requires the
approval of the department chair, and will be available only to
juniors or seniors who have a GPA of at least 3.25 in all course
work and of 3.40 or above in philosophy courses.
Accepted candidates must complete the normal requirements
for the philosophy major and an honors thesis under PHIL
491H for 2-4 semester hours. The senior honors thesis must be
approved, and the grade for PHIL 491H must be assigned by
the supervising instructor. The H designation for Honors must
then be approved by a committee consisting of the supervising
instructor, the undergraduate faculty adviser, and the chair of the
department.
Minor in Philosophy (18)
Electives from 300- or 400-level courses (9)
Electives from any philosophy courses (9)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3). Investigation of
enduring and fundamental questions about ourselves, the world, and
our place in the world, such as: What am I? Do I have a mind or soul
that is somehow separate from my body? How should I live? Do I
have free will? Does God exist? What is knowledge? What is truth?
What is beauty?.
105. LOGIC AND CRITICAL REASONING (3). Introduction to
basic principles of rational argument evaluation in everyday life.
Topics include deductive reasoning, the logic of truth functions
and categorical statements, informal fallacies, inductive reasoning,
causal inference, and the nature of evidence and proof. Emphasis on
sharpening students’ abilities to evaluate arguments. Students may
not receive credit for both PHIL 103 and PHIL 105.
205. SYMBOLIC LOGIC (3). Introduction to formal logic, including
propositional and quanticational logic. Emphasis on formal and
semantic proof techniques and their applications to deductive
reasoning in natural language. Students may not receive credit for
both PHIL 205 and PHIL 302.
231. CONTEMPORARY MORAL ISSUES (3). Consideration of a
number of major moral issues such as abortion, animal ethics, capital
punishment, civil disobedience, economic justice, environmental
ethics, euthanasia, human rights, nationalism, racial or sexual
discrimination, sexual conduct, terrorism, and war.
301. JUNIOR WRITING SEMINAR (3). Study of one major
philosophical problem in a seminar setting. Includes intensive
instruction in writing in the discipline, which aims to develop skill
in presenting and critically evaluating arguments. PRQ: Philosophy
major and consent of department.
311. KNOWLEDGE AND JUSTIFICATION (3). Introduction to
epistemology, addressing such questions as: What is knowledge?
What is justied belief? How are the two related? What is evidence,
and how should it inform our beliefs? What are the scope and limits
of human knowledge? Can we know anything at all? If so, how
should we respond to skeptical arguments intended to show that we
cannot?.
312. INTRODUCTION TO METAPHYSICS (3). Introduction to
philosophical problems about the nature of reality, addressing such
questions as: Do human beings possess immaterial minds, or are
they purely physical beings? Do human beings have free will? Is
everything fated to occur exactly as it does? What is it for one event to
cause another? Does anything ever happen by chance? Are wholes
anything more than the sum of their parts? What are the fundamental
constituents of reality?
* Available for general education credit.
310 PHILOSOPHY
321. ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY (3). Examination of selected writings
in Ancient Philosophy, drawing especially on the work of the pre-
Socratics, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, the Epicureans, and
the Skeptics.
322. MODERN PHILOSOPHY (3). Examination of selected writings
of major philosophers from the 16th to the 18th Century, drawing
especially on the work of Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke,
Berkeley, Hume, and Kant.
331. ETHICS (3). Introduction to philosophical ethics focusing on
theories of morality and virtue and addressing such questions as the
following: Are there objective moral truths? If so, how can we know
them? How can we evaluate competing moral theories? Why should
we be moral?
334. ANIMAL ETHICS (3). Examination of ethical issues concerning
animals, addressing such questions as: Is it wrong to kill animals for
fun? Is it wrong to wear animals? Is vegetarianism morally obligatory
for people living in modern societies? Is it wrong to display animals in
zoos? Is animal experimentation morally permissible?
335. ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS (3). Examination of ethical issues
involving human interaction with the environment, addressing such
questions as: Why should we preserve natural environments and
protect biodiversity? Are some attitudes towards the environment
morally preferable to others? How should we respond to global
environmental challenges, such as population growth and climate
change?
336. BIOMEDICAL ETHICS (3). Examination of ethical issues in
health care, addressing such questions as: Is it ever appropriate
for doctors to help patients die? Should there be limits on genetic
manipulation or cloning? Should society provide health care for its
citizens? What guidelines should govern animal and human medical
research? Should doctors ever deceive patients to protect them from
harm? Under what conditions is consent to medical treatment valid?
337. BUSINESS ETHICS (3). Investigation of moral and ethical issues
that arise in the context of business practices, addressing questions
such as: To what extent should considerations other than prots
determine business decisions? Who should be held responsible
when corporations act immorally or break the law? What rights
and obligations do employees and employers have with respect to
one another? What obligations, if any, do businesses have to their
consumers or to the general public?
342. PHILOSOPHY OF THE ARTS (3). Critical study of theories of art
and related problems. Consideration of such topics as the structure
of aesthetic experience, the meaning of works of art, the forms and
elements of expression in the various arts, and the principles of art
and literary criticism.
351. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3). Introduction to some
of the central debates in social and political philosophy, addressing
such questions as: What, if anything, justies state authority? Should
the state attempt to promote equality among its citizens? Do rights
of individuals or minority groups restrict the legitimate activity of the
state? Can the welfare state be justied? What standards of justice
ought to govern interactions between states?.
353. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW (3). Survey of philosophical problems
in the law, addressing such questions as: What is the relationship
between law and morality? What makes a particular law valid or
authoritative? What sorts of behavior can the state legitimately
regulate? What standards should judges use when interpreting or
applying the law? What, if anything, justies punishing those who
break the law, and what forms of punishment are most appropriate?
355. FEMINISM AND PHILOSOPHY (3). Introduction to feminist
challenges to traditional philosophy, addressing such questions as:
Do women approach philosophical problems differently than men?
What, if anything, is the philosophical signicance of the centuries-
long exclusion of women from philosophical scholarship? Do
women bring a unique perspective to philosophical questions? What
difference can women make to the practice of philosophy?
360. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE (3). Introduction to the philosophy
of science, addressing such questions as: What are the methods
distinctive of science? Are scientic methods more likely to lead to
true theories than, say, crystal-ball-gazing? When scientists choose
between rival theories, is the choice wholly rational or partly a matter
of subjective taste? Are our best scientic theories approximately true
descriptions of reality or merely instruments for making predictions?
363 PHILOSOPHY OF MIND (3). Introduction to philosophical
problems about the mind, addressing such questions as: What
is the relation between the mind and the brain? Is the mind-brain
relation perhaps incomprehensible by the human mind? What can
neuroscience and psychology tell us about the nature of mind? Is
there a subjective quality to our experience that cannot be explained
by objective scientic theories? Designed for students interested in
psychology and cognitive science as well as for students interested
in philosophy.
370. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3). Philosophical examination
of religion, addressing such questions as: Does God exist? Is the
world’s order and regularity a reason to think so? s the amount and
variety of evil in the world a reason to think not? What is religion?
Can it be reconciled with science? Are faith and reason compatible?
380. PHILOSOPHICAL IDEAS IN LITERATURE (3). Relationships
between literature and philosophy, accompanied by analysis of
selected classics of world literature having philosophical importance.
Emphasis on the various means whereby philosophical ideas are
embodied in literary compositions.
385. PHILOSOPHY AND SCIENCE FICTION (3). Examination of
philosophical problems raised in science ction literature and lms,
addressing such questions as: Are parallel universes real? Is time
travel possible? How can you know that the world of your experience is
not a computer simulation? Do androids have conscious experience?
Do you retain your identity through teleportation?
390. TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY (3). Study of one major philosophical
problem, position, or movement. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours provided no repetition of subject matter occurs.
402. PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC (3). Consideration of various
philosophical issues concerning logic and its applications, for
example, the nature of validity, theories of truth, paradoxes of
reasoning, and classical versus non-standard logics. PRQ: PHIL 205
or consent of department.
403. PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS (3). Study of the nature of
mathematics based on a philosophical examination of its fundamental
subject-matter, concepts and methods. PRQ: 6 semester hours of
philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
404. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE (3). Study of philosophical
problems concerning language, including issues of syntax,
semantics, pragmatics, and hermeneutics. Topics may include
meaning, communication, reference, logical form, modalities, tenses,
metaphor, indexical terms, indirect discourse, anaphora, theories
of truth, and semantic paradoxes. PRQ: PHIL 205 and 3 semester
hours of philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
405. INTERMEDIATE LOGIC (3). Review of symbolic logic including
propositional logic, quantication theory, relations, and identity.
Additional topics in formal logic and the philosophy of logic selected
by the instructor such as proof theory, modal logic, theory of types,
formal semantics and the relation between the formal and the informal
understanding of validity. PRQ: PHIL 205 or consent of department.
406. ADVANCED LOGIC (3). Topics selected from major results of
metalogic, including basic proof theory and model theory, soundness,
completeness, the Löwenheim-Skolem theorem, computability,
Gödel’s incompleteness theorem, and Church’s theorem. PRQ: PHIL
405 or consent of department.
410. TOPICS IN METAPHYSICS OR EPISTEMOLOGY (3). Intensive
study of a major theory or issue in metaphysics or epistemology. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours provided no repetition
of subject matter occurs. PRQ: 6 semester hours of philosophy at the
300 levelor consent of department.
PHILOSOPHY 311
420. TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY (3). May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours toward any one degree
provided no repetition of subject matter occurs. PRQ: 6 semester
hours of philosophy at the 300 levelor consent of department.
421. MAJOR PHILOSOPHERS (3). Intensive study of a single gure
in the history of philosophy such as Plato, Aristotle, Hume, or Kant.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours provided no
repetition of subject matter occurs. PRQ: 6 semester hours of
philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
423. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY (3). PRQ: 6 semester hours of
philosophy at the 300 level including PHIL 321 or consent of
department.
426. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY (3). Study of some of the major
traditions and thinkers in American philosophy. Readings may
include selections from Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Peirce, James,
Royce, Dewey, and more recent gures. PRQ: 6 semester hours of
philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
427. 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY (3). Examination of selected
writings by 19th century philosophers, such as Hegel, Schopenhauer,
Marx, Kierkegaard, Mill, and Nietzsche. PRQ: 6 semester hours
of philosophy at the 300 level including PHIL 322 or consent of
department.
428. 20TH CENTURY PHENOMENOLOGY (3). Examination of
selected writings by philosophers in the phenomenological tradition,
such as Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty. PRQ: 6
semester hours of philosophy at the 300 level including PHIL 322 or
consent of department.
429. 20TH CENTURY ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY (3). Examination
of selected writings by philosophers in the analytic tradition, such
as Moore, Russell, Wittgenstein, Carnap, Ryle, and Quine. PRQ: 6
semester hours of philosophy at the 300 level including PHIL 322 or
consent of department.
430. TOPICS IN ETHICS (3). Intensive study of a major theory, issue,
or movement in ethics. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours toward any one degree provided no repetition of subject matter
occurs. PRQ: 6 semester hours of philosophy at the 300 level or
consent of department.
450. TOPICS IN SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3).
Intensive study of a major theory, issue, or movement in social and
political philosophy. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours provided no repetition of subject matter occurs. PRQ: 6 semester
hours of philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
461. METAPHYSICS OF SCIENCE (3). Examination of ontological
issues within the sciences. Topics may include properties and other
ontological categories, reduction and emergence, laws of nature,
essentialism, and realism. PRQ: 6 semester hours of philosophy at
the 300 level or consent of department.
464. PHILOSOPHY OF PHYSICS (3). Survey of philosophical
problems specic to physics. Topics may include the nature of
space and time in relativity theories; probability and irreversibility in
thermodynamics and statistical mechanics; locality, causality, and
objectivity in quantum theory; ontology, and attitudes toward innities
in quantum eld theory. Presupposes neither technical knowledge
of physical theories nor advanced competence in mathematics.
PRQ: 6 semester hours of philosophy at the 300 level or consent of
department.
470. TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3). Detailed analysis
of one or more key issues in contemporary analytic philosophy of
religion, or in important recent theories of the nature and function
of religion. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours
provided no repetition of subject matter occurs. PRQ: 6 semester
hours of philosophy at the 300 level or consent of department.
490. TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY (3). Intensive study of one major
philosophical problem or position. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours provided no repetition of subject matter occurs.
PRQ: 6 semester hours of philosophy at the 300 levelor consent of
department.
491. DIRECTED READINGS (1-4). Enrollment contingent on a
student’s proposed course of study and the approval of it by the
faculty member selected to supervise the student’s reading. May be
repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours toward any one degree
provided no repetition of subject matter occurs. PRQ: Consent of
department.
495. SENIOR CAPSTONE (1). Completion of additional advanced
work, including a substantial philosophical essay, in a concurrent
400-level course of the student’s choice. PRQ: Philosophy major,
senior standing, PHIL 301 with a grade of C or better, and consent
of department. CRQ: A 400-level philosophy course other than PHIL
405 and PHIL 406.
Philosophy Faculty
David J. Buller, Ph.D., Northwestern University, Distinguished
Research Professor, chair
Valia Allori, Ph.D., Rutgers University, associate professor
Lenny Clapp, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
professor
Steven Daskal, Ph.D., University of Michigan, associate professor
Mylan Engel, Jr., Ph.D., University of Arizona, professor
Alicia Finch, Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, associate professor
Carl Gillett, Ph.D., Rutgers University, professor
Jason Hanna, Ph.D., University of Colorado at Boulder, associate
professor
Geoff Pynn, Ph.D., Yale University, associate professor
312
Department of Physics (PHYS)
The Department of Physics offers the B.S. degree in physics with
three emphases. Physics majors should complete at least one
year of a foreign language and consult with the department chair
before choosing one of the three emphases below.
The department also offers a minor in physics, which is attractive
to other science and mathematics majors as well as to students in
technical programs. Several of the lower-division courses offered
by the department can be used by non-majors toward fullling the
science area requirement in the university’s general education
program. Certain courses are also required in majors in other
departments. In addition, the department also offers astronomy
courses. Illinois state educator licensure is available through the
physics educator licensure program.
Students who want to choose the emphasis in secondary
teaching should consult with the physics department education
adviser. Applicants are admitted to this emphasis upon completion
of a successful interview. Students pursuing the emphasis in
secondary teaching need to enter the physics educator licensure
program only if they also wish to become licensed to teach within
the state of Illinois. Students seeking a degree in physics who
also wish to become licensed to teach must see the physics
department adviser at the earliest possible date. Failure to do so
may make it impossible for the student to satisfy NIU and physics
department graduation requirements as well as Illinois licensure
requirements in four years.
The department provides academic advisement to incoming pre
engineering students who plan to transfer to another university
after a few years at NIU. The department offers two courses of
study to prepare students for the study of engineering at other
universities. The rst is a two-year pre-professional course of
study in science and mathematics which can be tailored to the
prerequisites of specic engineering programs. The second
requires approximately three years at NIU and two years at the
University of Illinois and leads to a B.S. degree in physics from
Northern Illinois University and an engineering degree from the
University of Illinois. (See “Pre-professional Studies.”)
Major in Physics (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Professional Physics for Graduate Study
Requirements in Department (45-50)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4), and *PHYS
273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 284 - Quantum Physics Laboratory (1)
PHYS 300 - Analytical Mechanics I (3)
PHYS 320 - Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics (3)
PHYS 370 - Electricity and Magnetism I (3)
PHYS 374 - Introduction to Experimental Physics (3)
PHYS 375 - Laboratory Electronics I (4)
PHYS 383 - Intermediate Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 430 - Optics (4),
OR PHYS 475 - Laboratory Electronics II (4)
PHYS 460 - Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 498 - Senior Seminar (1),
OR PHYS 499H - Senior Project in Physics (3)
Two of the following
1
(6)
PHYS 400
1
- Analytical Mechanics II (3)
PHYS 461 - Modern Physics (3)
PHYS 463 - Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory, and Statistical
Mechanics (3)
PHYS 470
1
- Electricity and Magnetism II (3)
PHYS 485 - Methods of Mathematical Physics II (3)
Requirements outside Department (23)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 and MATH 232 - Calculus I, II, and III (12)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Professional Physics for Graduate
Study: 68-73
Emphasis 2. Secondary School Teaching
Important: Students wishing to receive Illinois State licensure
and/or endorsement to teach physics should also refer carefully
to the section below labeled Educator Licensure for additional
requirements.
Requirements in Department (37-39)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 284 - Quantum Physics Laboratory (1)
PHYS 300 - Analytical Mechanics I (3)
PHYS 320 - Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics (3)
PHYS 367 - Waves and Vibrations (3)
PHYS 370 - Electricity and Magnetism I (3)
PHYS 374 - Introduction to Experimental Physics (3)
PHYS 383 - Intermediate Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 493X - Interdisciplinary Teaching of Science in Secondary
Education (3)
PHYS 495 - Teaching of Physical Sciences (3)
PHYS 498 - Senior Seminar (1),
OR PHYS 499H - Senior Project in Physics (3)
Requirements outside Department (23)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and
*CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*MATH 229 - Calculus I (4), and MATH 230 - Calculus II (4), and
MATH 232 - Calculus III (4)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Secondary School Teaching: 60-62
Emphasis 3. Applied Physics
Requirements in Department (32-34)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics (4)
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (4)
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 383 - Intermediate Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 284 - Quantum Physics Laboratory (1)
PHYS 300 - Analytical Mechanics I (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
PHYS 400 and PHYS 470 are recommended for students intending to enter graduate school in physics.
PHYSICS 313
PHYS 320 - Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics (3)
PHYS 370 - Electricity and Magnetism I (3)
PHYS 374 - Introduction to Experimental Physics (3)
PHYS 375 - Laboratory Electronics I (4)
PHYS 383 - Intermediate Quantum Physics (3)
PHYS 498 - Senior Seminar (1),
OR PHYS 499H - Senior Project in Physics (3)
Requirements outside Department (23)
*CHEM 210 General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 - General
Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), *CHEM 213 - General
Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 and MATH 232 - Calculus I, II, and III (12)
MATH 336 - Ordinary Differential Equations (3)
Other Requirements (14-16)
Electives from physics and other related sciences. At least 7
semester hours must be 400-level PHYS courses. Students
should consult with a departmental adviser for assistance in
selecting the appropriate sequence of courses to constitute a
track of study in one of the following areas of applied physics:
acoustics, computational physics, geophysics and astronomy,
health physics, or materials physics. List of courses appropriate to
each of the above tracks are available in the departmental office,
the department undergraduate Web site, and from departmental
advisers. Other tracks can be developed in consultation with an
adviser.
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Applied Physics: 69-73
Educator Licensure Program
Individuals wishing to receive licensure and/or endorsement to
teach physics should consult with the departmental licensure
coordinator as soon as possible and also refer to the “Teacher
Certication Requirements” section of the NIU catalog.
Admission to educator licensure in the Department of Physics
may take place at any time once the student is enrolled at NIU.
An application should be made in writing to the certication
coordinator. Undergraduates should formally apply for admission
during the rst semester of their sophomore year, except in the
case of transfer students who normally apply during their rst
semester at NIU.
Please note: Graduate students and students who already possess
the baccalaureate or higher degree and wish to pursue licensure
and/or endorsement with or without becoming a candidate for a
degree, should apply for admission to the coordinator of physics
education as early as possible. All licensure students should
seek advising as soon after enrollment as possible.
Admission
The student must establish a le with the departmental licensure
coordinator and complete satisfactory reviews of progress each
semester after establishment of the le. The student must have
completed at least PHYS 253 and PHYS 273, and MATH 229, or
their equivalents as determined by the coordinator. The student
must be enrolled in a degree program leading to a degree
appropriate to licensure being pursued or be in possession of
an appropriate degree from an accredited institution. The student
must have completed 6 semester hours of written communication
and 3 semester hours of oral communication with grades of C
or better. The student must have a minimum GPA of 2.50 in all
undergraduate course work. The student must have passed the
ICTS Test of Academic Prociency. The student must also have a
satisfactory interview with the departmental licensure coordinator
in which the student demonstrates attitudes and motivations
appropriate to the professional educator.
Requirements
The program of courses the student chooses for meeting licensure
requirements must be approved by the departmental licensure
coordinator each semester prior to registration. Students are
responsible for timely submission of all applications and permits
required during the certication program.
The State of Illinois has moved from a course-based set
of requirements for certication to course and standards-
based requirements. Approved licensure programs must have
requirements that meet or exceed the state requirements. A list
of the current state minimum requirements is available from the
Illinois State Board of Education web page. The physics licensure
program requirements are designed to prepare candidates for
licensure both to meet state requirements and to demonstrate
that they meet state teaching standards.
At this time requirements include the possession of an
appropriate baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution,
a minimum of 32 semester hours in the eld, pre-student
teaching clinical experiences at the 6-12 level or proof of
teaching experience at the 6-12 level, student teaching or an
approved teaching experience, passage of the Test of Academic
Prociency, the ICTS Assessment of Professional Teaching Test,
the secondary certicate subject matter examinations of the
Illinois Licensure Testing System and demonstration that the
candidate has met teaching standards for the physics teacher.
Contact the department licensure coordinator for information on
the necessary criteria that experiences must meet to be used to
meet licensure requirements.
Outlined below is the required course work as determined and
approved by the licensure coordinators to meet state standards
for the preparation of teachers, certication requirements
and student needs. It is strongly recommended that students
completing requirements for the teaching license in physics also
obtain an endorsement in at least one subject other than physics.
Please note: The following classes for educator licensure may
change to reect new state requirements.
EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
ETT 402 - Teaching and Learning with Technology (3)
ILAS 201 - Introductory Clinical Experience (1)
ILAS 301 - Second Clinical Experience (2)
PHYS 401 - The Professional Physics Teacher (1)
(must be taken concurrently with PHYS 495)
PHYS 490X - Science across Time and Culture (2)
PHYS 493X - Interdisciplinary Teaching of Science in Secondary
Education (3)
PHYS 495 - Teaching of Physical Sciences (3)
(must be taken concurrently with PHYS 401)
PHYS 496 - Transition to the Professional Physics Teacher (1)
PHYS 497 - Student Teaching (Secondary) in Physics/Physical
Sciences (10)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Retention
A minimum GPA of 2.50 in all undergraduate course work at NIU
and a minimum 3.00 GPA in all graduate course work at NIU.
Satisfactory review of progress with the physics education
coordinator each semester after admission to the licensure
program.
Physics Honors Program
To be eligible for the baccalaureate degree with honors in
physics a student must maintain a GPA of at least 3.25, must
have an average of 3.50 or above in the courses required in
the chosen emphasis, and must complete, with a satisfactory
grade, PHYS 499H.
* Available for general education credit.
314 PHYSICS
Minor in Physics (25)
MATH 230 - Calculus II (4)
*PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics, and
*PHYS 273 - Fundamentals of Physics II: Electromagnetism (8),
PHYS 283 - Fundamentals of Physics III: Quantum Physics (3), and
PHYS 284 - Quantum Physics Laboratory (1)
Nine additional hours selected from the following; PHYS 300,
PHYS 320, PHYS 367, PHYS 370, PHYS 374, PHYS 375,
PHYS 383, PHYS 385 or any 400-level physics course.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
140. PHYSICS AND SOCIETY (3). Application of the fundamental
principles of physics such as mechanics, heat, waves, light and
optics, or modern physics, to contemporary issues facing society, and
discussion of their implications. Topics will be selected depending
on current events and concerns, and may include energy sources,
nuclear weapons, medical physics, and identifying pseudoscience,
among others.
150. PHYSICS (3). Development of concepts and principles from
selected topics in mechanics, electricity, heat, sound, and light.
Application to everyday life. Not recommended for students who have
had a year of high school physics. Not available for credit to students
with credit in PHYS 150A.
150A. PHYSICS (4). Development of concepts and principles from
selected topics in mechanics, electricity, heat, sound, and light.
Application to everyday life. Not recommended for students who have
had a year of high school physics. Not available for credit to students
with credit in PHYS 150. Three hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week.
162. ELEMENTARY ASTRONOMY (3). Introduction to astronomical
science extending from planetary astronomy through the most recent
discoveries and speculations of astrophysics, such as pulsars, black
holes, and the latest hypotheses regarding stellar evolution and
cosmology.
180. ACOUSTICS, MUSIC, AND HEARING (3). Elementary study of
acoustics designed especially for students with an interest in music,
speech and hearing, the theatre, or sound recording. Topics include
the waves and vibrations, perception and measurement of sound,
acoustics of musical instruments, speech and singing, and the
acoustics of rooms.
181. ACOUSTICS LABORATORY (1). A laboratory course designed
to be taken concurrently with PHYS 180. The rst part of the semester
consists of experiments that provide an introduction to acoustics
and acoustical measurements with modern electronic instruments.
During the remainder of the course students choose experiments
which t their own particular interests. CRQ: PHYS 180 or consent
of the department.
201X. THE PROFESSIONAL SECONDARY SCIENCE TEACHER
(1). Crosslisted as CHEM 201X and GEOL 201. An introduction to
the role of the professional science teacher. Includes philosophical
trends in teaching (and how they affect the science teacher), major
factors affecting how science is taught, and an introduction to science
content/ teaching standards. CRQ: ILAS 201.
210. GENERAL PHYSICS I (4). First semester of a two-semester
sequence covering mechanics, heat, and sound. Includes lecture and
laboratory sessions. Not available for credit to students with credit in
PHYS 253. PRQ: MATH 155 or equivalent or CRQ: MATH 229.
211. GENERAL PHYSICS II (4). Second semester of a two-semester
sequence covering electricity and magnetism, light and quantum
physics. Includes lecture and laboratory sessions. Not available for
credit to students with credit in PHYS 251, PHYS 251A, or PHYS 273.
PRQ: PHYS 210 or PHYS 250 or PHYS 250A or PHYS 253.
252. INTERMEDIATE GENERAL PHYSICS (3). Topics in mechanics,
electricity, and magnetism using calculus. Serves as a bridge
between the material presented in PHYS 210-PHYS 211 and the
300-level intermediate courses. Not available for credit to students
with credit in PHYS 251A or PHYS 273. PRQ: PHYS 211 or PHYS
251. CRQ: MATH 230.
253. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I: MECHANICS (4). Physical
laws governing motion, force, energy, rotation, and vibration using
calculus. Primarily for majors in the physical and mathematical
sciences and engineering. One three-hour laboratory a week. Not
available for credit to students with credit in PHYS 210, PHYS 250, or
PHYS 250A. CRQ: MATH 229.
273. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS II: ELECTROMAGNETISM (4).
Physical laws governing electricity and magnetism using calculus.
Primarily for majors in the physical and mathematical sciences and
engineering. One three-hour laboratory a week. Not available for
credit to students with credit in PHYS 211, PHYS 251, or PHYS 251A.
PRQ: PHYS 250A or PHYS 253. CRQ: MATH 230.
283. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS III: QUANTUM PHYSICS (3).
Physical laws governing optics, atomic, solid state, nuclear, and
elementary particle physics using calculus. Not available for credit to
students with credit in PHYS 260 or PHYS 261. PRQ: MATH 230 and
PHYS 251A or PHYS 252 or PHYS 273.
284. QUANTUM PHYSICS LABORATORY (1). Laboratory
component of PHYS 283. One three-hour laboratory a week. Not
available for credit to students with credit in PHYS 261 or PHYS
262. CRQ: PHYS 283.
300. ANALYTICAL MECHANICS I (3). Newton’s laws of motion
applied to simple objects. Study of harmonic oscillators, central
forces, conservation principles, dynamics of a system of particles,
and moving coordinate systems. Use of vectors and differential
equations. PRQ: MATH 232 and PHYS 250A or PHYS 252 or PHYS
253. CRQ: MATH 336.
301X. THE INTERDISCIPLINARY SECONDARY SCIENCE
TEACHER (1). Crosslisted as BIOS 301X, CHEM 301X, and GEOL
3 01. Seminar on the role of a science teacher in an interdisciplinary
and/or integrated science class and how a science curriculum
is designed based on state and national standards. Focus on
skills all science teachers must possess regardless of specic
discipline Including knowing how to apply the following topics in
ways appropriate to the age and development of the students in a
classroom; safety procedures, classroom management, designing
and conducting demonstrations, experiments, performance
assessments, differentiated curriculum and uses of technology. CRQ:
ILAS 301, PHYS 493.
315. AUDIO AND ELECTROACOUSTICS (3). The science of sound
with emphasis on audio systems, microphones, loudspeakers,
disc and tape recording, room acoustics, electronic music, digital
techniques, and electronic instruments. PRQ: PHYS 180 or PHYS
211 or PHYS 250A or PHYS 251 or PHYS 253.
320. THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS (3).
Concept and measurement of temperature. Study of the rst and
second laws of thermodynamics, entropy, and the statistical theory
of simple systems. PRQ: MATH 232 and PHYS 260 or PHYS 261 or
PHYS 283.
335. BIOPHYSICS (3). Application of basic physics to biological
systems. Topics include biomechanics, uid transport, bioelectricity,
and nerve impulses. Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with
living matter. Diagnostic instrumentation including x-rays, magnetic
resonance imaging, and radioisotopes in medicine and biology. PRQ:
BIOS 209, MATH 203, and PHYS 211 or PHYS 273.
344. ASTRONOMY (3). Crosslisted as GEOL 344X. Modern views
on the structure of the universe. Our solar system, stars, galaxies,
and quasars. Astronomy as an interdisciplinary science, emphasizing
the underlying physical principles. PRQ: PHYS 211 or PHYS 251 or
PHYS 283.
PHYSICS 315
359. TOPICS IN PHYSICS (1-3). Current topics of interest and
concern to the general public as well as to professional scientists.
Not open to physics majors. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
semester hours. PRQ: PHYS 211 or PHYS 251, and consent of
department.
367. WAVES AND VIBRATIONS (3). Free and forced vibrations,
coupled oscillators, properties of waves, reection, diffraction, and
interference. PRQ: MATH 232 and PHYS 250A or PHYS 252 or
PHYS 253. CRQ: MATH 336.
370. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM I (3). Behavior of electric
and magnetic elds. Study of electrostatics, magnetostatics, and the
electric and magnetic properties of matter. Use of vector calculus.
PRQ: MATH 232 and PHYS 260 or PHYS 261 or PHYS 283. CRQ:
MATH 336.
374. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS (3). Selected
experiments from classical and modern physics stressing laboratory
practices and current measurement techniques such as STM and
SQUID. Includes lecture and one four-hour laboratory a week. PRQ:
PHYS 284. CRQ: PHYS 383.
375. LABORATORY ELECTRONICS I (4). Fundamentals of circuit
analysis and the physics of electronic devices. Topics include DC and
AC circuits, signal transmission, noise, feedback, semiconductors,
transistors, operational ampliers, and simple digital logic. Includes
three hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory a week. PRQ:
PHYS 252 or PHYS 273.
383. INTERMEDIATE QUANTUM PHYSICS (3). Development
of quantum mechanics; applications of Schrodinger equation to
simple systems, atoms, molecules, and solids; quantum statistics;
relativistic kinematics; applications in particle and nuclear physics.
PRQ: PHYS 283.
385. METHODS OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS I (3). Mathematical
techniques used in physics problems. Vector calculus, linear
operators, matrices, boundary value problems, and Fourier series.
PRQ: MATH 336 and PHYS 300.
400. ANALYTICAL MECHANICS II (3). Motion of complex systems.
Study of oscillating, rotating, and vibrating systems, nonlinear
mechanics, mechanics of continuous media, and relativistic
mechanics. Use of Fourier analysis, tensors, and Lagrangian and
Hamiltonian formulation. PRQ: PHYS 300.
401. THE PROFESSIONAL PHYSICS TEACHER (1). Seminar
directed to designing physics instruction to meet state and national
standards. Attention given to skills physics teachers must possess
related to the design and use of instructional methods. Includes a
minimum of 40 hours of observation in the physics classroom. CRQ:
PHYS 495.
410. COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS (3). Techniques of physics problem
solving using computers. Application of numerical analysis, linear
analysis, iterative methods, and Monte Carlo simulation to problems
in classical and modern physics. Use of equation solving software
and high-level programming languages. PRQ: PHYS 300, PHYS 370,
and CSCI 240, or consent of department.
420. ACOUSTICS I (3). Vibrating strings, bars and plates, acoustic
wave equation, transmission and absorption of sound, radiation, and
lters. PRQ: PHYS 367 or MEE 322; and MATH 334 or MATH 336.
430. OPTICS (4). Geometrical, physical, quantum, and experimental
optics with emphasis on topics of current interest. Three lectures plus
a 3-hour laboratory weekly. PRQ: PHYS 370.
434. NUCLEAR ENERGY AND RADIATION (3). Radiation from
nuclear reactions and the interaction of radiation with matter. Nuclear
ssion, fusion, radioactivity, radiation detection, dose determinations,
and shielding. PRQ: PHYS 260 or PHYS 261 or PHYS 283.
459. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS (1-3). Problems may be
technical in nature or concerned with teaching procedure. Under
supervision of physics staff. May be repeated to a maximum of 3
semester hours.
460. QUANTUM PHYSICS (3). Schrodinger wave equation,
eigen-values and eigen-functions, methods of approximation and
applications to the square well, the harmonic oscillator, and hydrogen-
like atoms. PRQ: PHYS 300, PHYS 370 and PHYS 383.
461. MODERN PHYSICS (3). Applications of quantum physics to
atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elementary particles. PRQ:
PHYS 460.
463. THERMODYNAMICS, KINETIC THEORY, AND STATISTICAL
MECHANICS (3). Review of such topics as the laws of thermodynamics,
the entropy concept, and thermodynamic potentials. Probability,
distribution functions and transport phenomena. Introductory
treatment of classical and quantum-mechanical statistical mechanics.
Emphasis on applications to areas of modern physics. PRQ: PHYS
320 or consent of department.
467. NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL (3). Includes mechanical
vibrations, damping, resonance, vehicle noise, acoustical enclosures,
and techniques of noise abatement and measurement. PRQ: PHYS
300 or PHYS 367.
470. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM II (3). Maxwell’s equations;
propagation, reection, and transmission of electromagnetic
waves; wave guides; dipole radiation; radiation by point charges;
electrodynamics in special relativity. PRQ: PHYS 300 and PHYS 370,
or consent of department.
472. PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (2). Special laboratory problems.
PRQ: Consent of department.
474. METHODS OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS (3). Basic techniques
of experimental physics, including high-vacuum techniques,
digital electronics, design and construction of research apparatus,
and radiation safety. Open to graduate students and advanced
undergraduate students in all sciences. Strongly recommended
for all graduate students in physics. PRQ: PHYS 375 or consent of
department.
475. LABORATORY ELECTRONICS II (4). Applications and use
of integrated circuits for experimental measurement and control.
Includes digital electronics, digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital
conversion, mini and microcomputers, power supplies, and active
lters and oscillators. Lecture and one 3-hour laboratory period a
week. PRQ: PHYS 375 or consent of department.
477. ASTROPHYSICS (3). Kepler’s laws and solar system, analysis
of solar radiations, nuclear reactions in the sun, and other selected
topics. PRQ: PHYS 283 and PHYS 300.
480. INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS SCIENCE (3). Mechanical,
thermal, electrical, optical, and structural properties of modern
engineering materials. PRQ: PHYS 300 and PHYS 370.
485. METHODS OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS II (3). Tensor
analysis. Functions of complex variable residue calculus, partial
differential equations of mathematical physics and Green’s function.
PRQ: PHYS 385.
490X. SCIENCE ACROSS TIME AND CULTURE (2). Crosslisted as
BIOS 484X, CHEM 490X, ENVS 475X, and GEOL 475. Examination
of major concepts of science, and how they evolved. Comparison
and contrast of the role and practice of science in various cultures
and examination of the interaction between science, technology, and
culture. PRQ: PHYS 250A or PHYS 253, PHYS 251A or PHYS 273,
and PHYS 261, or consent of department.
492. SCIENCE TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY, MIDDLE, AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL: GRADES K-9 (3). Crosslisted as GEOL
486X. Selected instructional methods and materials for teaching
science in elementary, middle, and junior high schools with emphasis
on the physical sciences. Analysis of modern curricula and practice
in the use of associated laboratory materials developed for use at
all levels from grades K-9. Designed for the classroom teacher and
pre-teacher, but open to science supervisors and administrators. Not
available for credit in the major. PRQ: A general physical science
course or equivalent and consent of department.
316 PHYSICS
493X. INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY EDUCATION (3). Crosslisted as BIOS 402X, CHEM
493X, ENVS 483X, and GEOL 483. Methods and theory for the
teaching of interdisciplinary science in grades 6-12. The nature and
purpose of science and its underlying assumptions, the social and
cultural challenges in science teaching, and the potential solutions
to these challenges are explored through research, discussion, and
reection. Requirements include using state and national science
standards to develop student learning objectives and to design
inquiry-based lesson plans, micro-teaching, construction and use
of assessment rubrics, and ongoing development of a professional
portfolio.
494. USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN SECONDARY SCIENCE
TEACHING (2). Crosslisted as GEOL 484X. Selected methods for
the evaluation and use of technology in both the instructional and
laboratory setting in secondary science education. Topics may include
the interfacing of computers for data acquisition in the laboratory,
strategies for integrating the Internet into the curriculum, and use of
video/multimedia equipment. PRQ: Consent of department.
495. TEACHING OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted as
CHEM 495X, GEOG 495X, and GEOL 495X. Preparation for licensure
in grades 6-12 in one or more of the elds of physical science:
physics, chemistry, earth science, and general science. Examination
and analysis of modern curricula; classroom and laboratory
organization; microteaching and observation of teaching; lesson
planning; multicultural education; teaching science to the exceptional
child; reading and the teaching of science; methods of evaluation.
PRQ: Consent of department. CRQ: ILAS 401.
496. TRANSITION TO THE PROFESSIONAL PHYSICS TEACHER
(1). A transitioning experience in which the licensure candidate
achieves closure on the initial phase of professional preparation and,
upon that foundation, charts a path for continuing professional growth
as a practicing teacher. Candidate will reect on the preparatory
experience and complete documentation demonstrating ability to
perform as a qualied physics teacher. Such documentation will
include, but not be limited to, the electronic portfolio, a professional
development plan, and a resume. Directly addresses all INTASC,
NSTA, and ISBE standards. CRQ: PHYS 497 or consent of
department.
497. STUDENT TEACHING (SECONDARY) IN PHYSICS/PHYSICAL
SCIENCES (7-12). Student teaching in grades 6-12 for 10 weeks or
for one semester. Assignments to be arranged with the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences Teacher Placement Office after approval
by the Department of Physics. Not available for credit in the major.
PRQ: PHYS 495 and consent of department.
498. SENIOR SEMINAR (1). Topics of current interest in physics
and physics education. Attendance at the Department of Physics
colloquium series required. PRQ: PHYS 374 and senior standing in
physics.
499H. SENIOR PROJECT IN PHYSICS (3). Program of study and
research in a special area of physics selected in consultation with
a faculty member and approved by the department chair. Project
results evaluated by a faculty panel. A student who receives credit for
PHYS 499H may not also receive credit towards the major in PHYS
459. PRQ: PHYS 374 and senior standing in physics.
Physics Faculty
Laurence Lurio, Ph.D., Harvard University, professor, chair
Jahred Adelman, Ph.D., University of Chicago, Assistant
Professor
Gerald Blazey, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Distinguished
Research Professor
Dennis Brown, Ph.D., Stanford University, associate professor
Dhiman Chakraborty, Ph.D. State University of New York, Stony
Brook, Presidential Research Professor
Swapan Chattopadhyay, Ph.D., University of California at
Berkeley, Professor
Omar Chmaissem, Ph.D., Université Joseph Fourier (Grenoble),
associate professor
George Coutrakan, Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony
Brook, associate professor
Bogdan Dabrowski, Ph.D., Northwestern University, Distinguished
Research Professor
Michael Eads, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Bela Erdelyi, Ph.D., Michigan State University, associate
professor
Michael Fortner, Ph.D., Brandeis University, associate professor
Andreas Glatz, Ph.D., Cologne University (Germany), associate
professor
David Hedin, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
Yasuo Ito, Ph.D., Cambridge University, associate professor
Stephen P. Martin, Ph.D., University of California at Santa
Barbara, Distinguished Research Professor, Distinguised
Teaching Professor
Susan M. Mini, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, professor
Philippe Piot, Ph.D., University of Grenoble (France), Presidential
Research Professor
Young-Min Shin, Ph.D., Seoul National University (Korea),
assistant professor
Carol Thompson, Ph.D., University of Houston, professor
Michel van Veenendaal, Ph.D., Rijksuniversity (Groningen),
Distinguised Research Professor
Roland Winkler, Ph.D., University of Regensburg (Germany),
associate professor
Zhili Xiao, Ph.D., University of Konstanz (Germany), Distinguished
Research Professor, Board of Trustees Professor
317
Department of Political Science (POLS, PSPA)
The Department of Political Science offers the B.A. and B.S. degree
with a major in political science with emphases in politics, public
law, public administration and service, and international politics.
The emphasis in politics is designed for students who want
maximum exibility within their program of study or wish to
create a particular specialization within political science, such as
American government, biopolitics, or political theory.
The emphasis in public law is designed for political science
students interested in public law, although students seeking
admission to law school need not be political science majors nor
must they follow any particular course of study. Students with an
interest in pre-law should see “Pre-professional Studies.”
The emphasis in public administration and service is designed
primarily for students seeking a career in public affairs in federal,
state, or local governments; in voluntary social agencies or public
interest groups; and for careers in business emphasizing the
interaction between private enterprise and government.
The emphasis in international politics is for students seeking
international careers, especially in governmental agencies and
business.
Internship opportunities with academic credit are available
through the department. Interested students should contact the
department’s internship coordinator.
The department also offers a minor for students with an interest
in politics. In addition, it participates in the interdisciplinary minors
in black studies, Chinese/Japanese studies, classical studies,
environmental studies, gerontology, international studies, Latino
and Latin American studies, public administration, Southeast
Asian studies, urban studies, and women’s studies. Non-majors
can use one of several lower-division political science courses
toward fullling the university’s general education requirements
in the social sciences area.
Department Restriction
A student may take no more than 15 semester hours in 100-
and 200-level political science courses to be counted toward a
political science major and no more than 9 semester hours in
100- and 200-level political science courses to be counted toward
a political science minor.
Major in Political Science (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Field Distribution Requirement
To ensure that all political science majors are familiar with a
variety of approaches, subject matter, and perspectives within
the political science discipline, each student, regardless of the
degree program or emphasis he or she selects, must take at least
one course in each of ve of the following seven elds.
American government
Comparative politics
Empirical theory and behavior
International politics
Political theory
Public law
Public policy/public administration
In fullling this requirement, a particular course may be counted
in one eld only, even if it is crosslisted in more than one eld.
Related courses from other departments may be substituted for
political science courses with the prior written approval of the
department chair.
POLS 100 satises the eld distribution requirement for American
government and is a prerequisite for certain upper-level courses.
Numbered courses ending in 90-99 vary widely in content and
often do not deal with a single or specic eld of political science.
Such courses cannot be used to meet the eld distribution
requirement except in special cases with the written permission
of the department chair. All other political science courses,
whether taken to satisfy the B.A. or B.S. degree requirements
or the requirements in a particular emphasis, are included in
meeting the required distribution.
Emphasis 1. Politics
Requirements in Department (36)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3),
OR *POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3)
Two of the following (6)
*POLS 210 - Introduction to Law and Courts (3)
*POLS 220/*PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
*POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
Electives in political science (27)
Students must ensure that the eld distribution requirement is
met. Students pursuing the B.S. degree must complete POLS
340 - Political Analysis (3). Students should complete POLS
340 by the end of their junior year. Students are also strongly
encouraged to complete POLS 340 prior to taking STAT 301
or STAT 350.
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of the foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) [Students selecting a sequence that does not include
STAT 301 (4) or STAT 350 (3) will also be required to take one of
these courses.]
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Politics: 36-48 (B.A.) OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Emphasis 2. Public Law
Requirements in Department (36)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3),
OR *POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3)
Two of the following (6)
*POLS 210 - Introduction to Law and Courts (3)
*POLS 220/*PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
*POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
Two of the following (6)
POLS 410 - Constitutional Law I (3)
POLS 411 - Constitutional Law II (3)
POLS 412 - Constitutional Law III (3)
* Available for general education credit.
318 POLITICAL SCIENCE
One of the following (3)
POLS 310 - The U.S. Supreme Court (3)
POLS 312 - Law and Film (3)
POLS 314 - Law, Politics, and Baseball (3)
POLS 317 - Judicial Politics (3)
POLS 323 - Biomedicine and the Law (3)
POLS 324 - Politics of Environmental Health, and Safety
Regulation (3)
POLS 354 - Natural Right and Law (3)
POLS 358 - Religion and the Constitution (3)
POLS 389- International Law and Organization (3)
POLS 414 - Topics in Law and Social Problems (3)
(may be repeated to 6 semester hours)
POLS 415 - Criminal Law (3)
POLS 418 - Jurisprudence (3)
POLS 419 - Mock Trial (3) (may be repeated to 6 semester
hours)
POLS 495
1
- Seminar in Current Problems (3)
One additional course from either of the two preceding lists (3)
Electives in political science (15)
Students must ensure that the eld distribution requirement is
met. Students pursuing the B.S. degree must complete POLS
340 - Political Analysis (3). Students should complete POLS
340 by the end of their junior year. Students are also strongly
encouraged to complete POLS 340 prior to taking STAT 301
or STAT 350.
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of the foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) [Students selecting a sequence that does not include
STAT 301 (4) or STAT 350 (3) will also be required to take one of
these courses.]
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Public Law: 36-48 (B.A.)
OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Recommendations
HIST 478 - American Legal History to 1865 (3)
HIST 479 - American Legal History Since 1865 (3)
Emphasis 3. Public Administration and Service
Requirements in Department (36)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3)
POLS 331 - Public Administration (3)
OR PSPA 331X - Public Administration (3)
Two of the following (6)
*POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3)
*POLS 210 - Introduction to Law and Courts (3)
*POLS 220/*PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
*POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
One of the following (3)
POLS 322 - Politics and the Life Sciences (3)
POLS 323 - Biomedicine and the Law (3)
POLS 324 - Politics of Environmental Health, and Safety
Regulation (3)
POLS 356 - American Political Thought I (3)
POLS 382 - Topics in Contemporary Security (3)
POLS 383 - International Political Economy (3)
POLS 389 - International Law and Organization (3)
Two of the following (6). Recommended that POLS 331 OR PSPA
331X be taken before enrolling in the following courses.
POLS 302 - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3)
OR PSPA 302X - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3)
POLS 303 - State and Local Government (3)
OR PSPA 303X - State and Local Government (3)
POLS 308 - The American Presidency (3)
POLS 326 - Nonprot Management (3),
OR PSPA 326X - Nonprot Management (3)
POLS 327 - E-Governance (3),
OR PSPA 327X - E-Governance (3)
POLS 330 - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Processes (3),
OR PSPA 330X - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy
Process (3)
Electives in political science (15)
Students must ensure that the eld distribution requirement is
met. Students pursuing the B.S. degree must complete POLS
220/PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3), and POLS
340 - Political Analysis (3). Students should complete POLS
340 by the end of their junior year. Students are also strongly
encouraged to complete POLS 340 prior to taking STAT 301 or
STAT 350. The B.S. is highly recommended for students planning
careers in public policy and public administration.
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of the foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) [Students selecting a sequence that does not include
STAT 301 (4) or STAT 350 (3) will also be required to take one of
these courses.]
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Public Administration and Service:
36- 48 (B.A.) OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Recommendation
Students are strongly advised to minor in business administration,
communication studies, economics, family life (School of Family,
Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences), international studies,
journalism, sociology, or urban studies.
Emphasis 4. International Politics
Requirements in Department (36)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3),
OR *POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3)
Two of the following (6)
*POLS 210 - Introduction to Law and Courts (3)
*POLS 220/*PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
*POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
*POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
*POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
Two of the following (6)
POLS 359 - War, Empire, and Ethics (3)
POLS 362 - Politics of Developing Areas (3)
POLS 380 - American Foreign Policy (3)
POLS 381 - Regional Security (3)
POLS 382 - Topics in Contemporary Security (3)
POLS 383 - International Political Economy (3)
POLS 384 - Contemporary Foreign Policy (3)
POLS 386 - Global Terrorism (3)
POLS 387 - International Security (3)
POLS 388 - U.S. National Security Policy (3)
POLS 389 - International Law and Organization (3)
Two of the following (6)
POLS 360 - Government and Politics in Western Europe (3)
POLS 361 - British Government and Politics (3)
POLS 363 - Dictators and Democracies (3)
POLS 365 - The Origins of Political Order (3)
POLS 366 - Politics of Russia and Eurasia (3)
POLS 368 - Politics of Africa (3)
POLS 371 - Politics in Southeast Asia (3)
POLS 372 - Politics of China, Japan, and Korea (3)
POLS 373 - Women and Politics (3)
POLS 375 - Middle East Politics (3)
POLS 376 - Political Violence (3)
POLS 377 - Revolt, Revolution and Genocide (3)
POLS 378 - Political Islam (3)
* Available for general education credit.
1
May be counted toward the emphasis when topic is appropriate.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 319
One additional course from either of the two preceding lists (3)
Electives in political science (12)
Students must ensure that the eld distribution requirement is
met. Students pursuing the B.S. degree must complete POLS
340 - Political Analysis (3). Students should complete POLS
340 by the end of their junior year. Students are also strongly
encouraged to complete POLS 340 prior to taking STAT 301
or STAT 350.
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of the foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) [Students selecting a sequence that does not include
STAT 301 (4) or STAT 350 (3) will also be required to take one of
these courses.]
(See “College Requirement for the B.S. Degree.”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 4, International Politics: 36-48 (B.A.)
OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Recommendation
Students desiring a career in international affairs are advised
to develop a high degree of competence in one or more foreign
languages, to become familiar with political systems other than
that of the United States, and to enroll in the interdisciplinary
international studies minor.
Emphasis 5. Justice and Democracy: The American
Experiment
Requirements in Department (36)
Foundational Courses (6)
Two of the following (6)
*POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3),
OR *POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3)
*POLS 210 - Introduction to Law and Courts (3)
*POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
Exploring Democracy in America (9)
Three courses (9 semester hours) in at least two out of the three
categories below (American Political Thought, Political Behavior,
American Institutions).
American Political Thought Courses (3)
POLS 355 - African-American Political Thought (3)
POLS 356 - American Political Thought I (3)
POLS 357 - American Political Thought II (3)
POLS 358 - Religion and the Constitution (3)
Political Behavior Courses (3)
POLS 304 - American Public Opinion (3)
POLS 305 - Political Parties and Elections (3)
POLS 309 - American Electoral Democracy (3)
American Institutions Courses (3)
POLS 307 - The U.S. Congress (3)
POLS 308 - The American Presidency (3)
POLS 310 - The U.S. Supreme Court (3)
POLS 317 - Judicial Politics (3)
Questions of Justice in Democracy in America (6)
One of the following Public Law Courses (3)
POLS 410 - Constitutional Law I (3)
POLS 411 - Constitutional Law II (3)
POLS 412 - Constitutional Law III (3)
POLS 415 - Criminal Law (3)
POLS 418 - Jurisprudence (3)
One of the following Political Theory Courses (3)
POLS 351 - Liberalism and Its Critics (3)
POLS 353 - Democratic Theory (3)
POLS 354 - Natural Right and the Law (3)
Senior Seminar (3)
POLS 494 - Senior Seminar in Political Science (3)
Electives in political science (12)
Students must ensure that the eld distribution requirement is
met. Students pursuing the B.S. degree must complete POLS
340 - Political Analysis (3). Students should complete POLS
340 by the end of their junior year. Students are also strongly
encouraged to complete POLS 340 prior to taking STAT 301 or
STAT 350.
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 0-12; B.S., 10-15)
For the B.A. degree
Fulllment of the foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. degree
Laboratory science/mathematical/computational skills sequence
(10-15) [Students selecting a sequence that does not include
STAT 301 (4) or STAT 350 (3) will also be required to take one of
these courses.]
(See “College Requirements for the B.S. Degree”)
Total Hours for Emphasis 5, Justice and Democracy: The
American Experiment: 36-48 (B.A.) OR 46-51 (B.S.)
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Political Science
Students who want to be licensed to teach political science at
the secondary level must declare their intention to do so with
the History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in political science.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program when they have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of political science
at NIU and earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all political
science courses taken at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure
program; and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary office of Teacher Education Program
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program.
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in political
science. In addition, they must complete POLS 496X, History
and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, POLS 496X must be taken in the
semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
* Available for general education credit.
320 POLITICAL SCIENCE
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching in History/
Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in unusual
circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400 only upon
satisfactory completion of all other work required for graduation
and certication.
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Six-Year (3+3) Integrated B.S. or B.A./J.D.
Program in Political Science and the College
of Law
Admission
The six-year integrated sequence leads to both the B.S. or B.A. in
Political Science and J.D. degrees. Students who want to complete
this program must identify themselves to the Political Science
Department as majors who will complete the 3+3 Program with
a Politics Emphasis. This program is open to all undergraduates
who major in Political Science and have completed at least 90
credit hours of undergraduate course work with a minimum GPA
of 3.25. Juniors who have met these standards in their B.S. or
B.A. degree in Political Science must also apply for admission to
NIU’s College of Law under the special provisions of this program.
The application to the College of Law must be submitted no later
than February 15 of the applicant’s junior year. As part of the
application to the College of Law, applicants must take the LSAT
no later than February of their junior year and must score above
the 50th percentile of the previous year’s matriculating law class.
Curriculum
Students must complete all the requirements for the Political
Science B.A. or B.S. degrees as well as all general education
requirements (90 credit hours in total) by the end of their junior
year. Beginning with the rst semester of their senior year,
students will start taking classes at the College of Law. These
courses will count toward the nal 30 credits of the undergraduate
degree. The nal two years of the program will follow the standard
College of Law timetable.
Degree with Honors
Requirement for admission for continuing NIU students:
Any student who has completed at least 60 semester hours of
course work at NIU and has completed 15 semester hours of
political science courses at NIU with a grade point average of
3.70 or higher (both cumulative and in the major) is eligible for
admission to the political science honors program.
Requirement for acceptance for transfer students:
Transfer students must meet the following three criteria for
acceptance into the honors program:
1) Students must complete at least 15 semester hours at
NIU, including two 300- or 400-level political science courses.
Students must earn a cumulative GPA of at least 3.70 in those
courses. 2) Students must obtain a letter of nomination from one
political science tenured or tenure-track faculty member. The
letter of nomination should be sent to the department’s director
of undergraduate studies. 3) Students must be approved for the
honors program by the department’s undergraduate committee.
Senior transfer students will not be eligible for the
honors program.
The Political Science Honors Program is separate from the
University Honors Program, but students admitted to both
programs may, with permission, use their political science honors
thesis to satisfy the University Honors Program’s requirement of a
senior year independent study project. Details about the program
are available in the department office (Zulauf 415).
Requirements to Graduate with Honors:
In addition to all degree requirements, students must complete
three requirements to graduate with honors in political science:
1) Complete at least 3 semester hours of POLS 491
2) Complete at least 3 semester hours of 496
3) Complete 1 semester hour of POLS 497 no more than two
semesters prior to the semester in which they complete the
thesis (499).
4) Complete 3 semester hours of POLS 499 within two
semesters following completion of POLS 497. The honors
thesis must be approved by the student’s thesis director
and a faculty member appointed by the director of
undergraduate studies.
Students must maintain a GPA of at least 3.70 both in the
major and cumulative to graduate with honors. Students who
fail to receive at least a B in POLS 497, and POLS 499 and
a S in POLS 491 will not graduate with honors. Students
are expected to present their honors thesis at the annual
Undergraduate Research and Artistry Day held in April.
Withdrawal from the program:
Students may choose to withdraw from the honors program at
any time. If students are taking POLS 491, POLS 497, or POLS
499 when they decide to withdraw, they must either complete that
course or drop it. If students choose to drop the course, they must
do so before the university deadline for course withdrawal.
For more information on the department’s honors program, please
contact the department’s director of undergraduate studies.
Minor in Political Science (18)
*POLS 100 - American Government and Politics (3),
OR *POLS 150 - Democracy in America (3)
One of the following (3)
POLS 220/PSPA 220X - Introduction to Public Policy (3)
POLS 251 - Introduction to Political Philosophy (3)
POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
POLS 285 - Introduction to International Relations (3)
Electives in political science (12)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 321
Course List
Many of the courses offered by the department relate to more than
one of the seven elds of political science. However, as a general
guide to the student, the following numbering system is used.
–00 to –09, American government
–10 to –19, Public law
–20 to –39, Public policy/public administration
–40 to –49, Empirical theory and behavior
–50 to –59, Political theory
–60 to –79, Comparative politics
–80 to –89, International relations
–90 to –99, General
Political Science (POLS)
American Government and Politics
100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3). Principles,
processes, and problems of American government and politics.
Examines the impact of changes in contemporary American politics.
300. AMERICAN PRESIDENTIAL ELECTIONS (3). Survey and
analysis of candidates, issues, and partisan trends in presidential
elections from the era of the New Deal to the present. Also considers
how election rules and campaign styles have changed over time.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
301. POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Examination of the social
connections that form the basis of citizen views about politics.
Emphasis on group identities, political information processing,
cognition, and the role of emotions in American politics. Not available
to students who have credit for POLS 407. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing or consent of the department.
302. GOVERNMENT IN METROPOLITAN AREAS (3). Crosslisted as
PSPA 302X. Examination of the political and structural elements of
government in metropolitan areas. Emphasis on the impact of public
and private inuences exercised through the network of government
agencies upon urban regions. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing or consent of department.
303. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (3). Crosslisted as PSPA
303X. Examines the structure, functions, and governance dynamics
of local and state governments. Includes relationships of local
and state government legislative, executive, and administrative
actors; management processes; and intergovernmental relations.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
304. AMERICAN PUBLIC OPINION (3). American political values,
attitudes, and beliefs, the factors that inuence their development,
and the role of public opinion in American democracy. Survey
research methods, including sampling, questionnaire design, and
data collection methods. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
305. POLITICAL PARTIES AND ELECTIONS (3). Examination of
the development, organization, and functions of political parties
and elections in the American political system. Topics include the
nature and function of political parties, nominations and elections,
political campaigns and campaign nance, voting behavior and party
realignment issues, and the role of the party in government policy-
making. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
306. THE MASS MEDIA IN AMERICAN POLITICS (3). Examination
of the inuence of the mass media and the elite media on American
politics with particular emphasis on how the media relates to other
systems of power and authority. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
307. THE U.S. CONGRESS (3). Principles, organization, procedures,
and activities of the U.S. Congress. Topics include elections,
legislators and their districts, legislative committees, party leadership
positions, and legislative-executive relations. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
308. THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY (3). Examination of the nature
and evolution of the modern presidency and the leadership role of
the president in such areas as administration, legislative affairs, and
national security. Topics may also include selection, impeachment
and presidential reputation. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
309. AMERICAN ELECTORAL DEMOCRACY (3). Exploration of
several facets of American Electoral Democracy, including voter
eligibility, direct democracy, campaign nance, redistricting, the
electoral college, and the mechanics of voting. Recommended:
POLS 305.
408. POLITICAL PARTICIPATION AND BEHAVIOR (3). Focus on
the structural, psychological, and sociological factors associated
with participation in the political process including both electoral and
nonelectoral participation. Attention given to the impact of various
levels and types of participation on the American and other major
political systems. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
Public Law
210. INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND COURTS (3). Introduction to the
study of law and courts, including legal theory, judicial institutions,
legal actors, legal systems and ways in which law is interrelated with
politics, public policy and society.
310. THE U.S. SUPREME COURT (3). Principles, organization,
procedures, and activities of the U.S. Supreme Court. Topics include
appointments, public opinion, agenda-setting, oral argument,
decision-making, opinion writing, and the Court’s relationship to other
institutions including lower courts and the legislative and executive
branches. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
312. LAW AND FILM (3). Analysis of feature lms to explore topics
such as law school and the legal profession, criminal and civil law,
civil rights and liberties, and justice as it relates to race, gender, and
class. ([NOTE: POLS 312 used to be taught as one of the topics
under POLS 414.)
314. LAW, POLITICS, AND BASEBALL (3). Analysis of the legal and
political aspects of baseball to explore topics such as the relationship
between business and government, antitrust law, labor-management
relations, and discrimination as it relates to race, gender, and class.
(NOTE: POLS 314 used to be taught as one of the topics under
POLS 414.)
317. JUDICIAL POLITICS (3). Organization and operation of trial and
appellate courts, selection of judges, varieties of litigation, factors
inuencing judicial decision-making, and impact of and compliance
with judicial decisions. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
410. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (3). Judicial, legislative, and executive
powers, war and emergency powers, federalism, the commerce
clause, taxing and spending powers, the state police power, inter-
and intrastate relations, the Supreme Court and economic policy.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
411. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (3). Economic liberties and property
rights, equal protection of the law, due process, incorporation of
the Bill of Rights, right to counsel, right against compelled self-
incrimination, right against cruel and unusual punishment, and right
against unreasonable searches and seizures. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
412. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW III (3). The First Amendment: freedoms
of speech, association, assembly, press, and religion, and the right to
privacy. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
414. TOPICS IN LAW AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3). Examination
and analysis of the enduring questions of importance for the legal
system. Problems illustrating the intersection of law, morality, and
politics are set in the context of contemporary issues. Specic focus
of the course changes each semester. May be repeated once as
topic changes. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
322 POLITICAL SCIENCE
415. CRIMINAL LAW (3). Focus on substantive criminal law: functions
of the criminal law, crimes against the person, crimes against
property, attempt, conspiracy, solicitation, and crimes without victims.
May include elements of criminal procedures. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
418. JURISPRUDENCE (3). Analysis of the foundations of legal
systems. Interrelationship of law, morality, and politics. Recommended:
At least sophomore standing.
419. MOCK TRIAL (3). Collegiate mock trial competitions. Case
preparation as an advocate for either side; role playing as witnesses
and trial attorney; understanding and using the rules of evidence;
actual trial advocacy; research and delivering arguments. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
Public Policy/Public Administration
220. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY (3). Crosslisted as PSPA
220X. Factors important in the policy process through an examination
of selected issue areas such as health, the environment, energy, and
economic regulation. Politics of evaluation and its uses.
320. BIOPOLITICS AND HUMAN NATURE (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
320X. The moral and political debates provoked by Darwinian biology
in explaining human nature. Possible topics include sex differences,
crime, the IQ debate, the moral sense, and the neurology of social
behavior. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
321. THE ORIGIN OF POLITICS (3). Drawing on a version of
modern evolutionary theory to frame the approach to studying
political behavior, examines the biological bases of political
behavior. Intersection of biological and social sciences is tapped for
insights and new interpretations of political attitudes and behaviors.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
322. POLITICS AND THE LIFE SCIENCES (3). Crosslisted as BIOS
322X. Analysis of the major social problems and political issues
emerging from rapid advances in the life sciences with emphasis
on biotechnology and biomedical policy. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
323. BIOMEDICINE AND THE LAW (3). Examination of judicial and
legislative responses to developments in biomedicine. Evaluation
of governmental role in medical and scientic decision making.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
324. POLITICS OF ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH, AND SAFETY
REGULATION (3). How environmental, health, and safety risks are
assessed and regulated in the United States. May include study of
the role scientists, interest groups, public opinion, the media, political
culture, economics, and other factors play in risk assessment
and regulation, and may involve participation in faculty research.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
326. NONPROFIT MANAGEMENT (3). Crosslisted as PSPA 326X.
Examines the role of nonprot organizations in the policy process
from advocacy through service delivery. Emphasis on management/
administration and the delivery of public services. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
327. E-GOVERNANCE (3). Crosslisted as PSPA 327X. Examines
the policy issues and management practices associated with the
use of information and communication technologies in governance.
Governance includes the production and delivery of public information
and services as well as citizen and stakeholder participation in making
those production and delivery decisions. Issues include information
access, digital divide, electronic privacy and security, and online
citizen participation. Topics on managing information technology in
government include e-government web portals, information resource
management, knowledge management, strategic information
technology management, and others.
330. BUREAUCRACY AND THE PUBLIC POLICY PROCESS (3).
Crosslisted as PSPA 330X. Role of the bureaucracy in the formation
and implementation of public policy. Includes the interaction of public
agencies with other agencies, chief executives, legislatures, courts,
other levels of government, parties, interest groups, and the media.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
331. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3). Crosslisted as PSPA 331X.
Leadership, decision making, organizational behavior, program
effectiveness, and scal management in public administrative
agencies. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
Empirical Theory and Behavior
340. POLITICAL ANALYSIS (3). Concepts and principal methods of
research in political science: techniques of gathering, analyzing, and
interpreting data and reporting ndings. PRQ: Political science major.
Political Theory
150. DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA (3). American democracy studied
through the speeches and writings of political leaders involved in
founding, preserving, and changing American politics and society.
Emphasis on both democratic institutions and continuing problems
of liberty and equality. The Federalist Papers and Tocqueville’s
Democracy in America are standard texts.
251. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (3). Discussion
of the permanent questions of importance to political life such as
“What is justice?” “What is the relationship between individual and
political ethics?” “What is the relationship between political theory
and political practice?” Discussion will proceed by studying political
thought. Representative political thinkers are Plato, Machiavelli,
Locke, Marx, and Dewey.
350. CLASSICAL AND MEDIEVAL POLITICAL THEORY (3). Analysis
of the fundamental problems of classical and medieval political
philosophy. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
351. LIBERALISM AND ITS CRITICS (3). Advocates and critics of the
political philosophy of liberalism which contends that the purpose of
civil society is to secure peaceful enjoyment of natural individual rights
(life, liberty, and property). Representative authors include Hobbes,
Locke, Smith, Rousseau, Burke, Marx, and Mill. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
352. NIETZSCHE AND POSTMODERN POLITICS (3). Moral and
political implications of the writings of Friedrich Nietzsche and
of his inuence in the 20th century. Possible additional authors
include Heidegger and Derrida. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
353. DEMOCRATIC THEORY (3). Examination of both the abstract
ideal of democracy and issues relating to its practical application
within political societies. Contemporary democratic theory is studied
in relation to the history of political thought with a view to assessing
the desirability, fairness, and practicability of democracy as a form of
government. Readings include Jean-Jacques Rousseau and Alexis
de Tocqueville along with prominent contemporary scholars.
354. NATURAL RIGHT AND LAW (3). Examination of the views of
ancient, medieval, and modern political philosophers concerning
the nature and foundation of justice and its relationship to law and
the political order. Representative authors include Plato, Aristotle,
Aquinas, and Montesquieu. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
355. AFRICAN-AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT (3). Examination
and critical analysis of African-American political and social ideas,
from the colonial period to the end of the 20th century. Study of the
social and political aspects of African-American society through the
use of primary materials, speeches, and published articles from
African-American political and social leaders. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
356. AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT I (3). Analysis of the political
thought of selected American statesmen and stateswomen having
political responsibility at the critical moments in American history.
Attention given to the relationship between the political philosophy in
their thinking and the political actions they initiated. Recommended:
At least sophomore standing.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 323
357. AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT II (3). Analysis of topics in
American political thought which reect major political controversies
in American history, for example, liberty and equality, liberalism
and conservatism, American political rhetoric. Topics vary. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
358. RELIGION AND THE CONSTITUTION (3). Examination of
the constitutional relations of religion and American politics in light
of modern political philosophy, the Founders’ political thought, and
historical and contemporary constitutional controversies involving
religion. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
359. WAR, EMPIRE, AND ETHICS (3). Examination of questions
of justice and interest as they arise in the context of war. Study
of views of political philosophers and historians. Representative
authors include Thuycidides, Machiavelli, Kant, Hobbes, and Walzer.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
Comparative Politics
260. INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3).
Comparative analysis of values, structures, and processes of selected
foreign political systems, noting similarities to and differences from
those of the United States.
360. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS IN WESTERN EUROPE
(3). Analysis of governmental institutions, political processes, and
environmental factors which affect political behavior in representative
European countries; includes a substantial component on the
European community. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
361. BRITISH GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3). Development,
structure, functions, and processes of government and politics in
Great Britain. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
362. POLITICS OF DEVELOPING AREAS (3). Broad comparative
introduction to the problems and politics of developing areas
(i.e., Asia, Latin America, Middle East). Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
363. DICTATORSHIPS AND DEMOCRACIES (3). Examination of a
range of approaches to studying democracy and authoritarianism
across the world, including those, which emphasize political culture,
economic growth and crisis, political elites, class conict, civil society
and globalization. Case studies may focus on specic regions of the
world.
365. ORIGINS OF POLITICAL ORDER (3). A comparative examination
of the process of state formation and the character of state-society
relations across the world. In examining different regions, the course
will draw upon and seek to contribute to theoretical understandings
of how states are constructed and how they relate-across time
and space—with various social forces. Case studies may focus on
specic regions of the world.
366. POLITICS OF RUSSIA AND EURASIA (3). Comparative
analysis of politics and government in Russia and other selected
Eurasian states, with emphasis on developments since the breakup
of the Soviet Union. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
368. POLITICS OF AFRICA (3). Colonialism and nationalism in
Africa; the emergence of independent governments; contemporary
political and administrative problems. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
371. POLITICS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). Comparative study of
governmental and political institutions and processes in countries
such as Vietnam, Malaysia, Kampuchea, Laos, Thailand, and
Indonesia. Focus on issues such as ideological and minority conicts,
insurgencies, refugees, military rule, prospects for democracy, and
United States interests in Southeast Asia. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
372. POLITICS OF CHINA, JAPAN, AND KOREA (3). Examination
of political processes and public policies of three major nations
of Northeast Asia with emphasis on government institutions and
economic development. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
373. WOMEN AND POLITICS (3). Focus on women’s political
roles from a variety of cultural perspectives; emphasizes political
socialization, access to the policy process, and women as politicians
and decision-makers. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
375. MIDDLE EAST POLITICS (3). Comparative examination of
selected Middle Eastern states, with emphasis on contemporary
political systems, public policies, and foreign relations. PRQ: At least
sophomore standing. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
376. POLITICAL VIOLENCE (3). Introduction to theories of political
conict, political opposition, and methods of concluding violent
conicts, including war. Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
377. REVOLT, REVOLUTION AND GENICIDE (3). Comparative
analysis of revolts, revolutions and genocide examining such
questions as the failure and success of revolts and revolutions in
bringing about democracy; the role modern communications play
in revolts and revolutions; the links between revolts, revolutions and
genocide; and the role of the international community in preventing
and redressing incidents of genocide.
378. POLITICAL ISLAM (3). Analysis of various political and social
phenomena in the Muslim-dominant nations including Islamic
movements, religious parties, Islam and democracy, Islamic courts
and laws, women’s rights, religious radicalism and violence.
International Relations
285. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (3).
Theories, models, and concepts commonly used to explain
international relations with an emphasis on the use of these constructs
to analyze contemporary international problems and issues.
380. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY (3). Examination of the
substance of American foreign policy, with attention to issues such
as presidential management of foreign affairs, international crises, or
U.S. policy toward selected regions of the world. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
381. REGIONAL SECURITY (3). Survey of issues in regional security,
highlighting the politics of cooperation and conict in one or more
regions of the world and analyzing the repercussions of regional
security issues on the international system.
382. TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY SECURITY (3). Analysis of major
theoretical perspectives and debates associated with contemporary
conicts, including issues such as terrorism, drone warfare, civil wars,
conict in developing nations, inter-state conict, nuclear weapons
development, small-arms proliferation, and religious violence.
383. INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY (3). International
political economy since World War II: relations among advanced
industrialized states; interaction among developed and developing
economies; and policy choices confronting the United States.
Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
384. CONTEMPORARY FOREIGN POLICY (3). Examination of
contemporary foreign policy, with emphasis on the determinants,
objectives, and strategies of selected states and regions. May be
repeated to a maximum of 9 hours. Recommended POLS 285. PRQ:
At least a sophomore standing.
386. GLOBAL TERRORISM (3). Examines competing answers
to basic questions about terrorism including: what is terrorism;
why is terrorism increasing; what causes terrorism; and what
can be done to diminish the incidences and destructiveness of
terrorism? Recommended: At least sophomore standing.
387. INTERNATIONAL SECURITY (3). Survey of the most salient
issues in international security, including topics such as nuclear
proliferation, intrastate conicts, conict management, and interstate
rivalry.
388. U.S. NATIONAL SECURITY POLICY (3). Examination of
contemporary American defense policy, with emphasis on a broad
range of national and global security threats. Attention given to
national interests and capabilities, international responsibilities, and
selected policies and strategies. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
324 POLITICAL SCIENCE
389. INTERNATIONAL LAW AND ORGANIZATION (3). Principles
of the international law of peace, war, and neutrality. The origins,
structure, and functioning of the United Nations and its specialized
agencies. Contemporary problems. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
General
392. POLITICS AND FILM (3). Analysis of feature lms to explore
topics such as war, revolution, civil liberties, alienation, and conict
rooted in race, gender, and class. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
393. POLITICAL SCIENCE CAREER (1). Exploration of career
options for political science majors. This one-credit course will assist
students with the identication of career paths, the development
of skills (e.g., résumé creation, interviewing techniques, adopting
professional attitudes and behavior), and provide coaching and
mentoring opportunities. PRQ: Political science major and sophomore
or junior standing.
395. CONTEMPORARY TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (3).
Selected topics in the analysis and evaluation of political phenomena
in a variety of settings. Topics vary each semester. May be taken a
total of three times as topic changes. Enrollment in multiple sections
of POLS 395 in a semester is permitted. Recommended: At least
sophomore standing.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
ECON 401X, GEOG 401X, HIST 401, PSYC 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
490. INTERNSHIP IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-6). Admission upon
written approval by the internship coordinator for the Department
of Political Science. Credit awarded to qualied students upon
completion of an internship or other experiential learning related to
the eld and writing assignments. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours with department approval.
491H. HONORS APPRENTICESHIP (3). Students have three
options: (1) internship, (2) teaching assistantship, (3) research
assistantship. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: Admission to departments honors program and permission of
instructor. S/U grading.
492. MODEL UNITED NATIONS (1). Develop understanding of
global governance, the functioning of the United Nations, and
contemporary issues of international conict and collaboration
through study of these issues, and participation in organized United
Nations simulations where students will represent the countries NIU
is elding in a given semester. S/U grading.
494. SENIOR SEMINAR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (3). Advanced
seminar in the general problems of political science related to such
concepts as power, elites, interest groups, aggregation analysis,
political culture and socialization, the nature of the nation-state
system, and methods of survey research. PRQ: Senior standing and
consent of department.
495. SEMINAR IN CURRENT PROBLEMS (3). Contemporary
issues and policies in government and politics. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. Recommended: At least sophomore
standing.
496. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-6). Special
readings and topics in political science. Open only to junior and
senior majors in political science with a GPA of 3.00 or above and 12
semester hours in political science. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of department.
496H. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
(3). Special readings and topics in political science. Students will
attend a 500(600)-level Political Science graduate seminar, with
assignments modied as appropriate for an Honors undergraduate.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Admission
to departments honors program and permission of instructor.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 496X,
ECON 496X, GEOG 496X, HIST 496, PSYC 496X, and SOCI 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the
history or social science secondary teacher education program
and permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary
teacher education.
497. SMALL-GROUP STUDY IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1). Small
groups of participants study topics under the guidance of an
instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours, but
only 6 semester hours may be applied towards the major. Students
may enroll up to three credit hours per semester. Recommended: At
least sophomore standing.
498. SEMINAR ABROAD (3-9). A foreign study course to be arranged
with the department chair.
499H. SENIOR HONORS THESIS (1-3). Preparation of an honors
thesis under the guidance of a faculty member. May be repeated to a
maximum of 4 semester hours. PRQ: Admission to department and/
or university honors program and permission of instructor.
Political Science Faculty
Matthew J. Streb, Ph.D., Indiana University, professor, chair
Larry E. Arnhart, Ph.D., University of Chicago, Distinguished
Research Professor, adjunct professor emeritus
April Clark, Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara,
assistant professor
Michael Clark, Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara,
associate professor
Gary D. Glenn, Ph.D., University of Chicago, Distinguished
Teaching Professor, adjunct professor emeritus
Kikue Hamayotsu, Ph.D., Australian National University, associate
professor
Rebecca J. Hannagan, Ph.D., University of Nebraska, associate
professor
Shweta Moorthy, Ph.D., University of Illinois, assistant professor
J. Mitchell Pickerill, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
Andrea Radasanu, Ph.D., University of Toronto, associate
professor
Scot Schraufnagel, Ph.D., Florida State University, associate
professor
S. Adam Seagrave, Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, assistant
professor
H. Brendon Swedlow, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley,
associate professor
Kheang Un, Ph.D., Northern Illinois University, associate professor
Artemus E. Ward, Ph.D., Syracuse University, professor
Mikel L. Wyckoff, Ph.D., University of Maryland, adjunct associate
professor emeritus
325
Department of Psychology (PSYC)
The Department of Psychology offers the B.A. and B.S. degree
with a major in psychology. Either program can be used to gain
licensure to teach social sciences at the junior and senior high
school levels. The department also offers a minor in psychology
which should be of interest to students majoring in many other
areas in the university. A departmental honors program is offered
for qualied majors. Successful completion of the program leads
to graduation with honors in psychology.
The introductory course in psychology can be used by non-majors
toward fullling the university’s general education requirement in
the social sciences area. A number of departmental courses are
required of majors in other programs throughout the university.
Internship opportunities are available to psychology majors
of upper-division standing in youth care agencies, community
mental health centers and medical programs, law enforcement/
court/legal offices, human resource/employment services, and
other professions in conjunction with PSYC 489. Interested
students may consult with their faculty adviser or with a faculty
member closely associated with the appropriate eld.
Major in Psychology (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (35)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSYC 305 - Research Methods (3)
Two of the following (8)
PSYC 410 - Experimental Psychology: Perception (4)
PSYC 411 - Experimental Psychology: Animal Cognition (4)
PSYC 412 - Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and
Memory (4)
PSYC 413 - Clinical Psychology Laboratory (4)
PSYC 431 - Neuropsychology (4)
PSYC 433 - Social and Personality Laboratory (4)
PSYC 434 - Industrial-Organizational Psychology Laboratory (4)
PSYC 464 - Developmental Psychology Laboratory (4)
Electives in psychology (21 hours) to include at least 15 hours
selected from 300-400 level courses. PSYC 485 may be included
in these 21 hours for no more than 3 semester hours of credit. (21)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 3-16; B.S., 14-16)
For the B.A. degree
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Fulllment of foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree.”)
For the B.S. degree
One of the following groups
Group 1
One of the following (4)
CSCI 210 - Elementary Programming (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 250 - Computer Programming in COBOL (4)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Group 2
One of the following (4)
CSCI 210 - Elementary Programming (4)
CSCI 230 - Computer Programming in FORTRAN (4)
CSCI 240 - Computer Programming in C++ (4)
CSCI 250 - Computer Programming in COBOL (4)
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (4)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Group 3
MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
A two-semester laboratory sequence to be met by one of the
following sequences (7-9)
BIOS 213 - Introductory Bacteriology (3),
OR BIOS 357 - Human Anatomy and Physiology (5)
*CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I (3), and *CHEM 212 -
General Chemistry Laboratory I (1),
*CHEM 211 - General Chemistry II (3), and *CHEM 213 -
General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
*PHYS 210 - General Physics I (4), and *PHYS 211 - General
Physics II (8)
Total Hours for a Major in Psychology: 38-51 (B.A.)
OR 49-51 (B.S.)
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Psychology
Students who want to be licensed to teach psychology at the
secondary level must declare their intention to do so with the
History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in psychology.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program when they have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of psychology at
NIU and earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all psychology
courses taken at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure
program; and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program
* Available for general education credit.
326 PSYCHOLOGY
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program.
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in
psychology. In addition, they must complete PSYC 496X, History
and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, PSYC 496X must be taken in the
semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching (Secondary)
in History/Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400
only upon satisfactory completion of all other work required for
graduation and licensure.
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program complies with all ISBE rules as they relate to licensure
as outlined in Title 23, Part 25 of the Illinois Administrative Code
and all other applicable state laws and university requirements.
Students should consult with the History & Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program to determine the
necessary requirements to obtain educator licensure.
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Degree with Honors
The Psychology Honors Program, which is separate from the
University Honors Program, provides a challenging educational
experience for students of high academic promise and
achievement in psychology. Students who have achieved at least
a 3.20 GPA overall and a 3.50 in psychology courses should
apply for admission as early as possible because the Psychology
Honors program requires specic course work. A letter of interest
addressed to the Director of Undergraduate Studies serves as
an application.
Requirements
Completion of the psychology major requirements for the
baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative GPA of at least 3.20 overall and 3.50 in psychology
courses.
Completion of at least 6 of the required 15 semester hours of
elective credit at the 300-400 level with honors (of which 3 hours
must be PSYC 306, Advanced Research Methods, taken for
Honors credit).
Completion of 4-6 hours of PSYC 499.
Completion of a written honors proposal and thesis, which are
orally presented to the Psychology Honors Committee to the
satisfaction of the faculty adviser and Honors Committee. NOTE:
Successful completion of the Honors Thesis will count as one
laboratory course for the purpose of meeting department B.A. or
B.S. requirements.
Minor in Psychology (21)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
Electives in psychology with at least 12 semester hours from 300-
and 400-level courses (18)
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
Course List
102. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (3). Basic psycho-
physiological principles of human behavior, including the roles of
heredity, maturation, environment, behavioral development, sensory
processes, perception, motivation, and emotions.
219. POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3). Analysis of behavioral and
environmental factors promoting optimal mental health. Development
of knowledge for cultivating well-being. Consideration of scientic
evidence for methods designed to support behavioral, cognitive, and
emotional growth.
225. LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT: CHILDHOOD THROUGH
ADULTHOOD (3). Behavioral development from conception through
adulthood. Emphasis on biological, motor, cognitive, social, and
personality characteristics at various stages of development. PRQ:
PSYC 102.
245. THINKING (3). The phenomenon of thinking with emphasis on
psychological theories and empirical ndings related to memory,
problem solving, decision making, and reasoning. Classroom
demonstrations and exercises to illustrate principles and help
students to improve their critical thinking skills. PRQ: PSYC 102.
300. INTRODUCTION TO BRAIN AND BEHAVIOR (3). Introductory
survey concerned with the relationship between the brain and a
wide variety of behaviors, both normal and abnormal. Provides a
fundamental understanding of how the brain controls and mediates
behavior, and a foundation for more advanced courses in behavioral
neuroscience. PRQ: At least sophomore standing and PSYC 102, or
consent of department.
305. RESEARCH METHODS (3). Introduction to research methods
and the design of experiments in psychology. Discussion of all
aspects of an experiment, from the initial formulation of an hypothesis
through the nal report of results, using examples from a variety of
problem areas in psychology. PRQ: At least sophomore standing,
PSYC 102, and a grade of C or better in STAT 208, STAT 301, or
STAT 350, or consent of department.
306. ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS (3). Advanced
research methods and the design of experiments in psychology.
Detailed examination of experimental planning, design, analysis
and interpretation for research in psychology. Emphasis on the
development of individual research projects. Open only to students
enrolled in the University Honors Program or the Department of
Psychology Honors Program, or by consent of department. PRQ: At
least sophomore standing, PSYC 102, a grade of C or better in a
statistics course (STAT 208, STAT 301, or STAT 350) and PSYC 305,
or consent of department.
315. BEHAVIOR DISTURBANCES IN CHILDREN (3). Disturbances
in children involving intellectual, emotional, and expressive behaviors
as well as selected therapeutic procedures and their relationship
to psychological theories and research. PRQ: At least sophomore
standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
316. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (3). Introduction to
the study of pathological behavior. The development, maintenance,
and treatment of problem behavior discussed from theoretical,
empirical, and clinical perspectives. PRQ: At least sophomore
standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
324. DEVELOPMENTAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY (3). Introduction
to questions, approaches, and empirical ndings in the eld
of developmental psychology. Emphasis on the processes of
psychological development during childhood, as illustrated within
a broad range of psychological content domains. PRQ: At least
sophomore standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
* Available for general education credit.
PSYCHOLOGY 327
332. PERSONALITY (3). Consideration of basic factors in personality
and the role of personality in the study of behavior. Discussion and
critical examination of contemporary studies in personality, with
emphasis on experimental evidence. PRQ: At least sophomore
standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
345. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3). Introduction to how a person
attends to and gains information about the world, how that information
is stored in and retrieved from memory, and how this knowledge is
used in language and comprehension, problem solving, and thinking.
PRQ: At least sophomore standing and PSYC 102, or consent of
department.
351. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS (3). Includes
group intelligence tests and personality and interest inventories,
with emphasis on design, execution, and interpretation of testing in
psychological situations. PRQ: At least sophomore standing, PSYC
102, and either STAT 301 or STAT 350; or consent of department.
360. MOTIVATION (3). Study of human and animal behavior as it is
determined by motives and emotions. Analysis of primary and learned
motivators in the context of contemporary research and theory,
with emphasis on the relationship of motives to the reinforcement,
punishment, and energizing of behavior. PRQ: At least sophomore
standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
372. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Behavior in the context of social
interaction, with emphasis on experimental ndings. Includes such
topics as interpersonal judgment and perception, social attraction,
aggression, prejudice and social inuence, including attitude
formation and persuasion, conformity, and social modeling. PRQ: At
least sophomore standing and PSYC 102, or consent of department.
400. PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE (3). Examination of cognitive,
motor, and physiological processes involved in production and
comprehension of spoken and written language are examined from
a psychological perspective. Emphasis on issues, methods, and
explanatory models in psychology relevant to the transmission of
information via reading, writing, listening, and speaking. Topics
include reader/text and listener/speaker characteristics, mental
representations, memory, conversational interchanges, and
pragmatics. PRQ: At least junior standing and either PSYC 245 or
PSYC 345, or consent of department.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
ECON 401X, GEOG 401X, HIST 401, POLS 401X, and SOCI 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
410. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: PERCEPTION (4). Method
and theory in the psychology of perception, covering behavioral,
phenomenological and neurological approaches. Emphasis is on
the active role of the brain and higher-order cognitive processes
in creating our perceptual experiences, particularly vision. Lecture
and laboratory. PRQ: At least junior standing, PSYC 305, and either
PSYC 300 or PSYC 345; or consent of department
411. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ANIMAL COGNITION (4).
Examines the techniques and theories used to investigate processes
related to learning across species with an emphasis on neural
systems mediating performance. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: At
least junior standing, PSYC 305, and either PSYC 300 or PSYC 345;
or consent of department.
412. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: HUMAN LEARNING AND
MEMORY (4). Fundamental encoding, transfer, and memory
processes in human behavior. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: At least
junior standing, PSYC 305, and either PSYC 245 or PSYC 345; or
consent of department.
413. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY LABORATORY (4). Training in current
research techniques used in the study of clinical psychology. Lecture
and laboratory. PRQ: At least junior standing, PSYC 305, and either
PSYC 315, or PSYC 316, or PSYC 332; or consent of department.
417. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION (3). Introduction
to the psychological principles, methods, and issues in behavior
modication. Emphasis on theoretical and empirical foundations
of various strategies for producing behavior change and on ethical
issues involved in the use of behavioral techniques. PRQ: At least
junior standing and either PSYC 315 or PSYC 316, or consent of
department.
418. INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Survey of
the knowledge, activities, and methods of inquiry associated with
clinical psychology; its relationships to other areas of psychology
and other disciplines; and a sampling of problems and controversies
within the area. PRQ: At least junior standing and either PSYC 315 or
PSYC 316, or consent of department.
424. ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (3). Behavioral development
during the adolescent years. Emphasis on biological and
physiological, learning and cognitive, and social and personality
transitions at various stages of development within the family, peer
group, educational/school, and work contexts of adolescent life. PRQ:
At least junior standing and PSYC 324, or consent of department.
425. ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING (3). Behavioral
development from early adulthood through old age. Emphasis on
biological, motor, cognitive, social, and personality characteristics at
various stages of development. PRQ: At least junior standing and
PSYC 324, or consent of department.
426. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY (3). Systematic study of
the theoretical contributions of major psychologists to basic
understanding of the dynamics of human personality. PRQ: At least
junior standing and either PSYC 332 or PSYC 372, or consent of
department.
428. HISTORY OF PSYCHOLOGY (3). Review of the historical
roots of the science of psychology and the development of the eld
to contemporary times. PRQ: At least junior standing and at least 3
semester hours of upper-division credit in psychology, or consent of
department.
431. NEUROPSYCHOLOGY (4). Crosslisted as BIOS 431X.
Understanding the physiological functioning of the body as it affects
normal and dysfunctional behavior with an emphasis on examining
clinical cases and neural pathologies. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ:
At least junior standing, PSYC 305 and PSYC 300; or consent of
department.
433. SOCIAL AND PERSONALITY LABORATORY (4). Training
in current research techniques used in the study of social and
personality psychology. Experiments conducted to study the effects
of personality and social factors on behavior. Lecture and laboratory.
PRQ: At least junior standing, PSYC 305, and either PSYC 332 or
PSYC 372; or consent of department.
434. INDUSTRIAL-ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY LABORATORY
(4). Introduction, training, and practice in the research techniques
used in the study of industrial-organizational psychology. Lecture
and laboratory. PRQ: At least junior standing, PSYC 305, and one
of the following: PSYC 332, PSYC 372, PSYC 471, or consent of
department.
464. DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY LABORATORY (4). Training
in current research techniques used in the study of developmental
psychology. Lecture and laboratory. PRQ: At least junior standing,
PSYC 305, and either PSYC 225 or PSYC 324; or consent of
department.
465. ADVANCED DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Fundamental
theories, issues, and concepts in developmental psychology are
examined in depth and illustrated within one or more content areas,
such as physical, cognitive, perceptual, language, personality, and/
or social aspects of development. PRQ: At least junior standing and
PSYC 324, or consent of department.
328 PSYCHOLOGY
471. INDUSTRIAL-ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Contribution
of psychology in theory, research, and practice to the understanding
of such topics as employee selection, placement, and training, job
satisfaction, work motivation and performance, problem solving
and decision making, leadership and supervision, work design, and
organizational development. PRQ: At least junior standing and either
PSYC 351 or PSYC 372, or consent of department.
472. GROUP PROCESSES (3). Introductory survey of small group
processes and collective interaction. Emphasis on empirical ndings
derived from laboratory experimentation. Topics include communication
in groups, bargaining and coalition formation, cooperation and conict,
leadership, group pressures and inuence, collective decision making,
and group problem solving. PRQ: At least junior standing and either
PSYC 332 or PSYC 372, or consent of department.
473. SOCIAL JUDGMENT (3). Examination of research and theory
dealing with how people evaluate and form judgments of other
people. Research dealing with judgments made both by individuals
and by groups. In addition to critical study of basic judgment
processes, addresses applied aspects of social judgment such as
moral, clinical, and trial jury decisions. Not available for credit toward
graduate degrees in psychology. PRQ: At least junior standing and
PSYC 372, or consent of department.
474. PSYCHOLOGICAL BASIS OF SEXUALITY (3). Examination of
human sexuality from a psychological perspective including sexual
behavior and the motivation, cognitive processes, and affective
responses underlying this behavior. Emphasis on understanding the
empirical literature, methodology, and ndings of current psychological
research on human sexuality. PRQ: At least junior standing and either
PSYC 316 or PSYC 332, or consent of department.
480. PSYCHOLOGY OF STRESS (3). Examines the concept of
stress from the physiological and psychological perspectives. Review
and discuss empirical research and theoretical models that have
been proposed relating to stress and its effects on behavior. PRQ:
PSYC 102 and PSYC 300 or consent of department.
481. DRUGS AND BEHAVIOR (3). Basic techniques, current data,
and interpretations from neurochemical, neuropharmacological, and
behavioral approaches to the investigation of behaviorally active
drugs. Some knowledge of the structure and functioning of the
mammalian nervous system assumed. PRQ: At least junior standing
and PSYC 300, or consent of department.
485. INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY (1-3). Qualied students
interested in specic problems in psychology work with a faculty
member in the department. May be repeated to a maximum of 9
semester hours, but only 3 semester hours may be applied toward a
major or minor in psychology. PRQ: Consent of department.
489. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION/INTERNSHIP (3). Work in
an authorized agency for at least 10 hours per week. Preparation
of a written report or oral presentation describing the experience
required. Work experience must be approved by NIU’s Cooperative
Education/Internship Program. May be repeated once, but no more
than 3 semester hours can be applied toward a major in psychology.
S/U grading. PRQ: At least junior standing with a declared major in
psychology, and consent of a faculty sponsor.
495. SEMINAR IN SPECIAL TOPICS (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated once as topics change. PRQ: At least junior standing and
at least 3 semester hours of upper-division credit in psychology, or
consent of department.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION IN
GRADES 6-12 FOR SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as
ANTH 496X, ECON 496X, GEOG 496X, HIST 496, POLS 496X, and
SOCI 496X. Organization and presentation of materials for history
and social science courses at the secondary levels. PRQ: Admission
to the history or social science secondary teacher education program
and permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary
teacher education.
498. HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3). Intensive study of a
selected topic in psychology as the capstone project in the university
honors program. Open only to senior psychology majors currently
admitted to the university honors program. Not available for credit
for students in the departmental honors program. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours but only 3 semester hours may
be applied toward a major in psychology. PRQ: Senior standing, 3
semester hours of elective credit at the 300-400 level in psychology
with honors, admission to the university honors program, and consent
of department.
499. SENIOR HONORS RESEARCH THESIS (1-3). Individual study
of a problem in psychology involving experimental or other scholarly
work. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours but only 3
semester hours may be applied toward a major in psychology. PRQ:
Senior standing, 3 semester hours of elective credit at the 300-400
level in psychology with honors, and consent of departmental honors
committee.
Psychology Faculty
Larissa K. Barber, Ph.D., Saint Louis University, assistant
professor
David J. Bridgett, Ph.D., Washington State University, associate
professor
M. Anne Britt, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, Presidential
Research Professor
Michelle K. Demaray, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, professor
Amanda M. Durik, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison,
associate professor
Lisa M. Finkelstein, Ph.D., Tulane University, associate professor
Angela Grippo, Ph.D., University of Iowa, assistant professor
Michelle M. Lilly, Ph.D., University of Michigan, associate
professor
Joseph P. Magliano, Ph.D., University of Memphis, Presidential
Research Professor
Christine K. Malecki, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Presidential
Engagement Professor
Leslie Matuszewich, Ph.D., University of Buffalo, associate
professor
Keith K. Millis, Ph.D., Memphis State University, professor
Nina S. Mounts, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, professor
Julia A. Ogg, Ph.D., Michigan State University, assistant professor
Holly K. Orcutt, State University of New York, Buffalo, associate
professor
Christopher P. Parker, Ph.D., Rice University, associate professor
Bradford H. Pillow, Ph.D., Stanford University, associate
professor
Laura D. Pittman, Ph.D., University of Connecticut, Storrs,
associate professor
Alan Rosenbaum, Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony
Brook, professor
Brad J. Sagarin, Ph.D., Arizona State University, professor
Alecia M. Santuzzi, Ph.D., Tulane University, associate professor
Elizabeth C. Shelleby, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, assistant
professor
John J. Skowronski, Ph.D., University of Iowa, Distinguished
Research Professor
David P. Valentiner, Ph.D., University of Texas, professor
Douglas Wallace, Ph.D., Kent State University, associate
professor
Katja Wiemer, Ph.D., University of Memphis, associate professor
Kevin D. Wu, Ph.D., University of Iowa, associate professor
329
Department of Public Administration (PSPA)
The mission of the Department of Public Administration is to
advance excellence in public management by preparing men
and women for public service careers. The department focuses
principally on the dynamics of leading and managing organizations
that address political, social, economic, environmental, and
administrative problems in the public and non-prot sectors. The
department has no undergraduate major. Rather, it provides
service courses to a wide variety of majors and minors, including
the majors in political science, applied management, and
community leadership and civic engagement; and the minors in
black studies, urban studies, and public administration to support
undergraduate students who aspire to a public service career.
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Public Sector Leadership (12-14)
The certicate prepares students to take leadership roles within
public service organizations. Leadership skill and knowledge are
fundamental for individuals contemplating or currently pursuing
career positions with public service organizations. Knowing
how to frame a vision, how to think strategically, how to solve
problems, how to motivate employees, and how to adapt an
organization to complex environmental change is all part of being
a public service leader.
The certicate is open to all NIU undergraduates. Students must
maintain good academic standing in the university, achieve
a minimum grade of C in each certicate course, achieve a
cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 in all certicate courses, and
complete all certicate course work within six calendar years.
Some of the courses may, with the approval of the major
department, be applied toward an undergraduate major.
Requirements
PSPA 201 - Public Service Leadership (3)
PSPA 331X - Public Administration (3)
At least two of the following (6-8)
PSPA 302X - Government in Metropolitan Areas (3)
PSPA 303X - State and Local Government (3)
PSPA 327X - E-Governance (3)
PSPA 330X - Bureaucracy and the Public Policy Process (3)
PSPA 395 - Contemporary Topics in Public Service (3) (may be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours)
PSPA 410 - Supervision in the Public Sector (1)
PSPA 411 - The Ethical Public Administrator (3)
PSPA 412 - Public Budgeting (3)
PSPA 413 - Community Engagement in Public Safety
Agencies (1)
Course List (PSPA)
201. PUBLIC SERVICE LEADERSHIP (3). Introduction to the traits
and standards associated with leadership roles in public service, as
distinguished from business and educational leadership. Exposure to
the leadership and management of volunteers.
220X. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY (3). Crosslisted
as POLS 220. Factors important in the policy process through an
examination of selected issue areas such as health, the environment,
energy, and economic regulation. Politics of evaluation and its uses.
301. PHILANTHROPY AND VOLUNTEERISM (3). Examination of
the role of philanthropic activities in a civil society, the process of
philanthropy, and the contribution that volunteerism makes to civil
society. Survey of techniques, methods, and policies concerning
volunteerism and philanthropy.
302X. GOVERNMENT IN METROPOLITAN AREAS (3). Crosslisted
as POLS 302. Examination of the political and structural elements of
government in metropolitan areas. Emphasis on the impact of public
and private inuences exercised through the network of government
agencies upon urban regions. PRQ: At least sophomore standing or
consent of department. Recommended: POLS 303 OR PSPA 303X.
303X. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (3). Crosslisted as POLS
303. Examines the structure, functions, and governance dynamics
of local and state governments. Includes relationships of local and
state government legislative, executive, and administrative actors;
management processes; and intergovernmental relations.
326X. NONPROFIT MANAGEMENT (3). Crosslisted as POLS 326.
Examines the role of nonprot organizations in the policy process
from advocacy through service delivery. Emphasis on management/
administration and the delivery of public services. PRQ: At least
sophomore standing. Recommended: POLS 331 OR PSPA 331X.
327X. E-GOVERNANCE (3). Crosslisted as POLS 327. Examines
the policy issues and management practices associated with the
use of information and communication technologies in governance.
Governance includes the production and delivery of public information
and services as well as citizen and stakeholder participation in making
those production and delivery decisions. Issues include information
access, digital divide, electronic privacy and security, and online
citizen participation. Topics on managing information technology in
government include e-government web portals, information resource
management, knowledge management, strategic information
technology management, and others.
328. ROLE OF NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS IN
DEVELOPMENT (3). Crosslisted as POLS 328X. Exploration of
the roles that nongovernmental organizations play in development
activities in developing countries, with emphasis on nongovernmental
organizations that support education and community development.
330X. BUREAUCRACY AND THE PUBLIC POLICY PROCESS (3).
Crosslisted as POLS 330. Role of the bureaucracy in the formation
and implementation of public policy. Includes the interaction of public
agencies with other agencies, chief executives, legislatures, courts,
other levels of government, parties, interest groups, and the media.
331X. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3). Crosslisted as POLS 331.
Leadership, decision making, organizational behavior, program
effectiveness, and scal management in public administrative
agencies.
332. STRATEGIC PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC
SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS (3). An integrated approach to public
service management theories and concepts, research, and modern
practices related to strategic performance management and
strategic planning in public service organizations for improved public
performance, accountability and citizen participation.
395. CONTEMPORARY TOPICS IN PUBLIC SERVICE (3). Selected
topics in the analysis and evaluation of public service phenomena
in a variety of settings. Topics vary each semester and include such
concerns as supervisory skills, strategic planning, governance
relationships, democratic accountability, and other topics pertinent to
leadership roles in public service organizations. May be taken a total
of two times as different topics.
330 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
402. RESOURCE STRATEGIES FOR NONPROFIT
ORGANIZATIONS (3). Crosslisted as MGMT 402X. Introductory
survey of resource strategies for non-governmental public service
organizations; including fundraising, grant writing, volunteer
management, and oversight roles.
410. SUPERVISION IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR (1). State and
municipal involvement in employee-management relations with
emphasis on legislative, judicial, political, and social considerations.
Comparisons with the private sector and the special bargaining
problems of various units in the public sector are considered.
411. THE ETHICAL PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR (3). A review of
the ethical principles and standards associated with the public
administration profession. Provides instruction to recognize and
respond to ethical dilemmas.
412. PUBLIC BUDGETING (3). Introduction to the processes and
politics of public budgeting, including the legal, political, and economic
factors affecting budgeting in federal, state, and local governments in
the United States.
413. COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT IN PUBLIC SAFETY AGENCIES
(1). Exploration of how community engagement can benet public
safety agencies, including a review of the various avenues to
engage citizens in departmental activities and proper roles for such
engagement.
Public Administration Faculty
Kurt M. Thurmaier, Ph.D., Syracuse University, professor, chair
Gerald T. Gabris, Ph.D., University of Missouri, Distinguished
Teaching Professor
Heidi O. Koenig, Ph.D., Syracuse University, associate professor
Michael T. Peddle, Ph.D., Northwestern University, associate
professor, assistant chair
Alicia M. Schatteman, Ph.D., Rutgers University, assistant
professor
331
Department of Sociology (SOCI)
The Department of Sociology offers the B.A. and B.S. degree
with a major in sociology. Sociology is the study of the origins,
organizations, institutions and structure of human society and
the causal effects of human behavior in collective social action.
Baccalaureate graduates in sociology nd employment in a
wide range of careers in such elds as community development,
criminal justice, health services, policy development, public
relations, and social services. The department also offers a
minor in sociology, which should be of interest to students
majoring in another social science program such as psychology
or anthropology, in a program in family, consumer, and nutrition
studies, or in history or philosophy.
A departmental honors program is available for outstanding
students. Either the B.A. or B.S. degree can be used to gain
licensure to teach social sciences at the junior and senior high
school levels.
Several of the department’s courses can be used by non-majors
toward fullling the social sciences area requirement in the
university’s general education program. Several of its courses
are also recommended or required for majors in other programs,
especially those in the College of Business and in the College of
Health and Human Sciences. The department also participates in
international study programs, in the University Honors Program,
and in the interdisciplinary minors in black studies, environmental
studies, gerontology, international studies, Latino/Latin American
studies, public administration, Southeast Asian studies, urban
studies, and women’s studies.
Major in Sociology (B.A. or B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in Department (38)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOCI 300 - Foundations of Sociology (3)
SOCI 301 - Classical Sociological Theory (3)
SOCI 302 - Contemporary Sociological Theory (3)
SOCI 377A - Sociological Inquiry I (4)
SOCI 377B - Sociological Inquiry II (4)
Additional courses in sociology (18), at least 6 semester hours of
which must be 400-level courses.
A student must have an overall GPA of at least 2.00 in the major
courses and have completed the following courses, with a grade of C
or better in each course, to complete the major in Sociology:
SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOCI 300 - Foundations of Sociology (3)
Requirements outside Department (B.A., 3-16; B.S., 11-14)
For the B.A. Degree
*STAT 208 - Basic Statistics (3),
OR STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
For the B.S. Degree
One of the following groups (11-14)
Group 1
CSCI 210 - Elementary Programming (4)
*MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics (3)
*MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and Social Science (3)
STAT 301 - Elementary Statistics (4)
OR
Group 2
*MATH 229 and MATH 230 - Calculus I and II (8)
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Total Hours for a Major in Sociology: 40-53 (B.A.)
OR 48-51 (B.S.)
Professional Educator Licensure – Social
Sciences: Sociology
Students who want to be licensed to teach sociology at the
secondary level must declare their intention to do so with the
History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program at the earliest possible opportunity. Educator licensure
involves signicant requirements in addition to the completion of
a degree in sociology.
Admission
Students are admitted to the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program when they have
established a le with the History and Social Sciences
Secondary Teacher Education Program and completed
satisfactory reviews of progress each semester after
establishment of the le;
attained junior standing and completed at least 12 semester
hours at NIU with a minimum GPA of 2.75;
passed the Test of Academic Prociency or met the
requirements for an ACT/SAT/TAP substitution;
completed at least 6 semester hours of sociology at NIU and
earned a minimum GPA of 3.00 in all sociology courses taken
at the college/university level;
met all other Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)
requirements for admission to an educator licensure program;
and
obtained approval from the History and Social Sciences
Secondary office of Teacher Education Program.
Retention
Students admitted to the program must maintain the GPA
requirements and complete a satisfactory review of progress
each semester with the History and Social Sciences Secondary
Teacher Education Program.
Department Requirements
Students must complete the requirements for a degree in
sociology. In addition, they must complete SOCI 496X, History
and Social Science Instruction for Secondary Educators. Except
in unusual circumstances, SOCI 496X must be taken in the
semester immediately prior to enrollment in student teaching.
* Available for general education credit.
332 SOCIOLOGY
Other Requirements
Students must complete HIST 400, Student Teaching in History/
Social Sciences for Secondary Educators. Except in unusual
circumstances, students are admitted to HIST 400 only upon
satisfactory completion of all other work required for graduation
and licensure.
Placement
The History and Social Sciences Secondary Teacher Education
Program cannot guarantee geographic area, subject area, or
availability of placements for clinical experiences including
student teaching. All placements are arranged through the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences Office of School Partnerships and
Placements.
Six-Year (3+3) Accelerated B.S. or B.A./J.D.
Program in Sociology and the College of Law
Admission
The six-year integrated sequence leads to either a B.S. or
B.A. in Sociology and the J.D. degree. Students who want to
complete this program must identify themselves to the Sociology
Department as majors who will complete the 3+3 program. This
program is open to all undergraduates who major in sociology
and have completed at least 90 credit hours of undergraduate
course work, including all requirements for the sociology B.A. or
B.S. degree, as well as all general education requirements, with
a minimum GPA of 3.25. Juniors who have met these standards
in their B.S. or B.A. degree in sociology are eligible to apply for
admission to NIU’s College of Law under the special provisions
of this program. The application to the College of Law must be
submitted no later than February 15 of the applicant’s junior
year. As part of the application to the College of Law, applicants
must take the LSAT no later than February of their junior year
and must score above the 50th percentile of the previous year’s
matriculating law class.
Curriculum
Students must complete all the requirements of the sociology
B.A. or B.S. degree as well as all general education requirements
by the end of their junior year. Students accepted into the College
of Law pursuant to the special provisions of this program will
matriculate in the College of Law in the fall of their senior year. Up
to 30 hours of law courses will count toward the nal 30 credits of
the undergraduate degree. The nal two years of the program will
follow the standard College of Law timetable.
Degree with Honors
To be eligible for a degree with honors, students must have at
least a 3.50 GPA in their sociology courses and be recommended
by faculty in the department.
The degree with honors will be awarded to majors who maintain
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.25 and a 3.50 GPA or above in
sociology, and successfully complete at least 12 semester hours
of sociology honors work (of which 6 hours must be SOCI 490H,
Senior Thesis).
Students who plan the senior honors thesis in sociology should
take at the honors level either SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B,
Sociological Inquiry I or II, and a course in their eld of sociology
chosen in consultation with their adviser.
Details concerning application for the degree with honors in
sociology can be obtained from the department office, Zulauf 815.
* Available for general education credit.
Minor in Sociology (18)
*SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOCI 280 - Foundations of Sociology (3)
A minimum of 12 semester hours of electives in sociology.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at the upper
(300-400) level.
Six or more semester hours in the minor must be taken at NIU.
A student must have an overall GPA of at least 2.00 in the minor
courses and have completed the following courses with a grade of C
or better in each course to complete the minor in Sociology:
SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOCI 300 - Foundations of Sociology (3)
Certicate of Undergraduate Study
Criminology
The criminology certicate is designed to provide insight into the
academic study—theoretical and empirical—of crime and the
criminal justice system in contemporary society. The criminology
certicate is recommended for all students interested in examining
issues associated with the patterns, correlates, and explanations
of crime, as well as societal responses to crime, both formal
and informal. Courses that are proposed for certicate credit
are already regularly offered in the Sociology bachelor degree
program. The certicate is appropriate and intended for students
studying for, or currently working in, a number of disciplines or
careers related to the criminal justice and legal system, security,
education, public health, social sciences, and human services.
The certicate program is open to all NIU undergraduates.
Students must maintain good academic standing in the university,
maintain a 2.00 grade point average in certicate courses and
complete all certicate course work within six calendar years. All
courses for the certicate must be completed at NIU. Certicate
courses in Sociology may be counted toward undergraduate
degree requirements in the department.
Requirements
SOCI 288 - Criminology (3)
SOCI 289 - The Criminal Justice System (3)
Any three of the following (3)
SOCI 380 - Deviance in Society (3)
SOCI 384 - Police in a Democratic Society (3)
SOCI 386 - Peace and Social Justice (3)
SOCI 388 - Punishment and Corrections (3)
SOCI 390 - Internship in Sociology (3) with approval - may count
up to 3 hours
SOCI 395 - Contemporary Topics in Sociology (3) with approval
of department
SOCI 480 - Communities and Crime (3)
SOCI 485 - Law and Society (3)
SOCI 487 - Gender and Crime (3)
SOCI 488 - Juvenile Delinquency (3)
SOCI 492 - Comparative Criminology (3)
SOCI 495 - Proseminar in Sociology (3) with approval of
department
SOCI 357 - Sociology of Gender (3),
OR SOCI 361 - Race and Ethnicity (3),
OR SOCI 450 - Social Inequality (3)
Course List
170. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3). Basic survey of major
substantive areas within sociology including key contributions to our
understanding of the complex social world. Concepts and methods
used by sociologists.
250. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS (3). Examination
of the continuity, interrelationships, and change in social organization
and institutions in American and other societies.
SOCIOLOGY 333
260. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). How people
are socialized in terms of the norms and values of their societies
and how norms and values inuence societal change. Introduces
students to the basic research and methods of social psychological
inquiry.
270. SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3). Why social problems occur and
how society can work toward correcting them. Exploration of how
different value premises and social theories lead to distinctive ways
of addressing social problems. Issues such as poverty, crime,
homelessness, intergroup conicts, and sexual identity discrimination
provide case materials for these explorations. Use of this approach
to examine underlying structural problems such as economic
restructuring, the overall health and aging of the population, and
urban change and decline.
288. CRIMINOLOGY (3). Examination of the nature of crime and
delinquency, crime statistics, and criminal behavior. Emphasis on
social causes and theories of crime. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or
SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, and at least sophomore standing, or consent
of department.
289. THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM (3). Overview of the
relationships among the system’s parts, including law, police, courts,
prisons, and other agencies of coercive control. Examination of the
ow of clients through the system, and relationships of the system to
external institutions and social inuences. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI
250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, and at least sophomore standing, or
consent of the department.
290. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK (3). Fields and opportunities of
social work in public and in private social agencies. Descriptive
comparison of the types of social work, including case work and
group work. Visits to selected social agencies.
300. FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGY (3). Fundamentals of theory,
methods, and scholarly writing as they apply to a sociological
perspective. PRQ: SOCI 170 or consent of department.
301. CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3). Examination of the
major theorists and varied approaches to social phenomena from the
19th and 20th centuries that gave rise to the discipline of sociology.
PRQ: SOCI 300 or consent of department.
302. CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3). Examination
of contemporary sociological theories and theorists, with special
attention paid to the development of theory from the mid-20th century
onward. Focus given to the way major issues facing contemporary
society relate to changes in the intellectual enterprise of sociology.
PRQ: SOCI 301 or consent of department.
329X. INTERNATIONAL NGOs AND GLOBALIZATION (3).
Crosslisted as ANTH 429X and CLCE 429. Review of the history of
international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs) particularly
changes since the advent of neoliberal globalization beginning in the
late 1980s that heralded an “NGO boom.” Examination of the political
roles of INGOs and challenges negotiating multiple relationships
with communities, governments, and social movements. PRQ: Junior
standing or consent of instructor.
330. ANIMALS AND SOCIETY (3). Application of sociological
theories and concepts to the various roles that animals play in
society. Examination of the nature of the human-animal bond. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of the
department.
335. IMMIGRATION (3). Crosslisted as GEOG 335X. Examines
the national and international dynamics of migration, the causes
and effects of migration, migration policies, and the experiences
of immigrant communities in the United States and beyond. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of
department.
352. POPULATION (3). Structure and characteristics: fertility,
mortality, morbidity, migration, and change; techniques of analysis;
discussion of populations, family planning, and other policies of
developing and developed countries. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250
or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
353. SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION (3). Relationship of the
educational system to the social structure; changing function of
education in society; impact of education on technological changes
and social mobility; comparison of systems in various cultures. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of
department.
354. FAMILIES AND SOCIAL CHANGE (3). Introduction to family
sociological and historical research, focusing on the diversity and
adaptability of families in changing contemporary American society.
Emphasis on how large social trends and forces such as economic
transitions, governmental policies, and societal values and beliefs
affect families as units and family members as individuals. Attention
given to understanding the dynamic social construction of gender
within and outside of families. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI
260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
355. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (3). Development of religious
groups and institutions; cultural variation in religious beliefs and
behavior; the sectarian society and the denomination in relation to
social structure and social change. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or
SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
356. HEALTH, AGING, AND SOCIETY (3). Examination of the
social aspects of health and aging. Emphasis on health and aging
as socially constructed, and social structures that constrain health
and aging. Topics include inequality in morbidity, mortality, and the
aging process; the social organization of health and aging services;
caregiving; end-of-life issues; health nancing and policy. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270; or consent of
department.
357. THE SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER (3). Introduction to the current
body of theory and research on gender from a critical social science
perspective. Evaluates differences between biological maleness and
femaleness and the social construction of contemporary gender
identity. Emphasis on everyday processes of gender, including
experiences of diverse populations across a range of social
institutions. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270,
or consent of department.
361. RACE AND ETHNICITY (3). Analysis of the social and cultural
patterns that structure the lives of ethnic and racial groupings in
American society; impact of social change and conict upon minority,
majority relations; present trends in ethnic/racial identity and identity
crises of selected ethnic and racial groups. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI
250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
363. SOCIOLOGY OF THE MILITARY (3). Analysis of the impact of
military institutions and war upon nations and international relations.
Examination of professional and organizational aspects of military
institutions and their relationships to civilian society. PRQ:SOCI 170
or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
364. ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY (3). Relationship of the
physical environment (“natural” and “built”) to human behavior
and social structure. Topics include population and urbanization,
technological development, energy resources, housing, architectural
design, natural disasters, occupational health and safety, industrial
waste and pollution, and changes in agricultural production. PRQ:
SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of
department.
375. SOCIOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS (3). Application of various
sociological theories in explaining structures of organizations and
behaviors of individuals within organizations. Comparisons between
types of organizations–schools, administrative bureaucracies,
social service, volunteer, and business. Examples drawn from both
American and non-American settings. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250
or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
377A. SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY I (4). The logic, philosophy, and
ethics of scientic inquiry applied to understanding social phenomena.
An introduction to ethnographic methods, including techniques of eld
observation, focus groups, in-depth interviewing, and comparison of
methods. Practice in grounded theory and other qualitative methods
of data analysis. Laboratory experience in techniques of information
searches, electronic communication, and organizing observations.
PRQ: SOCI 300 or consent of department.
334 SOCIOLOGY
377B. SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY II (4). Review of the logic, philosophy,
and ethics of scientic inquiry. Denition and construction of variables.
Introduction to hypothesis construction and testing, sampling
techniques, experiment design, survey methods, quantitative data
analysis, and comparison of methods. Practice in using data sets to
investigate analytic questions. Laboratory experience in techniques
of data management, descriptive and inferential analysis, and model
testing. PRQ: SOCI 300 or consent of department; STAT 208 or STAT
301 or STAT 350 or UBUS 223.
379. COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS (3).
History and analysis of spontaneous crowd behavior: mobs, panic,
riots. History, theories, and strategies of community organizing and
large scale social protest movements. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250
or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department..
380. DEVIANCE IN SOCIETY (3). Social deviance as a concept,
including theory and research in mechanisms of social control, the
social construction of norms, and norm violation as well as societal
reactions to deviant behavior. The process of becoming a deviant,
deviant subcultures, and their impact on individuals and society.
PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent
of department.
382. TERRORISM, HATE GROUPS, AND HOMELAND SECURITY
(3). A global sociological perspective to survey international and
domestic forms of terrorism, hate crimes/groups, extremism, and
counter-terrorism. Video, websites, and readings/writings used to
develop an understanding of the who, what, when, where, why, and
how of groups as diverse as Al Qaeda, Irish separatists, the KKK,
and many others from around the world, as well as what can (and
cannot) be done about them. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI
260 or SOCI 270, or consent of the department.
384. POLICE IN A DEMOCRATIC SOCIETY (3). Examination of the
police, their organization, and their functions with attention to political
and social factors that affect their activities. Police relations with
the community and particularly with minority groups; the problems
of brutality, corruption, and political involvement. PRQ: SOCI 170
or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270; SOCI 289; or consent of
department.
385. GANGS AND GANG BEHAVIOR (3). Examines the nature
and dynamics of gangs and gang behavior in the United States.
Focuses on the problem of dening gangs and gang behavior, the
extent of gang and gang behavior, and the time trends of gangs
and gang behavior, the commonalities and variability in gangs and
gang behavior, the link between gangs and criminal behavior, and
an understanding of the structure, logic, and limitations of empirical
social research on gangs. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260
or SOCI 270, or consent of the department.
386. PEACE AND SOCIAL JUSTICE (3). Examination of the
contemporary and historical forms of peace and social justice from
the sociological perspective. Analysis of the nature, origins, and types
of social conict and violence–ranging from the interpersonal to the
international. Examination of the social and cultural sources of war
and peace; the process and conditions for the peaceful resolution of
conicts; peacemaking as a form of everyday life; and social justice
as the foundation for a peaceful society. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250
or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270, or consent of department.
388. PUNISHMENT AND CORRECTIONS (3). History of punishment
and corrections, with emphasis on the administration and functions
of prisons, including custody, institutional programs, and inmate
subcultures. Examination of the alternatives to incarceration,
including probation and parole. May include visits to adult prisons.
PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or SOCI 270; SOCI 289;
or consent of the department.
390. INTERNSHIP IN SOCIOLOGY (3). Work as an intern in an
agency engaged in activities related to one of the emphases in
sociology. Readings and the preparation of a paper under the
supervision of a faculty member in the department. May be repeated
once, but no more than 3 hours of credit may be applied toward the
major. S/U grading. PRQ: Junior or senior standing and consent of
department.
392. ORGANIZING FOR SOCIAL ACTION (3). Social problem analysis
and organizing skills for societal change. Approaches to solving social
problems other than those encompassed within conventional social,
economic, and governmental programs. Strategies of community
organizations and social protest movements. May include a service-
learning component. PRQ: SOCI 170 or SOCI 250 or SOCI 260 or
SOCI 270 or consent of department. Recommended: SOCI 375.
395. CONTEMPORARY TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY (3). Selected
topics in the analysis of contemporary social phenomena. Topics
vary each semester. May be taken a total of three times as topic
changes. Enrollment in multiple sections of SOCI 395 in a semester
is permitted. PRQ: SOCI 170 or consent of department.
401X. THIRD CLINICAL SECONDARY SCHOOL EXPERIENCE IN
HISTORY/SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-2). Crosslisted as ANTH 401X,
ECON 401X, GEOG 401X, HIST 401, POLS 401X, and PSYC 401X.
Discipline-based clinical experiences for prospective secondary
teachers in history and social sciences. Observations, evaluation,
and practicum on methods and problems in teaching in the discipline.
Includes a minimum of 40 clock hours of supervised and formally
evaluated experiences in the particular setting likely for the student
teaching experience. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of department.
CRQ: ANTH 496X or ECON 496X or GEOG 496X or HIST 496 or
POLS 496X or PSYC 496X or SOCI 496X.
441. THE URBAN COMMUNITY (3). Growth of cities; urban structures
and urban interaction; inuence of demographic factors and social
change on urban forms; social problems and planning in urban areas.
A culminating experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly
writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302;
and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
450. SOCIAL INEQUALITY (3). The causes and consequences
of multiple sources of inequality across social institutions and
social locations. Empirical, theoretical, and methodological issues
are examined and critically assessed. A culminating experience–
integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ:
SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI
377B;or consent of department.
451. MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY (3). In-depth examination of health,
illness, and medical care from a sociological perspective. Attention
given to the structure of social relationships and how they relate to
health, illness, and the medical institutions in society. The social
meanings of health, illness, and medical care will be studied
individually and structurally, including a global perspective. A
culminating experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly
writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302;
and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
452. WOMEN’S HEALTH ISSUES (3). Critical analysis of selected
health issues that affect the life experiences of women. Emphasis on
feminist theories and the intersections of race, class, and culture to
interpret these health-related experiences of women. A culminating
experience integrating theory, research, and scholarly writing is
required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI
377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of the department.
457. FAMILIES IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE (3). Examination and
comparison of the diverse family institutions in selected societies,
focusing on economic, sociodemographic, and cultural factors that
are essential in shaping the changing forms, functions, and internal
dynamics of families and households. Attention given to inuences
of the global economy, the status of women and children, gender
roles within and outside of families, and tensions between family
household economics and wage labor in the global market. A
culminating experience integrating theory, methods, and scholarly
writing is required. Recommended: SOCI 354. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ:
SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of
department. Recommended: SOCI 354 or SOCI 358.
458. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK (3). A critical analysis of work in a
capitalist system. Includes issues of mobility, discrimination, wages,
accreditation and bureaucratization, technology and de-skilling,
outsourcing, and mobilization. A culminating experience integrating
theory, methods, and scholarly writing is required. PRQ: SOCI 300.
CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or
consent of department.
SOCIOLOGY 335
459. POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3). Examines the interface of policies
and society with an emphasis on the linkages of political institutions
and other social institutions, in particular, power structures, the role
of the state, and political and social elites. A culminating experience;
integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing is required. PRQ:
SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI
377B; or consent of department.
460. SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND THE LIFE COURSE (3). Aging
as a lifelong process of development through socially structured,
historically conditioned stages. Topics include cohort differences, role
transitions, intergenerational relations, and age norms. Emphasis on
stages prior to old age. A culminating experience–integrating theory,
methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ:
SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent
of department.
463. TOPICS IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3). Treatment of recent
developments in social psychology. Possible topics include social
inuence processes; attitude formation and change; leadership;
group dynamics; personality in social structures; person perception
and attribution processes. A culminating experience–integrating
theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 260
and SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or
SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
464. SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH AND ILLNESS (3).
Examination of the denition, experience, and social distribution of
mental health and illness, particularly in the United States. Emphasis
on social factors as sources of distress and mental illness. Focus
includes the stigma of mental illness and how mental illness is
managed by treatment and legal systems. A culminating experience–
integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ:
SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI
377B; or consent of department.
465. SOCIOLOGY OF EVERYDAY LIFE (3). Uses symbolic
interactionist theory to examine the ways in which taken-for-granted
aspects of everyday life such as public space, the workplace, home
and family, and popular culture are shaped by microlevel processes.
A culminating experience integrating theory, methods, and scholarly
writing is required. PRQ: SOCI 260, SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or
SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
475. HEALTH ORGANIZATIONS AND HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS (3).
Social structure and social relations in provider settings, including but
not limited tohospitals, public health, ambulatory care, and nursing
homes. Emphasis on differences in nancing, utilization, staffing,
and relations with other social institutions. Comparison of health
care systems in the U.S. and selected other nations.A culminating
experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is
required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI
377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
480. COMMUNITIES AND CRIME (3). Examination of various
theories and empirical research regarding the community context
of crime, criminality, and crime prevention. Consideration of related
policy implications. A culminating experience integrating theory,
methods, and scholarly writing is required. PRQ: SOCI 288, SOCI
300, SOCI 381. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or
SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
482. SOCIOLOGY OF DEATH AND DYING (3). Systematic study
of the last stage of the life course from a sociological perspective.
The social organization of dying and death across time and culture;
in various institutional settings; as the result of social, political,
and environmental factors; and as experienced by self and others,
including the elderly and children. A culminating experience–
integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ:
SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI
377B; or consent of department.
485. LAW AND SOCIETY (3). Law as a social institution, including
the origins of law and its relationship to other social institutions, social
control, and social change. A culminating experience–integrating
theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 300.
CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or
consent of department.
487. GENDER AND CRIME (3). Relationships between gender and
crime, internationally and nationally. Trends in female and male crime
and victimization; the treatment of women and men in criminal justice
systems. May include visits to appropriate agencies. A culminating
experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is
required. PRQ: SOCI 300; and SOCI 288 or SOCI 357. CRQ: SOCI 301
or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
488. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY (3). Social and psychological factors
in delinquent behavior; causation, prevention, and rehabilitation; the
role of community agencies; the juvenile court. May include visits to
juvenile correctional agencies. A culminating experience–integrating
theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 288,
SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI
377B; or consent of department.
490. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SOCIOLOGY (1-3). Special readings
and topics in sociology. Open only to senior majors in sociology with a
GPA of 3.00 or higher. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. A culminating experience integrating theory, methods, and
scholarly writing is required. PRQ: Consent of department.
492. COMPARATIVE CRIMINOLOGY (3). Historical and comparative
analysis of crime and the criminal justice system in Europe, the United
States, developing countries, and socialist societies. A culminating
experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly writing–is
required. PRQ: SOCI 288, SOCI 289, SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or
SOCI 302; and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
495. PROSEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY (3). Selected topics in sociology
introduced in response to timely events and/or circumstances or as
specialized knowledge in a content area of the discipline. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours as the topic changes.
A culminating experience–integrating theory, methods, and scholarly
writing–is required. PRQ: SOCI 300. CRQ: SOCI 301 or SOCI 302;
and SOCI 377A or SOCI 377B; or consent of department.
496X. HISTORY AND SOCIAL SCIENCE INSTRUCTION FOR
SECONDARY EDUCATORS (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 496X,
ECON 496X, GEOG 496X, HIST 496, POLS 496X, and PSYC 496X.
Organization and presentation of materials for history and social
science courses at the middle school, junior high, and senior high
school secondary levels. PRQ: Admission to the history or social
science secondary teacher certication education program and
permission of the Department of History’s office of secondary teacher
certication education.
Sociology Faculty
Kirk Miller, Ph.D., North Carolina State University, associate
professor, chair
Abu B. Bah, Ph.D., New School for Social Research, associate
professor
Keri B. Burcheld, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, associate
professor
Charles L. Cappell, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Cassandra S. Crawford, Ph.D., University of California, San Francisco,
assistant professor
Michael Ezell, Ph.D., Duke University, associate professor
Kerry O. Ferris, Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles,
associate professor
Laura Heideman, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant professor
Jeffrey Kidder, Ph.D., University of California, San Diego, assistant
professor
Fred E. Markowitz, Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany,
associate professor
Robin D. Moremen, Ph.D., Yale University, associate professor
Kristen A. Myers, Ph.D., North Carolina State University, Presidential
Teaching Professor
Kristopher K. Robison, Ph.D., The Ohio State University, assistant
professor
Diane M. Rodgers, Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia, associate
professor
Shane Sharp, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, assistant professor
Carol Walther, Ph.D., Texas A&M University, assistant professor
Simón E. Weffer, Ph.D., Stanford University, assistant professor
336
College of Visual and Performing Arts
Richard T. Holly, M.M., associate dean
Melanie Parks, M.F.A., associate dean
The schools of the College of Visual and Performing Arts offer
baccalaureate programs leading to the degrees Bachelor of Arts
(B.A.), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), Bachelor of Music (B.M.),
and Bachelor of Science in Education (B.S.Ed.). The College of
Visual and Performing Arts offers a contract major leading to the
degree Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of General Studies
(B.G.S.).
School Names and Undergraduate Programs
Offered
School of Art and Design
B.A. in art
B.A. in art history
B.F.A. in studio art
B.S.Ed. in art and design education
School of Music
B.A. in music
B.M. in music
School of Theatre and Dance
B.A. in theatre studies
B.F.A. in theatre arts
Contract Major
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
Requirements for B.A. contract Major
The College of Visual and Performing Arts also offers students
the opportunity to construct individualized programs of study
culminating in the degree Bachelor of Arts. The policies and
procedures governing this program are identical to those outlined
below for the degree Bachelor of General Studies, Contract
Major. The essential differences between the two opportunities
for contract majors are that the more traditional B.A. degree
is better understood outside of the university by prospective
employers and by graduate schools, and that the B.A. degree
requires demonstrated competence in a foreign language.
Students whose academic interests include foreign languages or
whose programmatic goals would be enhanced by such study
are encouraged to pursue their contract majors under the B.A.
degree. (Attention is directed to the section of the catalog entitled
“Other Graduation Requirements” and the heading “Foreign
Language Requirement for the B.A. degree.”)
Requirements for B.G.S. Contract Major
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/provost/
general-studies-bgs.pdf.
The College of Visual and Performing Arts offers students the
opportunity of constructing individualized programs of study
which are different from the university’s regular major and minor
programs. Such an individualized course of study, termed a
contract major, utilizes existing university courses and leads
to the degree Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.). To receive
the degree, a student must satisfy all university graduation
requirements. The requirement of the contract major replaces the
requirement of a regular departmental major. (See “University
Graduation Requirements.”) The student interested in pursuing
a contract major should discuss the matter with an adviser in the
college offering the majority of the academic work proposed for
inclusion in the program.
The contract major program allows a student with unusual and
well dened academic interests to design a major with the advice
of a faculty sponsor. The program must be logically structured
around a meaningful and interesting theme or topic. Program
proposals should be submitted to the associate dean of the
College of Visual and Performing Arts and must be approved by
the College Contract Major Committee.
The student who wishes to propose a contract major must
have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50.
justify the new curriculum and dene the goal to be achieved.
design a multidisciplinary program that may be accommodated
within existing university resources and facilities. (The program
may include internships, independent study, or special projects
up to a maximum of 12 semester hours.)
include in the program at least 50 semester hours of course
work comprising courses basic to the area of study. No more
than 36 semester hours should be taken in any one disciplinary
area.
earn at least 30 semester hours of the contract major program
in upper-division courses.
A student who completes an approved contract major and all
other graduation requirements will receive the degree Bachelor
of General Studies with a contract major in ______ (the theme
specied in the contract).
Examples of contract themes that have been proposed include
musical theatre, audio engineering technology, photography,
scientic illustration, arts management, and art therapy.
NOTE: Because it is an innovative program, the degree Bachelor
of General Studies is not as well understood outside the
university as traditional baccalaureate degrees. Students earning
this degree may be required to convince prospective employers
or graduate schools that the degree will enable them to succeed
in a particular job or a future educational endeavor.
Deans’ List Criteria
The College of Visual and Performing Arts recognizes
undergraduates whose academic performance has been
outstanding through the Dean’s List. The Dean’s List recognizes
those students who achieve a GPA of 3.75 or higher (on a 4.00
scale) while completing a minimum of 12 graded semester hours
within a fall or spring semester.
337
* Available for general education credit.
1
Students with an undergraduate degree must be admitted to the M.S. program in art with a specialization in art education to enter the licensure program.
2
16 semester hours in the following three categories with no repetition of courses.
School of Art and Design (ART, ART-)
Admission to the area of study in studio art and the visual
communication under the B.F.A. in studio art is limited. See
“Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements” in
the Admission section of this catalog.
Requirements for All Majors
Students may enter the Art major through one of two paths: the
major in Art (B.A.) or the major in Art History (B.A.). The School
of Art and Design offers two professional degrees, the major in
Studio Art (B.F.A.) and the major in Art and Design Education
(B.S.Ed.), for which students may submit an entrance portfolio.
To qualify for graduation, transfer students must take at least 15
semester hours of courses designated in their chosen emphasis
in the School of Art and Design at NIU.
Recommendation
It is recommended that students confer regularly with their
advisers in order to balance studio and general education
requirements. In general, students will nd it difficult to carry more
than three studio art classes in one semester.
Transfer applicants for all emphases of the B.F.A. degree in studio
art (Design and Media Arts, Studio) must pass a portfolio review.
Contact the School of Art and Design as early as possible for
information.
Major in Art and Design Education (B.S.Ed.)
Students with an undergraduate degree must be admitted to the
M.S. program in art with a specialization in art education to enter
the licensure program.
This major leads to a license to teach in the public schools of the
state of Illinois.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (82)
ART 100 - Drawing Foundation I (3)
ART 101 - Drawing Foundation II (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3)
ART 103 - 3-D Foundation (3)
ARTS 200 - Beginning Life Drawing (3)
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
ARTE 200 - Studio Foundations for Art and Design Educators (4)
ARTE 342 - Introduction to Art and Design Education: Content and
Clinical Experience at the Elementary Level (4)
ARTE 343 - Art and Technology in the K-12 Classroom (3)
ARTE 344 - Development of Resources and Methods in Art and
Design Education: Content and Clinical Experience at the Middle
Level (4)
ARTE 345 - Art and Design Curriculum: Content and Clinical
Experience at the High School Level (4)
ARTE 387 - Assessing Art and Design Learning, K-12 (3)
ARTE 463 - Art, Criticism and Communication in Education (3)
ARTE 479 - Art for Special Needs Populations (3),
OR SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary
Students with Exceptionalities in the General Education
Classroom (3)
ARTE 482 - Clinical Experiences in Studio Pedagogy (3)
ARTE 488A - Student Teaching in Elementary Art (6)
ARTE 488B - Student Teaching in Secondary Art (6)
300- or 400-level art history course (3)
16 semester hours in the following three categories with no
repetition of courses:
1. One of the following pairs of courses (8)
ARTS 300 - Intermediate Drawing (4), and ARTS 310 - Issues in
Contemporary Drawing (4)
ARTS 321 - Waterbased Painting I (4), and ARTS 324 - Painting
II (4)
ARTS 323 - Painting I (4), and ARTS 324 - Painting II (4)
ARTS 327 - Illustration I (4), and ARTS 437 - Intermediate
Illustration (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4), and ARTS 331 -
Intermediate Printmaking: Lithography (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4), and ARTS 332 -
Intermediate Printmaking: Intaglio and Relief (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4), and ARTS 333 -
Intermediate Printmaking: Serigraphy (4)
ARTS 341 - Beginning Ceramics (4), and ARTS 346A -
Intermediate Hand-Building Ceramics (4)
ARTS 341 - Beginning Ceramics (4), and ARTS 346 -
Intermediate Ceramics (4)
ARTS 351 - Beginning Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital
Fabrication (4), and ARTS 352 - Intermediate Metalwork,
Jewelry Design, and Digital Fabrication (4)
ARTS 361 - Beginning Sculpture I (4), and ARTS 362 -
Intermediate Sculpture II (4)
ARTD 313 - Beginning Photography (4), and ARTD 413 -
Intermediate Traditional Photography (4)
2. One of the following (4)
ARTS 341 - Beginning Ceramics (4)
ARTS 351 - Beginning Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital
Fabrication (4)
ARTS 361 - Beginning Sculpture I (4)
3. One of the following (4)
ARTS 300 - Intermediate Drawing (4)
ARTS 321 - Waterbased Painting I (4)
ARTS 323 - Painting I (4)
ARTS 327 - Illustration I (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4)
ARTD 313 - Beginning Photography (4)
Requirements outside School (9)
Depending on the courses selected, the multicultural requirement
may also be applied toward general education requirements.
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3),
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3),
OR EPFE 410 - Philosophy of Education (3)
EPS 405 - Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
Through High School Years (3)
Special Requirements
Students must receive a grade of C or better in all major course
requirements. Students must have a minimum 2.75 GPA in all
NIU and transfer courses to enroll in Art Education courses. They
must have a minimum 2.50 GPA in all NIU courses to obtain an
338 ART AND DESIGN
educator licensure. These standards apply to all art education
majors and initial licensure candidates.
Students who fall below a required GPA may appeal in writing for one
probationary semester to the head of the art education division.
Students must present an art education entrance portfolio
consisting of studio work and appropriate art education materials
to the art education faculty at the end of the semester in which
they are enrolled in ARTE 200 and pass the portfolio review for
admission into the licensure program. Students must submit an
exit portfolio during the semester before student teaching and
pass the exit review in order to be approved for student teaching.
To gain admission into the licensure program, students must
successfully complete the Illinois Test for Academic Prociency
or achieve a Composite ACT Plus Writing score of at least 22;
or a composite (mathematics and critical reading) SAT score
of 1030 or pass 3 of the 4 TAP sections successfully with the
nal section taken and passed during the semester ARTE 200 is
taken along with a TAP Workshop. TAP Prep Course is required
for any student with a score of 19 or below on the ACT or 1030
on the SAT and the criminal background check required for
licensure (prior to ARTE 342) for each clinical experience course,
as well as, student teaching site as laid out per each sites rules
and regulations, pass the entrance portfolio review, and have
achieved a grade of at least C or better in ARTE 342. Also see
“Educator Licensure Requirements.”
Students are required to exhibit and maintain appropriate dispositions
for licensure as assessed by the art education faculty.
Total Hours for a Major in Art Education: 91
Major in Art History (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (36)
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
*ARTH 294 - Art History Survey: Arts of Asia (3)
ARTH 486 - Art Historical Methodology (3)
ARTH 494 - Art History Undergraduate Seminar (3)
At least one 300-level course from each of the following areas (12)
Ancient, Middle Eastern, Medieval, and Early Modern Europe
American, Modern, Contemporary, and Design
Asian, African, Oceanian, Native American, Pre-Columbian, and
Latin American
One 400-level art history course (3)
Electives in art history (6)
Required Cognate Courses (18-20)
In addition to a minimum of two courses, (6-8 semester hours)
of studio art, select courses in related elds, such as literature,
history, philosophy, anthropology, archaeology, or additional art
history courses, in consultation with a major adviser (18-20).
Requirements outside School (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12). (See
“Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree” in the Other
Graduation Requirements section of this catalog.)
University Electives (12-15)
Students must take 12-15 semester hours in any NIU course.
Total Hours for a Major in Art History: 66-81
Recommendation
Students who plan to enter graduate school should select
French, German, Italian , or other appropriate foreign language,
in consultation with an art history faculty adviser, to satisfy the
B.A. foreign language requirement.
Degree with Department Honors
Majors in art history who have and maintain a minimum 3.40 GPA
in all of their art history course work are eligible to participate
in the honors program in art history. Students interested in
obtaining the B.A. degree with honors should consult with the
undergraduate coordinator or art history division head as soon
as possible after declaring their major.
Requirements for the baccalaureate degree in art history with
honors include completion of the foreign language requirement
for the B.A. degree with a GPA of 3.00, and completion of a senior
thesis. The foreign language must be chosen in consultation with
an art history faculty adviser.
The senior thesis must be approved by a committee consisting of
an Art History faculty adviser and a second reader.
To complete the senior thesis, students must complete: ARTH 486 -
Art Historical Methodology (3) with a grade of A- or better followed by
ARTH 499H - Senior Thesis (3).
Major in Art (B.A.)
The Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Art is a comprehensive degree that
focuses on the study of art, design, and art history in the context
of a broader program of general study.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (54)
ART 100 - Drawing Foundation I (3)
ART 101 - Drawing Foundation II (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3)
ART 103 - 3-D Foundation (3)
ARTS 200 - Beginning Life Drawing (4)
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
ART 499 - Capstone Seminar (4)
Other art courses (28)
Requirements outside School (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12).
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree” in the
Other Graduation Requirements section of this catalog.)
University Electives (15)
Students must take 15 semester hours in any NIU course.
Total Hours for a Major in Art (B.A.): 69-81
Major in Studio Art (B.F.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
A portfolio review is required for admission into the major in studio
art (B.F.A) after completion of designated courses in the chosen
eld of study. Check departmental information for any additional
requirements.
Emphasis 1. Design and Media Arts
Requirements in School (80)
ART 100 - Drawing Foundation I (3)
ART 101 - Drawing Foundation II (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3)
ART 103 - 3-D Foundation (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
* Available for general education credit.
ART AND DESIGN 339
One of the following areas of study (62)
Time Arts (62)
ARTD 273 - Introduction to Time Arts I (4)
ARTD 303 - Video Art (4)
ARTD 313 - Beginning Photography (4)
ARTD 350 - Sound (4)
ARTD 370 - 2-D Animation (4)
ARTD 373 - 3-D Animation (4)
ARTD 409 - Advanced Topics: Interactive Art (4)
ARTD 466 - Intermedia Arts (4)
ARTD 467 - Advanced Topics: Video Art (4)
ARTD 473 - Advanced Topics: 3D Animation (4)
ARTD 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTD 475 - Time Arts: Special Topics (4)
Upper-division art studio electives (8)
Art history electives (6)
Special requirements: Students must present an entrance portfolio
to the time arts faculty before completion of ARTD 273 and pass the
portfolio review for admission into the time arts area of study.
Photography (62)
ARTD 303 - Video Art (4)
ARTD 313 - Beginning Photography (4)
ARTD 413 - Intermediate Traditional Photography (4)
ARTD 419 - Intermediate Digital Photography (4)
ARTD 468 - Advanced Photographic Media (16)
ARTD 469 - Problems in Photography (8)
ARTD 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4)
Upper-division art studio electives (8)
Art history electives (6)
Special requirements: Students must present an entrance portfolio
to the photography faculty before completion of their second course
in photography and pass the portfolio review for admission into the
photography area of study.
Visual Communication (62)
ARTD 201 - Introduction to Visual Communication (4)
ARTD 211 - Typography (4)
ARTD 212 - Type and Image (4)
ARTD 311 - Intermediate Visual Communication I (4), and ARTD
312 - Intermediate Visual Communication II (4)
ARTD 318 - Interaction Design I (4)
ARTD 319 - Interaction Design II (4)
ARTD 405 - Professional Practices in Design (4)
ARTD 411 - Advanced Visual Communication I (3) (4)
ARTD 412 - Advanced Visual Communication II (4)
ARTD 406 - Senior Project (4)
Art studio electives (8)
Art history electives (6)
Course work from the following (4)
ARTD 320 - Motion Graphic Design (4)
ARTD 404 - Design Methodologies (4)
ARTD 414 - Information Design (4)
ARTD 418A - Special Problems in Visual Communication (4)
ARTD 418B - Advanced Problems in Visual Communication (4)
Special requirements: Students must successfully complete a review
of their senior project during ARTD 406.
Students must present an entrance portfolio, be interviewed by
the visual communication faculty and pass the portfolio review
for admission into the visual communication area of study before
registering for ARTD 201, a course offered only in fall semester.
Students must have a minimum GPA of 3.00 in the following courses
to continue in the visual communication program.
ARTD 201 – Introduction to Visual Communication: (4)
ARTD 211 – Typography: (4)
ARTD 212 – Type and Image: (4)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Design and Media Arts: 80
Emphasis 2. Studio
Students must successfully complete a portfolio review in B.F.A.
Studio to enter the B.F.A. degree program. The review must happen
no later than the completion of 32 credit hours in ARTS 200/ ARTS
300-level courses as specied in the “Core Studio Requirements”.
Requirements in School (93)
Basic Requirements (9)
ART 100 - Drawing Foundation I (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3)
ART 103 - 3-D Foundation (3)
Art History Requirements (12)
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
Art history electives (6)
Core Studio Art Requirements (32)
ARTS 200 - Beginning Life Drawing (4),
OR
1
ARTS 300 - Intermediate Drawing (4)
ARTS 321 - Waterbased Painting I (4) or
ARTS 323 - Painting I (4)
ARTS 327 - Beginning Illustration (4)
ARTS 330 - Introduction to Printmaking (4)
ARTS 341 - Beginning Ceramics (4)
ARTS 351 - Beginning Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital
Fabrication (4)
ARTS 361 - Beginning Sculpture I (4),
OR ARTS 368 - Introduction to Fiber: Papermaking (4),
OR ARTS 371 - 2D/3D Woven Construction (4),
OR ARTS 372 - Introduction to Fiber: Print Dye Paint Stitch (4),
OR ARTS 374 - Installation and Fiber Sculpture (4)
B.F.A. Studio Area Requirements (40)
Students must successfully complete the sub-plan requirements
in one of the following elds: ceramics, drawing, ber, illustration,
metals, painting, printmaking, or sculpture. Check individual area
sub-plans for specic requirements. Exceptions to any individual area
sub-plan will require faculty approval.
Drawing Area Sub-Plan (40)
ART 101 - Drawing Foundation II (3)
ARTS 200 - Beginning Life Drawing (4)
ARTS 310 - Issues in Contemporary Drawing (8)
ARTS 400 - Advanced Drawing I (4)
ARTS 402 - Advanced 2-D Figure Study (4)
ARTS 403 - Drawing Workshop (4)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ART 490 - Independent Research (1)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400-level elective (4)
Illustration Area Sub-Plan (40)
ARTD 370 - 2-D Animation (4)
ARTS 215 - Fundamentals of Graphic Design (4)
ARTS 402 - Advanced 2-D Figure Study (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 437 - Intermediate Illustration (8)
ARTS 438 - Advanced Illustration (8)
ARTS 447 - Computer Raster Applications for Illustration (4)
ARTS 448 - Computer Vector Applications for Illustration (4)
Painting Area Sub-Plan (40)
ARTS 300 - Intermediate Drawing (4)
ARTS 322 - Waterbased Painting II (4),
OR ARTS 324 - Painting II (4)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 421 - Advanced Painting (16)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400-level electives (8)
* Available for general education credit.
1
Students wishing to portfolio into the Drawing Area must choose ARTS 300 instead of ARTS 200; students wishing to portfolio into all other areas must choose
ARTS 200.
340 ART AND DESIGN
Printmaking Area Sub-Plan (40)
ARTS 331 - Intermediate Printmaking: Lithography (4)
ARTS 332 - Intermediate Printmaking: Intaglio and Relief (4)
ARTS 333 - Intermediate Printmaking: Serigraphy (4)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 430 - Advanced Printmaking Workshop (8)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400 electives (12)
Ceramics Area Sub-Plan (40)
ARTS 346 – Intermediate Ceramics (16)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 446 – Advanced Ceramics (16)
Fiber Area Sub-Plan (40)
Three of the following
ARTS 368
1
- Introduction to Fiber: Papermaking (4)
ARTS 371
1
- 2D/3D Woven Construction (4)
ARTS 372
1
- Print, Dye, Paint, Stitch (4)
ARTS 374
1
- Introduction to Fiber: Installation and Fiber Sculpture
(4)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 470 - Advanced Fiber Workshop (12),
OR ARTS 470 - Advanced Fiber Workshop (8) AND
ARTS 471 - Special Topics in Fiber (4)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400-level electives (8)
Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital Fabrication Area Sub-
Plan (40)
ARTS 352 - Intermediate Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital
Fabrication (4)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 451 - Advanced Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital
Fabrication (16)
ARTS 452 - Advanced Research in Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and
Digital Fabrication (4)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400-level electives (8)
Sculpture Area Sub-Plan (40)
ARTS 362 - Intermediate Sculpture (8)
ARTS 405 - Interdisciplinary Seminar (4)
ARTS 406 - Senior Project (4)
ARTS 456 - Sculpture Workshop (4)
ARTS 461 - Advanced Sculpture (12)
ARTS/ARTD 300/400-level electives (8)
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Studio: 93
Minor in Art (21)
Declaration of this minor by students majoring in art education
(B.S.Ed.) or studio art (B.A. or B.F.A.) is not permitted. Students
majoring in art history are permitted to minor in art provided
the electives in art are not double-counted in the major and the
minor.
ART 100 - Drawing Foundation I (3)
ART 102 - 2-D Foundation (3)
ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
Electives in art (12)
Minor in Art History (21)
Declaration of this minor by students majoring in art education
(B.S.Ed.) or studio art (B.A. or B.F.A.) is permitted, provided the
electives in art history are not double-counted in the major and
the minor.
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 (3)
Electives in art history (15)
Course List
The School of Art and Design reserves the right to retain for
its collection any work produced in scheduled classes. Studio-
lecture courses meet two hours per semester hour each week.
Students in studio courses are required to schedule one hour per
week in the studio (in addition to class time) for each semester
hour.
Enrollment in one course for more than 8 hours per semester
requires consent of the School of Art and Design.
Foundations and General (ART)
100. DRAWING FOUNDATION I (3). Introduction to drawing. Emphasis
on object representation through descriptive and expressive means.
Control of line, value, and spatial illusion with variety of media. PRQ:
Art major or minor.
101. DRAWING FOUNDATION II (3). Further exploration of
basic drawing media. Development of skill in representation and
interpretation of subjects. PRQ: Art major or minor, and ART 100.
102. 2-D FOUNDATION (3). Comprehensive study of design
elements and principles through the study of two-dimensional space.
Emphasis on inventiveness in the use of various media. Studio and
lecture. PRQ: Art major or minor.
103. 3-D FOUNDATION (3). Intensive study of form and structure
in three-dimensional space. Studio and lecture. PRQ: Art major or
minor.
105. EXPLORING VISUAL PROFESSIONS (1). Exploration of the
theory and practice of art education, art history, design, and ne arts
through eld trips, guest speakers, and lectures.
106. ART MAKING, MATERIALS, AND METHODS FOR NON-
ART MAJORS (3). Introduction to art skills and concepts through
the production of two-dimensional works for non-art majors.
Demonstrations and analyses of medium techniques and guided
practice in the design, production, and appreciation of art works.
Student-centered projects that emphasize individual development.
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 semester hours.
108. BASIC DRAWING FOR NON-ART MAJORS (3). Introduction to
drawing for non-art majors. Emphasis on descriptive and expressive
means of representation. Study of the formal and expressive aspects
of line and value, and traditional genres of art-making including
portrait, landscape, still life, and narrative compositions with variety
of wet and dry media.
450. FIELD STUDIES IN ART (1-12). Independent study and directed
research problems in the student’s major emphasis under approved
guidance in cooperating off-campus organizations. May be repeated
to a maximum of 9 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Upper division
standing and consent of school.
457. MUSEUM EDUCATION (3). History, philosophy, and practice
of museum education. Study and practical application through
class projects and practicum of planning and implementing public
programming, tour techniques, museum-school services, and
development and evaluation of educational materials and outreach
programs. Lectures, individual projects, observation in museums,
and practicum. PRQ: ART 465 or consent of school.
465. INTRODUCTION TO MUSEUM STUDIES (3). Survey of the
history and philosophy of museums and museum typology. Overview
of the purposes, structure, and operations of museums with attention
to current issues and practices relating to ethics, collections,
exhibitions, and education. Lectures, discussion, museum eld trips,
museum practicum. PRQ: Junior standing.
489. TOPICS IN ART (1-8). Concentrated study with professional
artists and/or art educators. Offered irregularly. Studio, lecture, and
discussion, and/or eld trip. May be repeated to a maximum of 12
semester hours.
490. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH (1-12). Work on individual
problems in the student’s major eld. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
* Available for general education credit.
1
ARTS 368, ARTS 371, ARTS 372, and ARTS 374 may not be repeated in the ber area sub-plan if taken to fulll Core Studio Requirements.
ART AND DESIGN 341
499. CAPSTONE SEMINAR (4). Capstone seminar for students in
the B.A. in Art program. Lecture, discussion and/or eld experience.
S/U grading.
Art Design (ARTD)
201. INTRODUCTION TO VISUAL COMMUNICATION (4). Introduces
composition, typography, and historical and contemporary concepts
about the evolving eld of visual communication. Open only to students
accepted into the Visual Communication area of study. Offered only in
Fall semester. For further details please see “Visual Communication
Area of Study” in the Limited Admissions Requirements section of
this catalog. PRQ: Admission to the Visual Communication area of
study, ART 100, ART 102. CRQ: ART 101 and ART 103.
211. TYPOGRAPHY (4). Study of typography, including its form,
application, and role in culture. Exploration of typography as a
primary medium of visual communication. PRQ: ARTD 201.
212. TYPE AND IMAGE (4). Study of the visual interrelationship of
type and image, color theory, systems of organization in graphic
design, and the conceptual aspects of communication. PRQ: ARTD
2 01.
215. DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY FOR NON-MAJORS (3).
Introductory level digital photography class for non-majors. Focus
on digital imaging techniques, emphasizing the use of the camera
and computer as a creative tool. Essentials of digital photographic
equipment and techniques as well as photographic image-making
history, theory and practice. Instruction in how to shoot, edit,
manipulate and critique photographs. A digital camera with manual
focus and exposure controls is required.
273. INTRODUCTION TO TIME ARTS I (4). Introduction to methods
and concepts of time-based media art. Projects may include
animation, image processing, and programming of text and graphics.
PRQ: ART 100, ART 101, ART 102, and ART 103, or consent of
school.
275. INTRODUCTION TO TIME ARTS II (4). Theory and application
of time-art computer graphic technology in design and ne art with
emphasis on interactivity. PRQ: ARTD 273, or consent of school.
302. COLOR (4). Color theory: Munsell, Ostwald, Itten, Albers.
Combination of lecture and studio aimed at developing sensitivity to
color and knowledge of its properties. PRQ: ART 102.
303. VIDEO ART (4). Concepts and techniques of video art.
311. INTERMEDIATE VISUAL COMMUNICATION I (4). Use of
typography and imagery in the problem-solving processes in graphic
design with emphasis on the development of conceptual skills. PRQ:
ARTD 211 and ARTD 212.
312. INTERMEDIATE VISUAL COMMUNICATION II (4). Further
work in graphic design with a focus on sequence and series in
communication media. PRQ: ARTD 311 and ARTD 318.
313. BEGINNING PHOTOGRAPHY (4). Designed to provide basic
skills in technical processes of photography for the art student and
to equip the student to use photography as an art medium. PRQ: Art
major or minor.
318. INTERACTION DESIGN I (4). Introduction to aspects of
interaction design including usability, information architecture, graphic
design in the interactive context, and the technical parameters of an
interactive environment. CRQ: ARTD 311.
319. INTERACTION DESIGN II (4). Principles of prototyping, digital
animation, and interaction, and the application of formal systems in
design. PRQ: ARTD 318.
320. MOTION GRAPHIC DESIGN (4). Introduction to aspects of
motion graphic design; history, aesthetic issues, and technical
parameters of motion graphic development.
350. SOUND (4). Studies in the concepts of non-musical audio
art with emphasis on combining audio with other media. PRQ:
Successful completion of portfolio review or consent of school.
355. CRITICAL TOPICS IN ART AND TIME (4). Seminar on
theoretical, social, and aesthetic issues in interactive and computer-
based 4-D art. PRQ: Successful completion of portfolio review in any
area in the School of Art and Design, or consent of school.
370. 2-D ANIMATION (4). Concepts and practice of animation with
emphasis on computer-based 2-D animation. PRQ: Successful
completion of portfolio review, or consent of school.
373. 3-D ANIMATION (4). Concepts and practices of 3-D modeling
and animation. PRQ: ARTD 370, successful completion of portfolio
review, or consent of school.
404. DESIGN METHODOLOGIES (4). Investigation and utilization of
problem-solving strategies for the designer. PRQ: ARTD 311.
405. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN DESIGN (4). Investigation
of business, legal, and ethical aspects of professional practice for
designers. Effective communication concerns in client relationships
and contract documents. Fundamental considerations within office
practice; the designer’s role and responsibilities. PRQ: ARTD 212
or successful completion of review in the Design and Media Arts
division, or consent of school.
406. SENIOR PROJECT (4). Professional practice in the student’s
area of study.Field experience, studio and/or lecture.Work completed
to be presented as a capstone experience and skill of the student’s
major area of study.The course may be repeated only for students
completing more than one Design emphasis in the School of Art and
Design.S/U grading. PRQ: Senior standing.
409. ADVANCED TOPICS: INTERACTIVE ART (4). Interactive art
with emphasis on structured and individual projects. May be repeated
to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: Successful completion of
portfolio review in time arts, or consent of school.
411. ADVANCED VISUAL COMMUNICATION I (4). Further work in
design with emphasis on problem solving: exploration of signs and
symbols resulting in visual identity systems, and analytical and
creative approaches of designing specic publications. PRQ: ARTD
312.
412. ADVANCED VISUAL COMMUNICATION II (4). Advanced
studies in the design of complex, content rich, publications, and
interactive expressions of such publications; web design, and design
expressed in series. PRQ: ART 411. CRQ: ARTD 406.
413. INTERMEDIATE TRADITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY (4). Further
exploration of the technical and aesthetic aspects of photography as
a contemporary art medium. Studio, lecture, and laboratory. May be
repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: ARTD 313.
414. INFORMATION DESIGN (4). Introduction to the information
design process, using symbol, typography, and imagery, with the
goal of increasing understanding and access of information for the
user. PRQ: ARTD 311.
418A. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN VISUAL COMMUNICATION (4).
Specic studies in related areas of visual communication. Topics
announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
PRQ: Successful completion of review in visual communication or
consent of school.
418B. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN VISUAL COMMUNICATION (4).
Advanced studies in related areas of visual communication. Topics
announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
PRQ: ARTD 312 or consent of school.
419. INTERMEDIATE DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY (4). Exploration
of technical and aesthetic aspects of color digital photography as a
contemporary art medium. Studio, lecture, and laboratory. May be
repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: ARTD 313.
342 ART AND DESIGN
420. DESIGN FIELD EXPERIENCE (1-8).
A. Time Arts
C. Visual Communication
D. Photography
Cooperative work experience for students in the design and
technology emphasis. Cooperatively supervised professional
practice with selected and/or approved design rms to provide a
learning experience complementary to the student’s area of study
in design. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
S/U grading. PRQ: Advanced standing in the design student’s area
of study and approval of the faculty eld experience adviser in the
design student’s area of study.
466. INTERMEDIA ARTS (4). Studies in art combining (mostly
electronic) media, with emphasis on individual projects. Topics
announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
PRQ: Successful completion of portfolio review, or consent of school.
467. ADVANCED TOPICS: VIDEO ART (4). Studies in video art
production with a focus on individual projects. May be repeated to a
maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: ARTD 303 or consent of school.
468. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA (4). Advanced projects
in photographic media. Topics announced. May be repeated for credit.
PRQ: ARTD 413 or ART 419.
469. PROBLEMS IN PHOTOGRAPHY (4). Advanced individual work
in photographic media with emphasis on experimentation and artistic
expression. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
PRQ: ARTD 413 or ARTD 419.
473. ADVANCED TOPICS: 3D ANIMATION (4). Intensive work in
animation using primarily 3-D techniques with emphasis on individual
projects. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ:
ARTD 373 or consent of school.
475. TIME ARTS: SPECIAL TOPICS (4). Concentrated study in time
arts and electronic media. Topics announced.
Art Education (ARTE)
109. STRATEGIC VISUAL THINKING (3) Investigation of the role of
visual design in the presentation of quantitative information in order
to promote vigorous dialogue around the interactions of complex
data streams, and this fosters robust decision-making. Introduction
to social science research through data collection, quantitative
analysis, and interpretation as students complete their own original
survey research.
200. STUDIO FOUNDATIONS FOR ART AND DESIGN
EDUCATORS (3). Exploration of 2-D studio media appropriate for
K-12 environment, studio pedagogy, and development of technical
skills in the representation and interpretation of subjects. Portfolio
preparation for art and design education pre-service teachers. Studio
and lecture. PRQ: ART 100 and ART 103 and successful completion
of the Test for Academic Prociency or equivalent.
342. INTRODUCTION TO ART AND DESIGN EDUCATION:
CONTENT AND CLINICAL EXPERIENCE AT THE ELEMENTARY
LEVEL (4). Overview of the history of art education and its
philosophical premises. Examination of policies and approaches
to the teaching of art and design for young children. Study of
developmental characteristics of the learner and strategies for
differentiated learning. Introduction to practice in use of visual and
textual instructional materials and construction of lesson plans based
on content knowledge, studio pedagogy and student evidence.
Directed observation and supervised participation with diverse
populations in elementary-level school settings for a minimum of 25
hours of clinical experience. Discussion, lecture, and studio. PRQ:
Proof of freedom from tuberculosis, successful completion of the
Illinois Test of Academic Prociency and the criminal background
check required for licensure or a Composite ACT Plus Writing score
of at least 22: or a composite (mathematics and critical reading) SAT
score of 1030; ART 100, ART 101, ART 102, ART 103; ARTH 291 and
ARTH 292; and minimum 2.75 cumulative GPA.
343. ART AND TECHNOLOGY IN THE K-12 CLASSROOM (3).
Focuses on the integration of emerging technologies into art and
design education. The teaching of digital technologies appropriate
for K-12 classroom settings will be highlighted. Includes hands-on
experience with creating expressive art in a variety of digital media.
Strategies for integrating art and technology practice into K-12 art
curriculum will also be explored. CRQ: ARTE 342.
344. DEVELOPMENT OF RESOURCES AND METHODS IN
ART AND DESIGN EDUCATION: CONTENT AND CLINICAL
EXPERIENCE AT THE MIDDLE LEVEL (4). Experience with various
art processes, tools, and media appropriate to differentiated learning
at the middle level. Development and evaluation of the educational
resources and methods, including visual, oral, and written
instructional materials and techniques. Study and practice of cultural
responsiveness with diverse middle-level populations. Development
of and reection on practice based on educational theory, content
knowledge, and student evidence. Emphasis on lesson planning,
teaching and professionalism. Directed observation and supervised
participation with diverse populations in middle-level school settings
for a minimum of 25 clock hours of clinical experience. Discussion,
lecture, and studio. PRQ: ARTE 342 and admission to educator
licensure, or consent of school.
345. ART AND DESIGN CURRICULUM: CONTENT AND CLINICAL
EXPERIENCE AT THE HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL (4). Prociency
in sequential curriculum writing for art and design at the high
school level with regards to student cognitive processes and
curriculum goals, including culturally responsive, interdisciplinary
and technological content. Prociency in curriculum and instruction
based on educational theory, content knowledge, studio pedagogy,
and student evidence to ensure ongoing growth and achievement.
Emphasis on differentiated instructional and assessment methods;
teacher collaboration, advocacy and leadership. Directed observation
and supervised participation with diverse populations with emphasis
on high school settings for a minimum of 25 clock hours of clinical
experience. Discussion, lecture, and studio. PRQ: ARTE 343, ARTE
344, ARTE 387, ARTE 463, ARTE 482, and admission to educator
licensure, or consent of school.
383. TEACHING ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3). Objectives,
procedures, resources, and activities related to art education for the
culturally responsive and creative elementary classroom. Emphasis
on content knowledge and student growth and achievement
connected to self-motivation, emotional well-being and active
engagement. Studio, lecture, and discussion. Limited to elementary
education and special education majors, or consent of school.
387. ASSESSING ART AND DESIGN LEARNING K-12 (3). Techniques
for assessing student art learning K-12. Assists prospective art
teachers to construct appropriate formative and summative methods
for the assessment of art learning based on individual and group
visual and textual course work. Development of skills necessary for
analysis of qualities found in traditional and electronic student art
portfolios referenced against psychological and culturally based
theories of artistic development. Analysis, development and use
of qualitative and quantitative methods to monitor art and design
learning and evaluate curriculum and instructional effectiveness.
Strategies for data driven decision making based on reliable and
valid judgments through rubric construction, visual benchmarking,
and alternative moderation methods. Lecture, discussion and eld
experiences. PRQ: ARTE 342.
463. READING AND WRITING IN ART AND DESIGN EDUCATION:
CRITICAL APPROACHES (3). Thematic, interdisciplinary, and
culturally responsive approaches to the application of aesthetic, art
historical, and critical theory and methods to instructional practice in
elementary and secondary school and community settings. Emphasis
on communication theory and the role of visual and textual language
in teaching and learning. Development and use of multiple methods
of communication and digital instructional resources to measure and
improve student performance. Types of evidence of professional
growth Lecture, discussion, and eld experiences. PRQ: 6 semester
hours in art history survey and ARTE 342 for art education majors,
and admission to educator licensure, or consent of school.
ART AND DESIGN 343
479. ART FOR SPECIAL NEEDS POPULATIONS (3). Philosophies,
instructional methods, practice and experiences with appropriate
materials, resources and opportunities related to art education with
regards to special needs education, gifted, and diverse identities in
order to support individualized planning, co-planning and instruction.
Emphasis on laws and learning related to gifted and special education
populations, interventions, and reporting. Lecture, discussion, and
eld experiences. Limited to elementary, special, and art education
majors and students with an interest in art therapy or consent of
school. PRQ: ARTE 342, or consent of school.
480. Alternative Teaching Experiences (3). Internship teaching in
community centers, social agencies, and other facilities offering
educational programs outside of the public school pattern.
Cooperatively supervised eld experiences in alternative modes of
instruction.
482. CLINICAL EXPERIENCES IN STUDIO PEDAGOGY (3).
Directed lesson planning for culturally responsive, differentiated
instruction through supervised, collaborative teaching experiences
for art education majors. Emphasis on co-planning, reection, and
the use of evidence-based instructional and assessment strategies
for student achievement and interventions. Development of teacher
leadership and family collaborations. Includes environment analysis
for effective and healthy classroom management and instruction.
Must include the Saturday children’s art program, or summer high
school art camp, or other directed, in-depth clinical experience for a
minimum of 25 clock hours of clinical experience. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: ARTE 342 and admission to
teacher licensure, or consent of school. CRQ: ARTE 344.
483. ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY
PROGRAMS (3). Adapting visual arts content knowledge, lesson
planning, and assessment strategies as appropriate to the elementary
child in self-contained classrooms and community programs. Field
trip, lecture, studio, critique, and microteaching experiences. Not
open to art majors.
484. INTERRELATED ARTS EDUCATION (3). Exploration of
aesthetic concepts, themes, and genres pertinent to education in
across the arts. Analysis of curricular goals and structures appropriate
for an education in combined arts and basic assumptions underlying
these goals and structures. Planning, developing, implementing,
and evaluating arts programs in the context of visual arts in K-12
educational systems.
488A. STUDENT TEACHING IN ELEMENTARY ART (6). Student
teaching at the K-8 grade level for approximately one-half semester.
Assignments to be made after approval by the School of Art and
Design, art education area, and are subject to availability. (See
“Educator Licensure Requirements.”) PRQ: ARTE 345, nal approval
of portfolio, and successful completion of the Illinois Subject Matter
Knowledge Test (Art K-12). CRQ: ARTE 488B.
488B. STUDENT TEACHING IN SECONDARY ART (6). Student
teaching at the 9-12 grade level for approximately one-half semester.
Assignments to be made after approval by the School of Art and
Design, art education area, and are subject to availability. (See
“Educator Licensure Requirements.”) PRQ: ARTE 345, nal approval
of portfolio, and successful completion of the Illinois Subject Matter
Knowledge Test (Art K-12). CRQ: ARTE 488A.
Art History (ARTH)
282. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD ART (3). A global survey of
practices in the visual arts from ancient times to the modern era .
292. ART AND DESIGN SINCE 1900 (3) Modern and contemporary
art and design.
294. ART HISTORY SURVEY: ARTS OF ASIA (3). Arts of the Middle
East, Far East, and Southeast Asia.
310. STUDIES IN ANCIENT AND MIDDLE-EASTERN ART (3).
A. Egypt
B. Mesopotamia
C. Aegean Art
D. Archaic and Classical Art
E. Hellenistic Art
F. Etruscan and Early Roman Art
G. Roman Imperial Art
H. Islamic Art
I. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of ancient and Middle
Eastern art. May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum
of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are
allowed in the same semester.
320. STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ART (3).
A. Early Christian and Early Byzantine Art: 330-843
B. Middle and Late Byzantine Art: ca. 843-1543
C. Early Medieval Art: ca. 500-1000
D. Romanesque and Gothic Art: ca. 1000-1400
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of medieval art. May
be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
330. STUDIES IN EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN ART (3).
A. Early Italian Renaissance Art
B. Early Northern Renaissance Art
C. 16th Century Italian Art
D. 16th Century Northern European Art
E. 17th and 18th Century European Art
F. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of early modern art.
May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
340. STUDIES IN MODERN AND AMERICAN ART (3).
A. American Art before 1945
B. Modernism in European and American Art
C. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of modern and
American art. May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum
of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are
allowed in the same semester.
350. STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY ART (3).
A. 1960-1980
B. 1980-present
C. 1960-present
D. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of contemporary art.
May be repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the
same semester.
360. STUDIES IN DESIGN (3).
A. Modern and Postmodern Architecture
B. From Print Culture to New Media
C. From Craft to Industry
D. Sustainability
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of design from the
19th century to the present. May be repeated with different subjects to
a maximum of 12 semester hours. Multiple enrollments with different
subjects are allowed in the same semester.
344 ART AND DESIGN
370. STUDIES IN ASIAN ART (3).
A. Chinese Art
B. Japanese Art
C. South and Southeast Asian Art
D. Southeast Asian Art
E. Islamic Art
F. Buddhist Art
G. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of Asian art. May be
repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the same
semester.
380. STUDIES IN AFRICAN, OCEANIAN, NATIVE AMERICAN,
PRE-COLUMBIAN ART, AND LATIN-AMERICAN ART (3).
A. Art of Africa, Oceania, and the Americas
B. African Art
C. Pre-Columbian Art
D. Latin American Art
E. Thematic Subjects
History, theory, and criticism of various aspects of African, Oceanian,
Native American, Pre-Columbian, and Latin-American art. May be
repeated with different subjects to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
Multiple enrollments with different subjects are allowed in the same
semester.
451. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: ANCIENT AND MIDDLE-EASTERN
ART (3). Various topics, such as Gender and Sexuality in Ancient
Art, and Outsider Art, will be announced. May be repeated. Multiple
enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
452. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: MEDIEVAL ART (3). Various topics,
including The Holy Image, the Art of Narrative in the Middle Ages,
Imperial to Papal Rome, and the Art of the Medieval Book, will be
announced. May be repeated. Multiple enrollments are allowed in the
same semester.
453. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN ART
(3). Various topics, such as Art and Science: Optics, Images, and
Visual Propaganda, will be announced. May be repeated. Multiple
enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
454. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: MODERN AND AMERICAN ART
(3). Various topics, such as The Duchamp Effect, Controversies
in American Art, Modernist Groups, will be announced. May be
repeated. Multiple enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
455. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: COMTEMPORARY ART (3).
Various topics, such as Photography as Art and Art as Photography,
Globalization and Contemporary Art, will be announced. May be
repeated. Multiple enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
456. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: DESIGN (3). Various topics, such
as Vienna 1900: Art and Culture at the Fin-de-Siècle, and Fashion-
Modernism-Modernity, will be announced. May be repeated. Multiple
enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
457. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: ASIAN ART (3). Various topics such
as, The Female in Japanese Art, will be announced. May be repeated.
Multiple enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
458. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: AFRICAN, OCEANIAN, NATIVE-
AMERICAN, PRE-COLUMBIAN AND LATIN-AMERICAN ART (3).
Various topics such as, Art, Ideology, and Empire: The Visual Culture
of the Culhua-Mexica (Aztec) State, and Art and Architecture of
the Ancient Maya, will be announced. May be repeated. Multiple
enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
485. TOPICS IN ART HISTORY (3). Topics announced. May be
repeated. Multiple enrollments are allowed in the same semester.
486. ART HISTORICAL METHODOLOGY (3). Studies of various
methodological approaches and tools employed in the discipline of
art history. PRQ: 6 semester hours of art history survey or equivalent,
or consent of school.
494. ART HISTORY UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR (3). Special
problems in the analysis of art. Includes in-class presentation of
research topic. Open only to upper-division students admitted
to honors work in art history, art history majors, or by consent of
instructor. Topics vary by instructor. May not be counted as University
Honors program’s Junior Honors Seminar by majors in School of Art
and Design. PRQ: ARTH 486.
499. SENIOR THESIS (3) Independent research for students
pursuing the Art History Degree with Honors or those currently
admitted to the university honors program. PRQ: ARTH 486 with a
grade of A- or better and senior status, or consent of school.
2-D and 3-D Studio (ARTS)
200. BEGINNING LIFE DRAWING (4). Study of the human gure
through exercises in contour, modeling, and gesture drawing in a
variety of media. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credit hours.
PRQ: ART 100 or consent of school.
215. FUNDAMENTALS OF GRAPHIC DESIGN (4). Introduction to
the basic principles of graphic design. Studio and lecture. Not open to
students pursuing the area of study in visual communications. PRQ:
ART 102.
261. 3-D MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES (4). Introduction to
materials and techniques of three-dimensional media and technical
introduction to a variety of materials and processes including
woodworking and welding. Studio and lecture. PRQ: ART 100 and
ART 102.
300. INTERMEDIATE DRAWING (4). Opportunity to develop
interpretive and representational skills through work in a variety of
drawing media. Students wishing to portfolio into the B.F.A. studio
program, drawing area of study must take this class prior to portfolio
review. PRQ: ART 100 and consent of school.
310. ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY DRAWING (4). Thematic
investigation of contemporary issues in various media, including
drawing, painting, 3D and 4D approaches. Rotating topics may
include: Narrative Image, Abstraction, Political/Social Engagement,
Globalism, Deconstructing Identity, The New Landscape, etc. May
be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours. PRQ: Successful
completion of B.F.A. portfolio review in any area in the School of Art
and Design or consent of school.
321. WATERBASED PAINTING I (4). Painting in various water-soluble
media.
322. WATERBASED PAINTING II (4). Development of personal skills
and techniques using water-soluble media. PRQ: ARTS 321.
323. PAINTING I (4). Development of the student’s ability in painting
with emphasis on ideas and materials.
324. PAINTING II (4). Further study of the processes and techniques
of painting. PRQ: ARTS 323. CRQ: ARTS 321.
327. BEGINNING ILLUSTRATION (4). Introduction to black and
white illustration with emphasis on techniques and approaches for
developing representational and observational drawing skills and
how they relate to the methods and subject matter of illustration.
CRQ: ARTS 200. PRQ: ART 100 and ART 102.
330. INTRODUCTION TO PRINTMAKING (4). Overview and
introduction to basic principles and ne art studio applications of
the primary printmaking media – intaglio, relief, lithography, and
serigraphy. Idea and imagery development and print history.
331. INTERMEDIATE PRINTMAKING: LITHOGRAPHY (4).
Comprehensive study of planographic printing from stone, aluminum,
and photographic plates with an introduction to color printing.
Discussion and studio work in various phases of the process with
emphasis on concept development. Course may be repeated to a
maximum of 12 credit hours. PRQ: ARTS 330.
ART AND DESIGN 345
332. INTERMEDIATE PRINTMAKING: INTAGLIO AND RELIEF (4).
Comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing processeswith
a focus on color printing methods. Discussion and studio work
in various phases of the process with emphasis on concept
development. Course may be repeated to a maximum of 12 credit
hours. PRQ: ARTS 330.
333. INTERMEDIATE PRINTMAKING: SERIGRAPHY (4).
Comprehensive study of the serigraphy (screenprinting) medium,
printing in multiple colors. Various hand-created and photographic
stencil techniques. Discussion and studio work in various phases of
the process with emphasis on concept development. Course may be
repeated to a maximum of 12 credit hours.
338. ANATOMICAL DRAWING (4). Sketches and nished drawings
executed from cadavers. Research through pictorial resources
required regarding muscle origins and insertions, organs, and the
internal skeletal structure.
339. BEGINNING SCIENTIFIC ILLUSTRATION (4). Introduction
to basic scientic representational drawing with emphasis on the
biological sciences. PRQ: ARTS 200.
340. INTERMEDIATE SCIENTIFIC ILLUSTRATION (4). Continuation
of ARTS 339 with introduction to painting techniques with emphasis
on zoological science. PRQ: ARTS 339.
341. BEGINNING CERAMICS (4). Introduction to ceramics using
basic hand-building and wheel-throwing techniques for the exploration
of form, texture, and glaze applications. Studio and lecture.
346. INTERMEDIATE CERAMICS (4 OR 8). Exploration of form and
texture through individually assigned problems using hand-building
or wheel-throwing techniques. Laboratory experience in clay and
glaze testing, studio clay mixing, and kiln ring. Studio and lecture.
May be repeated to a maximum of 16 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS
341 or consent of school.
347. TECHNICAL STUDY IN CERAMICS (4). Theory and laboratory
experience in clay testing and mixing, glaze testing and mixing,
engobe and slip formulation, materials and studio safety, and electric
and gas kiln rings. PRQ: ARTS 346A and ARTS 346B, or consent
of school.
351. BEGINNING METALWORK, JEWELRY DESIGN, AND DIGITAL
FABRICATION (4). Introduction to jewelry with emphasis on basic
fabrication techniques. Studio and lecture.
352. INTERMEDIATE METALWORK, JEWELRY DESIGN, AND
DIGITAL FABRICATION (4). Introduction to basic forging, and
raising, casting, and electroforming and other techniques as they are
applicable to the contemporary eld of metalwork and jewelry. PRQ:
ARTS 351 or consent of school.
361. BEGINNING SCULPTURE I (4). Exploration of theory, context,
and methods of object making. Technique covered as appropriate
to an assignment or a student’s work. Studio, lecture, and readings.
362. INTERMEDIATE SCULPTURE (4). Continuation of and
progression from ARTS 361. Studio, lecture, and readings. May be
repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 361.
368. INTRODUCTION TO FIBER: PAPERMAKING (4). Exploration
of papermaking technique including sheet forming (Western
and Eastern traditions), embossing, embedding, lamination,
watermarking, and casting. Discussion of various bers suitable
for making paper. Studio, lecture, readings, and discussion of the
meaning/context of materials.
371. 2-D/3-D WOVEN CONSTRUCTION (4). Exploration of a
range of techniques for making 2- and 3-dimensional work.
Technical information includes pattern and pictorial weaving, textile
dyeing/printing/painting, and 3-D woven construction processes.
Experimentation with traditional and experimental materials.
Exploration of unique conceptual principles of textiles: sculptural
potential of fabric construction, meaning and metaphors of material,
narrative capacity of cloth.
372. INTRODUCTION TO FIBER: PRINT DYE PAINT STITCH (4).
Exploration of techniques to alter, transform, and manipulate the two-
dimensional surface of fabric. Emphasis on cloth as an expressive
medium. Dyeing, resists, printing, surface embellishment, stitching,
devore, and cloque. Studio, lecture, readings, and discussion of the
meaning/context of cloth.
374. INSTALLATION AND FIBER SCULPTURE (4) Exploration of
materials and processes for creating installation work and three-
dimensional forms in the ber tradition. Wrapping, coiling, knotting,
looping, and sculptural fabric techniques will be explored. The concept
of installation includes relationships of objects and site-specic work,
and will examine a range of spaces. Concepts are developed through
research, readings, material investigations, and developments of
three-dimensional studies. When taught in the spring semester, the
class will focus on object construction; in fall semester, the focus is
directed to installation concepts and working in a range of public and
private spaces.
400. ADVANCED DRAWING I (4). Intensive studio work in perceptual
and conceptual problems using a variety of media. PRQ: ARTS 300
and successful completion of portfolio review in any area in the
School of Art and Design, or consent of school. May be repeated to a
maximum of 8 semester hours.
402. ADVANCED 2-D FIGURE STUDY (4). 2-D studio work
emphasizing the expressive use of the gurative motif. May be
repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 321 or
ARTS 323, and successful completion of portfolio review in any area
in the School of Art and Design; or consent of school.
403. DRAWING WORKSHOP (4). Advanced studio work in expressive
drawing processes involving use of form, content, and technique.
Emphasis on selected directions. May be repeated to a maximum of
8 semester hours. PRQ: Successful completion of portfolio review in
any area in the School of Art and Design or consent of school.
405. INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR (4). Lecture/discussion to
develop skills related to studio practice and portfolio development for
undergraduate students in their senior year. Includes critiques, artist
presentations, portfolio documentation, personal thesis statements,
critical writing, and selected readings. PRQ: Senior standing and
pass portfolio review in B.F.A. studio program.
406. SENIOR PROJECT (4). Professional practice in the student’s
area of study. Field experience, studio and/or lecture. S/U grading.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours only for students
completing more than one Fine Arts emphasis in the School of Art
and Design. PRQ: Senior standing.
421. ADVANCED PAINTING (4 or 8). Individually selected studio
problems in painting. May be taken concurrently with one other
section of ARTS 421. May be repeated. PRQ: ARTS 322 or ARTS
324 and successful completion of portfolio review in painting.
423. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN STUDIO ART (4). Emphasis on
specic concepts and/or processes within the drawing, painting,
and printmaking curriculum. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: ART 101 and consent of school.
425. ATELIER PAINTING (4). Directed study to expand knowledge
of a specic style of painting with emphasis on current philosophies,
instructional methods, practice, and experiences. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 323, or consent of school.
430. ADVANCED PRINTMAKING WORKSHOP (4 or 8). Emphasis on
developing individual skills and a body of work utilizing the medium.
May be repeated. PRQ: ARTS 331 or ARTS 332 or ARTS 333.
436. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN ILLUSTRATION (4). Emphasis on
contemporary problems of illustration theory, using current illustration
materials, equipment, and techniques. Topics announced. May be
repeated.
437. INTERMEDIATE ILLUSTRATION (4). Introduction to traditional
color materials and techniques and their application to the different
major areas of illustration. Emphasis on developing creative problem-
solving skills to effectively communicate ideas and concepts. May be
repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 327 and
successful completion of portfolio review in Illustration.
346 ART AND DESIGN
438. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION (4). Intensive studio work with
emphasis on contemporary problems of illustration using current
illustration media and techniques. In conjunction with the instructor,
students select an area of focus, i.e., advertising, editorial, or book.
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 437.
439. ADVANCED SCIENTIFIC ILLUSTRATION I (4). Further
exploration of the technical and aesthetic aspects of scientic
illustration. Students work in laboratories of NIU scientists, illustrating
research being performed. PRQ: ARTS 340.
440. ADVANCED SCIENTIFIC ILLUSTRATION II (4). Advanced study
and application of contemporary techniques of scientic illustration.
Students continue to work in laboratories of NIU scientists, illustrating
research being performed. May be repeated. PRQ: ARTS 439.
446. ADVANCED CERAMICS (4 or 8). Studio work with clay in various
traditional and contemporary techniques with emphasis on problems
selected for the individual student. Compounding of individual clay
bodies and glazes, loading and ring, studio management. May be
repeated. PRQ: Completion of 16 semester hours in ARTS 346, or
consent of school.
447. COMPUTER RASTER APPLICATIONS FOR ILLUSTRATION
(4). Study of the role of computer painting programs in illustration
and the development/rendition of illustration concepts in commercial,
editorial, and publishing venues using pixel, resolution-dependent
software. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours. PRQ:
ARTS 215 and ARTS 437.
448. COMPUTER VECTOR APPLICATIONS FOR ILLUSTRATION
(4). Study of the role of computer drawing programs in illustration
and the development/rendition of illustration concepts in commercial,
editorial, and publishing venues using object, resolution-independent
software. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours. PRQ:
ARTS 215 and ARTS 437.
450. DIGITAL FABRICATION WORKSHOP (4). An introduction to the
use of two- and three-dimensional design software and industrial
output methodologies as applied to advanced creative works in
studio or design.
451. ADVANCED METALWORK, JEWELRY DESIGN, AND DIGITAL
FABRICATION (4 or 8). Intensive studio work in individually assigned
techniques and processes. May be repeated.
452. ADVANCED RESEARCH IN METALWORK, JEWELRY
DESIGN, AND DIGITAL FABRICATION (4 or 8). Studio research
on specic techniques or processes selected in conference with
instructor. Written or oral report required. May be repeated. PRQ:
Completion of 16 semester hours in ARTS 451 and pass portfolio
review in Metalwork, Jewelry Design, and Digital Fabrication.
456. SCULPTURE WORKSHOP (4). Intensive study of one sculpture
concepts and process. Focus varies, using contemporary sculpture
trends in concept and materials. May be repeated to a maximum of
12 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 361 and ARTS 362.
461. ADVANCED SCULPTURE (4). Development of a cohesive body
of work for exhibition, slide documentation, and a written statement
about the student’s work. Opportunity for intensive study and studio
work. Studio, research, and lecture. May be repeated to a maximum
of 16 semester hours. PRQ: ARTS 362.
470. ADVANCED FIBER WORKSHOP (4 or 8). Individual exploration
in any area of ber curriculum with emphasis on the development
of personal themes. Exploration across ber curriculum to create
integrated body of work. Studio projects, development of artist’s
statement and documentation of work in slides. Studio, lecture,
readings, and discussion. May be repeated to a maximum of 36
semester hours.
471. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FIBER (4 or 8). Emphasis on specic
topics or processes within the ber curriculum. Special topics include
Artist Books, Japanese Papermaking, T-Shirt, Body Boundaries,
Garment as Metaphor, and others. May be repeated to maximum of
36 semester hours.
Art and Design Faculty
Mary Quinlan, Ph.D., University of Chicago, professor, acting chair
Leif Allmendinger, M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design,
associate professor
Michael Barnes, M.F.A., University of Iowa, professor
Sinclair Bell, Ph.D., University of Edinburgh, associate professor
Douglas G. Boughton, Ph.D., University of Alberta (Canada),
professor
Karen Brown, M.F.A., California State University at Fullerton,
associate professor
Todd Buck, M.S.M.E., University of Illinois, Chicago, associate
professor
Sarah Evans, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, assistant
professor
Kerry Freedman, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, professor
Billie Giese, M.F.A., University of Kansas, associate professor
Aleksandra Giza, Ph.D., Silesian University (Katowice, Poland)
associate professor
Debra Grall, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, associate professor
Lawrence J. Gregory, M.F.A., Ohio University, associate professor
Rebecca Houze, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Barbara Jaffee, Ph.D., University of Chicago, associate professor
Katherine Kahn, M.F.A., Yale University, associate professor
Jeff K. Kowalski, Ph.D., Yale University, professor
Yih-Wen Kuo, M.F.A., Southern Illinois University, professor
Andrew Liccardo, M.F.A., Texas Tech University, associate
professor
Christine LoFaso, M.F.A., School of the Art Institute of Chicago,
professor
Kimberly Martens, M.S.M.E., University of Illinois, Chicago,
associate professor
Helen Nagata, Ph.D., Stanford University, associate professor
Ashley Nason, M.F.A., University of Tennessee, associate
professor
James Obermeier, M.F.A., Indiana University, assistant professor
Steven Quinn, B.Ed., University of Colorado, associate professor
Catherine Raymond, Ph.D., Sorbonne Paris (France), associate
professor
Nina Rizzo, M.F.A., University of Texas, Austin, associate professor
Charlotte Rollman, M.F.A., University of Illinois, professor
Kurt Schultz, M.F.A., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Lee Sido, M.F.A., Northern Illinois University, associate professor,
assistant director
Kryssi Staikidis, Ph.D., Columbia University, New York, associate
professor
Frank Trankina, M.F.A., School of the Art Institute of Chicago,
associate professor
Ann van Dijk, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, associate professor
Shei-Chau Wang, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Harry J. Wirth, B.S., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, professor
347
School of Music (MU--)
The School of Music offers a Bachelor of Music (B.M.) degree with
emphases in music education, performance, and composition
and a Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree for students whose interests
lie in acquiring a broad, liberal education.
Audition Procedures
Undergraduate admission for music majors is a two-part procedure.
Every student must be accepted by the Office of Admissions and
the School of Music in order to pursue a degree. The School of
Music accepts students after they have successfully completed
an audition, interview, and basic musicianship screening. While
students may designate themselves as intended music majors
when applying to the university, they do not formally achieve that
status until all of the above procedures have been completed
successfully. Students who wish to enroll in the composition
emphasis must also submit written examples of their works.
Prospective students may contact the School of Music for regularly
scheduled audition and screening dates. Performance study is
available in voice, piano, organ, woodwinds, brass, percussion,
strings, guitar, and harp.
Requirements
Music majors are expected to attend a specied number of
recitals, concerts, and convocations. Music majors must attain
a minimum grade of C in all 100- and 200-level music courses
required for graduation in their degree program.
Depending on the emphasis chosen, all senior music majors are
required to present a full or partial recital, submit a composition
or research project, or complete an equivalent assignment. No
credit is awarded.
Major in Music (B.M.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Core Requirements (20-21)
MUSC 99 - Recital Attendance (0)
MUTC 101, and MUTC 102 - Music Theory I and II (4)
MUTC 103, and MUTC 104 - Aural Skills I and II (2)
MUTC 201, and MUTC 202 - Music Theory III and IV (4)
MUTC 203 and MUTC 204 - Aural Skills III and IV (2)
(Students in the jazz studies area of study must substitute MUSP
203 and MUSP 204, Aural Foundations of Improvisation I and II
(2), for MUTC 203 and MUTC 204.)
MUTC 301 - Music Theory V (2),
OR MUHL 323 - 20th Century Music (3)
MUHL 321, and MUHL 322 - History and Literature of Music I and
II (6)
Admission to programs in the School of Music is limited. See
“Limited Admissions and Limited Retention Requirements” in
the Admission section of this catalog.
Emphasis 1. Music Education
Requirements in School (83-86)
Core requirements (26)
MUED 150 - Introduction to Music Education/Field Experience in
Public Schools (1)
MUED 250 - Elementary General Music Methods (3)
MUED 251 - Clinical Experience in Elementary General Music (1)
MUED 350 - Middle School/Junior High Music Methods (3)
MUED 351 - Clinical Experience In Middle School/Junior High
Music (1)
MUED 352 - Secondary Music Methods (3)
MUED 353 - Clinical Experience in Secondary Music (1)
MUED 490
1
- Student Teaching K-8 (6)
MUED 495
1
- Student Teaching 6-12 Music (6)
One of the following areas of study (37-39)
Instrumental Music (37-38)
MUSP 101
2
- Piano: Secondary: Beginning Group (1)
MUSP 102
2
- Piano: Intermediate Group (1)
MUED 170 - Instrumental Techniques and Materials: Flute, Clarinet,
and Saxophone (1)
MUED 171- Instrumental Techniques and Materials: Brass (1)
MUED 172 - Instrumental Techniques and Materials: Percussion (1)
MUED 173 - Instrumental Techniques and Materials: Double
Reeds (1)
MUED 174 - Instrumental Techniques and Materials: Strings (1)
MUTC 305 - Orchestration (2),
OR MUTC 307 - Wind and Percussion Scoring (2)
MUSP 335 - Conducting I (2)
MUSP 336 - Conducting II: Instrumental (2),
OR MUSP 337 - Conducting III: Choral (2)
MUSE 342 - University Chorus (1),
OR MUSP 114 - Voice: Secondary (1)
Theory and composition and/or history and literature courses (2-3)
200-level private keyboard study (8)
300-level private keyboard study (6)
Ensembles (7)
Instrumental Ensemble (1)
MUSE 335
3
- Marching Band (1)
Other ensemble courses (1)
Course work from the following (1)
MUSE 315 - String Ensemble (1)
MUSE 316 - Woodwind Ensemble (1)
MUSE 317 - Brass Ensemble (1)
MUSE 318 - Percussion Ensembles (1)
MUSE 319 - Guitar Ensemble (1)
MUSE 320 - Keyboard Ensemble (1)
MUSE 321 - Mixed Ensemble (1)
MUSE 322 - New Music Ensemble (1)
MUSE 323 - Early Music Ensemble (1)
MUSE 324 - Jazz Combo (1)
MUSE 325 - Latin Jazz Ensemble (1)
Course work from the following (4-5)
MUSE 330 - Wind Symphony (1)
MUSE 331 - Wind Ensemble (1)
MUSE 332 - All-University Band (1)
MUSE 335
3
- Marching Band (1)
MUSE 360 - NIU Philharmonic (1),
OR MUSE 365 - Campus String Orchestral (1)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
1
Application for student teaching must be made through the School of Music during the academic year which precedes registration in student teaching.
2
MUSP 110 - Piano Secondary, may be substituted for any group piano requirement with the consent of the piano faculty.
3
Required of wind and percussion students only, and must be taken during fall semester for degree credit.
348 MUSIC
Vocal Music (37-38)
MUSP 101
1
- Piano: Secondary: Beginning Group (1)
MUSP 102
1
- Piano: Secondary: Intermediate Group (1)
MUSP 103
1
- Piano: Secondary: Advanced Group (2)
MUSP 205 - Diction for Singers I (2)
MUSP 206 - Diction for Singers II (2)
MUSP 214 - Voice: Primary (8)
MUTC 305 - Orchestration (2),
OR MUTC 307 - Wind and Percussion Scoring (2)
MUSP 314 - Voice: Primary (6)
MUSP 335 - Conducting I (2)
MUSP 337 - Conducting III: Choral (2)
Theory and composition and/or history and Literature courses (2-3)
Ensembles (7)
Course work from the following (5)
Vocal Ensemble (1)
MUSE 342 - University Chorus (1)
MUSE 345 - Concert Choir (1)
Other ensemble courses (2)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
Requirements outside School
*EPFE 201 - Education as an Agent for Change (3),
OR *BKST 211 - Educating for Cultural Sensitivity (3)
EPFE 400 - Foundations of Education (3)
EPS 405 - Issues in Human Development in the Elementary
Through High School Years (3)
ETR 440 - Secondary Classroom Assessment (3)
*PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology (3)
SESE 457 - Methods for Including Middle and Secondary Students
with Exceptionalities in the General Education Classroom (3)
Fulllment of requirements for Standard Special Educator
Licensure (See the “Educator Licensure Requirements”
section of this catalog.)
Special requirements: Students must earn a C or better in all
courses required for licensure. A minimum NIU cumulative GPA of
2.50 is required for enrollment in MUED 150, MUED 250, MUED
251, MUED 350, MUED 351, MUED 352, MUED 353, MUED
490, and MUED 495. Enrollment in said courses is by request
and must be approved by the Music Education faculty. Students
may be asked to update their TB tests and criminal background
checks for each clinical placement; criminal background checks
are not processed through NIU. Students are required to exhibit
and maintain appropriate dispositions for licensure as assessed
by the Music Education faculty.
To be considered for full admission into the Music Education
licensure program, students must pass all sections of the
Illinois Test of Academic Prociency (TAP); have at least an NIU
cumulative GPA of 2.50; pass MUTC 101, MUTC 102, MUTC
103, MUTC 104, MUTC 201, MUTC 202, MUTC 203, MUTC
204 with a C or better; earn a C or better in MUED 150, MUED
250, MUED 251; and pass the Admission to Teacher Licensure
in Music Functional Musicianship Exam and Content Interview
at the end of MUED 250.
Following full admission into the Music Education licensure
program, students whose NIU cumulative GPA falls below the
required 2.50 or students who have not successfully completed
prerequisites may not be allowed to continue in the program.
Students may appeal in writing for one probationary semester
to the Coordinator of Music Education. Students must apply for
student teaching placements by the Friday of nals week one
year before the requested semester (spring for spring, fall for fall).
Final approval for student teaching includes a review of student
records, a passing score on the Illinois Music Content Exam, and
the completion of all other major requirements including required
course work and student recital. Vocal music education students
are also expected to pass a piano prociency exam prior to
approval for student teaching. Questions regarding requirements
for music education should be directed to the Coordinator of
Music Education.
Emphasis 2. Performance
Requirements in School (78-81)
Core requirements (20-21)
One of the following areas of study (58-60)
Keyboard Music (58-60)
200-level private keyboard study (16)
300-level private keyboard study (16)
MUSP 335 - Conducting I (2)
MUSP 339 - Accompanying (1)
MUHL 435 and MUHL 436 - Organ Literature I and II (4),
OR MUHL 437 and MUSL 438 - Piano Literature I and II (4)
Theory and composition courses (2-3)
History and literature courses (2-3)
Ensembles (8)
Other music courses (7)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
Special requirements: Before the senior year, all students in
the keyboard area of study must either complete keyboard
skills classes (MUSP 232) with a grade of C or better or pass
a keyboard skills prociency examination. Requirements for
students whose primary keyboard instrument is harpsichord are
MUHL 437, Piano Literature I (2), and other music courses (9).
Vocal Music (58-60)
MUSP 101
1
- Piano: Secondary: Beginning Group (1)
MUSP 102
1
- Piano: Secondary: Intermediate Group (1)
MUSP 103
1
- Piano: Secondary: Advanced Group (2)
MUSP 214 - Voice: Primary (16)
MUSP 205 and MUSP 202 - Diction for Singers I and II (4)
MUSP 314 - Voice: Primary (16)
MUSP 355 - Conducting I (2)
Theory and composition courses (2-3)
History and literature courses (2-3)
Ensembles (12)
Course work from the following (6)
MUSE 342 - University Chorus (1)
MUSE 345 - Concert Choir (1)
Ensemble courses (6)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
Special requirements: Before graduation, all students in the vocal
area of study must demonstrate a foreign language prociency
equivalent to one year of college instruction in French, Italian, or
German. The student can fulll this requirement by presenting
documented proof of at least two years of high school foreign
language instruction in French, Italian, or German with an
average grade of C or better; demonstrating competency
through a prociency examination; or completing a one-year
foreign language sequence (i.e., FLFR 101-FLFR 102, FLIT 101-
FLIT 102, or FLGE 101-FLGE 102) in the Department of Foreign
Languages and Literatures.
Instrumental Music (58-60)
200-level private instrumental study (16)
300-level private instrumental study (16)
MUSP 101
1
- Piano: Secondary: Beginning Group (1)
MUSP 102
1
- Piano: Secondary: Intermediate Group (1)
MUTC 305 - Orchestration (2),
OR MUTC 307 - Wind and Percussion Scoring (2)
MUSP 335 - Conducting I (2)
MUSP 336 - Conducting II: Instrumental (2)
Theory and composition courses (2-3)
History and literature courses (2-3)
Other music courses (2)
Ensembles (12)
Course work from the following (7)
Instrumental Ensemble (1)
University Bands (1)
Orchestra (1)
Other ensemble courses (4)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
* Available for general education credit.
1
MUSP 110 - Piano Secondary, may be substituted for any group piano requirement with the consent of the piano faculty.
MUSIC 349
Note: Requirements for students whose primary interest is guitar are
ensembles (8); MUHL 439 - Guitar Literature (2); MUSP 107 - Guitar
Skills I (1); and other music courses (2)
Jazz Studies (58-60)
200-level private keyboard or instrumental study (8)
300-level private keyboard or instrumental study (8)
MUSP 105
1
- Piano: Secondary: Level 1 Group Jazz Piano (1)
MUSP 106
1
- Piano: Secondary: Level 2 Group Jazz Piano (1)
MUTC 205 - Jazz Theory (2)
MUHL 230 - Jazz Literature (2)
MUSP 160 - Introduction to Jazz Studies (2)
MUTC 309 - Jazz Arranging I (2)
MUTC 310 - Jazz Arranging II (2)
MUSP 335 - Conducting I (2)
MUSP 332 and MUSP 333 - Jazz Improvisation I and II (4)
MUED 477 - Jazz Pedagogy (3)
Course work from the following (4-5)
MUTC 211 - Electronic and Computer Music I (2)
MUTC 400 - Recording Techniques (3)
MUSP 462 - Survey of the Music Industry (2)
A world music course (3)
Other music courses (2-3)
Ensembles (12)
MUSE 330 - Wind Symphony,
OR MUSE 331 - Wind Ensemble (1),
OR MUSE 322 - All University Band (1),
OR MUSE 360 - NIU Philharmonic (1),
OR MUSE 365 - Campus String Orchestra (4)
MUSE 324 - Jazz Combo (1),
OR MUSE 350 - Jazz Ensemble (6)
Other ensembles (2)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0)
Note: Ensemble requirements for students whose primary instrument
is keyboard are MUSE 324 - Jazz Combo, OR MUSE 350 Jazz
Ensemble (6) and MUSE 342 - University Chorus, OR MUSE 345 -
Concert Choir (2) and 1 or 2 of the following: MUSE 370, MUSE 371,
or MUSE 372 (2); ensemble electives (2). Credits earned in fullling
the ensemble requirements may not be used to fulll the world music
requirement.
Requirements for students whose primary instrument is guitar are
MUSP 107, Guitar Skills I (2) and MUSP 108, Guitar Improvisation
I (2) and MUSP 207, Guitar Skills II (2) and MUSP 208, Guitar
Improvisation II (2) and MUSP 319, Guitar: Primary (6) and MUSE
319, Guitar Ensemble (4) and MUSE 324, Jazz Combo, OR MUSE
350, Jazz Ensemble (6) and MUSE 342, University Chorus, OR
MUSE 345, Concert Choir (2).
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Performance: 78-81
Emphasis 3. Composition
Requirements in School (78-80)
Core requirements (20-21)
Approved courses in consultation with faculty adviser (36-37)
200-level private keyboard, instrumental, or voice study (8)
300-level private keyboard, instrumental, or voice study (4)
Ensembles (6)
Other music courses (4)
MUSC 399B - Senior Research Project or Composition (0)
Special requirement: Before the senior year, all students in this
emphasis must either complete at least two semesters of keyboard
study or pass a keyboard prociency examination at the intermediate
level.
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Composition: 78-80
Major in Music (B.A.)
At least 75 hours (including general education course work)
required for the B.A. degree must be taken in subjects other than
music. Elective courses under this program should be chosen in
consultation with the student’s adviser.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (46-48)
MUSC 99 - Recital Attendance (0)
MUTC 101 and MUTC 102 - Music Theory I and II (4)
MUTC 103 and MUTC 104 - Aural Skills I and II (2)
MUTC 201 and MUTC 202 - Music Theory III and IV (4)
MUTC 203 and MUTC 204 - Aural Skills III and IV (2)
MUTC 301 - Music Theory V (2),
OR MUHL 323 - 20th Century Music (3)
MUHL 321 and MUHL 322 - History and Literature of Music I and II (6)
Theory and composition and/or history and literature courses (2-3)
Private keyboard, instrumental, or voice study (16)
Ensembles (8)
MUSC 399A - Senior Recital (0),
OR MUSC 399B - Senior Research Project or Composition (0)
Requirements outside School (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
Total Hours for a Major in Music (B.A.): 46-60
Cooperative Education/Internship in Music
Music majors of upper-division standing are eligible to submit an
application for a cooperative education/internship experience.
Those students selected for the program may work full or part
time with approved employers complementary to students’
career goals. Accredited experiences include composition
and arranging MUSC 390, recording techniques MUSC 390,
performance MUSP 463, and a variety of areas within the music
industry MUSP 463. Variable S/U credit assigned on the basis
of the length and/or nature of employment. Credit does not
apply towards requirements in a major in music, and students
are limited to a maximum of 8 semester hours of cooperative
education/internship credit in the School of Music.
Interested students should consult with a faculty member closely
associated with the appropriate eld. As the student approaches
junior academic standing, he or she may apply to the School of
Music for participation in NIU’s Cooperative Education/Internship
Program. Applications will be reviewed on the basis of academic
GPA, instructor recommendation(s), professional promise, and
demonstrated interest and competence in the area of study.
The student must possess a minimum 2.50 overall GPA with
a minimum 3.00 GPA in course work offered by the School of
Music. All students (including transfers) must have completed a
minimum of 12 semester hours in the School of Music.
All internships are approved by the School of Music and
coordinated by the Cooperative Education/Internship Program.
The latter office requires completion of an application and resume.
These courses may be taken concurrently with or following
regular curricular offerings in the classroom such as MUSP 462,
Survey of the Music Industry.
Course List
General (MUSC)
99. RECITAL ATTENDANCE (0). Student recitals and concerts.
Required of all undergraduate music majors each semester of
enrollment for up to 7 semesters. Not required of students in the
music education emphasis during their semester of student teaching.
S/U grading.
350 MUSIC
390. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC (2-8).
A. Composition and Arranging
B. Recording Techniques
Cooperatively supervised, full- or part-time professional eld
experience with approved organizations/individuals, to provide a
learning experience complementary to the student’s anticipated
career goals. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours,
not applicable towards requirements in a major in music. S/U grading.
PRQ: Consent of school.
399A. SENIOR RECITAL (0). Preparation and performance of a full
or half recital in accordance with current School of Music guidelines.
S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of school.
399B. SENIOR RESEARCH PROJECT OR COMPOSITION (0).
Preparation and submission of a research project or composition in
accordance with current School of Music guidelines. S/U grading.
PRQ: Consent of school.
Music History and Literature (MUHL)
220. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC (3). To broaden the non-music
major’s understanding of music as a subject related to other arts
and sciences. Classwork is divided broadly into two activities: study
of music fundamentals, rhythmic structure, and form; and listening
lessons arranged to illustrate the evolution of music. Not open to
music majors.
230. JAZZ LITERATURE (2). Aural analysis of jazz literature using
the music of Count Basie, Gil Evans, Duke Ellington, Miles Davis,
and others. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 102 and MUTC 104.
320. MUSIC HISTORY REVIEW (3). Development of Western art
music from the Medieval through the Romantic periods. Review
course. Does not satisfy graduate music history requirements for
any degree program. Credit earned does not count toward the M.M.
degree or Performer’s Certicate. Students must earn a grade of C
or higher in order to satisfy the deciency for this course. Open only
to M.M. students.
321. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC I (3). Development
of music in the Western world the Middle Ages to 1750. Examines
composers’ lives and styles as well as social, political, and cultural
developments that have affected music history. PRQ: Grade of C or
better in MUTC 202.
322. HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC II (3). Development
of music in the Western world from. Examines composers’ lives and
styles as well as social, political, and cultural developments that have
affected music history. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202.
323. 20TH CENTURY MUSIC (3). Survey of European and American
music from impressionism to the present. PRQ: Grade of C or better
in MUTC 202, and grade of C or better in either MUTC 204 or MUSP
204..
326. SURVEY OF WORLD MUSIC (3). Crosslisted as ANTH 326X.
Survey of traditional music (both folk and classical/court) in world
cultures. Examination of the relationship of music to selected aspects
of the people and culture of East, South, Central and Southeast Asia,
Australia, Polynesia, the Middle East, Europe, Africa, the Caribbean,
and Latin America.
337. CHAMBER MUSIC LITERATURE (3). Chamber music from the
baroque to the present day. PRQ: Consent of school.
398. SELECTED STUDIES IN MUSIC: MUSIC HISTORY AND
LITERATURE (1-4). Independent or small group study of selected
topics of interest or need in music. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of school.
421. TOPIC STUDIES IN ETHNOMUSICOLOGY (3). Studies and
reports on special topics in world music: bibliography, discography,
and instruments. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: MUHL 326, or consent of school.
422. JAZZ HISTORY (3). Signicant changes and developments in
jazz. Analysis of the styles of a number of jazz performers. PRQ:
MUHL 230.
426. AMERICAN MUSIC (3). Survey of art music from colonial times
to today; popular song from the early 1800s to ca. 1960; and the
Broadway musical from its origins to ca. 1980. PRQ: MUHL 322.
430. SEMINAR IN MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE (3).
Research and analysis in selected areas of music history and
literature. Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours.
431. MUSIC OF SOUTHEAST ASIA (3). Study of the music of
Southeast Asia with emphasis on the music of Indonesian gamelan.
PRQ: Consent of school.
432. MUSIC OF CHINA (3). Study of the music of China with
emphasis on existing genres. PRQ: Consent of school.
433. CHORAL LITERATURE I (2). Survey of choral literature from
1400 to 1750. PRQ: Consent of school.
434. CHORAL LITERATURE II (2). Survey of choral literature from
1750 to present. PRQ: consent of school.
435. ORGAN LITERATURE I (2). Survey of organ literature from
1300 to 1750, including the works of J. S. Bach. PRQ: At least junior
standing in keyboard area of study.
436. ORGAN LITERATURE II (2). Survey of organ works after J.
S. Bach including classical, romantic, and contemporary literature.
PRQ: At least junior standing in keyboard area of study.
437. PIANO LITERATURE I (2). Survey of clavier and piano literature
to the mid-19th century. CRQ: MUSP 310 or consent of school.
438. PIANO LITERATURE II (2). Survey of romantic and contemporary
piano literature. CRQ: MUSP 310 or consent of school.
439. GUITAR LITERATURE (2). Survey of lute, vihuela, and guitar
literature from the Renaissance to the present. PRQ: Grade of C or
better in MUTC 202, and grade of C or better in either MUTC 204 or
MUSP 267.
Music Theory and Composition (MUTC)
101. MUSIC THEORY I (2). Introductory study of music theory from
fundamentals to diatonic harmony. PRQ: Consent of school. CRQ:
MUTC 103.
102. MUSIC THEORY II (2). Continuation of MUSC 101. Study of
diatonic harmony, with emphasis on analysis of tonal music. PRQ:
Grade of C or better in MUTC 101.
103. AURAL SKILLS I (1). Development of prociency in eartraining
and sightsinging. Introductory studies in moveable do solfege. Open
only to music majors. PRQ: Consent of school. CRQ: MUTC 101.
104. AURAL SKILLS II (1). Continuation of MUSC 103. Development
of prociency in eartraining and sightsinging. Studies in moveable do
solfege. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 103.
200. COMPOSITION: SECONDARY (1). Introductory studies in the
techniques of composing for acoustic media. May be repeated. PRQ:
Consent of school.
201. MUSIC THEORY III (2). Continuation of MUSC 102. Study of
chromatic harmony, with emphasis on analysis of tonal music. PRQ:
Grade of C or better in MUTC 102 and MUTC 104. CRQ: MUTC 203.
202. MUSIC THEORY IV (2). Continuation of MUSC 201. Application
of prior studies to analysis of formal design in tonal music. PRQ:
Grade of C or better in MUTC 201.
203. AURAL SKILLS III (1). Continuation of MUSC 104. Development
of prociency in eartraining and sightsinging. Studies in moveable
do solfege. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 102 and MUTC 104.
CRQ: MUTC 201.
204. AURAL SKILLS IV (1). Continuation of MUSP 203. Development
of prociency in eartraining and sightsinging. Studies in moveable do
solfege. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 203.
MUSIC 351
205. JAZZ THEORY (2). Development and application of the
fundamentals and rudiments of music as related to jazz. Open only
to students choosing the jazz studies area of study or by consent of
school. PRQ: MUTC 102.
211. ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER MUSIC I (2). Laboratory
introduction to the techniques of electronic music composition.
Emphasis on tape techniques and analog and digital synthesis.
212. ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER MUSIC II (2). Further study
and experimentation with techniques introduced in MUTC 211.
Emphasis on implementing techniques studies thus far in more
extensive electronic music compositions. PRQ: MUSC 211.
300. COMPOSITION: PRIMARY (4). Individualized study in
composing for acoustic media. May be repeated. PRQ: Grade of C
or better in MUTC 202, grade of C or better in either MUSP 204 or
MUTC 267, and consent of school.
301. MUSIC THEORY V (2). Study of 20th century compositional
and analytical techniques, approached from a historical perspective.
Development of skills to analyze and understand representative
works. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202, and grade of C or
better in MUTC 204 or MUSP 204.
305. ORCHESTRATION (2). Basic techniques of arranging music for
orchestras and small ensembles. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC
202, and grade of C or better in MUTC 204 or MUSP 204.
307. WIND AND PERCUSSION SCORING (2). Comprehensive
course in scoring for wind and percussion ensembles. PRQ: Grade
of C or better in MUTC 202, and grade of C or better in MUTC 204
or MUSP 204.
308. CHORAL ARRANGING (2). Comprehensive course in scoring
for vocal ensembles. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202, and
grade of C or better in either MUTC 204 or MUSP 204.
309. JAZZ ARRANGING I (2). Scoring techniques for jazz and
popular ensembles. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202, MUTC
205, and grade of C or better in MUTC 204 or MUSP 204; or consent
of school.
310. JAZZ ARRANGING II (2). Continuation of MUSC 309. Advanced
scoring techniques for jazz and popular ensembles. PRQ:
MUTC 309.
311. ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER MUSIC III (2). Laboratory
introduction to algorithmic composition. Study of how composers
have used computers to create and perform musical works. Emphasis
on the design of original algorithms and their use in the composition/
performance of music works. PRQ: MUTC 212 or consent of school.
312. ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER MUSIC IV (2). Further
study and experimentation with algorithmic composition. Emphasis
on creating more expansive computer music systems through the
integration of hardware and software. PRQ: MUTC 311 or consent
of school.
313. SOFTWARE SYNTHESIS AND DIGITAL AUDIO PROCESSING
(3). Musical composition using software synthesis and digital audio
processing techniques. Projects can also include personal and
network media as well as the creation of both musical compositions
and original software components. May be repeated to a maximum
of 12 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
398. SELECTED STUDIES IN MUSIC: MUSIC THEORY (1-4).
Independent or small group study of selected topics of interest or
need in music other than composition. May be repeated to a total of 6
semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of school.
400. RECORDING TECHNIQUES (3). Laboratory study of the
techniques of professional recording as applied directly to all phases
of musical storage and reproduction. Emphasis on gaining expertise
with microphones, acoustics, multitrack recording, professional
mixing techniques, etc. PRQ: Ability to read music and consent of
school.
401. ADVANCED RECORDING PROJECTS (3). Continuation of
MUSC 400. Microphone theory and applications, audio console
operation including, but not restricted to, signal processing, monitor
mixing, overdubbing, and multitrack techniques; preparation of master
tape suitable for disc recording; some study of current practices in
digital recording and console automation. May be repeated. PRQ:
MUTC 400.
402. MUSIC THEORY REVIEW (3). Review of harmony, analytical
techniques, and listening strategies necessary for graduate-level
study of music theory. Does not satisfy any graduate music theory
requirements for any degree program. Credit earned does not count
toward the M.M. degree or Performer’s Certicate. Students must
earn a grade of C or higher in order to satisfy the deciency for this
course. Open only M.M. students.
404. SEMINAR IN MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION (3).
Research and analysis in selected areas of music theory and
composition. Topics announced. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours.
412. DEVELOPMENT AND PRACTICE OF ELECTRONIC MUSIC
(3). Comprehensive examination of the development and practices of
all phases of electronic and computer music with both historical and
projected examinations of applications in composition, performance,
and research. PRQ: Consent of school.
Music Performance (MUSP)
101. BEGINNING GROUP PIANO (1). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with
consent of school. PRQ: Consent of school
102. INTERMEDIATE GROUP PIANO (1). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with
consent of school. PRQ: Consent of school.
103. ADVANCED GROUP PIANO (1). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with
consent of school. PRQ: Consent of school.
105. LEVEL 1 GROUP JAZZ PIANO (1). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with
consent of school. PRQ: Consent of school.
106. LEVEL 2 GROUP JAZZ PIANO (1). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with
consent of school. PRQ: Consent of school.
107. GUITAR SKILLS I (1). Development of guitar skills through the
study of various musical styles. Emphasis on chordal guitar playing.
May be repeated.
108. GUITAR IMPROVISATION I (1). Development of guitar skills
through the study of single-note improvisation. May be repeated.
110. PIANO SECONDARY (1). Emphasis on performance, with
prociency requirements at each level. May be repeated with consent
of school. PRQ: Consent of school.
111. ORGAN: SECONDARY (1)
112. HARPSICHORD: SECONDARY (1)
113. HARP: SECONDARY (1)
114. VOICE: SECONDARY (1). CRQ: MUSE 342 or MUSE 345.
115. VIOLIN: SECONDARY (1)
116. VIOLA: SECONDARY (1)
117. VIOLONCELLO: SECONDARY (1)
118. CONTRABASS: SECONDARY (1)
119. GUITAR: SECONDARY (1)
120. FLUTE: SECONDARY (1)
121. OBOE: SECONDARY (1)
122. CLARINET: SECONDARY (1)
123. SAXOPHONE: SECONDARY (1)
124. BASSOON: SECONDARY (1)
125. TRUMPET: SECONDARY (1)
126. FRENCH HORN: SECONDARY (1)
127. TROMBONE: SECONDARY (1)
128. TUBA AND EUPHONIUM: SECONDARY (1)
352 MUSIC
129. PERCUSSION: SECONDARY (1).
Emphasis on performance, with prociency requirements. Individual
and/ or group instruction. Open to non-music majors by special
consent of school. May be repeated.
130. STEELPAN: SECONDARY (1). Emphasis on performance, with
prociency requirements. Individual and/or group instruction. Open
to non-music majors by special consent of school. May be repeated.
160. INTRODUCTION TO JAZZ STUDIES (2). Introductory study of
jazz music and musicianship. Broad overview of the development of
jazz styles, the art of improvisation, important jazz musicians, and
the cultural signicance of jazz music.
203. AURAL FOUNDATIONS OF IMPROVISATION I (1). Aural training
through memorization of melodies and bass lines from the standard
pop and jazz repertory. Studies to develop interval recognition and
the understanding of harmonic implications. No notated music used.
PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 104.
204. AURAL FOUNDATIONS OF IMPROVISATION II (1). Continuation
of MUSP 203. Further development of skills in melody memorization,
aural transposition, chord recognition, and solo etudes. PRQ: Grade
of C or better in MUSP 203.
205. DICTION FOR SINGERS I (2). Italian and German pronunciation,
using the International Phonetic Alphabet as a basis. Enrollment
limited to and required of all voice students.
206. DICTION FOR SINGERS II (2). French and English
pronunciation, using the International Phonetic Alphabet as a basis.
Enrollment limited to and required of all voice students. PRQ: Grade
of C or better in MUSP 205.
207. GUITAR SKILLS II (1). Continuation of MUSP 107. Emphasis on
the study of chordal jazz accompaniment and improvisation. May be
repeated. PRQ: MUSP 107 or consent of school.
208. GUITAR IMPROVISATION II (1). Continuation of MUSP 108.
Emphasis on the development of standard jazz repertoire. May be
repeated. PRQ: MUSP 108 or consent of school
210. PIANO: PRIMARY (1-4). Keyboard students only.
211. ORGAN: PRIMARY (1-4). Keyboard students only.
212. HARPSICHORD: PRIMARY (1-4). Keyboard students only.
213. HARP: PRIMARY (1-4). Harp students only. Emphasis on
performance, with prociency requirements at each level. Two
semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the music
education emphasis; 4 semester hours’ credit per semester for
students in the performance emphasis. May be repeated.
214. VOICE: PRIMARY (1-4). Voice students only. Emphasis on
performance, with prociency requirements at each level. Two
semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the music
education emphasis; 4 semester hours’ credit per semester for
students in the performance emphasis. May be repeated. CRQ:
MUSE 342 or MUSE 345.
215. VIOLIN: PRIMARY (1-4). CRQ: MUSE 360.
216. VIOLA: PRIMARY (1-4). CRQ MUSE 360.
217. VIOLONCELLO: PRIMARY (1-4). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental
students only. Two semester hours’ credit per semester for students in
the B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program; 4
semester hours’ credit per semester (2 in summer) for students in the
performance emphasis (B.M.). May be repeated. CRQ: MUSE 360.
218. CONTRABASS: PRIMARY (1-4). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program; 4
semester hours credit per semester (2 in summer) for students in the
performance emphasis (B.M.). May be repeated. CRQ: MUSE 330,
or MUSE 331, or MUSE 350, or MUSE 360.
219. GUITAR: PRIMARY (1-4). Emphasis on performance, with
prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program; 4
semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the performance
emphasis (B.M.). 1 semester hours’ credit in section 1 plus 1 semester
hours’ credit in section 2 for students pursuing B.M. music education
plus B.M. in jazz performance. May be repeated.
220. FLUTE: PRIMARY (1-4)
221. OBOE: PRIMARY (1-4)
222. CLARINET: PRIMARY (1-4)
223. SAXOPHONE: PRIMARY (1-4)
224. BASSOON: PRIMARY (1-4
225. TRUMPET: PRIMARY (1-4)
226. FRENCH HORN: PRIMARY (1-4)
227. TROMBONE: PRIMARY (1-4)
228. TUBA AND EUPHONIUM: PRIMARY (1-4)
229. PERCUSSION: PRIMARY (1-4).
Emphasis on performance, with prociency requirements at each
level. For instrumental students only. Two semester hours credit per
semester for students in the B.M. music education emphasis and in
the B.A. degree program; 4 semester hours credit per semester (2
in summer) for students in the performance emphasis (B.M.). May
be repeated. CRQ: MUSE 330 OR MUSE 331 OR MUSE 350 OR
MUSE 360.
230. STEELPAN: PRIMARY (1-4). Emphasis on performance, with
prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program; 4
semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the performance
emphasis B.M. May be repeated.
232. ADVANCED KEYBOARD SKILLS (2). Development of keyboard
prociency in sight-reading, score-reading, and ensemble playing.
May be repeated.
310. PIANO: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Keyboard students only.
311. ORGAN: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Keyboard students only.
312. HARPSICHORD: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Keyboard students only.
313. HARP: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Harp students only.
314. VOICE: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Voice students only. Emphasis
on performance, with prociency requirements at each level. Two
semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the music education
emphasis; 4 semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the
performance emphasis. May be repeated. PRQ: Consent of school.
CRQ: MUSP 205 or MUSP 206 and MUSE 342 or MUSE 345
315. VIOLIN: PRIMARY (2 or 4). CRQ: MUSE 360.
316. VIOLA: PRIMARY (2 or 4). CRQ: MUSE 360.
317. VIOLONCELLO: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program;
4 semester hours’ credit per semester for students in the B.M.
performance emphasis. May be repeated. CRQ: MUSE 360.
318. CONTRABASS: PRIMARY (2 or 4).
319. GUITAR: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
320. FLUTE: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
321. OBOE: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
322. CLARINET: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
323. SAXOPHONE: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
324. BASSOON: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
325. TRUMPET: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
326. FRENCH HORN: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
327. TROMBONE: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
328. TUBA AND EUPHONIUM: PRIMARY (2 or 4)
329. PERCUSSION: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Emphasis on performance,
with prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B.A. degree program; 4
semester hours credit per semester (2 in summer) for students in
the B.M. performance emphasis. May be repeated. PRQ: Consent of
school. CRQ: MUSE 330 OR MUSE 331 OR MUSE 335 OR MUSE
350 OR MUSE 360.
MUSIC 353
330. STEELPAN: PRIMARY (2 or 4). Emphasis on performance, with
prociency requirements at each level. For instrumental students
only. Two semester hours credit per semester for students in the
B.M. music education emphasis and in the B. A. degree program;
4 semester hours credit per semester (2 in summer) for students in
the B. M. performance emphasis. May be repeated. PRQ: Consent
of school.
331. KEYBOARD JAZZ IMPROVISATION (2). Stylistic analysis of
contemporary keyboard jazz styles emphasizing the application of
these techniques to the standard jazz literature. PRQ: Consent of
school.
332. JAZZ IMPROVISATION I PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUSP
105 and MUSP 106, or MUSP 210 (jazz section), and grade of C or
better in MUSP 160 and MUSP 204.
333. JAZZ IMPROVISATION II (2). Continuation of MUSC 367A.
Extensive study of improvisational techniques. Solo study,
transcriptions, listening assignments, aural and theoretical
development. PRQ: MUSP 332.
335. CONDUCTING I (2). Basic principles and techniques of
conducting. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202, and grade of C
or better in MUTC 204 or MUSP 204; or consent of school.
336. CONDUCTING II: INSTRUMENTAL (2). Conducting principles
and techniques as applied to instrumental ensembles. PRQ:
MUSP 335.
337. CONDUCTING III: CHORAL (2). Conducting principles and
techniques as applied to vocal ensembles. PRQ: MUSP 335.
339. ACCOMPANYING (1). Practical study of accompanying by
pianists as applied to standard solo instrumental and vocal literature.
Involves rehearsals and in-class performance with soloists. May be
repeated. PRQ: Consent of school.
340. AFRICAN INSTRUMENTS (1). Development of skills necessary
to play selected instruments from various cultures and historical
periods. Individual and/or group study. Participation for credit in more
than one category during the same semester permitted. May be
repeated. PRQ: Music major. C. African Instruments.
341. CARIBBEAN INSTRUMENTS (1). Development of skills
necessary to play selected instruments from various cultures and
historical periods. Individual and/or group study. Participation for
credit in more than one category during the same semester permitted.
May be repeated. PRQ: Music majoR.
342. RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE INSTRUMENTS (1).
Development of skills necessary to play selected instruments from
various cultures and historical periods. Individual and/or group study.
Participation for credit in more than one category during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated. PRQ: Music major.
343. INDIAN INSTRUMENTS (1). Development of skills necessary
to play selected instruments from various cultures and historical
periods. Individual and/or group study. Participation for credit in more
than one category during the same semester permitted. May be
repeated. PRQ: Music major.
344. AFRO-CUBAN PERCUSSION INSTRUMENTS (1).
Development of skills necessary to play selected instruments from
various cultures and historical periods. Individual and/or group study.
Participation for credit in more than one category during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated. PRQ: Music major.
398. SELECTED STUDIES IN MUSIC: MUSIC EDUCATION (1-4).
Independent or small group study. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ: Consent of school.
462. SURVEY OF THE MUSIC INDUSTRY (2). Study of the basic
workings of the music business including copyright law, contracts,
the record industry, music publishing, artist management, and other
music related careers. PRQ: Consent of school.
463. ARTS ORGANIZATIONS IN MUSIC (2-8).
A. Performance
B. Music Industry
Cooperatively supervised, full- or part-time professional eld
experience with approved organizations/individuals, to provide a
learning experience complementary to the student’s anticipated
career goals. Eligible performance areas normally would be limited
to those which extend throughout the semester. Music industry areas
include (but are not limited to) music publication and production, arts
administration and promotion, arts management, and entertainment
law. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours, not
applicable towards requirements in a major in music. S/U grading.
PRQ: Consent of school.
Ensembles (MUSE)
Vocal Ensemble
340. WOMEN’S CHORUS (1). A non-auditioned treble voice choral
ensemble performing repertoire of music composed for treble voices
from Western and Non-Western choral music traditions, specially
commissioned new music, and music of women composers. This
course is for non-voice majors. May be repeated.
341. CHAMBER CHOIR (1). Study of vocal repertoire as developed
through ensemble participation. May be repeated. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. Students registered for MUSP 214 may not concurrently
register for MUSE 341 without the permission of the MUSP 214
instructor.
342. UNIVERSITY CHORUS (1). Open to all students procient in
singing and interested in choral activities. May be repeated.
343. OPERA THEATRE (1). Study of vocal repertoire as developed
through ensemble participation. May be repeated. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. Students registered for MUSP 214 may not concurrently
register for MUSE 343 without the permission of the MUSP 214
instructor.
344 JAZZVOX (1). Study of vocal repertoire as developed through
ensemble participation. May be repeated. Participation for credit
in more than one ensemble during the same semester permitted.
Students registered for MUSP 214 may not concurrently register for
MUSC 344 without the permission of the MUSP 214 instructor.
345. CONCERT CHOIR (1). Study and performance of musical
masterworks from the 16th through the 20th century. May be repeated.
Instrumental Ensemble
315. STRING ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. May be repeated.
316. WOODWIND ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
317. BRASS ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. May be repeated.
318. PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
319. GUITAR ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. May be repeated.
320. KEYBOARD ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
321. MIXED ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. May be repeated. Students can enroll in more than one
section in a term.
354 MUSIC
322. NEW MUSIC ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
323. EARLY MUSIC ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
324. JAZZ COMBO (1). Ensemble performance. Participation
for credit in more than one ensemble during the same semester
permitted. May be repeated.
325. LATIN JAZZ ENSEMBLE (1). Ensemble performance.
Participation for credit in more than one ensemble during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
350. JAZZ ENSEMBLE (1). Study and performance of the various
styles of jazz and popular music. May be repeateD.
University Bands
330. WIND SYMPHONY (1). Open to all university students procient
in the playing of wind and percussion instruments. Participation in
both MUSE 330 and MUSE 331 during the same semester permitted.
May be repeated.
331. WIND ENSEMBLE (1). Open to all university students procient
in the playing of wind and percussion instruments. Participation in
both MUSE 330 and MUSE 331 during the same semester permitted.
May be repeated.
332. ALL-UNIVERSITY BAND (1). Open to all university students
procient in the playing of wind and percussion instruments.
Participation in both A and B during the same semester permitted.
May be repeated.
Huskie Bands
335. MARCHING BAND (1). Open to all university students.
Participation in both MUSE 335 and MUSE 336 during the same
semester permitted. May be repeated.
336. PEP BAND (1). Open to all university students. Participation in
both MUSE 335 and MUSE 336 during the same semester permitted.
May be repeated.
Orchestra
360. NIU PHILHARMONIC (1). Open to all qualied students. May
be repeated.
365. CAMPUS STRING ORCHESTRA (1). Open to all qualied
students. May be repeated.
World Music Ensemble
370. GAMELAN(l). Participation for credit in more than one ensemble
during the same semester permitted. Open to non-majors by special
consent of the School of Music. May be repeated.
371. AFRICAN ENSEMBLE (1). Participation for credit in more than
one ensemble during the same semester permitted. Open to non-
majors by special consent of the School of Music. May be repeated.
372. STEEL BAND (1). Participation for credit in more than one
ensemble during the same semester permitted. Open to non-majors
by special consent of the School of Music. May be repeated.
373. ALL UNIVERSITY STEEL BAND (1). Participation for credit in
more than one ensemble during the same semester permitted. Open
to non-majors by special consent of the School of Music. May be
repeated.
374. TABLA (l). Participation for credit in more than one ensemble
during the same semester permitted. Open to non-majors by special
consent of the School of Music. May be repeated.
375. CHINESE MUSIC ENSEMBLE (1). Introduction to Chinese
music through various repertoires: the traditional Silk and Bamboo
Ensemble of the South Bank of Yang Zi River (Jiang Nan Si Zhu),
narrative singing genres, such as Peking opera, Nan-guan, and
Mountain and Lyric songs, and the modern Chinese orchestral and
instrumental compositions. Traditional philosophical perspectives
of and western inuences on Chinese music through various
performance opportunities. Open to non-majors by special consent
of the School of Music.
Music Education (MUED)
150. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC EDUCATION/FIELD EXPERIENCE
IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (1). Examination of current philosophies and
practices in education and music education to provide students with
early perspectives and direction. Directed, supervised observation in
a variety of educational settings. Includes seminar and observation
in public school classrooms to examine curriculum and methodology.
Required of all students in the music education emphasis.
170. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS: FLUTE,
CLARINET, AND SAXOPHONE (1). Development of skills needed
to play ute, clarinet, and saxophone. Organization and teaching of
woodwind classes in the public schools.
171. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS: BRASS
(1). Development of skills needed to play trumpet, French horn,
trombone, baritone, and tuba. Organization and teaching of brass
classes in the public schools.
172. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS:
PERCUSSION (1). Development of skills needed to play percussion
instruments. Organization and teaching of percussion classes in the
public schools.
173. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS: DOUBLE
REEDS (1). Development of skills needed to play oboe and bassoon.
Organization and teaching of woodwind classes in the public
schools.
174. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS: STRINGS
(1). Development of skills needed to play violin, viola, cello, and
contrabass. Organization and teaching of string classes in the public
schools.
250. ELEMENTARY GENERAL MUSIC METHODS (3). Music
materials, learning experiences, and teaching techniques for the
general music program in the elementary school. PRQ: Grade of C
or better in MUTC 102, and MUTC 104 and MUED 150; CRQ: MUED
251.
251. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN ELEMENTARY GENERAL MUSIC
(1). Directed observation and supervised participation in elementary
school general music classes. 30 hours are required for completion
of requirement. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 102 and MUTC
104, and MUED 150; minimum NIU cumulative GPA of 2.50; and
successful completion of the ILTS Basic Skills Test. S/U grading.
CRQ: MUED 225.
350. MIDDLE SCHOOL/JUNIOR HIGH MUSIC METHODS (3).
Music materials, learning experiences, and teaching techniques for
the general music and ensemble music program in the middle school
and junior high school. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUED 250;
minimum NIU cumulative GPA of 2.50; and admission to educator
licensure program; or consent of school. CRQ: MUED 350.
351. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MIDDLE SCHOOL/JUNIOR HIGH
MUSIC (1). Directed observation and supervised participation in
middle school and junior high general music classes, instrumental
and/or vocal music performance classes. 30 hours are required for
completion of requirement. S/U grading. PRQ: Grade of C or better in
MUTC 202 and MUTC 204 and MUED 250, minimum NIU cumulative
GPA of 2.50; completion of MUED 251; and admission to educator
licensure program. CRQ: MUED 350 or consent of instructor.
MUSIC 355
352. SECONDARY MUSIC METHODS (3). Music materials,
learning experiences, and teaching techniques for the ensemble
music program in secondary schools. Also covers some study of the
general music program at the high school level. PRQ: Grade of C
or better in MUTC 202, MUTC 204, MUSP 335, and MUED 350;
minimum NIU cumulative GPA of 2.50; and admission to educator
licensure program. For students in the instrumental music area of
study, a grade of C or better in four of the following: MUED 170,
MUED 171, MUED 172, MUED 173, MUED 174. CRQ: MUED 353 or
consent of school.
353. CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN SECONDARY MUSIC (1). Directed
observation and supervised participation in high school instrumental,
and/or vocal music performance classes. 30 hours are required for
completion of requirement. S/U grading. PRQ: Grade of C or better in
MUTC 202, MUTC 204, MUSP 335, and MUED 350; minimum NIU
cumulative GPA of 2.50; completion of MUED 351; and admission to
educator licensure program. For students in the instrumental music
area of study, a grade of C or better in four of the following: MUED
170, MUED 171, MUED 172, MUED 173, MUED 174. CRQ: MUED
352 or consent of instructor.
360. FUNDAMENTALS, PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICES IN
ELEMENTARY MUSIC (3). Music methods and instructional materials
for the elementary grades through activities in singing, listening,
creating, playing, and moving to music. Includes the understanding
of music fundamentals and the acquisition of functional facility in
piano and/or recorder. Not open to students in the music education
emphasis.
375. KEYBOARD METHODS AND MATERIALS (2). Methods and
materials used in teaching keyboard in the public schools with
emphasis on the method of teaching in classes. PRQ: Two years of
keyboard study or consent of school.
377. SEMINAR IN SUZUKI PEDAGOGY (2). Philosophy, psychology,
repertoire, and pedagogy of the Suzuki Method including guided
observation and supervised teaching. May be repeated to a maximum
of 8 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
381. PEDAGOGY OF SINGING (2). Techniques and procedures of
teaching vocal production and interpretation in individual and group
lessons. Emphasis on current materials in the eld. CRQ: MUSP 314.
398. INDEPENDENT OR SMALL GROUP STUDY (1-4). May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. S/U grading. PRQ:
Consent of school.
477. JAZZ PEDAGOGY (3). Exploration of various approaches
to teaching jazz including improvisation, style, articulation, and
phrasing as well as the development of curriculum designs. PRQ:
Consent of school.
480. WIND INSTRUMENT LITERATURE (3). Wind instrument
literature from ca. 1600 to the present, with emphasis on the
20-century American concert band. Includes literature covering all
major stylistic periods that is suitable for public school and college
instrumental ensembles. Analytical techniques applied to selected
works. PRQ: MUED 350 and MUED 352, or consent of school.
482. THE MUSIC EDUCATION APPROACHES OF DALCROZE,
ORFF, AND KODALY (3). Exploration of the approaches of Emile
Jaques- Dalcroze, Carl Orff, and Zoltan Kodaly relating to vocal/
choral, instrumental, and general music education. Evaluation of
pedagogical materials and application to elementary, middle/junior
high, and high school levels. PRQ: Grade of C or better in MUTC 202
and MUED 250 and MUTC 204 or MUSP 204.
483. COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY IN THE P-12 MUSIC PROGRAM
(3). Integrating hardware devices and software for composition,
sequencing, aural skills, and theory; the Internet for supplementary
instruction; basic web page construction; designing technology-
infused general music curricula; and creating spreadsheets for music
program administration and assessment. PRQ: MUED 350.
485. WORLD MUSIC PEDAGOGY (3). Overview of teaching world
music in various settings: K-12 general music classes and ensembles
and music appreciation classes and world music ensembles in
higher education. Specic focus on the rationale and approaches of
integrating world music into such settings. Designed primarily for (but
not limited to) music education students who have prior knowledge
of world music and seek to apply their knowledge in educational
settings and/or performance majors (of western classical music)
who would like to expand their musical horizon and improve their
pedagogical skills. Limited to music majors.
489. SEMINAR IN MUSIC EDUCATION (3). Research and analysis
in selected areas of music education. Topics announced. May be
repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
490. STUDENT TEACHING K-8 (6). Exit student teaching experience
at the elementary or middle school level, including general music
experience, for half of one semester. Placements arranged through
the School of Music. PRQ: Successful completion of all courses and
requirements specied for the emphasis in music education including
a grade of C or better in MUED 250 and MUED 350 and MUED 352
and fulllment of educator licensure requirement.
495. STUDENT TEACHING 6-12 MUSIC. (6). Exit student teaching
experience at the secondary level, including conducting instrumental
or vocal (non-general) music ensemble, for half of one semester.
Placements arranged through the School of Music. PRQ: Successful
completion of all courses and requirements specied for the emphasis
in music education including a grade of C or better in MUED 250
and MUED 350 and MUED 352, and fulllment of educator licensure
requirements.
Music Faculty
Paul Bauer, D.M., Northwestern University, professor, director
Orna Arania, D.M.A., Northwestern University, associate
professor
Gregory Barrett, D.Mus., Indiana University, professor
Gregory Beyer, D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music, associate
professor
Thomas Bough, D.M.A., Arizona State University, associate
professor
Geof Bradeld, M.F.A. California Institute of the Arts, assistant
professor
James Russell Brown, M.M., New England Conservatory, applied
artist
Ronald Carter, M.A., University of Illinois, professor, Board of
Trustees Professor
Ricardo Castañeda, M.M., Northwestern University, applied artist
Robert Chappell, M.M., University of North Texas, Visiting
Professor
Glenda Cosenza, D.M.A., Temple University, associate professor
Arthur Davis, M.M., University of Illinois, applied artist
Anthony Devroye, Performance Diploma, Curtis Institute of
Music, assistant professor
Mary Lynn Doherty, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, associate
professor
John Faireld, M.M., Northwestern University, visiting professor
Robert Fleisher, D.M.A., University of Illinois, professor
John Floeter, B.M., DePaul University, applied artist
Tom Garling, M.M., University of Miami, applied artist
William Goldenberg, D.Mus., Indiana University, Distinguished
Teaching Professor
Fareed Haque, B.M., Northwestern University, professor
Brian Hart, Ph.D., Indiana University, professor
Janet Hathaway, Ph.D., New York University, associate professor
John E. Hatmaker, Ph.D., University of Iowa, instructor
Richard T. Holly, M.M., East Carolina University, professor
Eric Johnson, D.M.A., University of Illinois, professor
JeongSoo Kim, D.M.A., New England Conservatory, associate
professor
Edward Klonoski, Ph.D., Ohio State University, associate professor
356 MUSIC
William Koehler, D.M.A., University of Texas, Austin, Visiting
Professor
Cheng-Hou Lee, M.M., Rice University, assistant professor
Blaise Magniere, M.M., Cleveland Institute of Music, assistant
professor
David Maki, D.M.A., University of Michigan, associate professor
Lucia Matos, D.M.A., University of Iowa, assistant professor
Peter Middleton, M.A., University of California, professor
Michael Mixtacki, M.M., Indiana University, instructor
Ann Montzka, M.M., Northern Illinois University, applied artist
Richard Moore, M.M., Northern Illinois University, instructor
Myron B. Myers, M.M., University of Southern California, professor
John K. Novak, Ph.D., University of Texas, associate professor
James Phelps, D.M.A., University of North Texas, associate
professor
Willie Pickens, B.S., University of Wisconsin, applied artist
Mark Ponzo, D.M.A., Eastman School of Music, professor
Amy Rhodes, Certicate of Performance, Northwestern
University, applied artitst
Charles Schuchat, B.M., Northwestern University, associate
professor
Faye Seeman, M.M., Boston University, applied artist
Kelly Sill, B.A., University of Illinois, applied artist
Robert L. Sims, Artistic Diploma, Northwestern University,
professor
Mathias J. Tacke, Diploma, Northwest German Music Academy,
professor
Liam Teague, M.M., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Rodrigo Villanueva, M.M., University of North Texas, associate
professor
Jui-Ching Wang, M.M., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Marie Wang, M.M., Northern Illinois University, assistant professor
Ronnie Wooten, D.M.A., Michigan State University, professor
357
School of Theatre and Dance (THEA, TH-D)
The School of Theatre and Dance offers undergraduate programs
leading to the B.A. and B.F.A. degrees. Students interested in a
comprehensive understanding of the components of theatre
may select the B.A. in theatre studies and those interested in
a specic area of theatre should consider the B.F.A. in theatre
arts. The school is a member of the University/Resident Theatre
Association, and its programs are accredited by the National
Association of Schools of Theatre.
Requirements
Majors enrolled in theatre and dance classes are required to
participate in at least one production every semester. This must
be accomplished by successfully completing one of the following:
THEA 235A, THEA 255A, THEA 366, THEA 395, or TH-D 377.
Majors and minors are required to attend all productions offered
by the School of Theatre and Dance during any semester for
which they are enrolled in a theatre and dance class.
A grade of C or better must be achieved in THEA 201 in order to
satisfy the prerequisite for all theatre arts courses numbered 300
or higher.
Double Majors
Students are not permitted to pursue degrees concurrently in
more than one degree program within the School of Theatre and
Dance. With the exception of those in the dance performance
emphasis, B.F.A. students are strongly discouraged from seeking
a double major within a degree program outside theatre arts.
Theatre Arts Core (12)
THEA 201 - The Aesthetics of Theatre (3)
THEA 235 - Stage Technology I: Costumes and Makeup (3)
THEA 235A - Stage Technology I Laboratory (1)
THEA 255 - Stage Technology II: Scenery and Lighting (3)
THEA 255A - Stage Technology II Laboratory (1)
THEA 366 - House Management and Publicity (1)
Major in Theatre Studies (B.A.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Requirements in School (49)
Theatre Arts Core (12)
THEA 214 - Introduction to Performance (3)
OR THEA 215 - Fundamentals of Storytelling (3)
THEA 220 - Introduction to Design (3)
THEA 300 - Script Analysis (3)
THEA 312 - Directing I (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
THEA 371 - History of Theatre and Drama II (3)
THEA 395 - Performance and Production (3)
Admission to the B.F.A. emphases in acting and in design and
technology is limited. See “Limited Admissions and Limited
Retention Requirements” in this catalog.
THEA 412 - Directing II (3)
THEA 466 - The Business of Theatre (2)
THEA 492 - Senior Research Project (2),
OR THEA 495 - Internship in Theatre Arts (2)
Course work from the following (9)
THEA 216 - Acting I: Performing Skills (3)
THEA 313 - Stage Management (3)
THEA 316 - Acting II: Technique Development (3)
THEA 320 - Theatre Design II: Costumes (3)
THEA 321 - Theatre Design III: Scenery (3)
THEA 322 - Theatre Design IV: Lighting (3)
THEA 335 - Costume Technology (3)
THEA 341 - Lighting Technology (3)
THEA 355 - Scene Technology (3)
THEA 381 - Theatrical Theory and Criticism (3)
THEA 404 - Stage Combat (2)
THEA 419 - Performance (1-3)
THEA 465 - Managing the Performing Arts (3)
THEA 475 - Contemporary Theatre (3)
THEA 477 - African-American Theatre (3)
THEA 478 - Period Style for the Theatre I (3)
THEA 479 - Period Style for the Theatre II (3)
THEA 481 - Playwriting I (3)
THEA 482 - Playwriting Studio (3)
THEA 495 - Internship in Theatre Arts (6)
THEA 497 - Tutorial in Theatre (1-3)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (1)
TH-D 207 - Dance Techniques II (1)
TH-D 286 - Rhythmic Analysis, Improvisation, and
Composition (3)
TH-D 330 - Theatre Dance (2)
Electives outside of school by advisement
Requirements outside School (0-12)
Fulllment of B.A. foreign language requirement (0-12)
(See “Foreign Language Requirement for the B.A. Degree”)
Special Requirements
Formal continuation as a candidate for the B.A. degree will
require successful completion of the theatre studies competency
examination along with a review of the student’s academic and
creative work. The examination and review must be completed
by the end of the fourth semester for NIU students. In the
case of transfer students, the examination and review must be
completed by the end of the second semester at NIU. Students
are required to maintain a minimum overall 2.00 GPA; maintain
a minimum 2.75 GPA in all theatre courses; successfully pass a
portfolio review of work achieved in theatre, and complete either
THEA 492, Senior Research Project, or THEA 495, Internship in
Theatre Arts to reect academic and artistic excellence prior to
graduation.
Students pursuing the Major in Theatre Studies (B.A.) must
complete two semesters of THEA 395C, Design/Technology/
Stage Management as part of the three semester hours of THEA
395 required for the degree.
Total Hours for a Major in Theatre Studies (B.A.): 49-61
358 THEATRE AND DANCE
Major in Theatre Arts (B.F.A.)
A student pursuing a B.F.A. degree with a major in theatre arts
must declare one of the following emphases.
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
Emphasis 1. Acting
Requirements in School (81)
Theatre Arts Core (12)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (2)
TH-D 330 - Theatre Dance (2)
THEA 214 - Introduction to Performance (3)
THEA 300 - Script Analysis (3)
THEA 308 - Acting Technique (3)
THEA 309 - Voice for the Stage (4)
THEA 310 - Acting Technique: Emotional Preparation (3)
THEA 311 - Movement for the Stage (4)
THEA 312 - Directing I (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
THEA 371 - History of Theatre and Drama II (3)
THEA 395 - Performance and Production (3)
THEA 407A - Period Style for Actors: Text Analysis (3)
THEA 407B - Period Style for Actors: Physicality (2)
THEA 408 - Verse Drama (3)
THEA 409A - Advanced Vocal Technique: Voice Characterization
and Dialects (2)
THEA 410 - Acting Styles: Clarity and Character (3)
THEA 411 - Advanced Movement for the Stage (2)
THEA 466 - The Business of Theatre (3)
THEA 491 - Topics in Theatrical Performance (6)
Electives by advisement (4)
Select from the following courses (3)
THEA 490 - Summer Repertory Practicum (1-3)
THEA 495 - Internship in Theatre Arts (1-9)
Special Requirements
Passing an audition and interview is required for preliminary
admission to the B.F.A. emphasis in acting. Formal acceptance
to the B.F.A. emphasis in acting will be by interview, audition, and
review of the student’s work and must be completed before the end
of the second semester of the sophomore year. One probationary
semester beyond this point may be allowed under extraordinary
circumstances or in the case of certain transfer candidates.
Students failing to maintain a minimum 3.00 GPA in their acting
courses (acting, voice, movement) will not be permitted to perform
in any production sponsored by the school. Private individual
reviews, followed up by written synopses of such reviews will be
held at least once a year to monitor the progress of the student.
The performance faculty review committee reserves the right to
place on casting probation or discontinue the candidacy of any
B.F.A. major in the acting emphasis who shows unsatisfactory
progress as determined by the committee.
All students in the acting emphasis are required to do one season
of internship or repertory with SummerNITE, the School of
Theatre and Dance professional company.
Students pursuing the B.F.A., Emphasis 1. Acting must complete
one semester of THEA 395C Design/Technology/Stage
management as part of the three semester hours of THEA 395
required for the degree.
The school also reserves the right to require the passing of an
audition and interview if there is doubt about acceptance of
transfer credits (in lieu of particular courses in the area of study)
Total Hours for Emphasis 1, Acting: 81
Emphasis 2. Design and Technology
Requirements in School (82)
Theatre Arts Core (12)
THEA 110 - Fundamentals of Acting for the Non-Major (3)
THEA 220 - Introduction to Design (3)
THEA 249 - Technical Drawing for the Theatre (3)
THEA 300 - Script Analysis (3)
THEA 312 - Directing I (3)
THEA 320 - Theatre Design II: Costumes (3)
THEA 321 - Theatre Design III: Scenery (3)
THEA 322 - Theatre Design IV: Lighting (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
THEA 371 - History of Theatre and Drama II (3)
THEA 395 - Performance and Production (3)
THEA 420 - Theatre Design V (3)
THEA 452 - Drawing for the Theatre (4)
THEA 466 - The Business of Theatre (1)
THEA 478 - Period Style for the Theatre I (3)
THEA 479 - Period Style for the Theatre II (3)
One of the following (3)
THEA 335 - Costume Technology (3)
THEA 341 - Lighting Technology (3)
THEA 355 - Scene Technology (3)
Course work from the following (15)
THEA 435 - Pattern Development (3)
THEA 436 - Millinery and Accessories (3)
THEA 437 - Dyeing and Fabric Modication for the Theatre (3)
THEA 449 - Design and Technology (3)
THEA 450 - Advanced Drafting (3)
THEA 451 - Electronic Visualization (3)
THEA 453 - Rendering Techniques (3)
THEA 455 - Scene Painting (3)
THEA 456 - Rigging for the Performing Arts (3)
THEA 457 - Automation and Stage Machinery (3)
THEA 458 - Structural Design for the Stage (3)
Electives in 300- and 400-level theatre courses (5)
Special Requirements
An interview is required for preliminary admission to the B.F.A.
emphasis in design and technology. Portfolio reviews are
required for retention in the design and technology emphasis.
Reviews will be held each spring to monitor the progress of the
student. Formal acceptance to the B.F.A. emphasis in design
and technology must be completed before the end of the second
semester of the sophomore year.
Students pursuing the B.F.A. Emphasis 2. Design and
Technology must complete three semester hours of THEA 395C,
Design/Technology/Stage Management in production areas as
determined by the design and technology faculty.
The school also reserves the right to require a portfolio
examination if there is doubt about acceptance of transfer credits
(in lieu of particular courses in the major area).
Total Hours for Emphasis 2, Design and Technology: 82
Emphasis 3. Dance Performance
Course work is shared by the Department of Kinesiology and
Physical Education and the School of Theatre and Dance.
Requirements in Department and School (74)
Theatre arts core (12)
KNDN 475 - History of Dance: 18th Century to Modern Times (3)
THEA 110 - Fundamentals of Acting for the Non-Major (3)
THEA 395C - Performance and Production (1)
TH-D 286 - Rhythmic Analysis, Improvisation, and Composition (3)
TH-D 353X - Analysis and Pedagogy of Dance (3)
TH-D 420 - The Business of Dance (3)
TH-D 474 - Dance Philosophy and Aesthetics (3)
TH-D 377 - Dance Performance (4)
THEATRE AND DANCE 359
Course work from the following (22)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (1)
TH-D 207 - Dance Techniques II (1)
TH-D 305 - Ballet III (1)
TH-D 306 - Modern Dance III (1)
TH-D 405 - Ballet IV (1)
TH-D 406 - Modern Dance IV (1)
Course work from the following (17)
KNDN 369 - African Heritage Dance (2)
KNDN 473 - Dance as Art in Education (3)
THEA 495 - Internship in Theatre Arts (1-9)
TH-D 308 - Pointe I (1)
TH-D 320 - Male Ballet Techniques (1)
TH-D 330 - Theatre Dance (2)
TH-D 361 - Jazz Technique (2)
TH-D 388 - Choreography I (2)
TH-D 408 - Pointe II (1)
TH-D 409 - Pas de Deux (2)
TH-D 467 - Dance Notation I (3)
TH-D 468 - Dance Notation II (3)
TH-D 477 - Special Studies in Dance (1-2)
TH-D 488 - Choreography II (2)
TH-D 496 - Tutorial in Dance (1-3)
Other Requirements (9)
*ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art (3)
*KNPE 100 - Scientic Basis of Human Activity (3)
MUHL 220 - Introduction to Music (3)
Special Requirements
Students in the B.F.A. emphasis in dance performance are required
to audition each semester for performance opportunities.
Students pursuing the B.F.A. in Emphasis 3. Dance Performance
must complete one semester of THEA 395C, Design/Technology/
Stage Management. Students in dance performance are required
to enroll in TH-D 377, Dance Performance, every term.
A prociency review will be conducted before the completion of
18 semester hours in the B.F.A. emphasis in dance performance
for formal acceptance into the degree program.
The dance division of the School of Theatre and Dance reserves
the right to place on probation or to discontinue the B.F.A. dance
performance emphasis of any student who shows unsatisfactory
progress as determined by the dance faculty.
Total Hours for Emphasis 3, Dance Performance: 81
Minor in Dance Performance (22)
Declaration of this minor by theatre arts majors, with the exception of
B.F.A. majors in the emphasis in dance performance, is permitted.
KNDN 474 - History of Dance: Primitive Through Renaissance (3),
OR KNDN 475 - History of Dance: 18th Century to Modern
Times (3)
TH-D 377 - Dance Performance (2)
Course work from the following (10)
TH-D 205 - Dance Techniques I (1)
TH-D 207 - Dance Techniques II (1)
TH-D 305 - Ballet III (1)
TH-D 306 - Modern Dance III (1)
TH-D 405 - Ballet IV (1)
TH-D 406 - Modern Dance IV (1)
Course work from the following (7)
KNDN 214 - Folk and Square Dance (1)
KNDN 369 - African Heritage Dance (2)
TH-D 286 - Rhythmic Analysis, Improvisation and Composition (3)
TH-D 308 - Pointe 1 (1)
TH-D 320 - Male Ballet Technique (1)
TH-D 330 - Theatre Dance (2)
TH-D 361 - Jazz Technique, (2)
TH-D 388 - Choreography (2)
TH-D 408 - Pointe 11 (1)
TH-D 409 - Pas de Deux (2)
TH-D 477 - Special Studies in Dance (1)
TH-D 496 - Tutorial in Dance (1-3)
Minor in Theatre Studies (25-28)
THEA 110 - Fundamentals of Acting for the Non-Major (3)
THEA 201 - The Aesthetics of Theatre (3)
THEA 235 - Stage Technology I: Costumes and Makeup (3)
THEA 235A - Stage Technology I Laboratory (1)
THEA 255 - Stage Technology II: Scenery and Lighting (3)
THEA 255A - Stage Technology II Laboratory (1)
THEA 300 - Script Analysis (3)
THEA 395 - Performance and Production (2)
One of the following (3)
THEA 370 - History of Theatre and Drama I (3)
THEA 371 - History of Theatre and Drama II (3)
THEA 475 - Contemporary Theatre (3)
Electives in Theatre Arts (3-6)
THEA 214 - Introduction to Performance (3)
THEA 215 - Fundamentals of Storytelling (3)
THEA 216 - Acting I: Performing Skills (3)
THEA 220 - Introduction to Design (3)
THEA 313 - Stage Management (3)
THEA 466 - The Business of Theatre (2)
THEA 481 - Playwriting I (3)
THEA 491 - Topics in Theatrical Performance (3)
Course List
Theatre Arts (THEA)
110. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING FOR THE NON-MAJOR (3).
Introduction to basic principles, theories, and techniques of acting:
concentration, observation, relaxation, and objective. Basic character
study with exploration of physical and vocal dynamics. May include
the preparation of scene(s). Open only to non-majors and students in
the dance performance and design and technology emphases.
201. THE AESTHETICS OF THEATRE (3). Introduction to the
theatrical arts for the major. Nature and parameters of theatre and
dance with emphasis on the collaborative process involved in their
creation. Exploration of the work of signicant theatre artists, models
of collaboration, styles of performance, and representative play texts.
Study of the theatre arts and the artist in a social and philosophical
context. PRQ: Major or minor in theatre arts.
203. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE (3). Role of theatre as a major
ne art and a communicator of ideas, human understanding, and
cultural values. Contributions of playwright, actor, director, designer,
technician, and audience to the theatrical production. Assessment of
the principles and functions of theatre arts in its diverse performance
media. Theatre attendance required. Not open to theatre arts majors
or minors.
214. INTRODUCTION TO PERFORMANCE (3). Fundamentals
of acting introduced through acting exercises and scene study.
Introduction to the basic techniques of auditioning for a role. PRQ:
Major or minor in theatre arts.
215. FUNDAMENTALS OF STORYTELLING (3). Study and
performance of literature such as short stories, folk tales, fairy
tales, myths, legends, poetry, and novels with emphasis on oral
narrative and movement to interpret the works and communicate that
interpretation to an audience.
216. ACTING I: PERFORMING SKILLS (3). Development of
fundamentals introduced in THEA 214 with an intensive approach to
acting exercises, improvisations, and scene study. PRQ: THEA 214.
* Available for general education credit.
360 THEATRE AND DANCE
220. INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN (3). Fundamentals of design
for the theatre including costume, lighting, and scenery. Review of
the designer’s role in the production plan, design requirements, and
aesthetics. Emphasis on the basic principles of two-dimensional art
and graphic forms through various media and a study of color and
color theory. PRQ: THEA 214 or consent of school.
235. STAGE TECHNOLOGY I: COSTUMES AND MAKEUP (3).
Fundamentals of basic costume construction with emphasis on
techniques, planning, and process. Theories and principles of
makeup as related to dramatic production with practical laboratory
experience. CRQ: THEA 235A.
235A. STAGE TECHNOLOGY I LABORATORY (1). Laboratory
requirements include weekly 4-hour supervised experience in
production costume construction and additional assignments
on costume construction and a production running crew. CRQ:
THEA 235.
249. TECHNICAL DRAWING FOR THE THEATRE (3). Techniques
in the preparation of design and technical drawings for theatrical
production including ground plans, elevations, detail drawings,
working drawings, and light plots. Concentration on drawing
experiences following the conventions and practices of theatrical
graphic standards. PRQ: Consent of school.
255. STAGE TECHNOLOGY II: SCENERY AND LIGHTING (3).
Fundamentals of scenery and lighting technology with emphasis on
theatre tools and equipment. Training in basic principles and skills of
stage carpentry, lighting, and rigging. CRQ: THEA 255A.
255A. STAGE TECHNOLOGY II LABORATORY (1). Laboratory
requirements include supervised experience in set construction,
lighting, and rigging with assignments on school productions. CRQ:
THEA 255.
300. SCRIPT ANALYSIS (3). Study of how plays are structured.
Development of an analytical approach to drama in production.
Careful examination of representative plays drawn from the canon
of dramatic literature. PRQ: THEA 201; and ENGL 203 or ENGL 204.
308. ACTING TECHNIQUE (3). Improvisation and scene work
emphasizing development of the actor’s behavioral resources
and spontaneity. Preliminary work on textual analysis, relaxation,
and reduction of self-awareness. Introduction to and exploration
of productive rehearsal techniques. PRQ: THEA 214orconsent of
school. CRQ: THEA 309 and THEA 311.
309. VOICE FOR THE STAGE (2). Development of vocal techniques
for the actor. Emphasis on the fundamentals of good stage speech,
including a study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, textual
analysis, and vocal expression and projection. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: THEA 214or consent of school.
CRQ: THEA 308 and THEA 311.
310. ACTING TECHNIQUE: EMOTIONAL PREPARATION (3).
Renement of the actor’s inner resources, and further development
of the actor’s technique and skills at textual analysis. Exploration of
relationship, point of view, circumstance, truthful involvement, and the
reality of doing. PRQ: THEA 308.CRQ: THEA 309 and THEA 311.
311. MOVEMENT FOR THE STAGE (2). Development of movement
techniques for the actor. Concentration on relaxation as a method of
selfawareness. Further development of stage combat techniques. May
be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: THEA 214 or
consent of school. CRQ: THEA 309 and THEA 308 or THEA 310.
312. DIRECTING I (3). Principles of blocking, timing, control of focus,
and other elements of directing. Planning the interpretive concept of
a production and reporting such plans in prompt-book form. Problems
of training and directing amateur actors. Procedures of supervising
the production from casting to performance. Laboratory experience
in directing scenes and one-act plays. PRQ: THEA 214 or THEA 308,
or consent of school.
313. STAGE MANAGEMENT (3). Examination of the role of the
stage manager in theatrical production. Practice in the techniques of
preparing a prompt script and other supportive material.
316. ACTING II: TECHNIQUE DEVELOPMENT (3). Continuation of
the study of performance; increasing the student’s awareness of and
mastering of space, shape, tempo, architecture, topography, emotion,
theme, and narrative. Exercises and practice in script analysis applied
to various texts. Study of the commonly held central elements of
realistic acting: objective, obstacle, motivation, and action playing.
Further study of the relationship between sound, language, and
movement. Students generate and perform original material as well
as prepare and perform scenes of different genres. PRQ: THEA 216.
320. THEATRE DESIGN II: COSTUMES (3). Discussions and
projects investigating aesthetic, technical, and practical problems
of designing costumes for the stage. PRQ: THEA 220 or consent
of school.
321. THEATRE DESIGN III: SCENERY (3). Discussions and projects
investigating aesthetic, technical, and practical problems of designing
scenery for the stage. PRQ: THEA 220 and THEA 249, or consent
of school.
322. THEATRE DESIGN IV: LIGHTING (3). Discussions and projects
investigating aesthetic, technical, and practical problems of designing
lighting for the stage. PRQ: THEA 220 and THEA 249, or consent of
school.
335. COSTUME TECHNOLOGY (3). The procedure of planning
costumes for dramatic production with emphasis on pattern
development, accessories, and alternative approaches to creative
construction. Weekly 3-hour supervised and/or independent
laboratory experience in costume technology. PRQ: THEA 235 or
consent of school.
341. LIGHTING TECHNOLOGY (3). Development and application
of advanced technical skills. Emphasis on planning and rigging
of lights for a variety of theatrical spaces and touring productions.
Laboratory requirements include supervised practicum projects and
rigging experience. Weekly 3-hour supervised and/or independent
laboratory experience in lighting technology. PRQ: THEA 255 or
consent of school.
355. SCENE TECHNOLOGY (3). Principles and processes involved
in scene technology. Advanced study of the planning, construction,
mounting, and shifting of scenery and properties including tools,
materials, and techniques. Weekly 3-hour supervised and/or
independent laboratory experience in scene technology. PRQ: THEA
249 and THEA 255, or consent of school.
366. HOUSE MANAGEMENT AND PUBLICITY (1). Practicum
in house management. Principles and procedures of house
management as practiced in performing arts venues. Students will
be assigned complete responsibilities of house management for one
school event and/or production. PRQ: School of Theatre and Dance
major or minor or consent of school.
370. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DRAMA I (3). Study of the
development of theatre as an artistic form from classical Greece
and Rome through the Elizabethan period. Reading and analysis
of signicant play texts in the context of their original performance.
PRQ: THEA 300 or consent of school.
371. HISTORY OF THEATRE AND DRAMA II (3). Study of the
theory and practice of theatre art during the European renaissance.
Reading and analysis of signicant play scripts in the context of their
original performance from the Restoration through contemporary
times. PRQ: THEA 300 or consent of school.
381. THEATRICAL THEORY AND CRITICISM (3). Readings in
contemporary and classical criticism of theatrical performance.
Writing of critical papers and reviews of plays, lms and other
theatrical performances.
395. PERFORMANCE AND PRODUCTION (1).
A. Acting Directing/Dramaturgy
C. Design/Technology/Stage Management
Practicum experience in production areas of theatre: acting, directing,
dance, dramaturgy, design, technology, and theatre management.
Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections or topics is permissible
with a maximum of 2 semester hours per semester. May be repeated
to a maximum of 15 semester hours. S/U grading may be used PRQ:
School of Theatre and Dance major or minor or consent of school.
THEATRE AND DANCE 361
396. PERFORMING ARTS PRACTICUM (1). Directed specic
performance laboratories in acting, directing, and interpretation as well
as plenary session seminars in material preparation and techniques
in performing arts. Individual supervision, guidance, critiques, and
clinical evaluations by the faculty. Concurrent enrollment in multiple
sections or topics is permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours
per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 semester hours.
404. STAGE COMBAT (2). Introduction to the fundamental skills of
effective stage violence. Exploration of hand-to-hand, rapier, and
dagger usage on stage. Teaches a fundamental understanding of
violence on stage which provides a basis for advanced application
to the technique.
407. PERIOD STYLE FOR ACTORS (2-3).
A. Text Analysis (3)
B. Physicality (2)
Covers a variety of historical eras. PRQ: Admission to acting emphasis
or consent of school.
408. VERSE DRAMA (3). Integrated voice and performance work on
scenes and monologues from Greek to Elizabethan drama. PRQ:
Admission to acting emphasis or consent of school.
409. ADVANCED VOCAL TECHNIQUE (2).
A. Voice Characterization and Dialects
B. Musical Theatre Performance
C. Stage Speech
Advanced voice work for the actor. Detailed work in voice
characterization and dialects, musical theatre performance, and
stage speech. Supports technique work in THEA 410. Two semester
hours each of A, B, and C required in the acting emphasis. PRQ:
Admission to acting emphasis or consent of school.
410. ACTING STYLES: CLARITY AND CHARACTER (3). Subject
matter from a variety of performance techniques, including those
of Sanford Meisner, Jerzy Grotowski, Joseph Chaiken, and many
others. Emphasis on character interpretation, exploration of speech
and movement, and scene analysis. PRQ: Admission to acting
emphasis or consent of school.
411. ADVANCED MOVEMENT FOR THE STAGE (2). Focus on
advanced postural analysis and mastery of physical character acting.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Admission
to the acting emphasis or consent of school. CRQ: THEA 409 and
THEA 407 or THEA 410.
412. DIRECTING II (3). Advanced theory of stage direction with
emphasis on problems in classical styles, experimental and special
contemporary modes. A heavily research-oriented course with
additional practice in directing projects. PRQ: THEA 312 or consent
of school.
416. ACTING STUDIO: ON-CAMERA (3). Artistic projects requiring
acting for lm and/or video.
419. PERFORMANCE (1-3). In-depth research and performance
preparation in one signicant area of the performing arts. Open
to students who are prepared for advanced and specialized study.
Topics to be announced in advance. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
420. THEATRE DESIGN V (3). Investigation of design applications
to the various theatrical forms including dance, opera, ballet, and
musical theatre. Work in the collaborative process with costume,
lighting, scenic design, and technical students in arriving at
conceptual treatment and visualization. Emphasis on problem solving
and independent growth in rendering and presentational work. PRQ:
THEA 320, THEA 321, THEA 322, or consent of school.
435. PATTERN DEVELOPMENT (3). An overview of patternmaking
techniques for the theatre. Explores different patternmaking
techniques including: at patterning, drafting systems, draping and
primitive ethnic patterning (based on geometry and simple shapes).
PRQ: THEA 335 or consent of school.
436. MILLINERY AND ACCESSORIES (3). Exploration of millinery
techniques including blocked felt, constructed buckram, straw and
soft hats. Projects will have emphasis on both historical and theatrical
interpretations of the techniques. PRQ: THEA 235.
437. DYEING AND FABRIC MODIFICATION FOR THE THEATRE
(3). Introduction to a variety of dyeing, painting and surface design
techniques applicable to use on the stage. Considers techniques as
well as products and the implications of both for costume design and
construction. PRQ: THEA 335 or consent of school.
449. DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY (1-3). Seminar in special
problems and topics in design and technology. Open to students
who are prepared for advanced and specialized study. Topics to be
announced in advance. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester
hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
450. ADVANCED DRAFTING (3). Advanced study of drafting
techniques for the theatre emphasizing designing with Autocad with
focus on the creation of virtual models and the derivation of typical
design documentation from Autocad models. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: THEA 249 or consent of
school.
451. ELECTRONIC VISUALIZATION (3). Advanced study of modeling,
rendering, and animation technique for the theatre emphasizing
design with Autocad and Autovision or 3-D Studio. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: THEA 450 or consent of
school.
452. DRAWING FOR THE THEATRE (2). Development of drawing
and painting skills and exploration of graphic media paying particular
attention to the needs of theatrical designers. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours.
453. RENDERING TECHNIQUES (3). Practical exploration of graphic
media and techniques for the theatrical designer. May be repeated
to a maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: THEA 220 or consent of
school.
455. SCENE PAINTING (3). Hands-on investigation of concepts,
tools, and techniques of scenic painting. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
456. RIGGING FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS (3). Advanced study
of overhead lifting equipment and techniques commonly used in
theatres, arenas, and other performance venues. May be repeated to
a maximum of 6 hours. PRQ: THEA 249 and THEA 355, or consent
of school.
457. AUTOMATION AND STAGE MACHINERY (3). Advanced study of
mechanical devices used to create motion in theatrical productions.
May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. PRQ: THEA 249 and
THEA 355, or consent of school.
458. STRUCTURAL DESIGN FOR THE STAGE (3). Advanced study
of strengths and weaknesses of material and joining methods used
to construct scenery. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
PRQ: THEA 249 and THEA 355, or consent of school.
460. VECTORWORKS DRAFTING (3). A thorough introduction to
Vectorworks, including 2D drafting, the development of 3D models,
and lighting design using Vectorworks Spotlight.
461. LIGHT BOARD PROGRAMMING AND AUTOMATED
FIXTURES (3). Introduction to several theatrical lighting consoles,
including those produced by Electronic Theatre Controls, Flying Pig
Systems, and GrandMA. Emphasis will be place on the online and
offline use of these consoles, pre-visualization techniques, and the
use of LED and automated xtures.
463. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR THE ACTOR (3).
Preparing students to become professional actors whether in theatre,
lm, and/or television. Actors will develop a portfolio based on their
character type and castability.
465. MANAGING THE PERFORMING ARTS (3). Managing and
working within performing arts organizations with special attention
to areas of marketing, public relations, grants acquisition, audience
development, box office procedures, budgeting, union relations,
organizational structure, and board recruitment and participation.
Study of the role of government in the funding of arts groups.
362 THEATRE AND DANCE
466. THE BUSINESS OF THEATRE (1-3). Study and practice of
audition and interviewing techniques, contracts, taxes, unions,
agencies, and other subjects for the professional.
475. CONTEMPORARY THEATRE (3). Study of theatrical art
throughout the world since 1968, and the changing role of theatre
in society. Considerations of contemporary movements in acting,
directing, design, and playwriting. Reading and analysis of signicant
and contemporary plays. PRQ: THEA 300, or consent of school.
476. THEATRE HISTORY (1-3). Seminar in special periods of theatre
history. Open to students who are prepared for advanced and
specialized study. Topics to be announced in advance. Concurrent
enrollment in multiple sections or topics is permissible to a maximum
of 6 semester hours per semester. May be repeated to a maximum
of 6 semester hours.
477. AFRICAN-AMERICAN THEATRE (3). Exploration of the history
of African-American theatre artists in the United States. Survey of the
contribution to theatre history by African-Americans from the minstrel
era to the present. Emphasis on the development and evolution of
playwrights, actors, and audiences emphasized. PRQ: Consent of
school.
478. PERIOD STYLE FOR THE THEATRE I (3). Intensive investigation
of period style from pre-Egyptian through the Renaissance as it relates
to theatrical production. Exploration of period clothing, manners,
decor, and architecture with projects from dramatic literature.
479. PERIOD STYLE FOR THE THEATRE II (3). Intensive
investigation of period style from Egyptian through contemporary as
it relates to theatrical production. Exploration of period clothing and
manners, decor.
480. STUDIES IN AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY (3). A historical-
critical study of theatre in the United States from its inception to the
present day. Emphasis on the application of historical and critical
method to the theatre; exploration of theatre in this country as a
developing art form and as a manifestation of popular culture.
481. PLAYWRITING I (3). Conventions and techniques that
playwrights use to communicate in the theatre. Analysis of selected
plays. Lectures and discussion combined with exercises in the
planning and writing of scenes and short plays. PRQ: THEA 300 or
consent of school.
482. PLAYWRITING STUDIO (3). Advanced work on new scripts
generated by student playwrights. Involves interaction and
collaboration in a three-dimensional setting with directors and
performers. PRQ: THEA 481 or consent of school.
490. SUMMER REPERTORY PRACTICUM (1-3). Extensive
and concentrated production experience in the preparation and
performance of summer theatre repertory. Emphasis on the unique
problems of repertory companies: performance, technology, and
management. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections or topics
is permissible to a maximum of 3 semester hours per semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
school.
491. TOPICS IN THEATRICAL PERFORMANCE (1-6). Intensive
investigation of a single dramatic form or theatrical phenomenon
with emphasis on performance. Topics announced. Concurrent
enrollment in multiple sections or topics is permissible to a maximum
of 6 semester hours per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of
6 semester hours as topic varies. PRQ: Consent of school.
492. SENIOR RESEARCH PROJECT (2). Presentation of a senior
research project or a performance project to the Comprehensive
Theatre Studies Review Board. Collaboration within the College of
Visual and Performing Arts encouraged. PRQ: Senior standing in the
B.A. program.
495. INTERNSHIP IN THEATRE ARTS (1-9). Off -campus experience
opportunities with selected organizations in theatre or related areas.
Limited to qualied students. Concurrent enrollment in multiple
sections or topics is permissible with a maximum of 9 semester hours
per semester. Students must take this course for a minimum of 2
semester hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours.
S/U grading may be used. PRQ: Consent of school.
497. TUTORIAL IN THEATRE (1-3). Directed study and research
in special areas of theatre arts. Concurrent enrollment in multiple
sections or topics is permissible with a maximum of 6 semester hours
per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
PRQ: Consent of school.
498H. HONORS TUTORIAL IN THEATRE (1-3). Directed study and
research in special areas of theatre arts. Concurrent enrollment
in multiple sections or topics is permissible with a maximum of 6
semester hours per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
semester hours. PRQ: Consent of school.
Dance Performance (TH-D)
205. DANCE TECHNIQUES I (1). Basic performance techniques in
contemporary dance including fundamentals of ballet and modern
dance. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections or topics is
permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours per semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours. PRQ: Consent of
school.
207. DANCE TECHNIQUES II (1). Techniques for performance
in contemporary dance including ballet and modern. Concurrent
enrollment in multiple sections or topics is permissible with a
maximum of 2 semester hours per semester. Prociency requirement.
May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credit hours.
222. DANCE AND THE FINE ARTS (3). Aesthetic considerations of
dance as a ne art. The study of the theory and philosophy of dance
as related to music, theatre and the visual arts. Not open to theatre
arts majors or minors.
286. RHYTHMIC ANALYSIS, IMPROVISATION, AND COMPOSITION
(3). Introduction to the principles of dance composition and the
process of constructing simple compositional forms. Improvisation
involves originating and performing dance movement without
preplanning and is the primary tool in dance composition. Basic
rhythmic skills, lessons in counting and count subdivision, and basic
rhythmic dance forms.
287. COMPOSITION I (2). Introduction to principles of dance
composition and the process of constructing simple compositional
forms. Includes movement exploration through improvisation. PRQ:
TH-D 286.
305. BALLET III (1). Study of the performance techniques in ballet
at the intermediate level. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections
is permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours per semester.
May be repeated to a maximum of 24 semester hours. Prociency
requirement.
306. MODERN DANCE III (1). Study of the performance techniques
in modern dance at the intermediate level. Concurrent enrollment in
multiple sections is permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours
per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 24 credit hours.
Prociency requirement.
308. POINTE I (1). Elementary pointe techniques. May be repeated
to a maximum of 12 semester hours. CRQ: TH-D 305 or TH-D 405.
320. MALE BALLET TECHNIQUES (1). Specialized exercises and
extended ballet vocabulary. May be repeated to a maximum of 12
semester hours. CRQ: TH-D 305 or TH-D 405.
330. THEATRE DANCE (2).
A. Ballroom
B. Preclassic
C. Musical Comedy I
D. Musical Comedy II
Analysis of theatrical dance forms and period styles of movement.
Practice in the execution of the particular dance forms studied. Subject
and materials change from term to term. Concurrent enrollment in
multiple sections and topics is permissible with a maximum of 4
semester hours per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 8
semester hours.
353X. ANALYSIS AND PEDAGOGY OF DANCE (3). Crosslisted
as KNDN 353. Application of pedagogical knowledge and skills for
teaching dance in a school and/or community setting. Analysis of
movement utilizing principles of movement and applied kinesiology.
THEATRE AND DANCE 363
361. JAZZ TECHNIQUE (2). Development of the techniques of jazz
dance. A stimulating, rhythmic and spatial experience with creative
combinations that move, communicate, and challenge. May be
repeated to a maximum of 8 semester hours.
377. DANCE PERFORMANCE (1). Practicum experience in dance
performance. May be repeated. PRQ: School of Theatre and Dance
major or minor or consent of school.
388. CHOREOGRAPHY I (2). Analysis of the elements of
choreographic form, styles, and trends with experience in the
development of dance studies; theory and technique of solo and
small group work. PRQ: TH-D 286 or consent of school.
405. BALLET IV (1). Concentration on complex ballet techniques
for performance. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections is
permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours per semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 24 credit hours. Prociency requirement
406. MODERN DANCE IV (1). Concentration on complex modern
dance techniques for performance. Emphasis on movement quality
and interpretative performance elements.Concurrent enrollment in
multiple sections is permissible with a maximum of 2 semester hours
per semester. May be repeated to a maximum of 24 credit hours.
Prociency requirement.
408. POINTE II (1). Advanced pointe techniques. May be repeated
to a maximum of 12 semester hours. Prociency requirement. CRQ:
TH-D 405.
409. PAS DE DEUX (2). Partnering techniques and principles in
classical ballet. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester
hours. Profciency requirement. CRQ: TH-D 305 or TH-D 405.
420. THE BUSINESS OF DANCE (3). Practical application of studies
to business, artistic, and academic development in the profession.
PRQ: At least junior standing.
467. DANCE NOTATION I (3). A theoretical and practical introduction
to notation. Analysis and recording of movement through the systems
of Labanotation or Benesh Movement Notation. Equal emphasis on
the reading and writing of dance scores. Recommended: Knowledge
of intermediate-level ballet vocabulary.
468. DANCE NOTATION II (3). Continuation of Dance Notation
I, including oor work and group scoring. Emphasis on reading of
dance scores and recording movement in Labanotation or Benesh
Movement Notation. PRQ: TH-D 467.
474. DANCE PHILOSOPHY AND AESTHETICS (3). Philosophy
of dance including aesthetic principles and critical evaluations of
varying dance forms and styles.
477. SPECIAL STUDIES IN DANCE (1).
A. Spanish
B. Mid-Eastern
C. Advanced Theatrical Jazz
D. Character
E. Female Classical Variations
J. Male Classical Variations
M. Theatrical Tap
N. Repertory
Q. Others
Studies in dance forms. Open to students who qualify for specialized
study. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections or topics is
permissible with a maximum of 6 semester hours per semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 24 semester hours.
488. CHOREOGRAPHY II (2). Continued analysis of the elements
of choreographic forms, styles, and trends with the development of
dance studies of extended length; consideration of the theory and
technique of advanced group work. May be repeated to a maximum
of 4 semester hours. PRQ: TH-D 388.
496. TUTORIAL IN DANCE (1-3). Directed individual study in
special areas of dance. Concurrent enrollment in multiple sections is
permissible with a maximum of 5 semester hours per semester. May
be repeated to a maximum of 12 semester hours.
Theatre and Dance Faculty
Alexander Gelman, M.F.A., Boston University, professor, director
Judith Q. Chitwood, M.A., University of Cincinnati, professor
Stanton Davis, M.F.A., University of Delaware, associate
professor
Paula Frasz, M.F.A., University of Illinois, professor
Kathryn Gately-Poole, M.F.A., Mason Gross School of the Arts,
professor emeritus
Rich Gund, B.F.A., Northern Illinios University, assistant professor
Lori Hartenhoff, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, professor
Luke Krueger, M.F.A., Arizona State University, instructor
Kay Martinovich, Ph.D., University of Minnesota, assistant
professor
Ryan Massie, M.F.A., Northern Illinois University, instructor
Terrence McClellan, M.F.A., University of Massachusetts,
professor
Tracy Nunnally, M.F.A., Florida State University, associate
professor
Melanie Parks, M.F.A., University of Illinois, professor
Richard Poole, M.F.A., Rutgers University, associate professor
emeritus
Patricia L. Ridge, Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder, professor
Deborah Robertson, M.F.A., Smith College, professor emeritus
Sahin Sahinoglu, M.F.A., Northern Illinois University, associate
professor
Robert Schneider, D.F.A., Yale University, associate professor
Patricia Skarbinski, M.F.A., Northern Illinois University, assistant
professor
Brandon Wardell, M.F.A., Northwestern University, assistant
professor
364
Inter-College Interdisciplinary
Certicates and Programs
Major in Applied Management (B.S.)
The student learning outcomes for this degree are located at
www.niu.edu/assessment/clearinghouse/outcomes/index.shtml.
General Information
Admission to the major is limited to students holding an A.A.S.
degree in a discipline directly related to one of the program
emphases. All majors must meet NIU’s requirements for general
education (29-41 hours), complete a minimum of 40 hours of
course work at the 300-400 level, and earn a minimum of 30 hours
at NIU. Up to 30 hours of prociency credit can be applied toward
the 120-credit-hour university graduation requirements with the
approval of the department adviser and chair. The completion of
a culminating experience (e.g., senior seminar, capstone course
or project, or internship, etc.) is required for all majors.
Core Requirements (21)
ACCY 288 - Fundamentals of Accounting (3)
FINA 320 - Principles of Finance (3)
MGMT 333 - Principles of Management (3)
MGMT 346 - Business Communication (3)
MGMT 412 - Business Law (3)
MKTG 310 - Principles of Marketing (3)
OMIS 338 - Principles of Operations Management (3)
Emphasis 1. Computer Science (28-29)
Required Courses (25)
CSCI 330 - UNIX and Network Programming (4)
CSCI 340 - Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis (4)
CSCI 466 - Databases (4)
CSCI 467 - Introduction to Software Engineering (4)
CSCI 475 - Web Development (3)
One of the following (3)
CSCI 350 - Computer Security Basics (3)
CSCI 490Q - Computer Security (3)
One of the following (3)
CSCI 470 - Programming in Java (3)
CSCI 473 –.NET Programming (3)
Electives (3-4)
One additional computer science course numbered above CSCI
300 (3-4).
Restriction: A student may not elect to take both CSCI 350 and
CSCI 490Q.
Total hours for Emphasis 1: 49-50
Emphasis 2. Public Safety (27)
Required Courses (12)
POLS 331 - Introduction to Public Administration (3)
ILAS 390 - POLS 490, or SOCI 390 - Internship (3)*
SOCI 288 - Criminology (3)
SOCI 289 - The Criminal Justice System (3)
Public Administration Courses (6)
At least two of the following:
POLS 303 - State and Local Government (3)
PSPA 410 - Supervision in the Public Sector (1)
PSPA 412 - Public Budgeting (3)
PSPA 413 - Community Engagement in Public Safety
Agencies (1)
SOCI 375 - Sociology of Organizations (3)
Public Safety (9)
Three of the following:
POLS 386 - Global Terrorism (3)
POLS 415 - Criminal Law (3)
SOCI 380 - Deviance in Society (3)
SOCI 384 - Police in a Democratic Society (3)
SOCI 388 - Punishment and Corrections (3)
UNIV 310 - Foundations in Homeland Security and Disaster
Preparedness (3)
Total hours for Emphasis 2: 48 hours
Emphasis 3. Instructional Technology, Training and
Evaluation
The emphasis in Instructional Technology, Training and
Evaluation is designed to provide students with occupationally-
relevant skills and knowledge in the area of instructional design
and assessment, training and learning media development, and
human performance technology.
Students in will acquire the conceptual and technical basis of
instructional design, obtain hands-on experience with various
interactive and evaluation technologies and programming,
and have the opportunity to engage in collaborative works in
authentic environments. Moreover, students will be participating
in internships or portfolio development to gain valuable hands-on
experience in the working world and increase their chances for
future employment.
Prerequisites are required in the area of communications, media
production, computer applications (including, but not limited
to, word processing and slide show software), psychology, and
math. All majors must meet NIU’s requirements for general
education (29-41 hours), complete a minimum of 40 hours of
course work at the 300-400 level, and earn a minimum of 30
hours at NIU. It is expected that students needing to complete
additional general education course work would be able to do
so at their community colleges with course selection assistance
from a department adviser. This program is open to students with
an A.A.S. degree; who also have technical knowledge and skills
in a related area through certication courses/training or other
demonstrable evidence accepted by the department faculty. Up
to 30 prociency credits may be awarded for learning experiences
and education in an area related to the emphasis. Prociency
credit will be awarded on a per-course basis, and prociency
will be determined using one of three criteria: (1) performance
on a department-administered prociency exam, (2) attainment
of one or more technical certicates or licenses earned in the
eld, or (3) evaluation by a review committee consisting of faculty
members and adviser(s) of a submitted portfolio demonstrating
professional expertise/competence in the area relevant to the
prociency credit being requested. Attained prociency credits
* Students with appropriate public safety experience substitute an upper-division elective.
1
May be counted toward Group One if not used for the core.
2
May be counted toward certicate when topic is appropriate.
INTER-COLLEGE INTERDISCIPLINARY CERTIFICATES AND PROGRAMS 365
may be used for this emphasis only, and may not be applied
to other emphases in the B.S. in Applied Management degree
program.
This is primarily an online program.
Required Courses (25)
ETR 340 - Survey Methods for Training and Evaluation (3)
ETR 431 - Program/Performance Evaluation (3)
ETR 450 - Data Analysis for Design and Evaluation (3)
ETT 310 - Instructional Design Models, Strategies and Tactics (3)
ETT 311 - Instructional Media Literacy, Prototyping and
Publication (3)
ETT 448 - Instructional Architecture for Learning Applications (3)
ETT 459 - Learner-Centered Educational Courseware
Development (3)
ETT 464 - Human Performance Technology (3)
ETT 497 - Independent Study in Instructional Technology (3),
OR ETR 497 - Independent Research in Research and
Assessment (1)
Additional prerequisites are required in the area of
communications, media production, computer applications (such
as, but not limited to, word processing and slide presentation
software), psychology, and math.
Total hours for Emphasis 3: 46 hours
Certicates of Undergraduate Study
Adolescence (12)
Coordinator: Director, Collaborative on Early Adolescence
This interdisciplinary certicate is intended to provide broad
background in the area of adolescence and is offered through
Northern Illinois University’s Collaborative on Early Adolescence
(NIU-CEA). The certicate is designed to complement
undergraduate course work in a variety of majors. It is open
to all NIU undergraduates who maintain a good academic
standing in the university. A minimum grade of C in all certicate
courses is required. All certicate courses must be completed
within six calendar years. Students must complete a minimum
of 12 semester hours. Courses must be taken in at least two
departments. Some courses may have prerequisites that are
not part of the certicate course work. In some cases, these
prerequisites can be waived by the department offering the
course for students pursuing the certicate. With the approval
of the major department, courses used to satisfy requirements
of the certicate may also be applied toward an undergraduate
major. Students are encouraged to meet with the Director of
the Collaborative on Early Adolescence early in planning their
coursework for the certicate.
One of the following core courses (3)
EPS 307 - Development of the Adolescent (3),
OR EPS 406 - Issues in Human Development and Learning in
the Middle School and High School Years (3),
OR PSYC 424 - Adolescent Development (3)
Additional Courses (9)
At least one course selected from each of the following groups:
Group One
EPS 307
1
- Development of the Adolescent (3)
EPS 406
1
- Issues in Human Development and Learning in the
Middle School and High School Years (3)
EPS 419 - The Middle School Child (3)
LTLA 363 - Young Adult Literature in a Multicultural Society (3)
PHHE 404 - Drug Education (3)
PHHE 406 - Sexuality Education (3)
PHHE 408 - Mental and Emotional Health (3)
PSYC 424
1
- Adolescent Development (3)
TLCI 422 - Middle School Organization and Instruction (3)
SOCI 488 - Juvenile Delinquency (3)
WGST 332 - Growing Up Female (3)
Group Two
EPS 492
2
- Special Topics in Educational Psychology (3)
FCNS 489
2
- Topical Issues in Family and Child Studies (3)
PHHE 472
2
- Current Issues: Health Education (3)
PSYC 495
2
- Seminar in Special Topics (3)
HIST 473
2
- Topics in Women’s History (3)
WGST 430
2
- Special Topics in Women’s and Gender Studies (3)
Applied Ethics (12)
Coordinator: Jason Hanna, Department of Philosophy
This certicate offers a coherent set of courses designed to
enhance students’ knowledge of ethical theories and principles
and develop an expertise in applying ethical knowledge in their
professional and personal lives. The required course examines
the principal ethical theories in Western thought. The electives
examine ethical concerns specic to a variety of disciplines–
business, engineering, health sciences, humanities, and social
sciences.
The certicate of undergraduate study in applied ethics is open
to all students admitted to NIU. Students must maintain good
academic standing within the university, achieve a minimum grade
of C in each course applied toward the certicate, and complete
all certicate work within a period of six calendar years. All course
requirements for the certicate must be completed at NIU. Some
courses may have prerequisites that are not part of the certicate
curriculum. Students are strongly encouraged to take PHIL 331,
Ethics, early in the certicate curriculum. Students pursuing the
certicate should meet with the coordinator for the certicate of
undergraduate study in applied ethics early in their career.
PHIL 331 - Classical Ethical Theories (3)
Three of the following (9)
COMS 403 - Freedom of Speech and Communication Ethics (3)
COMS 455 - Media Law and Ethics (3)
JOUR 480 - Journalism Law and Regulation (3)
MGMT 301 - Business and Society (3)
PHHE 435 - Ethical Decision Making for Health Professionals (3)
PHIL 335 - Environmental Ethics (3)
PHIL 336 - Biomedical Ethics (3)
PHIL 337 - Business Ethics (3)
PHIL 353 - Philosophy of Law (3)
PHIL 390
3
- Contemporary Topics in Philosophy (3)
PHIL 430
3
- Topics in Ethics (3)
POLS 322 - Politics and the Life Sciences (3)
POLS 323 - Biomedicine and the Law (3)
POLS 359 - War, Empire, and Ethics (3)
TECH 401 - Ethics in Technology (3)
Homeland Security (18-21)
This certicate offers a set of courses designed to enhance
students’ knowledge of several aspects of homeland security
including origins of terrorism; disaster preparation; disaster
response, recovery, and follow-up. The certicate prepares
students to develop and implement systems for homeland security
planning and management at the local, state, and federal levels.
They will be able to identify hazards due to human-made and
natural disasters; advise public and private organizations of best-
practice risk management preparation, response, and recovery
strategies; and use appropriate technologies. They will have an
* Students with appropriate public safety experience substitute an upper-division elective.
1
May be counted toward Group One if not used for the core.
2
May be counted toward certicate when topic is appropriate.
3
Subject to approval of certicate coordinators, provided that the topic primarily covers applied ethics..
366 INTER-COLLEGE INTERDISCIPLINARY CERTIFICATES AND PROGRAMS
understanding of the conditions that may lead to terrorist activity
as well as how to prepare for and deal with human-made and
natural disasters.
The certicate of undergraduate study in homeland security is
open to all students admitted to NIU. Students must maintain
good academic standing, achieve a minimum grade of C in each
course applied toward the certicate, and complete all certicate
work within a period of six calendar years. All course requirements
for the certicate must be completed at NIU. Some courses may
have prerequisites that are not part of the certicate curriculum.
Students are strongly encouraged to complete the core courses
early in the certicate curriculum. Students pursuing the certicate
of undergraduate studies in homeland security should meet with
the certicate coordinator early in their career.
Core Courses (7)
POLS 386 - Global Terrorism (3),
OR GEOG 451 - Political Geography (3)
UNIV 310 - Foundations in Homeland Security and Disaster
Preparedness (3),
OR TECH 432 - Disaster Preparedness (3)
One of the following (1)
IEET 490 - Topics in Engineering and Engineering
Technology (1)
ILAS 440 - Independent Study (1)
TECH 398 - Individual Problems in Technology (1)
UHHS 301 - Independent Study in Health and Human
Sciences (1)
Biochemical Sciences Track (11-14)
Coordinators: Josef Bujarski, Department of Biology;
Victor Ryzhov, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
Three of the following (9-11)
BIOS 313 - Microbiology (4)
BIOS 423 - Principles of Virology (3)
BIOS 479 - Biotechnology Applications and Techniques (3)
CHEM 425 - Analytical Chemistry II (4)
CHEM 472 - Biological Chemistry I (3)
CHEM 473 - Biological Chemistry II (3)
Elective course chosen with approval of certicate
coordinator (3)
One of the following (2-3)
AHLS 336 - Clinical Diagnostic Microbiology (2-3)
POLS 320 - Biopolitics and Human Nature (3)
POLS 322 - Politics and the Life Sciences (3
UHHS 450 - Administration for Professional in Health and
Human Sciences (3)
Emergency Management and Response Track (12)
Coordinator: Department of Technology
Four of the following (12)
CSCI 350 - Computer Security Basics (3)
ISYE 475 - Decision Analysis for Engineering (3)
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
TECH 433 - Toxicology for Industry (3)
TECH 436 - Design and Administration of Industrial Safety
Programs (3)
TECH 437 - Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene (3)
TECH 440 - Monitoring and Evaluating Exposures to Hazardous
Materials (3)
TECH 441 - Hazard Control in Industrial Operations (3)
TECH 482 - Industrial Safety Engineering Analysis (3)
TECH 485 - Risk Management (3)
Elective course chosen with approval of certicate
coordinator (3-6)
Environmental and Hazards Risk Assessment Track (12)
Coordinators: Andrew Krmenec, Department of Geography;
Rama Lingham, Department of Mathematical Sciences
STAT 350 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3)
Three of the following (9)
CSCI 350 - Computer Security Basics (3)
GEOG 359 - Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3)
GEOG 406 - Natural Hazards and Environmental Risk (3)
GEOG 408 - Tropical Environmental Hazards (3)
GEOG 459 - Geographic Information Systems (3)
STAT 470 - Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
STAT 481 - Probabilistic Foundations in Actuarial Science (3)
Elective course chosen with approval of certicate coordinator
(3-6)
Health Sciences Track (11)
Coordinator: College of Health and Human Sciences
Four of the following (11)
AHLS 336 - Clinical Diagnostic Microbiology (2-3)
CAHC 493 - Crisis Intervention in the Helping Professions (3)
GEOG 306 - Severe and Hazardous Weather (3)
GEOG 406 - Natural Hazards and Environmental Risk (3)
PHHE 315 - Introduction to Health Promotion (3)
PHHE 325 - Biostatistical Applications in Public Health (3)
PHHE 351 - Elements of Environmental Health (3)
PHHE 455 - Public Health Epidemiology (3)
PHHE 467 - Public Health Research and Evaluation (3),
OR UHHS 460 - Introduction to Research in Health and
Human Sciences (3),
PHHE 469 - Principles of Health Planning (3)
TECH 231 - Safety Programs (3)
UHHS 430 - Working with Diverse Populations in Health and
Human Sciences (3)
UHHS 450 - Administration for Professionals in Health and
Human Sciences (2-3)
OR AHLS 446 - Principles of Laboratory Management and
Practice (1)
Elective course chosen with approval of certicate
coordinator (3-6)
367
Inter-College and University-Wide
Interdisciplinary Courses
See college sections for interdisciplinary courses offered by
individual colleges.
General
IDSP 290. DRAMA INTO FILM (3). Consideration of selected classics
of drama which have been lmed from the literary, theatrical, and
cinematic approaches. Team-taught by members of the English,
communication, and theatre and dance faculty through lectures,
discussion, and lm showings.
IDSP 291. ART AND LITERATURE IN THE ANCIENT WORLD (3).
The interrelationships between the study of art history and literature
as the two disciplines, through their complementary methods of
approach, introduce and clarify the cultural backgrounds of the
Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Hebrew, and Greco-Roman civilizations.
UNIV 101. UNIVERSITY EXPERIENCE (1). Introduction to Northern
Illinois University and the baccalaureate experience. Exploration of
key factors inuencing the transition into the university. Development
of skills and practices of critical thining, problem solving, and
communication to improve academic success with a focus on student
responsibility for learning. Available only to students in their rst two
semesters at NIU.
UNIV 105. INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
RESEARCH (1). A broad overview of information-literacy concepts
as related to the library. Introduction of skills for locating, evaluating,
and using all types of resources with special emphasis on the social
value and role of quality information. Includes a section on the legal
and ethical uses or information. This is a hybrid course; each section
has a 25-minute online component. S/U grading may be used.
UNIV 201. THE TRANSFER EXPERIENCE (1). Introduction to
NIU and the baccalaureate experience with emphasis on those
experiences and challenges unique to transfer students. Exploration
of factors inuencing the transition into the university. Continued
development of skills and practices of critical thinking, proglem
solving, and communication to improve academic success. Available
only to transfer students in their rst two semesters at NIU. PRQ: New
transfer student with 12 or more semester hours at time of transfer.
UNIV 310. FOUNDATIONS IN HOMELAND SECURITY AND
DISASTER PREPAREDNESS (3). Introduction to the eld of
homeland security and disaster preparedness. Discussion of the
risks and hazards associated with planned events, emergencies,
natural, human-made, and technological disasters.Emphasis on
hazard recognition, planning, mitigation, response, and recovery
from these types of events. Enrollment not open to students with
credit in TECH 432. PRQ: At least sophomore standing.
Black Studies (BKST)
200. RACISM IN AMERICAN CULTURE AND SOCIETY (3).
Examination of the forces that consciously and unconsciously
engendered racism in American society and the effect of racism not
only on the victims but also on those perpetuating it. The social cost
of racism and possible solutions.
202. ISSUES FACING AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDENTS (3).
Denition, conceptualization, analysis, and discussion of issues
related to the survival of students of color on a predominantly white
campus.
2 11. EDUCATING FOR CULTURAL SENSITIVITY (3). Analytical
look at student’s own ethnic and cultural background, and the ethnic
and cultural background of others. Emphasis on surveying materials
related to life experiences of ethnics in the United States. Systematic
look at the education system and how it has responded to the needs
of various ethnic groups.
219. INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN STUDIES (3). Introduction to
the African continent: its art and cultures, social and educational
structures, history, economic development, political dynamics, and
current crises.
300. FOUNDATIONS OF BLACK STUDIES (3). Introduction to the
development, philosophy, and history of black studies.
302. TOPICS IN BLACK STUDIES (3). The intellectual,
methodological, and paradigmatic traditions in black studies related to
a specic topic with a broad interdisciplinary perspective or scholarly
and artistic research, practice, and theory pertaining to people of
African descent. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester hours
when topic varies.
312. SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY OF HIP HOP CULTURE (3). Focus
on the comparative historical-cultural analysis of hip hop from it
various cultural forms music, dance, poetry, relationships, fashion.
Analyze how hip hop has impacted the current political scene and
its contributions to the history and experience of people of African
descent.
316. AFRICAN–AMERICAN CRITICAL THOUGHT (3). Surveys
and analysis of the sociohistorical thought of the African-American
community of the 19th and 20th centuries. PRQ: BKST 200 or BKST
219.
350. BLACK ECONOMICS (3). Focus on the development of
historical-cultural analysis of the economic condition of African
Americans including the exploration of the development of appropriate
interventions for pressing socioeconomic concerns.
402. THE AFRICANA WOMAN (3). Examination of and practical look
at the history, contributions, and role of the African American woman.
405. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF BLACK MEN (3). Survey
and analysis of the sociohistorical condition of Black men, on the
continent of Africa and in the Diaspora, the challenges they face, and
the potential solutions to the challenges of their particular and global
conditions. PRQ: BKST 200, BKST 202, BKST 300, or consent of
the instructor.
410. PSYCHOLOGY OF AFRICAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE
(3). Focus on the development of historical-cultural analysis of the
condition of African Americans, and the sociobehavioral responses
to those conditions. PRQ: By permit only.
420. BLACK RELIGION IN AMERICA (3). Focus on the development
and impact of religious structures and organizations on the historical-
cultural and economic condition of African Americans.
440. BLACK LIBERATION MOVEMENTS (3). Focus on the
comparative historical-cultural analysis of the liberation movements
of African Americans and Black South Africans. PRQ: By permit only.
445. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BLACK STUDIES (1-3). Independent
research under faculty supervision on atopic approved by the director
of the Center for Black Studies and the faculty member who will direct
the research. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 semester hours.
493. AFROCENTRICITY (3). Capstone course for the minor in
black studies. Focus on developing tools for research on Africana
populations. PRQ: BKST 219, BKST 300, and consent of director.
368 INTER-COLLEGE UNIVERSITY-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES
Environmental Management Systems
IDSP 441. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3).
How to plan and implement environmental management systems
in a variety of settings to prevent environmental pollution and
other environmental problems. Interdisciplinary perspectives used
to discuss environmental management systems for companies,
communities, and governmental agencies, with emphasis on student
group projects, case studies, and Internet applications. Instruction by
faculty from the Colleges of Business, Engineering and Engineering
Technology, and Liberal Arts and Sciences, along with guest
speakers.
IDSP 442. PROSEMINAR/INTERNSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3). Application of concepts of
environmental management systems to real-world settings through an
internship or other applied learning experience. Internship partners
may be a company, community, or governmental agency; or students
may elect to pursue a project with a faculty adviser. Includes group
meetings to discuss students’ on-going projects and to relate these
to core readings. Written case study of internship or project required.
PRQ: IDSP 441.
Medieval Studies
IDSP 225. INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL SOCIETY AND
CULTURE (3). Interdisciplinary orientation and introduction to
medieval studies including study of different cultural forms (literature,
music, art, philosophy, science, and religion) and the way of life of
different strata of society.
IDSP 425. SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL STUDIES (3). Interdisciplinary
seminar for undergraduates which is required for the medieval studies
concentration and open to other qualied students with the permission
of the instructor. The course will focus on a selected theme or period
in medieval civilization. PRQ: Consent of coordinator.
Study Abroad
IDSP 301. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad program.
May be counted toward the satisfaction of general education
requirements if approved as the equivalent of an authorized general
education course. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours.
IDSP 401. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad program.
May be counted toward the satisfaction of general education
requirements if approved as the equivalent of an authorized general
education course. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 semester
hours.
369
Other Academic Units
Center for Black Studies
Director: LaVerne Gyant, Ed.D.
The Center for Black Studies is an academic and research center
that offers interdisciplinary undergraduate courses relating to
the African-American and African experience. The center also
collects and analyzes data on all aspects of minority experiences.
In addition the center seeks to stimulate students’ professional
and career interests. Toward this end it encourages a number of
minority student professional organizations.
Students should contact the director of the Center for Black
Studies for current course offerings and information about student
organizations and cultural events sponsored by the center.
Minor in Black Studies
The black studies minor presents a body of knowledge that
examines the experiences of black people in the United States.
It also explores the African heritage of black people and the
continuity of that heritage through the years in the New World.
Among other requirements students must analyze racism and
its present-day manifestations in all spheres of life in order to
promote better understanding among ethnic and racial groups.
Several university departments participate in the minor in black
studies including anthropology, economics, English, nance,
geography, history, political science, and sociology.
Requirements (18)
Core Courses (12)
BKST 200 - Racism in American Culture and Society (3)
BKST 219 - Introduction to African Studies (3)
BKST 300 - Foundations of Black Studies (3)
BKST 493 - Afrocentricity (3)
African Option (6)
Two of the following (6)
ANTH 403 - Peoples and Cultures of Africa South of the
Sahara (3)
ECON 341C - Economic Area Studies: Africa, South of the
Sahara (3)
FLTR 271 - Literature in Translation (3)
GEOG 336 - Geography of Africa (3)
HIST 349 - African History Since 1600 (3)
POLS 368 - Governmental Systems in Africa (3)
African American Option (6)
Two of the following (6)
BKST 202 - Issues Facing African-American Students (3)
BKST 211 - Educating for Cultural Sensitivity (3)
BKST 302 - Topics in Black Studies (3)
BKST 312 - Social Philosophy of Hip Hop Culture (3)
BKST 350 - Black Economics (3)
BKST 402 - The Africana Woman (3)
BKST 405 - Contemporary Issues of Black Men (3)
BKST 420 - Black Religion in America (3)
BKST 440 - Black Liberation Movements (3)
BKST 445 - Independent Study in Black Studies (1-3)
HIST 271 - The African-American Since 1865 (3)
HIST 472 - Topics in African-American History (3)
JOUR 490 - Ethnic Minorities and the News Media (3)
POLS 326 - Government and Welfare (3),
OR PSPA 326X - Nonprot-Management (3)
SOCI 361 - Race and Ethnicity (3)
Another approved elective with consent of the Center for Black
Studies
Center for Burma Studies
Director: Catherine Raymond, Ph.D.
The Center for Burma Studies was established in 1986 as a
repository for multivarious materials on Burma (Myanmar).
Included in the collection are an extensive library, the Burma art
collection, and various bequests including large and selective
private collections of Birmanica that includes rare translations,
manuscripts, and objects of art.
All accessioned articles and books are available for scholarly
research, subject to the usual conditions.
The center works in coordination with the Center for Southeast
Asian Studies in assisting those students who wish to include
Burma studies as part of the minor in Southeast Asian studies.
There are 28 courses taught at NIU with signicant content on
Burma.
For more information visit the website at www.niu.edu/burma.
Center for Latino and Latin American Studies
Director: Michael Gonzales, Ph.D.
The Center for Latino and Latin American Studies is an
academic, research, and public service center designed to
integrate and coordinate Latino and Latin American studies. The
center sponsors pertinent research and publication, serves as a
repository of information and a source of communication about
Latino and Latin American concerns, administers a minor in
Latino and Latin American Studies and a graduate concentration
in Latin American Studies, and provides academic advisement
for students enrolled in these programs. In addition, the center
cooperates with other NIU units in those programmatic activities
of specic concern to Latinos.
See also “Minor in Latino/Latin American Studies.”
Center for Southeast Asian Studies
Director: James T. Collins, Ph.D.
The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, established in 1963,
and recognized by the U.S. Department of Education as an
Undergraduate National Resource Center for Southeast Asian
Studies since 1987, provides leadership, focus, and coordination
for Southeast Asian Studies at NIU. It is responsible for
addressing student needs, coordinating undergraduate and
graduate courses dealing with Southeast Asia, and developing
and administering other programs concerned with this region
of the world. Formal and informal exchange relationships exist
with universities and programs in Brunei, Burma, Cambodia,
Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and
Vietnam which offer qualied students opportunities and facilities
370 OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS
for graduate research and undergraduate training in these
countries. The center is an active member of SEASSI (Southeast
Asian Studies Summer Institute), a national consortium of
Southeast Asian studies centers. Since 2011, the center has
been funded to offer undergraduate Southeast Asian language
fellowships which pay full tuition and a modest living allowance
in both the academic year and the summer. See also “Minor in
Southeast Asian Studies.”
Regional History Center
Director: Cindy S. Ditzler, M.A.
The Regional History Center has as its basic goal to acquire,
preserve, and make available to the public the most signicant
historical records of the northern Illinois region. The center actively
collects historical material from the 18 northernmost counties of
Illinois, excluding Cook County. Since 1964 the center has evolved
from a small university archival unit to a multifaceted research
center containing three related sets of historical records available
to researchers; Regional Collections, University Archives, and
Local Government Records.
Holdings in the Regional Collections include original manuscripts
and records generated by private individuals, institutions, and
organizations from throughout the area, with emphasis on several
major themes in the region’s history: agriculture, politics, ethnic
heritage, commerce and industry, the role of women, and urban
expansion. University records that have permanent historical
or administrative value are housed in the University Archives.
These materials include governing board proceedings, records
of university administrative offices, faculty papers, records of
student government and organizations, a range of publications,
and extensive photographs of campus life. The Local Government
Records collection, as part of the Illinois Regional Archives
Depository system administered by the Illinois State Archives,
has the responsibility of preserving local public records and
making them available to researchers.
International Affairs
Associate Vice President: Vacant
The Division of International Affairs supervises and coordinates
the international activities of the university in order to encourage
greater internationalization of programs, curricula, faculty, staff,
and students. Division staff bring the perspectives of the world to
NIU and the expertise of NIU to the world through international
mobility for faculty, students, and ideas.
For students participating in an approved transfer agreement
leading to a joint degree between Northern Illinois University
and a partner international university, Northern Illinois agrees
to accept the completed international transfer curriculum as the
equivalent of the lower division general education requirements
for a baccalaureate degree. In making such collaborative
arrangements with sister institutions around the world, NIU will
allow students to transfer this portion of their baccalaureate
degree from the international university to NIU without incurring
a loss of credit. Successful completion of this package of courses
assures students that all lower division general education
requirements are fullled.
Study Abroad Programs
Director: Anne Seitzinger
The university offers a wide variety of opportunities for students
to study abroad while continuing to remain enrolled at NIU. Most
courses are approved equivalencies of current NIU courses and
are applicable to campus degree programs with the approval of
relevant academic departments. Students are covered by NIU’s
accident and illness plan for students while overseas. Eligible
students can apply their nancial aid award toward overseas
programs, and there are some scholarships available for study
abroad. Courses are available in both the English language and
in various foreign languages.
NIU is known nationally for the extensive study abroad programs
that are offered to undergraduate and graduate students. Both
graduate and undergraduate credit can be earned. The faculty-
directed programs take place primarily during the summer and
winter periods and range from three to nine weeks. Listed below
are all of the study abroad programs that NIU currently offers.
Students who would like more specic information should contact
the Study Abroad Office.
Cosponsored Study Abroad and Exchange Programs
Director: Anne Seitzinger
These programs are open to undergraduate students only.
NIU currently offers programs worldwide for students from all
majors and interests, for various periods of time. These programs
include academic residential, academic internships, and one-
on-one student exchanges in Europe, Latin America, Asia,
Africa, and Australia. Cosponsored study abroad programs are
administered by other institutions or organizations and supported
by NIU. Students receive NIU credit if the program has been
preapproved by the student’s academic department. On-site staff
provide support and services for students. Cosponsored program
sites include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil,
Bulgaria, Chile, China, Costa Rica, Czech Republic, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Estonia, Fiji, Finland, Germany, Ghana,
Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Malta,
The Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Poland,
Russia, Scotland, Senegal, Singapore, South Africa, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, United Kingdom, and
Uruguay.
NIU currently offers faculty-directed programs in 23 different
countries. Most NIU administered programs are directed by
an NIU faculty member, with cooperation from various NIU
departments, and offer specialized credit and residential study
abroad during the fall and spring semesters, summer session,
and winter break period.
Unless otherwise noted, in all cases undergraduates must meet
NIU undergraduate admission requirements, and graduate
students must meet Graduate School requirements or apply for
and obtain permission from the Graduate School to register as a
student-at-large.
Belgium: Printmaking. Early to late February. In cooperation with
the Frans Masereel Centrum. Students will produce prints utilizing
the European methods and equipment, which are in many ways
varied from how they conduct processes in the United States.
Students will be working on a large German Mailander offset
press to produce lithographs and monotypes. This is a unique
piece of equipment to European studios and is rare to shops in
the United States. (UG or GR)
OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS 371
Belize: Health studies. Early to mid June. In cooperation with the
University of Belize. Examination of the health care system in
Belize and the impact of the World Health Organization; insight to
the indigenous languages and culture of bush healing; interaction
with students from the University of Belize; interdisciplinary
networking of students from various health science programs.
(UG or GR)
Cambodia: Cultural Anthropology Field School. Mid June to
mid July. In cooperation with the Royal University of Fine Arts in
Phnom Penh. Students will participate in classroom lectures and
eldwork focusing on Cambodian culture, cultural reconstruction
in the post-Khmer Rouge era, Cambodian Buddhism, as well
as practical application of ethnographic eld methods and
interviewing techniques in rural villages. (UG or GR)
Canada: Discovering Montreal. Late May to early June. In
cooperation with Université de Montreal. Examines the richness of
Canadian culture as it is manifested in the beautiful, international
city of Montreal. This city enjoys a distinctly French Canadian
identity, strong Canadian English inuences, and a truly global
character as represented by its considerable ethnic, linguistic,
and religious diversity. Knowledge of French is not necessary to
participate in this program. (UG)
England: NIU at Oxford: Biological sciences, English, and political
science. Late June to late July. In cooperation with Oriel College,
one of the 34 colleges that make up Oxford University. Courses
offered at the undergraduate and graduate levels are designed
to take advantage of the unique resources of the British setting.
Formal class meetings supplemented by individual tutorials.
(UG or GR)
France: NIU College of Law in Agen: Late May to mid July. In
cooperation with the University of Bordeaux-Montesquieu IV.
Designed to give non-French speaking students an understanding
of the French civil law system and the legal system of the
European Union. Language of instruction is English. (LAW)
France: History and Literature in Bordeaux, French and history.
Early to late June. In cooperation with Université Montesquieu-
Bordeaux IV. Students will have the opportunity to learn about
French history, language, literature, and culture through an
immersion in southern French society. (UG or GR)
Ghana: NIU in Ghana, West Africa. Mid-May to early June.
In cooperation with the University of Development Studies,
Tamale. Explores the riches of Ghanaian life and culture, while
also engaging in a cross-cultural educational experience at
the University of Development Studies, Tamale, Ghana. The
program will provide an effective mix of classroom lecture and
outside experiential engagement as the core of the study abroad
experience. (UG or GR)
Indonesia: Public Health and Health Education. Early to late
June. In cooperation with Hasanuddin University in Makassar.
Explores public health issues, hospital and health care settings,
environmental health and safety issues, and Indonesian culture
and practice. Students will have the opportunity to intern with
professionals depending on their academic backgrounds. (UG
or GR)
Ireland: Exploring Ireland’s Community and Mental Health
Services. Late June to mid July. Provides opportunities to explore
a variety of mental health and community psychiatric health care
services in Ireland. Learn about the history of Ireland’s mental
health care system, mental health services, community /public
health system, Mental Health Commission, mental health law,
patient rights of Ireland’s mentally ill, and the preparation and
education of Ireland’s psychiatric nurses and mental health care
workers. (UG or GR)
Ireland: Global Selling Perspectives. Early to mid January. Assist
sales students in understanding the complexity and difficulty
involved with selling in different countries (cultures). The program
is also designed to help students learn and develop specic
selling skills that are not typically taught at NIU. (UG or GR)
Ireland: Media and culture, and communication, and history. Mid
June to mid July. In cooperation with Trinity College. Examines
Ireland’s struggle to dene its own cultural identity in a world
of American and British media domination. The program will
examine issues of international culture via an immersion in Irish
politics, history, literature, and media. (UG or GR)
Italy and Spain: Design and Architecture. Late May to early June.
An overview and blend of both historical and contemporary design
and architecture will be introduced by means of on-site study in
Italy and Spain. The program will integrate historical information
and contemporary trends in architecture and design as it relates
to the unique cultural fabric of Italy and Spain. (UG or GR)
Madagascar: Past and Present: Biodiversity, Extinction and
Conservation. Early to late June. Provides students with the
opportunity to learn rst-hand about primate biodiversity,
extinction, forest fragmentation and conservation in Madagascar,
one of the world’s foremost biodiversity hotspots. (UG or GR)
Malaysia: History and Culture. Late June to early August. Provides
students with the opportunity to learn and experience the history
of Malaysia and the Malay world, on site and in a living laboratory.
(UG or GR)
Multicountry: Art, Appropriation and Display: The Museums of
Paris, Cologne and Amsterdam. Mid May to early June. Provides
a broad base of historical and museological knowledge, and the
experience of centuries of the visual culture of these three cities
through site visits and lectures. Students will develop a personal
research project on an aspect of art/visual culture that intrigues
them. (UG or GR)
The Netherlands: Peace, Justice, and the International Courts.
Early to mid June. Examines the intertwined issues of genocide
and international justice. The program will focus on the meaning of
justice and its various dimensions, and how the historical pursuit
of justice has been complicated by issues such as sovereignty,
denial of genocide, prolonged periods of conict and violence,
and an outright rejection of international jurisdiction. (UG or GR)
Poland: Exploring Contemporary Graphic Design. Mid March. In
cooperation with the Academy of Fine Arts in Katowice. Provides
the opportunity to meet and work with students at the Academy
of Fine Arts in Katowice. Students will focus on graphic design
and studio art practice. The program will integrate historical
information and contemporary trends in European graphic design
and art. (UG or GR)
Russia: Moscow: Theater and performance studies at the Moscow
Art Theatre (MXAT). Fall. Directors, actors, theater scholars, and
teachers of the MXAT school administer daily instruction to NIU
School of Theatre and Dance students. Teaching focuses on
acting, voice, movement, and Russian theater history. Students
take daily classes at the MXAT school. (UG)
Sicily: Archaeological eld school. Mid June to early July. In
conjunction with the Universities of Gothenburg, Oslo, Palermo,
and Stanford and part of the Monte Polizzo Archaeological
Project. Provides an introduction and practical application of
archaeological sampling and eld methodology; eld experience in
archaeological survey techniques and archaeological excavation
techniques; laboratory experience in pottery analysis; exposure
to a broad range of artifacts (Neolithic through Medieval); and
a multi-cultural experience with other international students and
exposure to a new culture. (UG or GR)
372 OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS
Sierra Leone: African Democracy and Socioeconomic
Development through Sustainable Engineering. Mid June to early
July. Provides students with the opportunity to complement their
education from NIU with knowledge about political, economic,
social, and technological issues in Africa. Students will also
engage in a project to develop renewable energy technologies
that are appropriate for developing countries, with Sierra Leone
as a case study framework. (UG or GR)
Spain: Spanish Language and Culture in Toledo. Mid June to mid
July. In cooperation with the University of Castilla-La Mancha.
Provides immersion in the language and culture of contemporary
Spain. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 and 3.00 in Spanish
courses. (UG or GR)
Tanzania: Experiential Learning with NGOs. Late June to late
July. Learn about Nongovernmental Organizations (NGOs) in
developing countries, the relationship between governments and
NGOs in Tanzania, and the challenges and rewards of engaging
with grass-roots NGOs in a project for building improvements in
a school. (UG or GR)
Worldwide: International business seminars. Late December to
mid January or mid May to mid June. Allows students interested
in pursuing a career in international business or related eld to
acquire a rsthand view of international business practices and
experience the excitement of traveling outside the United States.
Includes visits to European manufacturing, retailing, and nancial
organizations/industries that engage in international business.
(UG or GR)
Faculty-Directed. Undergraduate or graduate credit for students
traveling independently overseas who engage in a signicant
independent research project under the direction of a member of
the NIU faculty. Type of academic credit and number of semester
hours of credit dependent on the nature of the project and to be
determined by the faculty member directing the research project.
(UG or GR)
Course List
Also see “Inter-College and University-Wide Interdisciplinary
Courses” for IDSP 301 and IDSP 401.
INTL 101. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad
program. Discipline-based course used to reect credit given,
with departmental approval, for course work for which there is no
NIU equivalent course available. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours.
INTL 201. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad
program. Discipline-based course used to reect credit given,
with departmental approval, for course work for which there is no
NIU equivalent course available. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours.
INTL 301. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad
program. Discipline-based course used to reect credit given,
with departmental approval, for course work for which there is no
NIU equivalent course available. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours.
INTL 401. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS (1-9). Course work
undertaken as part of an approved university study abroad
program. Discipline-based course used to reect credit given,
with departmental approval, for course work for which there is no
NIU equivalent course available. May be repeated to a maximum
of 9 semester hours.
International Student and Faculty Office
Director: Sim Chin Tissa
The International Student and Faculty Office (ISFO) assists all
nonimmigrant students, scholars, faculty, and staff at Northern
Illinois University. The office follows up with all immigration
regulation-related matters of the university as required and
necessary; processes immigration documents for all nonimmigrant
students, scholars, faculty, and staff; coordinates all admission
efforts for incoming international undergraduate students; and
advises all international students, scholars, faculty, and staff in
immigration-related issues.
The office provides ongoing support for all nonimmigrant
population on campus in their academic, cultural, and social
adjustments with such programs as comprehensive orientation
programs, workshops in various topics, and other activities as
necessary. Through these efforts, the office makes continuing
efforts to help international students, scholars, faculty, and staff to
gain the maximum benets from the many opportunities that the
university offers, and also to increase international understanding
and appreciation for diversity on campus.
International Training Office
Director: Lina Davide-Ong, Ed.D.
The International Training Office (ITO) develops and implements
high-impact, innovative, and results-driven training programs that
address societal and institutional needs of developing countries.
The International Training Office’s programs and initiatives
provide opportunities for NIU faculty, staff, and students to share
their knowledge and expertise with training participants from
diverse cultural backgrounds. Since its establishment in 1981,
the ITO has successfully implemented training programs that
match participants’ needs with the strengths, capacities, and
interests that exist within the faculty of NIU. Through the years,
the ITO has been a facilitator of change and an active partner in
developing the human resource potentials of individuals, groups,
and communities worldwide.
College of Law
Jennifer Rosato, J.D., dean
David Gaebler, J.D., associate dean
Leonard B. Mandell, J.D., associate dean for student services
The College of Law offers a three-year, full-time day program and
limited enrollment, part-time study leading to the J.D. degree.
The College of Law is fully accredited by the American Bar
Association and is a member of the Association of American Law
Schools. Student enrollment is approximately 300.
The College of Law is housed in Swen Parson Hall. The facilities
as well as the student/faculty ratio promote a community
atmosphere and maximize interaction between students and
their law professors. The law library provides ample space for
intensive study and reection in quiet privacy and the latest in
electronic legal research tools. A multipurpose moot courtroom,
equipped with up-to-date technology, serves as a realistic setting
for practical exercises in courtroom proceedings. In addition
to academics, law students are involved in a wide variety of
scholarly and cocurricular activities such as Law Review, several
moot court and trial advocacy teams, and a foreign study program
in France.
Application for admission is made through the College of Law,
not through the Graduate School. Information regarding degree
programs, academic requirements, application procedures, and
tuition and fees is available from the College of Law Office of
Admission and Financial Aid, Room 151, Swen Parson Hall (815-
753-8595) or at http://law.niu.edu/law/.
OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS 373
Graduate School
Vice president for research and innovative partnerships
Bradley Bond, Ph.D., dean of the Graduate School
A student who wishes to obtain a graduate degree must apply
for and be granted admission to the Graduate School. Courses
numbered 500-799 may be taken for graduate credit only by
graduate-level students. A student interested in graduate study
should refer to the current Graduate Catalog for details regarding
graduate courses and degree programs available. See also “Early
Admission of NIU Undergraduates” below. The graduate degrees
and certicates offered by the university are listed below by the
name of the college and of the department or school in which that
degree program is housed.
Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.)
(see also individual departments for specializations)
Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.)
(see also individual departments for specializations))
College of Business
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Department of Accountancy
Master of Accounting Science (M.A.S.)
Master of Science in Taxation (M.S.T.)
Department of Finance
Master of Financial Risk Management (M.S.)
Department of Management
Department of Marketing
Department of Operations Management
and Information Systems
Master of Science (M.S.)
Management Information Systems
College of Education
Department of Counseling, Adult and Higher Education
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Adult and Higher Education
Counseling
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
Adult and Higher Education
Counselor Education and Supervision
Department of Educational Technology, Research and
Assessment
Master of Science (M.S.)
Educational Research and Evaluation
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Instructional Technology
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
Instructional Technology
Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
Master of Science (M.S.)
Sport Management
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Kinesiology and Physical Education
with or without specialization in
Adapted Physical Education
Exercise Physiology/Fitness Leadership
Pedagogy and Curriculum Development in Physical
Education
Department of Leadership, Educational Psychology and
Foundations
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Curriculum and Instruction
Educational Administration
Educational Psychology
Foundations of Education
School Business Management
Educational Specialist (Ed.S.)
Educational Administration
Doctor of Education (Ed.D)
Curriculum and Instruction
Educational Administration
Doctor of Philosophy
Educational Psychology
Department of Literacy and Elementary Education
Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T)
with specialization in
Elementary Education with Initial Licensure
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Elementary Education
Literacy Education
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
Curriculum and Instruction
with specialization in
Reading
Department of Special and Early Education
Master of Science in Education (M.S.Ed.)
Early Childhood Education
Special Education
with specialization in
Advanced Special Education Practices
Blind Rehabilitation
Early Childhood Special Education
Learning Behavior Specialist I
Orientation and Mobility
Visual Impairments
College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology
Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.)
with specialization in
Engineering Education
Department of Electrical Engineering
Master of Science (M.S.)
Department of Industrial Engineering
Master of Science (M.S.)
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Master of Science (M.S.)
Department of Technology
Master of Science (M.S.)
Industrial Management
374 OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS
College of Health and Human Sciences
School of Allied Health and Communicative Disorders
Master of Arts
Communicative Disorders
with specialization in
Audiology
Rehabilitation Counseling
Speech-Language Pathology
Doctor of Audiology (Aud.)
Doctor of Physical Therapy (D.P.T.)
School of Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences
Master of Science (M.S.)
Applied Family and Child Studies
with or without specialization in
Marriage and Family Therapy
Family and Consumer Sciences
with specialization in
Apparel Studies
Family and Consumer Sciences Education
Nutrition and Dietetics
Department of Military Science
School of Nursing and Health Studies
Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.)
with specialization in
Health Education, 6-12
and Middle School
Master of Public Health (M.P.H.)
with or without specialization in
Health Promotion
Health Services Management
Master of Science (M.S.)
Nursing
Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.)
with specialization in
Health Education, 6-12
and Middle School
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
School of Public and Global Affairs
Department of Anthropology
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Department of Biological Sciences
Master of Science (M.S.)
with or without specialization in
Bioinformatics
Biology Teaching
Human Anatomical Sciences
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry
Master of Science (M.S.)
Chemistry
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Chemistry
with or without specialization in
nanoscience
Department of Communication
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Communication Studies
Department of Computer Science
Master of Science (M.S.)
Department of Economics
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of English
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Foreign Languages
with specialization in
French
Spanish
Department of Geography
Master of Science (M.S.
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Geology and Environmental Geosciences
Master of Science (M.S.)
Geology
Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.)
with specialization in Geoscience Education
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Geology
Department of History
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Mathematical Sciences
Master of Science (M.S.)
Applied Probability and Statistics
Mathematics
with specialization in
Applied Mathematics
Computational Mathematics
Mathematics Education
Pure Mathematics
Master of Science in Teaching (M.S.T.)
with specialization in
Middle School Mathematics Education
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Philosophy
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Department of Physics
Master of Science (M.S.)
with specialization in
Applied Physics
Basic Physics
Physics Teaching
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
with or without specialization in
nanoscience
Department of Political Science
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Department of Psychology
Master of Arts (M.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS 375
Department of Public Administration
Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.)
with specialization in
Fiscal Administration
Local Government Management
Nonprot Management
Public Management and Leadership
Department of Sociology
Master of Arts (M.A.)
with or without specialization in
Criminology
College of Visual and Performing Arts
School of Art and Design
Master of Arts (M.A.)
with specialization in
Art History
Studio Art
Master of Science (M.S.)
with specialization in
Art Education
Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Art Education
School of Music
Master of Music (M.M.)
Performer’s Certicate
School of Theatre and Dance
Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.)
Theatre Arts
with specialization in
Acting
Design and Technology
Directing
Concentrations
A concentration is a course of study, typically interdisciplinary,
linked to the pursuit of a specic graduate degree. Completion of
the requirements for a concentration will result in an appropriate
notation on the student’s academic record.
The concentrations offered by the university are listed below.
Biochemistry
Biophysics
Historical Administration
Latin American Studies
Certicates of Graduate Study
A certicate of graduate study is a course of study, not linked to
the pursuit of a degree, consisting of a coherent set of courses,
fewer than for a major, addressing a specic theme. Completion
of the requirements for a certicate of graduate study will result in
an appropriate notation on the student’s academic record.
The certicates of graduate study offered by the university are
listed below.
Adapted Physical Education
Adult Continuing Education
Advanced Qualitative Methodology in Education
Advanced Quantitative Methodology in Education
Advanced Teaching Practices
Applied Mechanics
Applied Statistics
Art History
Assistive Technology Specialist
Behavior Analyst
Behavior Intervention Specialist
Bioinformatics
Business Analytics Using SAP Software
CAD/CAM, Simulation and Fabrication
Career Development
Children’s and Young Adult Literature/Media
College Teaching
Curricular and Pedagogical Practices in Social Justice Education
Curriculum Adaptations Specialist
Digital Image Processing
Digital Signal Processing
Digital Systems
Director of Special Education
Distance Education
Eating Disorders and Obesity
Education in English Language Arts
Elementary Mathematics Teaching
English Education
Entrepreneurship
Environmental Education
Environmental Health and Safety
Facilities Management
Family Nurse Practitioner
Finance
Foreign Language Instructional Technology
Foundation of Accountancy
Foundations of Education
Geographic Information Analysis
German Language, Literature, and Culture
Gerontology
Health Education
Healthcare Policy and Management
Higher Education
Homeland Security
Industrial Control
Industrial Project Management
Industrial Workplace Design Systems
Innovative Teaching with Common Core Standards in Elementary
Education
Integrated Manufacturing Systems
Integrated Systems Engineering
Interdisciplinary Study of Language and Literacy
Law and Women’s Studies
Leadership in Aging Services
Lean Six Sigma
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies
Logistics
Management Information Systems
Managerial Leadership
Medical Family Therapy and Counseling
Middle School Literacy
Mobile Programming
Multiple Disabilities Specialist
Museum Studies
Nursing Education
Outdoor Education
Postsecondary Developmental Literacy and Language Instruction
Problem-Based Learning in Educational Psychology
Public Health
Public Management
Quality Control of Manufacturing Processes
Response to Intervention
Semiconductor Devices
Semiconductor Fabrication
Spanish Language, Literature, and Culture
Sport and Exercise Psychology
Sport Management
Strategic Marketing
Systems Management
376 OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS
Teaching English as a Second Language and Bilingual Education
Technical Logistics
Technical Writing
Thermal, Fluid, and Energy Systems
Traffic Safety Education
Vibration, Robotics, and Control Systems
VLSI Design
Women’s and Gender Studies
Workplace Learning and Performance
Student-at-Large Classication
The student-at-large classication is available for those who
wish to take graduate courses without pursuing a degree. A
student-at- large must hold a baccalaureate or higher degree
from an accredited institution in the U.S. or the equivalent from a
recognized foreign institution and must apply for and be granted
permission to register as a student-at-large through the Graduate
School. Students-at-large are not admitted to the Graduate
School or to any graduate degree program, but they are under
the administrative jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Many
of the same regulations, including those regarding academic
standing, apply to both graduate students and students-at-large,
as described in the Graduate Catalog. Some departments and
programs limit the amount of graduate credit earned as a student-
at- large that may be applied toward meeting the requirements of
a graduate degree, if the student-at-large is later admitted to such
a degree program. Students should consult the Graduate Catalog
for specic information about particular programs.
Postgraduate students are those who hold baccalaureate
degrees from accredited institutions and wish to take additional
undergraduate courses or to earn a second baccalaureate
degree. Postgraduates are classied as seniors and may take
100- through 400-level courses for undergraduate credit only;
a postgraduate may not take courses for graduate credit. An
individual who wishes to take 500-, 600-, or 700-level graduate
courses should apply to the Graduate School for admission as a
graduate student or permission to register as a student-at-large.
For further information, see “Postgraduate Students.”
Early Admission of NIU Undergraduates to
the Graduate School
Early admission to the Graduate School is available to seniors
in their nal term of enrollment at NIU who wish to take courses
for graduate credit. Students who apply for and receive early
admission may take approved graduate-level courses.
Application for early admission is made through the Graduate
School. A student applying for early admission must have applied
to graduate from the baccalaureate program at the end of the
term for which early admission is sought; the Graduate School’s
application deadlines are waived for such a student. No student
may enroll more than one term under early-admission status.
University Libraries
Patrick José Dawson, M.A., M.L.S., dean
Chalermsee Olson, M.A., M.L.S., acting associate dean
T. J. Lusher, M.A., M.L.I.S., assistant dean
The Northern Illinois University Libraries system consists of
Founders Memorial Library, Faraday Library, and the Music
Library. The University Libraries contain over 2 million volumes
as well as numerous periodicals, government publications,
microforms, maps, recordings, audiovisual materials, and
electronic resources.
NIU Libraries are participants in the I-Share System, a network
involving 145 academic institutions throughout Illinois. Access
is via the World Wide Web and allows users to immediately
determine which of the 86 I-Share libraries own desired research
materials. Materials not owned by NIU can be obtained quickly
from other I-Share member libraries.
Founders Memorial Library, the main library, has six levels with
327,000 square feet of space and seating capacity for 1600
students. The rst oor houses key library services including the
circulation desk, the reference desk, the Accessibility Resource
Room, library instruction, document delivery services, the
reserves collection, periodicals collection, media collection, and
the Scholars’ Den. Microforms, the map collection, government
publications, and the Test of Academic Prociency Tutoring
Center are located on the second oor; the Digital Convergence
Lab and the Reading Assistance Center are housed on the third
oor; and the Regional History Center and Archives, Rare Books
and Special Collections, and the Southeast Asia collection are on
the fourth oor. The upper three oors house circulating books.
Faraday Library serves faculty and students in the disciplines of
chemistry and physics. Similarly, the Music Library serves the
music curriculum Regular, interim, and holiday hours are posted
near the entrance to each library and on the library website. Call
ahead or check online to be sure of the status.
NIU libraries provide a variety of guides to collections and
services. These materials are available online at www.ulib.niu.
edu. Instruction in the use of the library is given to classes by
librarians as part of the University Libraries library instruction
program. Library instruction covers both basic library orientation
and, for upper-level classes, in-depth instruction related to
materials in particular subject areas. Online help is available from
the “Find Help” link on the libraries’ website. The course UNIV
105, Introduction to Library and Information Research, provides
a broad overview of information-literacy concepts as related to
the library, including locating, evaluating, and using all types of
resources. See www.Libguides.niu.edu/InfoLibraryResearch.
Libraries Faculty
Patrick José Dawson, M.A., M.L.S., dean
Rosanne Cordell, M.L.S., M.S., associate dean
Chalermsee Olson, M.A., M.L.S., associate dean
T. J. Lusher, Ed.D., M.A., M.L.I.S., assistant dean
Meredith Ayers, M.S., Northern Illinois University, M.L.S., Kent
State University, assistant professor
Jana Brubaker, M.L.S., Indiana University, M.A., Northern Illinois
University, associate professor
Rosanne Cordell, M.L.S., Indiana University, M.S., Indiana
University South Bend, associate professor
Elizabeth H. Cribbs, M.S.L.S., University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill, M.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City, assistant
professor
Patrick Jose’ Dawson, M.A. University of New Mexico, M.L.S.,
University of Arizona, professor
Michael J. Duffy IV, M.L.I.S., Dominican University, M.M.,
Northwestern University, associate professor
Wayne E. Finley, M.L.I.S., University of Illinois; M.B.A., Western
Illinois University, Quad Cities, assistant professor
Karen Hovde, M.A., Western Washington University, M.A.,
Northern Illinois University, associate professor
Wendell G. Johnson, M.L.S., Northern Illinois University, M.A.,
Ph.D., Rice University, associate professor
Ladislava Khailova, M.L.I.S. & Ph.D., University of South Carolina,
associate professor
David F. Lonergan, M.S.L.S., University of North Carolina, Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University, professor
T. J. Lusher, Ed.D., Northern Illinois University, M.L.I.S., University
of Iowa, M.A., Iowa State University, associate professor
Beth McGowan, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, M.L.I.S.,
University of Wisconsin, assistant professor
Sarah McHone-Chase, M.S.L.I.S., University of Illinois, M.A.,
Illinois State University, associate professor
OTHER ACADEMIC UNITS 377
James Millhorn, M.A.L.S., University of Iowa, M.A., University of
Oklahoma, associate professor
Chalermsee Olson, M.A., University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.,
Northern Illinois University, associate professor
Nestor L. Osorio, M.A. & M.L.S., State University of New York,
Geneseo, professor
Junlin Pan, M.A.L.S. & Ph.D., University of Arizona, M.S.,
Southwest Missouri State University, professor
Hao Phan, M.A., Northern Illinois University, M.L.I.S., University
of California, Los Angeles, assistant professor
Robert B. Marks Ridinger, M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, M.A.,
Case Western Reserve University, professor
Lynne M. Thomas, M.A., Northern Illinois University, M.S.L.I.S.,
University of Illinois, associate professor
Leanne VandeCreek, M.S.L.S., Catholic University, M.S.W.,
Fordham University, Tarrytown, associate professor
University Press
Founded in 1965, the Northern Illinois University Press publishes
scholarly monographs and books of general interest, as well as
a limited selection of ction under its Switchgrass Books imprint.
With a focus on the humanities and social sciences, NIU Press
has particular strength in Russian and Slavic Studies; European,
Southeast Asian, and American history; religion; and philosophy.
Seeking to advance knowledge about the Midwest, the press
has published a wide range of books on the archaeology, history,
literature, and culture of Chicago, Illinois, and surrounding states
in the region. At present, NIU Press has almost 600 titles in print.
The publication of any book through the NIU Press must be
approved by the University Press Board, a faculty committee
made up of representatives of the colleges and chaired by the
vice president for research and innovative partnerships. The main
function of the Board it so assure high standards of quality in all
publications of the University Press.
One of three state-supported presses in Illinois, the NIU Press
has been a member of the Association of American University
Presses since 1972.
378
Illinois Articulation Initiative Core Curriculum
For students earning an A.A., A.S., or approved A.A.T. degree
in early childhood, secondary math, or special education from
an Illinois public community college, Northern Illinois University
is a participant in the Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI), a
statewide agreement that allows transfer of the completed
Illinois transferable General Education Core Curriculum (GECC)
between participating institutions. Successful completion of the
GECC at any participating college or university in Illinois assures
students that lower-division general education requirements
for an associate or baccalaureate degree have been satised
and allows students to transfer this portion of an associate or
baccalaureate degree from one participating IAI institution to
another without incurring a loss of credit.
See an academic adviser for additional information and/or read
about the IAI at www.iTransfer.org.
IAI General Education Core Curriculum
Requirements
Communication–9 semester hours: a two-course sequence in
writing (6) and one course in oral communications (3)
Mathematics–3-6 semester hours
Physical and Life Sciences–7-8 semester hours: one course in
life sciences and one course in physical sciences, at least one of
which must be a laboratory course
Humanities and Fine Arts–9 semester hours: one course in
humanities, one course in ne arts, and one course from either
humanities or ne arts
Social and Behavioral Sciences–9 semester hours: three courses
selected from at least two disciplines
IAI Codes
The following IAI codes identify qualifying general education
courses.
C Communication
F Fine arts
H Humanities
L Life sciences
M Mathematics
P Physical sciences
S Social/behavioral sciences
Applicable NIU Courses
NIU Course Number/Title IAI Numbers
Communication
ENGL 103 - Rhetoric and Composition I C1 900
ENGL 203 - Rhetoric and Composition II,
Researched Writing in the Domains C1 901R
ENGL 204 - Rhetoric and Composition
Accelerated Researched Writing in the Domains C1 901R
COMS 100 - Fundamentals of Oral Communication C2 900
Mathematics
MATH 101 - Core Competency in Mathematics M1 901
MATH 206 - Introductory Discrete Mathematics M1 905
MATH 210 - Finite Mathematics M1 906
MATH 211 - Calculus for Business and
Social Science M1 900-B
MATH 229 - Calculus I M1 900-1
MATH 230 - Calculus II M1 900-2
MATH 232 - Calculus III M1 900-3
Physical and Life Sciences
BIOS 101 - Plant Products and Human Affairs L1 901
BIOS 103 - General Biology L1 900
BIOS 105 - General Biology Laboratory L1 900L
BIOS 106 - Environmental Biology L1 905
BIOS 109 - Human Biology L1 904
CHEM 110 - Chemistry P1 902
CHEM 110 - Chemistry, and
CHEM 111 - Chemistry Laboratory P1 902L
CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I P1 902
CHEM 210 - General Chemistry I, and
CHEM 212 - General Chemistry Laboratory I P1 902L
GEOG 101 - Survey of Physical Geography P1 909
GEOG 101 - Survey of Physical Geography, and
GEOG 102 - Survey of Physical Geography
Laboratory P1 909L
GEOG 105 - Introduction to the Atmosphere P1 905
GEOG 105 - Introduction to the Atmosphere, and
GEOG 106 - Introduction to the Atmosphere
Laboratory P1 905L
GEOL 103 - Planetary and Space Science P1 905
GEOL 104 - Introduction to Ocean Science P1 905
GEOL 105 - Environmental Geology P1 908
GEOL 120 - Introductory Geology P1 907
GEOL 203 - Global Change P1 906
GEOL 320 - Environments and Life Through Time P1 907L
PHYS 140 - Physics and Society P1 901L
PHYS 150 - Physics P1 900
PHYS 150A - Physics P1 900L
PHYS 162 - Elementary Astronomy P1 906
PHYS 180 - Acoustics, Music, and Hearing LP 900
PHYS 253 - Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics P2 900L
Humanities and Fine Arts
ARTH 282 - Introduction to World Art F2 900
ARTH 292 - Art and Design Since 1900 F2 902
ARTH 294 - Art History Survey IV: Arts of the East F2 903N
ENGL 110 - Transformative Fictions H3 901
ENGL 115 - British Identities, British Literature H3 912
ENGL 116 - American Identities, American Literature H3 914
ENGL 310 - Uncensored Classics H3 906
ENGL 311 - Transformative Poetry (3) H3 914
ENGL 315 - Shakespeare for Non-Majors H3 905
FLCL 271 - Classical Mythology H9 901
FLFR 371 - Masterpieces of French Literature
in Translation H3 909
FLRU 261 - Russian Culture and Literature H3 909
HIST 110 - Western Civilization to 1500 H2 901
HIST 111 - Western Civilization: 1500-1815 H2 902
ILLINOIS ARTICULATION INITIATIVE CORE CURRICULUM 379
HIST 112 - Western Civilization Since 1815 H2 902
IDSP 225 - Introduction to Medieval Society
and Culture HF 902
IDSP 290 - Drama Into Film F2 908
MUHL 220 - Introduction to Music F1 900
PHIL 101 - Introduction to Philosophy H4 900
PHIL 231 - Contemporary Moral Issues H4 904
SEAS 225 - Southeast Asia: Crossroads of the World HF 904N
TH-D 222 - Dance and the Fine Arts F1 906
THEA 203 - Introduction to Theatre F1 907
Social and Behavioral Sciences
ANTH 101 - Human Origins S1 902
ANTH 120 - Anthropology and Human Diversity S1 900N
ANTH 210 - Exploring Archaeology S1 903
ANTH 220 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology S1 901N
ANTH 240 - General Physical Anthropology S1 902
ECON 260 - Principles of Microeconomics S3 902
ECON 261 - Principles of Macroeconomics S3 901
FCNS 230 - Child Development S6 903
FCNS 280 - Human Development, the Family,
and Society S6 902
FCNS 284 - Introduction to Family Relationships S7 902
GEOG 202 - World Regional Geography S4 900N
GEOG 204 - Geography of Economic Activities S4 903N
HIST 140 - Asia to 1500 S2 908N
HIST 141 - Asia Since 1500 S2 909N
HIST 171 - The World Since 1500 S2 913N
HIST 260 - American History to 1865 S2 900
HIST 261 - American History Since 1865 S2 901
HIST 340 - Ancient India S2 916N
HIST 341 - History of India: 1740-1947 S2 917N
HIST 344 - History of Ancient China S2 914N
HIST 345 - History of China Since the
T’ang Dynasty S2 915N
HIST 348 - African History to 1600 S2 906N
HIST 349 - African History Since 1600 S2 907N
HIST 381 - Colonial Latin America S2 910N
HIST 382 - Modern Latin America S2 911N
POLS 100 - American Government and Politics S5 900
POLS 260 - Introduction to Comparative Politics S5 905
PSYC 102 - Introduction to Psychology S6 900
PSYC 225 - Lifespan Development:
Childhood Through Adulthood S6 902
SOCI 170 - Introduction to Sociology S7 900
SOCI 260 - Introduction to Social Psychology S8 900
SOCI 361 - Race and Ethnicity S7 903D
380
Board of Trustees
Robert T. Boey, DeKalb
John Butler, Chicago, chair
Wheeler G. Coleman, Chicago, secretary
Anthony A. Iosco, Elk Grove Village
Paul Julion, DeKalb
Robert T. Marshall, Jr., Park Forest
Cherilyn G. Murer, Homer Glen
Marc J. Strauss, DeKalb, vice-chair
Officers of the Board
Alan Phillips, Ed.D., treasurer
Anne C. Kaplan, Ph.D., assistant secretary/assistant treasurer
Jerry Blakemore, J.D., general counsel/parliamentarian
Officers of the University
Douglas D. Baker, Ph.D., president
Lisa Freeman, D.V.M., Ph.D., executive vice president and provost
Anne C. Kaplan, Ph.D., vice president for outreach, engagement,
and regional development
Catherine Squires, CFRE, vice president for university
advancement
Jerry Blakemore, J.D., vice president for legal services and
general counsel
Alan D. Phillips, Ed.D., vice president for administration and
nance
Officers of the Executive Vice President and
Provost
Lisa Freeman, D.V.M., Ph.D., executive vice president and provost
Karen Baker, J.D., associate vice president, administration and
compliance
Celeste Latham, M.E.S., associate vice president, administration
Deborah Haliczer, M.S.W., assistant vice president, employee
relations
Dan House, Ph.D., director, institutional research
Division of Academic Affairs
Lisa Freeman, D.V.M., Ph.D., executive vice president and provost
Anne L. Birberick, Ph.D., vice provost for undergraduate academic
affairs
Carolinda Douglass, Ph.D., vice provost for academic planning
and development
Murali Krishnamurthi, Ph.D., acting vice provost for faculty affairs
Susan Mini, Ph.D., vice provost for resource planning
Edward Klonoski, Ph.D., acting associate vice provost
Jerome Bowers, Ph.D., associate vice provost, university honors
program
Jenny Parker, Ed.D., associate vice provost, educator licensure
and preparation
Julia Spears, Ph.D., associate vice provost for engaged learning
Christopher Parker, Ph.D., associate vice provost academic
outcomes and assessment
Bradley Bond, Ph.D., dean, Graduate School, associate vice
president for graduate studies
University Administration
Denise D. Schoenbachler, Ph.D., dean, College of Business
Paul R. Prabhaker, Ph.D., associate dean for graduate affairs,
College of Business
Beth Towell, Ph.D., associate dean for undergraduate affairs,
College of Business
Daniel Wunsch, Ph.D., associate dean for administration, College
of Business
La Vonne I. Neal, Ph.D., dean, College of Education
Jeffrey Hecht, Ph.D., associate dean for operations, College of
Education
Marc Van Overbeke, associate dean for academic affairs, College
of Education
Promod Vohra, Ed.D., P.E., dean, College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology
Mansour Tahernezhadi, Ph.D., P.E., associate dean for research
and graduate programs, College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology
Omar Ghrayeb, Ph.D., associate dean for outreach and
undergraduate programs, College of Engineering and
Engineering Technology
Derryl Block, Ph.D., dean, College of Health and Human Sciences
Beverly Henry, Ph.D., associate dean, academic affairs, College
of Health and Human Sciences
James Ciesla, Ph.D., associate dean, research and resources,
College of Health and Human Sciences
Jennifer Rosato Perea, J.D., dean, College of Law
David Gaebler, J.D., associate dean, College of Law
Kathleen Coles, J.D., associate dean for student affairs, College
of Law
Christopher K. McCord, Ph.D., dean, College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences
David Ballantine, Ph.D., associate dean for undergraduate affairs,
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Leslie Matuszewich, Ph.D., associate dean for research and
graduate affairs, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Richard T. Holly, M.M., dean, College of Visual and Performing
Arts
Melanie Parks, M.F.A., associate dean, College of Visual and
Performing Arts
Patrick José Dawson, M.A., M.L.S., dean, University Libraries
Rosanne Cordell, M.S., M.L.S., associate dean for public service,
University Libraries
Chalermsee Olson, M.A., M.L.S., associate dean collections and
technology, University Libraries
T. J. Lusher, M.A., M.L.I.S., assistant dean, technology initiatives
and support, University Libraries
Division of Administration and Finance
Alan D. Phillips, Ed.D., vice president for administration and
nance
Michael Mann, M.B.A., assistant vice president, budget and
planning and legislative issue
UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION 381
Division of Information Technology
Brett Coryell, M.S., vice president, chief information officer
Marissa Benson, J.D. associate vice president for project and
process management
Matthew Parks, B.S., senior director, network and communication
services
Nick Choban, M.I.M., senior director, information services and
operations
Division of Intercollegiate Athletics
Sean Frazier, M.A., associate vice president and director of
athletics
Jay Vickers, B.A., senior associate athletic director/sports
administration
Debra Boughton, M.A., senior associate athletics director for
business affairs
John Cheney, M.B.A., senior associate athletics director for
facilities and event operations
Melissa Dawson, M.E.D., senior associate athletic director,
director of student-athlete academic support services
Jerome Rodgers, M.A., senior associate athletic director,
compliance and administration
Ryan Sedevie, M.A., associate athletics director/advancement
and external affairs
Division of International Affairs
Deborah Pierce, Ph.D., associate vice president, international
affairs
Paul Prabhaker, Ph.D., associate vice president for international
partnerships
Sim Chin, Ed.D., director, international student and faculty office
Lina Ong, Ed.D., director international training office
Anne Seitzinger, B.A., director, study abroad
Division of Marketing and Communications
Harlan Teller, B.A. interim vice president, marketing and
communications
Jennice O’Brien, B.A., director, creative services, marketing and
communications
Brad Hoey, B.A. director, campus communications and divisional
operations, marketing and communications
Abigail Dean, B.A. acting director, university marketing, marketing
and communications
Paul Palian, M.S.Ed., director media and public relations
Division of Outreach, Engagement, and
Regional Development
Anne C. Kaplan, Ph.D., vice president for outreach, engagement,
and regional development
Rena Cotsones, Ph.D., associate vice president for engagement
and innovation partnerships
Melanie Magara, B.S., assistant to the vice president for outreach,
engagement, and information technology resources
Division of Research and Innovation
Partnerships
Lesley Rigg, Ph.D., vice president for research and innovation
partnerships
Gerald Blazey, Ph.D., acting associate vice president for research
and compliance
Rena Cotsones, Ph.D., associate vice president for engagement
and innovation partnerships
Division of Student Affairs and Enrollment
Management
Eric Weldy, Ed.D., vice president, student affairs
Kelly Wesener Michael, Ed.D., associate vice president for
student affairs and dean of students
Katrina Caldwell, Ph.D., assistant vice president for student
affairs
Melanie Tucker, Ed.S., assistant vice president for student affairs
Division of University Advancement
Catherine Squires, CFRE, vice president for university
advancement
Joseph P. Matty, M.S.Ed., associate vice president for alumni
relations
382
Legal Notices
Although the university attempts to accommodate the course
requests of students, course offerings may be limited by
nancial, space, and staffing considerations or may otherwise be
unavailable. Nothing in this catalog may be construed to promise
or guarantee registration in any course or course of study
(whether required or elective) nor may anything be construed to
promise or guarantee the completion of an academic program
within a specied length of time.
Student Responsibility for Obtaining
Current University Information
The university reserves the right to make changes in admission
requirements, fees, degree requirements, and other specications
set forth in this catalog. Such changes take precedence
over catalog statements. While reasonable effort is made to
publicize such changes, students should remain in close touch
with departmental advisers and appropriate offices, because
responsibility for complying with all applicable requirements
ultimately rests with the student.
Human Rights Statement
Northern Illinois University is an equal opportunity/affirmative
action institution and does not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, religion, sex, age, marital status, national origin, disability,
status based on the Victims’ Economic Security and Safety Act
(VESSA), or status as a disabled veteran or Vietnam-era veteran,
or any other factor unrelated to professional qualications, in
employment or in admission or access to, treatment in, or operation
of its educational programs and activities. Such discrimination
is prohibited by Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act, Title IX
of the Education Amendments, Sections 503 and 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1974, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974
and 1975, the Vietnam-Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance
Act of 1974, Titles I-VI of the Victims’ Economic Security and
Safety Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations.
Inquiries concerning application of Title IX, Section 504, and
other statutes and regulations may be referred to the Affirmative
Action and Diversity Resources Center, 1515 W. Lincoln Highway,
DeKalb, IL 60115, telephone 815-753-1118, or to the director of the
Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Washington,
D.C. 20024. The Constitution and Bylaws of Northern Illinois
University afford equal treatment regardless of political views or
affiliation, sexual orientation, or other factor unrelated to scholarly
or professional performance (Constitution Article 9, Section 9.2;
Bylaws Article 5, Section 5.211; Bylaws Article 7, Section 7.25 and
Section 7.252; Bylaws Article 10; and Bylaws Article 18).
Annual Security Report
The Northern Illinois University annual security report is available
on-line for review at http://www.niu.edu/about/safety/index.shtml.
Printed copies are available through the NIU Department of
Public Safety, 375 Wirtz Drive, DeKalb, IL 60115.
Leaves of Absence for Employees
Military leaves of absence will be granted in accordance with
applicable Illinois statutes and executive orders issued by the
State of Illinois in response to emergency situations and military
operations.
Leaves of absence will be granted for volunteer services related
to disaster relief in accordance with applicable Illinois statutes
or executive orders issued by the State of Illinois in response to
emergency situations.
Immigration Reform and Control Act
Regulations Affecting Employment by the
University
The 1986 Immigration Reform and Control Act mandates that
any person beginning employment at Northern Illinois University
after November 6, 1986, must either be a U.S. citizen or possess
current employment authorization from the U.S. Immigration and
Naturalization Service. All such employees must be prepared to
present original documentation to the employing department/cost
center within three days of the reporting date on their employment
contract or risk cancellation of the contract.
Conict of Interest Policy for All University
Employees
All employees of the university must conform with the ethics
policies as set forth in the university’s “Conict of Interest
Document” available in department offices and at the Graduate
School. This document requires that all employees of the
university, including students employed on a part-time basis or as
graduate assistants, report on specied forms all real, potential,
and apparent conicts of interest.
Storage in University Buildings
Students electing to utilize university buildings and/or facilities
for the storage of personal property owned by them, thereby
accept the responsibility for such storage and waive any and
all responsibility and liability on the part of the university and its
employees for loss of or damage to such personal property by
any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to re, water,
windstorm, or other casualty, theft, or improper or inadequate
humidity control.
Student Information and Records
Information and data concerning individual students are collected,
maintained, and used by the university only as needed in relation
to its basic educational purposes and requirements. Presently,
relevant policy and procedures are designed and operated to
be in compliance with federal legislation, specically, the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended by Senate
Joint Resolution 40, signed into law by the President of the United
States on December 31, 1974. The official university procedures
and a directory of educational records maintained by NIU are
available for review in the Office of Registration and Records. All
questions, interpretations, or clarications involving university
policy and procedures are to be directed to the University Legal
Counsel.
LEGAL NOTICES 383
There are four basic types of student records: academic,
nancial, medical, and placement. The official academic record
is established and kept current by the Office of Registration and
Records. It is a cumulative history of the student’s registration
and educational participation and performance. Maintained
in connection with the academic record is certain biographical
and personal identication information as needed for enrollment
purposes. Parts or all of these student data are provided by the
Office of Registration and Records as needed to the university’s
academic offices, colleges, schools, and departments for
academic administration and advisement, and to other university
administrative units as necessary for the functioning of various
student and support services.
Student nancial records are the responsibility of the Office of
the Bursar, with respect to the billing, payment, and accounting
of tuition and fees, and the Office of Student Financial Aid
for operation of the university’s student nancial assistance
program. The Bursar keeps a complete record of student nancial
transactions relative to the payment of the university charges
which are accrued. Within Financial Aid, the student le contains
all necessary information regarding scholarships, grants, loans,
and employment which are part of the student nancial assistance
program including institutional, organizational, federal, and state
sources.
A health record is created and maintained at Health Services for
all students who have submitted information or received medical
care at Health Services. Only information pertinent to the health
of the individual is included therein. Health Services medical
records may be destroyed six years after the last date medical
services were provided.
Career Services, with the student’s voluntary participation,
creates and distributes to potential employers a copy of a le
which consists of a self-completed resume and various personal
references.
Certain records within the university community are exempt
from the above-cited federal legislation: records of instructional,
supervisory, and administrative personnel which are the
possession only of the maker and not accessible nor revealed to
any other person except a substitute; les within the University’s
Department of Public Safety (University Police); and medical
records used in connection with the provision of treatment for a
student. Access to these is strictly limited to the university staff
immediately involved with their creation and maintenance except
for certain specic qualications.
Further, the university is not required to make available to a
student the nancial records of his or her parents nor condential
letters and statements of recommendation which were placed in
students’ les prior to January 1, 1975, if such are used only for
the purpose specically intended.
Access to or release of each of the above types of records or their
respective parts, or of any personally identiable information, with
the previous exceptions noted, is restricted to the following: the
student or former student; parents of a legally dened dependent
student (reference Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1954); university officials who have a legitimate university-related
educational or administrative interest and need to review an
education record in order to fulll their professional responsibility;
certain specied state and federal representatives primarily as
concerns the evaluation and auditing of government-funded
programs in which the university participates; officials of other
colleges, universities, or schools in which the student intends to
enroll, provided the student is informed of this type of request in
advance of the information being released; individuals, agencies,
and organizations in connection with the student’s application for
or receipt of nancial aid; state and local officials as directed by
State Statute adopted prior to November 19, 1974; with certain
restrictions, organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of,
educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing,
validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student
aid programs, and improving instruction; accrediting organizations;
and appropriate persons in connection with an emergency, if
knowledge of such information is necessary to protect the health
or safety of a student or other person. A university official for the
purposes of this section is a person employed by the university in
an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support
staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and
health staff); a person or company with whom the university has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a
person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student serving
on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance
committee, or assisting another school official in performing
his or her tasks. In all other instances, access or release may
be granted only with the written authorization of the student. In
cases where such records are to be furnished in compliance with
a judicial order or pursuant to a lawfully issued subpoena, prior to
their release students shall be notied of such order or subpoena
by personal service or certied mail to their last known address.
The student has the right to review personally his or her records
in the presence of a university representative at an appropriate
or convenient campus location. The student should submit a
written request to the appropriate university office identifying the
record(s) he or she wishes to inspect. The university office will
make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time
and place where the records may be inspected within 45 days
following receipt of such request. Where necessary, interpretation
of the record shall be provided by qualied university personnel.
Original records cannot be removed from university premises. A
copy may be provided where failure to provide such copy would
effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect
and review the educational records. While a charge may be
made to cover costs of reproduction, in most instances this is
not done. However, normal operational fees exist with respect to
record reproduction within Career Services, dependent upon the
number of copies requested, and the Office of Registration and
Records.
A student has the right to challenge the content of a record on
the grounds that it is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in
violation of privacy or other rights and to have inserted in the
record his or her written explanation of its contents. To initiate
such a challenge, the student shall, within 60 days after he or
she has inspected and reviewed the record in question for the
rst time, le with the university office responsible for maintaining
such records a written request for a hearing, in a form specied
by the university. Within 30 days following receipt of such request
the head of such office, or a designated representative, shall
review the record in question with the student and either order the
correction or amendment of such alleged inaccurate, misleading,
or otherwise inappropriate portions of the record as specied
in the request or notify the student of the right to a hearing at
which the student and other persons directly involved in the
establishment of the record shall have an opportunity to present
evidence to support or refute the contention that the portions of
the record specied in the request are inaccurate, misleading,
or otherwise inappropriate. The student shall be given written
notice of the time and place of such hearing not fewer than 10
working days in advance. The hearing will be conducted by a
university representative who does not have a direct interest
in the outcome. The student shall have the right to attend the
hearing, to be represented and advised by other persons, and to
call witnesses in his or her behalf. The student shall be notied
in writing of the decision within 10 working days following the
hearing or within 10 working days of a decision without a hearing.
Such decision is nal.
The student may waive the right of access to condential
statements submitted with respect to application for admission
to the Graduate School or another educational institution, an
384 LEGAL NOTICES
application for employment, or receipt of an honor or honorary
recognition. However, the student cannot be required to do so.
Further, the student who does waive right of access will be
provided, upon request, with the names of all persons making
condential recommendations.
Directory information pertaining to students, as dened below,
may be released by the university at any time provided that it
publish this denition at least once each academic year in the
campus student newspaper and the individual student is given
a reasonable period of time to inform the university that such
information is not to be released without his or her prior consent.
Such information is never knowingly provided any requestor
for a commercial purpose. Directory information includes the
student’s name, address, telephone listing, e-mail address and
photographic or electronic picture or image, date and place of
birth, major eld of study, classication, participation in officially
recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members
of athletic teams, dates of attendance and full- or part-time status,
degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous
educational agency or institution attended by the student.
As of January 3, 2012, the U.S. Department of Education’s FERPA
regulations expand the circumstances under which your education
records and personally identiable information (PII) contained in
such records – including your Social Security Number, grades, or
other private information – may be accessed without your consent.
First, the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General,
the U.S. Secretary of Education, or state and local education
authorities (“Federal and State Authorities”) may allow access
to your records and PII without your consent to any third party
designated by a Federal or State Authority to evaluate a federal-
or state-supported education program. The evaluation may relate
to any program that is well as any program that is administered
by an education agency or institution. Second, Federal and State
Authorities may allow access to your education records and PII
without your consent to researchers performing certain types of
studies, in certain cases even when the University objects to or
do not request such research. Federal and State Authorities must
obtain certain use-restriction and data security promises from the
entities that they authorize to receive your PII, but the Authorities
need not maintain direct control over such entities. In addition,
in connection with Statewide Longitudinal Data Systems, State
Authorities may collect, compile, permanently retain, and share
without your consent PII from your education records, and they
may track your participation in education and other programs
by linking such PII to other personal information about you that
they obtain from other Federal or State data sources, including
workforce development, unemployment insurance, child welfare,
juvenile justice, military service, and migrant student records
systems.
Students who believe that their privacy rights under the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 have been violated,
have the right to le a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance
Office, U.S. Department of Education, 600 Independence Avenue,
S.W., Washington, D.C. 20202-4605.
Conduct and Discipline Regulations
It is expected that all enrolled students intend to engage in
serious educational pursuits. When students accept admission to
NIU, the university assumes that they thereby agree to conduct
themselves in accordance with its standards.
The university expects all of its students, both on and off
the campus, to conduct themselves in accordance with the
usual standards of society and law-abiding citizenship. Every
organization affiliated with the university or using its name is
expected to conduct all its affairs in a manner creditable to the
university.
While enrolled, students are subject to university authority. The
university has the prerogative, in the interest of all of its students,
to suspend or require the withdrawal of a student or group of
students for acting in such a manner as to make it apparent that
the student or group of students are not desirable members of
the university. See also “Classroom Disruption” under “Academic
Regulations.” Copies of the most current Student Judicial Code
may be obtained from Judicial Affairs.
General Regulations
Students at Northern Illinois University are expected to abide by
the university regulations set forth below as well as by applicable
federal, state, and local laws. While the university will normally
apply disciplinary sanctions only for violations of its regulations,
a student is subject to public laws at all times, including the
Illinois Compiled Statutes which contain provisions specically
directed at maintaining the orderly operation of state colleges and
universities. It is the responsibility of the student to be particularly
aware of the provisions of the Criminal Code in the Illinois Compiled
Statutes and to be aware of the penalties therein provided for
Criminal Damage to State Supported Property, Criminal Trespass
to State Supported Land, Unauthorized Possession or Storage
of Weapons, and Interference with a Public Institution of Higher
Education.
1
Conviction for offenses enumerated in the Criminal
Code additionally makes almost certain the loss of federal- and
state-supported scholarships, loans, or other grants.
Failure to abide by the following regulations may result, after a
hearing by one of the University Judicial Boards or a representative
of Judicial Affairs, in disciplinary sanctions including, but not
limited to warning, disciplinary probation, suspension, and
dismissal from the university.
Sanctions may result from
academic dishonesty. Plagiarism, cheating, knowingly
supplying false or misleading information to university officials
or on official university records, forgery, and alteration or
misuse of university documents, records, or identication
cards all are prohibited.
obstruction or disruption of university activities . A student
or students may not knowingly or willfully interfere with the
normal educational activities of the university including
teaching, research, administration, disciplinary procedures, or
other university activities, including its public service functions.
Disruption of university activities includes but is not limited to
obstruction of access to the facilities of the university including
corridors and doorways; interference with classroom activities
or other scheduled events; interference with the performance
of the duties of any institutional employee. Picketing may be
permitted, but only under the following conditions: Students
who picket on university premises must do so in peaceful
and orderly fashion. Picketing should not involve invasion of
the rights of others, interference with the operations of the
university, or jeopardy to public order and safety. Specically,
the following conditions must be met.
Automobile, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic must not be
obstructed.
Entrances to buildings and driveways must not be blocked
or traffic interfered with.
Picketing inside university buildings is prohibited.
There will be no disturbing of classes by noise or by other
means.
There will be no harassing of passers-by or other
interference with their activities.
There will be no damage to property, including lawns and
shrubs, nor littering of premises with signs, leaets, or
other materials.
1
In addition, the Criminal Code in the Illinois Compiled Statutes contains provisions relating to disorderly conduct, theft, inicting bodily harm, arson, property
damage, gambling, the use of drugs, mob action, and sex offenses.
LEGAL NOTICES 385
failure to abide by regulations governing the use of university
premises and facilities. No student shall remain alone or with
others in a university building beyond its normal closing hours
unless duly authorized by a university official nor shall an
individual remain in a university building after being notied to
depart therefrom by an authorized university official. Unauthorized
entry to or use of university facilities is also prohibited.
theft or damage. A student or students may take no action or
actions which damages or which as a probable consequence
could damage property of the university or private property.
physical abuse of persons. A student or students may take
no action or actions which disrupts or which as a probable
consequence could disrupt the public peace or which endangers
the safety, health, physical or mental well being, or life of any
person.
dangerous and narcotic drugs. A student may not use, possess,
sell, or distribute any of the narcotic, dangerous, or hallucinogenic
drugs in any form except under the direction of a licensed
physician or as expressly permitted by law.
rearms. Students may not have or keep any rearm on their
persons, in their quarters, or in their motor vehicles at any time
while on university property except with the permission of the
chief security officer of the university.
alcoholic beverages. Delivery and sale of alcoholic beverages on
university property is prohibited. Possession and use of alcoholic
beverages on university property is restricted by the laws of the
state of Illinois as to age and by the regulations of the university
as to physical location.
instructions from university officials. A student must follow the oral
or written instructions regarding university regulations or state law
given by any university official whom the Board of Trustees or the
President has vested with the authority to give such instructions.
university regulations. Students are responsible for knowing
and abiding by university regulations and policies, including
those not specically enumerated in these general regulations,
concerning such matters as the meeting of nancial obligations
to the university, university motor vehicle and parking regulations,
registration of student organizations, as well as specic rules
governing the use of particular facilities such as the residence
halls, the libraries, and the Holmes Student Center.
386
Index
Abbreviations used in this catalog, 8
Absence from classes, 53-54
Academic Advising Center, 44
Academic awards and scholarships, 59-64
Academic calendar, 4-6
Academic dismissal, 8
See also Academic probation and dismissal, 49-50
Academic honors. See Degrees with Distinction, 40
See also Honors Program and individual departments
Academic integrity, 53-54
Academic load, 52
Academic policies, 45-55
Academic probation and dismissal, 49
and reinstatement, 23
Academic programs
graduate, 373-375
normal time for completion, 30
undergraduate, 13-16
See also Major, Minor, and individual colleges and
departments
Academic progress for nancial aid, 57-58
Academic records, 53
Academic regulations, 44-54
Academic schedule and religious observances, 53
Academic Success, See Student Academic Success, Office of
Academic year, 12
calendar, 4-6
ACCESS tutoring programs, 66
Accommodations for students with disabilities, 53
Accreditation, 11
Accredited institution, denition of, 8, 11
Accountancy, Department of, 75-78
courses, 76-77
internship, 76
major, 75
professional examination preparation, 76
ACT scores, 18
See also Admission criteria
Acting,
admission to emphasis, 24
emphasis, 358
Activity fee, 55
Actuarial science,
certicate, 300-301
emphasis, 299
minor, 300
Add/drop, 8, 46
Administration
business
courses, 85
major, 84
minor, 73
public, minor, 211
public, and service emphasis (political science), 318
courses, 322
university, 380-381
Admission, 17-23
alternate admission, 21-22
application procedure, 17-18
criteria, 18-21
early admission to the Graduate School, 376
to educator licensure, 41
readmission 22-23
special, 21-22
sponsored, 22
to educator licensure, 41-43
See also individual programs
to limited admissions majors, emphases, and areas of study,
24-49
to major programs, 17, 44
transfer students, 19-21
visiting students, 22
Adolescence, certicate, 365
Adult and higher education courses, 101
Advanced computing and simulation, emphasis, 144
Advanced placement, 49
Advisement, 44
College offices, 44
in College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, 129
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 157
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 194
for pre-professional students, 207
Advocacy, emphasis, 306
Affirmative action (Human Rights Statement), 382
Aging (gerontology), 159
Aid, nancial, 57-64
and withdrawal from university, 46-47
Air force ROTC, 183
Allied Health and Communicative Disorders, School of, 161-166
courses, 163-166
Alternate admission to the university, 21-22
American College Test. See ACT test scores
American government and politics courses (Political Science), 321
American Sign Language (ASL) courses, 271
Annual Security Report, 382
Anthropology, Department of, 212-217
courses, 213-216
major, 212
minor, 213
educator licensure, 212-213
Apparel, textiles and merchandising
See textiles, apparel, and merchandising
Appeal,
of grade, 48
procedure regarding nancial aid, 58
Application
delcaring major, 44
for admission, 17-18
for nancial aid, 57
for graduation, 40
schedule for application review, 19
Applied ethics, certicate, 365
Applied management, major, 364-365
Applied manufacturing technology, emphasis, 150
admission to emphasis, 24
Applied mathematics,
emphasis, 296-297
minor option, 300
Applied physics, emphasis, 312-313
Applied probability and statistics minor, 300
INDEX 387
Arabic language courses, 271
Archives, university (Regional History Center), 370
Army ROTC, 181
Art,
B.A., 338
foundations and general courses, 340-341
minor, 340
studio, major, 338-340
Art and design education,
admission, 24
courses, 342-343
major, 337-338
Art and Design, School of, 337-346
courses, 340-346
Art design, and media arts
courses, 341-342
emphasis, 338-339
Art history
courses, 343-344
major, 338
minor, 340
Arts and humanities, emphasis, 306
Asian American Center, 66
Asian American Studies, certicate, 203-204
Asian language courses, 271-272
Asian, Southeast, studies
Center for, 369-370
minor, 201-202
ASL courses, 271
Assessment, 15-16
Assessment and Research, courses, 103
Assistance
Federal, 58-59
private scholarships, 59-64
State, 59
Athletic training
admission to emphasis, 24-25
major, 105
Athletics, recreational, 67
Attendance, 53
Attorneys (Students’ Legal Assistance Office), 70
Audiology (communicative disorders), 162
Auditing courses, 8, 52-53
Aviation management technology, emphasis, 149-150
admission to emphasis, 25
Baccalaureate degrees
majors, 13-14
second, 39
Baccalaureate experience, 13
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, language requirement for, 39-40
Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.) degree
in College of Education, 99
in College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, 129-130
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 158-159
admission to, 25
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 196-197
in College of Visual and Performing Arts, 336
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree, special requirement for
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 194-195
Band instruments. See Instrumental music
Bilingual/ESL courses, 118
Biochemistry, emphasis, 225-226
Biochemistry, Department of Chemistry and, 225-230
Biodiversity and enviromental restoration, emphasis, 255-256
Biological Sciences, Department of, 218-224
courses, 219-223
major, 218
minor, 219
educator licensure, 218-219
Biomedical engineering,
emphasis, 133
minor, 133
Black studies
Center for, 369
courses, 367
minor, 369
Board of Trustees, 380
B.S. completion programs. See Completion programs
B.S./M.S. integrated sequence, See industrial and systems
engineering
Burma Studies, Center for, 369
Burmese language courses, 271
Business administration
courses, 85
major, 84
minor, 73
Business Analytics Using SAP Software, certicate, 94
Business, College of, 72-74
interdisciplinary courses, 74
Business innovation and entrepreneurship, minor, 84
Business management, school, courses, 116
Calendar, 4-6
Campus, 11
Campus Child Care, 66
Campus living, 65
Campus Recreation, 67
Campus transportation, 70-71
Career Compass, College of Business, 72
Career Services, 67
Cars on campus (parking), 71
Catalog, choice of, for graduation requirements, 40
Center for Black Studies, 369
Center for Burma Studies, 369
Center for Latino and Latin American Studies, 369
Center for Non-Governmental Organization Leadership and
Development (NGOLD), 306-308
Center for Southeast Asian Studies, 369-370
Ceramics (art), 340
Certicate of undergraduate study, 8, 45
list of, 45
Certicates of graduate study, 375-376
Certication, teacher. See Educator licensure
Certied Internal Auditor examination preparation, 76
Certied Management Account examination preparation, 76
Certied Public Accountant examination preparation, 76
Certied Treasury Professional (C.T.P.) and Certied Treasury
Professional Associate (C.T.P.A.) preparation, 81
C.F.A. examination preparation, 81
CHANCE Program, 21-22
Change of grade, 48-49
Change of major, 44-45
regarding nancial aid, 58
Change of schedule, 45-46
Chartered Financial Analyst (C.F.A.) preparation, 81
Chemistry,
educator licensure, 226-227
emphasis, 225
major, 225-226
minor, 227
for pre-professional students, emphasis, 226
secondary teaching, emphasis, 226
Chemistry and Biochemistry, Department of, 225-230
courses, 227-230
educator licensure, 226-227
Chemistry placement examination policy, 225
Child Care, 66
Child development, emphasis, 168-169
Child Development Laboratory, 70
388 INDEX
Child studies, family and,
courses, 178-180
major, 167-169
minor, 173
Childhood studies, early, interdisciplinary major, 121-122, 172-173
admission to major, 25-26
Chinese language courses, 271
Chinese studies, minor, 264
Choice of catalog for graduation requirements, 40
C.I.A. examination preparation, 76
Civic Engagement, See Community leadership and civic
engagement
Classic languages courses (Foreign Languages and Literatures),
269
Classical studies, minor, 197
Classication of students, 52
Class load, 52
Classroom disruption, 54
CLEP, 49
Clinical and practicum assignments,
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 157
Clothing. See Textiles, apparel, and merchandising
C.M.A. examination preparation, 76
Coaching, minor, 106
Cognitive studies, minor, 197-198
College advising offices, 44
College Board Advanced Placement Program, 49
College Level Examination Program (CLEP), 49
Combined degree program in physics and engineering, 207-208
Communication, Department of, 231-239
Communication, visual (art). See Visual communication
Communication studies
courses, 235-237
major, 231-232
minor, 233-234
Communicative Disorders, Allied Health and, School of,
161-166
courses, 165
major, 162
minor, 163
Community colleges,
credit from, 51
transfer or reentrance from, 20-21, 23,
Community Counseling Training Center at NIU, 70
Community leadership and civic engagement,
certicate, 307
courses, 307-308
major, 306-307
minor, 309
Compact benets. See Illinois public community college
graduates
Comparative literature, minor, 198
Comparative politics courses (Political Science), 323
Competency examination, denition of, 8
Completion programs
B.S. in nursing, 184-185
B.S. in public health, 187
Composition (music),
courses, 350-351
emphasis, 349
Computational mathematics, emphasis, 297
Computational software, emphasis, 240-243
Computer and electrical engineering, emphasis, 132
Computer Science, Department of, 240-243
admission to major, 25
courses, 241-243
emphasis within the B.S. in Applied Management, 364
major, 240
minor, 241
Computing services (information technology), 68
Concentrations, graduate, 375
Concentration, medieval studies, 203
Concurrent enrollment, 8, 51-52
Conduct and discipline regulations, 54, 384
Conict of interest policy, 382
Contract major
in College of Education, 98-99
in College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, 129-130
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 158-159
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 196-197
in College of Visual and Performing Arts, 336
Cooperative Education/Internship in music, 349
Corequisite (CRQ), 8, 30
and student responsibility, 30
Corporate communication, emphasis, 232
Correspondence courses
credit for, 30
transfer credit for, 50
Counseling, Adult and Higher Education, Department of, 101
courses, 101
Counseling and Consultation Services, 67-68
Counseling, courses, 101
Couple and Family Therapy Clinic, 70
Course audit, 52-53
Course designators, 7
Course information, 8, 30
Course load, 52
Course offerings, 30
See also individual departments
Course, repeating, 48
Course selection, 52
freshmen in 400-level courses, 52
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 205-206
in pre-professional studies, 207
C.P.A. examination preparation, 76
Creative Writing, certicate, 250-251
Creativity and critical analysis general education course
descriptions, 33-34
Credit, academic
by examination, 8, 49-50
from community colleges, 51
grades, 47
required for graduation, 30
transfer. See Transfer credit
Criminal background check,
in nursing, 184
educator licensure, 43
Criminology, certicate, 332
Crosslisted courses (X designator), 7
C.T.P. and C.T.P.A. examination preparation, 81
Culturally Relevant Teaching, certicate, 99
Curriculum and instruction courses, 114-115
Dance education
courses, 106-107
minor, 106
Dance performance,
courses, 362-363
emphasis, 358-359
minor, 359
DANTES, 49
Deafness rehabilitation, minor, 163
Dean’s List
in College of Business, 74
in College of Education, 100
in College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, 131
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 157
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 197
in College of Visual and Performing Arts, 336
INDEX 389
Declaration of major or minor, 44-45
Defense Activities for Non-traditional Educational Support
(DANTES), 49
Denition of terms used in this catalog, 8-9
Degree, declaration of, 44-45
Degree requirements, 30, 39-40
Degrees offered, graduate, 373-375
Degrees offered, undergraduate, 13-16
in College of Business, 72
in College of Education, 98
in College of Engineering and Engineering Technology, 129
in College of Health and Human Sciences, 157
in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 194
in College of Visual and Performing Arts, 336
Degrees with distinction, 40
in Honors Program, 14-15
See also individual departments
Dentistry (pre-dentistry), 207
Departmental requirements, denition of, 8
Department-sponsored admission, 22
Design (art), courses, 341-342
Design and media arts, emphasis, 338-339
Design and technology (theatre arts),
admission to emphasis, 25
emphasis, 358
Dietetics. See Nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality management
Digital Media Production, certicate, 234
Dining, See housing and dining
Direct reentrance, 22
Disabilities
accommodations for students with, 53
learning behavior specialist I (special education), 123
services for students with. See Disability Resource Center
Disability Resource Center, 68
Discipline regulations, 54, 384
Dismissal. See Academic probation and dismissal
Disruption, academic, 54
Distinction, degrees with, 40
in Honors Program, 14-15
See also individual departments
Doctoral degrees, 373-375
Dormitories, 65
rates for, 55
Double emphasis, 39
Double major, 39
Drama. See English, Department of, and Theatre and Dance,
School of
Drawing (art), 339
Dropping a class, 8, 46
Early admission to the Graduate School, 376
Early childhood education,
courses, 124-125
Early childhood studies, interdisciplinary major, 121-122, 172-173
admission to major, 25-26
emphasis in Professional Educator License with Early
Childhood Education Endorsement, 173
emphasis in Professional Educator License with Early
Childhood Education Endorsement and preschool special
education approval, 122
Earth and space science education, emphasis, 283
Economics, Department of, 244-247
courses, 245-247
major, 244
minor, 246
educator licensure, 244-245
Education, College of, 98-100
interdisciplinary courses, 100
Education, professional requirements in. See Educator Licensure
Requirements
Educational administration courses, 115
Educational Psychology, See Leadership, Educational Psycology
and Foundations
Educational psychology courses, 115-116
Educational Services and Programs, 21
Educational Technology, Research and Assessment,
Department of, 102-103
courses, 102-103
Educator Licensure Requirements, 41-43
See also individual colleges and departments
admission to, 41
Elective, denition of, 8
Electrical Engineering, Department of, 132-136
courses, 134-136
major, 132-133
minor, 133
Electrical and computer engineering, emphasis, 132
Electrical engineering technology,
emphasis, 147-148
minor, 151
Elementary education,
admission to major, 26-27
courses, 119-120
major, 117
Elementary mathematics education, minor, 300
Eligibility requirements, for nancial aid, 57
Emphasis, 8
double emphases, 39
Empirical theory and behavior courses (Political Science), 322
Employee leaves of absence, 382
Employment, student, 59
Encumbrances, 8, 53
Endorsements, 8, 42
middle grades, 42
secondary, 42
Energy and environmental technology, emphasis, 150
Energy studies, emphasis, 256
Energy technology, minor, 151
Engineering and Engineering Technology, College of, 129-131
interdisciplinary courses, 131
Six-year 3+3 integrated B.S./J.D. program, 130
Engineering management, emphasis, 138-139
Engineering/physics combined degree program, 207
English, Department of, 248-254
courses, 251-254
major, 248-251
minor, 250
English language arts licensure, courses, 252
English prociency in the classroom, oral, 54
Enrollment
certication fee, 55
concurrent, 51-52
for a limited period, see Visiting Students
Ensemble courses (music), 353-354
Enterprise, emphasis, 306
Enterprise software, emphasis, 240
Entrance. See Admission
Environment and health, emphasis, 187
Environmental, emphasis, 307
Environmental geosciences, emphasis, 282
Environmental management systems
courses, 368
minor, 151
Environmental policy, emphasis, 257
Environmental restoration, biodiversity and, emphasis, 255-256
Environmental studies, 255-260
courses, 259-260
major, 255-258
minor, 258-259
ESL/Bilingual courses, 118
Expenses, 55-56
390 INDEX
External education, in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences,
208
External programming. See Regional programs
External Scholarships. See Scholarships
Faculty. See individual departments
Faculty, international, office, 372
Faculty office hours, 12
Family and child studies,
admission to major, 27
courses, 178-180
major, 167-169
minor, 173
Family and consumer sciences
education courses, 177
educator licensure, 171-172
Family and individual development, emphasis, 167
Family, Consumer, and Nutrition Sciences, School of, 167-180
courses, 174-180
general minor, 173
Family economics and management courses, 176
Family social services, emphasis, 168
Fashion Merchandising
courses, 177-178
major, 169-170
minor, 173
Federal assistance, 58-59
Fees, 55-56
and registration, 55
coverage, 55
exceptions, 56
payment of, 56
regional courses, 55
special, 55
Fiber (art), 340
Field Campus, Lorado Taft, 71
Film. See Media studies
Film and Telvision Studies, certicate, 204
Finance, Department of, 79-82
certicate, 80
C.F.A. preparation, 81
courses, 81-82
C.T.P. preparation, 81
internships, 80
major, 80
minor, 80
Financial aid, 57-64
and withdrawal from university, 46-47
eligibility requirements and general application procedures, 57
office of, 57
Financial responsibility, 56
Fine arts, studio, 339-340
Food (meal plans), 65
Foreign language requirements for B.A., 39-40
Foreign language residence program (College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences), 208
Foreign Languages and Literatures, Department of, 261-273
courses, 265-273
general courses, 272-273
educator licensure, 263
Foreign students. See International students
Foreign study, 370-372
in history, 289
Forfeiture of transfer credit, 51
Foundational studies, general education, 31-32
Foundations of education, See Leadership, Educational
Psychology and Foundations
Foundations of education courses, 116
Foundations of Educational Studies, certicate, 114
French
courses, 265-266
major, 261-262
minor, 264
Freshmen
academic probation, 49
admission of, 18-19
and catalog choice, 40
dismissal, 49
in 400-level courses, 52
Warning, 49
Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, Transgender Resource Center, 68
General education
course descriptions, 31-32, 33-38
credit by examination, 8, 50
foundational studies, 31-32
framework, 31
knowledge domain requirements, 32-38
Pathways, 38
requirements, 30-38
General public health, emphasis, 186-187
General regulations, 384-385
General studies. See Bachelor of General Studies (B.G.S.)
degree
Geographic Information Systems, certicate, 276
Geography, Department of, 274-281
courses, 277-280
emphasis, 274-275
major, 274-275
minor, 276
educator licensure, 276
Geology, emphasis, 282
Geology and Environmental Geosciences, Department
of, 282-287
courses, 284-287
major, 282-283
minor, 284
educator licensure, 283-284
Geomatics, emphasis, 275
German
courses, 268-269
major, 262
minor, 264
Gerontology
certicate, 159
minor, 159
GLBT Studies, See LGBT Studies
Global Affairs, Public and, School of, 211
Global, emphasis, 307
Global Studies, minor, 198-199
Government and politics, American, courses, 321
GPA, See grade point average
GPA hours, dened, 8
Grade, change of, 48-49
Grade appeals, 48
Grade point average (GPA)
computation of, 47-48
denition of, 8
in major, 30
in minor, 39
for satisfactory academic progress, 58
required for graduation, 30
Grades, 47-48
Grading policy, multisection courses, Liberal Arts and Sciences, 195
Grading system, 47
Graduate concentrations, 375
Graduate courses
not available to postbaccalaureates, 21
undergraduates in, 52
Graduate degrees, 373-375
INDEX 391
Graduate School, 373-376
early admission to, 376
student-at-large classication, 376
Graduate students in undergraduate courses, 52
Graduation
application for, 40
choice of catalog for, 40
fee for, 55
requirements for, 30-40
Grants, 58-59
Greek language courses, 269
Half-session courses, denition of, 8
Health administration, emphasis, 187
Health and Human Sciences, College of, 157-160
interdisciplinary courses, 159-160
Health education,
courses, 191-193
major, 188
minor, 189
Health, environment and, emphasis, 187
Health insurance, student, 66
Health promotion, emphasis, 187-188
Health Services, 65-66
Health sciences, major, 162-163
Health Studies, Nursing and, School of, 184-193
courses, 189-193
Health systems engineering, emphasis, 138
Hearing impaired students (Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic), 70
High school preparation for college entrance, 19
Higher education, courses, 101
History, Department of, 288-295
courses, 289-295
major, 288
minor in, 289
educator licensure, 288-289
History Center, Regional, 370
Hold (encumbrance), 8, 53
Holmes Student Center, 65
Home economics. See Family, Consumer, and Nutrition
Sciences, School of
Homeland Security, certicate, 365-366
Honors, academic, 14-15
Degrees with distinction, 40
See also individual colleges and departments
Honors courses, dened, 8
Honors Program, 14-15
Honors work, departmental. See individual departments
Hospitality management, emphasis, 170-171
Hour, semester, denition of, 9
Housing and Dining, 65
rates for, 55
Human experience, emphasis, 256-257
Human resource management, emphasis, 83
Human rights statement, 382
Humanities, Arts and (CLCE), emphasis, 306
ID/activity card, lost, fee for, 55
IELTS, 21
Illinois Articulation Initiative Core Curriculum, 378-379
Illinois Director Credential Certicate-Level 2, certicate, 174
Illinois Licensure Testing System (ILTS), 98
Illinois public community college graduates, 20
See also Transfer credit
Illinois residence regulations, 56
Illinois State assistance, 59
Illinois educator licensure. See Educator Licensure
Requirements
Illustration (art), 339
ILTS Test of Academic Prociency, 98
Immigration Reform and Control Act regulations, 382
Immunization policy, 18
Incompletes, 8, 48
Indonesian language courses, 271
Industrial and Systems Engineering, Department of, 137-142
courses, 140-142
major, 137-139
Industrial management and technology, emphasis, 149
Infant Toddler Credential Certicate-Level 5, certicate, 174
Information Systems, certicate, 94-95
Information Systems, Department of Operations Management
and, 93-97
Information Systems, certicate, 94-95
Information Technology, 68
In-state students, denition of, 56
Instructional technology courses, 102
Instructional technology, training and evaluation, emphasis within
the B.S. in applied management, 364-365
Instrumental music
music education, 347
performance, 348-349
Insurance, student, 66
refund of fee for, 55
Integrated B.S./M.S. sequence in industrial and systems
engineering, 139
Integrated B.S. or B.A./J.D. Program
Engineering and Engineering Technology, 130
Integrity, academic, 53-54
Interactive Marketing, certicate, 89
Inter-College and University-Wide Interdisciplinary Courses,
367-368
Inter-College Interdisciplinary Certicates and Programs, 364-366
Interdisciplinary certicates, 364-366
Interdisciplinary concentration, medieval studies, 203
Interdisciplinary courses, general, 367
International Affairs, 370-372
International English Language Testing System (IELTS), 21
International faculty, 372
International politics, emphasis, 318-319
International relations courses (Political Science), 323-324
International Student and Faculty Office, 372
International students
and admission, 21
residence regulations, 56
student and faculty office for, 372
International Training Office, 372
Internships, 52
See also other individual colleges and departments
Introduction to NIU, 10-12
Italian
courses, 266
minor, 264
Japanese language courses, 270
Japanese studies, minor, 264
Jazz studies, performance, 349
Jewelry (art), 340
Journalism
courses, 237-239
major, 233
minor, 234
Junior colleges. See Community colleges
Justice and democracy: The American experiment,
emphasis, 319
K-12 and 6-12 educator licensure, physical education, major,
104-105
Keyboard (music), performance, 348
Khmer courses, 271
Kinesiology and Physical Education, Department of, 104-114
courses, 107-113
minor, 106
392 INDEX
Kinesiology,
major, 105-106
minor, 106
Knowledge domain requirements and course descriptions,
general education, 32-38
Korean language courses, 271
Language. See English and Foreign Languages and
Literatures, Departments of
Language and linguistics courses (English), 252
Language and literature, emphases
French, 261
German, 262
Spanish, 262
Language arts courses, 118
Language requirement for Bachelor of Arts degree, 39-40
Late payment fee, 55
Latin language courses, 269
Latino and Latin American studies
Center for, 369
minor, 199-200
Latino Resource Center, 68
Law, College of, 372
Law (pre-law), 207
Law, public (political science),
courses, 321-322
emphasis, 317-318
Leadership and management, emphasis, 83
Leadership, Educational Psychology and Foundations, Department
of, 114-116
courses, 114-116
Leadership in Aging Services, certicate, 159
Lean Six Sigma, certicate, 139
Learning behavior specialist I, (special education),
emphasis, 123
Leaves of Absence for employees, 382
in College of Health and Human Scieces, 157
Legal assistance, student, 70
Legal Notices, 382-385
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender Resource Center, 68
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Studies,
certicate, 204
courses, 209
LGBT studies, minor, 200
Liberal Arts and Sciences, College of, 194-210
college requirements for B.S. degree, 195-196
college requirements for minors, 196
interdisciplinary courses, 208-210
Libraries, University, 376-377
Licensure, educator requirements, 41-43
Licensure in English Language Arts courses, 252
Limited admissions, 24-29
in acting emphasis, 24
in applied manufacturing technology emphasis, 24
in art and design education, 24
in athletic training major, 24-25
in aviation management technology emphasis, 25
in B.G.S. in Health and Human Sciences, 25
in computer science major, 25
in design and technology emphasis, 25
in early childhood studies interdisciplinary major, 25-26
in elementary education major, 26-27
in family and child studies major, 27
in medical laboratory sciences major, 27-28
in music majors, 28
in nuclear engineering technology emphasis, 28
in nursing, 28-29
in studio art, 29
in visual communication area of study, 29
Limited retention, 29
See also individual colleges and departments
Linguistics, minor, 200-201
Linguistics courses (English), 252
Literacy and Elementary Education, Department of, 117-120
courses, 118-120
Literacy Clinic Services, 100
Literature, comparative, minor, 198
See also English and Foreign Languages and Literatures,
Departments of
Literature courses (English), 252-254
Living on campus, See Housing and Dining
Load, class, 52
Loans, 58-59
Logistics, certicate, 139
Lorado Taft Field Campus, 71
Major, 30
admission to, 17, 44
change of, 44-45, 58
declaration of, 44-45
denition of, 9
programs available, 13-14
second, 39
See also individual colleges and departments
Management, Department of, 83-87
courses, 85-87
internship, 85
major, 83
Management, operations. See Operations Management and
Information Systems, Department of
Manufacturing systems, emphasis, 138
Manufacturing engineering technology
emphasis, 148
minor, 151
Marketing, Department of, 88-92
courses, 90-91
internship, 89
major, 89
minor, 89
Master’s degrees, 373-375
Mathematical Sciences, Department of, 296-305
courses, 301-303
general emphasis, 296
major, 296-299
minor, 299-300
Mathematics education,
emphasis, 297-298
minor option, 300
elementary, minor, 300
Mathematics placement and prociency examination
policies, 296
Mathematics requirement for B.S. degree in College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences, 195-196
Maximum time frame, for satisfactory academic progress, 58
Meal plans, 65
Mechanical Engineering, Department of, 143-146
courses, 144-146
major, 143-144
minor, 144
Mechatronics and robotics, emphasis, 144
Media arts, design and, emphasis, 338-339
Media studies, emphasis, 232
Medical care, 65-66
Medical laboratory sciences, 161-162
admission to major, 27-28
courses, 164-165
Medicine (pre-medicine), 207
Medieval studies
concentration in, 203
courses, 368
Meningococcal meningitis, 18
INDEX 393
Merchandising, textiles, apparel, and, See Textiles, Apparel, and
Merchandising
Metalwork and jewelry (art), 340
Meteorology
courses, 280
major, 275
Middle grades endorsements, 42
Middle level teaching and learning courses, 119
Middle School Literacy, certicate, 118
Military educational experience credit, 50
Military Science, Department of, 181-183
courses, 182-183
in transfer, 51
minor, 182
Military Student Services, 69
Minor
declaration of, 44-45
denition of, 9
requirements, 39
Mission and Scope, Northern Illinois University, 10-11
Mobile Programming, certicate, 241
Music, School of, 347-356
admission to majors, 28
courses, 349-355
majors, 347-349
Music composition,
courses, 350-351
emphasis, 349
Music education,
courses, 354-355
emphasis, 347-348
Music ensemble courses, 353-354
Music history and literature courses, 350
Music performance,
courses, 351-353
emphasis, 348-349
Music theory and composition courses, 350-351
N grade in transfer credit, 51
Nanotechnology, certicate, 130
Nature and technology general education course descriptions,
34-36
Nondegree students, 9
Non-government organization, emphasis, 257-258
Non-Governmental Organization Leadership and Development,
Center for (NGOLD), 306-308
Non-Traditional and Off-Campus Student Services, 69
Normal time for completion of academic program, 30
Nuclear engineering technology, emphasis, 148
admission to emphasis, 28
Numbering of courses, 8
Nursing, 184-186
admission to major, 28-29
completion program, 184-185
courses, 189-191
major, 184-186
Nursing and Health Studies, School of, 184-193
courses, 189-193
Nutrition, dietetics, and hospitality management
courses, 174-176
major, 170-171
Nutrition, health and wellness
emphasis, 171
minor, 173
Off-Campus and Non-Traditional Student Services, 69
Off-campus courses (regional programs), 71
special fee for, 55
See also individual departments
Office hours
faculty, 12
university, 12
Ombudsperson, 69
Operations Management and Information Systems, Department
of, 93-97
courses, 95-96
degree with honors, 94
internships, 94
major, 93-94
Optometry (pre-optometry), 207
Oral English prociency, 54
Orchestral instruments. See Instrumental music
Organizational/corporate communication, emphasis, 232
Orientation, 71
fee for international student orientation, 55
for international students, 372
Other Academic Units, 369-377
Other graduation requirements, 39-40
Out-of-state employment in public schools, 43
Overload, class, 52
PACE (Rate of Completion Requirement, for nancial aid), 57
Painting (art), 339
Parking, 71
Part-time student, 9
Passport to the Business World, College of Business, 72
Payment of fees, 56
Performance,
dance,
courses, 362-363
emphasis, 358-359
music,
courses, 351-353
emphasis, 348-349
Pharmacy
degree affiliation, 206
pre-pharmacy, 207
Philosophy, Department of, 309-311
courses, 309-311
major, 309
minor, 309
Philosophy of Education, certicate, 114
Photography (art), 339
Physical Education, and Kinesiology, Department of, 104-114
courses, 107-112
major, 104-105
educator licensure, 104-105
Physical therapy, courses, 165
Physics, Department of, 312-316
courses, 314-316
major, 312-313
minor, 314
educator licensure, 313
Physics/engineering joint degree program, 207
Physics, secondary school teaching, emphasis, 312
Placement
advanced, 49
in chemistry, 225
in mathematics, 296
PLUS general education, 30-38
See also general education
Policies, academic, 44-45
Polish language courses, 270
Political Science, Department of, 317-324
courses, 321-324
integrated B.S. or B.A./J.D. program with College of Law, 320
major, 317-319
minor, 320
educator licensure, 319-320
Political theory, courses (Political Science), 322-323
394 INDEX
Politics, emphasis, 317
Politics, American government and, courses, 321
Portuguese language courses, 268
Postbaccalaureate students, 21
Practicums, 52
See also individual colleges and departments
Pre-physical therapy, emphasis, 162-163
Pre-professional studies, 206-207
advisement, 207
course selection for biomedical pre-professional students, 207
pre-dentistry, 207
pre-law, 207
pre-medicine, 207
pre-optometry, 207
pre-pharmacy, 207
pre-veterinary medicine, 207
Prerequisite (PRQ), 9, 30
and student responsibility, 30
Press, University, 377
Printmaking (art), 340
Private Scholarships, See Scholarships
Probability and statistics (mathematical sciences)
courses, 303-304
emphasis, 297
minor, 300
Probation. See Academic probation and dismissal
Productivity, minor, 151
Professional communication, minor, 201
Professional education requirements. See Educator Licensure
Requirements
Professional examination preparation in accountancy, 76
Professional physics for graduate study, emphasis, 312
Professional schools, preparation for, 206-207
Professional Selling, certicate, 90
Professional Teaching Practices, certicate, 99
Prociency examination, 9, 49-50
See also Credit by examination and Department of
Mathematical Sciences
Programs. See Degrees offered
Psychological Services Center, 70
Psychology, Department of, 325-328
courses, 326-328
major, 325
minor, 326
educator licensure, 325-326
Psychology, educational, courses, 115-116
Public Administration, Department of, 329-330
courses, 329-330
minor, 211
Public administration and service,
emphasis, 318
courses, 322
Public and Global Affairs, School of, 211
Public communication, rhetoric and
(communication studies), emphasis, 231-232
Public health
B.S. completion program, 187
courses, 191-193
major, 186-188
minor, 188-189
Public health and health education
courses, 191-193
programs, 186-188
Public law,
courses, 321-322
emphasis, 317-318
Public policy courses (Political Science), 322
Public safety, emphasis within the B.S. in applied
management, 364
Public school employment, out-of-state, 43
Public Sector Leadership, certicate, 329
Radio. See Media studies
Rate of Completion Requirement (PACE), for nancial aid, 57
Reading courses, 118-119
Readmission of former students, 9, 22
Recognized institution, denition of, 9
Records: academic, 53
and policy for release of information, 382-384
Recreation, Campus, 67
Reentrance, 23
and graduation requirements, 40
of Illinois public community college graduates, 23
Refund Policies, 55-56
Regional courses, 55
Regional History Center, 370
Regional programs, 71
special fee for, 55
Regional sites, 11-12, 71
Registration, 44
Regulations
academic, 44-54
governing student teaching assignments, 41-43
See also individual departments
residence, 56
See also Conduct and discipline
Rehabilitation services
courses, 165-166
emphasis, 163
Reinstatement, 9, 23
Religion courses, in transfer, 51
Religious observances and the academic schedule, 53
Religious Studies, certicate, 204-205
Repeating a course, 48
for transfer students, 51
Requirements, departmental, denition of, 8
Requirements for graduation, 30-40
See also individual colleges and departments
Research and assessment courses, 103
Residence
and regulations governing tuition charges, 56
requirement for graduation, 30
Residence halls, 65
meal plans, 65
rates for, 55
Responsibility, student, 56, 382
Restricted enrollment. See Limited admissions
Retail Management, certicate, 90
Retention, limited, 29
See also Academic probation and dismissal and individual
colleges, departments, and majors
Retention in educator licensure, 42-43
See also individual departments
Rhetoric and public communication, emphasis, 231-232
R.N.-B.S. in nursing completion program, 184-185
Robotics, Mechatronics and, emphasis, 144
Room and board, 65
rates for, 55
ROTC
Air Force, 183
Army, 181
Russian
courses, 269-270
minor, 264
Safety, minor, 151
SAT scores, 18
Satisfactory academic progress for undergraduates/
postbaccalaureates, 57-58
Schedule changes, 45-46
Scholarships, 59-64
for International Programs, 372
for ROTC students, 181
INDEX 395
Scholastic honors, 40
See also Honors Program
Scholastic load, 52
School business management courses, 116
School of Public and Global Affairs, 211
Science teaching
biology, 218-219
chemistry, 226-227
earth and space science, 283
mathematics, 297-298, 300
physics, 312
Sculpture (art), 340
Second baccalaureate degree, 39
Second emphasis, 40
Second major, 39
Secondary education. See Educator Licensure Requirements
and individual departments
Secondary endorsements, 42
Secondary school teaching (physics), emphasis, 312
Security report, 382
Selection of courses, 52
Semester hour, denition of, 9
Senior citizens, tuition waivers for, 59
Service Management, certicate, 95
Services, University, 65-71
60-80 rule. See Reentrance of Illinois public community college
graduates
Six-year (3+3) integrated B.S. or B.S./J.D. programs
Engineering and Engineering Technology, 130
Political science, 320
Social entrepreneurship,
certicate, 85
minor, 84-85
Social services, family, emphasis, 168
Society and culture general education course descriptions, 36-38
Sociology, Department of, 331-335
accelerated B.S. or B.A./J.D. program with College of Law, 332
courses, 322-335
major, 331
minor, 332
educator licensure, 331-332
Software development, emphasis, 240
Southeast Asian studies
Center for, 369-370
courses, 209
minor, 201-202
Spanish
courses, 266-268
major, 262-263
minor, 265
Special admission, 21-22
Special and Early Education, Department of, 121-128
courses, 124-128
Special education,
courses, 125-127
major, 122-123
Special fees, 55
Special reguirements, in College of Health and Human
Sciences, 155
Special requirements for the B.S. degree,
in electrical, industrial and systems, and mechanical
engineering, 40
in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, 40, 194-195
Speech. See Communication, Department of
Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic, 70
Sponsored admission, 22
Sport management courses, 112-113
Sports, recreational, 67
Standing, academic. See Academic probation and dismissal
State assistance, 59
State requirements for educator licensure, College of
Education, 98
Statistics and probability (mathematical sciences),
courses, 303-304
emphasis, 297
minor, 300
Storage in university buildings, 382
Student-at-large classication, 21, 53, 376
Student Academic success, Office of, 69
Student center, 65
Student, classication, 52
Student conduct, violation of, 47
Student employment, 59
Student Engagement and Experiential Learning, Office of, 69
Student nancial aid, 57-64
Office of, 57
Student health insurance, 66
Student information and records, 54, 382-384
Student responsibility, 56, 382
Student teaching. See Educator Licensure Requirements and
individual departments
Students, classication of, 52
Students’ Legal Assistance Office, 70
Students with disabilities, 53
Studio art,
courses, 344-346
major, 339-340
Study Abroad Office, 370
cosponsored study abroad and exchange programs, 370-372
courses, 368, 372
S/U grading, 43, 48, 121
Sustainable energy, emphasis, 144
Sustainable engineering, minor, 139
Taft Field Campus, 71
Tagalog language courses, 272
Teacher Certication Requirements, See Educator Licensure
Requirements,
See also individual departments
Technology, Department of, 147-156
courses, 151-156
major, 147-150
Technology, design and, theatre,
admission to emphasis, 25
emphasis, 358
Television. See Communication, Department of
Test of Academic Prociency (ILTS), 98
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and
international students, 21
Testing Services, Office of, 69-70
Thai language courses, 272
Theatre and Dance, School of, 357-363
courses, 359-363
Theatre arts,
courses, 359-362
major, 358-359
Theatre studies,
major, 357
minor, 359
Therapy, physical. See Health sciences
Time arts (art), 339
Time for completion of academic program, 30
TOEFL, 21
Transcript
and encumbrance, 53
denition of, 9
fee for, 55
See also Admission
396 INDEX
Transfer credit, 50-52
in College of Business, 73
of Illinois Articulation Iniative Credit to NIU, 50
for postbaccalaureate students, 21
See also Illinois Articulation Initiative Core Curriculum
Transfer students
admission of, 19-21
choice of catalog for graduation requirements, 40
Translation and business, emphases
French, 261-262
German, 262
Spanish, 262-263
Transportation, campus, 70-71
Tuition and fees, 55-56
Tuition waivers for senior citizens, 59
Tutoring. See ACCESS tutoring program
Undergraduate academic programs, 13-16
Undergraduates in courses for graduate credit, 52
Undergraduates in graduate courses for undergraduate credit, 52
Undergraduates in law courses, 52
UNIV courses, 367
University Administration, 380-381
University graduation requirements, 30-38
University Honors Program, 14-15
University hours, 12
University Libraries, 376-377
University Press, 377
University requirements for educator licensure, 41-43
University Services, 65-71
University-wide interdisciplinary courses, 367-368
Upper-division courses, 30
Urban studies, minor, 202
Veterans
assistance and educational benets for, 59
in ROTC, 181
Veterinary medicine (pre-veterinary medicine), 207
Violation of student conduct, 47
Vision impairments (special education),
courses, 127-128
emphasis, 124
Visiting students, 22
denition of, 9
Visual and Performing Arts, College of, 336
Visual communication (art), 339
admission to area of study, 29
Vocal music
music education, 348
performance, 348
Water sciences, emphasis, 258
Withdrawal, 9
and refund policy, 46-47
from a course, 46
from the university, 46-47
Women’s and Gender Studies
certicate, 205
courses, 209-210
minor, 202-203
Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies
courses, 209-210
Women’s Resource Center, 70
Writing courses (English), 251-252
